2014-10-21 City Council Agenda PacketCalifornia Public Records Act ("PRA"): In compliance with the PRA, the documents pertaining to agenda
items, including attachments, which are presented to the City Council in open session are available for public
inspection. They may be inspected during regular business hours in the City Clerk's Office at Vernon City Hall,
4305 Santa Fe Avenue; Vernon, California 90058, no appointment necessary, and on the City’s website at
www.cityofvernon.org.
Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”): In compliance with the ADA, if you need special assistance to
participate in the meeting, please contact the City Clerk’s office at (323) 583-8811. Notification of at least 48
hours prior to the meeting or time when services are needed will assist the City staff in assuring that reasonable
arrangements can be made to provide accessibility to the meeting or service.
Agenda
City of Vernon
Regular City Council Meeting
Tuesday, October 21, 2014, 9:00 a.m.
Council Chamber
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, California
W. Michael McCormick, Mayor
William J. Davis, Mayor Pro-Tem
Richard J. Maisano, Council Member
Luz Martinez, Council Member
Vacant, Council Member
CALL TO ORDER & FLAG SALUTE
CHANGES TO THE AGENDA
PUBLIC COMMENT - At this time the public is encouraged to address the City Council on any matter that is
within the subject matter jurisdiction of the City Council. The public will also be given a chance to comment
on matters which are on the posted agenda during City Council deliberation on those specific matters.
PRESENTATIONS
1. Personnel Matters - Service Pin Awards
August 2014 Anniversary
Employee Name Job Title Years
1. William “Bill” Wilson Fire Code Inspector 30
2. Patrick Keye Utilities Dispatcher 30
3. Ruben Herrera Warehouse Worker 25
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 2 of 9
4. Cerissa Diaz Lead Police Dispatcher 15
5. Andrea Negrete Utilities Customer Service Representative 10
6. Ruben Rodriguez Assistant Resource Scheduler 5
September 2014 Anniversary
Employee Name Job Title Years
1. Gregory Bringhurst Fire Engineer 25
2. William Foltz Fire Engineer 25
3. Jeffrey Graves Fire Captain 25
4. Daniel Kimes Fire Captain 25
5. Dean Richens Fire Captain 25
6. Paul Johnson Fire Engineer 20
7. David Koltvet Fire Engineer 20
8. Michael Langer Administrative Captain 20
9. Jason McEachran Fire Engineer 20
10. Lawrence Muno Firefighter 20
11. Victor Modesto Lead Mechanic 20
12. Anthony Hinojos Senior Water Maintenance Worker 20
13. Marisol Trujillo Senior Administrative Assistant 15
14. Richard Velasquez Police Officer 10
15. Gabriel Martinez Police Officer 10
CONSENT CALENDAR - All matters listed on the Consent Calendar are to be approved with one motion.
Items may be removed from the Consent Calendar by any member of the Council. Those items removed will be
considered immediately after the Consent Calendar.
Claims Against the City – Received and Filed
2. None.
Minutes – To be Received and Filed
3. Minutes of the Regular City Council Meeting held October 7, 2014.
/ / /
/ / /
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 3 of 9
4. Approval of Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business Development Minutes.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval of the proposed minutes does not constitute a “project” pursuant to section
15378(b)(2) of the Guidelines to the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), because it
constitutes an administrative activity; and even if the approval of the proposed minutes did
constitute a project, it would be exempt from CEQA in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the
general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Approve, and receive and file, the Minutes of the Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business
Development for the following dates:
a. Minutes of the Regular Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business Development
Meeting held June 13, 2012.
b. Minutes of the Regular Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business Development
Meeting held August 8, 2012.
c. Minutes of the Regular Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business Development
Meeting held December 12, 2012.
Warrant Registers
5. Ratification of Gas Warrant Register No. 160 to record voided Check No. 1184 in the amount of
$500.00.
6. Approval of City Payroll Warrant Register No. 700, totaling $2,607,688.08, which covers the
period of September 1, through September 30, 2014, and consists of the following:
a. Ratification of direct deposits, checks and taxes totaling $1,891,231.66; and
b. Checks and electronic fund transfers totaling $716,456.42.
7. Approval of City Warrant Register No. 1410, totaling $2,014,047.77, which covers the period of
September 30, through October 13, 2014, and consists of the following:
a. Ratification of wire transfers totaling $1,389,831.83; and
b. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $208,152.02; and
c. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $416,063.92.
8. Approval of Light & Power Warrant Register No. 375, totaling $445,160.40, which covers the
period of September 30, through October 13, 2014, and consists of the following:
a. Ratification of wire transfers totaling $295,724.30; and
b. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $101,223.58; and
c. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $48,212.52.
9. Approval of Gas Warrant Register No. 163, totaling $147,398.54, which covers the period of
September 30, through October 13, 2014, and consists of the following:
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 4 of 9
a. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $136,008.65; and
b. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $3,182.56; and
c. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $8,207.33.
Finance Department
10. Request for Approval for San Gabriel, Inc., doing business as, Santee Market Check Cashing, to
perform mobile check cashing services in the City of Vernon.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval of the proposed is exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act
(“CEQA”). In accordance with Section 15061(b) (3), the general rule is that CEQA only applies
to projects that may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Approval of San Gabriel, Inc., doing business as, Santee Market Check Cashing (“Santee”), to
perform mobile check cashing services in the City of Vernon. Santee has met all the
requirements as specified under Chapter 18, Article V, of the Vernon Municipal Code.
Fire Department
11. Activity Report for the period of September 16, through September 30, 2014, to be received and
filed.
Health and Environmental Control Department
12. September 2014 Monthly Report, to be received and filed.
Police Department
13. Activity Log and Statistical Summary of Arrests and Activities for the period of September 16,
through September 30, 2014, to be received and filed.
Public Works, Water and Development Services Department
14. Building Department Report for the month of September 2014, to be received and filed.
15. Acceptance of Work of Sully-Miller Contracting Company regarding Contract No. CS-0403 –
Boyle Avenue and Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements Projects.
Recommendation:
(1) Affirm that accepting the work of Sully-Miller Contracting Company, for the Boyle Avenue and
Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements, Contract No. CS-0403, is categorically exempt under the
California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15301, Existing
Facilities, part (c), existing highways and streets, because the project is merely to repair existing
streets; and
(2) Accept the work of Sully-Miller Contracting Company, as part of the Boyle Avenue and
Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements Project, Contract No. CS-0403.
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 5 of 9
16. Approval to issue a Notice Inviting Bids per Contract No. CS-0484 for Equipping Well No. 21
and Related Site Work.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that approval requested is exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act
(“CEQA”) in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15302 (c), the replacement or
reconstruction of existing structures and facilities where the new structure will be located on the
same site as the structure replaced and will have substantially the same purpose and capacity as
the structure replaced; and
(2) Approve the issuance of a Notice Inviting Bids, per Contract CS-0484 for Equipping Well No.
21 and Related Site Work, in substantially the same form as submitted with the staff report.
NEW BUSINESS
City Clerk Department
17. Approval of items regarding the holding of a Special Municipal Election on February 17, 2014:
(1) A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon, California, calling for the holding of
an All Mail Ballot Special Municipal Election to be held on Tuesday, February 17, 2015, for the
election of a certain officer as required by the provisions of the charter of the City of Vernon.
(2) A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon, California, requesting the Board of
Supervisors of the County of Los Angeles to render specified services to the City relating to the
conduct of a Special Municipal Election to be held on Tuesday, February 17, 2015.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that approval of the Resolutions is exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act
(“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to
projects that may have an effect on the environment, as the proposed is administrative in nature;
and
(2) Approve the Resolution calling for the holding of the Special Municipal Election to be held on
Tuesday, February 17, 2015 for the Election of a City Councilmember to fill the unexpired term
of former Councilmember Michael Ybarra; and
(3) Approve the Resolution requesting the Board of Supervisors of the County of Los Angeles to
render specified services to the city relating to the conduct of the Special Municipal Election to
be held on Tuesday, February 17, 2015.
18. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon repealing Resolution No. 2012-209 and
adopting regulations regarding candidate statements submitted to voters in any general
municipal or special municipal election.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that approval of the Resolution is exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act
(“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 6 of 9
projects that may have an effect on the environment, as the proposed is administrative in nature;
and
(2) Approve the Resolution repealing Resolution No. 2012-209 and adopting regulations regarding
candidate statements submitted to the voters in any general or special municipal election.
Gas and Electric Department
19. A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon approving and adopting the Vernon Gas
& Electric Department Resource Adequacy Plan for 2015, which includes the peak demand
forecast, the planning reserve margin, the qualifying capacity criteria and the qualifying
capacity from such resources, City’s resource adequacy and supply data and approves the
resources used to satisfy the California independent system operator’s tariff requiremen ts.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval of the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department Resource Adequacy
Plan for 2015 is exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in
accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that
may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Approve the Resolution establishing the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department Resource
Adequacy Plan for 2015 that adopts:
a. The approval of the coincident peak Demand Forecast for 2015;
b. The approval to retain the same 15% Reserve Margin for planning purposes;
c. The approval of the Qualifying Capacity Criteria that will be used for determining qualifying
resource types and the Qualifying Capacity from such resources;
d. The approval of the City’s annual and monthly Resource Adequacy and Supply data; and
e. The approval of the Resource Adequacy resources that will be counted on to satisfy the
City’s Local Capacity Requirement and Flexible Resource Adequacy Capacity Requirement
for 2015.
(3) Authorize staff to submit the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department‘s Resource Adequacy
Plan for 2015 and the Monthly Resource Adequacy and Supply data to the California
Independent S ystem Operator (CAISO).
Human Resources Department
20. Approval of items related to Teamsters Union Local 911 and City Clerk salary:
(1) A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon approving the Memorandum of
Understanding by and between the City of Vernon and Teamsters Local 911 for the period of
July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2016.
(2) A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon amending Exhibit A of Resolution No.
2013-57 regarding the compensation, costs and benefits of its employees (“Citywide Personnel
and Salary Resolution”) (amendment no. 14).
/ / /
/ / /
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 7 of 9
Recommendation:
(1) Find that approval of the resolutions proposed in this staff report are exempt under the California
Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule
that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Adopt the resolution approving the Memorandum of Understanding by and between the City of
Vernon and Teamsters Local 911 (“Teamsters”) for the period of July 1, 2014 through June 30,
2016; and
(3) Adopt the resolution amending Exhibit A of the Citywide Personnel and Salary Resolution
effective July 1, 2014, implementing the changes set forth in the 2014-2016 Memorandum of
Understanding between the City of Vernon and Teamsters and amending the City Clerk salary
range to $130,488 - $158,604 as a result of the Citywide classification study conducted by Public
Sector Personnel Consultants (“PSPC”).
21. Adoption of City of Vernon Personnel Policies and Procedures, Terms of Employment (I-1)
(revised).
Recommendation:
(1) Find that approval of the proposed personnel policy and procedures is exempt under the
California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the
general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Adopt the Personnel Policy and Procedures, Terms of Employment I-1 (revised), and incorporate
it into the Personnel Policies and Procedures Manual; and
(3) Authorize the City Administrator and the Director of Human Resources to execute and distribute
the above-referenced policy to all employees.
Police Department
22. Approval of an Agreement with the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces regarding
State and Local Overtime and Authorized Expense/ Strategic Initiative Programs for Fiscal Year
2015.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the agreement between the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces
(“OCDETF”) and the City of Vernon Police Department is exempt under the California
Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”), in accordance with Section 15061(b) (3), the general rule
is that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Approve and authorize the Police Chief to execute an agreement with the OCDETF on behalf of
the City of Vernon, in substantially the same form as submitted with the Staff Report, regarding
State and Local Overtime and Authorized Expense/Strategic Initiative Programs for Fiscal Year
2015.
23. Approval of a Lease Agreement with Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union for the installation,
operation, and maintenance of an automated teller machine.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the proposed agreement with the Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union is exempt
under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”). In accordance with Section
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 8 of 9
15061(b) (3), the general rule is that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on
the environment; and
(2) Approve the Lease Agreement with the Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union, and authorize
the Police Chief to execute the Agreement, in substantially the same form as submitted with the
staff report, for the installation, operation, and maintenance of an automated teller machine
(“ATM”) to be placed in the City of Vernon Police Department lobby.
ORDINANCES
24. ORDINANCE NO. 1226 - An Ordinance of the City Council of the City of Vernon amending
Chapter 12 of the Vernon Municipal Code and repealing all ordinances or parts of ordinances in
conflict therewith. (first reading)
Recommendation:
(1) Find that approval, and subsequent adoption, of the proposed ordinance is exempt under the
California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with CEQA Guidelines sections
[a] 15061(b) (3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on
the environment.
(2) Hold the first reading of the proposed Ordinance amending Chapter 12 of the Vernon Municipal
Code regarding Waste Management and Recycling.
(3) Approve the general form of the Non-Exclusive Franchise Agreement for Commercial
Solid Waste Collection, in substantially the same form as submitted with the staff report.
DISCUSSION ITEM AND POSSIBLE DIRECTIVES TO STAFF
25. Presentation by the Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services on Drought
Conditions on the Central Basin Aquifer.
ORAL REPORTS
26. City Administrator Reports – brief reports on activities and other brief announcements by the City
Administrator and Department Heads.
27. City Council Reports – brief report on activities, announcements, or directives to staff.
/ / /
/ / /
/ / /
/ / /
Regular City Council Meeting Agenda
October 21, 2014
Page 9 of 9
CLOSED SESSION
28. CITY COUNCIL CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATORS
Government Code Section 54957.6
Agency Designated Representatives: Mark Whitworth, Teresa McAllister, and Paul Coble
Employee Organizations: Vernon Firemen's Association
29. LIABILITY CLAIM
Government Code Section 54956.9(e)(3)
Claimant: Vernon Fireman’s Association
Agency Claimed Against: City of Vernon
ADJOURNMENT
I hereby certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the foregoing agenda was
posted on the bulletin board at the main entrance of the City of Vernon City Hall, located at 4305 Santa Fe
Avenue, Vernon, California, and on the City’s website, not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting set forth on
this agenda. Dated this 16th day of October 2014.
By: ________________________________
Ana Barcia
Deputy City Clerk
RECEIVED
sEP 2I 20lt
RECEIVED STAFF REPORT
sEP 3 0 2014
CIIY CLERKS OFRCE
HUMAN RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
CITY ADiv'ilt,llSI iIION
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Teresa McAllister, Director of Human n.rorr"....ldJ
Service Pin Awards for August & September 2014
Recommendation
City Council to present Service Pins to those employees hired in August and September.
Backsround
Submitted herewith lists the employees who are eligible to receive their service pins based on the
number of service years with the City of Vernon.
Fiscal Impact
None.
AUGUST ANNIVERSARY
EMPLOYEE'S NAME DEPARTMENT TITLE D.O.H YEARS
William Wilson Fire Fire Code Inspector 812711e84 30
Patrick Keye Gas & Electric Utilities Dispatcher 8lsl7e84 30
Ruben Herrera Public Works, Water Warehouse Worker 817417989 25
Cerissa Diaz Police Lead Police Dispatcher 8l21leee 15
Andrea Negrete Gas & Electric Utilities Customer Service Representative 81212004 10
Ruben Rodriguez Gas & Electric Assistant Resource Scheduler 8141200e 5
SEPTEMBER ANNIVERSARY
EMPLOYEE'S NAME DEPARTMENT TITLE D.O.H YEARS
Gregory Bringhurst Fire F re Engineer el1,8l1e8e 25
William Foltz Fire F re Engineer 911.811e8e 25
feffrey Graves Fire F re Captain el1,8l1e8e 25
Daniel Kimes Fire F re Captain el1,8l1e8e 25
Dean Richens Fire F re Captain 9lt8l1e8e 25
Paul |ohnson Fire F re Engineer el12l1ee4 20
David Koltvet Fire F re Engineer 911211994 20
Michael Langer Fire Administrative Captain 917217994 20
Jason McEachran Fire F re Engineer el12l1,ee4 20
Lawrence Muno Fire F refighter el12l1ee4 20
Victor Modesto Public Works, Water Lead Mechanic el21lee4 20
Anthony Hinojos Public Works, Water Senior Water Maintenance Worker el1,8llee4 20
Marisol Trujillo Health Senior Administrative Assistant el27l1eee 15
Richard Velasquez Police Police Officer e12012004 10
Gabriel Martinez Police Police Officer e12012004 10
20'j.4 SERVICE PIN LIST
MINUTES OF THE REGULAR CITY COUNCIL MEETING OF THE
CITY OF VERNON HELD TUESDAY, OCTOBER 7, 2014, IN THE
COUNCIL CHAMBER OF THE CITY HALL LOCATED AT 4305
SANTA FE AVENUE, VERNON, CALIFORNIA
MEMBERS PRESENT: McCormick, Davis, Maisano, and Martinez
MEMBERS ABSENT: None
The meeting was called to order at 9:00 a.m. by Mayor McCormick in remembrance of
Honorable Michael A. Ybarra, 1952-2014.
The Vernon Police Department Honor Guard conducted the flag salute and presentation. Each of
the Councilmember’s spoke briefly to share their condolences with Councilmember Ybarra’s
family. Additionally, Julia Juarez of Senator Ricardo Lara’s Office presented Councilmember
Ybarra’s family with a memorial resolution in his honor. Councilmember Thomas Martin of the
City of Maywood also gave his condolences.
At 9:17 a.m. Mayor McCormick called a recess of the City Council meeting for the audience to
participate in a brief reception in Councilmember Ybarra’s honor. The meeting reconvened at
9:37 a.m.
CHANGES TO THE AGENDA
Mayor McCormick announced that there are no changes to the agenda.
PUBLIC COMMENT
Mayor McCormick announced that this was the time allotted for public comment, and inquired
whether anyone in the audience wished to address the City Council. The public will also be
given an opportunity to comment on matters on the posted agenda during Council deliberation.
No one responded.
PRESENTATIONS
1. A Proclamation of the Mayor and the City Council of the City of Vernon declaring
the month of October 2014 as “Breast Cancer Awareness Month”.
Firefighter Bryan Dome conducted the presentation. City Administrator encouraged all to wear
breast cancer awareness attire on Thursdays.
Mayor McCormick directed staff to designate a day in October in order to encourage awareness.
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Martinez to approve the proclamation declaring October
as “Breast Cancer Awareness Month.” Motion carried, 4-0.
PUBLIC HEARINGS
2. To consider public comment on the establishment of Vernon’s new Transmission
Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment for its high voltage (over 200 kV)
transmission entitlements (all located outside the City) pursuant to Vernon’s
Transmission Owner Tariff.
Resolution No. 2014-59 - A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon
establishing a Transmission Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment for 2015 in
accordance with Vernon’s transmission owner tariff and providing for tariff sheet
changes to implement the adjustment.
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 2 of 8
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval of the TRBAA referenced is exempt under the California
Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3),
the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the
environment; and
(2) Approve the Resolution establishing a New Transmission Revenue Balancing
Account Adjustment (“TRBAA”) for 2015 which:
a) Adopts the newly calculated TRBAA of a positive $12,458; and
b) Adopts the replacement of the existing TRBAA of positive $13,331 with
the new TRBAA for 2015 of a positive $12,458; and
c) Adopts the revised Appendix I of Vernon’s TO Tariff reflecting the
TRBAA of positive $12,458; and
d) Authorizes outside counsel to submit Vernon’s TRBAA and supporting
documentation to FERC on behalf of the City of Vernon.
Director of Gas and Electric, Carlos Fandino reported on the recommendation for both of the
public hearing items.
At 9:44 a.m., Mayor McCormick opened the public hearing for public comment. With no public
comment at 9:44 a.m. the hearing was closed.
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Maisano to approve Resolution No. 2014-59. Motion
carried, 4-0.
3. To consider public comment on the establishment of Vernon’s new Existing
Transmission Contract Adjustment for its high voltage (over 200 kV) transmission
entitlements (all located outside the City) pursuant to Vernon’s Transmission
Owner Tariff.
Resolution No. 2014-60 - A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon
adopting a new Transmission Revenue Requirement for 2015 in accordance with
Vernon’s transmission owner tariff and providing for tariff sheet changes to
implement the adjustment.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approvals requested are exempt under the California Environmental
Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule
that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment;
and
(2) Approve the Resolution to thereby:
a) Approves, pursuant to the Transmission Owner Tariff, and to be effective
on January 1, 2015, the establishment of the City’s new TRR
Transmission Revenue Requirement (“TRR”) and Appendix I to the TO
Tariff implementing the new TRR, as described in the Gas & Electric
TRR Report dated on or about October 7, 2014; and
b) Authorize outside counsel to submit the City’s TRR, the amended
Appendix I to the Vernon TO Tariff, and supporting documentation such
as the TRR Report, to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
(“FERC”) on behalf of the City of Vernon.
With no additional information to provide, at 9:45 a.m. Mayor McCormick opened the public
hearing for public comment. With no public comment, at 9:45 a.m. the public hearing was
closed. Motion carried, 4-0.
It was moved by Maisano and seconded b y Martinez to approve Resolution No. 2014-60.
Motion carried, 4-0.
CONSENT CALENDAR
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Maisano to approve all matters listed under the Consent
Calendar under one motion. Motion carried, 4-0.
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 3 of 8
Claims Against the City – Received and Filed
4. Claim for Damages received September 15, 2014, from Tania Moreno in the
amount of $54.95.
5. Claim for Damages received on September 29, 2014, from Vernon Firemen’s
Association estimated at approximately $500,000.00.
Minutes – To be Received and Filed
6. Minutes of the Regular City Council Meeting held September 2, 2014.
7. Minutes of the Special City Council Meeting held September 11, 2014.
8. Minutes of the Regular City Council and Special Joint et al Meeting held
September 16, 2014.
9. Minutes of the Special City Council Meeting held September 29, 2014.
Warrant Registers
10. Ratification of the following City Warrant Registers to record the following voided
checks:
a. City Warrant Register No. 1400 to record voided Check No. 344163 in the
amount of $19.04; and
b. City Warrant Register No. 1406 to record voided Check No. 345027 in the
amount of $80.00.
11. Ratification of Light & Power Warrant Register No. 353 to record voided Check
No. 510375 in the amount of $274.27.
12. Approval of City Warrant Register No. 1409, totaling $1,936,286.41, which covers
the period of September 9, through September 29, 2014 and consists of the
following:
a. Ratification of wire transfers totaling $1,371,880.70; and
b. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $186,328.75; and
c. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $378,076.96.
13. Approval of Light & Power Warrant Register No. 374, totaling $6,414,905.16,
which covers the period of September 9, through September 29, 2014 and consists
of the following:
a. Ratification of wire transfers totaling $6,288,494.01; and
b. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $8,276.98; and
c. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $118,134.17.
14. Approval of Gas Warrant Register No. 162, totaling $2,369,863.89, which covers
the period of September 9, through September 29, 2014 and consists of the
following:
a. Ratification of wire transfers totaling $2,331,119.17; and
b. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $38,513.91; and
c. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $230.81.
City Administration Department
15. Councilmembers' attendance report on the League of California Cities Conference
from September 3 - 5, 2014.
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 4 of 8
Fire Department
16. Activity Report for the period of August 16, through August 31, 2014, to be
received and filed.
17. Activity Report for the period of September 1, through September 15, 2014, to be
received and filed.
Gas and Electric Department
18. Receive and file General Order 165 and General Order 174 Inspection Program
Metrics.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval requested is exempt under the California Environmental
Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule
that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment;
and
(2) Receive and file the Inspection Program Metrics that address General Order
(“GO”) 165 and General Order (“GO”) 174 as submitted by the Vernon Gas &
Electric Department and acknowledge that City compliance with the California
Public Utilities Commission (“CPUC”) request is voluntary in nature. The data is
presented for informational purposes only.
Police Department
19. Activity Log and Statistical Summary of Arrest and Activities for the period of
September 1, through September 15, 2014, to be received and filed.
Public Works, Water, and Development Services Department
20. Accept the Electrical Easement for 3222 Washington Boulevard.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the Electrical Easement in the staff report is categorically exempt under
the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with CEQA
Guidelines Section 15061(b) (3), the general rule the CEQA only applies to
projects that may have an effect on the environment and pursuant to section
15303(d) that exempts new construction of small structures such as electrical
extensions; and
(2) Accept the Electrical Easement and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to
execute said document.
21. Accept the Electrical Easement for 3232 Washington Boulevard.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the Electrical Easement in the staff report is categorically exempt under
the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with CEQA
Guidelines Section 15061(b) (3), the general rule the CEQA only applies to
projects that may have an effect on the environment and pursuant to section
15303(d) that exempts new construction of small structures such as electrical
extensions; and
(2) Accept the Electrical Easement and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to
execute said document.
NEW BUSINESS
22. Resolution No. 2014-61 - A Resolution of the City Council of the City of Vernon
adopting a master conflict of interest code for the City of Vernon and all Agencies,
Boards, and Commissions affiliated with the City that incorporates by reference
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 5 of 8
the standard model conflict of interest code of the Fair Political Practices
Commission.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the proposed actions do not constitute a “project” pursuant to section
15378(b)(2) of the Guidelines to the California Environmental Quality Act
(“CEQA”), because they constitute administrative activities; and even if the
proposed did constitute a project, it would be exempt from CEQA in accordance
with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that
may have an effect on the environment; and
(2) Approve the resolution adopting a Master Conflict of Interest Code for the City of
Vernon and all affiliated agencies, boards and commissions, which incorporates
all recommendations from the various affiliated City of Vernon governing bodies
and City staff review effective January 1, 2015; and adopting the Conflict of
Interest Code for the Vernon CommUNITY Fund Grant Committee and the
Business and Industry Commission effective immediately upon approval; and
(3) Repeals all other existing Conflict of Interest Codes for the City of Vernon and all
other City of Vernon affiliated governing bodies.
Deputy City Clerk Ana Barcia conducted the oral report on the recommendation.
It was moved by Martinez and seconded by Maisano to approve Resolution No. 2014-61. Motion
carried, 4-0.
Gas and Electric Department
23. Approval of the Superior Lithographic Optical Fiber Use Agreement No. 12.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval requested is exempt under the California Environmental
Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15303(d)
which exempts minor extensions of utility services, and under Section
15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an
effect on the environment because the proposal will not require any construction,
and the only physical change to the environment is stringing a few hundred feet of
fiber optic cabling (of roughly ½ inch in diameter) from existing utility poles onto
private property; and
(2) Approve Optical Fiber Use Agreement No. 12 between the City of Vernon and
Superior Lithographic and the related Short Form IRU-12.1 Indefeasible Right of
Use Agreement, in substantially the same form as submitted with the staff report.
Upon approval, construction for the implementation of an Optical Fiber
Connection will commence.
Director of Gas and Electric Carlos Fandino reported on the recommendation.
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Maisano to approve the Superior Lithographic Optical
Fiber Use Agreement No. 12. Motion carried, 4-0.
Public Works, Water and Development Services Department
24. Ratify the Agreement for the preparation of a Load Reduction Strategy to address
the 2012 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System Permit Requirements.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the approval of an Agreement between the participating cities and the
Los Angeles County Flood Control District (“FCD”) for the Los Angeles River
Upper Reach 2 (“LAR UR2”) Watershed Management Area (“WMA”) is exempt
under the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”):
a) The authorization to prepare a Load Reduction Strategy is exempt from
CEQA pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15307 because the
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 6 of 8
authorization to submit the plan is an action taken by the City in its role as
a regulatory agency authorized by state regulation and is intended to
assure the maintenance, restoration, enhancement, or protection of a
natural resource where the regulatory process involves procedures for
protection of the environment; and
b) The authorization to prepare the Load Reduction Strategy is covered by
the general rule set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) which
provides that CEQA applies only to projects which have the potential for
causing a significant effect on the environment. Where it can be seen with
certainty that there is no possibility that the activity in question may have
a significant effect on the environment, the activity is not subject to
CEQA. Here, the authorization to prepare the plan involves procedures
for the protection of the environment and has no significant adverse effect
on the environment.
(2) Ratify the City Administrators’ execution of an Agreement, attached to the staff
report as Exhibit A, between the participating cities and the FCD for the LAR
UR2 WMA for preparation of a Load Reduction Strategy (“LRS”) to address the
2012 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (“MS4”) National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) Permit (hereinafter the Municipal
NPDES Permit) Requirements (hereinafter the “Agreement”). The City of
Vernon’s cost share for the LRS is $6,429.00.
Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services Kevin Wilson reported on the
recommendation’s need and urgency. The proposed will ratify the City Administrator’s
execution of the agreement.
It was moved by Maisano and seconded by Martinez to approve the ratification of the Agreement
for the preparation of a Load Reduction Strategy. Motion carried, 4-0.
25. Award Bid for Contract No. CS-0428, the Office Reconfiguration of City
Administration, City Attorney, and Human Resources Departments.
Recommendation:
(1) Find that the proposed Capital Improvement Project is categorically exempt under
the California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) in accordance with CEQA
Guidelines Section 15301, Existing Facilities, part (a), because the project is
merely to make interior or exterior alterations involving partitions, plumbing, and
electrical conveyances; and
(2) Accept the bid of Victor Palos Development and Construction, as the lowest
responsive and responsible bidder and enter into a contract, at an amount not-to-
exceed $309,900.00, for the Office Reconfiguration of City Administration, City
Attorney and Human Resources Departments Project, Contract No. CS-0428, and
to reject all other bids. Further authorize a contingency of $50,000.00, in the event
of an unexpected changed condition in the project and grant authority to the City
Administrator to issue a change order for an amount up to the contingency
amount.
Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services Kevin Wilson reported on the bid
process and recommendation to award the contract to the lowest bidder.
In response to Mayor McCormick, Wilson reported that the work is anticipated to commence in
November.
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Maisano to award Contract No. CS-0428 to Victor
Palos Development and Construction. Motion carried, 4-0.
ORAL REPORTS
26. City Administrator Reports – brief reports on activities and other brief announcements
by the City Administrator and Department Heads.
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 7 of 8
27. City Council Reports – brief report on activities, announcements, or directives to staff.
Police Chief Daniel Calleros reported on officers’ responses to recent incidents and reported on
the demonstration at Farmer John by members of the People for Ethical Treatment of Animals,
PETA. Calleros reminded all of the California Great Shake-out Earthquake Exercise on October
16, 2014.
Captain Michael Gillman reported on existing reports of vandalism. Mayor McCormick reported
on vandalism he had observed within the City.
Fire Chief Michael Wilson reported on the Insurance Service Office (ISO) audit of the
Department. He anticipates that the Department will be able to maintain its Class 1 rating.
Wilson reported on training activities, and on the Department’s response to recent structural fires
and incidents, including multiple mutual aid calls.
Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services Kevin Wilson advised that he will
be making a presentation on the current drought at the next City Council meeting. He provided
an update on capital improvement projects and the new housing development project.
In response to Mayor Pro Tem Davis, Wilson advised that the majority of the City’s fire hydrants
are dry, and therefore there should not be any water waste concerns if one is damaged in an
accident.
Director of Gas and Electric Carlos Fandino reported on two power outages. Fandino reported
on the procurement of emission credits. In response to Mayor Pro Tem Davis, Fandino advised
that he will have staff trim the tree on Atlantic Boulevard, if necessary, in order to avoid a
potential power outage.
Finance Director William Fox reported on the bond refinancing efforts. He advised that the
annual financial audit is ongoing and appears to be favorable. Fox reported on collection efforts
for delinquent customers.
Director of Health and Environmental Control Leonard Grossberg reported on his attendance to
the Directors’ Annual Conference in Orange County; discussions on various environmental
programs were held. Grossberg advised that there is nothing new to report on Exide
Technologies. He announced the Sustainability Open House on October 9, 2014.
Director of Human Resources Teresa McAllister reported that it was a successful Health and
Lifestyle exposition on September 18, 2014. McAllister advised that staff is preparing for the
Halloween event and upcoming open enrollment for health benefits. The request for proposals
process for a Workers Compensation Administrator is nearing conclusion.
Economic Development Manager/Successor Agency Staff Alex Kung reported on the Oversight
Board to the Successor Agency meeting held on Tuesday, September 30, 2014. The next
Oversight Board meeting will be held in December, the November meeting is canceled. Kung
reported that there has been some interest in the California Competes grant by Vernon
businesses; California Consulting will be assisting with the application process.
Senior Strategic Policy Advisor and Director of Communications Advisor Fred MacFarlane
reported on the successful grand opening of the Kevin De Leon Campo de Futbol, artificial turf
soccer field at Salt Lake Park on September 6, 2014. The next issue of the Vernon Quarterly is
forthcoming.
City Administrator Mark Whitworth reported on attendance to the Annual League of California
Cities Conference. He reported on his participated at the September 17, 2014, AQMD Exide
Advisory Committee Meeting.
Whitworth reported on the Vernon CommUNITY Fund Workshop held September 12, 2014, and
on the orientation meeting held September 16, 2014. The first official meeting is scheduled to be
held November 12, 2014. Councilmember Ybarra was appointed to serve on the Committee, the
Council will need to appoint another member.
Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
September 2, 2014
Page 8 of 8
Whitworth reported on the Vernon Housing Commission meeting held September 10, 2014.
After December 2014, only two housing units remain on the old lease terms and agreement.
These leases are scheduled to expire in 2015; after which, all City-owned housing units will be at
market rent.
Applications for the Business and Industry Commission were received. Interviews will be
conducted, a summary of which will be provided to the City Council for appointment
consideration.
Whitworth advised of the potential for a special election. Additionally, the recruitment process
for the City Clerk position will be commencing.
CLOSED SESSION
With no public comment on the closed session items, at 10:33 a.m., the City Council entered
closed session to discuss the agendized items.
28. CITY COUNCIL PUBLIC EMPLOYEE DISCIPLINE/DISMISSAL/RELEASE.
Government Code Section 54957
29. CITY COUNCIL CONFERENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATORS.
Government Code Section 54957.6
Agency Designated Representatives: Mark Whitworth, Teresa McAllister and Paul
Coble
Employee Organization: Teamsters Local 911
30. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS.
Government Code Section 54956.8
Property: 3200 Fruitland Avenue, Vernon, California
Agency Negotiator: Mark Whitworth, City Administrator / Alex Kung, Economic
Development Manager
Negotiating Party: Pechiney Cast Plate, Inc.
Under Negotiation: Price and Terms of Payment
At 10:59 a.m., it was moved by Davis and seconded by Maisano to exit closed session. City
Attorney Hema Patel announced that there is no reportable action.
With no further business, at 10:59 a.m., Mayor McCormick adjourned the meeting in memory of
Honorable Michael A. Ybarra.
________________________
W. Michael McCormick
Mayor
ATTEST:
_________________________
Ana Barcia
Deputy City Clerk
RECEIVED
()CT I 5 20ltr
|]IIY ADMINISTRATION
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
STAFF REPORT
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Ana Barcia, Deputy CitV Clerk S
Approval of Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business Development Minutes
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
l. Find that the approval of the proposed minutes does not constitute a "project" pursuant to
section 15378(bX2) of the Guidelines to the California Environmental Quality Act
("CEQA"), because it constitutes an administrative activity; and even if the approval of
the proposed minutes did constitute a project, it would be exempt from CEQA in
accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects
that may have an effect on the environment; and
2. Approve, and receive and file, the Minutes of the Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for
Business Development for the following dates:
a. Regular Meeting held June 13,2012.
b. Regular Meeting held August8,2012.
c. Regular Meeting held December 12,2012.
Backsround
On July 15, 2014, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1223 creating the Business and
Industry Commission and dissolving the Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business
Development ("Committee"). No Committee meetings were held after December 12,2012; as
such, the minutes of the above referenced meeting dates were not approved by the Committee
prior to its dissolution. Former Committee members were provided a copy of the drafted
minutes and given the opportunity to review and make any comments or revisions. The
comments and revisions received were incorporated into the proposed minutes.
Staff recommends approval of the proposed minutes which shall conclude and capture the final
Ad Hoc Advisory Committee for Business Development meetings.
Fiscal Impact
There is no fiscal impact.
CITY CLERK'S OFFICE
MINUTES OF THE REGULAR ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MEETING OF THE CITY OF VERNON
HELD WEDNESDAY, JUNE 13, 2012,
IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER OF THE CITY HALL LOCATED
AT 4305 SANTA FE AVENUE, VERNON, CALIFORNIA
MEMBERS PRESENT: Steve Halpin, Michael McCormick, William
Davis, Mark Whitworth, Reid Delphey, and
John McMillan
MEMBERS ABSENT: Neil Mishurda, Stan Stosel, and
Edward Rendon
The meeting was called to order at 8:00 a.m. by Chairperson
Halpin. Vice Chairperson McCormick led the flag salute.
The Secretary announced that there were no changes to the agenda
and that this was the time allotted for public comment. The
Chairperson inquired whether anyone in the audience wished to
address the Committee. No one responded.
MINUTES
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Delphey to approve the
Minutes of the Advisory Committee for Business Development
Meeting held March 14, 2012. Motion carried, 6-0.
It was moved by McCormick and seconded by Davis to approve the
Minutes of the Advisory Committee for Business Development
Meeting held April 11, 2012. Motion carried, 6-0.
RESOLUTION
1. Resolution No. BDC-3 - A Resolution of the Ad Hoc Advisory
Committee for Business Development of the City of Vernon
Repealing Resolution No. BDC-2 regarding the Conflict of
Interest Code
Legal Counsel Dana Reed explained that staff found it difficult
to agendize matters due to individual Committee member’s
relations in Vernon, as they are prohibited from participating
on issues where they may have an economic interest. The issue
was presented to Independent Reform Monitor John Van de Kamp,
and Robert Stern, formerly of the Fair Political Practices
Commission, for their consideration.
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
June 13, 2012
Page 2 of 4
Stern advised that he was one of the authors of the Political
Reform Act. Stern explained that the Committee does not make
decisions, and that there is no history to support that the
Committee’s recommendations have been approved by City Council.
He recommended that Committee Members not be required to file
Statements of Economic Interest. However, he recommended that
staff monitor the Committee’s recommendations and after two
years, determine whether members should be subject to filing
requirements.
Stern advised that Committee Members may continue to file
Statements of Economic Interest, but should not be required to
do so if the recommendation to repeal the Conflict of Interest
Code is approved.
It was moved by Whitworth and seconded by Davis to approve
Resolution No. BDC-3. Motion carried, 6-0.
DISCUSSION ITEMS
1. Presentation on the alternative analysis for the
construction of a proposed transit line along the former
Pacific Electric/West Santa Ana Branch right of way.
Director of Community Services and Water Kevin Wilson presented
on the various alternate vehicles and routes for the proposed
transit line study. Wilson advised that the project still needs
to undergo the environmental review. Wilson advised that the
City is recommending the use of low speed magnetic levitation
system due to its environmental benefits and full grade
separation.
Wilson reported on the proposed alternate routes through Vernon.
In response to Member Delphey, Wilson reported that the study
would take approximately 5 years. Wilson advised that part of
his recommendation will include a transit station in Vernon.
Wilson reported on similar projects that have met resistance.
Legal Counsel Reed, advised that in 1999 there was a similar
project, but opined that since the Metropolitan Transportation
Authority is in support, there is potential for more of a follow
through.
2. Discussion on the comprehensive zoning ordinance.
This item was moved to the end of the Discussion Items.
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
June 13, 2012
Page 3 of 4
3. Presentation on the City’s budget and finances.
Assistant to the City Administrator Alex Kung reported that
after various workshops on the proposed parcel tax, staff is
proposing an alternative, a utility user tax (“UUT”).
Anticipated revenues of $12 million have been placed in the
proposed budget for fiscal year 2012-2013. Kung announced the
proposed $0.02 increase to the warehouse parcel tax, and
reported that capital projects have been scaled back.
He announced the UUT workshop to be held at 3:00 p.m. that
afternoon. Kung reported on the dissolution of the
Redevelopment Agency and the unwinding of affairs by the
Oversight Board of the Successor Agency to the Redevelopment
Agency, including the possible sale of property. Kung announced
that the budget is available in the City Clerk’s Department.
4. Resignation of Tim Hatfield
City Clerk Willard Yamaguchi announced the resignation of
Committee Member Tim Hatfield. Wilson advised that although the
City Administrator is tasked with the selection of the
Committee’s business representative member, he is open to
recommendations. Legal Counsel Reed encouraged members to
forward information on possible candidates.
2. Discussion on the comprehensive zoning ordinance. -
Revisited
Director of Community Services and Water Kevin Wilson reported
on the adoption of the comprehensive zoning ordinance in 1999,
and amendment in 2000. Wilson advised that in order to
accommodate new housing, the City ordinance needs to be amended;
therefore it was recommended that other areas be reviewed for
possible amendments. Wilson reported and explained the general
industrial zoning of the City and the three existing overlay
zones; commercial, slaughtering, and rendering. The new housing
overlay was also discussed. Wilson reported on the permitted
uses in the industrial zone along with the uses that require a
conditional use permit.
Wilson reported on the commercial overlay zone and requests
received for additional commercial uses. He reported on the
current conditional use permit requirements. In response to
Peter Corselli, audience member, concerns as to why “big box”
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
June 13, 2012
Page 4 of 4
commercial use was prohibited, Wilson advised that there is not
sufficient space to accommodate the use in the existing
commercial overlay zone. Wilson advised that consolidation of
lots would be necessary and that a large retailer would provide
additional revenue to the City.
Wilson reported on the slaughtering and rendering overlay zones.
He explained the prohibited uses and legal nonconforming uses.
After Wilson concluded his presentation, he sought
recommendations or feedback from the Committee on whether other
uses should be permitted by right rather than through a
conditional use permit (“CUP”), whether some uses should require
a CUP, and whether some uses should be permitted throughout the
City in certain zones, such as limited retail sales on weekends.
The Committee agreed to discuss the zoning ordinance in greater
detail over the next few meetings.
ORAL REPORTS & COMMENTS
There were no oral reports or comments.
At 9:23 a.m., it was moved by McCormick and seconded by McMillan
to adjourn the meeting. Motion carried, 6-0.
________________________
William McCormick
Vice Chairperson
ATTEST:
_________________________
Ana Barcia
Deputy City Clerk
MINUTES OF THE REGULAR ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MEETING OF THE CITY OF VERNON
HELD WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 8, 2012,
IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER OF THE CITY HALL LOCATED
AT 4305 SANTA FE AVENUE, VERNON, CALIFORNIA
MEMBERS PRESENT: Michael McCormick, William Davis, Mark
Whitworth, Neil Mishurda, Stan Stosel, and
Reid Delphey
MEMBERS ABSENT: John McMillan, Steve Halpin, and
Edward Rendon
The meeting was called to order at 8:00 a.m. by Vice Chairperson
McCormick; Member Mishurda led the flag salute.
The City Clerk announced that there were no changes to the
agenda and that this was the time allotted for public comment.
The vice Chairperson inquired whether anyone in the audience
wished to address the Committee. No one responded.
MINUTES
It was moved by Davis and seconded by Whitworth to approve the
Minutes of the Advisory Committee for Business Development
Meeting held May 9, 2012. Motion carried, 6-0.
DISCUSSION ITEMS
1. Discussion on the comprehensive zoning ordinance.
Director of Community Services and Water Kevin Wilson continued
discussions on the City’s comprehensive zoning ordinance.
Wilson reported on the three overlay zones. The Committee
conducted an extensive detailed discussion on conforming and
non-conforming uses. Specifically, public storage and
truck/freight terminals were discussed. Commercial use was
explained.
Uses requiring a conditional use permit (“CUP”) were discussed.
Wilson reported on the need to clarify incidental uses for a
CUP. Based on current uses and experience, Wilson recommended
that cell towers be eliminated from CUP requirements.
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
August 8, 2012
Page 2 of 3
Wilson discussed the negative perception concerning recycling
facilities and whether the use should require a CUP.
Director of Health and Environmental Control Leonard Grossberg
discussed the potential need for conditional use permits for
items related to hazardous materials.
Wilson advised that with sufficient code regulations, concerns
can be mitigated. Member Reed, Grossberg, and Wilson will meet
to discuss further.
The Committee had no further recommendations on any other uses
that should require a conditional use permit.
The Committee discussed billboard requirements. No changes were
recommended. Any modification from the requirements would
require a variance.
ORAL REPORTS & COMMENTS
Assistant to the City Administrator Kristen Enomoto announced
the appointment of the new City Attorney, Human Resources
Director and Director of Health and Environmental Control.
Enomoto announced the Special Municipal Election on September
18, 2012 concerning the Utility Users’ Tax.
Director of Light and Power Carlos Fandino advised that the
proposed rebate program for heavy utility users was announced
during the Advisory Committee on Electric Rates meeting.
Director of Community Services and Water Kevin Wilson provided
an update on the housing development proposals.
In response to Committee Member Mishurda, Wilson further
reported on the housing units.
Enomoto reported on the commencement of the recruitment process
for a Finance Director and Police Chief. Enomoto provided an
update on the June 5, 2012, contested election.
/ / /
/ / /
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
August 8, 2012
Page 3 of 3
With no further business, at 9:34 a.m., it was moved by Davis
and seconded by Stosel to adjourn the meeting. Motion carried,
6-0.
________________________
William McCormick
Vice Chairperson
ATTEST:
_________________________
Ana Barcia
Deputy City Clerk
MINUTES OF THE REGULAR ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT MEETING OF THE CITY OF VERNON
HELD WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 12, 2012,
IN THE COUNCIL CHAMBER OF THE CITY HALL LOCATED
AT 4305 SANTA FE AVENUE, VERNON, CALIFORNIA
MEMBERS PRESENT: William Davis, Mark Whitworth, John
McMillan, Neil Mishurda, Stan Stosel, and
Reid Delphey
MEMBERS ABSENT: Michael McCormick, Steve Halpin, and Edward
Rendon
The meeting was called to order at 8:07 a.m. by Member Davis;
Member Whitworth led the flag salute.
Director of Community Services Kevin Wilson announced that there
were no changes to the agenda and that this was the time
allotted for public comment. He inquired whether anyone in the
audience wished to address the Committee. No one responded.
DISCUSSION ITEMS
1. Discussion on proposed water rate adjustment.
Director of Community Services and Water Kevin Wilson reported
on Vernon’s three different water sources and on the City’s
current water rights.
Wilson reported that the previous study on the water rates was
conducted in 1995. A rate design was developed as a result.
Wilson reported on the various components of the rate design,
and on the current fees.
Wilson presented the proposed rate increases. In response to
Committee Member Stosel, Wilson reported on the previous rate
increases.
In response to Committee Members Stosel and Delphey, Wilson
reported that the power plant is the main user of recycled water
and that other water users have very limited use for recycled
water.
Wilson also advised that staff is proposing a pass-through
adjustment. Notice will be provided to all Vernon customers,
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
December 12, 2012
Page 2 of 3
and will be subject to a public hearing process. Wilson
explained that most of the proposed cost increases are to fund
capital improvements.
Wilson presented a comparison of Vernon’s water rates to other
local utilities.
In response to Committee Member McMillan, Wilson further
reported on the sale of the water rights.
Wilson concluded the presentation, noting the need for the rate
increases to conduct infrastructure improvement projects.
2. Update on the City’s Budget and Finances.
Assistant to the City Administrator Alex Kung advised that the
City is working on ways to address the general fund deficit.
The utility users’ tax was presented to the voters during the
September 18, 2012, election but did not pass. As a result, the
City sold a portion of its water rights as a short-term
solution. The City must still develop a long term solution to
address the deficit.
Kung reported on proposed expenditure reductions, including an
early retirement program, reduction of outside legal costs and
overtime use. Kung also reported on the proposed new revenue
streams: parcel tax, a reduced utility user tax, and business
license fee increase. Coupled with the proposed reductions,
this could stabilize the general fund.
Kung advised that several meetings have been held with Vernon
businesses and the Vernon Chamber of Commerce. The estimated
fiscal impact to various business types was presented to
illustrate the overall impact of the proposed new or increased
revenue streams.
In response to Committee Member Mishurda, Kung explained the
proposed parcel tax and advised that the Chamber understands the
need for another source of revenue, but that discussions are
still ongoing.
Members of the audience commented that utility rates have
recently increased dramatically, and that businesses are paying
more now in electric rates. Additionally, it was commented that
expenditure reductions are not equivalent to the proposed
increases to businesses.
Advisory Committee for Business Development Meeting Minutes
December 12, 2012
Page 3 of 3
Kung explained the long standing general fund deficit that needs
to be stabilized through the proposed taxes and fees.
President of the Vernon Chamber of Commerce Marisa Olguin
expressed her concern that there is not sufficient awareness of
the proposal. Additional presentations to the public are
necessary to further explain the proposal before the items are
presented to the City Council on January 8, 2013.
Olguin requested a more detailed presentation on the expenditure
reductions. Committee Member Davis instructed Kung to address
the request.
ORAL REPORTS & COMMENTS
Director of Community Services and Water Kevin Wilson proposed
the cancellation of the January 2013 Committee meeting. He
advised that at a meeting thereafter, the Committee can address
the meeting frequency. If any member of the Committee has a
request for discussion topics, requests can be submitted to him.
Committee Member Delphey advised that industrial clients need to
be informed about stormwater regulations. In response, Wilson
advised that staff can prepare a presentation on municipal and
industrial stormwater permits and its impact.
In response to Committee Member McMillan, Wilson confirmed that
the mandates are a result of the Clean Water Act.
With no further business, at 9:17 a.m., it was moved by Stosel
and seconded by Delphey to adjourn the meeting. Motion carried,
6-0.
________________________
William McCormick
Vice Chairperson
ATTEST:
_________________________
Ana Barcia
Deputy City Clerk
RECEIVED
ocT I 5 ?014
CITY CLERK'S OFFICE
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
REGEIVED
ocT I 5 20rr
CITY ADMINISTRATION
STAFF REPORT
FI NANCE/TREASU RY DEPARTM ENT
October 15,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Co
William Fox, Finance Director
Ratification of the Gas Warrant Registers for City Council Agenda of
October 21,2014
It is recommended that the ratification of the following warrant registers to remrd the following voided checks be considered
at the City Council meeting of October 21, 2014.
1. Gas Warrant Register No. 160to record voided Check No.'1184 in the amount of$500.00 issued 08D1l14lo Elile
Special lnspections, lnc.
CITY OF VERNON . GAS
-:
ACCOUNTS PAYAELE CHECK 1184
OATE P.O. NUMBER OESCRIPTION
71514
Un(D ON
07t19t2014
lrk-rt/rl edwr
Redesign Brackets
L)
llzl t,t
Dh lu tn,.-,
0.00 500.00
\Dtt' cueuu in 500.00
PLEASE OETACH BEFORE OEPOSITING
City of Vernon - Gas
4305 Santa FeAv€
Vernon, CA90058
(323) 583-8811
PAY Five Hundred Dollars and No Cents
PAYAELE IHROUOH
EAST WEST SANK
2OEO HUNTINOTON DR,, 2NO FLOOR
SAN MARINO. CA OIrOI
TO THE
ORDER
OF
t.,L,tli'l
ELITE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, INC
9545 FIRESTONE BLVD.
#5
DOWNEY, CA9O241
COPY'COP':l COPY COP Y'
,'{ i',i -i,:'.:ijf.; I jjii,: l. i".
RECEIVED
ocl I 6 2014
CITYCI.ERI('S OFFICE
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
RECEIVED
ocT I 6 20t+
CITY ADMINISTRATION
STAFF REPORT
FI NANC E/TREASU RY DEPARTMENT
October 14,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
William Fox, Finance Director
City Payrol! Warrant Register for City Council Agenda of
October 21,2014
It is recommended that the attached Payroll Warrant Register No. 700 be approved at the City Council meeting of October
2't,20't4
Payroll Warant Register No. 700 totals $2,607,688.08, and covers claims and demands presented for September 1, 2014 to
September 30, 2014, drawn from East West Bank, Payroll Account.
The following list details the components of PayrollWarrant Register No. 700:
1. Ratification of direct deposits, checks and taxes totaling $1,891,231.66; and
2. Checks and electronic fund transfers (EFD paid through General bank account totaling $716,456.42.
Raquel Franco | 1011412014 7:O3 PM
PAYROLL WARRANT REGISTER
City of Vernon
No.700 Month of September 2014
I hereby Certify: that claims or demands covered by the
above listed warrants have been audited as to accuracy
and availability of funds for payments thereof; and that
said claims or demands are accurate and that funds are
available for payments thereof.
William Fox
Director of Finance
Date:
This is to certify that the claims or demands
covered by the above listed warrants have been
audited by the City Council of the City of Vernon
and that all of said warrants are approved for pay-
ments
DATE
DATE
Page 1 of 1 Payroll Warrant Register Memo xls : Warrant
Pavrolls reported for the month of September:
08110114 - OBl23l14, Paydate 0910412014
OBl24l14 - 09106114, Paydate 0911812014
Payment
Method Date Payment Description Amount
Total net payroll and payroll taxes
Checks
ACH
ACH
Checks
ACH
ACH
ACH
ACH
ACH
345175
345173
345168
31 51 78
345179
ACH
ACH
ACH
345302
345295
345299
345296
345306
345307
09t04t14
09104114
09t04114
09t18114
09118114
09118114
09104114
09104114
09104114
09104114
09t04114
09t04t14
09104114
09104114
09t18t14
09t18114
09118114
09t18t14
09t18t14
09t18t14
09t18114
09t18t14
09t18t14
Net payroll, checks
Net payroll, direct deposits
Payrolltaxes
Net payroll, checks
Net payroll, direct deposits
Payroll taxes
$ 28,943.02
713,950.97
206,059.75
27,507.44
711,285.25
203,485.23
1,891,231.66
$ 2,607,688.08
ICMA
CaIPERS
California State Disbursement Unit
Sandra Bingman
Sheriffs Department Garnishment
IBEW Dues
Vernon Firemen's Association
Vernon Police Officers' Benefit Association
ICMA
CaIPERS
California State Disbursement Unit
Sandra Bingman
Franchise Tax Board
Sheriff s Department Garnishment
IBEW Dues
Vernon Firemen's Association
Vernon Police Officers' Benefit Association
21,314.02
323,710.38
3,830.41
2,000.00
277.44
2,538.63
3,215.00
1,887.60
20,781.53
324,897.76
4,355.91
2,000.00
267.70
277.44
3,215.00
1,887.60
716,456.42
Payroll related disbursements, paid through
General bank account
Total net payrolt, taxes, and related disbursements
RECEi\/ED
ocT 1 5 ?014
CIIY CLERKS OFFICE
RECEIVED
OCT | 5 20ltr
TO
FROM
RE
STAFF REPORT CITY AD RATION
FI NAN C E/TREAS U RY D E PARTM E NT
October 15,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
William Fox, Finance Direc tornl
City Warrant Register for City Council Agenda of October 21,2014
It is recommended thatthe attached CityWarrant Register No. 1410 be approved atthe City Council meeting of
October 21,2014.
City Warrant Register No. 1410 totals $2,014,047.77, and covers claims and demands presented during the
period of September 30 through October 13, 2014, drawn, or to be drawn, from East West Bank.
The following list details the components of City Warrant Register No. 1410:
1 . Ratification of wire transfers totaling $1,389,831.83;
2. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $208,152.02; and
3. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $416,063.92.
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
I hereby certify that claims and/or demands included in above listed warrant
register have been audited for accuracy and availability of funds for
payments and that said claims and/or demands are accurate and that the
funds are available for payments thereof.
This is to certify that the claims or demands covered by the above listed
warrants have been audited by the City Council of the City of Vernon and
that all of said warrants are approved for payments except Warrant
Numbers:
William Fox
Finance Director
Date:
Printed: 1 0/1 5/2014 3:1 9:53PI\,/l Page 2 ol 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
WIRES
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE WIRE
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
SULLY-MILLER CONTRACTING CO O11.1O43.9OOOOO Street lmprovements Project
Deferred Compensation : Payment
PERS Contributions: Payment
PERS Survivor's Benefit: Payment
PERS Buy-back: Payment
PERS Contributions: Adjustment
FSA- Dependent: Payment
FSA - Medical: Payment
Child Support: Payment
Professional Services
Groundwater Production
Capacity Charge
Capacity Charge
ICMA RETIREMENT TRUST 457
CALPERS
CITY OF VERNON, FSAACCOUNT
STATE DISBURSEMENT UNIT
REED & DAVIDSON, LLP
WATER REPLENISHMENT
DISTRICT
CENTRAL BASIN MWD
o11.210220
011.210240
011.210240
o11.210240
o11.1004.502020
01 1 .1 0001 3
011 100013
011 210260
011.1002.596200
020.1084.500110
020.1084.500'130
020.1 085.5001 30
725,109.29
20,829 71
324,O33.79
237.15
1,684.12
-0.'16
709 21
309.19
4,502.90
5,215 00
178,691 .68
113,224.23
15,285.72
09t30t2014
101o2t2014
10to6t2014
10to2t2014
10to6t2014
10togt2014
10t09t2014
1 048
725,109.29
'1049
20,829.71
'1050
'1050
1 050
'1050
325,954.90
105'1
1 051
1,018.40
1 052
4,502.90
1 053
5,215.00
1 054
178,691.68
1 055
1 055
Page 3 of 29
343489
8en176725
8en176727
8en176727
8en176727
8en176727
Benl 76731
Benl 76731
Benl 76733
33475
073114
VERAUGl4
VERAUGl4
Printed:'10/15/2014 3:19:53PM
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER z'.,,2014
ACCOUNT
VENDOR DISPLAY NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE WIRE
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
10to9t2014 128,509.95
TOTAL WTRES $ 1,389,831.83
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 4 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE CHECK
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
CHEVRONANDTEXACO 011.1031.570000 483.38 Service Period: 08122-Ogl21 42340313
BUSINESS
FEDEX 011.1026.520000 35.41 Service Period: 09/14
011.'1004.520000 418.82 ServicePeriod:09/14
09t3012014
09t30t2014
09130t2014
0913012014
09130t2014
345445
483.38
345446
345446
454.23
345447
345447
345447
345447
345447
345447
1,589.08
345448
642.16
345449
223.32
345450
345450
95.36
345451
INSIGHT PUBLIC SECTOR, INC 011.9019.520010 1,237.33 Material: QG2-00001-
011.9019 520010 98.88 Material: RF2-00001-
011 9019.520010 58.06 Material: P9X-00002-
011.9019.520010 60.85 Material: RE2-00001-
011.9019 520010 3.00 EWR FEE
011 9019.520010 130.96 Sales Tax
277196222
277196222
'1100382825 011 .0010077
'1'100382825 011 .0010077
1'100382825 011 .0010077
1100382825 01'1 .0010077
1100382825 01'l .0010077
1 1 00382825
091814VRS 011.0009965
092314
3242066283 011.0010087
3242066283
LONG BEACH BMW
MOTORCYCLES INC
PAUL KIEHL
011 .1 031 .570000 642.16 Maintenance Services-
011.1025.596700 223.32 CAJPA
STAPLES ADVANTAGE 011.1033 520000 87.49 Office Supplies, -
011 1033.520000 7.87 Sales Tax
ALEX KUNG
Pranted:'l 0/1 5/2014 3:1 9:53PM
011.1021797000 77.04 Soccer Field Renovation BBQ 090814
09t30t2014
Page 5 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT OESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
CLEANSOURCE, INC.
FRANCHISE TAX BOARD
IBEW LOCAL 47
INSIGHT PUBLIC SECTOR, INC
JOHN KRISTE
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM
01 1 .1 2001 0
011 120010
01 1 .1 2001 0
011.120010
01't.120010
01't .1 2001 0
01 1 .1 2001 0
0'11 .1 2001 0
011.210260
o11.210250
011 .9019.520010
011 .9019.520010
011 .9019.520010
011.9019.520010
01'1 .9019.520010
011.1048.590000
258.96
460.80
460 B0
58.56
119 52
87.00
4.95
130.55
267.70
3,096.74
4,394 20
423.20
1,O75.12
11.64
134.85
230 00
Rest Stop Disinfectant Cleaner, 1 qt.
051 5-481 Deodorant Aerosol Mountain
O51 5-482 Deodorant Aerosol Linen
0562-100 Toilet Seat Covers, (20/cs.),
0578-600 Pine-O-Scent, 1 gallon
0578-900 Plastic Bucket & Wringer, 26
Freight
Sales Tax
Garnishment: Payment
IBEW Dues: Payment
Software
Material: WPCTVPRO-
Material: NON STOCK ITEM-
Freight
Sales Tax
Meals & Out of Pocket Expense during
082514VRS
082514VRS
082514VRS
08251 4VRS
082514VRS
0825'14VRS
082514VRS
082514VRS
8en176717
Benl 76709
'1 'l 00381 686
1100382821
1100382821
1100382821
1100382821
09301 4
011.0010000
011.00'10000
011.0010000
011 0010000
011.0010000
011 0010000
011 .0010000
011 .0010078
011.0010078
011.0010078
1010212014
101o2t2014
10to2t2014
10to2t2014
77.O4
345452
345452
345452
345452
345452
345452
345452
345452
1,581.14
345453
267.70
345454
3,096.74
345455
345455
345455
345455
345455
6,039.01
345456
10to2t2014
Page 6 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE CHECK
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
LA COUNry SHERIFF'S DEPT O11.210260 277.44 Garnishment: Payment
NORTH PARK HOA 011 1048.590000 265.00 Association Dues
011 1048.590000 265.00 Association Dues
Benl 7671 5
091 81 4
0e1814(B)
011 1026.596700 350.00 Annual Conference: K. Rueda 082714
011.1033.590000 262.03 Kit Bearing Housing & Hardware 551881|N
011210260 2,000.00 Garnishment: Payment 8en176719
011.1024.596500 29.41 League of CACities Conference 093014
1010212014
1010212014
10to2t2014
10t02t2014
10t02t2014
101o2t2014
10to2t2014
10102t2014
10t0212014
230.00
345457
277.44
345458
345458
530.00
345459
350.00
345460
262.O3
345461
2,000.00
345462
345462
44.89
345463
3,215.00
345464
1,887.60
PARMA
PWS
SANDRA D. BINGMAN
SCOTT E. PORTER
VERNON FIREMEN'S
ASSOCIATION
09301 4(B)
8en176721
ASSOCIATION VERNON POLICE 011.210250 1,887.60 Police Association Member Dues: B,en176713
OFFI
011 1024.596500 15.48 CALAAC
011.210250 3,215.00 Fire House Fund: Payment
Printed: 10/1 5/2014 3:19:53PM
Payment
PageT of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
AMA SERVICES, INC.
LISETTE MICHEL
MERRIMAC ENERGY GROUP
MUTUAL OF OMAHA
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM
011.'1048.590000
011.1048.590000
0'11 .1048.590000
01 1 .1 048.590000
011.1048.590000
011.1048.590000
01 1 .1 026.596500
011.120030
01 1 .1 20030
011.120030
011.120030
011.120030
0'11.120030
01 1 .1 20030
01'l .1 20030
011.120030
01'l .120030
01 1 .1 20030
011.210230
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
11 ,807.66
15.57
12.30
1,592.64
4.42
7,716.52
8.65
5.10
293.81
2.67
1,334.98
521.81
502.00
600.00
549.00
511.00
587.00
536.00
8212014
8212014A
9152014
91 5201 44
9172014
9172014A
100214
091 714VRS
091 714VRS
091 71 4VRS
091 71 4VRS
091 714VRS
091 714VRS
091 714VRS
091 714VRS
091 714VRS
091 71 4VRS
091 71 4VRS
Ben'176029
30.00 CALPERS Conference
Unleaded Fuel.
CA Enviro / Fed Oil Spill Tax
AB32 Fee Phase 3&4
State Gasoline Excise Tax
Lust Fee
Diesel Fuel.
AB32 Fuel Fee Phase 3&4
Federal Oil SpillTax
Sate Diesel excise Tax
Lust
011 .0010109
011 .0010109
01'1.0010109
011 .0010109
0'11 0010109
011 0010109
011 .0010109
01'l .0010109
011 .0010109
011 .0010109
10to7t2014
10to712014
345465
345465
345465
345465
345465
345465
3,285.00
345466
30.00
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
345467
22,794.32
345468Voluntary Life lnsurance: Payment
10to7t2014
Page 8 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
MUTUAL OF OMAHA
SHOETERIA
STAPLES ADVANTAGE
TUFF SHED, INC.
011 1004.502030
01 1 .1 003.502030
0'1'1 1031 .502030
o11.210230
011.1043.502030
011.1031.502030
020.1 084.540000
020 1084 540000
01'1 1049 520000
01 1 .1 048.900000
011.1048.900000
011 1048 900000
011 1048.900000
011.1048.900000
01'l .1048.900000
011 .1048.900000
011 '1048 900000
011.1048.900000
011 1048 900000
-1.80
-1.80
2.O5
2,566.84
-46.00
46.50
100.00
100.00
81.75
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
1,721.90
Voluntary Life lnsurance: C. Gaytan
Voluntary Life lnsurance: S. Dolson
Voluntary Life lnsurance: B. Potter
Voluntary Life lnsurance: Payment
Voluntary Life lnsurance: Payment-
Voluntary Life lnsurance: Payment-
Work boots
Work boots
Office Supplies
4321 Furlong St. Vernon, CA90058-
4323 Furlong St. Vernon, CA 90058-
4325 Furlong St. Vernon, CA90058-
4327 Furlong St. Vernon, CA90058-
4329 Furlong St. Vernon, CA 90058-
4322 Furlong St. Vernon, CA 90058-
4324 Furlong St. Vernon, CA 90058-
4326 Furlong St. Vernon, CA 90058-
4328 Furlong St. Vernon, CA 90058-
4330 Furlong St. Vernon, CA90058-
Ben'176029
Benl 76029
Ben'176029
Ben'176310
Ben 1 763'1 0
Benl 7631 0
80507
81514
3241194488
090314VRS
090314VRS
090314VRS
090314VRS
090314VRS
090314VRS
09031 4VRS
090314VRS
090314VRS
090314VRS
10to7t2014
10to7t2014
10to7t2014
345468
345468
345468
345468
345468
345468
3,087.60
345469
345469
200.00
345470
81.75
345471
345471
345471
345471
345471
345471
345471
345471
345471
345471
011.0010046
011 .0010046
0'11.0010046
011 .0010046
011.0010046
011 .0010046
011 .0010046
011 .0010046
01'1 .001 0046
011 .0010046
Printed:'10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page I of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocroBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE CHECK
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
011.1048.530015 910.79 Reimb/Possessory lnterestTax- 100814
CALIFORNIA CONSULTING, LLC 011.1002 596200 6,000 00 Grant Writing Services
011.'1002.596200 6,000.00 ConsultingServices
473
606
0'11.9019.860000 432.OO Freight
011 .9019.860000 793.35 Sales Tax
TUFF SHED, INC.
ALEXY ESCOBEDO
BRYAN WOODRUFF
DIANA GONZALES
Printed: 10/'15/2014 3:19:53PM
011.1048.900000 1,549.70 SalesTax
011 .11OO21 3,000.00 Employee Computer Loans
090314VRS
1 0061 4
081914VRS 011.0010017
081914VRS
345471
10t07t2014 '18,768.70
10t0912014
10to9t2014
345472
3,000.00
345473
910.79
345474
345474
10to9t2014 12,000.00
1010912014
345475
345475
234.15
345476
345476
345476
345476
345476
345476
10to9t2014 11,520.35
CALIFORNIAWATER SERVICE CO. 011.1043.560000 91.25 Service Period: OBl23-09123 092414
011.1033.560000 142.90 Service Period: OBl23 - Ogl23 O92414(B)
CANON SOLUTIONSAMERICA, 011.9019.860000 8,556.00 FoureCopy Station Hardware Upgrade 081914VRS 011.00'10017
INC.Kits
011.9019.860000 65.00 2GB Memory Upgrade foreCopy 081914VRS 011.0010017
011.9019.860000 194.00 Windows 718.1 Pro License Upgrade for 081914VRS 011.0010017
011.9019.860000 1,480.00 eCopy ShareScan lmplementaion 081914VRS 011.0010017
Services
01'1 .'l 048.530015 321 .7O Reimb/Possessory lnterestTax- 100814 345477
Page10of29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE CHECK
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
01'1.1048.530015 350.72 Reimb/Possessory lnterest Tax- 100814
JEMMOTT ROLLINS GROUP, lNC. O11.1021.596200 10,000.00 Consulting Services
JOE A. GONSALVES & SON 011.1002.596200 5,000.00 Consulting Services
011.'1048.590000 230 00 Meals & out of pocket expenses while 100814
FEDEX
FRED MACFARLANE
HILARIO GONZALES
JOHN KRISTE
MARK FABIANI, LLC.
NAPAAUTO PARTS
PAUL JOHNSON
ROBERT M STERN
Pranted: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM
01'l .1 004.520000 96.80 Service Period: 07114
01 1 .'l 002.596200 1 3,000.00 Strategic Communications
011.1002 596200 7,500.00 Consulting Services
011 1046.520000 2,490.14 Auto Parts-
011 110021 1,795.21 Employee Computer Loans
011 1002 596200 1,035 00 Consulting Services
272890932
093014
SEP14
24768
53114(B)
093014VRS 011.0010024
1006'14
09301 4
321.70
345478
96.80
345479
10t09t2014 13,000.00
101o912014
345480
350.72
345481
10t09t2014 10,000.00
10tog12014
10togt2014
10t0912014
10t09t2014
10t09t2014
10togt2014
10tog12014
345482
5,000.00
345483
230.00
345484
7,500.00
345485
2,490.14
345486
1,795.21
345487
Page 11 of29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocroBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE
ISSUED
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
SCOTT RIGG
STAPLES ADVANTAGE
VERONICAAVENDANO
VICTOR VASQUEZ
WILLIAM M. McCORMICK
CANON SOLUTIONS AMERICA,
INC.
o11.110021
011 1031.520000
01 1 .1 031 .520000
o11 1002 520000
0'11.110021
011 .1048.530015
011.9019.860000
011 .9019.860000
011.9019.860000
011 .9019.860000
011.9019.860000
011 .90'19.860000
011.9019.860000
1,091.91
229.30
20.64
102.42
2,966.07
392.15
17,482.OO
990.00
2,796.00
662.00
356.00
5,970.00
330.00
1 0061 4
32431 86806
32431 86806
100714
'100614
1 00814
162432454
162432454
162432454
162432454
162432454
162432454
162432454
011 .0010111
011 .001 0043
011 .0010043
011.0010043
011 .0010043
011 .0010043
011.0010043
011 .0010043
10t0912014
10t09t2014
10togt2014
10109t2014
10tog12014
10t09t2014
1,035.00
345488
'1,091.9'l
345489
345489
249.94
345490
102.42
345491
2,966.07
345492
392.15
345493
345493
345493
345493
345493
345493
345493
Employee Computer Loans
Office Supplies-
Sales Tax
Pastries for Councilman Ybarra's Service
Employee Computer Loans
Reimb/Possessory I nterest Tax-
Canon Printers-
Cassette Feeding Unit-AD2; #36548007
Staple Finisher-J1 (lncludes Buffer
External 213 Hole Puncher-B-2;
#36608006
Convenience Stapler-B 1 ; #17 27Y 838
I magepass-82; #5348800 1
Additional Memory Type D (512 MB);
Page 12 ol 29Printed: 10/1 5/2014 3:1 9:53PM
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
CANON SOLUTIONS AMERICA,
INC.
COMPRESSED AIR SPECIALTIES
INC
FUJITSU NETWORK
COMMUNICATIONS
MAWVOOD MUTUAL WATER CO.
NO. 3
PIC ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE
CORP
STAPLES ADVANTAGE
011 .9019.860000
011 .9019.860000
011 .9019.860000
011 .9019.860000
011 .9019.860000
01 1 .1 033.590000
057.1057.900000
057.1057.900000
057.1 057.900000
057.1 057.900000
01 1 .1 033 560000
01 1 .1 023.900000
01 1 .1 040.520000
011.1041.520000
236.00
8,492.00
1,480.00
248.OO
3,357.80
396.49
84.00
3,600.00
14.54
331.56
'157.50
15,000.00
100.69
124.87
ESP Nxt Gen PCS Power Filter
(12OVt20A)
Ecopy Scanstation v5.1 Suite XP for
Ecopy Sharescan Suite lmplementation
Freight
Sales Tax
Maintenance & Repairs
FMAT Copper Cables-
SFPs-
Freight
Sales Tax
Service Period: 09/14
OU2 lndustrial Parcels
Office Supplies-
Office Supplies-
162432454
162432454
162432454
162432454
162432454
23838
091 61 4VRS
091614VRS
091614VRS
091614VRS
100114
15192
092014VRS
092014VRS
011 .0010043
011 .0010043
011.0010043
011 .0010043
057.0000052
057.0000052
011 .0010110
011 .0010110
10t14t2014
10t14t2014
10t14t2014
10t14t2014
10t14t2014
345493
345493
345493
345493
345493
42,399.80
345494
396.49
345495
345495
345495
345495
4,030.10
345496
157.50
345497
1s,000.00
345498
345498
Printed: 10/1 5/2014 3:19:53PM Page 13 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocroBER 21,2014
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION P.O.#
DATE
ISSUED
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
STAPLES ADVANTAGE 01 1 .1 043.520000
0'11 .1040.520000
o11.1041.520000
011.1043.520000
38 00 Office Supplies-
9.06 Sales Tax
11 .25 Sales Tax
3.42 Sales Tax
092014VRS
092014VRS
092014VRS
092014VRS
011 .001 01 'l 0
10t14t2014
TOTAL EARLY CHECKS
287.29
$ 208,1s2.O2
345498
345498
345498
345498
Printed: 1 0/1 5/2014 3:19:53PM Page 14of29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
AAA ELECTRIC MOTOR SALES
ADLERHORST INTERNATIONAL,
INC
AEGIS ITS, INC.
AFC HYDRAULIC SEALS & REPAIR
ALL CIry MANAGEMENT
SERVICES,
AMERIPRIDE UNIFORM SERVICES
Printed: 10/15/20'14 3:19:53PM
011.1049.520000
011.1049.520000
011.1031.596700
01'l . 1 043.590000
01 1 .1 043.590000
011.1046.520000
01 1 .1 046.520000
01 1 .1 046.520000
01 1 .1 046.520000
01 1 .1 046.520000
01 1 .1 046.590000
01 1 .1 046.590000
01'1.1046 520000
01 1 .1 031 .594200
01'l .1043.540000
45.89 BLADE
4.13 Sales Tax
266.66 K-9 TRA|N|NG-
'15753046
'15753046
21301
11799
11803
1 9563
1 9563
1 9563
1 9563
1 9563
1 9563
1 9563
1 9563
36325
0930'14VRS
011 .0010118
011 .0009925
011.0010093
011 .0010093
011 0010093
011.0010093
011 .0010093
011.0010093
011 .0010093
345499
345499
50.02
345500
266.66
345501
345501
18,503.73
345502
345502
345502
345502
345502
345502
345502
345502
1,000.37
345503
450.09
345504
1,890.92
16,612.81
68.00
'125.00
5.25
5.25
95.00
225.OO
450.00
26.87
450 09
226.12
Preventative Maintenance
Maintenance Services
1-114" X2-112" rod bore sealkit
1-114" X2-112" new gland
6MJIC X 3/8" MNT 90 hydraulic adapter
6MJIC X 1/4' MNT 90 hydraulic adapter
3/4" X 6" pin
Labor to hone housing, polish rod.
Labor to dismantel & installation of
Sales Tax
School Crossing Guard
Uniform Rental
Page 15 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
AMERIPRIDE UNIFORM SERVICES
ATHENS INSURANCE SERVICES,
INC
A-THRONE CO., INC.
BATTERY SYSTEMS INC
BRADLEY MACK
BURRO CANYON SHOOTING PARK
C & C REALTY GROUP LLC
C & C REALTY GROUP LLC
01 1 .1 046.540000
01 1 .1 047.540000
011.1049 540000
020.1 084.540000
01 1 .1 026.594200
011.1043 520000
011 .1046.520000
011.1033.502030
011 .'1031 .594200
095.5095.400900
095.5095.400900
101 .44 Uniform Rental
59.24 Uniform Rental
61.32 Uniform Rental
206.92 Uniform Rental
6,193.33 TPA FEE
329.32
572.27
233.99
50.00
10,796.56
3,504.32
Portable Restroom Rental
Vehicle batteries-
Vision Benefits
SHOOTING RANGE USAGE-
Refund Parcel Tax-
Refund Parcel Tax-
093014VRS
093014VRS
093014VRS
093014VRS
tvc8250
436753
091514VRS
093014
91214C
100214
1 0021 4(B)
011 .0009955
011 .0009928
345504
345504
345504
345504
345505
655.04
6,193.33
345506
329.32
345507
572.27
345508
233.99
345509
50.00
34551 0
10,796.56
34551 1
3.504.32
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 16 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNTVENDOR DISPLAY |NVO|CE P.O.#
PUBLIC HEALTH CALIFORNIA 011 .'1060.596550 525.00 2014 Biennial RenewalFees 100114VRS 345512
DEPAR
525.00
CALIFORNIA FMI\4E I AXLE 011.1046.520m0 1,119.78 Frcnt end repair- 0902'14VRS 011.0009956 345513
1,119.78
CALOX lNC. 011.1033.520000 42.50 Cylinder Oxygen 25466 345514
42.50
CAltllNO REALCHEVROLET 011.1046.520000 15538 Auto parts for cars and trucks - 42651 011.0009914 3455'15
011.1002.900000 12000 Labor only to program (3) ignition keys CVCS48136 011.0010096 3455'15
275.38
CERRITOS DODGE lNC. 011.1046.520000 9600 Cooling fan relays with harness 189163 011 0010068 345516
0'11.1046.52m00 8.64 SalesTat 189'163 345516
104.44
CITY OF HUNTINGTON PARK 011.1031.594200 4,050.75 Booking Seruices- 15845 0'11.0009957 345517
4,050.75
CITYOF L.A., DEPTOFTMNSPOR 011.1(x3.590000 1,776.53 Traflic Signal Maintenance 98330 345518
1,776.53
CLINICAL LAB OF SAN 020.1084.596200 1,23200 Water Sampling Services 938393 345519BERNARDIN.
1,232.oo
COMIIIERCIAL TIRE COMPANY 011.1046520000 169-95 lirestone transforce tire 10 ply 1114407 011.0010098 345520
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 17 ol 29
GITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
COMMERCIAL TIRE COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED DISPOSAL
SERVICE
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
CRAIG WELDING SUPPLY CO
DANGELO CO.
0'11 . 1 046.590000
011.1046.590000
011.'1046.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1043 596200
011.1043.900000
011 .'1043.595200
01 1 .1 033.520000
011.120010
01 1 .1 2001 0
01 1 .1 2001 0
01 1 .1 2001 0
01 1 .1 2001 0
01 1 .1 2001 0
State tire fee
Recycle fee
Sales Tax
Disposal Service
Disposal Service
1114807
1114807
1114807
0831 1 4VRS
083114VRS
Dl 1 5000001 3
REPW1409080172
9
603275
09'16'l4vRS
091614VRS
091 61 4VRS
091614VRS
091614VRS
091614VRS
345520
345520
345520
192.00
345521
345521
427.29
345522
149,000.00
345523
1.75
5.00
15.30
202.28
225.O1
011 .0010098
011 .0010098
011 .0010105
011 .00'10105
011 .0010105
011.0010105
011 .0010105
011 .0010105
149,000.00 Bridge Preventive Maint. Program
220.85 Labor & Equipment Charges
111 47 \Nelding Supplies
783.58 3017-205 MUELLER 2" 8-25028N 300
Ball
804.03 3027-135 MUELLER 2" H-14277N
Aangle
394.68 3O4O-247 6" Elbow, 90 degree, M.J.
683 56 3062-165 Wedge Type Retainer Kit,6"
663.79 3062-220 Wedge Type Retainer Kit, 10"
845.44 3088-235 MUELLER 2" H-1424N Dual
Check
345524
345525
345525
345525
345525
345525
345525
220.85
111.47
Printed: 10/15/2014 3: 19:53PM Page 18 of29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
CHECKS
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNTVENDOR DISPLAY
DANGELO CO
DEPT. OF GENERAL SERVICES
DEWEY PEST CONTROL
ECMS, INC.
EL MONTE TRANSMISSION
ESHAGH NEMAN
FIRE APPARATUS SOLUTIONS
Printed: 10/1 5/2014 3:19:53PM
01'l .1 20010
01 1 .1 2001 0
01 1 .1 2001 0
01 1 ,1 2001 0
011.1031.596200
011.1033.520000
011.1033.520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
0'11 .1033.520000
01'1.1033.540000
011 .1 046.520000
01't .1046.590000
01 1 .1 046.520000
095.5095.400900
01 1 .1 033.570000
354.88
1,768.81
1,768 81
300.70
80.00
27.OO
25.00
25.00
25.00
474.99
380.00
150.00
36.1 0
3,979.22
235.61
Sales Tax 8.5%
3088-650 Mueller gate valve, 10" D.1.
3088-980 Mueller gate valve, 10" D.1.
Sales Tax 8.5%
Case Filings
Pest Control Service
Pest Control Service
Pest Control Service
Pest Control Service
Turnout cleaning-
Rebuilt transmission control module
labor for diagnoses and replacement
Sales Tax 9.5%
Refund Parcel Tax-
Repairs & Maintenance
091614VRS
s1 228662001
s1228662001
s1228662001
2782489
8819211
8819212
881 921 3
8821573
326073
1 00200
'100200
1 00200
092514
8959
011 0010104
011 0010104
011.0009963
011.0010094
011 .0010094
345525
345525
345525
345525
8,368 28
345526
80.00
345527
345527
345527
345527
'102.00
345528
474 99
345529
345529
345529
566.1 0
345530
3,979.22
345531
Page 19 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
FIRE APPARATUS SOLUTIONS
GARVEY EQU I PMENT COMPANY
GE MOBILE WATER INC.
H&HWHOLESALEPARTS
INSIGHT PUBLIC SECTOR, INC
011.1033 570000
01 1 .1 033.570000
011.1033 570000
011.1 033.570000
011 1033.570000
011.1033 570000
011.1033.570000
011.1033.570000
01 1 .1 033.570000
01 1 .1 046.520000
011.1033.520000
011 .'1046.520000
011.1046.520000
01 1 .1 046.520000
011.9019.860000
011 .9019.520010
011 .90'19.520010
011 9019 520010
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
Repairs & Maintenance
345531
345531
345531
345531
345531
345531
345531
345531
345531
14,983.57
345532
252.59
345533
113.36
345534
345534
345534
478.31
345535
345535
345535
345535
314.96
443.56
724.99
2,167.63
1,488.26
7,459.29
171.68
1,217.70
759.89
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8985
8986
8987
09'1114VRS
97063659
091 51 4VRS
091 51 4VRS
091514VRS
1 1 0038501 1
1 1 00385896
1 1 00385896
1'100386379
011.0009915
011 .0010092
011 .0010092
011 .0010107
011 .0010107
011 .0010't12
252.59 Lawn equipment parts & service.-
1'13.36 Maintenance Services
294.96 front brake pads
143.85 rear brake pads
39.50 Sales Tax
92,906.85 Microsoft Enterprise Software
4,188.84 Material: HZ-STD-1 0-C-
1,178.74 Material: HZ-STD-1 0-P-SSS-C-
2,334.52 Material : H G55NC690EFXZA-
Printed: 10/15/20'14 3:19:53PM Page 20 oI 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
CHECKS
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNTVENDOR DISPLAY
INSIGHT PUBLIC SECTOR, INC
JACKSON, JACKSON &
ASSOCIATES
JERRY'S AUTO BODY INC
JETRO
KJ SERVICES
011 .90'19.520010
011 .9019.520010
011 .9019.5200'10
011 .9019.520010
01 1 .1 031 .850000
011.1031.850000
011 .1031 .596200
0'1 1 .1 031 .596200
011.1031.596200
011.1046.520000
01'1 .1046.590000
011.1046.520000
011 .1049.520000
011.1049.520000
011 .1061 .595200
011 1061.595200
011.1061.595200
188.92
't0.00
111 .30
227.11
27,577.38
3,559.35
525.00
525.00
1,200 00
'132.00
349.60
11 .88
326 88
126.00
270.00
205.00
443 80
1 1 00386379
1 1 00386379
1 1 00386379
1 1 00386379
1100387322
1 1 00387835
09
'10
16
28607
28607
28607
175376
175376
8115
8152
8177
0'11 .0010112
01'1 .001 01 1 2
011 .0010112
011 0010097
011 .0010097
o11.OO10122
o11.OO10122
345535
345535
345535
345535
345535
345535
132,283.O1
345536
345536
345536
2,250.OO
345537
345537
345537
493.48
345538
345538
452 88
345539
345539
345539
Material:61-143-003-
EWR FEE
Freight
Sales Tax
Cameras
Arbitrator Extended Warranty
Background Fees
Background Fees
Background Fees
Paint and material to repair dent on
Labor to repair and refinish lefl front
Sales Tax
Arrowhead bottled water, screw on cap,
CRV
CalRecycle Oil Program
CalRecycle Oil Program
CalRecycle Oil Program
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Paqe21 of29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
L.N. CURTIS & SONS
LIFE-ASSIST, INC.
011.1033.520000
011 .'r033 520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
011.1033.520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
0'11 .1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1033.540000
01 1 .1 033.540000
01 1 .1 033.520000
011 1033.520000
011 .'1033.520000
011.1033.520000
01'l .1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1033.520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
092314VRS
092314VRS
092314VRS
092314VRS
092314VRS
092314VRS
092314VRS
092314VRS
604704400
616'139100
091914VRS
0919'14VRS
091 91 4VRS
091914VRS
091 914VRS
091914VRS
09'l914VRS
091 91 4VRS
011 .0010080
0'11 .0010080
011.0010080
011 .001 0080
011 .0010080
011.0010080
011 .0010080
011 .0009953
011.0009964
011 .0010101
0'11 .001010'l
011.0010101
011 .0010'101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
918.80
345540
345540
345540
345540
345540
345540
345540
345540
345540
345540
2,066.40
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
198.00 Drager Cal Gas #4597156
69.52 Drager CMS Chip #6406570 NH3
63.36 Drager CMS Chip #6406150 H2S
75.68 Drager CMS Chip #6406260 Xylene
1O9.12 Drager CMS Chip #6406340 Phosgene
75.68 Drager CMS Chip #6406250
41.44 Freight
53.22 Sales Tax
425.05 Pro Warrington Boots-
955.33 SCBA Maintenance Services -
$.26 fX124457W - PediaTape Pediatric
65.60 DR0418-13 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (N,
o,
208.99 DR6300-65 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (N,
o,
126.00 DR3316-00 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (E, F,
80.00 DR3339-00 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (A),
38.75 DR0376-25 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (8,
C,
178.40 DR3369-00 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (N,
o,
339.76 DR0004-01 - EMS Pharmaceuticals (E, F,
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 22 ol 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
LIFE.ASSIST, INC
LONG BEACH BMW
MOTORCYCLES INC
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:'19:53PM
011 .'1 033.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011 '1033.520000
011.1033.520000
011 .'1033.520000
0'l 1 .1 033.520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
01 1 .1 033.520000
01'l .1033.520000
011 .'1033.520000
0'11 . 1 033.520000
011.1033.520000
01 1 .1 031 .570000
091914VRS
091 914VRS
091 914VRS
09'l914VRS
091 914VRS
091 914VRS
091 914VRS
091 914VRS
091 914VRS
091 914VRS
091914VRS
091914VRS
091914VRS
091 91 4VRS
09'19'14VRS
091914VRS
111422
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 .0010101
011 0010101
011 .00'10101
011 0010101
011 0010101
011 .0010101
01 1 .001 01 01
011 .0010101
0'11 .00'10101
011 .0010'101
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
345541
2,208.75
345542
25 40 1T3068 - PROTECTIVTM l.V Catheters,
14
70.00 SL8000 - BlBraun l.V. SOLUTIONS for
100.00 AL251 - VIONEX@Antimicrobial
Towelette
35.04 D14518 - DYNAREX lnstant Hot and Cold
19.26 1N960 - Economy Ring Cutter
145.00 GL235 - SAFEGRIP@ Powder-Free
LATEX
34.32 SL7114 - SOLUTIONS for irrigation,
24.84 BJ7198D - CURIry Abdominal Pads, 8" x
49.38 AL5984 - SANI-HANDS@ALC
Antimicrobial
38.64 ST45O.BLU - ULTRA-SENSITIVE
DualHead
248.97 GU80116A - FreeStyle Precision H
49.73 OR1O2-GRN - BASIC'D" OXYGEN
PACK, Case
41 .66 DR3065-46 - BD PosiFlushrM Pre-Filled
'145 00 GL24O - SAFEGRIP@ Powder-Free
LATEX
13.26 ALs - Antiseptics, Alcohol, 70o/o, 16 oz.
87.49 Sales Tax
518.57 Repairs & Maintenance-01'1 .0009965
Page 23 ol 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocroBER 21,2014
CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
LOPEZ & LOPEZ TIRE SERVICE
LOS ANGELES ELEVATOR
SERVICES
LU'S LIGHTHOUSE, INC.
LYNN'S AUTO AIR, INC.
MAMA'S CARPET COMPANY
MCMASTER-CARR SUPPLY
COMPANY
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM
01 1 .1 046.520000
011.1049 590000
011.1046.520000
011 1046.520000
0'11 .1046 520000
011 1046 520000
011.1 046 520000
011 1046 520000
011.1046.520000
01 1.1 046.590000
011.1046 590000
011.1046.520000
011 1049.590000
01'1.1046.520000
090214VRS
7585
575604
575604
1 1 0036
1 1 0036
1 I 0036
1 1 0036
1 1 0036
'110036
1 1 0036
'110036
22036
1 1 698829
011 .0009959
011 .0010099
011 .0010095
011 .0010095
011 .0010095
011 .001 0095
011 .0010095
0'rl .0010095
011 .0010095
518.57
345543
2,621.36
345544
90.00
345545
345545
87.75
345546
345546
345546
345546
345546
345546
345546
345546
554.10
345547
2,340.00
345548
2,621 .36 llres and repairs-
90.00 Elevator Service
80.50 Battery isolator
7.25 Sales Tax
158.75 a/c condensor
34.50 1-A131 1-A151 liquid hose
30.00 R134A freon
6.50 compressor oil
5.20 PK0003 seals / orings
248.50 Labor to leak check system and replace
49.50 Labor to evacuate and recharge system
21.15 Sales Tax
2,340.00 PD Carpet Replacement
57.08 roller bearing set 01'l .0010069
Page 24 ol 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNTVENDOR DISPLAY |NVO|CE P.O.#
ITCMASTER-CARR SUPPLY 0'11 .1046.590000 4.84 Freighl 1'1638829 011.m10069 345548
COII,lPANY
0'11 .1046.520000 5.14 Sales Tax 11698829 345548
67.06
|\4|D-AMERICA CALIBRATIONS 060.60:13.520000 2,800-00 PD3IS Dosimeter Calibration- 38,{71 011.0009988 345549
2,800.00
NICHOLAS PEREZ 011.1026.596800 2,200.00 Tuition Reimbursement 0930'14 345550
2,200.oo
NXKEM PRODUCTS LLC 011.1049.520000 316.00 Biodegradable Absorbent OQanic, 24 1076825 011.0010114 345551
011 1049.520000 42.00 Freight 1076825 011.0010114 345551
358.00
PROFORMA EXPRESS GRAPHICS 011.1060.520000 414-10 He:lth Requirements For Business S0'15600326 O11.OO1m42 345552
011.1060.520000 37.27 SalesTax 9015600326 345552
451.37
LINE-X OF PASADENA RCB 011 '1002.900000 1,777.50 Retrax Pow€rtraxone Short Bed with the 13883 011 0010086 345553
PROTECT
011.1002.900000 22000 lnstallation of accessories 13883 011.0010086 345553
011.1002.900000 490.00 Wheeltowheels" Ovallor Crew Cab 13883 011.0010086 345553
011.1002.900000 35.00 Installation of accessories 13883 011.0010086 345553
011.1002.900000 204.08 Sales Tax 13883 345553
2,726.54
REFRIGERATION SUPPLIES DIST. 011.1049.520000 140.90 Condensor Fan lvotor 1/4 h.p.460 volt 13745'1900 011.0010117 U5554
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 25 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION |NVO|CE P.O.#
REFRIGERATIONSUPPLIESDIST. 0.11.1049.520000 10.06 FlNTOOLnylonkitS-14FPl,item#WAG 137451900 011.00101'17
011 1049.520000 13.87 Adjustable Fin & Comb Scraping Tool, 137451900 011.0010117
01'1 1049.520000 14.83 Sales Tax 1 37451 900
01'1 1049.520000 35.76 Cap Run 50/5 X 440V RND 50/5 MFD 137504100 011 .0010120
440
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
RHF INC.
011 .1 049.520000 3.22 Sales Tax
011.1031.590000 534.00 NHTSATesting
RIO HONDO BOYS & GIRLS CLUB 011.1031 550000 500.00 Annual Banquet Support
1 375041 00
67247
91 91 45
1 3085
13158
13225
25570
351 6
345554
345554
345554
345554
345554
218.64
345555
534.00
345556
500.00
345557
345557
345557
19,773.21
345558
345558
345558
1,685.28
345559
SANTA FE BUILDING
MAINTENANCE
011.'1049.590000 6,591.07 JanitorialServices
011.1049.590000 6,591.07 JanitorialServices
011'1049.590000 6,591.07 Janitorial Services
SILVA'S PRINTING NETWORK 011.1033.520000 1,386.13 FIRE INSPECTION NOTICE FORMS - 2 25570 O11.OO1OO82
COLOR
011.1033 520000 160.00 Layout & Design - Modify existing 25570 011.0010082
011.1033.520000 139.15 Sales Tax
SO. CAL LAND MAINTENANCE, 011.1043.590000 2,501.80 Maintenance Fees
INC.
Printed. 10/1 5/2014 3:19:53PM Page 26 of 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PR!NTED CHECKS
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNTVENDOR DISPLAY |NVOICE P.O.#
2.501.80
STAPLES ADVANTAGE 01i.1026.520000 a,0.13 Otrce Supplies 3243186805 345560
50.13
STATE STREET LAUNORY 011.1031.520000 52.20 Laundry Services- 0S03'14VRS 011.0009939 345561
52.20
SUPER FORD 011.1046.520000 909.19 Auto parts for c€rs & lrucks.- 090214VRS 011.00099'16 U5562
909.19
SUREFIRE, LLC 011.1031.520000 683.40 SureFire disposable lithium batleries- 1369706 011.001013'1 345563
01'1.'1031.520000 6.95 Freight 1969706 011.0010131 345563
011.1031.520000 61.50 Sales Tax 1969706 345563
751.85
THE LTGHTHOUSE INC 011.1046.5200m 165.14 Auto parts & electrical supplies- 092914VRS 011.0003917 345564
165.14
THOMSON REUTERS 011.1024.59€600 34915 Subscription Charges 830239936 345565
34S.15
U.S. HEAL]HWORKS MEDICAL 011.1026.597000 64.00 DOT Physicals 257332OCA 345566
GROUP
O1'l .1026.597000 64.00 DOT Physical 2576857CA 345566
128.00
UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT 020.'1084.596200 94.50 New Ticket Charges 82O14O774(B| 345567
Printed:'10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 27 oI 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION |NVO|CE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
VMQUEZ FOODS, INC.011.1041.41O21O 176.00 Refund Cancelled permit no.90166 100614
WHITTIER COURTHOUSE 011.1031.594200 200.00 Parking Citations
011 .1031 .594200 75.00 Parking Citations
WILLIAMS DATA MANAGEMENT 011 1003.596200 333.00 Storage Fees
011 1003.596200 996.41 Storage Fees
082714
09301 4
31 8861
3'19913
94.50
345568
176.00
345569
345569
275.OO
345570
345570
1,329.41
TOTAL PRINTED CHECKS $ 416,063.92
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:19:53PM Page 28 ol 29
CITY OF VERNON
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 1410
ocToBER 21,2014
RECAP BY FUND
WIRE TOTAL
EARLY
CHECK TOTAL
PRINTED
CHECK TOTAL TOTAL
393,450 40 $ 1,680,002.52011 - GENERAL
O2O - WATER
057 - FIBER OPTIC
060 - HAZARDOUS WASTE
095 - PARCEL TAX
GRAND TOTAL
TOTAL CHECKS TO BE PRINTED 72
$ 1,082,630.20 $
307,201.63
0.00
0.00
0.00
$ 1,389,831.83 $
203,921.92 $
200.00
4,030.10
0.00
0.00
1,533.42
0.00
2,800 00
18,280.10
308,935.05
4,030.10
2,800.00
18,280.10
208,152.02 $416,063.92 $ Z ,014,047.77
Printed: 10/15/2014 3r19:53PM Page 29 ol 29
RECEIVED
()cT I 5 20tt
r)tTY n rJrvr r r\| ISTRATI 0 NREGEIVED
ocT 1 5 2014
CITY CLERK'S OFFICE
TO:
FROM:
RE:
STAFF REPORT
FINAN CE/TREASU RY DEPARTM ENT
October 15,2014
Honorable Mayor and C
William Fox, Finance Di
Light & Power Warrant Register for City Council Agenda of October 21,2O14
It is recommended that the attached Light & Power Warrant Register No. 375 be approved at the City Council
meeting of October 21,2014.
Light & PowerWarrant Register No.375 totals $445,160.40, and covers claims and demands presented during
the period of September 30 through October 13,2014, drawn, or to be drawn, from East West Bank.
The following list details the components of Light & Power Warrant Register No. 375:
1 . Ratification of wire transfers totalin g $295,724.30;
2. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $101,223.58; and
3. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $48,212.52.
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocroBER 21,2014
I hereby certify that claims and/or demands included in above listed warrant
register have been audited for accuracy and availability of funds for
payments and that said claims and/or demands are accurate and that the
funds are available for payments thereof
This is to certify that the claims or demands covered by the above listed
warrants have been audited by the City Council of the City of Vernon and
that all of said warrants are approved for payments except Warrant
Numbers:
William Fox
Finance Director
Date:
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:16:26PM Page 2 oI 11
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
WIRES
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE WIRE
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
DEPT. OF WATER & POWER LA 055.9200.500170 21 ,87O.OO Energy Transactions
055.9200.500260 575.00 Energy Transactions
055 9200.500240 78,375.09 WECC Charges 2015
055 9200.500150 -0.91 lnitialCharges 09/'14
055.9200.450340 632.30 Revised Charges 08/14
CALIFORNIA ISO
ICE US OTC COMMODITY 055.9200.596200 1,200.00 OTC Commission Adjustment 814001688088
MARKETS,
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON 055 9200 500170 102,440.00 Mead Laguna Bell
CERF SHELBY LLC
055.9200 500170 43,340.00 Victorville Lugo
055.9200.500170 24,669.00 LagunaBell
055.9200.500162 4,405.32 NaturalGas
BIOFUELGENERATIONSERVICE 055.9200.500162 18,218.50 Biomethane
LLC
GA182524
Gp.182524
201408223128100
548
201409233128279
420
201409233128279
420
7500473280
750047331 3
7500473314
cRt5000010
RP582014
5678
5678
o9129t2014 22,445.OO
5679
5679
5679
09129t2014 79,006.48
5680
0913012014 1,200.00
5681
5681
5681
101o2t2014 170,449.00
1010312014
5682
4,405.32
5683
10to7t2014 18,218.50
TOTAL W|RES $ 295,724.30
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:'16:26PM Page 3 of 11
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
EXXON MOBIL OIL CORPORATION 055.110011
FEDEX
274.27 Refund on closed accl#5724
140.93 Service Period: 09/14
41.79 Service Period: 09/14
24.58 Office Supplies, -
194.05 Office Supplies, -
80.60 Office Supplies, -
2.21 Sales Tax
'1 7.46 Sales Tax
7.26 Sales Tax
103.87 Office Supplies -
24.57 Office Supplies -
622.61 Office Supplies -
108.06 Office Supplies -
16.13 Office Supplies -
9.35 Sales Tax
2.21 Sales Tax
56.03 Sales Tax
9.73 Sales Tax
1.45 Sales Tax
STAPLES ADVANTAGE
055.9000.520000
055.9000.520000
055 9100.520000
055.8100.520000
055.9000.520000
055.9100.520000
055.8100.520000
055.9000.520000
055.8200.520000
055.9200.520000
055.91 00 520000
055.7100.520000
055.9000 520000
055.8200.520000
055.9200.520000
055.9'100.520000
055 7100.520000
055.9000.520000
09251 3
277196222(8)
278676143
090614VRS
090614VRS
090614VRS
090614VRS
0906'l4vRS
0906'l4vRS
0e0614vRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
0e0614vRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
090614VRS(B)
0s0614vRS(B)
055.000221 6
055.000221 6
055.000221 6
o55 0002217
055.0002217
055.0002217
o55 0002217
055.0002217
09t30t2014
09t30t2014
511012
274.27
511013
511 01 3
182.72
511014
511014
51 1 014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
511014
1,280.17
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:16:26PM
09130t2014
Page 4 of 11
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUEO NUMBER AMOUNT
WALTERS WHOLESALE ELECTRIC O55.8OOO.59OOOO
co.
BASEM ANDRAWOS 055.9100.596500
055.9'100.596700
055.9000.520000
055.9000.520000
055.8000.590000
055.8400.590000
055.9200.596500
055.9000.520000
055.9000.520000
055.9000.596200
055.8000.590000
055.8000.590000
CALIFORNIA CUSTOM CAPS
CURRENT WHOLESALE ELECTRIC
1,O40.12 Electrical Parts-
32.47 Kellogg West Conference Center
1,514.50 Engineering Cert. Power Class
672.60 Embroidery Service for-
60.53 Sales Tax
698.18 Electrical parts-
449.4O Electrical parts-
35.57 SCPPA Meeting
121 .60 Service Period: 09/14
48.42 Service Period: 10/'14
7,500.00 Consulting Services
700.00 Optical Probe A7Z-
63.00 Sales Tax
EFRAIN SANDOVAL
FEDEX
MARK FABIANI, LLC.
MC AVOY & MARKHAM
082814VRS
09301 4
09301 4(B)
1 8298
1 8298
091614VRS
091614VRS
091714
279424613
280134162
0531 1 4
14362
14362
055.0002184
055.OOO2172
055.0002't89
055.0002 1 89
09t30t2014
101o912014
10t09t2014
10to9t2014
10to9t2014
10t09t2014
10togt2014
511015
1,040.12
51 1 016
51 1 016
1,546.97
511017
511017
733.1 3
511018
511018
1,147.58
511019
35.57
51 1 020
511020
170.02
511021
7,500.00
511022
511022
Printed: 10/1 5/2014 3;16.26PM
o55.OOO2212
Page 5 of 11
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAEDISON 055.8100.560010
STAPLES ADVANTAGE 055.8200.520000
055.9200.520000
055.9000.520000
055.7100.520000
055.9100.520000
055.8200.520000
055.9200.520000
055.9000.520000
055.7100.520000
055.9100.520000
055.8000.590000
055 120010
055 120010
055.1 2001 0
055.120010
055 120010
Service Period: 08128 - 9129
Office Supplies-
Office Supplies-
Offlce Supplies-
Office Supplies-
Office Supplies-
Sales Tax
Sales Tax
Sales Tax
Sales Tax
Sales Tax
Electrical Parts-
Coil(TRIP) 1101125VDC 170W - Spare
Coil (Close) 125VDC - 300W-
MULT ELE GMN DENS WIKA 98,55,50-
Freight
Sales Tax
WALTERS WHOLESALE ELECTRIC
co.
ALSTOM GRID INC.
65.29
359.63
7.17
76.42
113.43
69 39
32.37
0.65
6.88
10.21
6.23
534.12
474 00
474.OO
1,000.00
14.98
175.32
09301 4
32431 8681 0
32431 8681 0
32431 8681 0
32431 868 1 0
32431 8681 0
3243'186810
32431 8681 0
32431 8681 0
32431 8681 0
32431 8681 0
090414VRS
34877000446472
34877000446472
34877000446472
34877000446472
34877000446472
o55 0002220
o55.0002220
o55.0002220
o55 0002220
o55.0002220
055 00021 84
055.0002'161
055.0002161
055 0002'161
055.000216'l
10t09t2014
10109t2014
101o9t2014
10109t2014
763.00
511023
65.29
511024
511024
511024
511024
511024
511024
511024
511024
511024
511024
682.38
511025
534.12
511026
51 1 026
51 1 026
511026
51 1 026
Printed: 10/'15/2014 3:16:26PM Page 6 of 1'l
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
APPLIED METERING
TECHNOLOGIES,
HOWARD INDUSTRIES, INC.,
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON
055.9100 900000
055.1 2001 0
055 120010
055.1 2001 0
055.12001 0
055 120010
055 120010
055.1200'10
055.1 2001 0
055.1 2001 0
055.1 2001 0
055 120010
055.120010
055.9200.560010
10t1412014
10t14t2014
055.0002138
055.0002'138
055 0002138
055.0002138
055.0002'138
055.0002138
055.0002138
055.0002138
055.00021 38
055.00021 38
055.0002138
055.0002138
10114t2014
10114t2014
TOTAL EARLY CHECKS
2,138.30
511027
33,800.00
51 1 028
511028
511028
51 1 028
511028
511028
511028
511028
51 1 028
511028
51 1 028
51 1 028
48,581.30
511029
748.64
$ 101,223.58
Page 7 of 11
33,800.00
3,636.00
4,374.O0
2,'169.00
1,864.00
5,595.00
6,795.00
2,076.00
1,366.00
4,865.00
5,665.00
5,528.00
4,648.30
748.64
Caiso Rig Replacement Project
7200KV-1 0KVA-12O124O Polemount
7200KV-1 5KVA-12O124O Polemount
7200KV- 1 5KVA-277 Polemount
Transformer
7 20OKV -25KV A- 1 20 I 24O P o I e m o u nt
7 2O0KV -37 .5KVA-12O124O Polemount
7200 KV- 50 KV A- 1 20 1240 P o lemou nt
1 6340KV-1 0KVA-12O124O Polemount
1 6340KV-'l 0KVA-27 7 Polemount
Transformer
1 6340KV-25KVA-277 Polemount
Transformer
1 6340KV-37. SKVA-1 201240 Polemount
1 6340KV-50KVA-12O124O Polemount
1 6340KV- 1 00KVA-27 7 Polemount
Transformer
Service Period: 09/14
5039
042'114VRS
042114VRS
042114VRS
042114VRS
042114VRS
0421'14VRS
042114VRS
042114VRS
042114VRS
042114VRS
042'l14VRS
042114VRS
100214
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:16:26PM
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
ABB INC.
APPLIED METERING
TECHNOLOGIES,
055.8200.590000 750.48 Repairs & Maintenance
055.9100.900000 1,970.00 MeterTroubleshooting
7102382456
5046
1 30462333
602408 055.0002185
882001 5
30400
091114VRS 055.0002178
091114VRS 055.0002178
51 1 030
750.48
51 1 031
1,970.00
51 1 032
422.36
51 1 033
130.83
51 1 034
122.OO
51 1 035
2,158.19
51 I 036
51 1 036
190.37
51 1 037
51 1 037
51 1 037
7,521.OO
ASBURY ENVIRONMENTAL 055.8400.590000 422.36 Drum
SERVICES
CRAIG WELDING SUPPLY CO. 055.8000.590000 130.83 RefillCylinders-
DEWEY PEST CONTROL 055.8400.590000 122.OO Pest Control Service
FIRST ENVIRONMENT OF 055.8200.500230 2,158.19 Professional Services
HOME DEPOT CREDIT SERVICES 055.8000.590000 9 48 Hardware Supplies-
055.8400.590000 180.89 Hardware Supplies-
MCAVOY&MARKHAM 055.120010 5,94000 Meter, Part#E37-2O07, Model= 091914VRS 055.0002209
055.120010 960.00 Meter, Part # = E37-0513, Model = 091914VRS 055.0002209
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:16:26PM
055.120010 621.00 Sales Tax 091 914VRS
Page I of 11
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
OPEN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INC 055 92OO 596200 620.92 ETS Tagging Services-1 06251
19441
19441
19441
VERNPVHSEPT2O
14
VERNPVHSEPT2O
14
VERNPVHSEPT2O
14
13224
13224
2756519
2756520
2757762
2757763
1 0693
055.0002205
055.000221 3
055.000221 3
51 1 038
620.92
51 1 039
51 1 039
51 1 039
725 00
51 1 040
51 1 040
51 1 040
25,545.45
51 1 041
511041
2,152.78
511042
511042
511042
511042
903.14
511043
Page 9 of 11
PACIFIC COMMERCIAL TRUCK
BODY
POWER CONSULTANTS INC. PORT
CA
SANTA FE BUILDING
MAINTENANCE
SOUTH COASTA.Q.M.D.
WZI INC.
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:16:26PM
055.8100.590000
055.8100.590000
055 81 00.590000
055.9000 900000
055.9000.596200
055.9000.596200
055.8400.596200
055.9000.596200
055 8200.500230
055.8200 500230
055.8200.500230
055.8200.500230
055.8200.500230
500.00
180.00
45.00
720.OO
11,332.73
13,492.72
445.84
1,706.94
331.8'l
331.81
119.76
119.76
5,000.00
Rack (For Pick-up Truck without the
lnstallation
Sales Tax
Contract Services
Contract Services
Contract Services
Janitorial Services
Janitorial Services
Operating Fees
Operating Fees
Emissions Fees
Emission Fees
Fixed Price - Contract
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
ACCOUNT
VENDOR DISPLAY NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION |NVO|CE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
TOTAL PRINTED CHECKS $ 48,212.52
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:16:26PM Page 10 of 11
LIGHT & POWER
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 375
ocToBER 21,2014
RECAP BY FUND
FUND
EARLY PRINTED
WIRE TOTAL CHECK TOTAL CHECK TOTAL
055 - LIGHT & POWER $ 295,724 30 $ 101,223.5A $ 4A,212.52 $ 445,160.40
GRAND TOTAL
TOTAL CHECKS TO BE PRINTED 14
$ 295,724.30 $ 101,223.58 $ +8,212.s2 $ 45,160.40
Printed:'10/15/2014 3:16:26Plvl Page 11 of 11
RECEIVED
()cT r 5 20t+
CITY AI]IVI I N ]STRATIONRECEIVED
TO:
FROM:
RE:
STAFF REPORT
Honorable Mayor and City Council
William Fox, Finance Direc ,"ru)+
Gas Warrant Register for City Council Agenda of October 21,2014
It is recommended that the attached Gas Warrant Register No. 163 be approved at the City Council meeting of
October 21,2014.
Gas Warrant Register No. 163 totals $147,398.54, and covers claims and demands presented during the period
of September 30 through October 13,2014, drawn, or to be drawn, from East West Bank.
The following list details the components of Gas Warrant Register No. 163:
1. Ratification of wire transfers totaling $136,008.65;
2. Ratification of the issuance of early checks totaling $3,182.56; and
3. Authorization to issue pending checks totaling $8,207.33.
ocI 1 5 2014
CIIY CLERKS OFFlCE
FINANCE/TREASU RY DEPARTM ENT
October 15,20'14
CITY OF VERNON
GAS DEPARTMENT
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 163
ocToBER 21,2014
I hereby certify that claims and/or demands included in above listed warrant
register have been audited for accuracy and availability of funds for
payments and that said claims and/or demands are accurate and that the
funds are available for payments thereof.
This is to certify that the claims or demands covered by the above listed
warrants have been audited by the City Council of the City of Vernon and
that all of said warrants are approved for payments except Warrant
Numbers:
William Fox
Finance Director
Date:
Printed: 1 0/1 5/2014 3:1 3:04PM Page 2 of 6
CITY OF VERNON
GAS DEPARTMENT
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 163
ocToBER 21,2014
WIRES
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION
DATE WIRE
INVOICE P.O.# ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
THE GAS COMPANY 056.5600.500160 22,4OO.O0 NaturalGas
IBERDROLA ENERGY SERVICES 056.5600.500160 42,288.78 Natural Gas
LLC
THE GAS COMPANY 056.5600.550022 71,319.87 TransmissionCharge
201408GS023
633631
0910'14
288
0913012014 22,400.00
289
10to3t2014 42,288.78
290
1010612014 71,319.87
TOTAL W|RES $ 136,008.65
P tinled. 1 0l 1 51201 4 3: 1 3:04PM Page 3 of 6
CITY OF VERNON
GAS DEPARTMENT
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 163
ocToBER 21,2014
EARLY CHECKS
VENDOR DISPLAY
ACCOUNT
NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
DATE CHECK
ISSUED NUMBER AMOUNT
A-BEST INDUSTRIAL
ELITE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, INC
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.1 2001 0
056.5600 900000
369.40
197.35
42.63
298.20
1,293.75
203 72
61.06
216.45
500.00
112" Tee CTA-8-S316 AVF Hylok Fitting
112" x 112" Tee CBTM-8-8N-S316 AVF
3/4" Orifice MS 2O2H-12 Replacement
Part
20' Lengths 260 deg. Stainless Steel
Mooney Filter Type 30/30 1500 psi
MOONEY Filter Element for type, 30
Freight
Sales Tax
Redesign Brackets
081914VRS
081 91 4VRS
08'l914VRS
081 91 4VRS
081 91 4VRS
081 91 4VRS
08'1914VRS
081 91 4VRS
71514
056.0000293
056.0000293
056.0000293
056.0000293
056.0000293
056.0000293
056.0000293
0913012014
10togt2014
TOTAL EARLY CHECKS
1206
1206
1206
1206
1 206
1206
1206
1206
2,682.56
1207
500.00
3,182.s6
Printed: 10/15/20'14 3:13:04PM Page 4 of 6
CITY OF VERNON
GAS DEPARTMENT
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 163
ocToBER 21,2014
PRINTED CHECKS
ACCOUNT
VENDOR DISPLAY NUMBER AMOUNT DESCRIPTION INVOICE P.O.#
CHECK
NUMBER AMOUNT
INTERSTATE GAS SERVICES, lNC. 056.5600.596200 8,009.33 Contract Services
UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT 056.5600.590000 198.00 New -[cket Charges
7021197
820140774
8,009.33
1209
'198.00
TOTAL PRINTED CHECKS $ 8,207.33
Printed: 10/15/2014 3:13:04PM Page 5 of 6
CITY OF VERNON
GAS DEPARTMENT
WARRANT REGISTER NO. 163
ocToBER 21,2014
RECAP BY FUND
056 - NATURAL GAS
GRAND TOTAL
TOTAL CHECKS TO BE PRINTED 2
EARLY PRINTED
WIRE TOTAL CHECK TOTAL CHECK TOTAL
$ 136,008.65 $ 3,182.56 $ 8,207.33 $ 147,398.54
$ 136,008.65 $ 3,182.56 $ 8,207.33 $ r47,398.s4
Printed: 10/1 5/2014 3:13:04PM Page 6 of 6
RECEIVED
ocT r 5 20r{
CITY ADMINISTRATION
REGEIVED
ocT 1 5 2014 STAFF REPORT
CTTY CLERKS OFFICE Finance Department
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
William Fox, Finance Directo , N'7t
Request for Approval for San Gabriel, Inc., doing business as, Santee Market
Check Cashing to perform mobile check cashing services in the City of
Vernon
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Find that the approval of the proposed action in this staff report is exempt under the
California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). In accordance with Section 15061(b) (3), the
general rule is that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment.
2. That the City Council approve San Gabriel, Inc., doing business as, Santee Market Check
Cashing ("Santee") to perform mobile check cashing services in the City of Vernon. Santee has
met all the requirements as specified under Chapter 18, Article V, of the Vernon Municipal
Code.
Backsround
Santee, a mobile check cashing business located in the City of Los Angeles, submitted a request
on July 26,2014 to provide mobile check cashing services in the City of Vernon. The business
owner, Jai Lee, completed the City of Vernon Business License Application and paid the
appropriate $426 initial fee with the submitted application. Currently there are six other mobile
check cashing businesses in the City of Vernon.
Chapter 18 of the Vernon Municipal Code addresses permit requirements. Article V specifically
addresses Mobile Check Cashing Services. Under this section of the Vernon Municipal Code, all
operational requirements need to be satisfied prior to being submitted to City Council for
approval. Each of the following requirements has been met:
o A properly completed written application was submitted along with appropriate business
license fee.
. Proof of liability insurance for one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, naming the City of
Vernon as additional insured was submitted.
o Proof of a Special Vehicle Identification/Permit issued by the Califomia Highway Patrol has
been hled with the City of Vernon Police Department.
o A written schedule was provided to the City of Vernon Police Department showing the dates,
times, and locations where the check cashing service will be provided.
The City of Vemon Police and Finance Departments conducted an interview with Santee and
have reviewed the required documentation and proof of liability insurance as specified under the
Vernon Municipal Code. Based upon the due diligence performed, the approval of a business
license for Santee is now ready for City Council consideration.
Fiscal Impact
There is no direct fiscal impact by the approval of a business license to Santee. The City would
receive an annual business license fee in the amount of $750. This service would provide a
benefit to the community by making it more convenient for workers and residents to cash their
checks.
RECElVED
ocT 15 2014
CITY CLERKS OFF]CE
October 14,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
City of Vernon
Honorable Members:
Attached is a copy of the Vernon Fire Department Activity Report which covers the period of
September 16,2014 through September 30,2014.
Respectfully Submitted,
*il4t"-/
Michael A. Wilson
Fire Chief
MAW:ar
RECEIVED
()cI | { 20tt
CITY ADMINISTRATION
FIRE DEPARTMENT
Michael A. Wilson, Fire Chief
4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vemon, Califomia 90058
Telephone (323) 583-8811 Fax (323) 826-7407
: Fireletnow
lE 4c fusiv e $ I n[us tria I
YERNON FIRE DEPARTMENT
COMPAI[Y ACTIVITIES
September 16,2014 to September 30,2014
ACTIVITY TYPE
FIRE PREVENTION:
Regular Inspections (#):
Re-Inspections (#):
Spec. Haz. Inspections (#):
Total Inspections:
Total Man Hours:
TRAINING (HOURS):
Firefighting
Hazardous Materials
Safety
Apparatus Operations
Equipment Operations
CPR
First Aid
Total Hours:
PRE-rNCrpENT (HOURS):
Planning
District Familiarization
Total Hours:
PERIOpTC TEST (HOURS):
Hose Testing
Pump Testing
Total Hours:
This Period
Last Year
Last Year
To Date
1090
t28
2l
t239
1513
t3r6
543
2282
2306
23tr
29
440
9227
tt77
I 187
2364
This
Period
577
This Year
To Date
1 185
t448
974
t79
32
t9ll
1
31
48
30
3
1
34
45
86
42
t39
138
140
2
30
94
49
t25
t23
t2t
6
40
1345
t454
2799
558
96
94
190
75
88
r63
0
0
0
l 559
575
2tt9
2144
2t3t
6t
523
9t12
0
0
0
8
J
1l
0
4
4
Page I I
This Period
Last Year
PUBLIC SERVICE PROGRAMS (HOURS)
Last Year
To Date
2t
6
119
t46
This
Period
This Year
To Date
18
6
l9l
2t5
School Programs
Fire Brigades
Emergency Preparedness
Total Hours:
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE (HOURS) :
Station
Apparatus
Equipment
Total Hours:
Grand Total Hours:
: Fireactivity
0
0
ll
l1
3
0
2T
24
t2t
r33
128
382
1186
222t
2263
22s8
6742
19996
r24
127
130
381
r193
2085
2170
2166
642r
20006
Pagel2
VERNON FIRE DEE6PAMENT
Type of lncident Report
Total lncidents: 2014 = 56
September {6, 2014 - September 3O, 2014
loluilzol1
INCIDENT TYPE
E ASSAULT VICTI'$.tr"
E Auto vs Ped
E CHEST PAIN.D'*
E FA1LVlCTli .D"'
E SrcT PERSON.D'"
E TC BIKE/AIOTORCYCLE.D"'
E TC with Trapped Peopte
E TMFFIC COLLISION.D..
E TRAI,,UIATIC INJURIES. D*
E UNC PER/FA|NT|NG (NEAR)-D-'
E UNKNOWN PROBLEi,I-D-'
F Apartmeit Fire
F Auto vs Structure
F Commerclal Fire
F Flre Atarm No Reset
F Haznat - Smattt
F lnvestigation
F Natural Gas leak - lnside
F Natural Gas Leak - Outslde
F Resldentlal Flre
F Vehicte Fire
F !ryater Flow Atarm No Reset
F \illres Down
S lnfo Catt
S irtovarp
2
1
2
1
6
1
1
12
3
2
1
1
1
1
5
1
4
1
I
1
1
3
2
1
1
lncident Type
700 False alarm or false call, other
700 False alarm or false call, other
300 Rescue, EMS incident, other
671Hazmal release invesligation M no hazmat
460 Accident, potential accident, other
600 Good intent call, other
357 Extrication of victim(s) from machinery
311 Medical assist, assist EMS crew
745 Alarm system activation,no fire,unintentional
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
300 Rescue, EMS incident, other
422 Chernical spill or leak
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
412 Gas leak (natural gas or LPG)
91 1 Citizen complaint
322 Motor vehicle accident with injuries
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
413 Oil or other combustible liquid spill
31 1 Medical assist, assist EMS crew
324 Motor vehicle accident with no injuries
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
400 Hazardous condition, other
352 Extrication of victim(s) from vehicle
730 System malfunction, other
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
311 Medical assist, assist EMS crew
31 1 Medical assist, assist EMS crew
31 1 Medical assist, assist EMS crew
600 Good intent call, other
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with iniu
700 False alarm or false call, other
611 Dispatched & canceled en route
114 Chimney or flue fire, confined to chimney or f
324 Motor vehicle accident with no injuries
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with Inju
324 Motor vehicle accident with no injuries
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
611 Dispatched & canceled en route
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
PREVENTION FOLLOW-UP?
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
lncident Date
0911612014 06:28:04
0911612014 07:06:21
0911612014 07:50:56
0911612014 08:40:21
Ogl1612014 09:13:59
0911612014 17:49:47
0911612014 19:U:03
0911612014 21i01:46
Ogl17l2O14 05:24:39
0911712014 11:16:00
0911712014 15:31:07
0911712014 16:37:05
0911712014 18:40:21
0911712014 18:43:17
0911712014 19:36:18
09h712014 19:47:12
0911712014 21:38iU
0911712014 22:39:10
0911812014 17:24i37
Ogl19l2O14 05:24:56
0911912014 13:38:11
09/19/2014 13:50:05
0912112014 17:24:04
0912?J2014 11:22:59
O9|2Z2O14 15:26:17
0912212014 20:27:06
0912312014 08:40:03
0912312014 13:12:58
0912312014 15:15:10
0912312014 16:57:35
0912312014 17:33:29
0912312014 17: :24
0912U2014 23:31:55
0912412014 09:34:41
0912412014 '11:30:15
0912412014 16:15:19
0912412014 20:17:27
0912412014 21:55:15
0912512014 02:26:17
0912612014 00:02:55
0912612014 07i59:22
09/2612014 08:06:08
0912612014 16:58:48
0912612014 21:31:12
shift
700 False alarm or false call, other
700 False alarm or false call, other
553 Public service
300 Rescue, EMS incident, other
300 Rescue, EMS incident, other
700 False alarm or false call, other
324 Motor vehicle accident with no injuries
322 Motor vehicle accident with iniuries
322 Motor vehicle accident with injuries
321 EMS call, excluding vehicle accident with inju
322 Motor vehicle accident with injuries
0912712014 05:11:23
Ogl27l2O14 06:46:37
Ogl27l2O14 17i38:
0912712014 17:46:18
0912712014 20:29:24
Ogl29l2o14 05:16:35
0912912014 13:12:29
0912912014 15:29:26
0912912014 16:54:26
09/30/2014 09:43:03
0913012014 10:46:31
0913012014 19:01:42
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
VERNoN FIRE DEPIpaMENT
Type of lncident Report
Total lncidents: 2013 = gQ
September 16, 2013 - September 30, 2013
10toilz0t4
INCIDENT TYPE
E Abdominal Paln-A
E ASSAULT VICTI^'I-D"'
E BACK PAIN.D"'
E CARDIAC AIUUST/DEATH.D"'
E Cardhc Anest/Death-E
E CHEST PAIN.D"'
E DIFFICULTY BREATHING-D"'
E FAIL VtCTlrtl-D...
E FAl.J./snU ON GROUND.D"'
E Haznat/Unlmown-O
E HEilORRHAGE/CUT.DT"
E PSYCH/BHAV/SUI ATT VIO.D-'
E SICK PERSON.tr..
E TM,FFIC COLUSION.D'"
E TRAUTAATIC INJURIES.D-'
E UNC PER/FAINT|NG (NEAR)-D-.
F Auto w Structure
F Commerchl Flre
F Fire Alam No Reset
F Fire Alarm Wlth Reset
F Structure Flre
F Vehlcte Flre
F Vehicle 0vertumed
F Water Flow Alarm No Reset
F Water Flow Alarm Wth Reset
S ,IONTBEI"LO REQUEST
S filoveup
U Traln Cnsh/Denllment
I
1
1
2
t
2
I
I
I
I
I
1
3
9
I
I
I
3
4
I
I
I
I
I
6
I
3
1
VEnNoN FIne DEP611,1MENT
Type of lncident Report
Total lncidents: 2014
January 112014 - September 3O,
INCIDENT TYPE
E PSYCH /BEHAI'E/SUI ATT.tr-
E Selare/Eplteptlc/ Hlstory-A
E Selare-A
E SEIZURE.D''
E Sldt Person-A
E SlCr PER9ON-D...
E STROKE.C-
E TC AUIO \,s PED.D-'
E TC BIKE/I,IOTORCYCI.E-D"'
ETC UECNON-D-'
E TC OYERruRI{ED.D'-
E TC wlth Trapped Peopte
E TM,FFIC COLLISION-D-
E Traumatlc lnJurles.B
E TRAUIUIATIC lruURlES.D"'
E Unc Per/Faintlrg (Near)-C
E UNC PER/FAh|T|NG (NEAR)-D".
E Urrco Per/Falntlng (lGar)-A
E UNI(N(NI'N PROBI.EIAO-
F Apartment Flre
F Arching Wires
F Auto vs Structure
F Auto vs Traln
F Blown Transformer
F Commerclal Flre
F Dumpster Flre
F Etectrlcal short
F Erploolon
F Flre Atarm No Reset
F Flre Alarm Wth Reset
INCIDENT WPE
Area E Haznat
E Abdomlnat Paln-A
E ABDO'ilII{AI PAIN.D-
E AI.J.ER6IC REACITON.D-
E ANI'IAI. BM.D-
E ASSAULT VICTIIil'SE(UAL.D-'
EASSAULT V!CTIXI.D'-
EAuto v: Ped
E Back Paln-A
E BACK PAIN.D'-
E Cardlac Anest/ ltsath-E
E ChBt Pain-C
ECHEST PAIN.D"
E DIABENC.D'-
E DIFF BREATHING /AJJI{J$,[.POrr
E DIFFICULTY BREATHING.D"'
E FALL VICTI'A.D-'
E FALL/STIIL ON GROUND.D"'
E Gun Shot Wound.A
E GUN SHOTWOUND.D-
E HAZl,l T/BIOLOGTCAL-D-.
E HAZfiAT/CHEI\AICAL-D"'
E HEADACHE.C'
E HEART ATTACK.D"'
E HEAT BOOSURE.D-'
E Hemorrhage/Cut-B
E HEiiORRHAGE/CUT.D-'
E !NGEST!ON.D'-
E,IiATERNITY.D...
E Psych/Behrve/Sui Att.A
I
1
13
2
2
I
13
7
1
2
1
I
25
E
7
13
22
3
1
1
1
I
3
E
1
1
6
totoil2014
TYPE
1
2
1
7
1
I
12
1
56
I
2
r3
I
2
4
r3E
I
37
I
24
I
35
3
I
6
I
2
28
2
2
I
91
23
F Fire R@fted Out
F Gas Spltl
FGnss Flrc
F Haz illat - Futl
F Haznat - Smatll
F lnvestlgatlon
F Natural Gas Leak - lnslde
F Naturat Gas leak - Outslde
F Odor lnvestlgatlon
F Resldentlat Firc
F hrbblsh Flre
F Sheared Hydrant
F Smke
F StrikeTeam
F Structure Fire
FTree Flre
F Truck/Ralt Car Flre
F Ve.hicle Flre
FVehicle Leaklry Gas
F Vehlcle Overtumed
FWater Row Atarm No Reset
F Water Ftor Alarm With Reset
FWires Down
S lnfo Calt
S Ladder Asslst
S IIONTEBEUO REQUEST
S liloveup
S Overhead
S Peopte Stuck ln Elmtor
S Publlc Asslst
1
I
6
2
2
38
z
3
6
5
7
3
2
4
9
1
1
10
1
5
76
51
4
1
1
4
26
1
1
4
VERNON FINE DEPN1'1MENT
Type of lncident Report
Total lncidents: 2013
January 1t2014 - September 30, 2014
INCIDENT TYPE
E Psych/Bhav/Sul Att WpV-B
E SEIZURE/ENLEMC/HIST.D'"
E SEIZURE.D"'
E Sld( Percon-A
E Slck Person-C
E SICK PERgON.D"'
E Sldt Penon-O
E STROKE 1.ES5 TMN 2 HRS.C."
E STROKE.C'"
E TC AI'TO \,s PED.D-
E TC BIKE/MOTORCYCIE.0"'
E TC OVERTURNED.D'-
E TC wlth Trapped Peopte
E TRAFFIC COLUSION.D*
E Traumatk lnlurles-B
E TRAUITATIC INJURIESO-
E Unc Per/Falntlng (Near)-C
E UNC PER/FNNnNG (NEAR)-D"'
E Unco Per/Falntlng (Near)-A
E UNI$OWN PROBI.EIA.D-'
E UPGMDE AIS
F Apartment Flre
F Auto l,s Structure
F Auto w Traln
F Btown Transformer
F Commerclat Flre
F Dumpster Flre
F Electrical Short
F Flrc Alarm No Reset
F Flre Atarm Wth Reset
=21g
1o.to9t2011
INCIDENT TYPE INCIDENT TYPE
E Abdomlnat Paln-A
EABDO'$IMI. PAIN.D'
E AIIERGIC REACTION.D'"
E ASSAU LT VICTIilI/SEXUAL.D"
E ASSAULT VICTIIA.D'-
E Auto vs Ped
E BACK PA!N.D"'
E BURN V!CTU,I.D'-
E CARDIAC ARREST/ DEATH.D'-
E Cardlac Arrest/Death-E
E Chest Pain-A
E Chest Paln-C
E CHEST PAIN.D"'
E DhBEnC.D"'
E DIFF BREATH lNG /ASTHI,IA-D''
E DTFFICULTY BREATHING.D"'
E DOA/COLD/STIFF-D"
E DOA/Non Recent-B
E FTE NJURY/PROB.D"'
E FAI,J-VtCTli .D"'
E FATL/sTILL ON GROUND.O'"
E HAZA{AT/CHEiAICAL. D"'
E HAZTilAT/UNKNOWN-0"'
E Haznat/Unknown-O
E HEART ATTACK.D"'
E HEIAORRHAGE/CUT.D"'
E INGESTION.D'"
E IiATERNITY.TT"
E PSYCH/BE}IAVE/SU! ATT.D"'
E PSYCH/BHAV/SUI ATT VIO.D'"
2
10
1
I
14
r3
3
I
3
2
1
1
1
7
2
2
54
1
2
4
3
2
3
5
125
2
31
1
36
2
I
27
1
3
E3
2t
1
21
7
1
10
1
1
1
t7
2
3
2
t
11
I
3
2
5
2
F Flrc Repofted Out
F Gas Spltt
F Grass Fire
F lttqat &rmlrq
F lnvestigation
F Natural Gas Leak - lnside
F Natunl Gas Leak - Outslde
F Odor lnvestlgatlon
F Pole Flre
F Resldentiat Fire
F Rubbish Fire
F Sheared Hydrant
F Smoke
F Strlke Team
F Structure Flre
F Yehlcte Fire
F Vehlcte Leaklng Gas
F Vehlcte Overtumed
F Water Flow Alarm No Reset
F Water flow Atarm With Reset
F Mres Down
S Bee Swarm
S Floodlng
S tadder Asslst
S ITIONIEBR"LO REQUEST
S lrtweup
S Open Hydrant
5 Public Assist
S Speclal Request
S Water Problem
1
2
I
2
12
2
5
4
3
4
5
I
2
3
22
t6
I
5
93
5t
5
1
I
1
8
23
1
3
3
9
41
1
2
5
1
Mgmo Hea!Control Departrnent
To: MarkWritworh, CityAdminist
From: LeonardGrossberg,Diredor RECEIVED
Date: Odober 15,2014 QCT I 5 20lrt
Re: Transmittalof Health & EnvironmentalControlDepartment Monthly Report
ClTy ADMINISTRATI0N
I am fonrarding the attached subject report for September 2014 for submission to the City Council. I am
requesting that the report be placed on the next City C
Please let me know if you need additional information.
Attachment
9cLg:/mydoclZHD/monthly reports/City Admin Transrnittal Monthly Report Sept 20'14
HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL GONTROL DEPARTMENT
Wxn4
MONTHLY REPORT
City of Vernon
Leonard Grossberg, Director/Health Offi cer
HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL DEPARTMENT
MONTHLY REPORT
September,2014
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CONTROL
Activities during the month of September included oversight of closure/remediation work or
planning for several sites including: Conway Coating (26th Street), Pechiney (Fruitland Ave.);
Thermador (District Boulevard), Angelus Sanitary Can (Pacific Blvd.), and Exide Technologies
(Indiana Street). Oversight activities, such as site assessment review, work plan approval,
closure sale agreements, and environmental field observations, provide an expedited process that
encourages prompt reuse or redevelopment of properties in Vernon.
aaoa
Senior Environmental Specialist Jerrick Torres finalized the Storm Water Grading Plan permit
for Santa Fe and 49th Street, as well as reviewed four environmental site assessments for
accuracy.
aaoa
Senior Environmental Specialist Jerrick Torres also conducted an emergency response
investigation on a spill of Ethylene Glycol, and continues to work in resolving several on-going
court cases filed.
aaoa
During the month of September, staff was active in attending numerous training opportunities,
including Hazardous Materials IQ (Ong Yiu, Johnson, LeDuffl, Criminal Environmental
Investigations (Johnson), 8-hour HAZWOPER Training (Johnson), Lead Refresher Training
(Ong Yiu), California Conference of Directors of Environmental Health CCDEH (Grossberg), as
well as Management & Leadership Skills for New Managers (LeDuff). Training opportunities
are crucial in maintaining our continuing education units up-to-date as well as providing staff
with the most up-to-date information.
UNDERGROUND TANKS
No underground tanks were removed during the month. Senior Environmental Specialists
Jerrick Torres initiated a compliance meeting with A-1 Express Trucking to discuss options on a
leaking under dispenser containment unit. UST regulations require that leaks be repaired, or the
system be temporarily or permanently closed. A-l has opted to remove the tank system soon.
FOOD PROGRAM
Senior Environmental Specialist Lyndon Ong Yiu attended the "Food Technical Advisory
Committee" meeting in September.
aa ao
Senior Environmental Specialist Jenick Torres investigated an arm laceration at Overhill Farms.
As a food processor, any industrial accident is investigated by our department in order to assess
food-bome pathogen exposures, and proper sanitation and sterilization prior to resuming
processing again.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Sixteen water samples were collected from different sampling locations around Vernon in
September. The samples were taken from the three potable water supply systems in Vernon and
were analyzed for potability. All of the samples that were analyzed met State standards for
potability (no e-coli/total coliforms).
oaoa
Senior Environmental Specialist Linda Johnson attended the Solid Waste Regional Roundtable
for Local Enforcement Agencies (LEA's) in Palos Verdes.
ooao
In September, Senior Environmental Specialist Lyndon Ong Yiu sent annual back flow testing
notices to Vernon businesses. In addition, six monitoring wells permits were reviewed and
issued, and several monitoring well construction inspections were conducted to assure that they
were done correctly. Proper installation of monitoring wells assures that ground water resources
are not subject to contamination from incidental intrusion of chemicals or contaminants.
oo
Chief Deputy Director David LeDuff and Senior Environmental Specialist Jerrick Torres
attended a one day Vector Control Training Seminar in Ventura in order to maintain their current
certification active.
Director Leonard Grossberg attended the annual California Conference of Directors of
Environmental Health (CCDEH) in Dana Point. The annual conference allows directors to learn
and network form other directors within the State on program implementation and also refresh
information on varying issues that impact local programs and enforcement. This year, the focus
was on how public health and environmental health should be interfacing their programs with
climate change, new legislation, drinking water wells and the State drought, IT management,
Emergency Response, septic systems, well permitting, fracking, and the food performance
measures study.
oooa
The annual E-waste reporting survey for the Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC)
was submitted in September. This report documents the amount of recycled items that are
collected by the City during the annual collection event held at Fire Station #1, and their final
disposition.
aaa
oaa
Annual Training for Conflict of Interest Code, and Ethics 1234 was attended by management
staff in the City Council Chambers during the annual training presentation on September 16,
20t4.
aa O'
Finally, Chief Deputy Director David LeDuff is working with Public Works Director Kevin
Wilson in developing a new Housing Ordinance for Vernon prior to the dedication of the new
Vernon Village apartments, which are scheduled for occupancy in early summer 2015.
In light of the first imported case of Ebola diagnosed in the U.5., we wanted to remind you of the
valuable resources provided by Centers for Disease Control. The CDC Website for Ebola Virus
Disease has informationfor Healthcare Workers. Communications FAOs. and information on
the recent case.
How do I protect myself against Ebola?
lf you must travel to an area affected by the 2014 Ebola outbreak, protect yourself by
doing the following:
. Wash hands frequently or use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer.
. Avoid contact with blood and body fluids of any person, particularly someone
who is sick.
. Do not handle items that may have come in contact with an infected person's
blood or body fluids.
. Do not touch the body of someone who has died from Ebola.
. Do not touch bats and nonhuman primates or their blood and fluids and do not
touch or eat raw meat prepared from these animals.
. Avoid hospitals where Ebola patients are being treated. The U.S. Embassy or
consulate is often able to provide advice on medicalfacilities.
. Seek medical care immediately if you develop fever (temperature of 101.5"F/
38.6'C) and any of the other following symptoms: headache, muscle pain, diarrhea,
vomiting, stomach pain, or unexplained bruising or bleeding.
o Limit your contact with other people until and when you go to the doctor.
Do not travel anywhere else besides a healthcare facility.
For general information about Ebola, please use the links below:
. SiqnsandSymptoms(http://www.cdc.qov/vhf/ebola/svmptoms/index.html)
. Transmission(http://www.cdc.qov/vhf/ebola/transmission/index.html)
. RiskofExposure(http://www.cdc.gov/vhf/ebola/exposure/index.html)
. Prevention(http://www.cdc.qov/vhf/ebola/orevention/index.html)
CDC has issued a Warning, Level 3 travel notice for three countries. U.S. citizens
should avoid all nonessential travel to Guinea, Liberia, and Sierra Leone. CDC has
issued an Alert, Level 2 travel notice for Nigeria. Travelers to Nigeria should take
enhanced precautions to prevent Ebola. CDC has also issued an Alert, Level 2 travel
notice for the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). A small number of Ebola cases
have been reported in the DRC, though current information indicates that this outbreak
is not related to the ongoing Ebola outbreaks in Guinea, Liberia, Nigeria and Sierra
Leone. For travel notices and other information for travelers, visit the Travelers' Health
Ebola web paoe.
Has the first patient to become sick in this outbreak, known as "patient
zero" been identified?
Reports in the medical literature and elsewhere have attempted to identify the patient
who might have been the initial person infected in the West Africa Ebola outbreak. lt's
important for CDC to learn as much as it can about the source and initial spread of any
outbreak.
With regard to the West Africa Ebola outbreak, tracing the lineage of how Ebola has
spread thus far can help CDC apply that knowledge toward better prevention and care
techniques. The knowledge gained in this work might entail details about specific
patients. CDC generally refrains, however, from identifying particular patients in any
aspect of an outbreak.
What is CDC doing in the U.S. about the outbreak in West Africa?
CDC has activated its Emergency Operations Center (EOC) to help coordinate technical
assistance and control activities with partners. CDC has deployed several teams of
public health experts to the West Africa region and plans to send additional public
health experts to the affected countries to expand current response activities.
lf an ill traveler arrives in the U.S., CDC has protocols in place to protect against further
spread of disease. These protocols include having airline crew notify CDC of ill travelers
on a plane before arrival, evaluation of ill travelers, and isolation and transport to a
medical facility if needed. CDC, along with Customs & Border Patrol, has also provided
guidance to airlines for managing ill passengers and crew and for disinfecting aircraft.
CDC has issued a Health Alert Notice reminding U.S. healthcare workers about the
importance of taking steps to prevent the spread of this virus, how to test and isolate
patients with suspected cases, and how to protect themselves from infection.
Infection Control
Can hospitals in the United States care for an Ebola patient?
Any U.S. hospital that is following CDC's infection control
hosoitals.html) and can isolate a patient in their own room with a private bathroom is
capable of safely managing a patient with Ebola.
Travelers
What is being done to prevent ill travelers in West Africa from getting
on a plane?
In West Africa
CDC's Division of Global Migration and Quarantine (DGMO) is working with airlines,
airports, and ministries of health to provide technical assistance for the development of
exit screening and travel restrictions in the affected areas. This includes:
. Assessing the ability of Ebola-affected countries and airports to conduct exit
screening,
. Assisting with development of exit screening protocols,
. Training staff on exit screening protocols and appropriate PPE use, and
. Training in-country staff to provide future trainings.
During Travel
CDC works with international public health organizations, other federal agencies, and
the travel industry to identify sick travelers arriving in the United States and take public
health actions to prevent the spread of communicable diseases. Airlines are required to
report any deaths onboard or ill travelers meeting certain criteria to CDC before arriving
into the United States, and CDC and its partners determine whether any public health
action is needed. lf a traveler is infectious or exhibiting symptoms during or after a flight,
CDC will conduct an investigation of exposed travelers and work with the airline, federal
partners, and state and local health departments to notify them and take any necessary
public health action. When CDC receives a report of an ill traveler on a cruise or cargo
ship, CDC officials work with the shipping line to make an assessment of public health
risk and to coordinate any necessary response.
In the United States
CDC has staff working 2417 al20 Border Health field offices located in international
airports and land borders. CDC staff are ready 2417 to investigate cases of ill travelers
on planes and ships entering the United States.
CDC works with partners at all ports of entry into the United States to help prevent
infectious diseases from being introduced and spread in the United States. CDC works
with Customs and Border Protection, U.S. Department of Agriculture, U.S. Coast Guard,
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services, state and local health departments, and local
Emergency Medical Services staff.
Relatively few of the approximately 350 million travelers who enter the United States
each year come from these countries. Secondly, most people who become infected with
Ebola are those who live with or care for people who have already caught the disease
and are showing symptoms. CDC and healthcare providers in the United States are
prepared for the remote possibility that a traveler could get Ebola and return to the U.S.
while sick.
What do I do if I'm returning to the U.S. from the area where the
outbreak is occurring?
After you return, pay attention to your health.
. Monitor your health for 21 days if you were in an area with an Ebola outbreak,
especially if you were in contact with blood or body fluids, items that have come in
contact with blood or body fluids, animals or raw meat, or hospitals where Ebola
patients are being treated or participated in burial rituals.
. Seek medical care immediately if you develop fever (temperature of 101 .5"F/
38.6"C) and any of the following symptoms: headache, muscle pain, diarrhea,
vomiting, stomach pain, or unexplained bruising or bleeding.
. Tell your doctor about your recent travel and your symptoms before you go to the
office or emergency room. Advance notice will help your doctor care for you and
protect other people who may be in the office.
What do I do if I am traveling to an area where the outbreak is
occurring?
lf you are traveling to an area where the Ebola outbreak is occurring, protect yourself by
doing the following:
. Wash your hands frequently or use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer.
. Avoid contact with blood and body fluids of any person, particularly someone
who is sick.
. Do not handle items that may have come in contact with an infected person's
blood or body fluids.
. Do not touch the body of someone who has died from Ebola.
. Do not touch bats and nonhuman primates or their blood and fluids and do not
touch or eat raw meat prepared from these animals.
. Avoid hospitals where Ebola patients are being treated. The U.S. Embassy or
consulate is often able to provide advice on facilities.
. Seek medical care immediately if you develop fever (temperature of 101.5oF/
38.6oC) and any of the other following symptoms: headache, muscle pain, diarrhea,
vomiting, stomach pain, or unexplained bruising or bleeding.
o Limit your contact with other people until and when you go to the doctor.
Do not travel anywhere else besides a healthcare facility.
Should people traveling to Africa be worried about the outbreak?
Ebola has only been reported in multiple countries in West Africa (see Afiected
Countries(http://www.cdc.qov/vhf/ebola/outbreaks/2014-west-africa/distribution-
mao.html#areas)). A small number of cases in Nigeria have been associated with a man
from Liberia who traveled to Lagos and died from Ebola, but the virus does not appear
to have been widely spread. CDC has issued a Warning, Level 3 travel notice for United
States citizens to avoid all nonessential travel to Guinea, Liberia, and Sierra Leone.
CDC has issued an Alert, Level 2 travel notice for travelers to Nigeria urging them to
protect themselves by avoiding contact with the blood and body fluids of people who are
sick with Ebola. CDC has also issued an Alert, Level 2lravel notice for the Democratic
Republic of the Congo (DRC). A small number of Ebola cases have been reported in
the DRC, though current information indicates that this outbreak is not related to the
ongoing Ebola outbreaks in Guinea, Liberia, Nigeria, and Sierra Leone. You can find
more information on these travel notices at htto://wwwnc.cdc-qov/travel/notices.
CDC currently does not recommend that travelers avoid visiting other African countries.
Although spread to other countries is possible, CDC is working with the governments of
affected countries to control the outbreak. Ebola is a very low risk for most travelers - it
is spread through direct contact with the blood or other body fluids of a sick person, so
travelers can protect themselves by avoiding sick people and hospitals where patients
with Ebola are being treated.
Why were the ill Americans with Ebola brought to the U.S. for
treatment? How is CDC protecting the American public?
A U.S. citizen has the right to return to the United States. Although CDC can use
several measures to prevent disease from being introduced in the United States, CDC
must balance the public health risk to others with the rights of the individual. ln this
situation, the patients who came back to the United States for care were transported
with appropriate infection control procedures in place to prevent the disease from being
transmitted to others.
Ebola poses no substantial risk to the U.S. general population. CDC recognizes that
Ebola causes a lot of public worry and concern, but CDC's mission is to protect the
health of all Americans, including those who may become ill while overseas. Ebola
patients can be transported and managed safely when appropriate precautions are
used.
What does CDC's Travel Alert Level 3 mean to U.S. travelers?
CDC recommends that U.S. residents avoid nonessential travel to Guinea, Liberia, and
Sierra Leone. lf you must travel (for example, to do for humanitarian aid work in
response to the outbreak) protect yourself by following CDC's advice for avoiding
contact with the blood and body fluids of people who are ill with Ebola. For more
information about the travel alerts, see Travelers' Health Ebola web page.
Travel notices are designed to inform travelers and clinicians about current health
issues related to specific destinations. These issues may arise from disease outbreaks,
special events or gatherings, natural disasters, or other conditions that may affect
travelers' health. A level 3 alert means that there is a high risk to travelers and that CDC
advises that travelers avoid nonessential travel.
In the United States
Are there any cases of people contracting Ebola in the U.S.?
CDC confirmed on September 30,2014, the first travel-associated case of Ebola to be
africa/united-states-imported-case. html). The person traveled from West Africa to
Dallas, Texas, and later sought medical care at Texas Health Presbyterian Hospital of
Dallas after developing symptoms consistent with Ebola. The medical facility has
isolated the patient. Based on the person's travel history and symptoms, CDC
recommended testing for Ebola.
CDC recognizes that even a single case of Ebola diagnosed in the United States raises
concerns. Knowing the possibility exists, medical and public health professionals across
the country have been preparing to respond. CDC and public health officials in Texas
are taking precautions to identify people who have had close personal contact with the
ill person and health care professionals have been reminded to use meticulous infection
control at all times.
Is there a danger of Ebola spreading in the U.S.?
Ebola is not spread through casual contact; therefore, the risk of an outbreak in the U.S.
is very low. We know how to stop Ebola's further spread: thorough case finding,
isolation of ill people, contacting people exposed to the ill person, and further isolation of
contacts if they develop symptoms. The U.S. public health and medical systems have
had prior experience with sporadic cases of diseases such as Ebola. ln the past
decade, the United States had 5 imported cases of Viral Hemorrhagic Fever (VHF)
diseases similar to Ebola (1 Marburg, 4 Lassa). None resulted in any transmission in the
United States.
Are people who were on the plane with this patient at risk?
A person must have symptoms to spread Ebola to others. The ill person did not exhibit
symptoms of Ebola during the flights from West Africa and CDC does not recommend
that people on the same commercial airline flights undergo monitoring. The person
reported developing symptoms five days after the return flight. CDC and public health
officials in Texas are taking precautions to identify people who have had close personal
contact with the ill person and health care professionals have been reminded to use
meticulous infection control at all times.
9cLG:MyDocs/Z/Health Dept.,Monthly Reports/20l4,Monthly Sept doc
f{.. 'i =,D
ocrb fi Pt4 &
CITY CLIRKS OFIICE
Wit!ffiornon
POLICE DEPARTMENT
Daniel Calleros, Chief of Police
4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vernory California 90058
Telephone (323) 587-5171. Fax (323) 826-1.481.
October 2,2014
Honorable City Council
City of Vernon
Vernon, California
Honorable Members:
Attached are copies of the Vernon Police Department Activity Log and Statistical
Summary of Arrest and Activities which cover the period from 12:01 &.ffi.,
September 16,2014 up to and including midnight of September 30,2014.
Respectfully submitted,
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
*C*,-l A,zZ*
DANIEL CALLEROS
CHIEF OF POLICE
DC/dr
RECEIVED
ocT 0 7 2014
CITY ADMINISTRATI(]N
lEachrivetytnfitstriat
VE RIYON POLI C E D E PARTME lYT
D epartment Activity Report
Jurisdiction' vERNoN
First Date: osl16l2o14
Last Date: o9t3ot2o14
Department Complaint
Type Description
All Units Primary Unit
VPD
10-6
10-96H
10-96M
20001
20002
20002R
211
21 1S
242
242R
245R
415
4',t7
422R
459
459A
459S
459VR
484
484R
487R
586
594
594R
602
653MR
901
9017
9027
909C
909E
9097
911
91 1A
925
927
ASTVFD
BOSIG
BOVEH
CITCK
CIVIL
CODE5
DEMOSTRA
DET
DETAIL
DPTAST
DUI
FILING
oFFtcER rs 10-6 c7.961,962,10-10, WASH, EQUIPt\
PICK UP THE JAIL PAPER WORK FROM HP JAIL
10.96 MARY (MAIL DETAIL)
INJURY HIT AND RUN
NON.INJURY HIT AND RUN
NON.INJURY HIT AND RUN REPORT
ROBBERY
SILENT ROBBERY ALARM
BATTERY
BATTERY REPORT
ASSAULT WITH A DEADLY WEAPON REPORT
DISTURBING THE PEACE
BMNDISHING A WEAPON
TERRORIST THREATS REPORT
BURGLARY
AUDIBLE BURGLARY ALARM
SILENT BURGLARY ALARM
BURGLARY TO A VEHICLE REPORT
PETTY THEFT
PETTY THEFT REPORT
GRAND THEFT REPORT
PARKING PROBLEM
VANDALISM
VANDALISM REPORT
TRESPASS
ANNOYING PHONE CALLS REPORT
UNKNOWN INJURY TMFFIC COLLISION
INJURY TRAFFIC COLLISION
NON.INJURY TRAFFIC COLLISION
TRAFFIC CONTROL
TMFFIC ENFORCEMENT
TMFFIC HAZARD
911 MISUSE / HANGUP
CONTACT THE REPORTING PARry
SUSPICIOUS CIRCUMSTANCES
UNKNOWN TROUBLE
ASSIST VERNON FIRE DEPARTMENT
BROKEN SIGNAL OR LIGHT
BROKEN DOWN VEHICLE
CITATION CHECK
CIVIL MATTER
SURVEILLANCE/STAKE.OUT
DEMONSTRATION
DETECTIVE INVESTIGATION
DETAIL
DEPARTMENTAL ASSIST
DRIVING UNDER THE INFLUENCE
OFFICER IS 10-6 REPORTWRITING
113
3
4
4
I
b
10
8
1
2
1
43
3
6
2
130
5
6
5
10
11
22
5
5
4
1
13
8
47
2
16
6
14
12
27
6
27
1
16
20
3
o
12
27
10
8
o
46
101
2
4
1
J
J
2
2
I
I
I
ll
I
2
I
72
2
4
2
8
9
18
2
5
2
1
5
2
25
I
t4
4
7
8
t2
2
t4
I
9
l3
I
J
I
ll
6
J
2
44
10/01/2014 00:06:46 Page of 2
VERIYON POLICE DEPARTMEIYT
D ephrtment Activity Report
Jurisdiction' vERNoN
First Date: 09t16t2014
Last Date: 09/30/2014
Department Complaint
Type Description
All Units Primary Unit
VPD
FU
GTAR
HBC
ID THEFT
ID THEFT RPT
LOCATE
LOJACK
LPR
PANIC ALARM
PAPD
PATCK
PDO
PEDCK
PRSTRAN
REC
RECKLESS DF
REPO
ROADRAGE
RR
SEAACA
SPEED
TEST
TMFFIC STOI
VCK
VEH RELEASE
WARRANT
WELCK
WRNTSVC
FOLLOW UP
GMND THEFT AUTO REPORT
HAILED BY A CITIZEN
IDENTITY THEFT
IDENTITY THEFT REPORT
LOCATED VERNON STOLEN VEHICLE
LOJACK HIT
LICENSE PI.ATE READER
PANIC ALARM/DURESS ALARM
PUBLIC ASSIST.POLICE
PATROL CHECK
PROPERTY DAMAGE ONLY
PEDESTRIAN CHECK
PRISONER TMNSPORTED
RECOVERED STOLEN VEHICLE
RECKLESS DRIVING (23103)
REPOSSESSION
ROAD RAGE
RAIL ROAD PROBLEM
SEAACA ANIMAL CALLS
SPEED CONTEST OR SPEEDING (23109)
TEST CALL
TMFFIC STOP
VEHICLE CHECK
VEHICLE RELEASE
WARRANTARREST
WELFARE CHECK
WARMNT SERVICE
23
5
4
I
I
I
I
J
2
2
34
I
t9
5
5
2
I
I
2
2
I
2
148
36
8
I
2
5
34
8
5
1
1
1
1
7
6
4
46
1
34
8
24
4
1
7
2
3
1
2
183
56
9
1
3
5
Department:t2t3 767
Overall:t2t3 768
10/01/2014 00:06:46 Page of
YERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Police Activity Report
Period Ending: 09130114
TRAFFIC COLLISIONS
TOTAL
NON-INJURY
INJURY
Pedestrian
Fatalities
City Property Damage
Hit &, Run (Misdemeanor)
Hit & Run (Felony)
Persons lnjured
VEHICLES STORED
Unlicensed Driver
Traffic Hazards
Abandoned/Stored Vehicle
CITATIONS
Citations Iss (Prisoner Release)
Citations Iss (Moving)
Citations Iss (Parking)
Citations Iss (Total)
Hazardous
Non-Hazardous
Other Violations
CASES CLEARED BY ARREST
AR14-298 CR141676 11377(A) HS
ARr4-299 CRt4r722 148(A)(l) PC
AR14-301 CRt4t732 484(A) PC
AR14-303 CR141736 108s1(A) VC
AR14-304 CR14l74s 484(A) PC
AR14-306 CP.t4t7s7 20001(4) VC
AR14-312 CR14178s 245(4)(1) PC
PROPERTY RECOYERED
VEHICLES: $9,000.00
PROPERTY RECOVERED FOR
OTHER DEPARTMENTS
VEHICLES: $2,100.00
NO.
28
20
8
I
9
8
1
9
30
I
6
tt2
29
t4t
80
32
VERNON POUCE DEPARTMENT
REPORT FOR PERSONS ARRESTED
PERIOD ENDING 09/30/14
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
ASSAULT WITH A DEADLY WEAPON 1 1
BURGLARY
DOMEfiC VIOLENCE
GRAND THEFT
HTT AND RUN 1 1
IDENTITY THEFT
POSS, CONTROLLED SUBS.1 1
POSS. STOLEN PROPERTY
RAPE
ROBBERY
VEHICULAR MANSLAUGHTER
VEHICLE THEFT 1 1
TOTAL FELONY ARRESTS 4 0 4
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
BRANDISHING FIREARM
CRIMINAL THREATS
DRIVING UNDER THE INFLUENCE
HIT AND RUN
PETTY THEFT 3 3
POSS. NARC. PAMPHERNAUA
RESISTING ARREST 1 1
TRESPASSING
VANDALISM
WARRANTS (BENCHTTRFC)5 5
WARMNTS (FOREIGN)2 2
TOTAL MISD. ARRESTS 11 o 11
MALE FEMALE TOTAL
BURGLARY 1 1
PETry THEFT
POSS. STOLEN PROPERTY
VANDAUSM
VEHICLE THEFT
IOTAL JUVENILES DET.1 o 1
TOTAL FELONY ARRESTS (ADULT) TO DATE: 101
TOTAL MISDEMEANOR ARRESTS (ADULT) TO DATE: 206
ToTAL]UVENILESDETAINED(FELoNYANDMISDEMEANoR)Toonre:---[
TOTAL ARRESTS AND DETAINED ]UVENILES (FELONY AND MISDEMEANOR) TO DATE:
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Cull Log Report Type All Unil Times und Locution with OCA's
Fitst Dale: ost16t2o14
Last Date: o9/16/2014Jurisdiclion: vERNoN
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Caller
Address
Dep Officer
Received
Comolaint Unit Time
20t 40916650
RPT
VI
CITE
20140916651
RPT
VREC
03:32:39
RMS Jutis
c40197300
O5:28:29
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
c40197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
ALAMEDA // RANDOLPH. HUNTINGTON PARK
VPO ZOZAYA,OSCAR'11I2
VPD CERDA.EUGENIOI Ll0 02143:50
0911612014 03120.32
REC FRUITLANO AV // CORONA AV. VERNON
VPD VALENZUELA,FET1 Ll l
VPD CERDA.EUGENIOl Ll O
09/16/2014 06:it4:55
TRAFFIC STOP S ALAMEDA // VERNON AV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZM2
Enroute OnScene
DeDartment
VPD
02142:52
02:43:58 02:48:57
07:36:57
DeDartment
VPD
07:45:17 07:49:58
07.54:48
Arrive Remove
OCA Number
cR20141688
DeDd mem OCA NumbetvPD CR20141689
03:2032
04:21:12
Deparlment OCA NumbervPD CR20141690
06i45i01
Depdlmen OCA NumbervPD CR2014169'l
03:54:43
053224
07:11:27
201409r66s6
CITE
SRVD
RPT
VI
20140916665
CITE
VI
VI
CITE
RPT
20140916666
RPT
09/16/2014 07:36:49
TRAFFIC STOP E 48TH // SANTA FE AV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZ-M2
O9116t2O14 07:45:01 LASO METRO
9O2T S SANTA FE AV//VERNON AV. VERNON
VPD MOSCOSO.CHRIS'2112
VPD HERNANDEZ.EDV2Ll l
OCA Number
cR2014't693
07:58:46
RMS Juris
cAo197300
08:14:03
09/17n011 00:33:11 Page of
08i49:05
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: 09t16t2014
Last Date: ogt16l2o14Jurisdiction' vERNoN
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Caller
Address
Dep Oflicer
Received
Complaint Unit Time
20140916667
Dispatch Enroute OnScene Remove
VI
RPT
CITE
20140916677
CITE
VI
RPT
20140916690
CITE
VI
RPT
20140916691
RPT
20140916699
RPT
VI
CITE
20140916711
CITE
VI
RPT
0911612014 07:58:44
TRAFFIC STOP S SANTA FE AV // 57TH. VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZM2
0911612014 08:38:48
TRAFFIC STOP 51OO S SANTA FEAV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENz"M2
0911612014 09:44:23
TRAFFIC STOP E SLAUSON AV // ALAMEDA, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZM2
0911612014 09:50:53
REC 4305 S SANTA FE AV, VERNON
VPD CROSS,JEREMY -5D23
09116120'14 10:59:29
TRAFFIC STOP E SLAUSON AV // DOWNEY RD. VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZ-M2
0911612014 14:58:32
TRAFFIC STOP
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD CR20141692
07:58:49
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD CR20141694
08:38:48
DeDartment OCA NumbervPD cR20141695
09:44:23
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD CR20141696
09:50:53
Departmem OCA NumbervPD cR20141697
10:59:36
DeDartment OCA NumbervPD cR2014't698
RMS Juris
cAo't97300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
kMS Juris
cAo'197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
08:15:56
09:01 :37
1 0:00:1 9
09:51:21
1'l:24:30
09/17/2014 00:33:11
5899 DOWNEY RD, VERNON
Page
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Calt Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
Firsl Date: 09/16/20'14
Last Date: o9116t2014Iurisdiclion: vERNoN
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Received
Comolainl
Caller
Address
20140916111
Enroute OnScene Deoart Anive Remove
09/'16/2014 15:13:43
FU
0911612014 15:24:50
REC
09/,l6/2014 17:48:35
9027
4555 53D. MAYWOOD
ONOPA,DANIEL '5D34
ENCINAS,ANTHO5D3S
NAXA ELECTRONICS
2320 E 49TH. VERNON
DeDartmen OCA NumbetvPo cR20141698
'14:58:32
15:13:44
15i13:52
Depa meu OCA NumbetvPD CR20'i4''699
15141:32
20140916717
VREC
RPT
VI
20140916725
RPT
CITE
VI
RPT
20140916115
'1015
20140916732
RPT
CITE
VI
SRVD
0911612014 '14158:32
TMFFIC STOP 5899 DOWNEY RD. VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZM2
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cA0197300
RMS luris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
15:20i54
VPD
VPD
16:45:03
16:45:04
VPD HERNANDEZ.EDIT2L1l 16.47:18
LEONIS BL // DOWNEY RD. VERNON
VPD HERNANDEZ.ED\T2111
VPD MADRIGAL.MARI/2110
DeDarlment
VPD
17.5125 17:55:16
17.51.26 17:54:58
DeDarlment
VPD
20:48:59
20:53:29 20.55:32
OCA Number
cR20141700
18:35:22
18:35r23
0911612014 20:48:59
TRAFFIC STOP 2550 SLAUSON AV. HUNTINGTON PARK
VPD CERDA.PAUL,JR -1112
VPD ZOZAYA.OSCAR 1110 20t52:14
VPD CERDA.EUGENIO'IL9
OCA Number
cR20141701
21:28:39
20:53:30
2'1,28t40
20140916733
09/17/2014 00:33:11 Page
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Cull Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Dale: 09t16t2014
Jurisdiction: vERNoN Lasl Date: 09t16t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received Culler
Code Complaint Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unit DisDalch Enroate OnScene DeDarl Arrive Remove Como
20140916733
RpT 0911612014 21101:32 CLOUGHERTY PACKING CO.
ASTVFD 3049 E vERNoN AV. vERNoN DeDarlmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141702 CA0197300
VPD VALENZUELA.FETI Ll l 21:0229 21:03:00 21.08.52
VPD CERDA.EUGENIOI Lg 21:59:16 22:07:17
0A17nU4 00:33:11 Page 4 of 4
2310O,21
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: o9t1l2o't4
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ogt17t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Comolaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unit Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Como
20140915756 | ri ir
RpT O9l17l201a 07:17:55 REID DELPHEYccN sosr B,ANoTNTBL //arlANrrc BL. vERNoN 'r;8"-*'ffiilffi* Xi{;{d
CITY
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRIT-2111 07:21:04 07:29:25 08:31:29
2014091-67s9 '.iiii!!: . ,,
C|TE 09/17120!4 07:55:19
u rnaFFrc srop 3375 E sLAUsoN AV. vERNoN 3Y;*' mlli$" Wrlrt#
08:17:06
20t40916778
RPT
VI
CITE
20140916787
RpT Ogl17l2o14 13:35:37
VI
CITE
20140916797
RPT
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZ-M2
0911712014 11'.41:52
TRAFFIC STOP 59TH // MAYWOOD AV. VERNON
TRAFFIC STOP DOWNEY RD // sOTH. VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENUM2
Ogl17l2l14 't 5:04:33 VERTZON WTRELESS BO0 451 5242 4
07:55:1 9
DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD cR20141706 cA0197300
11:41:52
12:1528
Department OCA Number RMS JurisvPD cR20141708 cA0197300
13:35:37
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD cR20141709 CA0197300
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZM2
20t10,t6742
Ogl17l2o14 12:1524
DeDafirflent OCANtmbo RMS JutisC|TE TRAFFIC STOP towNEY RD // 50TH. VERNON VpO Cwo1417o7 cAo1973oo
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZM2
12:17:07
'12:59:41
14:1 3:36
09/18/2011 00:19:3(
4355 DOWNEY RD. VERNON
Page 1 of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Cull Log Report Type All Unit Times und Location with OCA's
First Date: 09t17t2o14
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ost17t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unit Dispotch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
201409r6797
RpT Ogl17l2o14 1 5:04:33 VERIZON WIRELESS 800 451 5242 4
9O2T 4355 DOWNEY RD, VERNON
VPD ESCOBEDO,ALEI*2L12
VPD MOSCOSO.CHRIT2Ll l
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141709 CA0197300
20140916803
RpT M2 0911712014 15:44'.02
vt vcK
20140916807
RPT
VI
CITE
E 26TH // SIERRA PINE AV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZM2
VPD NEWTON,TODD -218
VPD ESCOBEDO,ALE}2L12
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141710 CA0197300
15:4402
O911712014 16:20:18
TRAFFTC srop E vERNoN AV // sANTA FE AV. vERNoN Deportmeru oCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR2014171 1 CA0197300
15:08:35 15:1 1 :09
15:08:51 15:13:47
1 6:20:1 8
16:2'l:07 16:21:51
1 5:1 6:1 7
15:48:59
16:18:46
16:54:02
16:54:02
09/18/2014 00:19:3(Page 2 of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
lurisdiction' vERNoN
First Date: 09t18t2014
Last Date: ogt18t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Received
Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
20r40916835
CITE
VI
RPT
20140916854
RPT
20140916857
CITE
VI
RPT
20140916861
CITE
VI
20140916864
RPT
20140916866
RPT
0911812014 09:24:41
487R
0911812014 10:45:50
487R Depsrtment
VPD
1 0:48:09 1 0:54:1 5
Department
VPD
10:54.22 1 1:08:19
OCA Number
cR20141716
OCA Number
cR20141717
0911812014 09:48:39
TRAFFIC STOP E SLAUSON AV // ALAMEDA, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZ*M2
Ogl18120'14 10:14:40
TMFFIC STOP
DOWNEY RD // sOTH. VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZM2
PREFERRED FREEZER
4901 BANDINI BL. VERNON
VPD VEI-ASOUEZ.RICT2LI 09:34:29
VPD ESCOBEDO,ALE}213
PACIFIC BL // SANTA FE AV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZ"M2
JOY NODA
3333 DOWNEY RD, VERNON
VPD VASQUEZ,LUIS -2L2 10:48:07
Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart
DeDartmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141712
06:46:59
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141715
09:34:30
09:37:48 09:57:12
DeDartmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141713
09:48:44
DeDorlmeru OCA Number
vPD CR20141714
'10:14:40
Remove
RMS Juris
cAo197300
07:1 0:1 9
RMS Juris
cAo197300
09:37:57
09:45:47 11:08:31
RMS Juris
cAo197300
1 0:10:31
RMS Juris
cAo197300
10:37:33
RMS Juris
cAo197300
11:29'.25
RMS Juris
cAo197300
Ogl18l2o14 10:53:30 NAT;V;DAD OROSCO
GTAR 48OgALCOAAV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENTM2
09/19/2014 05:32:0i
10:54:16
Page of
't't.59:22
O9l'1812014 06:46:55
TMFFIC STOP
2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
FirstDate: o9t't8,t2o14
furisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: 09t18t2014
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unil Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140916877
RPT
20140916878
RPT
201409r6901
1015 0911812014 23:18:'t 3
RPT 415
Ogl18l2014 13:56:51 REBUTLT METALTZTNG
091'1U2014 14:10:55
IDTHEFT 5151ALCOAAV, VERNON
VPD CHAVEZ,JERRY.J*DSAM
2229E38TH, VERNON
VPD ESCOBEDO.ALET2L3 14:03:58 14:03:59 14:10:25
DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20't41719 CA0197300
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141718 CA0197300
14:19:09
Depurtmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20',t41720 CA0197300
16:23:53
DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141721 CA0197300
17:03:55 17:07:36
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141722 CA0197300
20140916885
Vt 0911812014 16:23:53
C;TE TRAFFIC STOP DOWNEY RD // 45TH, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LOREN2-M2
20140916890
RPT 0911812014 17:03:42
GTAR E 57TH // SANTA FEAV, VERNON
VPD VASQUEZ,LUIS *2L2
15.22'.20
14:34:25
1647:46
17:48:40
01:22:50
3851 S SOTO. VERNON
VPD LANDA,RAFAEL "1L3 23:18:43 23:18:59 23:20:38
VPD RAMOS.JOSE 111
VPD CHAVEZ,CELESTlL2
VPD ESTRADA,IGNAClSl
VPD RODRIGUEZ.FERlXSl
23:20:15 23:2'l:06
23:20:16 23:20:58
23:25:57
23:25:59
00:30:20
00:11:20
00:28:08
00:28:05
00:07:24
09/19/2014 05:32:0i
VPD VANOVER.DONAIK9I 23:18:44 23:19:01 23:25:56
Page 2 of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: 09t19t2014
Iurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ost19l2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complqint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unit Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140916903 CtTy 091'192014 00:05:00
RpT 20002 E 5OTH // SOTO. VERNON DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141723 CA0197300
VPD VANOVER.DONAFK9I 00:07:49 00:07:50 00:12:21 01 :20:59
VPD CHAVEZ.CELESTlL2 00:1 1 :23 00:25:35 00:28:40
20140916907
VREC 0911912014 02:13:04
LOCATE 10039 PAINTERAVE, SANTA FE SPRINGS
VPD RECORDS BURE/-RECD 02:14:48 02:22:27
201409t6912
CtTy 09/1912014 05:24:49 METRO PCS (800) 571-1265Rpr sorr FRUTTLAND AV // HAMproN. vERNoN W3"'"^ #fiili*.- Yi"!rt#
vPD RAMos JosE '1L1 05:26:29 05:26:29 05:28:36 6:12:02
vPD CMVEZ.CELESTIL2 05t26:44 05:26:44 05:28:23 6:12.02
vPD LANDA RAFAEL 1L3 05:26:50 05i29:57 06:12:03
vPD VANOVER.DONAIK9I 05:29:11 06:12:03
20140916931
RPT DeDsrtmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141725 CA0197300
0911912014 11:04:00
487R 4903 PACIFIC BL, VERNON
VPD VELASQUEZ,RICT2Lll
VPD VASQUEZ,LUIS 2L'IO
201409r6939
RpT M1 0911912014 13:59:20
ASST ASTVFD S SOTO // FRUITLAND AV, VERNON
VPD VASQUEZ,LUIS *2L10
VPD VELASQUEZ,RIC}2111
VPD NEWTON.TODD M1
DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141726 CA0197300
11:05:02
11:06:06 11:09:48
13:59:50 14:01:37
14:01 :38 14:01:37
14:01 :40
1 1 :06:1 0
12:47:01
16:02:36
16:10:37
15:54:19
09/20/2014 05:47:U Page I of 1
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times und Location with OCA's
First Date: o9t2ol2o14
Iurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: osl2ol20'14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Comolaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer tlnit Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Amive Remove Comp
20140916972
RPT 0912012014 13:59:08
HBC PACIFIC BL // 45TH. VERNON
VPD CERDA.EUGENIO-211
VPD SANTOS.DANIEL 2S2
Department OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141727 cA0197300
13:59:08
14:29:57
1 5:16:54
15:16:54
2014lJ916914
RpT 09/202014 18:34:15 T-MOB|LE (877) 653-79112ooo2R &qNorNr BL // eENNTNGToN wAy. vERNoN ?tr^*t g#ili$* W"litr
vPD VASQUEZ.LUIS '213 18:37:02 l8:43r8 20:24:44
VPD '1111 18:56:47 19102127 19:46:18
VPD DOCHERTY.MICI?L2 13t!f:51 19:02:13
ii:tiiiiiti i:l::lt:i ;riri'; ,: , i iri!!id;.
09/21/2014 05:31:3i Page 1 of 1
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
FirstDate: o9t2'll2o't4
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ogt2'tt2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Comolaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unil Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140917002
RPT 0912112014 08:26:41
9027
20t409t7012
RpT 0912112014 15:23:39
9027
20t4ogl70t7
2014091702t
20140917022
RPT
VS
1015
coRoNA AV // FRUTTLAND AV, VERN.N Depuilment OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141729 CA0197300
1O1S 0912112014 17:17:55 77TH-LAPD
WARRANT
VPD DOCHERTY.MICFT2L3
BANDINI BL // ATLANTIC BL. VERNON
VPD DOCHERTY,MICH-2L3 15:30:23
7600 BROADWAY. LOS ANGELES
VPD HERNANDEZ.ED\]*2L2
08:29:23 08:41:03
Deportmen OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141730 C40197300
15:33:10
17:17:55
Depurtmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD cR20141731 CAo1 97300
LApD 0912112014 19:48:12 LUZ GONZALEZ
RPT DPTAST
09:'16:55
16:22:56
18:49:02
20:51:10
E 48TH PL //STAUNTON, VERNON
VPD VALENZUELA,FEf I L2 19:48:37 19:49:41 19:51:22
VPD RAMOS,JOSE 111 19:53:29 '19:59:17
VPD VASQUEZ.LUIS'lL3 19:48:38 19.49:42 20:10'.14
20:50:48
20:45:13
20:50:47
23:04:21
23:28:00
23:O4:20
22:11:59
VPD GRAY,BRANDON 1S1
Ogl21t2O14 2'l:2112 pHySICAL DtSTRtBUT|ON
VPD VASQUEZ.LUIS 113
VPD GRAY,BRANDON 1S1
19:53:59
Departmenr OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141732 CA01973002034 E 27TH, VERNON
VPD RAMOS,JOSE *1L1 21:21:40 21:24:36 21:25:25
VPD VALENZUELA.FEIIL2 21:21'.41 21:24:44 21:24:5'l
21:25:26
21:41:10
09/22/2014 05:08:2i Page 1 of 1
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Cull Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: o9t22t2o't4
Iurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ost22l2o'14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer anil Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140917039
RPT
20140917062
RPT
20140917069
RPT
0912212014 07:22:39 JtM JONES
0912212014 '11:22:19 PASADENA SERVICES FEDER
07:26:24 07:38:35
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141735 CA0197300
11:25:58
4215 EXCHANGE AV. VERNON
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRIt-219 07:25:31 07:25:35
2L11
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD cR20141733 CA0197300
201409170s5
RpT 09/22,/2014 10:39:03 PENGU|N FOODS
GTAR 44oo ALcoA Av. vERNoN DeDal,nam OCA Na b RMS 'IarltvPo cR20r41736 C40197300
VPD HERMNDEZ.ED\r2L11 10:45:38 10:48:06 11:36:05 13:06:07
VPO ZAPIEN.DAVIO 2S2 12:09:14 12:12:19 12|27:22
07:26:29
11:38:02
'l 1:39:43
08:34:00
12'.19:54
'11:54:44
13:02:50
9027
RpT 0912212014 11:46:45
594R
2529 S SANTA FE AV. VERNON
VPD MADRIGAL,MARII*2L12 11:23:16
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRIS2L9
VPD ZAPIEN,DAVID 2s2
4305 S SANTA FE AV, VERNON
*2L8
CORONA AV // LOMA VISITA. VERNON
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRIS*219
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141734 CA0197300
1 1:46:46
Depqrtmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141738 CA0197300
12:09:21
11:24:38 1'l:28:36
11:24:34 11:26:23
20140917065
RpT O9l22l2O14 11:24:49 REMN
2ooo2R coRoMAv // FRUTTLAND Av, vERNoN Deo-atunen ocA Na bet RMSJa tvPD CR20111737 CA0197300
vPo MoScoSO.CHRlS2Ls 11:38:08 1l:40:OO 12:09:19
VPD ZAPIEN.DAVID 2S2 11:39:57 1'l:47:OO 12:09:03
20r40917068
0912212014 12:09:16
484R
09/23/2014 00:47:3i Page 1 of 3
459R
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Coll Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: o9t22t2ot4
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ogt22t2o't4
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Comoloint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unil Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140917074
RPT
20140917077
CITY
RPT
20140917081
RPT
20140917091
RPT
20140917094
09t2212014 12:34:4'l pAClFtC GTANT CBEy
487R 4625 E DISTRICT BL. VERNON
VPD MADRIGAL,MARITZL12
Ogl22l2o14 13:38:11 W AND W CONCEPT, tNC. CBEY
2OOO2 4890 S ALAMEDA. VERNON
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRIT-219
VPD VILLEGAS,RICHA2LlO
VPD HERNANDEZ,EDV2Lll
VPD MADRIGAL.MARV2L12
VPD ZAPIEN.DAVID 252
21',!E 49TH // ALAMEDA, VERNON
VPD ZAPIEN.DAVID -252 16:58:25 17:01:42
VPD VILLEGAS,RICHA2LlO
VPD HERNANDEZ.EDV2Lll
VPD MADRIGAL,MARV2L12
Departmenr OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141739 CA0197300
12:49:24 12:58:21
Depurtmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141740 CA0197300
13:38:37 '13:44:12
13:38:39 14:13:27
'13:42:28 13:44:09
13:41:12 '13:54:.47
13:41 :59
0912212014 15:'17:24
FU 44OOALCOAAV. VERNON
VPD VILLEGAS.RICHA-2LI0 15:19:41 15:20:49 1525:34
VPD HERNANDEZ,EDV2Lll 15:20:20 15:24:56
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRIS2L9 15:19'.42 '15:22:07 '15:25:05
VPD ZAPIEN,DAVID 252
VPD MARTINEZ,GABR5D3l
0912212014 16:57'.20 AT&T MOBtLtTy 800 635 6840 4
15:20:38 15:25:09
15:26:17
DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR2014',t742 CA0197300
14:01 :06
15:04:39
15:20:16
15:20:28
15:28:21
16:03:59
15:57:57
'17:21'.19
17:28:52
17:21:07
13:41 :08
16:18:41
16:30:30
16:30:30
17:44:12
17:44:12
1 7:1 0:1 I
17 04:50
17:02:20 17:32:55
09/23/2014 00:47:3i
VPD MOSCOSO.CHRIS2L9 15:58:29 17:01:50 17:09:23
Page 2 of 3
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Dote: ogt22t2o14
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: ogl22t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Comolaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Deo Officer Unit Disoatch Enroute OnScene Deoort Arrive Remove Comp
20140911091 : ''. ::i,iri .,::,:
VO|D O9n2nO14 17129i09
to98 FILING 4305 S SANTA FE AV. VERNON DeDalhE (rcA Numbet RMS Ju'ifvPD C1120141741 CA0',197300
VPD HERNANDEZ,ED\r2L11 17:29:09 '18:13:52 1a:52:24
zorrodiiiice .,:. r,,,, t ,,.,'
RpT Ogt22ni14 19:24:55 BCBG
4E9vR 2761 FRUITLAND AV. vERNoN D.gorarcm OCA Number RMS.I rlsvPD CR201417€ CA0i97300
VPD '111 19-.32i17 19:32:39 19:39:57 20:11:34
20t4,},t1lt2
Rpr Oq22nO14 22:17:16 CORE SYSTEMS DISTRIBUTIONS
487R 4501 E sorH. vERNoN Deporlrrrew OCA Numbe, RLrs rwisvPD CP2011174 CA0197300
VPD CERDA.EUGENIqIB 22,20111 22:21:05 22:24:OO 0O:0'l:17
09/23/2014 00:47:3i Page 3 of 3
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: o9tz3t2o14
furisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: o9t23t2o't4
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Deo Oflicer Unil Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20t409t7106 ..:i: ':' i:ir
RpT Ogn3l2o14 U.54:27 RED CIIAMBER
1015 484 1g12EVERNONAV VERNON Deoofl'ne OCA Nambet RMS JufisvPD CR20111715 CA01973@
vPD RAMOS.JOSE '1Lt 04:56:39 04:!'6:45
20140917139
1098 0912312014 13:28:52
RPT 594R
20140917143
ASST 0912312014 14:23:15
RpT 487R
2809 E 44TH. VERNON
VPD MOSCOSO.CHRIT-21,I1
4871 S SANTA FE AV, VERNON
VPD NEWTON.TODD -M1
20t40917150
RPT 0912312014 '15:07:42 Spc SOLAR
487R 4353 EXCHANGE AV, VERNON
vPD MOSCOSO.CHRIt-2111
20r 4091 7l 58RpT 0912312014 16'.57.37
242 4305 S SANTA FEAV. VERNON
VPD MOSCOSO,CHRI5-2111
Depurtmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141746 CA0197300
13:28:52
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20',141747 CA0'197300
14:27:04 14:37:05
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141748 CA0197300
15:13:20 15:14:43
Department OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141749 CA0197300
16:58:23 17:26'.11
'13:58:00
15:21 :08
16:1 1 :34
17:56:'l 9
09/2/U2014 00:05:4e Page 1 of 1
VERNON POLICE DE PARTMENT
Auff Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: 09124t2014
Last Date: 09t24t2014Jurisdiction' vERNoN
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Received
Comolaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
201409t7184
CITE
VI
20140917r90
CITE
VI
20140917199
CITE
DA
RPT
VI
20140917205
REPO
20140917207
VI
RPT
201409t7210
RPT
20140917224
0912412014 '12:34:36
REPO
0912412014 07:56:23
TRAFFIC STOP E SLAUSON AV//ALCOAAV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZ2Lll
0912412014 08:39:57
TRAFFIC STOP DOWNEY RD // sOTH, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZ2Lll
0912412014 '10:37:32
TRAFFIC STOP SLAUSON AV // SEVILLE AV, VERNON
DeDartmeru OCA NumbervPD cR2014t750
07:56:23
DeDartmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141751
08:39:57
Departmenr OCA NumbervPD cR20141752
10:37:32
DeDortmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141753
12:35:46
DeDartmeru OCA NumbervPD cR2014',1754
13:02:24
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141755
1 3:33:10
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS.Iuris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Jurk
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cA0197300
08:1 7:1 6
09:01:09
11:10:59
13:15:34
'13:44:51
VPD GAYTAN.LOREN2'2111
UNITED ADJUSTERS
6017 MALBURG WY. VERNON
VPD RECORDS BURE/*RECD
09124120't4 13:02'23
TRAFFIC STOP 34OO E SLAUSON AV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZ*2L11
0912412014 '13:32:52
PDO 3810 S SANTA FEAV. VERNON
VPD RECORDS BURETRECD
09/25/2014 00:01:3i Page of
13:37:20
2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Cal[ Log Report Type All Unit Times ond Location with OCA's
First Date: 0912412014
Last Date: ogl24l2o14Jurisdiction' vERNoN
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Received
Complaint
Caller
Address Ilnit Time
20140917224
VI
20140917228
1015
RPT
20140917231
RPT
20140917237
VS
20140917239
RPT
0912412014 19:39:51
BOVEH
'tcer
0912412014 16:25:18
TMFFIC STOP E SLAUSON AV // DOWNEY RD, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LOREN2'2111
0912412014 17:'lO:42
DET 1520 42ND, VERNON
VPD MARTINEZ,GABR-5D31
VPD ONOPA,DANIEL 5D34
VPD ENCINAS,ANTHO5D35
0912412014 19:07:08
20001
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD cR20141756
16:25:18
17:'lO42
17:26:36
'17:26:45
Depurtmeru OCA Number
vPD cR20141757
19:08:1 9 19:15:35 20:06:51
19:41:28
't 9:20:1 0
19:29:31 19:42:07
Deportmeru OCA NumbervPD CR20141758
19:41 :33 19:44:56
20:19:58
S ATI-ANTIC BL // BANDINI BL, VERNON
*1L't I
zozAYA,oscAR 1112
151
VANOVER,DONAIKgl
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
Dispatch Enroute OnScene Arrive Remove
RMS Juris
cA01 97300
1 9:1 8:1 1
RMS Juris
cAo197300
20:02:51
20:04:23
20:04:44
RMS Juris
cAo197300
20:33:42
RMS Juris
cAo197300
20:57:35
16:51:12
20:40:27
20:4027
20:58:08
20.40:01
0912412014 20'28:34 PAPA CANTELLAS
459VR 3341 E sOTH, VERNON
VPD VANOVER,DONATKgl
S SOTO // FRUITLAND AV. VERNON
VPD *,IXS1
VPD ZOZAYA,OSCAR 1112
Department
VPD
20:31:20 20:33:02
OCA Number
cR20141759
09/25/2014 00:01:3i
20:31 :19
Page
21:19:07
2of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Coll Log Report Type AA Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: o9t2st2o14
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: 09t25t2014
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Ilnit Timp
Dep Ofticer Unit Dispatch Enroute OnScene Deport Arrive Remove Comp
20140917253RpT OgDst2O14 o2:14:o7 OELFIDIOgt)zf s ATLANTTc BL // DrsrRrcr BL. vEF"^" l"Mrrmt (rA Nort" RMS 'lutitwb cR2o14r76o cAo1973oo
vPD vaNovER.DoNArKgl 02:18:55 02:19:44 02:20:47 03:08:39
vPD RAMOS.JOSE lLl1 02i38:03 03:0E;29
VPD ZOZAYA.OSCAR 1112 02:19:46 02:28:06 03:08:34
2011u,l7258C|TE Ogl25l2i'14 07:11:51u rn,lFFrc srop s ALAMEoA // 25rH, vERNoN ortr'*" ffiilW' ffi,'ri566'
RPf
VPO GqYTAN.LORENZM2 07:11:51 O7:U:21
20140911260
V O9D1AO14 07:59:24Rpr rRAFFrc srop sLAUSoN Av // MALA&qR. vERNoN 9#''^"^ g{fi|[W' ffi{itr
CITE
vPD GAYTAN.LOREN2'IV!2 07l-55i.24 08J9:48
2014w17266
1015 0912512014 10.21 .51
1098 FU 5363 EDNA ST, LOS ANGELES
VPD ENCINAS,ANTHO-5D35
VPD ONOPA.DANIEL 5D34
20140917269
C;TE 0912512014 11:29:50
VI
RPT
20140917271
TRAFFIC STOP SLAUSON AV // EVERETT, VERNON
11:56:32
10:22:13 10'.21:51
10'.22:02 10:30:15
DeDartmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141763 CA0197300
1'1 .51:47
11:51:46
09/26/2014 05:53:0(
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZ-M2 11:30:00
Page 1 of 2
.VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: ost2st2o14
Jurisdiction' vERNoN Lost Date: ost2sl2014
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Deo Oflicer (tnit Disoatch Enroute Onscene Depart Arrive Remove Como
20140917271
O9r25nO14 12:03:41 D2nadmem oCANamb$ RMS Jutisvl rMFFrcsroP E sLAUsoN Av // DowNEY RD. vERNoN 'G6'-** 6;;Ai;i;d; cAo1s73oo
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZ-M2
20t40917277
Vt M2 0912512014 14:10:40
ctrE TRAFFIC STOP s BoYLE AV // SLAUSON AV, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN.LORENZ*M2
20140917278
CITE 0912512014 14:51:04
vt TRAFFIC STOP 5899 DOWNEY RD, VERNON
VPD GAYTAN,LORENZM2
12:03:41
Departmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141766 cA0197300
14:10:43
Depurtmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR2014',t767 cA0197300
14:51:06
12'.52'.35
14:56:33
15:22:26
09/26/2014 05:53:0(Page 2 of 2
'VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: 09t26t2014
Iurisdiction' vERNoN Last Date: o9tz6tzo14
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unit Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140917304
RPT
RPT
CITY
0912612014 07:22:22
9027 2775 E 26TH. VERNON
VPD ESCOBEDO,ALE}"219
VPD PEREZ.NICK DSAM
20140917322
RpT 0912612014 13:53:32
487R 2761 FRUITLAND, VERNON
VPD VELASQUEZ.RrcT2Ll2
20140917329
RPT 0912612014 17:14:03 DENTUM TECH
422R 23OO E 52D, VERNON
DeDartmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141768 CA0197300
-2L12 07:26:00 07:26:01 07:41:46
VPD VELASQUEZ,RIC12Lll 07:41:41 07:41:45
08:47:36VPD ESCOBEDO.ALE)2L9 07:42:43 07:42:46 07:45:50
20t40917319
C;TE 0912612014 12:44:12
TRAFFIC STOP MALABAR II 54TH. VERNON Departmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141769 CA0'197300
12'.44:12
12:48:35
DeDsrtmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141770 CA0197300
13:54:12
Departmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141771 CA0197300
VPD ESCOBEDO.ALEX2L9 '17:18:04 '17:18:05 '17:32:21
VPD VELASQUEZ.RICI2L12 17 35:28 17'.41:49
20t 409t 7J39
RpT 09/2612014 21:31:09 STACY MEDTCAL CENTER CBEY
ASTVFD 45Bo pActFtc BL. VERNoN Deoafircn OCA Numb0 nMS 'lfilsvPD CR20141772 C40197300
VPD HERMNDEZ.MIG'11't2 21:32:30 21:32:31 21:35:05
VPD LANDA.MFAEL ,111 21:32:45 21:36159 22:43:36
VPD VALENZUELA.FEITLB 21:39i09 22:o5:1o
VPD ESTRAOA.IGI\I.AC I S'l 21:38i36 22:OA:27
09:24:12
14:23:03
14'23:04
15:44:01
18:21:20
22:45:43
09/27/2014 05:56:2i Page 1 of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Coll Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
Iurisdiction' vERNoN
First Date: ogt26t2o14
Last Date: 09t26t2014
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address
Unit Dispatch Enroute OnScene
09t26t2014
484R
AMPM MINIMARKET
3278 E SLAUSON AV, VERNON
VPD VALENZUELA.FEf I LS 22:05:19
09/27/2014 05:56:23 2of
IInit Timp
DeDartmeru OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141773 CA0197300
22:51:49
VERIUON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
lurisdiction' vERNoN
First Date: 0912712014
Last Date: 09t27t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Received
Complaint
Caller
Address Unit Time
Dep Officer Unil Dispatch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Comp
20140917353
RPT
20140917366
RPT
20140917368
RPT
VREC
20140917371
0912712014 O7:54:21
DEMOSTM
0912712014 15:33:36
459VR
Ogl27120'14 16:38:09
REC
DeDurtment
VPD
07'.55.48
07:55:50
07:55:52
07:55:53
07:56:06
07:56:09
07:56'.12
07:56:14
07:56:18
07:56:16
07:56:21
07:56:23
Deportment
VPD
15:35:38
15:37:08 '15:42:50
16:4'l:27
16:39:13
16:42:59
16:4'1 :19
16:41 :38
OCA Number
cR20141774
OCA Number
cR20141775
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cAo197300
15:43:57
RMS Juris
cAo197300
16:55:45
17:07:37
17:05:07
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
3049 E VERNON AV, VERNON
ZOZAYA.OSCAR/T2A1
DOCHERTY,MrcW,A2
VASQUEZ,LUIS 243
CERDA.EUGENIO2A4
CROSS,JEREMY 2L5
RAMOS,JOSE 2z.8
PEREZ.NICK 3S2
GRAY.BRANDON 3S3
VANOVER,DONAIKgl
STEVENSON,KET\K92
NEWTON.TODD M1
GAYTAN.LORENZM2
LAMONICAS
4559 MAYWOOD AV. VERNON
HERNANDEZ,EDV-2L1 1 15:35:36
VASQUEZ,LUISru2A3
S SOTO II 26TH, VERNON
VASQUEZ,LUISA/-2A3
VELASQUEZ.RIC}2L12
DOCHERTY,MICML2
ESCOBEDO,ALE}218
PEREZ,NICK 3S2
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD CR20141777
13:49:22
13:49:22
'13:49:23
13:49:23
13:49:24
13:49:24
13:49:24
13:49:25
13:49:25
13:49:25
13:49:26
13:49:26
16:36:22
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
16:39:08
1 6:39:1 0
09/28/2014 06:03:4!Page
16:5'l:49
17.27:06
lof 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
Firsl Date: o9t2?t2014
Jurisdiction: vERNoN Lost Date: ost27t2o14
Call Number Disp Ten Received Caller
Code Comolaint Address Unit Time
Dep Oflicer Unit Disoalch Enroute OnScene DeDarl Arrive Remove Comp
20t40917311FA 2L12 0912712014 17:05:40 PENGU|NE FOODS
vorD 45sA 44ooALcoAAV.vERNoN l1lron^"n'g{irili#t* 3#r"r{55'.'
VPD VELASQUEZ.RICT2LI2 17:07.50 17:O7t55 17:11:05 17.21:11
09n8/2014 06:03:4!.Page 2 of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Coll Log Report Type All Unil Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: 09t28t2014
Last Date: ogt28t2o'14Jurisdiction' vERNoN
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Address Ilnit Time
Dep Officer Unit Dispatch Enroute Onscene Deoart Arrive Remove Comp
201409174031015 0912812014 08:07:59
RPT WRNTSVC
20140917405
t O15 0912812014 08:42:26
RPT WRNTSVC
201409174r3
0912812014 10:34:06
10.15 WRNTSVC
RPT
20140917414
1 015 0912812014 11:11:51
RPT WRNTSVC
20140917423RpT 0912812014 15:26:33
1015 PEDCK
2821 ZOE AVE, HUNTINGTON PARK
VPD HERNANDEZ,EDV-2W8
VPD HERNANDEZ,EDV-2W8
6244 112 GIFFORDAVAVE. BELL
VPD HERNANDEZ,EDV-2W8
47OO E 26TH. VERNON
VPD MADRIGAL,MARI}-2L12
VPD DOCHERTY,MICFzLS
DeDarlmen OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20',t41778 CA0197300
08:08:40 08:11:46
08:43:06 08:50:32
DeDartmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141780 cA0197300
10:34:52 10:40:26
6526 REGENT sr, HUNTTNGToN pARK Departmeru ocA Number RMS JurisvPD cR20'.141779 cA0197300
08:42:05
09:22:39
11:11.46
12:'14:01
16:31 :08 1 5:50:49
16:17:17 15:50:49
6221 6SR9NAAVAVAVE, BELL s/A D DeDarlmeru OCA Numbet RMS JurisVPD CPC,014'1781 CA0197300
VPD HERNANDEZ,EDT2WS 11:1230 11:18:52
DeDartmen OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141782 CA0197300
15:26:34
15:27:10 15:37:52
09/29/2014 00:05:1t Page 1 of I
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times und Location with OCA's
Jurisdiction' vERNoN
First Date: 09t29t2014
Last Date: o9t29t2o't4
Call Number Disp Ten
Code
Caller
Address
Dep Officer
Received
Complaint Unit Time
Unit Disootch Enroute OnScene Depart Arrive Remove Como
20140917474
ASST
RPT
20140917493
ASST
RPT
ccN
CITY
20140917504
VI
1 015
RPT
0912912014 07:24:26
9027
Ogl29l2o14 13:10:59
9027
0912912014 16:46:47
REC
DeDartment
VPD
07:27:35 07:32:24
07:40:25
DeDartment
VPD
13:.12:.46 13:15:08
13:16:24
13:50:21 13:58:'15
'13:'14:13
16:47:09
18:54:54
18:49:05
18:48:46
19:48:08
1647:'11
16:55:15
16:47:21
16:55:18
'18:23:03
OCA Numher
cR20141783
OCA Number
cR20141784
RMS Juris
cAo197300
RMS Juris
cA0197300
14:00:01
14:00:05
13:43:21
RMS Juris
cAo197300
'19:05:21
19:09:44
20:30:23
20:30:25
19:5'l:47
19:51 :39
19:16:40
19:57:36
19:22:24
19:22:26
VERIZON WIRELESS 8OO 451 5242 4
S SANTA FE AV // 51ST. VERNON
VPD HERNANDEZ.ED\T2V2
VPD VILLEGAS,RICHA2LlO
VPD
VPD
VPD
VPD
49OO PACIFIC BL, VERNON
VILLEGAS,RICHA-2L10 13:12:34
HERNANDEZ.ED\2112
MADRIGAL.MARII2L9
ZAPIEN,DAVID 252
S SOTO II26TH, VERNON
08:27:07
08:27:07
14:34:15
17:41:56
2O:12:36
2O:12:37
OO:O7:24
20:12:37
17:41:57
17 41:57
17'.41'.57
'17:41:58
VPD VILLEGAS,RICHA*2110
VPD 1A1
VPD 1L2
VPD 113
VPD 118
VPD MOSCOSO.CHRIS2Lll
VPD HERNANDEZ,ED\12L12
VPD MADRIGAL.MARII2L9
VPD WINEGAR,JERRY2L92
VPD ZAPIEN,DAVID 252
VPD CALLEROS.DANIIsCl4
VPD GILLMAN,MICHAEsCl5
17:43:19
Departmeru OCA NumbervPD CR20'141785
16:55:03
20:09:09
20:09:11
20:09:14
16:55:01
16:55:22 18:07:21
'16:51 :56
16:55:20
"16:48:09
17:56:02
17:43:20
17:43:20
17:43:20
17:43:21
17:43:21
20:02:34
17:58:25
18:07:51
19:26:09
09/30/2014 00:45:3!Page of 2
tr,ERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: 09t29t2014
Jurisdiction: vERNoN Lasl Date: o9t29t2014
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Comolaint
Caller
Address IInit Time.
Dep Officer Unit Dispotch Enruute OnScene DeDfrfi Anive Remove Comp
20140917504
OgDgl2O14 16:46:47
REC DeDartmem OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141785 CA0197300
1015
RPT
S SOTO // 26TH. VERNON
VPD CROSS.JEREMY 5D23 17:43:21
VPD MARTINEZ.GABR5D3I 17:43:22
VPD SOUSA.ROBERT(5126
17'.02'.13 17:59:55
l6:59:05
17:56:15
19:22:28 17:41:58
18:00:17 1922:30 17,41,58
19:22:32
09/30/2011 00:45:3!Page 2 of 2
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
Call Log Report Type All Unit Times and Location with OCA's
First Date: o9t3ol2o14
Jurisdktion: vERNoN Last D e: o9t3ot2oi4
Call Number Disp Ten Received
Code Complaint
Caller
Addrcss Unit Time
Dep Oflicer Unit Dispalch Enroute OnScene Deparl Arrive Remove Comp
20140917512
RpT 09/30/20'14 00:00:14 GLEN ROSE MEAT
y' 92s 456.1 LoMA vtsrA AV. vERNoN DeDortmem oCA Number RMS JutisvPD CR20'r41786 C40197300
CITE
NRD
VPD CERDA.EUGENIOI L3 00:00:51 00:01:52 00:06:37 00:51:37
VPD 112 00:00:54 00:01:54 00:12:50 00:51:35
VPD REYNA,JOSE S 1ZB 00:02:0'1 0O,O2:O2 00:06:39 00:50:01
20140917538
1015
RPT
0913012014 14:02:12
TRAFFIC STOP 5O8O S ALAMEDA, VERNON
VPO ZAPIEN.DAVIO -2S2
VPD MADRIGAL.MARII2Lll
VPD MOSCOSO.CHR19Ll2
VPD GENEM.ELISEO 2W45
VPD CROSS.JEREIVIY5D23
Department OCA Number RMS JurkvPD CR201417a7 CA0197300
'14:02:12
14:23:55
14:03:49
14:04:22
14:08:04
14:37:56
14:37:59
14:38:02
'14:38:04
20:25:24
19:29:21
15111,02
145349
20:28:21
20:28:22
20t 40917539
RPT
CITY
20140917556
RPT
09/30/2014 14:34:59
487R 3001 E il4TH. VERNON
VPD NEWTON,TODD 'M1
Depa tom OCA Number RMS JurisvPD CR20141788 CA0197300
14:36:15 14:38:09
Depa men OCANumbq RMS JurbvPD CR20141789 CA0197300
09/30/2014 19:06:23
9O1T S ATLANTIC BL // BANOINI BL, VERNON
VPD '1L12
VPD IL11
VPD CERDA,EUGENIO1 L9
VPD VANOVER.DONAIKgl
19t07:17 19:'11:03
l9:09:41 19:4122
19.21157
19:13:41
1401/2014 00:01:2a Page 1 of 1
RECEIVED
ocT | { 201{
CITY ADMINISTRATIONRECEIVED
ocl 1 5 2ol4 STAFF RE,PORT
CITYCLERI('SOF MMUNITY SERVICES & WATER DEPARTMENT
DATE: October 7,2014
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council
PREPAREDBY: AnthonyZarate,PermitTechnician
APPROVED BY: Samuel Kevin Wi#pio.tor Public Works, Water & Development Services
RE: SEPTEMBER 2014 BUILDING DEPARTMENT REPORT
Enclosed herewith is the Monthly Building Report for September2014. Thank you.
City of Vernon
Building Department
Monthly Report - Prior Year Comparison - September,2014
Type Value # of Permits
Electrical
Grading
Industrial - Remodel
Mechanical
Miscellaneous Permit
Plumbing
Roofing
$919,430.00
$ 1,828,742.00
$350,532.00
$184,055.00
$346,772.00
$66,450.00
$86,000.00
22
I
12
l0
l3
l0
2
September 2014 TOTALS
PREVIOUS MONTHS TOTAL
YEAR TO DATE TOTAL
September 2013 TOTALS
PREVIOUS MONTHS TOTAL
PRIOR YEAR TO DATE TOTAL
s3,781,981.00
$42,454,751.00
70
444
$46,236,732.00
$4,388,716.00
$31,554,760.00
5t4
78
447
935,943,476.00 525
of Public Works, Water & Development Services
Project Address Tenant
City of Vernon
Building Department
Major Projects for the Month of August 2014
Description Job Value
Grading
5000 Pacific BlvdAPN 6308-003-022
I Record(s)
Wholefoods Market Construct a 128,500 sfwarehouse
building & parking lot improvements.
1,828,742.00
$ I ,E28,742.00
Industrial - Remodel
2120 25th St
APN 6302-008-006
2950 Vemon AveAPN 6308-001-044
4820 Everett AveAPN 6304-025-008
2820 44th St
APN 6303-014-017
5970 Alcoa AveAPN 6310-027-039
2717 Indiana StAPN 5243-022-009
6 Record(s)
Gourmet Specialties
Spilo Woldwide
Ed Produce
Coosemans LA
Ofi Markesa
Exide
TI installation of a walk in cooler /
emergency door
TI - remodel existing 8,673 sq lt offices
Installation of (N) ceiling panels in
existing cooler
Cooling warehouse remodel
Install new insulated metal wall panels
Fire rated roll up door and man door
42,000.00
I 00.000.00
32,000.00
35,000.00
45,000.00
50,000.00
$301,000.00
Miscellaneous Permit
3480 26th StAPN 6303-001-004
4353 Exchange Ave
APN 6304-021-055
2 Record(s)
M Textile
Us Growers
Installing storage rack system -- Sprinkler
system design is ESFR
K-25@25psi - single and double row
535.5kW DC roofmounted, (1785) PV
Modeules, (15) 28kW Inverters, grid tied
125,000.00
r 22,000.00
s247,000.00
Roofing
3345 Slauson AveAPN 6310-004-009
I Record(s)
Tadin Herb & Tea Co.Apply one coat at I.5 gallons per 100 sq lt
to entire roof
70.000.00
s70,000.00
10 Permits Total Valuation:$2,449,742.00
Works, Water & Development Services
Page 1 of 1
CITY OF VERNON
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY (NEW BLDGS.)
MONTH OF SEPTEMBER 2014
NONE
Works, Water & Development Services
CITY OF VERNON
BUILDING DEPARTMENT
DEMOLITION PERMITS
MONTH OF SEPTEMBER2Ol4
Works, Water & Development Services
CITY OF VERNON
BU!LDING DEPARTMENT
STATUS OF CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY REQUESTS
MONTH OF SEPTEMBER 2014
REQUEST FOR INSPECTION
APPROVED
PENDING
TEMPORARY OCCUPANCIES
I
12
197
22
Works, Water & Development Services
City of Vernon
Certificate of Occupancy - Applications
September 2014
lssued Permit No. Proiect Address Tenant Description Fees Paid Square Feet
Certificate of Occupancy
COO-oo3-704 6131 Malburg Way SMes On Demand, lnc.
APN 6310-027-041
COO-oo3-705 4901 BoyleAve Q" Ranch Foods Services
APN 6303-024-020
COO-OO3-706 2529 Chambers St Baek Je lnc.
APN 6308-008-011
coo-003-707 4604 48th st
APN 6304-019-019
CTDDistributinglnc.
COO-003-708 4801 Pacific Blvd Teek lnc.
APN 6308-009-025
J&MTrailerRepair
New Star Fashions, lnc.
COO-oo3-71 1 2910 Alameda St Project One Apparel, lnc.
APN 6302-011-017
Mateo And Bay Llc
9 Record(s)Totals for Certificate of Occupancy: $4,382.00 189'026
Warehouse boxes and ship
Meat distribution
Fish distribution
Produce wholesale
Distr. and mfg. yoga wear
lnspectaon of trailer and repair
Garment manufacturing
Garment mfg.
Fumiture fabrication
300.00
300.00
300.00
300.00
689.00
4,000
1,500
9,840
15,990
coo-003-709 2720 26th St
APN 5169-029-020
coo-003-710 2425 30th St
APN 6302-005-012
coo-003-712 2068 37th st
APN 6302-0'12-005
300.00 33,096
8't 5.00 74,260
689.00 30,000
15 340
9 Permits Total Fees Paid: $4,382.00
Total Valuation: $0.00
1OlO2l2O14 4i41 pm
Q:\VemonPermitsVERN-lstPemits-Cofo rpt
Page 1 of 1
City of Vernon
Certificate of Occupancy - lssued
September 2014
lssued Permit No. Project Address Tenant Description Fees Paid Square Feet
Certifi cate of Occupancy
OglO2l2O14 COO-002475 2131-39 52ndSt AmericanCoverDesign26,lnc.
APN 6308-015-017
Ogt3gl21l4 COO-OO3-345 2838 Alameda St J.C. Produce, lnc.
APN 6302-009-030
oglo3l2o14 COO-003-361 5008 BoyleAve BLM Planet, lnc.
APN 6303-028-0'l5
o9lo3l2o14 COO-003619 4900 Soto St
APN 6303-023-008
Sprint
OgllOt2O14 COO-003622 2529 ChambeG St J & J Fashion, lnc.
APN 6308-008-011
Warehousing of rugs
Warehousing of produce/coole6
Ofiice user'sample desagn
Telecommunication facility
Manufacluring of garments
lndustrial use/metrals recovery systems
Ofrice use
Parking lot
Office use/garment design
685.00 107,704
250.00 19,760
200.00
200.00
200.00
200 00
8,830
oMo/2014 COGOO33:13 4515 tffiVtt AE SarkA Unlil.iH Ern rtd*, rb wl6hdJngofgsmdt 21500 25,000
aPN 6304{22410
ogllc,l2}'|4 COO-003685 5375 Boyle Ave Evoqua Water Technologies, LLC
APN 6310-009-020
Ogl16t2o14 COO-003691 27'16 Leonis Blvd City Of Vemon
APN 6308-002-011
200.00 59,215
oollfs,,1l @o4u21 agoo Didict Bh/d T-tt lttil.., hc ob.oslApFr.l Manut dnin! ora.rErE6.tryb rLlicn 210.00 ii,7a5
API{ 630:l-01rt{07
0912412014 COO-003-529 1665 Dorrney Rd Arcadia, lnc.
APN 5169-021-016
ogl2gl2114 Coo-oo366o 53oo Santa Fe Ave Dutch LLC Dba Joie Equipment
APN 6309-003-006
1,500
4,765
1010212014 4:43 pm
Q:\v6monPemitsvERN-lstPemits-Cofo rpi
Page 1 ot 2
Permit No. Project Address Fees Paid Square Feet
COO-003-703 2600 Leonis Blvd
APN 6308-003-020
DNJGroup, lnc.Office use/design area
Totals for Certificate of Occupancy:12 Record(s)
12 Permits Total Fees Paid:
Total Valuation:
$2,820.00
$0.00
1OlO2l2O14 4:43 pm
Q:\VemonPemitsVERN_lstPemiis_CofO rpt
Page 2 of 2
Description
RECEIVED
ocl 0I 20lt
CITY ADMINISTRATIONREGEEVED
ocT 1 6 2014
CITY CLERK'S OFFICE STAFF RE,PORT
PUBLIC WORKS, WATER AND DEVELOPMENT SERVICE
DATE:
TO:
PREPARED BY:
APPROVED BY:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council tv
Vincent A. Rodrig Works Project Coordinator trl
Samuel Kevin Wi tor of Public Works, Water and Development
Services
Acceptance of Work of Sully-Miller Contracting Company regarding
Contract No. CS-0403 - Boyle Avenue and Fruitland Avenue Street
Improvements Projects
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Affirm that accepting the work of Sully-Miller Contracting Company, for the
Boyle Avenue and Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements, Contract No. CS-
0403, is categorically exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act
(CEQA) in accordance with Section 15301, Existing Facilities, part (c), existing
highways and streets, because the project is merely to repair existing streets; and
2. Acceptthe work of Sully-Miller Contracting Company, as part ofthe Boyle Avenue
and Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements Project, Contact No. CS-0403.
Background
On February 4,2014,the Public Works, Water and Development Services Department
obtained City Council approval to advertise for bids to cold recycle the existing deteriorated asphalt
concrete pavement, repave with a 2" thick new asphalt concrete overlay on Boyle Avenue from
Leonis Boulevard to Slauson Avenue and Fruitland Avenue from Soto Street to Downey Road,
re-striping of traffic markings and the repair of deteriorated concrete improvements. This project
also included traffic signal rewiring and modifications at the intersections of Boyle Avenue at
Leonis Boulevard and Boyle Avenue at Fruitland Avenue as well as crack seal repair on Santa Fe
Avenue from the North City Limit to the South City Limit and on Bandini Boulevard from Soto
Street to the I-710. The work has been completed in accordance with the project specifications and it
is recommended that the work be accepted.
Fiscal Impact
On April 1,2014, the "Boyle Avenue and Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements Project
(Contract CS-0403)" was awarded to Sully-Miller Contracting Company for an estimated
amountof $1,583,363.70. Theprojectwascompletedunderbudgetforatotalcostof
$1,543,273.33. It is recommended that the project be accepted and that the five percent (5%)
retention of $77,163 .67 be paid thirty-five (35) days after the recordation of the Notice of
Completion, except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and
filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the contract to be further retained.
The City has received a claim in the amount of $7,458.45 for what the Contractor
believes was extra work for a portion of the traffrc signal rewiring. City Staff has reviewed the
claim and is of the opinion that the subject work was clearly incorporated into the plans and
specifications. Therefore, the claim has been denied.
Recording Requested By
City of Vernon, Public Works, Water and Development
Fee Waived Pursuant To Govt. Code 6103
When Recorded Mail To:
City Clerk
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, CA.90058
SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE RESERVED FOR RECORDER'S USE
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
NOTICE OF COMPLETION IS HEREBY GIVEN that
1. The City of Vernon, whose address is 4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vernon, California, as Owner of the public work of
improvement known as the Boyle Avenue and Fruitland Avenue Street Improvements,located on Boyle
Avenue and Fruitland Avenue as improved in accordance with Contract No. CS-0403 between Sully Miller
Contracting Company whose address is: 135 S. State College Blvd., Suite 400, Brea, California 92821 as
CONTRACTOR, and the PUBLIC WORKS, WATER AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT of the City of
Vernon for the following work, to wit:
Furnish all transportation, equipment, materials, labor, supplies and services necessary for 4-6" cold in-
place recycling, removal and replacement of damaged curb, gutter, sidewalks and driveways,
crack sealing, 2" thick modified asphalt concrete overlay, street lane line striping and re-wiring of
two traffic signal intersections, as described within the project specifications.
2. Notice is given that the Work of Contract No. CS-0403, as amended by Owner-approved changes, if any, was
completed on SSplg4qDjI2f-21Q.14, provided, however, this notice does not alter the responsibility of the
Contractor for any failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents including, but not limited
to, Contractor's liability for any unauthorized or non-conforming work and does not constitute acceptance of any
disputed claims.
This notice is given in accordance with the provisions of Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California.
Dated:
ATTEST:
Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services
Ana Barcia, Deputy City Clerk
VERIFICATION
I, Samuel Kevin Wilson, Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services, state that I am an officer of the City of Vemon, to wit: Director
of Public Works, Water and Development Services; that I have read the foregoing Notice of Completion and know the contents thereof and that the
same is true of my own knowledge, except as to the matters which are therein stated on information or belief, and as to those matters I believe them to be
true. I declare under penalty of pe{ury under the laws of the State of Califomia that the foregoing is true and Executed in the City of Vemon on
the above stated date.
Approved as to Form:ilson, P.E.
Hema Patel
City Attorney
AND DEVELOPMENT
Director Community Services & Water
RECEIVED
ocT 0I 20rr
CITY ADMINISTRATION
TO:
PREPARED BY:
APPROVED BY:
RE:
STAFF REPORT
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS, WATER
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
4-
Scott B. Rigg, Public Works & Water Superintendent
Samuel Kevin Wilsci{Oirector of Public Works, Water and
Development Services
Approval to issue a Notice Inviting Bids per Contract No. CS'0484 for
Equipping Well No. 2l and Related Site Work
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
l. Find that approval requested in this staff report is exempt under the California Environmental
Quality ACT (CEQA) in accordance with CEQA Guidelines Section 15302 (c), the
replacement or reconstruction of existing structures and facilities where the new structure will
be located on the same site as the structure replaced and will have substantially the same
purpose and capacity as the structure replaced'
2. Approve the issuance of a Notice Inviting Bids, per Contract CS-0484 for Equipping Well
No. 2l and Related Site Work, in substantially the same form as submitted herewith.
Background
The Department of Public Works, Water and Development Services (the "Department") looked into cost
effective measures to develop water sources to meet short and long term water demand requirements. With ever
increasing environmental regulations and persistent drought conditions, there may be a time in the not too
distant future where surface water supplies are no longer available to augment water demand conditions
in the region and the City may have to rely solely on its groundwater supplies to meet its water demand
needs.
The Department determined through an extensive cost analysis, that it would be more cost effective to
utilize the existing industrial well at the former Smurf,rt Container Corporation site to construct a potable water
pump station, as opposed to drilling a new well. kr this pursuit, the Department retained the services of Richard
C. Siaae & Associates, LLC (Slade) who performed a hydrogeological evaluation of the subject well. The
evaluation consisted of a multi-phase test pumping methodology to ascertain the downwell condition and to
DATE:
- ;; t'l
access the current production capacity and water quality. The Stage I Phase was performed utilizing a normal
pumping sequence without the use of a packer. The test results of the Stage I Phase indicated that the well had
elevated levels of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) that exceeded the Maximum Containment l.evels
(MCLs) for those constituents. In the Stage 2 Phase, a packer was inflated at 500 feet in order to isolate the
upper set of perforations from the well. The test results of the Stage 2 Phase determined that the VOC levels are
well below established MCLs. The results of the hydrogeological evaluation were submitted to the California
Department of Public Health (CDPH) for review. The CDPH findings concluded that the installation of an
inflatable packer, combined with water quality monitoring, are reasonable measures to ensure that the subject
well is suitable for potable use; and that no water treatment plant will be required in order to place the subject
well on-line. The Department contracted with Cannon Engineering Corporation (Cannon) to develop technical
specifications and to perform contract administration when the project scheduled to commence.
The scope of work pursuant to the Notice Inviting Bids will entail the construction of a fully functional
pump station including, but not limited to the installation a fiberglass building, deep well nrbine pump, motor,
packer, underground piping, telemetry syster& drainage system, and concrete driveway.
Moreover, the CDPH, now the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB), will require the
Department to start a monitoring period regarding the well discharge to waste to confirm previous water quality
findings, as well as monthly monitoring of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) and perchlorate. [n addition,
quarterly monitoring will be required in the upstream capture zone. If water quality conditions change in the
future, the SWRCB may require the Deparlment to install treatrnent facilities.
Fiscal Impact
Funds have been budgeted for in the 2014-2015 fiscal year budget to cover the costs associated with this
work.
)
BID FORM
AND
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
EQUTPPTNG WELL NO. 21
AND RELATED SITE WORK
IN THE CITY OF
VERNON, CALTFORNIA
Contract No. CS-0484
Bid Opening Date: November 25, ?014, 2:00 p'm.
Estimated Construction Start Date: January 5, 2015
CTTY OF VERNON
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS, WATER AND DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
4305 SANTA FE AVENUE
VERNON, CA 90058
(323) s83-8811
PART II - SPECIAL PROVISIONS - SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROTECT
II-1.01
rr-1.02
rr-1.03
II-1.04
il-1.05
II-1.06
II-1.07
II-2.01
II-3.01
rr-3.02
rr-3.03
II-3.04
rr-3.05
II-3.06
II-4.01
rr-5.01
II-6.01
II-7.01
rr-8.01
II-9.01
Ir-10.01
II-11.01
II-12.01
II-13.01
II-14.01
II-15.01
II-16.01
II-17.01
.II-5
.II-6
.II-6
.II-6
.fi-7
il-7
fi-7
fi-7
PART III - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Plans
APPENDIX A - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
APPENDIX B - Sample Contract
Certificate of Insurance
Drawing No. 120113 - Contract Drawings
NOTICE INVTrING BIDS
For
EQUIPPING WELL NO, 21 AND RELATED SITE WORK in the
City of vernon, California
Sealed bids will be received at or prior to 2:OO p.m., November 25,2014, by the City Clerk of Vernon, 4305
Santa Fe Avenue, Vernon, CA 90058, for the EQUIPPING WELL NO. 21 AND RELATED Sm WORK in the City of
Vernon, California.
Mail sufficiently early or deliver in person before 2:OO p.m. on the day listed in the Notice Inviting
Bids. Bids must be received in the City Clerk's Office before that time. NO LATE BIDS WILL BE
ACCEPTED,
Copies of the Plans and Specifications are available at no charge at the Department of Public Works, Water and
Development Services Counter, City of Vernon, 4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vernon, between the hours of 7 a.m.
and 5:30 p.m. Monday through Thursday. A non-refundable fee of $20.00 will be charged if mailing is requested
by calling (323) 583-8811.
A pre-bid meeting is scheduled for November 73, Z0l4 at 10:00 a.m. in the Department of Public Works, Water
and Development Services Conference Room, 4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vernon, California. This meeting is to
answer any questions regarding the project plans and specifications.
Attendance is mandatory.
Each bidder must hold an active Class A license. If the bidder intends to perform pipeline or electrical work with
its own forces, it must hold an active C-10 and C-35 license at the time of bid submission, except as to joint
venture Bidders, who shall be license as provided in Business and Professions Code 55 7029.1 and 7028.15(c).
Workers of electrical C-10 or pipeline C-35 license shall have the appropriate special certification. All
subcontractors must adhere to the same licensing requirements.
All bids must be accompanied by bids security in the amount of ten percent (100/o) of the bid prices, in the form
of cash, cashie/s check, money order, or surety bond.
Refer to the Specifications of complete details and bid requirements. Specifications and this notice shall be
considered a part of any contract made puBuant thereto.
Dated:
Mark Whitworth
City Administrator
(Authorized by City Attorney's Office)
Published:
NIB-3
cs-0484
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
FOR
EQUIPPING WELL NO. 2l AND RELATED SITE WORK in the City of
Vernon, California
Bid Opening: 2:OO p.m., November 25,20L4,4305 Santa Fe Avenue, City Clerk's Omce, Vernon
To the Honorable City Council
of the City of Vernon, California
In response to the Notice Inviting Bids for Equipping Well No. 21 and Related Site Work the undersigned bidder
proposes to the City of Vernon all labor, materials, methods and processes, tools implements and machinery
which are necessary and required for the performance of the work mentioned in said Notice Inviting Bids in
accordance with the Specifications therein referred to at the prices listed on pages BP-2 thru BP-4.
Each bidder rost bid on the items shown in the Biddert Proposal. If any bidder makes any
alteration, in-terlineation or deviation in any of the printed matter of the Proposal or if the signature
of the bidder is incomplete, the bid will be considered informal and may be reiected.
The price bid shall include any and all charges required under the California Retail Sales Act of 1933 as amended
and the California Use Tax Act of 1935.
In case of a discrepancy between the unit prices and items totals, the unit prices shall prevail, and in the case of
a discrepancy between item totals and the grand total, the item totals shall prevail' The grand total will be
subject to ad]ustment by the City in the event of a discrepancy. The contract award shall be made on the basis
of t-he grand total as described about from among responsive and responsible bidders'
Based on the bids received and the City's budget at the time of the contract award, the City reserves the right
to delete items and/or change quantities of bid items.
BP-1
cs-0484
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
FOR
EQUIPPING WELL NO. 21 AND RELATED SITE WORK SCOPE OF WORK:
(1) Provide and install deep well vertical turbine pump and motor, packer and suction pipe into an
existing well. This includes pump and motor, pump head, column piping, enclosed tubing, lineshaft,
pump bowls, two air lines and two level water level sensor devices, concrete pads and all
apputenances. Provide and install well discharge piping as shown on the plans for Well 21
commencing at the well head discharge flange including cement mortar-lined fusion bonded epoxy
lined and coated steel pipe, valves fittings and all necessary connections.
(2) Provide and install the necessary site electrical system control components. This includes using the
existing electrical equipment, the control panel, constructing a new concrete foundation,
transformer pad with barrier posts, main switchboard, motor control center, PLC, auto dialer,
telephone, chart recorders, site lighting, alarms, conduits, wiring and all necessary connections and
hook ups. All equipment shall be sheltered with a steel structured canopy, or within and enclosed
structure. Contractor shall provide and install all materials.
(3) Provide and install an on-site disinfection hypo dilution system (Specification Section 11530) for Well
21 including a concrete slab and pre-fabricated 6'x 6'fiberglass building.
(4) Prepare the required site work as described by the contract plans. Provide grading, shoring, and
installation of asphalt concrete pavement over.
(5) Provide and install all underground piping for water, sewer and storm drain, including valves,
fittings, and appurtenances, pipe wrapping, thrust blocks, joint restraints, valve cans, valve vaults
and all necessary connections.
(6) Provide, install and construct the site drainage system including PVC pipe, fittings, appuftenances,
catch basins, steel grating, sump outlets, graded slopes and all necessary connections.
(7) All other miscellaneous work as shown on the plans.
The work to be performed under this contract is located on City owned property in Vernon,
California. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to construct the
facilities described within the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall install all equipment and
facilities, including equipment and materials furnished by others.
The work shall be performed in accordance with the "Greenbook"" Standard Specifications for public
Works Construction (Standard Specifications), City of Vernon and the Detailed Specifications.
Item
No.Item Quantity Unit Price Total Cost
1 Mobilization LS $$
2 Grading, Site Work, and Shoring 14,275 SF $$
3 Onsite Base and Asphalt Paving 12,190 SF $$
4 Onsite Concrete Curb and Gutters 330 LF $$
5 8" Well Blow Off Piping including Valves,
Fittinos, and Restraint Fittinqs 30 LF $$
6
10" Well Discharge Piping including Valves,
Fittings, Restraint Fittings, Miscellaneous
Appurtenances and Tie in Connection
215 LF $$
7 Well Pump and Motor Assembly per Plan and
Specifications LS $$
BP.2
cs-0484
I Well Head Concrete Work and Pad LS $$
I Water Level Transmitter and Air line ,or water
level sensino LS $$
10 Well Packer including inflation and deflation
svstem and line to Packer LS $$
11 Transformer Slab Box L5 $$
12 Sewer Piping (4" and 6"), cleanouts and
connections 270 LF $$
13 Eye Wash Station 1EA $$
14 Foundation lor Prefabricated Building for On-
Site Disinfection 49 SF $$
15 Prerabricated Building LS $U
16 Electrical Conduit, wire, and grounding LS $$
17 Well Main Switchboard and MCC LS $$
18 Side Walk, Curb and Gutter, and Driveway
Removal and Replacement 595 SF $$
'19 lnstall 1 /r'Water Service Piping and Meter LS $$
20 Two - 1" Analyzer Lines LS $$
21 Two - 1' Chlorine lnjection Lines LS $$
Disinfection System including analyzer, metering
iniections oumDS and 160 oall tank LS $$
aa Pressure Gage and Transmitter Assembly LS $$
24 Transfer Switch 1EA $$
25 SCADA System & lnstrumenlation LS $$
26 Generator Receptacle Panel lEA $$
27 Miscellaneous Electrical work including bul not
limited to Liqhts. Switches, Beceptacles, etc.LS $$
28 Demobilization L5 $
29 BMPs and NDPES Permit Compliance
(SWPPP)LS $$
30 Low lmpact Oesign Elements: Bioretention with
Underdrain Desion LS $
3'1 Concrete Valley Gutter 125 LF $s
32 Wrought Iron Fence 30 LF $$
Wrought lron Gate 1EA s s
34 15" Blow otf Drain Pipe and Catch Basins 2OO LF $$
Landscaping Irrigation, planting and
construction LS $$
36 Landscaping and irrigation system design by
California Licensed LandscaDe Architect LS $
37 Optional Bid ltem - Concrete Site Paving 12,190 SF $$
TOTAL PRICE $
It is understood that the foregoing quantities are approximate only and are solely for the purpose of facilitating
the comparison of bids, and that the Contractor's compensation will be computed upon the basis of the actual
quantities in the complete work, whether they be more or less than those shown.
roTAL $
BP-3
cs-0484
(Also, enter Total at top of page BP-4)
GRAND TOTAL $
The undersigned Bidder agrees to commence work within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date issuance of a
Notice to Proceed and proposes and agrees to have all work completed within [inseft contract length] of the
contract time commences.
The undersigned Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda issued for the above project. If no
addenda have been received, write "none". FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ANY ADDENDA ISSUED
WILL RENDER THE CONTACTOR'S BID NON.RESPONSIVE.
List of addenda Received:
PLEASE SEE PART I SECTION 2.01.3 REOUIRED FORMS.
Bidder shall execute the following (Appendix "A'):
Page
1. Identity Confirmation BP-(a)
2. Subcontractor Listing/Shoring Design BP-(b)
3. Affidavit of Non-Collusion BP-(c)
4. Living Wage Compliance Certification BP-(d)
5. Vendor List Questionnaire & Equal Oppoftunity Employment & Non-Segregation AA FORMS
emplovee of the Citv of Vernon.
Bidde/s Proposal
Respectfu lly Su bmitted,
(If a Bidder is a corporation,
its seal must be impressed hereon)
California State Contractor's License No.
Authorized Signatory
California Corporation No.
by
BP-4
cs-0484
PART I - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I-1 GENERAL INSTRUCNONS
l-1.01 General Bid Requirements
To be considered, a Bidder must follow the format for bids in the Specifications. Bids must be binding and firm. Any
bid may be withdrawn before bid opening, but not for 90 days after opening.
l-1.02 Bidde/s Guarantee
Bid security in the amount of ten percent (100/0) of the bid price, in the form of cash, cashier's check, money order
or surety bond, meeting City requirements, must accompany all bids. If the Bidder to whom the contract is awarded
shall for fifteen (15) calendar days after such award fail or neglect to enter into the contract and file the required
bonds, the City may deposit in its treasury said bid security and, under no circumstances, shall it be returned to the
defaulting Bidder.
t-1.03 Bidder Must Make Thorough lnvestigation
It is the Bidder's responsibility to examine the location of the proposed work, to fully acquaint itself with the
Specifications and the nature of the work to be done. Bidders shall have no claim against the City based upon
ignorance of the nature and requirements of the project, misapprehension of site conditions, or misunderstanding of
the Specifications or contract provisions,
l-1.04 Acceptance of Conditions
By submitting a bid, each Bidder expressly agrees to and accepts the following conditions:
I-1.04.1 All parts of the Instructions to Bidders and Specifications will become part of the Contract between the
selected Bidder and the City.
I-1.04.2 The City may require whatever evidence is deemed necessary relative to the Bidder's flnancial stability and
ability to complete this project.
I-1.04.3 The City reserves the right to request further information from the Bidder, either in writing or orally, to
establish any stated qualifi cations.
I-1.04.4 The City reserves the right to solely judge the Bidder's representations, and to solely determine whether the
Bidder is qualified to undertake the project pursuant to the criteria set forth herein. The Bidder by submitting a bid,
expressly acknowledges and agrees that the judgment of the City as to whether or not the Bidder is qualified to
perform the project, shall be final, binding and conclusive.
I-1.04.5 The City reserves the right to reject all bids, waive any irregularity in any of the bids, or cancel or delay the
project at any time.
I-1.04.5 This bidding process does not commit the City to award any contract, and the City is not liable for any costs
incurred by the Bidder in the preparation and submission of a bid.
l-1.05 Truth and Accuracy of Representation
False, incomplete or unresponsive statements in connection with the bid may be sufficient cause for rejection of a
PART I - PW
I-1
BEV. 103113
Bidder.
l-1.06 City Changes to the Bid Documents
The City reserves the right to change any part of these Instructions to Bidders and Specifications any time prior
to the bid opening. Any changes shall be in the form of addenda, and will become a part of the bid documents
and of the contract. Addenda shall be made available to each Bidder. A Bidder's failure to address the
requirements of the addenda may result in the bid not being considered. If the City determines that a time
eltension is required for the submission of the bid, the addenda will give the new bid opening date.
l-1.07 Notice Regarding Disclosure of Contents of Document
All bids accepted by the City shall become the exclusive property of the City. Upon opening, all bids accepted by the
City shall become a matter of public record and shall be regarded as public, with the exception of those elements of
each bid which are identified by the Bidder as business or trade secrets and plainly marked as "trade secret,"
"confidential," or "proprietary." Each element of a bid which a Bidder desires not to be considered a public record
must be clearly marked as set forth above, and any blanket statement (i.e., regarding entire pages, documents, or
other non-sp€cific designations) shall not be sufflcient and shall not bind the City in any way whatsoever. If
disclosure is required under the California Public Records Act or otherwise by law (despite the Bidder's request for
confidentialify), the City shall not in any way be liable or responsible for the disclosure of any such records or part
thereof.
I-1.08 Award of Bid and Determination of Responsiveness
The contract shall be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder. In determining whether a Bidder is
responsive and responsible, the following shall be considered.
I-1.08.1 The quality of the material offered;
I-1.08.2 The ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder to perform the contract or provide the material or services;
I-1.08.3 Whether the Bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly, or within the time specified,
without delay or interference;
I-1.08.4 The sufficiency of the Bidder's financial resources and the effect thereof on their abilify to perform the
contract or provide the material or services;
I-1.08.5 The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the Bidder;
I-1.08.6 The quality and timeliness of the Bidde/s performance on previous purchase orders or contracts for the
City;
I-1.08.7 Litigation by the Bidder on previous purchase orders or contracG with the City;
I-1.08.8 The ability of the Bidder to provide future maintenance and service where such maintenance and service is
essential.
l-1.09 lneligibility to Contract
PuBuant to Sections U77.1 and L777.7 of lhe California Labor Code, any Contractor that has been found by the
State Labor Commissioner to be in violation of the Labor Code Section entitled "Public Works" shall be ineligible
to bid on or be awarded a contract for this project. The period of debarment shall be not less than one year
PARI I . PW
t-2
REV. 103113
and up to three years as determined puEuant to s€fi.ion 7777.7 of the Labor Code. In submitting its bid, the
Bidder certifies that it is aware of these provisions and is eligible to bid on this contract.
The successful Bidder shall also be prohibited from performing work on this project with a subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public work poect pursuant to Section 1777.1 ot 1777 .7 of the Labor Code. In
submitting its bid, the Bidder certifies that it has investigated the eligibility of each and every subcontractor it intends
to use on this project and has determined that none is ineligible to perform work pursuant to the above provisions of
law.
l-1.10 Errors and Omissions
Bidders shall not be allowed to take advantage of any errors or omissions in the Instructions to Bidders or
Specifications. Full instructions will be given if such error or omission is discovered and timely called to the attention
of the City. In submitting its bid, the Bidder certifies that it is aware of these provisions and is eligible to bid on this
Contract.
l-1.11 Patent Fees; Patent, Copyright, Trade Secret and Trademark Fees
Each Bidder shall include in the price bid any patent fees, royaltles and charges on any patented article or process to
be furnished or used in the prosecution of the Work.
l-1.12 Taxes
Price bid shall include all federal, state, local, and other taxes.
l-1.13 Loca! Bidders; Refund of Sales and Use Tax
For the purpose of determining the lowest Bidder on a contract for materials and supplies only, 1olo of that portion of
the bid subject to sales or use tax shall be deducted from any bid where it is determined that if such Bidder were
awarded the contract, the City would receive a refund of the 1ol0.
I-2 SPECIALCITYREQUIREMENTS
TIOTICE
THERE IS AN APPENDIX "A' OF FORMS IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS WHICH A BIDDER MUST COMPLETE TO
ESTABUSH COMPUANCE VWTH A NUMBER OF SPECIAL CTTY OF VERNON REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
UMTTED TO, EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY AND AFFIDAVTT OF NON-COLLUSION. THESE FORMS AND
THEIR INSTRUCNONS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED AN INTEGML PART OF THE SPECIRCATIONS AND FAILURE TO
COMPLETE THEM MAY BE GROUNDS, IN THE SOLE DISCRMON OF THE CITY, FOR RUECIION OF ANY BIDDER.
l-2.01 Equal Employment Opportunity in Contracting
l-2.01.1 Policy
The City of Vernon is committed to a policy of Equal Opportunity Contracting. Qualified firms including small
businesses and businesses owned by women, minorities, and disabled persons are encouraged to submit bids or
proposals, Contractors expressly agree to comply with the City's ordinances and regulations regarding Equal
Opportunity Employment as well as regulations that may be mandated by the source of the funds supporting this
contract.
PART I - PW
I-3
BEV. 103113
l-2.01.2 Compliance
To the extent permitted by law, the Contractor expressly agrees to establish compliance with the Equal Employment
Opportunity Practices Provisions of federal and state law.
l-2.01.3 Required Forms
No contract shall be awarded until the Bidder has submitted to the City or has on file with the City a
nondiscrimination certification acceptable to the City.
l-2.02 Affidavit of Non-Collusion by Bidder
The City requires that each Bidder execute and submit to the City with their Bid, the Affidavit of Non-Collusion
included in Appendix "A."
l-2.03 Vernon Living Wage Ordinance
This contract is subject to the Vernon Living Wage Ordinance. The selected consultant shall pay qualiffing
employees a wage of not less than $10.30 per hour with health benefits, or $11.55 per hour without health benefits.
The consultant shall also provide qualifying employees at least twelve days off per year for sick leave, vacation or
personnel necessity, and an additional ten days a year of uncompensated time for sick leave. There shall be a
prohibition on an employer retaliation against an employee's complaining to the City with regard to the employer's
compliance with the living wage ordinance. Contractor, and any Subcontractor(s), shall comply with the Cityt Living
Wage Ordinance. The current Living Wage Standards are set forth in Exhibit "D" of the City's Sample Contract.
Upon the City's request, certified payroll records shall promptly be provided to the City. The provisions of California
Labor Code 1770, et seq., regarding the payment of prevailing wages on public works, and related regulations, appty
to all City contracts. If Living Wage Provisions and Prevailing Wage provisions should both apply to this Contract,
Contractor and all of its Subcontractors shall pay the higher of the applicable wages to the extent required by law,
l-2.04 Stormwater Management and Discharge Control
In addition to complying with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, the Contractor shall take
note of the Stormwater Management and Discharge Control Ordinance, also known as NPDES Requirements, as a
material paft of the work under this Contract.
a-2.O4.L NPDES Requirements
In addition, the Contractor shall adhere to NPDES (National Pollution Discharge Elimination System) Best
Management Practices to prevent deleterious materials or pollutants from entering the City or counfy storm drain
systems, including, but not limited to implementing the Best Management Practices specified below, and the
Contractor shall comply with all directions of the City in this regard during construction:
The following shall be implemented:
1. Handle, store, and dispose of materials properly.
2. Avoid excavation and grading activities during wet weather.
3. Construct diversion dikes and drainage swales around working sites.
4. Cover stockpiles and excavated soil with secured tarps or plastic sheeting.
5. Develop and implement erosion control plans (if applicable).
6. Check and repair leaking equipment away from construction sites.
REV. 103113
7. Designate a location away from storm drains for refueling.
8. Cover and seal catch basins if work in their vicinity may allow debris or deleterious liquids to enter.
9. Use vacuum with all concrete sawing operations.
10. Never wash excess material from aggregate, concrete, or equipment onto a street.
11. Catch drips from paving equipment with drip pans or absorbent material.
12. Clean up all spills using dry methods.
r-3 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
1-3.01 Bid Proposal Quantities
The quantities contained in the bid documents are approximate only, and are for the sole purpose of comparing
bids. The City may, in accordance with the Standard Specifications, order more or less work or material as
necessary in the City's sole discretion. Payment will be made for the amount of work or material actually provided
as determined by the City and accepted at the unit or lump sum prices noted in the bid, where applicable, and those
prices shall govern.
l-3.02 Registration and Qualifications of Contractors
Before submitting bids, Contractors shall be licensed in accordance with the Business and Professions Code Section
TOOO et. seq. and each Contractor shall insert his license number on the Bidder's Proposal'
In submitting this bid, the Bidder warrants that it has work experience comparable to that which is to be performed'
prior to award of a contract, the City may request of any Bidder, a statement setting forth their work experience ofa
nature comparable with that which is to be performed. Such statement shall describe the work peformed over the
period of three (3) years next preceding the date of said statement, and shall give the owner, location, and contract
price, together with the dates of beginning and completion of such work. This statement of experience shall be
submitted within seven (7) calendar days after the Cify's notification to so submit. Failure to submit an adequate
statement can result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive.
l-3.03 Standard Specifications
In connection with contracts related to the subject "Bidder's Proposal," and except as otherwise provided below, all
work shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the 2012 edition of'STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR
PUBUC WORKS CONSTRUCTION" (commonly known as the "GREENBOOK"), Detailed Technical Specifications
including Supplements, prepared and promulgated by Public Work Standards, Inc., a mutual benefit corporation.
l-3.04 Subcontracts
In addition to the information to be listed by the Bidder with the bid pursuant to Section 2-3, entitled "Subcontracb,"
of the Standard Specifications, the Bidder shall provide for each subcontractor listed a brief description of the work
to be subcontracted (see Page BP-(b) of the Bidder's Proposal). After bids have been received, no substitution of
subcontractoE in place of those listed in the bid or addition of subcontractors for work in excess of one-half of one
percent of the total bid price will be permitted without the written consent of the City Engineer. The sole grounds
for said consent shall be the exceptions listed in Chapter 4 of the Public Contract Code.
pursuant to California Labor Code 51021.5, the Contractor must not willingly and knowingly enter into any
agreement with any pe6on, as an independent contractor, to provide any services in connection with the Work
where the services provided or to be provided requires that such person hold a valid contracto/s license issued
pursuant to California Business and Professions Code 557000 et seq. and such person does not meet the burden of
proof of his/her independent contractor status pursuant to California Labor Code 52750.5. In the event that the
PART I . PW REV 103113
Contractor shall employ any person in violation of the foregoing, the Contractor shall be subject to the civil penalties
under California Labor Code 51021.5 and any other penalty provided by law. In addition to the penalties provided
under California Labor Code 51021.5, the Contractor's violation of this Paragraph or the provisions of Glifornia Labor
Code S1021.5 shall be deemed an event of the Contractor's default, The Contractor must require any Subcontractor
of any tier performing or providing any portion of the Work to adhere to and comply with the foregoing provisions.
Pursuant to the provisions of Labor Code Section 7777 ,t, the l,,bor Commissioner publishes and distributes a list of
contractors ineligible to perform work as a subcontractor on a public work project, This list of debarred contractors
is available from the Department of Industrial Relations website at: htto://www.dir.ca,oov/dlse/debar.html, The
Contractor must not employ, hire, use or subcontract with any of the listed debarred contractors.
l-3.05 Non-Discrimination
In the performance of this Contract, the Contractor must not discriminate against any employee, subcontractor, or
applicant for employment because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental
disability, medical condition, marital status, sex, age, or sexual orientation of any person. to refuse to hire or employ
the person or to refuse to select the person for a training program leading to employment, or to bar or to discharge
the person from employment or from a training program leading to employment, or to discriminate against the
person in compensation or in terms, conditions, or privileges of employment. Violations may also result in the
imposition of penalties referred to in Labor Code 5 1735.
l-3.06 Protection of Existing Facilities
Except where otherwise provided for, the repair or replacement ofexisting improvemenb that are damaged, injured,
or removed as a result of the work shall be reflected in associated unit or lump sum prices noted in the Bidder's
Proposal.
l-3.07 Contract Bonds
The Bidder to whom a contract is awarded shall file the bonds specified by Section 2-4, "Contract Bonds," of the
Standard Specifications before execution of the contract. The term "Contract Price" shall be deemed to mean the
total contract "not to exceed" amount consisting of the base bid stated in the Bidder's Proposal plus such additional
amounts provided for adjustments to the estimated quantities contained in the Bidder's Proposal and for extra work
covered by approved change orders, if any.
l-3.08 Termination of Contract
Section 5-5, entitled "Termination of Contract," of the Standard Specifications is modified to read: 'The City may
terminate this contract in whole or in part at any time, for any cause or without cause, upon fifteen (15) calendar
dayt written notice to the Contractor." If the contract is thus terminated by the City for reasons other than the
Contractor's failure to perform its obligations, the City shall pay the Contractor a prorated amount based on the
services satisfactorily completed and accepted prior to the effective date of termination. Such payment shall be the
Contractor's exclusive remedy for termination without cause.
l-3.09 tiability lnsurance
Evidence of insurance coverage shall be provided in the manner specifled in Section 7.13 Insurance of the Cityt
Sample Contract
PART I - PW
I-6
BEV 103113
l-3.10 Partial Payment
Payment shall be due the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of an itemized statement for work
pedormed during the progress payment period.
l-3.11 Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention
Pursuant to *ction 22300 of the Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies
withheld to ensure performance under the contract. At the request and expense of the Contractor, securities
equivalent to the amount withheld shall be deposited with the City, or with a State or Federally chartered bank in
California as the escrow agent, who shall then pay such monies to the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of
the contract, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor.
Alternatively, the Contractor may request and the City shall make payment of retentions earned directly to the
escrow agenl at the expense of the Contractor. At the expense of the Contractor, the Contractor may direct the
investment of the payments into securities and the Contractor shall receive the interest earned on the investments
upon the same terms provided for in this section for securities deposited
completion of the contract, the Contractor shall receive from the escrow age
received by the escrow agent from the City. The Contractor shall pay to eac
after receipt of the paym6nt, the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld
from each subcontiactor, on the amount of retention withheld to ensure the performance of the Contractor.
Securities eligible for investment under this section shall include those listed in Section 15430 of the Government
Code, bank oi savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of
credii, or any othei security mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City. The Contractor shall be the
beneficial owner of any securities substituted for monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.
The escrow agreer"ni to b" ,sed rhall be null, void, and unenforceable unless it is substantially similar to the form
specified by Section 22300(e) of the Public Contract Code.
l-3.12 Worker's Compensation Certification
california Labor code 55 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of
compenetion to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code I 1861. the Contractor,
in submitting a bid, hereby certifies as follows:
..I am awar6 of the provisions of Glifornia Labor Code 5 3700 which requires every employer to be insured against
liability for worker,s tompensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and
I will iomply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract."
l-3.13 Sample Contract
A sample of the contract the successful Bidder will be required to enter into with the City is attached hereto as
Appendix ,,8,, and by this reference incorporated herein and made a part of these specifications.
l-3.14 Special conditions - Prevailing wages and Employment of Apprentices
The Contractor certifies by submission of a bid that they have not been found by the Labor Commissioner to be
in violation of prevailing Wage laws as outlined in the California Labor Code 9 1777.7' The Contractor shall
adhere to the proviston-s of Sectiort l77O-L777 of the Labor Code and Section 7-2 entitled "Labor," of the
Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with and adhere to the "special Conditions - Payment of
prevailing Wages and Employment of Apprentices;' attached to Part I of these Project Specifications. Attention
is directe? to Section n oi this attachment which states, in part, that if there is a difference between the Vernon
Living Wage and Prevailing Wage rates for similar classifications of labor, the Contractor and his/her
subcontractors shall pay not less than the bighcst wage rate'
t-7
REV. 103',113
ATTACHMENT TO PART I
SPECIAL CONDMONS - PAYMENT OF PREVAIUNG WAGES AND EMPLOYMENT OF APPRET{TICES
A. Determination of Prevailing Wage Rates
City has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) pursuant to the Labor Code
determinations of the generally prevailing rates of per diem wages and the prevailing rate for holiday and overtime
work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed. Copies of these determinations, entitled "PREVAIUNG
WAGE SCALE", are maintained at the City's offices, are available during City's normal business hours and are also
available on the Internet at www.dir.ca.gov/DlPJS&R/statistics research.html. If there is a difference in the Vernon
Living Wage rates and the California prevailing wage for similar classificatlons of labor, the Contractor and
Subcontractors shall pay not less than the highest wage rates. The wage rate for any classification not listed, but
which may be required to execute the Worl! shall be commensurate and in accord with specified rates for similar or
comparable classifications for those performing similar or comparable duties. Holidays shall be as defined in the
collective bargaining agreement applicable to each particular craft, classification or fype of worker employed under
the Contract. Per diem wages include employer payments for health and welfare, pensionsr vacation, travel time
and subsistence pay, apprenticeship or other training programs authorized by California Labor Code $3093, and
similar purposes when the term "per diem wages" is used herein. Holiday and overtime work, when permitted by
law, must be paid for at the rate of at least one and one-half (1%) tlmes the above specified rate of per diem
wages, unless otherwise specified. In accordance with Section 1773.2 of the California Labor Code, the Contractor
must post a schedule showing all applicable prevailing wage rates at appropriate and conspicuous locations on the
job site where they can easily be seen by workers.
B. Payment of Prevailing Wage Rates
l. Statutory Requirements - The Project is subject to the provisions of Labor Code 9g1720 et seq. and the
requirements of'l-itle 8 ofthe California Code of Regulations 5516000 et seq,, which govern the paymentof
prevailing wage rates on public work projects. The Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier shall be
governed by and required to comply with these statutes and regulations in connection with the Project.
Pursuant to Labor Code 51771, the Contractor and all Subcontractors of any tier must pay not less than the
prevailing wage rates to all workers employed in execution of the Contract. Contractor and Subcontractors
must comply with applicable statutes and regulations, including but not limited to Labor Code 55 L771,
1775, 7777.5, 1813 and 1815.
2. weekly Payments to Employees - Contractor and all Subcontractors of any tier must pay each worker on
the Project, unconditionally and not less often than once each week, the full amounts that are due and
payable for the period covered by the pafticular payday in accordance with the prevailing wage scale
determination, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the
Contractor, Subcontractor and such laborers. Thus, an employer must establish a fixed workweek and an
established payday. On each payday, each worker must receive all sums due at the end of the preceding
workweek and must be provided with an itemized wage statement.
3. Classifications - City shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics. including apprentices and
trainees, which are not listed in the General Wage Determinations and which are to be employed under this
Contract, shall be classifled conformably to such wage determinations. In the event the City does not
concur in the Contractor's proposed classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and
mechanics (including apprentices and trainees) to be used, the question, accompanied by the
recommendation of the City's Project Representative, shall be referred to the State Director of Industrial
Relations for determination.
4. Fringe Beneftt Cash Equivalent - City shall require, whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed for a
class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as in hourly wage and the
Contractor is obligated to pay a cash equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof
must be established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon cash equivalent of the fringe
benefit, the questions, accompanied by the recommendation of the City's Project Representative, shall be
referred to the State Director of Industrial Relations for determination.
C. Penalty for Prevailing Wage Rate Underpayment
Pursuant to Labor Code 51775, the Contractor must, as a penalty, forfeit Fifty Dollars (g50.00) to the City for each
calendar day or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the
Director of the Department of Industrial Relations for such work or craft in which such worker is employed for the
Work by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, of any tier, in connection with the Work. The difference between
ATTACHMENT TO PABI I - PW REV 103113
prevailing wage rates and the amount paid to each worker each calendar day, or portion thereof, for which each
worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate, must be paid to each worker by the Contractor.
D. wathholdang
The City shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of
Labor or DIR, withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this Contract so much of the accrued
payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices,
trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the
Contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentlce, trainee, or helper,
employed or working on the site of the Work. all or part of the wages required by the Contract, the City may, after
written notice to the Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
E. Certified Payroll Records and Basic Payroll Records
The Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier must maintain Certified Payroll Records and "Basic Payroll Records",
defined as time cards, front and back copies of canceled checks, cash receipts, trust fund forms, daily logs,
employee sign-in sheets, accounting ledgers, tax forms and/or any other record maintained for the purposes of
reporting payroll, during the course of the Work and must preserve them for a period of three (3) years after
completion of the Project for all trades workers executing the Work of the Contract. Certified Payroll Records must
be submitted at the times designated in Paragraph F below or upon request as descriH in Paragraph G below, City
reserves the right to require Contractor to routinely submit Basic Payroll Records may be requested by the City at
any time and must be provided within ten (10) calendar days following the receipt of the request.
F. Submittal of Certified Payroll Records
Pursuant to Labor Code 51776, the Contractor and each Subcontractor of any tier must maintain an accurate, weekly
payroll record showing the employee full name, address, social security number, work classification, amount paid per
hour, straight time, overtime and holiday hours worked each day and weekly totals, the actual per diem wages paid
to each person employed for the Work, and the gross/net wages paid for this Projecvall projects, as well as the
Contractor name and address, Project name and location, and dates of payroll. If payments are made to any third
party trust, funds or plans for health and welfare, pension or vacation trusts, those payments must be stated on the
Certified Payroll Record. The basic wage rate paid per hour plus the employer contributions for benefits, including
training fund contributions, must at least equal the prevailing wage rate for that classification.
The Contractor must maintain and submit its Certified Payroll Records and those of its Subcontractors. City reserves
the right to require Contractor to submit to the City each week, no later than seven (7) calendar days after the
payday for the week covered, the Certified Payroll Records of Contractor and its Subcontractors of every tier. If
there is no Work on a given week or on a given day, the Certified Payroll Record must indacate "no work" for that
week or day(s). The Certified Payroll Records must account for each day of the week including Saturdays, Sundays
and holidays. Contractor and Subcontractors of every tier must write "final" on the last submitted Certified Payroll
Record for the Project.
The Certified Payroll Records must be verified by a written declaration made by a person with authority to represent
the reporting entity, under penalty of perjury, that the information contained in the payroll record is true and correct
and that the reporting entity has complied with the requirements of California Labor Code $$1771, 1811, and 1815
for any Work performed by his, her or its employees on the Project.
Contractor agrees that submission of Certified Payroll Records as well as all related or subsequent requests for
supporting document made by City shall be a condition precedent to Contractor's receipt of a progress, final, or
retention payment. The City shall withhold any portion of the progress, final, or retention payment up to and
including the entire payment until the Certified Payroll Records requirement is met by the Contractor or its
Subcontractor. If the Contractor or any Subcontractor is determined to have failed to pay workeE in compliance
with the applicable prevailing wage sections of the Labor Code, the City shall contlnue to withhold progress, final, or
retention payments until sufficient funds have been withheld for payment of wages to workers and all applicable
penalties.
G. Making Certified Payroll Records Available Upon Request
Pursuant to Labor Code 51775, in addition to its obligation to deliver certified payroll records to the City on a weekly
basis as set forth above, the Contractor must also make payroll records available for inspection at all reasonable
hours at the principal office of the Contractor on the following basis: (i) a certified copy of an employeet payroll
record must be made available for inspection or furnished to such employee or his/her authorized representative on
request; (ii) a certified copy of all payroll records must be made available for inspection or furnished upon request to
ATTACHMENT TO PART I _ PW REV. 103113
the City, the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement and the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the
Depaftment of Industrial Relations; (iii) a certified copy of payroll records must be made available upon request to
the public for inspection or copies thereof made; provided, however, that a request by the public must be made
through either the City, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. If
the requested payroll records have not been previously provided to the City, the Division of Apprenticeship
Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, the requesting party must, prior to being provided the
records, reimburse the cost of preparation by the Contractor, Subcontractors and the entity through which the
request was made; and the public may not be given access to such records at the principal office of the Contractor;
(iv) the Contractor must file a certifled copy of the payroll records with the entity that requested such records within
ten (10) calendar days after receipt of a written request; (v) any copy of records made available for inspection as
copies and furnished upon request to the public or any public agency by the City, the Division of Apprenticeship
Standards or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement shall be marked or obliterated in such a manner as to
prevent disclosure of an individual's name, address and social security number. The name and address of the
Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, performing a part of the Work must not be marked or obliterated. The
Contractor must inform the City of the location of payroll records, including the street address, City and county and
must, within five (5) working days, provide a notice of a change or location and address.
H. Forfeiture for Failure to Comply with Wratten Record Request Laws
The Contractor or Subcontractor shall have ten (10) calendar days in which to comply, subsequent to receipt of
written request regarding Certified Payroll Records or Basic Payroll Records, In the event Contractor or a
Subcontractor fails to strictly comply after such 10-day period, the Contractor or Subcontractor shall, as a penalfy to
the City, forfeit Twenty-Five Dollars ($25.00) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict
compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards or the Division of Labor
Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from any portion of the Contract Price then or thereafter
due the Contractor. A Contractor is not subject to a penalfy assessment pursuant to this paragraph due to the
failure of a Subcontractor to comply with this section.
I. Hours of Work
1. Limits on Hours of work - Pursuant to Labor Code 51810, eight (8) hours of labor shall constitute a legal
day's work. Pu6uant to Labor Code 51811, the time of service of any worker employed at any time by the
Contractor or by a Subcontractor, of any tier, upon the Work or upon any part of the Work, is limited and
restricted to eight (8) hou6 during any one calendar day and forty (40) hours during any one calendar week,
except as hereafter provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, Work performed by employees of
Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, in excess of eight (8) hours per day and forty (40) hours during
any one week, shall be permitted upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per
day at not less than one and one-half (l%) times the basic rate of pay.
2, Penalty for Excess Hours - Pursuant to Labor Code 551813 and 1815, the Contractor shall pay to the City
a penalty of Twenty-five Dollars ($25.00) for each worker employed in the execution ofthe Contract by the
Contractor or any Subcontractor, of any tier, for each calendar day during which such worker is required or
permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar
week, in violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code, unless compensation to the worker so
employed by the Contractor is not less than one and one-half (1yr) times the baslc rate of pay for all hours
worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day.
3. Contractor Responsibility For Cost of Excess Hours - Any Work performed by workers necessary to be
performed after regular working hours or on Sundays or other holidays must be performed without
adjustment to the Contract Price or any other additional expense to the City.
,. Responsibility for Subcontractors' Payment of Prevailing Wages
Pursuant to Labor Code 51774, the Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all Subcontractors of any tier comply
with requirements for payment of prevailing wages. Contractor is responsible for Labor Code violations by
Subcontractors of any tier. The agreement executed between the Contractor and each Subcontractor must contain a
copy of the provisions of Labor Code 5g I77L, L775, 1777.5, 1813 and 1815, at a minimum. Contractor must
monitor each Subcontractor's payment of prevailing wage rates. Upon becoming aware of the failure of any
Subcontractor of any tier to pay its workers the specified prevailing wage, the Contractor must diligently take action
to halt and rectify the failure, including, without limitation, retaining sufficient funds due to the Subcontractor to
cover the underpayment. Before making final payment to any Subcontractor, the Contractor must obtain an affidavit
from the Subcontractor, signed under penalty of pedury, which states that the Subcontractor has paid the specified,
determined prevaaling wage rate to its employees for the Project, as well as any amounts due pursuant to Labor
ATTACHI\,IENT TO PART I _ PW BEV 103113
Code 51813. Contractor must provide copies of such affidavits to the City and provide Contracto/s affidavit that it
has paid the specified, determined prevailing wage rate to its employees for the Project, as well as any amounts due
under Labor Code 51813.
K. Statement of Employer Payments
Within five (5) calendar days of signing the Contract or Subcontract, as applicable, the Statement of Employer
Payments (DSLE Form PW 26) must be completed and submitted to the City by each Contractor and Subcontractor
who pays benefits to a third party trust, plan or fund for health and welfare benefits, vacation funds or makes
pension contributions. The form must contain, for each worker classification, the fund or trust name, address,
administrator, and amount per hour contributed and frequency of contributions. Training fund contributions must
also be reported on this form. In February and August of each year during the Project, the Contractor and
Subcontractors of any tier must veriry changes in wage rates for any trade classifications used on the Project.
Thereafter, Contractor and its Subcontractors must submit a new Statement of Employer Payments to the City which
reflects any changes in wages and benefits.
L. Apprentices
1. Apprenticeship Committee Contract Award Information - PuBuant to labor Code 51777.5 and'l-itle 8
California Code of Regulations $230, Contractor and Subcontractors of any tier who are not already
approved to train by an apprenticeship program sponsor must, within ten ( 10) calendar days of signing the
Contract or Subcontract, as applicable, but in any event prior to the first day in which the Contractor or
Subcontractor has workers employed on the Project, submit contract award information. This information
may be a Public Works Contract Award Information form (DAS form 140). The contract award information
must be provided to the appropriate local apprenticeship committees whose geographic area of operation
include the area of the Project and can supply apprentices to the Project. Contractor and Subcontractors
must also submit a copy of the form to the City which must include, in addition to other information, an
estimate of journeymen hours to be performed under the Contract or Subcontract, the number of
apprentices to be employed, and the approximate dates the apprentices will be employed. Failure to
provide contract award information, which is known by the Contractor or Subcontractor, shall be deemed to
be a continuing violation for the duration of the Contract.
2. Employment of Apprentices - Labor Code 51777.5 and Title 8 California Code of Regulations 55200 et
seq. provide detailed requirements for employing apprentices on public works. The responsibility of
complying with Section 1777.5 and the regulations lies exclusively with the Contractor. When the
Contractor of Subcontractor employs workers in any Apprenticeable Craft or Trade, the Contractor and
Subcontractor must employ apprentices in at least the ratio set forth in Labor Code Section 1777.5.
Every apprentice employed to peform any of the Work must be paid the prevailing rate of per diem wages for
apprentices in the trade to which such apprentice is registered, and such individual must be employed only for
the work of the craft or trade to which such individual is registered.
Only apprentices, as defined in California Labor Code 53077, who are in training under apprenticeship standards
and written apprenticeship agreements under California Labor Code 553070 et seq. are eligible to be employed
for the Work. The employment and training of each apprentice shall be in accordance with either of the
following:
(1) The apprenticeship standards and apprentice agreements under which such apprentice is training; or
(2) The rules and regulations of the California Apprenticeship Council, including regulation Section 230.1 (c),
which requires that apprentices employed on public projects can only be assigned to perform work of the craft
or trade to which the apprentice is registered and that the apprentices must at all times work with or under the
direct supervision of journeyman/men.
3. Apprenticeship Certificate and Request for Dispatch of Apprenuces
a. When the Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier in performing any of the Work employs workers in
any Apprenticeable Craft orTrade, as deflned in Paragraph L(4), the Contractor and such Subcontractor
may apply to the Joint Apprenticeship Committee administering the apprenticeship standards of the
craft or trade in the area of the site of the Work for a certificate approving the Contractor or such
Subcontractor under the apprenticeship standards for the employment and training of apprentices in the
area or industry affected, provided, however, that the approval as established by the Joint
Apprenticeship Committee or Committees shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator of
Apprenticeship. The Joint Apprenticeship Committee or Committees, subsequent to approving the
Contractor or Subcontractor, shall arrange for the dispatch of apprentices to the Contractor or such
ATTACHMENT TO PABT I _ PW REV. 103113
Subcontractor in order to comply with California Labor Code 51777.5. There shall be an affirmative
duty upon the Joint Apprenticeship Committee or Committees, administering the apprenticeship
standards of the crafu or trades in the area of the site of the Work, to ensure equal employment and
affirmative action and apprenticeship for women and minorities, Contractors or Subcontractors shall not
be required to submit individual applications for approval to local Joint Apprenticeship Committees
provided they are already covered by the local apprenticeship standards.
b. Contractors who are not already approved to train apprentices must request dispatch of required
apprentices from one of the applicable Apprentices Committees whose geographic area of operation
includes the site of the Project by giving the committee actual notice of at least forty-eight (48) hours
(excluding Saturdays, Sundays and holidays) before the date on which one or more apprentices are
required. Contractors and Subcontractors may use DAS form 142 to make the request for apprentices.
However, if a non-signatory contractor declines to abide by and comply with the terms of a local
committee's standards, the Apprenticeship Committee shall not be required to dispatch apprentices to
such contractor. Conversely, if in response to a written request, an Apprenticeship Committee does not
dispatch any apprentice to a contractor who has agreed to employ and train apprentices in accordance
with either the Apprenticeshlp Committee's Standards or the California Apprenticeship Counsel
Regulations (Title 8, Section 230 et seq.) within T2hours of such request (excluding Saturdays, Sundays
and holidays) the contractor shall not be considered in violation of Section 230.1 as a result of failure to
employ apprentices for the remainder of the Project, provided the contractor has made the request in
enough time to meet the required ratio. If an Apprenticeship Committee dispatches fewer apprentices
than the Contractor or Subcontractor requested, the Contractor or Subcontractor shall be considered in
compliance if the contractor employs those apprentices who are dispatched, provided that, where there
is more than one Apprenticeship Committee able and willing to unconditionally dispatch apprentices, a
Contractor or Subcontractor who is not a participant in an apprenticeship program has requested
dispatch from at least two committees.
Ratio of Apprentices to Journeymen
a. The ratio of Work performed by apprentices to journeymen, who shall be employed in the Worl! may be
the ratio stipulated in the apprenticeship standards under which the Joint Apprenticeship Committee
operates, but in no case shall the ratio be less than one hour of apprentice work for every five hours of
labor performed by a journeyman, except as otherwise provided in California Labor Code 5U77.5. The
ratlo of apprentice work to journeyman work shall apply during any day or portlon of a day when any
journeyman is employed at the site of the Work and shall be computed on the basis of the hours worked
during the day by journeymen so employed. Any Work performed by a journeyman in excess of eight
hours per day or 40 hours per week shall not be used to calculate the ratio. The Contractor must employ
apprentices for the number of hours computed as above before the end of the Contract or subcontract,
as applicable. The Contractor must, however, endeavor, to the greatest extent possible, to employ
apprentices during the same time period that the journeymen in the same craft or trade are employed at
the site of the Work. Where an hourly apprenticeship ratio is not feasible for a particular craft or trade,
the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, upon application of a Joint Apprenticeship Committee, may
order a minimum ratio of not less than one apprentice for each five journeymen in a craft or trade
classification.
b. The Contractor or any Subcontractor covered by this Paragraph and California Labor Code 51777.5, that
has agreed to be covered by an Apprenticeship Program's standards, upon the issuance of the approval
ceftificate, or that has been previously approved in such craft or trade, must employ the number of
apprentices or the ratio of apprentices to journeymen stipulated in the apprenticeship standards, but in
no event less than the 1-to-5 hourly ratio. Upon proper showing by the Contractor that it employs
apprentices in such craft or trade in the State of California on all of its contracts on an annual average
of not less than one apprentice to each five journeymen, the Division of Apprenticeship Standards may
grant a certificate exempting the Contractor from the 1-to-5 hourly ratio as set forth in this Paragraph
and California Labor Code 91777.5.
Exemption - The requirement to employ apprentices shall not apply to contracts ofgeneral contractors, or
to contracts of specialty contractors not bidding for work through a general or prime contractor, involving
less than Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000.00) or twenty (20) Working Days. The term "Apprentlceable
Craft or Trade," as used herein shall mean a craft or trade determined as an Apprenticeable occupation in
accordance with rules and regulations prescribed by the Apprenticeship Council.
ATTACHMENT TO PART I _ PW REV. 103113
6. Contributions to Trust Funds - The Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier who performs any of the
Work by employment ofjourneymen or apprentices in any Apprenticeable Craft or Trade shall contribute to
the California Apprenticeship Council in the same amount that the Director determines is the prevailing
amount of apprenticeship training contributions in the area of the Project. Contractor or any Subcontractor,
of any tier, may take as a credit for payments to the Council any amounts paid by the Contractor or
Subcontractor to an approved apprenticeship program that can supply apprentices to the Project.
Contractors who do not contribute to an apprenticeship program must submit their contributions to the
California Apprenticeship Council. Training Fund contributions are due and payable on the 15th day ofthe
month for work performed during the preceding month. Training contributions to the California
Apprenticeship Council shall be paid by check and shall be accompanied by a Completed Training Fund
Contribution form (CAC-2). Contractors who contribute to an apprenticeship program are entitled to a full
credit in the amount of those contributions. The Division of Labor Standards Enforcement is authorized to
enforce the payment of such contributions to such fund(s) as set forth in California Labor Code $ 227 . Such
contributions shall not result in an increase in the Contract Price.
7. Contractor's Compliance - The responsibility of compliance with this Paragraph for all Apprenticeable
Trades or Crafu is solely and exclusively that of the Contractor. All decisions of the Joint Apprenticeship
Committee(s) under this Paragraph are subject to the provisions of California Labor Code 53081. In the
event the Contractor willfully fails to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph and California Labor Code
51777.5, pursuant to California Labor Code 51777.7, the Contractor shall: (i) be denied the right to bidon
any public works contract for a period of one ( 1) year from the date the determination of non-compliance is
made by the Administrator of Apprenticeship; and (ii) forfeit, as a civil penalty, One Hundred Dollars
(9100.00) for each calendar day of noncompliance. Notwithstanding the provisions of California Labor Code
57727, upon receipt of such determination, the City shall withhold such amount from the Contract Price then
due or to become due. Any such determination shall be issued after a full investigation, a fair and impartial
hearing, and reasonable notice thereof in accordance with reasonable rules and procedures prescribed by
the California Apprenticeship Council. Any funds withheld by the Cify pursuant to this Paragraph shall be
deposited in the General Fund or other similar Fund of the City, The interpretation and enforcement of
California Labor Code 991777.5 and 1777.7 shall be in accordance with the rules and procedures of the
California Apprenticeship Council.
ATTACHMENT TO PART I _ PW BEV. 103'113
Paft II - Special Provisions -
Soecific for this Proiect
PART II. CITY OF VERNON SPECIAL PROVISIONS - SPECIFIC FOR THIS PROJECT
[-1.01SCOPE OF WORK
1) Provide and install deep well vertical turbine pump and motor, packer and suctlon pipe into an existing well.
This includes pump and motor, pump head, column piping, enclosed tubing, lineshaft, pump bowls, packer
inflation / deflation air line, two water level sensor devices (above and below packer), concrete pads and all
appurtenances. Provide and install well discharge piping as shown on the plans for Well 21 commencing at
the welFhead discharge flange including cement mortar-lined fusion bonded epory lined and coated steel
pipe, valves fittings and all necessary connections.
2) Provide and install the necessary site electrical system control components. This includes using the existing
electrical equipment, the control panel, constructing a new concrete foundation, transformer pad with
barrier posts, main switchboard, motor control center, PLD, fiber optics, site lighting, alarms, conduits,
wiring and all necessary connections and hook ups. All equipment shall be sheltered with a steel surgical
canopy, or within an enclosed structure. Contractor shall provide and install all materials.
3) Provide and install an on-site, disinfection hypo-dilution system (Specification Section 11530) for Well 21
including a concrete slab and pre-fabricated 6'x 6'fiberglass building.
4) Prepare the required site work as described by the contract plans. Provide grading, shoring, and installation
of asphalt concrete pavement over.
5) Provide and install all underground piping for water, sewer and storm drain, including valves, fittings, and
appurtenances, pipe wrapping, thrust blocks, joint restraints, valve cans, valve vaults and all necessary
connections.
6) Provide, install and construct the site drainage system including PVC pipe, fittings, appurtenances, catch
basins, steel grating, sump outleLs, graded slopes and all necessary connections.
7) All other miscellaneous work as shown on the Plans,
II-1.02 CONTRACT PTANS
The contract plans consist of Drawings No. 120113
il-1.03 SPECtFtCAT|ONS
For the purpose of this contract, the Detailed Technical Specifications and the "GREENBOOK" STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBUC WORKS CONSTRUCnON (2012) Edition shall apply.
II-1.04 CONTRACT TENGTH
All work in this project shall be completed within 180 calendar days.
II.1.O5 DEI.AYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
The Provisions of Section 6-5 entitled "Delays and Extensions of l]me" of the Standard Specifications shall apply
except as modified and supplemented below.
PART II _ SPECIAL PROVISIONS
II-1
REV. 12/10/13
The second paragraph of subsection 5-5.1 hereby deleted and the following paragraph shall be inserted in its place:
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the inability of the Contractor to obtain materials,
equipment and labor, except as authorized by the Engineer. The length of the contact time stipulated includes any
time which may be required to obtain materials, equipment, and labor. The Contractor shall be deemed to have
ascertained the availability of materials, equipment and labor and considered same in its construction schedule.
[-1.05 qUAUTY OF WORK
The provisions of Section 4-1.1 entitled "Materials and Workmanship" of the Standard Specifications shall apply.
In addition, any work deemed unacceptable ty the Engineer, whether a cause is determined or not, shall be
repaired or replace by the Contractor at his expense.
il-1.07 UqUTDATED DAMAGES
In accordance with Section 5-9 of the Standard Specifications, for each consecutive calendar day required to
complete the work in excess of the time specified herein for its completion, as adjusted in accordance with
Section 5-5 of the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall pay to the City, or have withheld from monies
due it, the sum of $1.500.
[-2.01 SCHEDUUNG OF WORK
The Contractor shall submit his work schedule to the City Engineer at the pre-construction meeting. The
construction schedule shall show the sequence of work, critical path and estimated time for completion of each
segment of work. This schedule must be reviewed and accepted by the Cify Engineer, or his/her designee,
before the Contractor will be permitted to begin work. In addition, the Contractor shall submit a detailed
schedule forecasting two weeks of work describing each day's work. This schedule shall be updated and
submitted to the City every other Monday during the construction period. The Contractor shall give forty eight
(48) hours' notice to the City Engineer prior to the start of work. All required overtime work shall be approved,
in advance, by the City Engineer. The normal work schedule will be Monday through Friday, 7:00 a.m. to 5:00
p.m.
!I.3.01 EXTRA WORK
In the event the City and the Contractor are unable to negotiate an agreed price for extra work, which is acceptable
to both parties, payment shall be made based on time and materials as follows:
1) Work by Contractor: The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute
the markup for all overhead and profits:
a) Labor.................. ...........................20o/o
b) Materials............. ........................... 15olo
c) Equipment Renta1................. ..........150/o
d) Other Items and Expenditures .........15olo
2) Work by Subcontractor: When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the above
markups shall apply to the aggregate sum of the extra work, regardless of the number of tiers of
subcontractors used. In addition, a markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of extra work and a markup of
5 percent on work in excess of $5,000 may be added by the Contractor.
3) The Contractor shall pay for any costs incurred for overtime inspection.
II-3.02 COMPLIANCE WITH TAWS, REGUTATIONS, AND SAFE PMCTICES
The Contractor shall perform all work in a safe, competent manner and in accordance with all federal, state, and
PABT II _ SPECIAL PROVISIONS
fi-2
REV 12n0l13
local statues, regulations, ordinances, rules, and governmental orders.
The Contractor will be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the job site, including safety of all
persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will apply continuously and not be limited to
normal working hours,
Inspection ofthe Contractor's performance by the City, its agents, or employees is not intended to include review of
the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in or near the job site.
[-3.03 TRAFFIC REQUTREMENTS
Before any partial or total closure of any street, the Contractor shall be required to obtain the approval of the City
Engineer, or his/her designee.
The Contractor shall comply with Section 7-10 of the Standard Specifications and provide safe and continuous
passage for pedestrians and vehicular traffic at all times. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary
flagmen, barricades, delineators, signs, flashers and any other safety equipment as set-forth in the latest publication
of the State of California, Division of Highways, Traffic Manual or as required by the City Engineer to insure safe
passage of traffic.
II-6.01 CONSTRUCTION ORDER OF WORK
Work within certain commercial areas of the various districts shall be scheduled so as to lessen the impact upon
businesses and dining establishmenLs.
Requirements - General:
1) All construction shall conform to Sections 5-1 and 5-2 of the Standard Specifications and shall
proceed in a smooth, efficient, timely and continuous manner. As such, once construction is started
in a work area, the contractor will be required to work continuously in that work area until
construction has been completed and the work area is open and accessible to both vehicular and
pedestrian traffic in a manner approved by the Engineer before the next stage of work will be
allowed to begin.
2) Once construction is started in a work area, the Contractor shall not withdraw manpower or
equipment from that work area in order to start construction in another work area if done so, in the
opinion of the Engineer, delays the completion of the work presently under construction.
3) Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall maintain continuous access to all commercial
developments and businesses within the project limits, including store and restaurant entrances,
and drive approaches, unless the Contractor has obtained the approval of the Engineer to close
either such access or drive approach.
4) No stockpiling of material and construction equipment in or on public streets or sidewalks will be
permitted on this project. Material and equipment placed in or on public streets, sidewalks and in
the construction area shall be used the same day.
The Contractor may elect to obtain a storage yard for his materials and construction equipment for the
duration of this contract in order that work on this project will proceed in an efficient manner. Said
storage yard shall conform to all City regulations, ordinances, and zoning requirements and shall be
maintained in a neat and orderly manner.
PART II _ SPECIAL PBOVISIONS
II.3
REV 12l10/13
II.7.O1 CHARACTER OF WORKERS
If any subcontractor or person employed by the Contractor shall appear to the Engineer to be incompetent,
intemperate, troublesome, or acts in a disorderly or otherwise objectionable manner, he shall be immediately
discharged from the project on the requisition of the Engineer, and such person shall not be reemployed on the
work. If said individual has an ownership interest in the contracting entity, the Engineer will serue written notice
upon the Contractor and the Surety providing the faithful performance bond, in accordance with Section 6-4,
"Default by Contractor," of the Standard Specifications, demanding complete and satisfactory compliance with the
Contract.
II.9.O1 PROTECTION OF THE PUBTIC
The Contractor shall take such steps and precautions as his/her operations warrant to protect the public from
danger, loss of life, loss of property or interruption of public seruices. Unforeseen conditions may arise which will
require that immediate provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss, or damage to life and propefl,
due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract. Whenever, in the opinion for the Engineer, a
condition exists which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution of public safety, protection of utilities
and/or protection of adjacent structures or propefi, the Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for
the condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation within a reasonable time period as determined by the
Engineer, or in the event of an emergency situation, the Engineer may provide suitable protection by causing such
work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and
necessary. The cost and expense of all repairs (including labor and materials) as are deemed necessary, shall be
borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the final
payment due to the Contractor.
PART II - SPECIAL PROVISIONS
II-4
REV.12l10/13
CITY OF VERNON, CALIFORNIA
DETAI LED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
EQUIPPING WELL NO.21
AND RELATED SITE WORK
CoNTRACT NO. CS-0484
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TECHNICAL SECTIONS
SECTION 0101O _ SUMMARY OF WORK
SECTION 013OO - CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
SECTION 015OO - MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
SECTION 01560 - TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
SECTION 01660 _ EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP
SECTION 017OO - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
SECTION 01782 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
SECTION O2O5O - DEMOLITION
SECTION 02223 - TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION
SECTION 02441_ IRRIGATION SYSTEM
SECTION 02528 _ CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS
SECTION 02578 - PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
SECTION 02630 - DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
SECTION 02680 - BIORETENTION SOIL
SECTION O29OO .. PLANTING
SECTION O31OO - CONCRETE FORM WORK
SECTION 03119 - HEAVY INDUSTRIAL STEEL ORNAMENTAL FENCE SYSTEM
SECTION O32OO - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
SECTION 03260 - CONCRETE JOINTS AND WATERSTOPS
SECT]ON O33OO - GENERAL CONCRETE
SECTION 03345 - CONCRETE FINISHING, CURING, AND WATERPROOFING
SECTION 09910 - FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
SECTION 11530 - SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE FEED SYSTEM
SECTION 13350 - SCADA PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
SECTION 13356 - SCADA PLC PROGRAMMING
SECTION 15OOO - GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES
SECTION 15002 - WATER MAIN TESTING AND DISINFECTION
SECTION 15010 - STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
SECTION 15044 - HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES
SECTION 15056 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
SECTION 15057 _ COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS
SECTION 15060 - PVC PRESSURE PIPE
SECTION 151 1O - WATER WELL PACKER
Rev.04/2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
SECTION 15130 - VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP
SECTION 15170 - MOTORS
SECTION 15200 - GENERAL VALVES
SECT]ON 15203 - CHECK VALVES
SECTION 15204 - AIRA/ACUUM VALVES
SECTION 15206 _ GATE VALVES
SECTION 15210 _ PUMP CONTROL VALVES
SECT]ON 15400 _ PLUMBING
SECT]ON 15430 _ EMERGENCY EYEWASH/SHOWER UNIT
ELECTRICAL SECTIONS
SECTION 16010 - GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 16012 - SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
SECTION 16030 - ELECTRICAL TESTS
SECTION 16060 _ GROUNDING
SECTION 16111 - RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
SECTION 16123 - WIRES AND CABLES
SECT]ON 16414 _ NON-AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
SECTION 16441 _ SWITCHBOARDS
SECTION 16443 _ MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
SECTION 16950 - CONTROL PANELS
SECT]ON 16980 _ OPERAT]ONAL SEQUENCE
ii
sEcTroN 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.O1THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Work to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all
tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles and
furnishing all labor, transportation, and services, including fuel, power,
water, and essential communications, and performing all work, or other
operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The Work shall be complete, and all work, materials,
and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents
which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the
Work in good faith shall be provided by the Contractor as though originally
so indicated, at no increase in cost to the City.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTMCT DOCUMENTS
A. Provide and install deep well vertical turbine pump and motor, packer and
suction pipe into an existing well. This includes pump and motor, Pump
head, column piping, enclosed tubing, lineshaft, pump bowls, packer
infiltration / deflection air lines and water level sensor devices (above and
below packer), concrete pads and all appurtenances. Provide and install
well discharge piping as shown on the plans for Well 21 commencing at the
well head discharge flange including cement mortar-lined, fusion bonded
epoxy coated steel pipe, ductile iron pipe, valves fittings, and all necessary
connections.
B. Provide and install the necessary site electrical system control components.
This includes using the existing electrical equipment, the control panel,
constructing a new concrete foundation, transformer pad with barrier posts,
main switchboard, motor control center, PLC, fiber optic, site lighting,
alarms, conduits, wiring and all necessary connections and hook ups. All
equipment shall be sheltered with a steel structured canopy, or within and
enclosed structure. Contractor shall provide and install all materials.
C. Provide and install an on-site disinfection hypo dilution system
(Specification Section 11530) for Well 21 including a concrete slab and pre-
fabricated 6' x 6'fiberglass building.
D. Prepare the required site work as described by the contract plans. Provide
grading, shoring, and installation of asphalt concrete pavement over
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Summary oI Work
01010-1
aggregate base and concrete slabs and foundations per plan and
specifications.
E. Provide and install all underground piping for water and storm drain,
including valves, fittings, and appurtenances, pipe wrapping, thrust blocks,
joint reskaints, valve cans, valve vaults and all necessary connections.
F. Provide, install and construct the site drainage system including PVC pipe,
fittings, appurtenances, catch basins, steel grating, sump outlets, graded
slopes and all necessary connections.
G. All other miscellaneous work as shown on the Plans.
The work to be performed under this contract is located on City owned property
in Vernon, California. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and
equipment required to construct the facilities described within the plans and
specifications. The Contractor shall install all equipment and facilities, including
equipment and materials furnished by others.
The work shall be performed in accordance with the "Greenbook"" Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction (Standard Specifications), City of
Vernon and the Detailed Specifications.
1.03 WORK BY OTHERS
A. The Contractor shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of
interference with the Work of other potential contractors, and shall
cooperate fully with such contractors to provide continued safe access to
their respective portions of the site, as required to perform work under their
respective contracts.
B. lnterference With Work On Utilities: The Contractor shall cooperate fully with
all utility forces of the City or forces of other public or private agencies
engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities,
which interfere with the progress of the Work, and shall schedule the Work
so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other
rearranging of facilities.
1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF PROJECT SITE
A. The Contractor's use of the project site shall be limited to its construction
operations, including on-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication
facilities, and field offices. Work areas (work limits) are indicated on the
Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing, at the Contractor's
Rev.05/2014
Cannon 120113
Summary of woft
01010-2
own expense, additional areas required for staging, storage or other
purposes related to the construction of this project.
1.05 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
A. A geotechnical study was performed for the project to evaluate soil and
groundwater conditions along the pipeline alignment. The results are
presented in a report entitled "Geofechnical Study Repoft - Proposed City
of Vemon Well No.21" by Converse Consultants, July 27 ,2012 which was
prepared forthe project. A copy ofthe Geotechnical Study Report is
available for review at the City of Vernon City Hall. The Geotechnical Study
Report is available for reference only and is not a part of the Contract
Documents.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the sufficiency of the
investigations and for evaluating the need for, and providing for, any safety
measures deemed necessary to perform work. Any such measures shall be
considered incidental to the work and no additional payment will be made
thereof.
1.06 WATER QUALIry
A. A source water assessment was performed for the project to groundwater
conditions and quality for Well No.21. The results are presented in a report
entitled "Revised Source Water Assessment For Former SMURFIT Well
No.9 City Of Vernon Los Angeles County, California" by Richard C. Slade &
Associates LLC., December 2011. A copy of the Assessment Report is
available for review at the City of Vernon offices. The Assessment Report is
available for reference only and is not a part of the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the sufficiency of the
investigations and for evaluating the need for, and providing for, any
measures deemed necessary to perform work and supply pump materials.
Any such measures shall be considered incidental to the work and no
additional payment will be made thereof.
1.07 UTILITY POTHOLING
A. Existing utilities have been identified and located on the Plans based on
available information, including above ground utility evidence, mapping
provided by utility agencies, and potholing during design of the project. The
Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the location of all existing
utilities. Additionally, the Contractor shall be responsible for potholing any
utilities not potholed during the design to establish the location of the
existing utilities in accordance with these Specifications and as indicated on
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Summary of Work
01010-3
B.
c.
the Plans. The necessary potholing for existing utilities is a high priority task
that shall commence immediately after Notice to Proceed.
Should further potholing be deemed necessary by the Contractor, potholing
shall be performed with vacuum excavation equipment to ensure minimal
pavement disturbance. Excavated material shall be disposed of offsite by
the Contractor.
The Contractor shall contact utility owners in advance of potholing.
Potholing may result in modification of the pipeline alignment or profile to
avoid conflict with existing utilities that are found to be in a different location
than shown on the Drawings. Minor modifications involving no increase in
pipe length, number of fittings, or appurtenances shall be made at no
additional cost to the City.
Delays resulting from discoveries during potholing shall not justify additional
time and monetary compensation to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall perform exploratory excavations to determine the
actual location and depth of utilities that are not potholed or not shown on
the Plans. The Contractor shall conduct exploratory excavations a minimum
of two weeks prior to pipeline installation to provide sufficient lead time to
resolve utility conflicts. Utilities that were potholed during design as shown
on the Plans do not require Contractor potholing. The Contractor may
perform additional potholes at his discretion to ensure safety and progress
of the work at no additional cost to the City.
Where a conflict between an existing utility and the proposed pipeline is
found, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the following
information for the existing utility:
1. Horizontal location as measured from two existing features shown on the
Drawings
2. Depth to the top of utility from ground surface
3. Size (diameter)
4. Roundness of pipe
5. Circumference
6. Material
7. Type of utility
8. Pipeline station where the conflict is located
The Contractor shall secure necessary permits prior to performing potholing
and shall meet the conditions of those permits at no additional cost to the
City.
Summary of Work
0't010-4
D.
E.
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
G.
H. The Conkactor shall notify utility agencies owning facilities to be exposed a
minimum of 48 hours before potholing.
l. The Contractor shall provide required traffic control for potholing work in
accordance with the Plans, Specifications and permitting agency
requirements.
J. Exploratory excavations shall be backfilled with CLSM and patched with
Asphalt Rubber Hot Mix and/or concrete base to match existing pavement
profile and reopened to traffic as soon as practicable after the data is
obtained. lf the pothole is located within an area to be resurfaced as part of
the pipeline installation, the surface course of the pothole shall be
temporarily patched with cold mix AC which shall be removed before the
final pavement patch is installed.
1.08 ADJACENT FACILITIES AND PROPERTIES
A. After Purchase Order issuance and before Work at site is started,
Contractor and City shall make thorough examination of pre-existing
conditions including existing buildings, structures, pipelines, roadways, and
other improvements in vicinity of Work, as applicable, which might be
impacted or potentially damaged by construction operations.
B. Contractor shall take photographs and videotape to document preexisting
conditions prior to the start of the work. lnclude public roads and
improvements to adjacent private property as part of preexisting condition
documentation. Three sets of dated photographs and three copies of the
dated video provided on DVD shall be submitted to the City. The City will
review, sign, and return one record copy to Contractor to be kept on file in
Contractor's field office as site records.
C. These photographs and videotapes are intended for use as indisputable
evidence in ascertaining whether and to what extent damage occurred as a
result of Contractor's operations, and are for protection of Contractor and
City.
D. The Contractor shall notify property owners adjacent to the site and property
owners located on streets that will be closed or restricted by the Work.
Notification shall be in the form of a letter, reviewed and approved by City
and delivered a minimum of 15 days before construction is scheduled to
commence. The Conkactor shall be available to attend one community
meeting to answer public questions regarding the project. The meeting time,
date and location will be provided by City for inclusion in the notification
letter.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Summary of Work
01010-5
1.09 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. Preconstruction Conference: Prior to the commencement of Work at the site
and after the Notice to Proceed, a pre-construction conference will be held
at a mutually agreed time and place which shall be attended by the
Contractor, its superintendent, and its subcontractors as appropriate. Other
attendees will be:
1. Representatives of City
2. Governmental representatives as appropriate.
3. Others as requested by Contractor or City.
B. Unless previously submitted to the City, the Contractor shall bring to the
preconstruction conference two copies each of the following as appropriate:
1 . Construction schedule
2. Procurement schedule of pipe and long lead items
3. Shop Drawing/Sample/Substitute or "Or Equal" submittal schedule
C. The purpose of the preconstruction conference is to designate responsible
personnel and establish a working relationship. Construction safety issues
will be discussed. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and
procedures for handling such matters established.
D. The City will preside at the preconstruction conference and will arrange for
keeping the minutes and distributing the minutes to all persons in
attendance.
E. Progress Meetings: The City will schedule and hold on-site progress
meetings as required by progress of the Work and with prior notification to
Contractor which shall be attended by the Contractor. The City shall preside
at the meetings and prepare minutes. The purpose of the meetings will be to
review the progress of the Work, maintain coordination of efforts, discuss
changes in scheduling, and resolve other problems which may develop.
1.10 LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES
A. The Work shall be performed in accordance will all local codes, including
but not limited to the City of Vernon Noise Ordinances and work hour
restrictions.
1.11 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AND STORAGE AREA
A. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off-site
storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Summary of Work
01010-6
1.12 PARKING
A. The Contractor shall direct its employees to park within Contractor's staging
area or within the Work area limits shown on the Drawings when work is
proceeding in that area.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTTON (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Summary of Woft
01010-7
sEciloN 01300
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
1.01 GENERAL
A. General: Wherever submittals are required hereunder, all such submittals by
the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer. A Submiftal is defined as
any drawing, calculation, specification, product data, samples, manuals,
requests for substitutes, spare parts, photographs, survey data, record
drawings, bonds, or similar items required to be submitted to the City
Engineer under the terms of the contract.
B. Before issuance of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit the
following submittal items to the Engineer for review:
1. A Preliminary Construction Schedule indicating the starting and
completion dates of the various stages of the Work.
2. A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing, Sample, and proposed
substitutes or "Or Equal" submittals.
3. A list of all permits and licenses the Contractor shall obtain indicating the
agency required to grant the permit and the expected date of submittal for
the permit and required date for receipt of the permit.
4. A preliminary schedule of values (lump sum price breakdown for all of the
Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the
Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component pa(s in
sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during
construction. Such prices shall include an appropriate amount of
overhead and profit applicable to each item of work which will be
confirmed in writing by the Contractor at the time of submittal.
C. Submittals: Before the preconstruction meeting, the Contractor shall submit
to the Engineer proposed Substitutes or "Or Equal" products for the
Engineer's review and approval. All such submittals shall be in conformance
with the requirements of Paragraph 1.03, herein.
D. The Contractor hereby agrees that failure to submit alternative product
requests within the stipulated time period shall act as a waiver of any future
rights to offer such substitutes, and the Contractor hereby agrees to provide
one of the specific products called for in the Contract Documents.
1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Wherever called for in the Contract Documents, or where required by the
Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer for review, 6 copies of
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Contractor Submittals
01300-1
B.
C.
each shop drawing submittal. The term "Shop Drawings" as used herein shall
be understood to include detail design calculations, shop drawings,
fabrication and installation drawings, erection drawings, lists, graphs,
operating instruction, catalog sheets, data sheets, and similar items. Unless
otherwise required, said Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer at
a time sufficiently early to allow review of same by the Engineer, and to
accommodate the rate of construction progress required under the Contract.
All Shop Drawings shall be accompanied by the Engineer's standard
submittal transmittal form. This form may be obtained in quantity from the
Engineer at reproduction cost. Any submittal not accompanied by such a
form, or where all applicable items on the form are completed, will be returned
for resubmittal.
Normally, a separate transmiftal form shall be used for each specific items or
class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of
a submittal of various items using a single transmittal form will be permitted
only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or
are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group or
package as a whole. A multiple-page submittal shall be collated into sets, and
each set shall be stapled or bound, as appropriate, prior to transmittal to the
Engineer.
Except as may otherwise be provided herein, the Engineer will return prints of
each submittal to the Contractor, with its comments noted thereon, within 21
calendar days following their receipt by the Engineer. lt is considered
reasonable that the Contractor shall make a complete and acceptable
submittal to the Engineer by the second submission of a submittal item. The
City reserves the right to withhold monies due the Contractor to cover
additional cost of the Engineer's review beyond the second submittal.
lf 3 copies of a submittal are returned to the Contractor marked 'APPROVED"
oT "ACCEPTED" or "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN," formal revision and
resubmission of said submittal will not be required,
lf one copy of the submittal is returned to the Contractor marked "AMEND-
RESUBMIT," the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit 6
copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.
lf one copy of the submittal is returned to the Contractor marked
"REJECTED-RESUBMlT," the Contractor shall revise said submittal and shall
resubmit 6 copies of said revised submittal to the Engineer.
Fabrication of an item may be commenced only after the Engineer has
reviewed the pertinent submittals and returned copies to the Contractor
Contractor Submittals
01300-2
D.
E.
F.
b.
H.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" oT "APPROVED" or
"ACCEPTED" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" Corrections indicated on
submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the
requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as the basis
of claims for extra work.
l. All Contractor submittals shall be carefully reviewed against the contract
documents by an authorized representative of the Contractor, prior to
submittal to the Engineer. A letter shall be included with each submittal
stating the contract documents have been reviewed and the submitted
product is correct for the project application and in strict conformance with the
contract documents. The letter affidavit must be dated and signed by both the
Contractor and the product manufacturer or service provider. ln the case of
shop drawings, each sheet shall be so dated and signed for approval. No
consideration for review by the Engineer of any Contractor submittals will be
made for any items which are not accompanied by affidavit by the Contractor.
All submittals without an affidavit will be returned to the Contractor without
action taken by the Engineer, and any delays caused thereby shall be the
total responsibility of the Contractor.
J. The Engineer's review of Contractor submittals shall not relieve the
Contractor of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and
dimensions. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility and risk for any
misfits due to any errors in Contractor submittals. The Contractor shall be
responsible for the dimensions and the design of adequate connections and
details.
1.03 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
A. For convenience in designation in the Contract Documents, any material,
product, or equipment to be incorporated in the Work may be designated
under a brand or trade name or the name of a manufacturer and its catalog
information. The use of any substitute material, product, or equipment which
is equal in quality and utility and possesses the required characteristics for
the purpose intended will be permitted, subject to the following requirements:
1. The burden of proof as to the quality and utility of any such substitute
material, product, or equipment shall be upon the Contractor.2. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to the quality and utility of any
such substitute material, product, or equipment and its decision shall be
final.
B. Wherever in the Contract Documents the name or the name and address of a
manufacturer or Supplier is given for a material, product, or equipment, or if
any other source of a material, product, or equipment is indicated therefore
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Contractor Submittals
01300-3
such information is given for the convenience of the Contractor only, and no
limit, restriction, or direction is indicated or intended thereby, nor is the
accuracy or reliability of such information guaranteed. lt shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to determine the accurate identity and location
of any such manufacturer, Supplier, or other source of any material, product,
or equipment called for in the Contract Documents.
C. The Contractor may offer any material, product, or equipment which it
considers equal to those specified. Unless otherwise provided by law or
authorized in writing by the Engineer, the substantiation of any proposed
substitute or "or-equal" material, product, or equipment must be submitted
within 35 days after the execution of the Agreement. The Contractor, at its
sole expense, shall furnish data concerning items it has offered as substitute
or "or-equal" to those specified. The Contractor shall provide the data
required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical,
chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency,
dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the substitute or "or-equal"
item will fulfill its intended function.
D. The Contractor's attention is further directed to the requirement that its failure
to submit data substantiating a request for a substitution of an "or equal" item
within said allowed period shall be deemed to mean that the Contractor
intends to furnish one of the specific brand or trade-named material, product,
or equipment specified in the Contract Documents and the Contractor does
hereby waive all rights to offer or use substitute materials, products, or
equipment in each such case. Wherever a proposed substitute material,
product, or equipment has not been submitted within said 35-day period, or
wherever the submission of a proposed substitute materials, product, or
equipment fails to meet the requirements of the Specifications and an
acceptable resubmittal is not received by the Engineer within said 35-day
period, the Contractor shall furnish only one of the materials, products, or
equipment originally-named in the Contract Documents. Approval by the
Engineer of a substitute item proposed by the Contractor shall not relieve
Contractor of the responsibility for full compliance with the contract
Documents and for adequacy of the substituted item. The Contractor shall
also be responsible for resultant changes and all additional costs which the
substitution requires in its work, the work of its subcontractors and of other
contractors and shall effect such changes without cost to City.
Should the approved substitutions result in a lowering of project cost, the City
may require as a condition of approval a contract cost reduction.
1.04 SAMPLES
A. Unless otherwise specified, whenever in the Specifications samples are
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Contractor Submittals
01300-4
required, the Contractor shall submit not less than 3 units of each such
sample item or material to the Engineer for approval at no additional cost to
the City.
B. Samples, as required herein, shall be submitted for approval a minimum of 21
days prior to ordering such material for delivery to the job-site, and shall be
submitted in an orderly sequence so that dependent materials or equipment
can be assembled and reviewed without causing delays in the Work.
C. All samples shall be individually and indelibly labeled or tagged, indicating
thereon all specified physical characteristics and manufacturer's names for
identification and submiftal to the Engineer for approval. Upon receiving
approval of the Engineer, one set of the samples will be stamped and dated
by the Engineer and returned to the Contractor, one set will be retained by the
Engineer, and one set of samples shall remain at the job site for reference by
the Engineer and the Resident Project Representative until completion of the
Work.
D. Unless otherwise specified, all colors and textures of specified items will be
selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's standard colors and
standard materials, products, or equipment lines.
1.05 TECHNICAL MANUALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer 6 identical sets of technical
manuals. Each set shall consist of one or more volumes, each of which shall
be bound in a standard size, 3-ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder
suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 2.5 inches. A
table of contents shall be provided which indicates all equipment in the
technical manuals. Three sets shall be on waterproof paper/materials.
B. The Contractor shall include for each item of mechanical, electrical, and
instrumentation equipment of the technical manuals the following.
1. Complete operating instructions, including location of controls, special
tools or other equipment required, related instrumentation, and other
equipment needed for operation.2. Lubrication schedules, including the lubricant SAE grade and type,
temperature range of lubricants, and including frequency of required
lubrication.
Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules.
Parts lists, by generic title and identification number, complete, with
exploded views of each assembly.
Disassembly and reassembly instructions.
Name and location of nearest supplier and spare parts warehouse.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Contractor Submittals
01300-5
7 . Recommended trouble-shooting and start-up procedures.
8. Reproducible prints of the Record Drawings, including diagrams and
schematics, as required under the eleckical and instrumentation portions
of these specifi cations.9. Tabulation of proper settings for all control valves and other related
equipment protection devices.
10. Detailed test procedures to determine performance efficiency of
eq uipment.
C. All technical manuals shall be submitted in final form to the Engineer not later
than the 7S-percent of construction completion date. All discrepancies found
by the Engineer in the technical manuals shall be corrected by the Contractor
within five (5) days from the date of written notification by the Engineer.
D. lncomplete or unapproved technical manuals at the 75 percent construction
point shall constitute sufficient justification to withhold payment for work
completed beyond that period.
1.06 SPARE PARTS LISTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer 5 identical sets of spare parts
information for all mechanical and electrical equipment. The spare parts list
shall include the current list price of each spare part. The spare parts list shall
be limited to those spare parts which each manufacturer recommends be
maintained by the City in inventory. Each manufacturer or supplier shall
indicate the name address, and telephone number of its nearest outlet of
spare parts to facilitate the City in ordering. The Contractor shall cross-
reference all spare parts lists to the equipment numbers designated in the
Contract Documents. The spare parts lists shall be bound in standard size, 3-
ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binders suitable for bookshelf storage.
Binder ring size shall not exceed 2.5 inches.
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. General: The Contractor shall keep and maintain, at the job site, one record
set of Contract Drawings. On these, it shall mark all project conditions,
locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations which may
vary from the details represented on the original Contract Drawings, including
buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed
during the course of construction.
B. Special attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical
location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which
were not indicated on the Contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be
supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed to indicate,
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Contractor Submittals
01300-6
C.
D.
fully, the Work as actually constructed.
These master record drawings of the Contractor's representation of "as-built"
conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda, change
orders, and the like shall be maintained upto-date during the progress of the
Work.
ln the case of those drawings which depict the detail requirement for
equipment to be assembled in the factory, the record drawings shall be
updated by indicating those portions which are superseded by change order
drawings or final shop drawings, and by including appropriate reference
information describing the change orders by number and the shop drawings
by manufacturer, drawing, and revision numbers.
Record drawings prepared by the Contractor shall be accessible to the
Engineer at all times during the construction period and shall be delivered to
the Engineer upon completion of the work.
Effect on progress Payments: Requests for partial payments will not be
approved if the record drawings are not kept current. All such Record
Drawings will be inspected by the Engineer each month, showing all
variations between the Work as actually constructed and as originally shown
on the Contract Drawings or other Contract Documents, and the City will not
process monthly payment requests until such drawings are made current
each month.
Final Record Drawings: Upon substantial completion of the Work and prior to
final acceptance by the City, the Contractor shall complete and deliver the
completed set of Record Drawings to the Engineer for transmittal to the City,
conforming to the construction records of the Contractor. This set of drawings
shall consist of corrected plans showing the reported location of the Work.
The information submitted by the Contractor and incorporated by the
Engineer into the Record Drawings will be assumed to the reliable, and the
Engineer will not be responsible for the accuracy of such information, nor for
any errors or omissions which may appear on the Record Drawings as a
result.
Effect on Final Payment. Final payment will not be approved until the
Contractor- prepared Final Record Drawings have been delivered to the
Engineer. Said upto-date, Record Drawings may be in the form of a set of
prints with carefully plotted information overlaid in pencil.
Contractor Submittals
01300-7
E.
F
G.
H.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. The Contractor shall provide monthly construction photographs showing the
daily progress of the Work.
B. No separate payment will be allowed for construction photographs and all
costs therefore shall be included in the overall bid for construction of the
Work.
END OF SECTION
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Contractor Submittals
01300-8
sEcTtoN 01500
MOBILIZATION/DEMOBI LIZATION
1.01 MOBTL|ZAT|ON
A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all bonds, insurance, and permits;
moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; and the furnishing and
erecting of plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; all as
required for the proper performance and completion of the Work. Mobilization
shall include but not be limited to the following principal items:
1. Moving on to the site of all Contractor's plant and equipment required.
2. lnstalling temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities if
needed.3. Have City provide on-site construction water supply.4. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities.5. Obtaining and paying for all required permits. The required permits
include, but are not limited to the following:a. Permit - from the City of Vernon Engineering Division - No Fee6. Posting all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs.
7. Have the Contractor's superintendent at the job site full time when
construction is in progress. (See Article 6 of the General conditions)8. Submittal of Preliminary Construction Schedule on or before
Preconstruction Conference, acceptable to the Engineer.9. Submittal of a Preliminary Schedule of Values in accordance with the
requirements of Section 01300 within 7 days following the date of Notice
to Proceed.
B. ln addition to the requirements specified above, all submittals shall conform to
the applicable requirements of section 01300 "Contractor Submittals."
C. Payment for mobilization will be included as a lump sum cost in the Proposal
and shall be paid for upon completion of all items listed in Paragraph 1.01 A
above.
1.02 DEMOBILIZATION
A. Demobilization shall include site cleanup, compliance with permits; moving off
of the site of all plant and equipment; the completion of all punch list items
regarded as insufficiencies, and the submission of AS-BUILT Drawings; all as
required for the proper performance and completion of the Work.
Demobilization shall include but not be limited to the following principal items:
1 . Complete clean up and remediation of all storage and staging sites.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Mobilization/Oemobilization
01500-1
2. Complete clean up and remediation, if required, of all haul routes
utilized by Contractor's vehicles.
3. Comply with all terms of any Permits.
4. Submit complete "AS-BUlLT" plans.
5. Complete the work listed on the project punch list.
B. Payment for Demobilization will be made at the lump sum allowance named
in the Bid Schedule(s) under the Bid ltem, "Demobilization," which price shall
constitute full compensation for all such work. Payment for Demobilization
will be made in the form of a single, lump sum, non-proratable payment, no
part of which will be approved for payment under the Agreement until all
Demobilization items listed herein have been completed as specified.
C. The Bid amountfor Mobilization and Demobilization shall not exceed 5% of the
total bids for all other items of work on the project.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Mobilization/DemobilEation
01s00-2
sEcTroN 01560
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1,01 DUSTABATEMENT
A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and means required
and shall carry out effective measures wherever and as often as
necessary to prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts
damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, or domestic animals, or
causing a nuisance to persons occupying buildings in the vicinity of the
project. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting
from any dust originating from its operations. The dust abatement
measures shall be continued until the Contractor is relieved of further
responsibility by the Engineer.
1.02 RUBBISH CONTROL
A. During the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall keep the site of the
Work and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free
from any accumulation of rubbish. The Contractor shall dispose of all
rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the Work site, and
shall establish regular intervals of collection and disposal of such
materials and waste. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall
be off the site of construction in accordance with local codes and
ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in
conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular
requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for
Construction.
1.03 SANITATION
A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided
wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job
sites shall conform to the requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA
Standards for Construction.
B. Sanitary and Other Organic Wastes: The Contractor shall establish a
regular schedule of collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All
wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor or
organic material wastes from any other source related to the Contractor's
operations shall be disposed of away from the site in a manner
satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with all laws and
regulations pertaining thereto.
END OF SECTION
November 2012
Cannon '120113
Temporary Environmental Controls
01560-1
sEcTtoN 01660
EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP
1.01 GENERAL
A. Equipment testing and startup are requisite to satisfactory completion of the
Contract and, therefore, shall be completed within the contract time. All work,
specified in this Section shall be performed at no additional cost to the City
and the cost shall be included in other pertinent bid items.
1.02 EQUIPMENTTESTING
A. The Contractor shall provide the services of an experienced and authorized
representative of the manufacturer or supplier of the equipment, who shall
visit the site of the Work and inspect, check, adjust if necessary, and approve
the equipment installation. ln each case, the Contractor shall arrange to have
the manufacturer's representative revisit the job site as often as necessary
until any and all trouble is corrected and the equipment installation and
operation are satisfactory to the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall require that each manufacturer's representative furnish
to the Engineer a written report addressed to the City certifying that the
equipment has been properly installed, no defects were found in the
equipment and the equipment has been operated satisfactorily under full-load
conditions.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling all operations testing. The
Contractor is advised that the Engineer and the City's operating personnel will
witness operations testing.
D. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 3 working days in advance of
each equipment test within the 4-day workweek of the City (Monday -
Thursday, 7:00 a.m. - 5:30 p.m.).
E. The Contractor shall furnish all personnel, power, water, chemicals, fuel, oil,
grease, and all other necessary equipment, facilities, and services required
for conducting the tests.
1.03 PRELIMINARY TESTS OF EQUIPMENT AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all adjustment and
preliminary tests of equipment required prior to the acceptance tests.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '120113
Equipment Testing and Startup
01660-1
1.04 ACCEPTANCE TESTS
A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for actuating any piece of
equipment and the desired steps of operation shall be as outlined by the
Engineer. Sufficiently trained personnel shall be on hand at all times to make
any necessary adjustments to the various components. Manufacturer's
representatives of all major items of equipment shall be present to check that
all equipment is properly installed and properly connected, and to offer
technical assistance. Reading of various indicating devices and evaluation of
system performance will be done in the presence of the Engineer.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, his proposed dates
and times for conducting the tests. Such submittals shall be made at least 14
days prior to the proposed dates. ln the event a proposed date does not meet
with the Engineer's approval another mutually acceptable date shall be
selected. Acceptance tests will consist of operating the system under all such
combinations and situations which may be necessary or which may occur
during "in service" operation. Valves, safety devices, measuring and
recording devices and other equipment will be checked for proper operation.
Various shutdown procedures will be tested, which may require placing the
units in operation several times during the tests.
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Equipment Testing and Stanup
01660-2
sEcTtoN 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.01 FINAL CLEANUP
A. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed
Work, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, concrete forms, construction
equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction.
Final acceptance of the Work by the City will be withheld until the Contractor
has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirements for final cleanup of
the project site.
1.02 CLOSEOUTTIMETABLE
A. The Contractor shall establish dates for equipment testing, acceptance
periods, (as required under the Contract). Such dates shall be established not
less than 14 days prior to beginning any of the foregoing items, to allow the
City, the Engineer, and their authorized representatives and consultants
sufficient time to schedule aftendance at such activities.
B. All temporary buildings, including field offices, storage buildings, and sheds
shall be removed from the project site 7 days after completion of the Work, as
defined in the Contract Documents. All temporary services such as water,
power, utilities, service contracts, telephones, and other temporary services
shall remain in service for 7 days following completion of the Work, and shall
be discontinued within 7 days after said completion of the Work.
1.03 FINAL SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor, prior to requesting its final progress payment, shall submit the
following items to the Engineer for transmittal to the City.
1. Written guarantees or warranties, where required2. Operating manuals and instructions
3. Completed final Record Drawings4. Releases from all parties who are entitled to make claims against the
subject project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions of
law.
1.04 COMPLETION OF THE WORK
A. Completion of the Work, as the term is used in this Contract shall mean
substantial completion of the Work and acceptance by the City. Substantial
completion shall mean substantial performance of the Contract, which shall
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Proiect Closeout
01700-'1
exist where there has been no willful departure from the terms of the
Contract, and no omission in essential points, and the Contract has been
honestly and faithfully performed in its material and substantial particulars,
and the only variance consists of technical or relatively unimportant omissions
or defects, and the Work can be used or occupied for the purpose for which it
was intended.
B. The date of substantial completion of the Project shall be the date when the
construction is sufficiently completed, in accordance with the Contract
Documents, as modified by any change orders agreed to by the parties, so
that the City can occupy or utilize the project for the use for which it was
intended, and the legislative body of the City has accepted the Project as
evidenced by execution and recording of a Notice of Completion.
1.05 REMAINING PUNCH LIST ITEMS
A. Upon attaining completion as defined in the Standard Specifications and upon
acceptance of the Work by the City, by agreement between the parties some
small remaining punch list items may remain to be completed by the
Contractor, as provided under the provisions for "Completion of the Work" in
Paragraph 1.04A, herein.
B. The City shall have the right to retain an additional amount of money from the
final progress payment due the Contractor, equal to 2 times the Engineer's
estimate of the value of such uncompleted punch list items. The Contractor
hereby agrees to complete all such outstanding punch list items within 30
calendar days following the date of the Notice of Completion and acceptance
of the Work by the City.
C. Failure of the Contractor to complete or correct all such outstanding punch list
work to the satisfaction of the Engineer within 30 calendar days following
acceptance and Notice of Completion, shall constitute a waiver by the
Contractor of all rights to any and all claims it may have to all monies withheld
by the City under the Contract to cover the value of such uncompleted or
uncorrected items.
D. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt
of written order from the City. lf the Contractor fails to make such repairs or
replacements promptly, the City reserves the right to do the work or to have
the work done by others and the Conkactor and its Surety shall be liable to
the City for the cost thereof .
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Project Closeout
01700-2
END OF SECTION
sEcTtoN 01782
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Submit for review and comment by the Engineer six copies of an Operations
and Maintenance Manual containing all manufacturers' operation,
maintenance, and other data pertinent to equipment supplied for the project.
Upon receipt of the Engineer's written acceptance of the Operations and
Maintenance Manual, submit two printed copies of the accepted manual and
one electronic version of all printed documents in portable document format
(pdf) on CD or DVD disc. The requirements of this section are in addition to
the individual operation and maintenance manuals submitted with each final
shop drawing
B. This Section also includes administrative and procedural requirements for
preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.2. Emergency manuals.3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.4. Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products,
materials and equipment.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of
submittals for operation and maintenance manuals.2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific operation and maintenance
manual requirements for products in those Sections.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, Addenda, General Conditions, Construction Contract and other
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united
by regular interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120'113
Operations and Marntenance Data
01782-1
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Initial Submittal: Submit two draft copies of each manual at least 15 days
before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion. lnclude a complete
operation and maintenance directory. Construction Manager will return one
copy of draft and mark whether general scope and content of manual are
acceptable.
B. Final Submittal: Submit two copy of each manual in final form at least 15
days before final inspection. Construction Manager will return copy with
comments within 15 days after final inspection.
1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with City's comments.
Submit six copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of
Architect's comments.
1.05 COORDTNATTON
A. Where operation and maintenance documentation includes information on
installations by more than one factory-authorized service representative,
assemble and coordinate information furnished by representatives and
prepare manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A. Organization: lnclude a section in the directory for each of the following:
1. List of documents.2. List of systems.3. List of equipment.4. Table of contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. lnclude
references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information
about each system.
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically
by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in
separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: lnclude a table of contents for each emergency,
operation, and maintenance manual.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Operations and Maintenaoce Data
01782-2
E. ldentification: ln the documentation directory and in each operation and
maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of
equipment with the same designation used in the Contract Documents. lf no
designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4,
"Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building
Systems."
2.02 MANUALS, GENERAL
A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a
separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for
each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain
the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page.
2. Table of contents.3. Manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. lnclude the
following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual.
2. Name and address of Project.3. Name and address of City.4. Date of submittal.5. Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6. Name and address of Architect.
7 . Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and
maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by
product name, indexed to the content ofthe volume, and cross-referenced
to Specification Section number in Special Provisions and Technical
Specifications (SPTS).
1. lf operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one
volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of
contents for all volumes in each volume of the set.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents
alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. lf possible, assemble
instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into
a single binder.
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in
thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1l2-by-
11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Operations and l\rarntenanc€ Data
01782-3
describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
oversize sheets.
a. lf two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a
system, organize data in each binder into groupings by
subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other
binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper
operation or maintenance of equipment or system.b. ldentify each binder on front and spine, with printed title
"OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or
name, and subject matter of contents. lndicate volume number
for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each
section. Mark each tab to indicate contents. lnclude typed list of
products and major components of equipment included in the section
on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and
title of Special Provisions and Technical Specifications (SPTS).
3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to
enclose diagnostic software diskettes for computerized electronic
equipment.4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-112-by-11-inch 20-lblsq. ft. white
bond paper.
5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and
bind with text.
a. lf oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as
text pages and use as foldouts.b. lf drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place
drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of
manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten
pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and
drawing locations.
2.03 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: ln addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data
required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design
responsibility.3. Operatingstandards.4. Operatingprocedures.5. Operating logs.6. Wiring diagrams.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Operations and Maintenance Data
017824
7. Control diagrams.8. Piped system diagrams.9. Precautions against improper use.
10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: lnclude the following:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer'sname.
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operatingcharacteristics.6. Limitingconditions.7. Performance curves.8. Engineering data and tests.
9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: lnclude the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Regulation and control procedures.
5. lnstructions on stopping.
6. Normal shutdown instructions.
7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and
diagram controls as installed.
E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding
where required for identification.
2.04 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product,
material, and finish. lnclude source information, product information,
maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and
bonds, as described below.
B. Source lnformation: List each product included in manual, identified by
product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each
product, list name, address, and telephone number of lnstaller or supplier
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Operations and lvlaintenance Data
01782-5
and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section
number and title in Special Provisions and Technical Specifications (SPTS).
C. Product lnformation: lnclude the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.2. Manufacturer'sname.3. Color, pattern, and texture.4. Material and chemical composition.5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: lnclude manufacturer'swritten recommendations
and the following:
1. lnspectionprocedures.2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.5. Repairinstructions.
E. Repair Materials and Sources: lnclude lists of materials and local sources of
materials and related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: lnclude copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or
bonds.
1. lnclude procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty
claims.
2.05 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a
system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance
documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service
schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service
contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
B. Source lnformation: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment
included in the manual, identified by product name and arranged to match
manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of lnstaller or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Special
Provisions and Technical Specifications (SPTS).
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Operations and Maintenance Data
01782-6
c.Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance
documentation including the following information for each component part
or piece of equipment:
1. Standard printed maintenance instructions and bulletins.2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance,
including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and
assembly.3. ldentification and nomenclature of parts and components.4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
Maintenance Procedures: lnclude the following information and items that
detail essential maintenance procedures:
1 . Test and inspection instructions.2. Troubleshootingguide.3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and
reassembly instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training videotape, if available.
Maintenance and Service Schedules: lnclude service and lubrication
requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate
schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard
time allotment.
1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily,
weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.
2. Maintenance and Service Record: lnclude manufacturers' forms for
recording maintenance.
Spare Parts List and Source lnformation: lnclude lists of replacement and
repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers'
maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials
and related services.
Maintenance Service Contracts: lnclude copies of maintenance agreements
with name and telephone number of service agent.
Warranties and Bonds: lnclude copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or
bonds.
1. lnclude procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty
claims.
Operations and Maintenance Data
017a2-7
D.
E.
F.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
G.
H.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
F-
MANUAL PREPARATION
Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate
manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals.
Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information
indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by City's
operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.
Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance
data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish
incorporated into the Work.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of
operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of
each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
1 . Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and
prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of
equipment not part of a system.2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the
form of an instructional manual for use by City's operating personnel.
Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard
printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed.
Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the
Work. lf data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each
item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. ldentify
data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not
applicable.
1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are
not available and where the information is necessary for proper
operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.
Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to
illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and
to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings
with information contained in Record Drawings to ensure correct illustration
of completed installation.
3.01
A.
Rev 04/20'13
Cannon 120113
B.
C
D.
E.
Operations and lvlaintenance Data
01742-A
1. Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and
maintenance manuals.2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared Record Drawings in
Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents."
G. Comply with Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for the schedule for
submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
H. Six copies of all approved Manuals are to be delivered to the City upon
completion of project as a part of the Demobilization payment.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Operations and Maintenance Data
01782-9
sEcTtoN 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. General. This section covers the removal of existing facilities at the existing
sites, in accordance with Section 01010, Summary of Work, and Contract
Construction Drawings.
B. Site visit. lt is the responsibility of the Bidders to visit the site and make their
own determinations and conclusions as to the e{ent and difficulty of
performing the removal work required in accordance with these specifications.
C. Scope. All piping, slabs, and other appurtenant equipment and facilities not
used for construction shall be removed from the site as directed by the City.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Summary of Work. 01010
B. Precast Concrete Vaults. 03480
1.03 PRESERVATION OF PROPERry
A. Existing facilities, which are to remain in place, shall be protected by the
Contractor. Existing facilities which are to be razed, demolished, abandoned
or removed shall also be protected in-place by the Contractor until the
specified operation is scheduled for in the Sequence of Construction, called
for in the General Requirements Division of these specifications.
B. Any damage by construction operations to site improvements or existing
facilities shall be repaired or replaced in kind by the Contractor at his expense
and be acceptable to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall notify and coordinate with the Owner 24 hours in
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Demolition
02050-1
B.
C.
advance of any delivery of salvaged equipment. The Owner will be
responsible for unloading the equipment. Materials not needed or desired by
the City shall become the property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall
recycle the removed material pursuant to the City of Vernon Health
Department.
Salvaged materials shall not be stored at the site of work unless approved by
the City, and the Contractor shall remove in a timely manner all salvaged
materials.
Debris. Debris and refuse generated from removal operations shall be
disposed of by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall not allow
the accumulation of debris or refuse in any quantity that represents a health
or safety hazard, or that impairs any operations on site. All debris and refuse
shall be disposed of off -site in a timely manner. No debris or refuse shall be
used as fill material or to fill voids caused by the removal of structures. Care
shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be
removed immediately and the area cleaned.
Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of removal the Contractor
shall abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water or
other means necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets
will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.
Upon completion of the work, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused
materials and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat
appearance.
END OF SECTION
D.
E.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Demolition
02050-2
sEcfloN 02223
TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation for trench excavation,
backfill, and compaction of piping, conduit, manholes, and vaults.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent
referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless
otherwise called for.
ASTM C 131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size
Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and lmpact in the Los
Angeles Machine
ASTM C 150 Portland Cement
ASTM D 75 Practice for Sampling Aggregates
ASTM 1556 Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by
the Sand-Cone method
ASTM D 1557 Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using
a Modified Effort
ASTM D 2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Values of Soil and Fine
Aggregate
ASTM D 3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place
by Nuclear Methods
ASTM D 3776 Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven
Fabric
ASTM D 4253 Test Methods for Maximum lndex Density and Unit Weight
of Soils Using a Vibratory Plate
ASTM D 4254 Test Methods for Minimum lndex Density and Unit Weight
of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density
ASTM D 4632 Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of
Geotextiles
ASTM D 4751 Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of
a Geotextile
CAL-OSHA Title 8 General lndustry Safety Orders
Reu 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting
02223-1
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Standard Specifications 15000, 15044, 15056
1.04 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING
The Contractor shall engage the services of a geotechnical engineering firm
or individual licensed in the State of California to monitor soil conditions
during earthwork, trenching, bedding, backfill, and compaction operations.
Sampling and testing procedures shall be performed in accordance with the
Reference Standards and as follows:
A. The soils technician shall be present at the site during all backfill and
compaction operations. Failure to have the soils technician present will
subject such operations to rejection.
B. Density and optimum moisture content of soil shall be determined by the
use of the sand cone method, ASTM D 1556, or nuclear density gauge
method, ASTM D 2922 & D 3017. Since the composition of the pipe and
the walls of the trench have an effect on the nuclear density gauge output,
a minimum of 25% of the density and optimum moisture tests shall be
made using the sand cone method.
C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soil by ASTM D
1557, Method C and/or D.
D. Determine the relative density of cohesion less soils by ASTM D 1 557,
Method C and/or D.
E. Sample backfill material by ASTM D 75.
F. Express "relative compaction" as a percentage of the ratio of the in-place
dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density.
A report of all soils tests performed shall be stamped and signed by the soils
firm or individual and shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to the filling of
the Notice of Completion by the City. The report shall document the sampling
and testing of materials, the location and results of all tests performed, and
shall ce(ify that materials and work are in compliance with this specification.
1.05 PrPE ZONE (PIPE BEDDTNG)
The pipe zone includes the full-width of the trench from 6-inches below the
bottom of the pipe to 12-inches above the top of the pipe and extends into
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compactrng
02223-2
manhole or vault excavations to the point of connection to or penetration of
such structure.
1.06 TRENCH ZONE
The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe
zone (pipe bedding) to the bottom of the pavement zone in paved areas, or to
the existing surface in unpaved areas, and extends into manhole or vault
excavations above the pipe zone.
1.07 PAVEMENT ZONE
The pavement zone includes the concrete or asphalt concrete pavement and
aggregate base section placed over the trench zone and extends into
manhole or vault excavations above the trench zone.
1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing
utilities, facilities, and structures that may be encountered in or near the area
of the work.
1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING I-ANDSCAPING
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all the trees, shrubs,
fences, and other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area.
1.10 ACCESS
The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access to all
driveways, water valves, hydrants, or other property or facilities within or
adjacent to the work areas.
1.11 SAFETY
A. Protection of workers within trenches shall be as required by the California
Labor Code.
B. All excavations shall be performed in a safe manner and shall be
protected and supported in accordance with CAL-OSHA regulations.
C. Barriers and traffic delineators shall be placed in accordance with the
requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.
Rev.12l2O13
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacling
02223-3
1.12 BLASTING
Blasting for excavation shall not be performed without the written permission
of the City Procedures and methods of blasting shall conform to all Federal,
State, and local laws and ordinances.
1.13 P|PE JACKTNG (NOT USED)
1.14 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated
material and demolition debris.
B. lt is the intent of these specifications that all surplus material shall be
legally disposed of by the Contractor. Before acceptance of the work by
City, the Contractor shall provide the City with written releases signed by
all property owners with whom the Contractor has entered into
agreements for disposing of excess excavated material, absolving the City
from any liability connected therewith.
C. The certified quantities shall be reported to the City.
1.,15 CHANGES IN LINE AND GRADE
ln the event obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the
progress of the work, and which will require alterations to the plans, the
Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order the
necessary deviation from the line and grade. The Contractor shall not deviate
from the specified line and grade without prior written approval by the City.
1.16 HYDROSTATICTESTING
Pre-testing of the piping system may be performed for the Contractois
convenience at any time. However, the final disinfection and hydrostatic
pressure tests, as described in Sections 15002 and 15044, shall be
performed following the completion of all backfilling and trench zone
compaction with a minimum of 3-feet of material over the pipe.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfllling, and Compacting
022234
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
The Contractor shaltfurnish backfill material as specified below. All materials
used in and above the pipe zone shall be capable of attaining the required
relative density.
2,02 IMPORTED SAND _ PIPE ZONE
lmported sand shall be used within the Pipe Zone for installations of PVC
Pressure Pipe, Ductile-lron Pipe, Cement-Mortar Coated and Lined Welded
Steel Pipe, Tape-Wrapped Steel Pipe, and Paint- Coated Pipe.
A. Refer to referenced Geotechnical Reports.
B. lmported sand shall be free from clay balls, organic matter, and other
deleterious substances and shall have a coefficient of permeability greater
than 0.014 measured in accordance with ASTM D2434 or a sand
equivalent of greater than 30 per ASTM D2419.
C. Resistivity for imported sand shall be not less than 2,000 ohm-cm when
maximum chloride concentration of 200 mg/l when measured in
accordance with California Test Method 422 and a maximum sulfate
concentration of 500m9/l when measures in accordance with California
Test Method 417.
D. lmported Sand shall conform to the following gradation:
2.03 TRENCH PLUGS
Trench plugs consisting of compacted lmported Granular Material or sand
cement slurry shall be installed on piping systems that are backfilled with
crushed rock.
2.04 EARTH BACKFILL MATERIAL . TRENCH ZONE
A. Refer to referenced Geotechnical Reports.
Rev 1212013
Cannon '120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting
02223-5
Sieve Size Percent Passinq bv Weiqht
lzinch 100
No.4 75-100
No. 16 35-75
No. 50 10-40
No.200 0-10
B. Earth backfill is defined as materials removed from the required
excavations and used as backfill of earth fill. Earth backfill that meets the
requirements specified herein may be used for all backfill or fill, except
where imported materials are shown on the Plans or specified herein. Do
not use stockpiled topsoil for backfill or fill.
C. Earth backfill shall be excavated materials that is free from organic matter,
roots, debris, and rocks larger than 3 inches in the greatest dimension.
D. Earth backfill used in the trench zone shall be native granular materials
free from roots, debris, and organic matter with less than 50 percent
passing the No. 200 sieve and more than 40 percent passing the No. 4
sieve and rock particles with a maximum dimension no greater than 4
inches, unless otherwise recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer.
E. Where the onsite materials are determined by the Engineer to be
unsuitable, imported fill shall be provide by the Contractor.
2.05 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY
Sand-cement slurry shall consist of lsack (94 pounds) of Portland cement per
cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. City approval is
required for use of slurry as a backfill material.
2.06 FILTER FABRIC
Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, nylon, or polypropylene.
Material shall be of non-woven construction and shall meet the following
requirements:
Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 lbs. minimum for a f -inch
raveled strip
Weight (ASTM D 3776): 4.5 oz.lydz)
Apparent opening size (ASTM D 4751): 0.006-inch
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs,
rubbish, and other objectionable material of any kind, which, if left in place,
would interfere with the proper performance or completion of the
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavatrcn, Backfi lling, and Compacling
022234
completed work, would impair its subsequent use, or would form
obstructions therein.
B. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be
incorporated in the trench backfill and shall be removed from the project
site or retained and incorporated into the topsoil.
3.O2 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK REMOVAL
Bituminous or concrete pavements, curbs, and sidewalks shall be removed
and replaced in accordance with the requirements of the agency having
jurisdiction.
3.03 DEWATERING
A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction
ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water
from any source entering excavations or other parts of the work.
Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will ensure a dry
excavation and preservation ofthe final lines and grades ofthe bottoms of
excavations. Dewatering methods may include well points, sump points,
suitable rock or gravel placed as pipe bedding for drainage and pumping,
temporary pipelines, or other means, all subject to the approval of the City.
The cost of all dewatering activities shall be borne by the Developer or
Contractor.
B. Sewer systems shall not be used as drains for dewatering trenches or
excavations, nor for disposal of collected or accumulated groundcover,
without the approval of the agency of jurisdiction.
C. Concrete shall not be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise
around concrete or mortar until it has set at least four hours.
D. The Contractor is responsible for meeting all Federal, State, and local
laws, rules, and regulations regarding the treatment and disposal of water
from dewatering operations at the construction site.
3.04 SHORING AND SHIELDING
A. The Contractor's design and installation of shoring shall be consistent with
the rules, orders, and regulations of CAL-OSHA.
B. Excavations shall be shored, sheeted, and supported such that the walls
of the excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of
Rev 1212013
Cannon 't20113
Trenchrng Excavation, Backfi lling, and Compacling
02223-7
any kind, either on public or private property, will be fully protected from
damage.
C. The sheeting and shoring shall be arranged so as not to place any stress
on portions of the completed work until the general construction has
proceeded far enough to provide ample strength.
D. Care shall be exercised in the moving or removal of trench shields,
sheeting, and shoring to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation
faces being supported.
3.05 CORRECTION OF OVEREXCAVATION
Over-excavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved imported
granular material or crushed rock, compacted to 90% relative compaction, as
directed by the City.
3.06 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION
A. When unsuitable soil materials are encountered, the unsuitable material
shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the
Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the City. The sub-grade shall be
restored with compacted lmported Granular Material or crushed rock as
recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or
base material on this restored foundation.
When rock encroachment is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a
point below the intended trench or excavation sub-grade as determined
necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the
City. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted lmported Granular
Material as recommended by the Soils Technician. Place the appropriate
bedding or base material on this restored foundation.
When excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is
encountered at the surface upon which the bedding or base material is to
be placed, the unsuitable material shall be removed to the depth
determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as
acceptable to the City. Restore the trench with crushed rock enclosed in
filter fabric as d irected by the Engineer. Larger size rocks, up to 3-inches,
with appropriate gradation, may be used if recommended by the Soils
Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this
restored foundation.
B.
C.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenchrng, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting
02223-8
3.07 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF BEDDING
A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with
allowance for 6-inches of pipe bedding material. The trench section shall
be as shown on the Standard Drawings.
F.
The maximum length of open trench shall be 500-feet except by
permission of the City or County. The distance is the collective length at
any location, including open excavation and pipe laying, which has not
been backfilled to the elevation of the surrounding gate.
Trench walls shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-
OSHA.
The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable
foundation that is free from rocks and other obstructions.
Place the specified thickness of bedding material over the full width of the
trench. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide
a firm, uniform support along the full length of pipe.
Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection
of the entire joint.
Trenches for main pipelines and all appurtenances shall be backfilled with
the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone,
and Pavement Zone.
Trench widths shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings.
Trench depth shall be as required to install pipelines in accordance with
the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. Unless shown
otherwise in the Approved Plans, the minimum cover for pipelines shall be
as follows:
3.08 MANHOLES, VAULTS, AND CATCH BASINS
A. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate
the structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations.
B.
c.
D.
E
G.
H.
t.
Reu 1212013
Cannon 1201'13
Trenching, Exc€vatrcn, Backfilling, and Compacling
02223-9
)ioeline Application Minimum Cover Required
Potable Water 36-inches
Recycled Water 48-inches
Sewer 60-inches
The walls of the excavation shall be sloped or shored per the
requirements of CAL-OSHA.
B. Manholes, vaults, and catch basins excavation shall be placed at the
location and elevation shown on the plans, on undisturbed soil with 6-
inches of compacted crushed rock base.
C. Manholes, vaults, and catch basins excavations shall be backfilled with
the materials and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone,
and Pavement Zone.
3.09 COMPACTIONREQUIREMENTS
A. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical means. Consolidation
by water settling methods such as jetting or flooding is prohibited.
B. lf the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements,
the backfill shall be reworked until the requirements are met. All necessary
excavations for density tests shall be made as directed by the Soils
Technician, and as acceptable to the Engineer. The requirements of the
Agency having jurisdiction shall prevail on all public roads.
C. Compaction tests shall be performed at random depths, and at random
intervals not to exceed 1SO-feet, as directed by the Soils Technician or
City.
D. Relative compaction shall be determined by the impact or field compaction
test made in accordance with ASTM D 1557 Procedure C.
E. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, standard drawings or otherwise
described in the specifications for the particular type of pipe installed,
relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as follows:
1. Pipe zone - 90% relative compaction.
2. Trench zone - 9Oo/o relative compaction.
3. Structural section in paved areas(upper twelve inches of trench zone
underlying pavements) shall be - per agency requirements, 95%
minimum.
4. lmported Granular Material for over excavation or foundation
stabilization - 90% relative density.
F. All excavations are subject to compaction tests.
3.10 TRENCH PLUGS
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacting
02223-10
Trench plugs shall be installed at 200-foot intervals along the entire length of piping
systems. Trench plugs shall be 10-feet in length and shall encompass the entire pipe
zone. Additional kench plugs may be required as d irected by the Engineer.
3.11 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL
A. Care shall be taken in placing the imported granular backfill material
simultaneously around the main pipeline and appurtenance pipes so that
the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted
areas are left beneath the pipe or on the sides of the pipe. Care shall be
taken to place material simultaneously on both sides of the pipe to prevent
lateral movement. This area shall be mechanically compacted to attain
90% relative density. Care shall be taken when compacting appurtenance
laterals 2-inches and smaller to prevent the crushing or denting of the
copper lateral. Additional lifts of 12-inches or less thickness may be
required on 16-inch or larger diameter pipe to attain complete support of
the haunch area. Soils tests may be taken on this layer or backfill.
B. After the spring line backfill has been approved by the Soils Technician,
backfill of the remainder of the Pipe Zone may proceed. Do not drop
sharp, heavy pieces of material directly onto the pipe or the tamped
material around the pipe.
C. Place and compact the imported granular material at a maximum of 12-
inch lifts. Compact all material placed in the Pipe Zone by mechanical
methods. Sand cone tests shall be taken on this layer of backfill.
D. The use of a backhoe mounted compaction wheel is prohibited within the
pipe zone to 12-inches above the top of the pipe.
E. Under no circumstances shall consolidation by water settling or water-
setting methods (i.e., jetting, diking, etc.) be permitted.
3.12 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL
A. After the Pipe Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by
the Soil Technician, and accepted by the City, backfill in the Trench Zone
may proceed.
B. Compaction using vibratory equipment, tamping rollers, pneumatic tire
rollers, or other mechanical tampers shall be performed with the type and
size of equipment necessary to accomplish the work. The backfill shall be
placed in horizontal layers of such depths as are considered proper for the
type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the backfill
material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacling
02223-11
moistened, and compacted to the specified relative density. The
Contractor shall repair or replace any pipe, fitting, manhole, or structure
damaged by the installation operations as directed by the City.
3.13 PAVEMENT ZONE BACKFILLAND RESTORATION
A. After the Trench Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by
the Geotechnical Engineer, and accepted by the City, backfill in the
Pavement Zone may proceed as necessary in accordance with the
requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.
B. Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks
removed or damaged during construction in accordance with the
requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120't 13
Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling, and Compacling
02223-12
SECTION 02'f41
IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PARTl -GENERAL
1.01 STANDARDSPECIFICATIONS
The provisions of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction", current edition, shall apply except as modified herein.
1.02 SCOPE
The Work of this Section shall consist of furnishing all design, plan
preparation, plan approval, labor, materials, equipment, appliances and
services necessary for the execution and completion of all lrrigation Work as
shown on the Plans and as described in the Specifications including, but not
necessarily limited to, the following:
A. Provide complete design, construction plans and City approval and an
operating irrigation system for the project's Low lmpact Design including
the Bioretention, Drainage and Planting elements;
B. The Contractor shall retain a California Licensed Landscape Architect
and an Underground Sprinkler System Contractor to design and install the
irrigation system respectively for irrigating the plants required for the
projects Low lmpact Design Elements.
C. lnstallation of new irrigation system as necessary to provide complete
operating irrigation systems for all planting areas within the Work Limits
without negatively affecting the bioretention and drainage design.
D . 120 volt electrical service for and connection to the controller;
E. lrrigation Controller within lockable Controller Enclosure as designated on
the Approved Plans;
F. Coordination with Work of other Sections and/or City lnspectors;
G. Sleeving;
H. Testing;
l. Clean-up;
J. As-Builts by means of Global Positioning System (GPS);
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-1
K. Replacements, Repairs, Guarantees and Warranty Work.
1.03 REI.ATED WORK
A. Drainage System: 02630
B. Bioretention Soil: 02680
C. Planting: 02900
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List: Contractor and the contractor retained Landscape
Architect shall submit a complete materials list and irrigation design for
approval by the Public Works Landscape lnspector prior to performing any
Work. Catalog data and full descriptive literature must be submitted
whenever the use of items different than those specified is requested.
Notarized certificate must be submitted by plastic pipe and fitting
manufacturer indicating that material complies with the Project
Specifications, unless material has been previously approved, and used
on other projects by City. Material list shall be submitted using the
following format:
Item Descriotion Manufacturer Model No
1 Pressure Supply Line Lasco Sch.40
2 Lawn Head Rainbird 2400
Etc. Etc. Etc. Etc.
B. "Record" Prints to Reflect'As-Built' Conditions:
1. Record accurately on one set of blue-line prints all changes in the
Work constituting departures from the Plans, including changes in
pressure and non-pressure line locations.
2. The changes and dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and
workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the Public Works Landscape
lnspector. Prior to final inspection of the Work, submit
"record" Mylar prints reflecting the 'As-Builts' condition of the system to
the Public Works Landscape lnspector's for approval and records.
GPS coordinates for each item listed below, shall be noted on the
plans and recorded on Compact Disk (CD) in WR format, on an Excel
spread sheet to City for approval.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 1201 13
lrrigation
02441-2
3. Dimension from two permanent points of reference (buildings,
monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement, etc.). Data to be shown on
"record" prints shall be recorded dayto-day as the project is being
installed.
4. Show locations and depths of the following items:
a. Point of connection, Water Meter and Backflow Device. (GPS)
b. Routing of irrigation pressure lines (dimension maximum 100
feet along routing).
c. Gate valves. (GPS)
d. lrrigation remote control valves, master valves filters, etc. (GPS)
e. Quick coupling valves. (GPS)
f. Routing of control wires.
g. Controllers. (GPS)
h. Flow Meters. (GPS)
i. Related equipment (as may be directed).
5. Maintain record prints on site at all times.
1.05 INSPECTIONS
A. lnspections will be required for:
1. Pressure test of irrigation main line.
2. System layout.
3. Coverage test.
4. Final inspection/start of maintenance.
5. Final acceptance.
B. lnspection Requests: Contractor shall notify the Public Works Landscape
lnspector a minimum of 48 hours (two working days) in advance for all
inspections including the following:
1. Pressure supply line installation and testing
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-3
2. System layout
3. Coverage tests
4. Final lnspection
C. Evidence of lnspection by Others: When inspections have been
conducted by other than the Public Works Landscape lnspector,
Contractor shall show evidence ofwhen and by whom these inspections
were made.
D. Requirements for lnspection: No inspection is to commence without
"record" prints available on the site. ln the event Contractor calls for an
inspection without up to date "record" prints, without completing previously
noted corrections, or without preparing the system for inspection, the
inspection may be canceled.
E. Closing in Un-inspected Work: Do not allow or cause any of the Work of
this Section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected,
tested and approved by the Public Works Landscape lnspector.
F. Coverage test: When the irrigation system is completed, Contractor shall
perform a coverage test in the presence of the Public Works Landscape
lnspector to determine if the water coverage for planting areas is complete
and adequate. The Public Works Landscape lnspector must accept this
test before planting may commence.
G. Hydrostatic Test
1. Prior to the installation of any valves, all pressure lines shall be tested
under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for a period of not less than
two hours. Ball valves and pressure gauges shall be installed at all
terminating ends of the mainline and the remainder of all points in
between shall be capped and the line fully charged with water after all
air has been expelled from the line.
2. All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the presence of the Public Works
Landscape lnspector or lnspector's designated representative. No
pressure line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected,
tested, approved in writing, and the mainline and valve locations have
been noted on the "record" prints.
3. Contractor shall furnish the necessary force pump and all other test
equipment, and shall perform the test.
1.06 TURNOVER ITEMS
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
024414
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
A. Controller Charts:
1 . "Record" prints must be approved by the Public Works Landscape
lnspector before charts are prepared.
2. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller. The chart
shall show the entire area covered by the controller, preferably in a
single sheet. The chart shall be a reduced copy of the approved
"record" print. Reduce the print to a size that is the maximum
dimensions that will fit within the controller door without folding. lf the
controller sequence is illegible at this reduction scale, the chart may be
provided as a "multi-sheet" chart to provide adequate legibility.
3. Each control station on the Chart shall be marked with a different color
to show its area of coverage.
4. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically sealed
between two pieces of plastic, each piece being minimum 20 mils in
thickness. The chart shall be installed in the controller enclosure
using Velcro fasteners, and three different color grease pencils (red,
black and blue) shall be provided in the enclosure for maintenance
notations on the chart.
5. Controller charts shall be completed prior to the final acceptance
inspection.
B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Within a minimum of 14 calendar
days prior to acceptance of construction, prepare and deliver to the Public
Work Landscape lnspector all required descriptive materials,
properly prepared in two individually bound copies of the operation and
maintenance manual. The manual shall describe the material installed
and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to identify,
operate, and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related
manufacturer's information shall be included for each equipment item
installed. Each complete, bound manual shall include the following
information:
1. lndex sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number,
including names and addresses and telephone numbers of local
manufacturer's representatives.
2. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major
eq uipment.
C. Materials to be furnished: The following items shall be supplied as part of
this Contract and shall be turned over to the Public Works Landscape
lrrigation
02441-5
lnspector at the conclusion of the Project at the Final Acceptance
lnspection:
1 . Two (2) special tools/wrenches for disassembly and adjustment of
each type of irrigation equipmenUheads installed that require such
special tools/wrenches.
2. Two keys for each type of automatic controller.
3. One valve box cover key.
4. "Record" prints, CD's and Mylar "As-Built" Plans at Final Acceptance.
5. Documentation of Water Department's inspection and acceptance of
backflow device.
1.07 GUARANTEE
General: The entire irrigation system, including all Work done under this
Contract, shall be guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year following Final Acceptance of the
Work as documented by the Notice of Completion filed with the Vernon
County Recorder's Office. All materials used shall carry a manufacturer's
guarantee of one (1) year. Should any problem with the irrigation system
be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by
Contractor at no additional expense to City within fourteen (14) calendar
days of receipt of written notice from City.
Form of Guarantee: Guarantee shall be submitted on Contractors own
letterhead as follows:
GUARANTEE FOR IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PROJECT:
LOCATION:
We hereby guarantee the irrigation system we have furnished and installed
against defects in materials and workmanship, ordinary wear and tear and
unusual abuse, or neglect accepted, and that the Work has been completed
in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. We agree to repair or
replace any or all of the Work, together with any other adjacent Work which
may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its
workmanship or materials within a period of one (1) year after the date the
Notice of Completion for the above named Project is filed with the County
Recorder by the City of Vernon, California, at no additional cost to City. We
shall make such repairs or replacements within 14 calendar days following
written notification by City. When the immediate repair or replacement of the
A
B.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-6
Work is necessary to ensure the public safety and welfare, which would be
endangered by continued usage of the facility, such circumstance will be
deemed an operational emergency. ln the event of such an emergency, after
City contacts our firm and after authorizing 24 hours to initiate repairs, if we
fail to initiate and diligently complete such repairs in a timely manner, the
Director may direct City forces to perform such functions as the Director may
deem necessary to correct the Work and immediately place the facility back in
operational condition. lf such procedure is implemented, we shall bear all
expenses incurred by City. ln all cases, the judgment of the Director
shall be final in determining whether an operational emergency exists. ln the
event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time
specified after receipt of written notice from City (other than an operational
emergency), we authorize City to proceed to have said repairs or
replacements made at our expense and we will pay
the costs and charges therefore upon demand.
PRINTED NAME & TITLE:
SIGNATURE:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
C.
D.
(_)
Operational lnstruction: After the system has been completed, Contractor
shall instruct the Public Works Landscape lnspector in the operation and
maintenance of the system and shall furnish a complete set of operating
instructions.
Trench Settlement: Any settling of kenches which may occur during the
one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to City's
satisfaction by Contractor without any additional expense to City.
Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all planting, paving or
other improvements of any kind, which are damaged as a result of the
Work.
lrngation
02441-7
PART 2. MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
All materials shall conform with Section 212 - 2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM
MATERIALS of the Standard Specification except as modified herein.
2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
B.
General:
1. Pressure supply lines 2 inches in diameter and up to 8 inches in
diameter shall be either Class 315 solvent weld PVC or Class 200
rubber gasket type PVC. Solvent weld and ring type pipe shall not be
used together on the same pressure supply line.
2. Pressure supply lines 1-112 inches in diameter and smaller shall be
minimum schedule 40 PVC.
3. Non-pressure lines shall be minimum schedule 40 PVC.
Steel Pipe:
Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1.2 Steel Pipe to read:
"All steel pipe shall be hot-dipped galvanized", and add: "All fittings for
steel pipe shall be 250 pound rated galvanized malleable iron, banded
pattern. Pipe sizes indicated on the Plans are nominal inside diameter,
unless otherwise noted."
Plastic Pipe:
1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1.3 Plastic
Pipe for Use with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings:
"All plastic pipe shall bear the following markings: manufacturer's
name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, type of material, pressure
rating in PSl, NSF seal of approval, and date of extrusion."
2. Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1 .3 Plastic Pipe for Use
with Solvent Weld Socket or Threaded Fittings to read:
"All plastic pipe fittings shall be standard weight schedule 40 and shall
be injection molded of an improved PVC fitting compound. All
threaded plastic fittings shall have injection molded threads. No cut
threads will be accepted on PVC pipe and fittings. All tees and ells
shall be manufactured in injection molds that are side gated. All
threaded nipples shall be standard weight schedule 80 with molded
threads.
3. Amend first sentence of Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1 .4
Plastic Pipe for Use with Rubber Ring Gaskets to read:
"All rubber gasket PVC pipe, couplings, and fittings shall conform to
ASTM D 2241 Type 1, Grade 1, 2000-PSl design stress"; and add the
c.
Rev. 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-8
following to the Section: "Couplings, rubber gaskets, and fittings shall
be as approved by the pipe manufacturer. Ring-type rubber gasket
couplings shall permit a five (5) degree deflection of the pipe at each
coupling (2-112 degrces each side) without ex-filtration or infiltration,
cracking or breaking."
D. Asbestos Cement Pipe (ACP): ls not approved for use on City projects.
2.03 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
A. Valves:
1. Ball Valves: All ball valves shall be bronze bodied, capable of
withstanding a minimum working pressure of not less than 150 psi.
2. Manual Control Valves: Add the following to Standard Specifications
Section 212-2.2.3 Manual Conkol Valves: Anti-siphon-type valves
shall be all bronze with swivel{ype replaceable seating members and
an approved vacuum breaker as an integral part of assembly.
3. Quick-Coupling Valves: Add the following to Standard Specifications
Section 212-2.2.6 Quick Coupling Valves and Assemblies: Quick
coupling valves shall have locking vinyl cover and shall be 1" in size.
4. Remote Conkol Valves: Add the following to Standard Specifications
Section 212-2.2.4 Remote Control Valves:
a. Valves shall be spring-loaded, self-cleaning, packless
diaphragm activated, of a normally closed type.
b. Valve solenoid shall be corrosion-proof and constructed of
stainless steel molded in epoxy to form one integral unit, and
shall be 24 volt A.C., 2.0 watt maximum (2" and smaller
valves).
c. Valve shall close against flow without chatter and with
minimum closing surge pressure (minimum 5 seconds closing
time per valve).
d. Valve shall be completely serviceable in the field without
removing valve body from line.
B. Boxes:
1. Concrete Valve Boxes: Add the following to Standard
Specifications Section 212-2.2.7 Valve Boxes: Remote control
valve boxes shall be rectangular concrete boxes with non-hinged
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-9
locking cast-iron covers. Valve station numbers shall be welded in
two-inch-high (2") numerals on lids. Gate valve boxes shall be
round concrete boxes with cast iron covers marked "G. V." with
letters cast or tooled in the cover.
2. Plastic Valve Boxes: (For use on Drip lrrigation Systems only)
a. General: Valve boxes and covers shall be fabricated from a
durable plastic material resistant to weather, sunlight and
chemical reactions. The covers shall be secured with a
hidden latch mechanism or bolts. The cover and box shall be
capable of sustaining a load of 1,500 pounds. Valve box
extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve
box. The box covers shall be factory embossed forthe
designated use and valve station numbers in 2" high letters.
Boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by AMETEK or
City approved equal.
b. Rectangular Plastic Boxes and Covers: Shall be a minimum
of 12" wide x 18 long", with depths as necessary to protect the
valve and provide the clear dimensions as detailed and/or
specified. The covers shall be embossed with words or initials
to identify the use for the box (e.9. "Flush Valve" or the letters
"F.V.", and Air Relief Valve or the letters 'A.R.V.) as noted on
the Plan.
c. Round Plastic Boxes and Covers: Shall be minimum 12"
diameter, round boxes with covers embossed with words to
identify the use for the box (e.9. "Quick Coupler Valve" or the
letters "Q.C.V.") and shall be marked as noted on the Plans
2.04 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE
Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.3 Backflow
Preventer Assembly: The backflow prevention unit shall be a reduced
pressure type vacuum breaker of the size, manufacture, and model number
as indicated on the Plans. lf not indicated, the device shall be the same size
as the water service and the manufacturer and model number shall be as
approved by the Public Works Landscape lnspector.
2.05 IRRIGATION HEADS
All irrigation heads shall be as shown on the Plans and shall conform with
Section 212-2.4 Sprinkler Equipment of the Standard Specifications. All
heads used on the same control valve shall be matched precipitation rate
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-10
heads. All heads used on turf shall be minimum 6" pop-up types; all heads
used in shrub areas shall be minimum 12" pop-up types.
2.06 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS
A. Conduit: Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-3.2.1 Conduit to
read: All conduit below grade shall be schedule 40 PVC of sufficient size
to carry all proposed wiring. Conduit above grade shall be galvanized
steel per the Standard Specifications. Low Voltage (24 volt) wiring shall
be provided with a separate conduivsleeve from both high voltage wiring
(110112O volt and higher) and the irrigation mainline sleeve.
B. Electrical Service: Materials for electrical service shall comply with the
standard specifications, governing utility agency standards, and
requirements of all applicable codes. All controllers serving landscape
areas that will not being turned over to the City for maintenance, shall be
powered through a metered electrical service. Controllers serving
landscape areas to be maintained by the City shall be powered through a
non-metered electrical service.
C. Wire: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-3.2.2
Conductors: "All low voltage conductors shall be 14 gauge for control
and 12 gauge for common wires. All low voltage common wire
shall be white with a colored stripe. Stripe color shall be different for
each controller installed. All low voltage control wire shall be of one color
other than white or green. A different color control wire shall be
used for each controller installed."
2.07 CONTROLLER UNIT
Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-3.3 Controller Unit:
A. Controller: Shall be wall mounted type, as indicated on the Plans, with a
heavy duty watertight case and locking hinged cover, installed within a
lockable stainless steel enclosure.
B. Controller Enclosure: Shall be Stainless Steel, sized to fit the controller
and the other electrical components as required per Standard Detail 4060,
irrigation controller electrical pedestal shall be Myers Power Products, lnc.
- Catalog # MEUG22X-ENC-RIV Stainless Steel Enclosure, or City
approved equal. The equipment shall conform to the requirements of the
City of Vernon. Complete pedestal shall be UL Listed under Standard
508, Enclosed lndustrial Control Equipment. Enclosure shall be Rainproof
NEMA Type 3R, fabricated from 12 gauge corrosion resistant stainless
steel, minimum grade 304. Enclosure shall include vandal resistant
hinged door with 3-point latch assembly and folding "T" handle behind
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 1201 13
lrrigation
02441-11
lockable cover. Enclosure shall be equipped with stainless steel mounting
pans, adjustable from front to back. All interior sheet metal shall be
stainless steel. Mounting pans shall have painted exterior grade /o"
plywood panels. Enclosure shall have interior mounting flanges for
attachment to padmount base (Myers part number 519100) encased in 4"
minimum concrete. Pedestal shall be equipped with insulated neutral and
ground lug. Pedestal shall be wired for 120V 1 Ph 2W with a 15 ampere
circuit breaker, 10,000 A/C rated, installed. All factory wiring shall be 600
volt rated copper.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENEML
All Work shall conform with Section 308 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION
INSTALLATION of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. No
Work of this Section other than sleeving under pavement shall commence
prior to the completion and acceptance of all Grading Work.
Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.1 General:
A. lrrigation System Design & Water Supply:
1. The irrigation system design is based upon an available water
pressure of p.s.i. at a flow rate of g.p.m. lndividual stations are
designed to this minimum p.s.i. The system is also designed to
withstand a maximum pressure of p.s.i. Contractor shall verify the
size of the existing water supply/meter and the existing operating
water pressure at the water supply location shown on the
Plans prior to starting construction. Contractor shall notify the
Public Works Landscape lnspector in writing of any discrepancies
noted. Failure to provide such written notification may cause
Contractor to provide for modifications to the irrigation system as
necessary to provide for a fully operational system providing 100%
coverage at the operating pressure available, all at no additional
cost to City.
2. Connection to, or the installation of, the water supply shall be at the
location shown on the Plans. Minor changes caused by actual site
conditions shall be made at no additional cost to City.
B. Electrical Service: Contractor shall provide a non-metered electrical
service (for areas to be maintained by the City) as required, and shall
make the final 120 V connection to the irrigation controller.
C. Code Requirements: Prior to all Work of this Section, Contractor shall
carefully inspect the installed Work of all other trades and verify that all
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-12
such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly
commence. Verify that the inigation system may be installed in strict
accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design,
the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations. ln
the event any equipment or methods indicated on the Plans or in the
Specifications is in conflict with local codes, immediately notify the Public
Works Landscape lnspector prior to installing the Work. lf this notification
is not provided, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the cost of
all revisions necessary to comply with all codes.
D. Grades: Contractor is to keep within the specified material depths with
respect to finish grade. Failure to obtain specified material depths may
subject Conkactor to adjusting the grades or depth of lines until
acceptable depths of cover are achieved, all as directed by the Public
Works Landscape lnspector and at no additional cost to City.
E. Coordination with Work of Other Trades: Make all necessary
measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with
the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all
irrigation materials with all other Work. Special attention shall be given to
coordination of piping locations versus tree and shrub locations and
sleeve locations versus pavement installation to avoid conflicts.
F. Maintain Record Prints: Contractor shall maintain "record" prints on site
at all times. Upon completion of the Work, transfer all "record" information
on changes and dimensions to reproducible sepia Mylar or photo
Mylar prints and CD's. The changes and dimensions shall be recorded
in a legible and workmanlike manner, to the satisfaction of the Public
Works Landscape lnspector.
3.02 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING:
A. Trenching:
1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2
Trench Excavation and Backfill: Dig trenches and support pipe
continuously on bottom of ditch. Where lines occur under paved
areas, depth dimensions shall be considered below subgrade.
2. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308'2.2, Subparagraph 2
Waterlines continuously pressurized) to read: Water lines
continuously pressurized - minimum 18 inches, maximum 24
inches. (These measurements are to be from subgrade elevation
for piping under pavement.)
Rev 09/2014
Cannon '120'113
lrrigation
02441-13
3. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2, Subparagraph 3
Lateral sprinkler lines) to read: Lateral irrigation lines - minimum 12
inches and maximum 16 inches. All main lines and lateral lines
running parallel to other such lines shall have a minimum horizontal
separation of 12".
4. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2
Trench Excavation and Backfill: Where it is necessary to excavate
adjacent to existing trees, Contractor shall avoid injury to trees and
tree roots. Excavation in areas where 2-inch and larger roots occur
shall be done by hand. All roots 2 inches and larger in diameter
shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped with wet
burlap to prevent scarring or drying. Where trenching machine is
run close to trees having roots smaller than 2 inches in diameter,
the wall of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be hand trimmed,
making a clean cut through the roots. Roots 1 inch and larger in
diameter shall be painted with two coats of tree seal or approved
equal. Trenches adjacent to kees shall be closed within 24 hours.
5. Permanent Resurfacing: Add the following to Standard
Specifications Section 308-5.1 General: All surface improvements
damaged or removed as a result of Contractor's operations shall be
reconstructed by Contractor to the same dimensions, except for
pavement thickness, and with the same type materials used in the
original Work. Trench resurfacing shall be 1 inch greater in
thickness than existing pavement. Concrete pavement shall be
removed and replaced in "full panels" with no horizontal dimension
less than five (5) feet. Contractor shall review the planned limits
and lines of concrete removal and replacement with the Public
Works Landscape lnspector prior to sawcutting for Removal Work.
B. Backfill:
1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2 Trench Excavation
and Backfill to read: " Backfill shall be uniformly tamped in 4-inch
layers under and around the pipe for the full width of the trench and
the full length of the pipe. Materials shall be sufficiently damp to
permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be
compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and
shall conform to adjacent grades."
2. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2
Trench Excavation and Backfill:
a. Flooding in lieu of tamping is not allowed without specific prior
written approval of the Public Works Landscape lnspector.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-14
b. Under no circumstances shall the wheels of any vehicle not
designed for the purpose of soils compaction be used to
compact backfill.
3.03 PIPEINSTALLATION:
A. General: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.2.1
lrrigation Pipeline lnstallation,
General:
Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring,
or hydraulic driving. However, no hydraulic driving is permitted
under asphaltic concrete pavement.
Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not perm itted except as
approved in writing by Public Works Landscape lnspector. When
approved, all necessary repairs and replacements will be made at
no additional cost to City.
Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation, removing
all dirt, scale and burrs and reaming; install pipe with all markings
up for visual inspection and verification.
Contractor shall install concrete thrust blocking per the
manufacturer's recommendations at all changes of direction and
terminal points of pressure pipe.
Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another.
Provide a minimum of 12" horizontal separation for all parallel lines.
For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first.
Use a non-hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic-to-metal
connections, except where noted otherwise.
Constant pressure piping under pavement shall be sleeved using
class 315 solvent weld PVC and non-pressure lines in schedule 40
PVC sleeves. All wiring shall be sleeved under pavement using
gray schedule 40 PVC. Each line shall be separately sleeved.
Do not install multiple assemblies ("manifold") on plastic lines.
Provide each equipment assembly (e.9. RCV, quick coupler, gate
valve, head, backflow device) with its own connection to its service
line.
B. Plastic Pipe: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-
5.2.3 Plastic Pipeline:
1.
2.
J.
4
5.
b.
7
8.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
lrrigation
02441-15
sEcTtoN 02528
CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS AND SIDEWALKS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials and construction of concrete curbs, gutters
and sidewalks.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: Section 02223
B. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100
C. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200
D. Concrete: Section 03300
E. Concrete Finishing, Curing and Waterproofing: Section 03345
1.03 SUBMITTALS (FOR CONTRACTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR)
Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General Provisions
and the requirements of Section 03300, Concrete, Part 1-C.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FORMS
A. General: Forms shall be as required in Section 03100, Concrete
Formwork. Stakes and braces shall be provided to hold forms securely in
place.
B. Sidewalk Forms: Sidewalk forms shall be 2-inch dressed lumber, straight
and free from defects, or standard metal forms. Where short-radius forms
are required, 1-inch dressed lumber of plywood may be used.
2.02 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
Crushed rock base shall be clean 3/4-inch and smaller crushed rock or
crushed gravel, free from foreign material, and conforming to Crushed
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks
02524-1
Aggregate Base as specified by Standard Specifications of Public Works
Construction: Section 400-2, latest edition.
2.03 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER
Premolded expansion joint filler shall be 1l4-inch thick for curbs and 1/4-inch
thick for sidewalks, or as required or allowed by the permitting agency.
2.04 CONCRETE
Conform to Section 03300, Concrete.
2.05 REINFORCING STEEL
Conform to Section 03201, Concrete Reinforcement.
2.06 CURING COMPOUND
Conform to Section 03345, Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing.
2.07 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
Conform to Section 02223,Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting.
PART 3 - EXECUT]ON
3.01 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE
Subgrade shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade, and cross section.
The top12-inches of subgrade shall be compacted to 90% relative
compaction. All soft materialdisclosed by excavating shall be removed and
replaced with aggregate base as directed. The finished subgrade shall be
within a tolerance of +l-0.02 of a foot of the grade and cross section shown
and shall be smooth and free from irregularities at the specified relative
compaction. The subgrade shall extend over the full width of the construction.
The City Representative's approval of finished subgrades must be received
prior to continuance of the work.
3.02 PLACING AGGREGATE BASE
After the subgrade for curbs, sidewalks, and roadway slabs is compacted and
accepted, the Contractor shall place and spread aggregate base material,
sprinkle with water, and compact to 95% relative density. The surface of the
compacted base shall be at the proper level to receive concrete. Curbs and
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks
02528-2
sidewalks shall be underlain by 4-inches or more of compacted aggregate
base material.
3.03 SETTING FORMS
Forms shall conform to Section 03100, Concrete Formwork. Forms for a face-
of-curb shall not have any horizontal joints within 7-inches of the top of the
curb. Forms shall be braced to prevent change of shape or movement in any
direction resulting from the weight of the concrete. Short-radius curved forms
shall be constructed to exact radius. Tops of forms shall not depart from
gradeline more than 1/8-inch when checked with a 10-foot straightedge.
Alignment of straight sections shall not vary more than 1/8-inch in 1O-feet.
3.04 CURB CONSTRUCTION
A. Jurisdictional Requirements: Curbs shall be reconstructed to original line
and grade if removed. Curbs shall conform to the requirements of the
respective jurisd ictional agency.
B. Expansion Joints: Preformed asphalt-impregnated expansion joints shall
be placed at 20-foot intervals, at the beginning and end of curved portions
of the curb, at each change in thickness of section, at the end of curbs at
buildings and other structures, and at connections to existing curbs.
C. Notification: The City Representative shall be notified one day in advance
of planned concrete placement.
D. Concrete Finish: When the concrete has set sufficiently to support its own
weight, the front form shall be removed and exposed surfaces finished.
The formed face shall be finished by rubbing with a burlap sack or similar
device to produce a uniformly textured surface, free of form marks,
honeycomb, and other defects. Defective concrete shall be removed and
replaced at no expense to the City. Upon completion of the finishing,
curing compound shall be applied to exposed surfaces of the curb. Curing
shall continue for a minimum of five days.
E. Backfill: Seven days (minimum) after pouring the concrete, the curb shall
be backfilled with earth free from rocks, 2-inches and larger, and other
foreign material. Backfill shall be tamped firmly in place.
F. Alignment and Grade: Finished curb shall have a uniform grade and
alignment. Any section of curb showing abrupt changes in alignment or
grade, or which is more than 1/4-inch away from its intended location, as
staked, shall be removed and reconstructed at no additional cost to the
City.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Curbs, Gutlers, and Sidewalks
G. Protection of Work: All concrete surfaces and/or structures shall be
protected until the project containing the work is accepted.
3.05 SIDEWALKCONSTRUCTION
A. General Requirements: Unless shown otheruise, sidewalks shall be
placed in a single pour, 4-inches thick. Walks shall slope 1| -inch per foot
upward from the top of curb. Concrete shall be placed, processed,
finished, and cured in conformance with the applicable requirements of
ACI 614, latest edition.
B. New Sidewalk: Where new sidewalk is to abut existing concrete, the
existing concrete shall be sawcut to a depth of 2-inches and the concrete
chipped out to sound material and a plane surface. The surface shall be
cleaned and a neat cement paste applied just prior to pouring the new
sidewalk.
C. Expansion Joints: Preformed expansion joints shall be placed at 2O-foot
intervals or less to match those in the adjacent curb, where the sidewalk
ends at a curb, and around posts, poles, or other facilities located within
the sidewalk. Expansion joints shall be placed between sidewalks and
buildings or other structures.
D. Contraction Joints: Contraction joints shall be provided transversely to the
walks at locations opposite the contraction joints in the curb and at 1O-foot
intervals along the sidewalk. These joints shall be 3/16-inch by 1-inch
weakened plane joints. They shall be straight and at right angles to the top
of the walk.
E. Notification: The City Representative shall be notified one day in advance
of planned concrete placement.
F. Concrete Finish: The top surface of the sidewalk shall receive a broom
finish with a fine-hair broom in line with the length of the walk. All edges,
joints, and markings shall be tooled. The walk shall be scored transversely
at S-foot intervals with a jointing tool. Upon completion of the finishing, an
approved curing compound shall be applied to exposed surfaces.
Sidewalks shall be protected from damage until final acceptance.
END OF SECTION
Rev. 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks
0252E4
sEcTtoN 02578
PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND PLACEi,IENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, testing, removal, and placement of asphalt
concrete pavement, seal coat, aggregate base course, prime coat, tack coat, and
portland cement concrete surfaces.
This revision reflects incorporation of the new California and Caltrans standards for
specifying performance grade (PG) asphalt versus the previous aged-residue (AR)
system.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 02223
B. Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks: 02528
C. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition
1.03 SUBMITTALS (FOR CONTMCTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR)
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General Provisions and
the following.
B. Submit information on material sources, designs, and quality certifications.
PART 2. MATERIALS
2.01 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
Asphalt concrete paving shall be Class C P 20-10 as listed in Section 400-4 of the
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction for dense grade paving.
2.O2 ASPHALT
Asphalt shall be performance grade PG 70-10. Asphalt content in the pavement shall
be 5.5o/o to 6.50/o.
2.03 AGGREGATE FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE
Aggregate shall be in accordance with Sections 400-1 .1 and 400-1 .2 of the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Pavement Removal and Placement
02578-'l
2.04 SEAL COAT
Seal coat shall be a slow-sefting emulsified asphalt, SS1 anionic emulsion per Table
203-3.2 (A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3,01 PAVEMENT REMOVAL
Asphalt Concrete Pavement Cutting Requirements
Asphalt concrete pavement shall initially be cut with a pavement cutter or other
equipment at the limits of the excavation before the pavement is removed. After
backfilling and compacting the excavation, asphalt concrete pavement shall be
saw cut to a minimum depth of 2-inches at a point not less than g-inches outside
the limits of the excavation or the previous pavement cut, whichever is greater,
and the additional pavement removed. lf the cut is within 3Jeet of an existing
joint or curb and gutter, the asphalt concrete pavement shall be replaced to the
joint or curb and gutter.
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Cutting Requirements
Concrete pavement, cross gutters, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, or driveways,
shall be saw cut to a minimum depth of 1-1l2-inches at a point 1-foot beyond the
edge of the excavation and the strip of improvement removed. Concrete
pavement may initially be cut at the limits of the excavation by other methods
prior to removal and the saw cut made after backfilling the excavation. lf the saw
cut falls within 3-feet of a concrete joint or pavement edge, the concrete shall be
removed and replaced to the joint or edge.
Disposal of Material
All pavement and other improvements removed shall be disposed of off the site.
The cost of such disposal shall be included in the appropriate bid item.
Final Pavement Saw Cuts
Final pavement saw cuts shall be straight along both sides of the trench, parallel
to the pipeline alignment, and provide clean, solid, vertical faces free from loose
material. Adjoining pavement which has been damaged or disturbed shall also be
saw cut and removed- Saw cuts shall be parallel to the pipeline alignment or the
:'oadway centerline or perpendicular to same.
3.O2 PAVEMENTREPLACEMENT
A. General
Producing, hauling, placing, compacting, and finishing of asphalt concrete shall
conform to Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works
B
D
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Pavement Removal and Placement
02578-2
Construction. Seal coat shall be applied to all new asphalt concrete paving,
except open grade asphalt concrete.
B. Base Course, Final Course and Striping
Base course paving shall be complete at all times to a point not to exceed 1,000
feet behind any working heading. The final asphalt surface course shall be at
least 1-inch thick and shall be placed within a period of two weeks after traffic
has been returned to that portion of the street. Temporary striping shall be
applied after the base course of asphalt concrete pavement has been placed, in
the same configuration as the existing permanent striping, so that traffic can be
returned to normal patterns. Temporary striping shall be maintained until
permanent striping is applied.
3.03 PREPAMTION OF SUBGMDE
Subgrade shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade, and cross section. The top
18-inches of subgrade shall be removed and recompacted to 95% relative
compaction. All soft material disclosed by the compacting effort shall be removed
and replaced. The finished subgrade shall be within a tolerance of t0.08 of a foot of
the grade and cross section shown, smooth and free from irregularities and at the
specified relative compaction. The subgrade shall be considered to extend over the
full width of the aggregate base course.
3.04 PLACING AGGREGATE BASE
Aggregate base shall be placed to thickness shown on the plans, to match existing,
or per the applicable permit. Aggregate base shall be compacted to 95% relative
compaction and installed in accordance with Section 301-2 of the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction.
3.05 PLACING PRIME COAT
Prime coat shall be applied to the surface of the final aggregate base course at the
rcle of 114 gallon per square yard per Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications
for Public Works Construction.
3.06 PLACING TACK COAT
Tack coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard to the surfaces
to receive finish pavement per Section 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction. Tack coat shall be applied to existing asphalt, metal, or
concrete surfaces that will be in contact with new asphalt concrete paving.
3.07 PLACING ASPHALT PAVING
Asphalt paving shall be applied to the thickness shown on the plans, as listed above,
or per the applicable permit. Asphalt paving shall be installed in accordance with
Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Pavement Removal and Placement
02578-3
3.08 APPLYING SEAL COAT
Seal coat shall be applied at the rate of 0.05 to 0.10 gallons per square yard.
3.09 COMPACTION OF BASE AND LEVELING COURSES
Compaction and rolling of base and leveling courses shall begin at the outer edges
of the surfacing continue toward the center. Water shall be applied uniformly
throughout the material to provide moisture for obtaining the specified compaction.
Each layer shall be compacted to the specified relative compaction before the next
layer is placed.
3.10 SURFACE TOLERANCE
Finished grade shall not deviate more than 0.02 foot in elevation from the grade
indicated on the drawings. Slopes shall not vary more than 1/8-inch in 10 feet from
the slopes shown on the drawings.
3.11 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS
Concrete curbs, gutters, and sidewalks shall be replaced in accordance with Section
02528, Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Sidewalks.
3.12 EMULSION-AGGREGATESLURRY
Certain street sections where shown on the plans or where required by the
jurisdictional agency may be required to receive an asphaltic slurry seal in
conformance with Section 302-4, Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction after the final asphalt surface course. The composition and aggregate
grading for slurry shall be Type ll of Subsection 203-5.3.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04i2013
Cannon 120113
Pavement Removal and Placement
025784
sEcTtoN 02630
DRAINAGE SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Site storm drain piping, fittings and accessories.
B. Catch basins and site surface drainage.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02210 - Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction
B. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement
C. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Public Works Association (APWA)
B. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC)
C. ADS N-12 HDPE Pipe per ASTM Standard Specification F405
D. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans and
Standard Special Provisions (Caltrans)
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Section SP-3: Submittals.
B. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, pipe fittings and
accessories, grates, manhole frame and cover, pre-cast manhole
shafting, pre-cast structures, and bedding material.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements
Rev 07/2014
Cannon 120113
Drainage Systems
02630-l
B. Project Record Documents:
1 . Accurately record actual location of pipe runs, connections, catch
basins, and invert elevations.
2. ldentify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or
discovery of unchartered utilities.
1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE
Perform Work in accordance with Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
1.07 COORDINATION
Coordinate the Work with termination of drain connection outside building,
trenching, and design of seepage basin.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE MATERIALS
A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: SSPWC Section 207-2.
B. PVC Pipe: SSPWC Section 207-17.
C. PVC Pipe: SSPWC Section 207-16.
D. PVC Pipe (AWWA C900) and Ductile lron Fittings per Section 15000,
15005,15060.
E. ADS N-12 HDPE Pipe perASTM Standard Specification F405
202 ACCESSORIES
Mortar: Class C as specified in SSPWC Section 201-5.1 .
2.03 CATCH BASIN, AREA DRAINS AND TRENCH DRAIN
A. Catch Basin Grate: Galvanized traffic rated steel grate per APWA
Standard Drawing 311-2
B. Base Pad: Cast-in-place concrete of type specified in Section 03300.
Rev. 07l2O14
Cannon 120113
Drainage Systems
02630-2
C. Trench Drain per Caltrans Standard Drawing D98C and Standard
Special Provisions Section 70-6.
2.04 BEDDING
Bedding material having a sand equivalent of 45 or better with a minimum of 6
inches of material at the bottom of the hench extending to a minimum of 6
inches above the top of utilities.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
Verify that trench cut and excavation is ready to receive work and excavations,
dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on drawings.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Hand kim excavations to required elevations. Correct over excavation
with bedding material.
B. Remove large stones or other hard matter which could damage piping or
impede consistent backfilling or compaction.
3.03 BEDDING
A. Excavate pipe trench in accordance with Section 02210 for Work of this
section. Hand kim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to
elevations indicated.
B. Place bedding material at trench bottom; level materials in continuous
layer not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth. Refer to Soils Report
for bedding requirements.
C. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain
required compaction density.
3.04 INSTALLATION - PIPE
A. lnstall pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with SSPWC
Section 306 and Specifications Section 02210.
B. Place pipe on minimum 6 inch deep bed of bedding material having a
Reu O7l2O14
Cannon 120113
Drainage Systems
02630-3
sand equivalent of 75 or better.
C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings with maximum variation
from true slope of 1/8-inch in 10 feet.
D. lnstall aggregate at sides and over top of pipe. lnstall top coverto
minimum compacted thickness of 6 inches, compact to 90 percent.
E. Refer to Section 02210 for kenching, backfilling, and compaction
requirements. Do not displace or damage pipe when compacting.
3.05 INSTALLATION - CATCH BASINS
A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation.
B. Form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad with provision for storm
sewer pipe end sections.
C. Level top surface of base pad; sleeve concrete shaft sections to receive
storm sewer pipe sections.
D. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated
on drawings.
E. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to
elevation indicated.
3.05 INSTALLATION - TRENCH DMIN
A. lnstall trench drain system in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions at locations indicated on the plans.
B. Excavate trench to ensure proper bedding of concrete beneath and on
both sides of channel.
C. lnstall top of drain system level and to proper elevation.
D. lnstall to the lines and grades with sections closely jointed and secured
to ensure that no separation of the line drains occurs during backfilling.
E. Connect grated line drains to new or existing drainage facilities as
shown.
F. Backfill with concrete.
Reu 0712014
Cannon 1201 13
Orainage Systems
02630-4
G. Place concrete backfill in the trench as shown. Place against
undisturbed material at the sides and bottom of the trench in a manner
that prevents (1) floating or shifting of the grated line drain and voids or
(2) segregation in the concrete.
H. Secure frames or line drain wall to the surrounding concrete backfill
with steel anchoring rods as shown. Alternative securing methods
must provide a minimum pullout resistance of 685 lb/ft of length of
grated line drain frame.
l. Concrete backfill must be finished flush with the adjacent surfacing.
3.06 FIELD QUALIry CONTROL
A. Section 01400 - Quality Assurance.
B. Request inspection prior to and immediately after placing aggregate
cover over pipe.
C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with Section 02210.
D. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements,
remove work, replace and retest.
3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Protecting finished Work.
B. Protect pipe and aggregate cover from damage or displacement until
backfilling operation is in progress.
1. Take care not to damage or displace installed pipe and joints during
construction of pipe supports, backfilling, testing, and other
operations.
2. Repair or replace pipe that is damaged or displaced from
construction operations.
END OF SECTION
Reu 0712014
Cannon 120113
Orainage Systems
02630-5
sEcTroN 02680
BIORETENTION SOIL
PART 1 . GENERAL
1,01 SECTION INCLUDES
Bioretention soil shall be sufficiently permeable to achieve a long{erm, in-
place infiltration rate of 12 inches per hour. Have sufficient moisture retention
and nutrient content to support vigorous plant growth.
Bioretention soil shall be a well-blended mixture of compost and mineral
aggregate, measured on a volume basis.
30o/o - 40o/o Specified Compost
600/0 - 7lok Specified Mineral Aggregate.
The mixture shall be well blended to produce a homogeneous mix.
1.02 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
The applicant must submit to the municipality for approval:
A. A sample of mixed bioretention soil.
B. lnfiltration rates.
C. Certification from the soil supplier or an accredited laboratory that the
Bioretention Soil meets the requirements of this guideline specification.
D. Grain size analysis results of the mineral aggregate component
performed in accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Test Method for
Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
E. Quality analysis results for compost performed in accordance with the
US Composting Council Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) standards.
F. Organic content test results of mixed Bioretention Soil. Organic
content test shall be performed in accordance with the Testing
Methods for the Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC)
05.07A, "Loss-On-lgnition Organic Matter Method".
G. Grain size analysis results of compost component performed in
accordance with ASTM D 422, Slandard Test Method for Particle Size
Analysis of Soils.
H. A description of the equipment and methods used to mix the
aggregate and compost to produce Bioretention Soil.
l. Provide the following information about the testing laboratory(ies)
Rey.0712014
Cannon 120113
Bioretention Soil
02680-1
1) name of laboratory(ies)
2) contact person(s)
3) address(es)
4) phone contact(s)
5) e-mail address(es)
6) qualifications of laboratory(ies), and personnel including date of
current certification by STA, ASTM, or approved equal
1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements
B. Project Record Documents:
1 . Accurately record actual location of pipe runs, connections, catch
basins, and invert elevations.
2. ldentify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or
discovery of unchartered utilities.
1.06 QUALIryASSURANCE
Perform Work in accordance with Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MINERAL AGGREGATE FOR BIORETENTION SOIL
A. General
Mineral Aggregate shall be free of wood, waste, coating such as clay, stone
dust, carbonate, etc., or any other deleterious material. All aggregate passing
the No. 200 sieve size shall be non-plastic.
B. Mineral Aggregate Texture
Mineral Aggregate for Bioretention Soils shall be analyzed by an accredited
lab using #200, #100, H0,#30, #16. #8, #4,and 3/8 inch sieves (ASTM D
422 or as approved by municipality), and meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passinq (bv weiqht)Min Max
3/8 inch 100 100No.4 90 100
Rev O7l2O14
Cannon 120113
Bioretention Soil
02680-2
No.8 70 100
No. 16 40 95No.30 15 70
No.40 5 55
No. 100 0 15
No.200 0 5
Note: all aggregates complying with ASTM C33 for fine aggregate
comply with the above gradation requirements.
20.2 COMPOSTED MATERIAL
Compost shall be a well decomposed, stable, weed free organic matter
source derived from waste materials including yard debris, wood wastes or
other organic materials not including manure or biosolids meeting the
standards developed by the US Composting Council (USCC).
The product shall be certified through the USCC Seal of Testing Assurance
(STA) Program (a compost testing and information disclosure program).
www. com posti nqco u nci l. orq
A. Compost Quality Analysis
Before delivery of the soil, the supplier shall submit a copy of lab
analysis performed by a laboratory that is enrolled in the US
Composting Council's Compost Analysis Proficiency (CAP) program
and using approved Test Methods for the Evaluation of Composting
and Compost (TMECC). The lab report shall verify:
1) Feedstock Materials shall be specified and include one or more
of the following: landscape/yard trimmings, grass clippings, food
scraps, and agricultural crop residues.
2) Organic Matter Content'. 35o/o - 75o/o by dry vvt.
3) Carbon and Nitrogen Ratio: C:N < 25:1 and C:N >15:1
4) Maturity/Stability: shall have a dark brown color and a soil-like
odor. Compost exhibiting a sour or putrid smell, containing
recognizable grass or leaves, or is hot (120F) upon delivery or
rewetting is not acceptable. ln addition any one of the following
is required to indicate stabilitY:
a. Oxygen Test < 1.3 02 /unit TS /hr
b. Specific oxy. Test < 1.5 02 / unit BVS /
Rev O7l2O14
Cannon 120113
Bioretention Soil
02680-3
c. Respiration test < I C / unitVS /dayd. Dewar test < 20 Temp. rise ('C) e.e. Solvita@ > 5 lndex value
5) Toxicity: any one of the following measures is sufficient to
indicate nontoxicity.
a. NH4-:NO3-N < 3b. Ammonium < 500 ppm, dry basisc. Seed Germination > 80 % of controld. Plant Trials > 80% of controle. Solvita@ > 5 lndex value
6) Nutrient Content: provide analysis detailing nutrient content
including N-P-K, Ca, Na, Mg, S, and B.
a. Total Nitrogen content 0.9% or above preferred.
b. Boron: Total shall be <80 ppm; Soluble shall be <2.5
ppm
7) Salinity: Must be reported; < 6.0 mmhos/cm
8) pH shall be between 6.5 and 8. May vary with plant species
B. Fine Compost for Bioretention Soil Texture
Compost for Bioretention Soils shall be analyzed by an accredited lab
using #200, 114 inch, 112 inch, and 1 inch sieves (ASTM D 422 or as
approved by municipality), and meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passinq (bv weiqht)Min Max
1 inch 99 100
112 inch 90 1 00
114 inch 40 90No.200 2 10
1 ) Bulk density: shall be between 500 and 1 100 dry lbs/cubic yard
2) Moisture Content shall be between 3Oo/o - 55o/o of dry solids.
3) lnerts: compost shall be relatively free of inert ingredients,
including glass, plastic and paper, < 1 o/o by weight or volume.
Reu 0712014
Cannon 120113
Bioretention Sorl
02680-4
4) Weed seed/pathogen destruction: provide proof of process to
further reduce pathogens (PFRP). For example, turned
windrows must reach min. 55C for 15 days with at least 5
turnings during that period.
5) Select Pathogens: Salmonella <3 MPN/4grams of TS, or
Coliform Bacteria <1 0000 MPN/gram.
6) Trace Contaminants Metals (Lead, Mercury, Etc.) Product must
meet US EPA, 40 CFR 503 regulations.
7) Compost Testing
The compost supplier will test all compost products within 120
calendar days prior to application. Samples will be taken using
the STA sample collection protocol. (The sample collection
protocol can be obtained from the U.S. Composting Council,
4250 Veterans Memorial Highway, Suite 275, Holbrook, NY
1 17 41 Phone: 631 -7 37 - 4931, www.compostingcouncil.org).
The sample shall be sent to an independent STA Program
approved lab. The compost supplier will pay for the test.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
The following section provides considerations for proper bioretention soil
installation.
Prior to lnstalling Bioretention Soil:
A. Assess if the conkactor is familiar with constructing bioretention
systems.
B. Plan how inspections will be handled as part of the construction
process.
C. Verify soil meets specification prior to delivering and or placing in the
facility.
D. Prevent over-compaction of native soils in the area of the basin.
Delineate the facility area and keep construction traffic off. Protect
soils with fencing, plywood, etc.
E. Provide erosion control in the contributing drainage areas of the
facility. Stabilize upslope areas.
F. Facilities should not be used as sediment control facilities.
Rev. 07l2O14
Cannon 1201 13
Bioretention Soil
02680-5
Drainage should be directed away from bioretention facilities using
gravel bags at curb cut and sidewalk underdrain inlets until otherwise
directed by the City. The concentration of fines could prevent post-
construction infilhation.
When not required by demolition activities, bioretention facilities should
remain outside the limit of disturbance until construction of the
bioretention begins to prevent soil compaction by heavy equipment.
Protect bioretention areas with silt fence or construction fencing.
3.02 INSTALLATION SOIL MIXING AND PLACEMENT:
A.
B.
c.
D.
Do not excavate, place soils, or amend soils during wet or saturated
conditions.
Operate equipment adjacent to (not in) the facility.
lf machinery must operate in the facility, use light weight, low ground-
contact pressure equipment.
It may be necessary to rip or scarify the bottom soils to promote
greater infilkation or excavate any sediment that may have built up
during construction.
Consider the time of year and site working area when determining
whether to mix bioretention soil on-site or to import pre-mixed soil.
lf mixing bioretention media onsite, use an adjacent impervious area or
on plastic sheeting.
Place soil in maximum 6" lifts with machinery adiacent to the facility. lf
working within the facility, to avoid over-compacting, place first lifts at
far end from entrance and place backwards toward entrance.
Do not place or work bioretention soil if it is saturated or raining
Allow bioretention soil lifts to settle naturally, boot pack (walk around to
firm) lifts to achieve 85% compaction effort. After all lifts are placed,
wait a few days to check for settlement, and add additional media as
needed.
An alternative to boot compaction is to settle bioretention soils by
lightly watering until soils are just saturated. Allow soil to dry between
lifts. lt may take a day or more to dry adequately between lifts. Soil
cannot be worked when saturated so this method should be used with
caution. Allow for extra time to let soils dry between each lift. After all
lifts are placed, wait a few days to check for settlement, and add
additional media as needed.
F.
H.
t.
Rev 0712014
Cannon '120113
Bioretentron Sorl
02680-6
G.
H.
E.
G.
J.
K. Finish Grades: Fine grade prepared planting areas to lines and grades
shown on Drawings and as specified within this Section. Finish grade
1|2-inch lower than adjacent sidewalks, unless otherwise noted. lntent
is to minimize tripping hazards from grade changes after minor
settlement of bioretention soils. Elevations and landform configuration
is critical to project design intent. Allow for bioretention soil depths
shown on drawings and minor settlement. Supply additional specified
soil as needed to give the specified depths after settlement.
L. Protect adjacent trees.
M. Protect adjacent infiltration systems including swales, soils and porous
pavement from sediment.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01400 - Quality Assurance.
B. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements,
remove work, replace and retest.
3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Protecting finished Work.
END OF SECTION
Reu 0712014
Cannon 120113
Bioretention Soil
02680-7
sEcTtoN 02900
PLANTTNG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the design requirements, materials and placement of
plants required for the Bioretention and drainage system. The contractor will
be responsible to retain a California registered Landscape Architect to
design and prepare a landscaping plan to achieve the most efficient and
cost effective Bioretention and Drainage system for the project site's Low
lmpact Design. The Landscape Architect shall be responsible to prepare a
plan in accordance with the Low lmpact Development Manual for Southern
California. The Landscape Architect will be responsible to process and obtain
all required City approvals for the landscaping plans.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
1. Bioretention Soil: Section 02680
2. Drainage System: Section 02630
3. lrrigation System: Section 02441
1.03 SECTION INCLUDES
1. Plant selection options for bioretention area.
2. Mulch
1.04 REFERENCESAND STANDARDS
A. STANDARDS FOR PLANTING: the American Association of
Nurserymen "American Standard for Nursery Stock" latest edition.
B. STANDARDS FOR IDENTIFICATION: Sunset Western Garden Book,
latest edition, and Ho(us Third, Cornell University, latest edition.
1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements
1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE
Perform Work in accordance with Section 01400 - Quality Requirements.
Rev O7l2O14
Cannon 120113
P anting
02900
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PI-ANT MATERIAL
A.Plants are to be nursery grown in climatic conditions similar to site and
of a size at least equal to size specified, after necessary pruning and
measured with branches in normal growing position.
1) Do not prune prior to site delivery, unless authorized in writing by the
City Engineer.
California native plants to be propagated from California genetic stock.
Plants shall be tolerant of summer drought, ponding fluctuations, and
saturated soil conditions for 48 to 96 hours.
A minimum of three types of tree, shrubs, and/or herbaceous
groundcover species be incorporated to protect against facility failure
due to disease and insect infestations of a single species.
Trees and shrubs to have overall form typical of the species, uniformly
branched, symmetrical crown. Trees with damaged leaders, damaged
bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, circling or girdling roots, or fresh cut
limbs over %-inch will be rejected.
Container grown plants to have been grown in the containers in which
they are delivered for at least six months, but not over two years.
Samples must prove no root-bound conditions exist. Root-bound plants
and container plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth when
taken from container will be rejected except upon written approval by the
City Engineer.
Replace rejected or damaged plants at no additional expense to the
Owner.
List of plants suitable for bioretention area can be found in Appendix A:
List of Plants Suitable for Southern California per the Low lmpact
Development Manual for Southern California authored by the Low
lmpact Development Center lnc.
Contractor shall provide proposed list of plant material, irrigation
schedule, and layout drawings prepared by a licensed Landscape
Architect for approval by the City prior to beginning work. For Biddinq
purooses the followinq olants and plant spacinq shall be assumed:
1)
herbaceous plants, 1- to S-qallon for shrubs
B.
c.
D.
F.
Rev 0712014
Cannon 120113
E.
G.
H.
L
P anting
02900
2) Plant spacinq: Plants shall be laid out in staqoered rows, and
mature size
2.02 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be used in bioretention area, as shown on civil drawings.
1) Mulch is a thoroughly combined mix of the following materials:
a. 60% - 70olo Medium grade redwood bark
b. 30% - 40% Fine compost2) Mulch shall be free of weed seeds, or substances injurious to plant
growth.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
All products and materials noted herein or on drawings are to be installed per
manufacturer's recommendations and per each appropriate trade's highest
standards.
3.02 PREPAMTION:
A. lnspect all planting areas for the conditions specified below, and other
conditions, which would adversely affect the installation, quality and
permanence of landscaping. Notify the City Engineer if adverse
conditions are discovered. Commencement of landscaping installation
indicates acceptance of the surrounding conditions. Protect
surrounding construction from damage caused by the work of this
section.
B. Contaminants: lnspect planting areas for contaminants that may have
been discarded during construction activities, such as paint thinner,
plaster and other contaminating materials.
C. Subgrade: lnspect planting areas for condition and depth. Planting
area subgrade shall consist of native soil or specified soil only.
D. lmproper Drainage: lnspect for drainage conditions, which would
adversely affect plant growth.
E. lf soil wetting is used to install specified bioretention soil, do not
proceed with planting until soil installation procedure is complete, per
Section SP 02680 - Bioretention Soil.
Re\ 0712014
Cannon 120113
Planting
02900
3.03 GENERAL PLANTING:
A. Plant at normal planting season unless otherwise approved in writing
by the City Engineer, and after major construction work is completed.
B. Special planting techniques may be required by the City Engineer for
unseasonal planting or prolonged periods of drought.
C. lnstall mulch within planting areas as specified. Provide smooth mulch
surfaces.
D. Water all plants immediately after planting.
E. Do not work soils when they are wet.
F. As directed by the City Engineer, provide minor pruning of trees and
shrubs for form and visual clearance. Prune only damaged branches
under direction of City Engineer.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01400 - Quality Assurance.
B. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements,
remove work, replace and retest.
3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Protecting finished work.
END OF SECTION
Reu 0712014
Cannon 120113
P anting
02900
sEcTtoN 03100
CONCRETE FORM WORK
PART 1 . GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials and installation of concrete forms.
1.02 REI.ATED SPECIFICATION SECTIONS
A. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03201
B. Concrete Joints and Waterstops: Section 03260
C. Concrete: Section 03300
D. Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing: Section 03345
E. Painting and Coating: Section 09900
1.03 SUBMITTALS (FOR CONTRACTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR)
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General
Provisions and the following.
B. Submit manufacturer's literature for form ties, spreaders, corner form,
form coating, and bond breakers.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FORM CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN
A. General: Forms shall be designed according to the applicable portions of
ACI 347, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork," and all
applicable regulations and codes. All concrete shall be formed unless
specified otheruvise.
B. Observation Points: Form windows or stage forms shall be provided to
allow observation at all times before concrete is poured. Formwork and
placement design shall be such as to limit free fall of concrete to 4-feet.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 1201 13
Concrete Form Work
03100-1
C. Notification: The City's Representative shall be notified a minimum of one
day prior to concrete placement.
2.02 CLASSES OF FORMS
A. Class I Forms: Smooth-surface plywood 3/4-inch minimum thickness shall
be used for straight surfaces and 1/2-inch minimum thickness for curved
surfaces.
B. Class ll Forms: Forms shall be made of plywood in good condition, metal,
or smooth-planed boards free from large or loose knots with tongue and
groove or ship lap joints. Forms shall be oiled.
C. Application: Class ll forms shall be used for exterior concrete surfaces
which are '1-foot or more below finished grade. Class I forms shall be used
for all other surfaces.
2.03 FORM MATERIAL
A. General: Forms shall be made of plywood, lumber, or steel of sufficient
strength and surface smoothness to produce the specified finish. Joints,
gaps, and apertures in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged and/or
caulked so that the joint will remain watertight and withstand placing
pressures without bulging outward or creating surface irregularities.
B. Lumber: Lumber used in form construction shall be standard grade
Douglas fir, S4S Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No. 16, West
Coast Lumber lnspection Bureau. Boards in contact with concrete shall be
6 inches or more in width.
C. Plywood: Plywood used in form construction shall be Grade B-B, Class 1
plyform, mill-oiled, and sanded on both sides in conformance with U.S.
Product Standard PS-1 .
2.04 FORM TIES
A. General: Form ties shall be located on exposed surfaces in a uniform
pattern or as indicated on the drawings. Form ties shall be constructed so
that the tie remains embedded in the wall except for a removable portion
at each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type inserts with a
maximum diameter of 1-inch. Form ties shall be constructed so that no
metal is within f -inch of the concrete surface when the forms, inserts, and
tie ends are removed. Wire ties shall not be used. Ties shall withstand all
pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 't20113
Concrete Form Work
03100-2
B.
C.
Flat Bar Ties: Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber
inserts having a minimum depth of 1-inch and sufficient dimensions to
permit patching of the tie hole.
Ties with lntegral Waterstops: Ties for water-holding structures or dry
structures with access, such as basement access shafts or pipe galleries,
that are below finished grade, shall have an integral steel waterstop that is
tightly and continuously welded to the tie. The waterstop shall be at least
two times larger in area than the tie cross-sectional area and shall be
oriented perpendicular to the tie and symmetrical about the center of the
tie. Ties shall be constructed to provide a positive means of preventing
rotation or disturbance of the center portion of the tie during removal of the
ends.
D. Tapered Form Ties: Tapered form ties shall be tapered through-bolts at
least 1-inch in diameter at smallest end, or through-bolts that utilize a
removable tapered sleeve of the same minimum size.
BOND BREAKER
Bond breaker shall be a nonstaining type which will provide a positive bond
prevention, such as Williams Tilt-Up Compound, as manufactured by Williams
Distributors, lnc., Seattle, Washington; Silcoseal 77, as manufactured by SCA
Construction Supply Division, Superior Concrete Accessories, Franklin Park,
lllinois; or for contracts between City and Contractor, approved equal.
FORM RELEASE AGENT
Form release agent shall effectively prevent absorption of moisture and
prevent bond with the concrete. Agent shall be nonstaining and nontoxic after
30 days. For steel forms, release agent shall prevent discoloration of the
concrete due to rust.
2.05
2.06
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FORM TOLERANCES
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
Rejected Work: Failure of the forms to produce the specified concrete
surface and surface tolerance shall be grounds for rejection of the
concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced at no
additional cost to the City.
Allowable Tolerances: The following table indicates tolerances or
allowable variations from dimensions or positions of structural concrete
work:
Concrete Form Work
' 03100-3
Item Maximum Tolerance
Sleeves and inserts ....................... 1 14" ............. -1 14"
Projected ends of anchors ............. 1/4" ...............-0.0"
Anchor bolt settin9...... ....................1 14" ............. -1 14"
Finished concrete, all locations.........114"..-114" in, 10 feet
Finished concrete, total |ength.......... +1 "
The planes or axes from which the above tolerances are to be
measured shall be as follows:
Sleeves and inserts: Centerline of sleeve or insert.
Projected ends of anchors: Plane perpendicular to the end of the
anchor as located on the drawings.
Anchor bolt setting: Centerline of anchor bolt.
Finish concrete: The concrete surface as located on the drawings.
Where equipment is to be installed, the manufacturer's tolerances shall
be complied with if more stringent than the above.
3.02 FORM SURFACE PREPAMTION
A. Cleaning: Form surfaces to be in contact with the concrete shall be
cleaned of all previous concrete, dirt, and other surface contaminants prior
to preparation by the applicable method below.
B. Release Agent: Wood surfaces and steel surfaces in contact with the
concrete shall be coated with a release agent prior to form installation.
3.03 CHAMFERS
A. General Dimensions: 3/4-inch bevels shall be formed at concrete edges
except those on top of walls and elevated slabs and beams. Edges at top
of walls, slabs, and beams shall be rounded to a 3/4-inch radius.
B. Exterior Corners: Exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided
with 3/4-inch chamfers. Reentrant corners in concrete members shall not
have fillets, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Concrete Form Wort
03'100-4
3.04 FORM PLACEMENT
A. General: Forms shall be provided with adequate means for holding
adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in
accurate alignment so as to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets,
or similar surface defects in the finished concrete. The forms shall be tight
and braced in order to prevent movement and the loss of mortar and fines
during placing and vibration of the concrete.
B. lnspection Openings: Cleanout and inspection openings shall be provided
at the bottom of each lift of forms. There shall be one 12-inch-wide by 18-
inch-high opening every 7-feet at the bottom of each lift of forms.
C. Allowable Embedment of Form Tie in Concrete: No part of any form tying
device other than metal shall be embedded in the concrete.
D. Taper Tie Orientation: The large end of taper ties shall be located on the
"wet" side of the wall.
E. Prevention of Spalling: Only form or form-tying methods which do not
cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal shall be
allowed.
F. Non-formed Concrete: Surfaces of concrete members shall be formed
except where placement of the concrete against the ground is shown on
the drawings. The dimensions of concrete members shown on the
drawings shall apply to formed surfaces, except where othenivise
indicated. At least 2-inches of concrete shall be added where concrete is
placed against trimmed undisturbed ground in lieu of forms. Placement of
concrete against the ground shall be limited to footings and only where the
character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines
and will stand securely without caving or sloughing.
3.05 FORM REUSE
Only forms which maintain a uniform surface texture on exposed concrete
surfaces shall be used. Light sanding shall be applied between uses to obtain
uniform texture. Unused tie rod holes with corks, shaved flush, and
sandpapered on the concrete surface side. Other than filling tie rod holes,
forms shall not be patched except in the case of Class ll forms. Metal
patching discs shall not be used on Class I forms.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 1201'13
Concrete Form Work
03100-5
3.06 FORM REMOVAL & TIMING
A. Protection of Concrete Surfaces: Means shall be provided for removing
forms without injury to the surface of the finished concrete.
B. Form Placement Duration: Forms and shoring for elevated structural slabs
or beams shall remain in place until the concrete has reached a
compressive strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive strength
as determined by test cylinders. Supports shall not be removed and
reshored. The following table indicates the minimum allowable time after
the last cast concrete is placed before forms, shoring, or wall bracing shall
be removed:
Wall bracing
C. Form Placement Duration in Cold Weather: Forms shall not be removed
from concrete which has been placed with outside air temperature below
50' F without first determining if the concrete has properly set without
regard for time. Heavy loading shall not be applied to green concrete.
lmmediately after forms are removed, the surface of the concrete shall be
carefully examined and any irregularities in the surface shall be repaired
and finished as specified.
3.07 FORMED OPENINGS
Openings shall be of sufficient size to permit final alignment of the items
within it without deflection or offsets of any kind and to allow space for
packing where the items pass through the wall to ensure watertightness
around openings so formed. Openings shall be provided with continuous
keyways with waterstops where required, and a slight flare to facilitate
Sides of footings and
Encasements
Walls not supporting load
Vertical sides of beams,
girders, and similar members
Slabs, beams, and girders
Shoring for slab, beams
24 hours
48 hours
48 hours
10 days (forms only)
Until concrete and girders
strength reach specified
28-day strength
Until top or roof slab concrete
reaches 2,500 psi
Concrete Form Woft
031006
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
grouting and the escape of entrained air during grouting. Formed openings
shall be provided with reinforcement as indicated in the typical structural
details. Reinforcing shall be at least 2-inches clear from the opening.
3.08 EMBEDDED ITEMS
Anchor bolts and other embedded items shall be set accurately and held
securely in position in the forms until the concrete is placed and set. All
special castings, channels, or other metal parts that are to be embedded in
the concrete shall be checked prior to and again after concreting. All nailing
blocks, plugs, and strips necessary for the attachment of trim, finish, and
similar work shall be checked prior to concreting.
3.09 PIPES AND WALL SPOOLS CAST IN CONCRETE
A. Fittings Cast in Formed Concrete Structures: Wall spools, wall flanges,
and wall anchors shall be installed before placing concrete. Wall spools or
anchors shall not be welded, tied, or otherwise connected to the
reinforcing steel.
B. Pipe Encasement: Pipe and fabricated fittings to be encased in concrete
shall be supported on concrete piers or pedestals. Concrete supports shall
be carried to firm foundations so that no settlement occurs during
construction.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Concrete Fom Wo
03100-7
sEcTroN 03119
HEAVY INDUSTRIAL STEEL ORNAMENTAL FENCE SYSTEM
FUSION WELDED AND RACKABLE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
The contractor shall provide all labor, materials and appurtenances necessary
for installation of the welded ornamental steel fence system defined herein at
Well 21 Vernon.
1,02 RELATED WORK
Section 2223 -Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting
Section 3300 - General Concrete
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The manufacturer shall supply a total fence system of Montage ll@ Welded
and Rackable (ATF - All Terrain Flexibility) Ornamental Steel lnvincibleru
design. The system shall include all components (i.e., panels, posts, gates
and hardware) required.
1.04 QUALIryASSURANCE
The contractor shall provide laborers and supervisors who are thoroughly
familiar with the type of construction involved and materials and techniques
specified.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-
Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-lron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the
Hot-Dip Process.
B. ASTM 8117 - Practice for Operating Salt-Spray (Fog) Apparatus.
C. ASTM D523 - Test Method for Specular Gloss.
D. ASTM D714 - Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering in Paint.
E. ASTM D822 - Praclice for Conducting Tests on Paint and Related
Coatings and Materials using Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Light
and Water Exposure Apparatus.
F. ASTM D1654 - Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated
Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Ornamental Fence System
03119-1
G. ASTM D2244 - Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from
lnstrumentally Measured Color Coordinates.
H. ASTM D2794 - Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the
Effects of Rapid Deformation (lmpact).
l. ASTM D3359 - Test Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test.
J. ASTM F2408 - Ornamental Fences Employing Galvanized Steel
Tubular Pickets.
1.06 SUBMITTAL
The manufacturer's literature shall be submitted prior to installation.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE
Upon receipt at the job site, all materials shall be checked to ensure that no
damage occurred during shipping or handling. Materials shall be stored in
such a manner to ensure proper ventilation and drainage, and to protect
against damage, weather, vandalism and theft.
1.08 PRODUCTWARRANTY
A. All structural fence components (i.e. rails, pickets, and posts) shall be
warranted within specified limitations, by the manufacturer for a period
of 20 years from date of original purchase. Warranty shall cover any
defects in material finish, including cracking, peeling, chipping,
blistering or corroding.
B. Reimbursement for labor necessary to restore or replace components
that have been found to be defective under the terms of manufactures
warranty shall be guaranteed for five (5) years from date of original
purchase.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
The fence system shall conform to Montage ll@ Welded and Rackable (ATF -
All Tenain Flexibility) Ornamental Steel, lnvincible design, extended picket
bottom rail treatment, 2-Rail style manufactured by Ameristar Fence
Products, lnc., in Tulsa, Oklahoma.
2.02 MATERIAL
A. Steel material for fence panels and posts shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM A653/A653M, with a minimum yield strength of
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Omamental Fence System
03119-2
45,000 psi (310 MPa) and a minimum zinc (hot-dip galvanized) coating
weight of 0.90 ozltt2 (276 glm2), Coating Designation G-90.
B. Material for pickets shall be 1" square x 14 Ga. tubing. The rails shall
be steel channel, 1.75" x1.75" x .105". Picket holes in the rail shall be
spaced 4.715" o.c. Fence posts and gate posts shall meet the
minimum size requirements of Table 1.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Pickets, rails and posts shall be pre-cut to specified lengths. Rails shall
be pre-punched to accept pickets.
B. Pickets shall be inserted into the pre-punched holes in the rails and
shall be aligned to standard spacing using a specially calibrated
alignment fixture. The aligned pickets and rails shall be joined at each
picket-to-rail intersection by Ameristar's proprietary fusion weld ing
process, thus completing the rigid panel assembly (Note: The process
produces a virtually seamless, spatter-free good-neighbor appearance,
equally attractive from either side of the panel).
C. The manufactured panels and posts shall be subjected to an inline
electrodeposition coating (E-Coat) process consisting of a multi-stage
pretreatmenUwash (with zinc phosphate), followed by a duplex
application of an epory primer and an acrylic topcoat. The minimum
cumulative coating thickness of epory and acrylic shall be 2 mils
(0.058 mm). The color shall be (specify Black or Bronze). The coated
panels and posts shall be capable of meeting the performance
requirements for each quality characteristic shown in Table 2 (Note:
The requirements in Table 2 meet or exceed the coating performance
criteria of ASTM F2408).
D. The manufactured fence system shall be capable of meeting the
vertical load, horizontal load, and infill performance requirements for
lndustrial weight fences under ASTM F2408.
E. Swing gates shall be fabricated using 1.75" x 14ga Forerunner double
channel rail, 2" sq. x 119a. gate ends, and 1" sq. x 149a. pickets.
Gates that exceed 6' in width will have a 1.75" sq. x 149a. intermediate
upright. All rail and upright intersections shall be joined by welding. All
picket and rail intersections shall also be joined by welding. Gusset
plates will be welded at each upright to rail intersection. Cable kits will
be provided for additional trussing for all gates leaves over 6'. Provide
truss rods adequate in material size to avoid gate from sagging.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Ornamental Fence System
03119-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
All new installation shall be laid out by the contractor in accordance with the
construction plans.
3.02 FENCE INSTALLATION
Fence post shall be spaced according to Table 3, plus or minus %". For
installations that must be raked to follow sloping grades, the post spacing
dimension must be measured along the grade. Fence panels shall be
attached to posts with brackets supplied by the manufacturer. Posts shall be
set in concrete footers having a minimum depth of 36" (Note: ln some cases,
local restrictions of freezing weather conditions may require a greater depth).
The "Earthwork" and "Concrete" sections of this specification shall govern
material requirements for the concrete footer. Posts setting by other methods
such as plated posts or grouted core-drilled footers are permissible only if
shown by engineering analysis to be sufficient in strength for the intended
application.
3.03 FENCE INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE
When cutting/d rilling rails or posts adhere to the following steps to seal the
exposed steel surfaces; 1) Remove all metal shavings from cut area. 2)
Apply zinc-rich primer to thoroughly cover cut edge and/or drilled hole; let dry.
3) Apply 2 coats of custom finish paint matching fence color. Failure to seal
exposed surfaces per steps 1-3 above will negate warranty. Ameristar spray
cans or paint pens shall be used to prime and finish exposed surfaces; it is
recommended that paint pens be used to prevent overspray. Use of non-
Ameristar parts or components will negate the manufactures' warranty.
3.04 GATE INSTALLATION
Gate posts shall be spaced according to the manufacturers' gate drawings,
dependent on standard out-to-out gate leaf dimensions and gate hardware
selected. Type and quantity of gate hinges shall be based on the application;
weight, height, and number of gate cycles. The manufacturers' gate drawings
shall identify the necessary gate hardware required for the application. Gate
hardware shall be provided by the manufacturer of the gate and shall be
installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
3.05 CLEANING
The contractor shall clean the jobsite of excess materials; post-hole
excavations shall be scattered uniformly away from posts.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Ornamental Fence System
031'19-4
Table 1 - Minimum Sizes for Montaqe ll Posts
Fence Posts Panel Heioht
2-112" x12Ga.Up to & lncluding 6' Heiqht
3" x 12 Ga.Over 6' Up to & lncludinq 8' Heiqht
Gate Leaf
Gate Heiqht
Up to & lncludinq 4'Over 4' Uo to & lncludino 6'Over 6' Uo to & lncludino 8'
Up to 4'2-112" x 12 Ga.3" x 12 Ga.3"x12Ga
4'1" to 6'3" x 12Ga.4" x 11 Ga.4" x 11 Ga.
6'1" to 8'3" x 12 Ga.4" x 11 Ga.6" x 3/16"
8'1" to 10'4" x 11 Ga.6" x 3/16"6" x 3/16"
10'1" to 12'4"x11Ga 6" x 3/16"6" x 3/16"
12'1" to 14'4" x 11 Ga.6" x 3/16"6" x 3/16"
14'1" to 16'6" x 3/16"6" x 3/16"6" x 3/16"
Table 2 - Coating Performance Requirements
Qual itv Characteristics ASTM Test Method Performance Requirements
Adhesion D3359 - Method B
Adhesion (Retention of Coating) over 90% of test
area (Tape and knife test).
Corrosion Resistance 8117,D714 & D1654
Corrosion Resistance over 1,500 hours (Scribed
per D1654; failure mode is accumulation of 1/8"
coatinq loss from scribe or medium #8 blisters).
lmpact Resistance D2794
lmpact Resistance over 60 inch lb. (Fonrvard
impact usinq 0.625" ball).
Weathering
Resistance
D822D2244, D523 (60"
Method)
Weathering Resistance over 1,000 hours (Failure
mode is 60% loss of gloss or color variance of
more than 3 delta-E color units).
Table 3 - Montaqe ll - Post Soacinq Bv Bracket Tvoe
Span
For INVINCIBLE@
8' Nominal (91-1/2" Rail)
For CLASSIC, GENESIS, & MAJESTIC
8' Nominal (92-518" Rail)
Post Size 2-1t2"3'2-1t2',3 2-1t2"3 2-1t2"3'2-1t2"3
Bracket
Tvoe
lndustrial
Flat Mount
(B8301).
lndustrial
Line
2-1t2',(88319)
3',(88320)
lndustrial
Universal
2.s',(88302)
3',(88303)
lndustrial
Flat Mount
(BB3o1)
lndustrial
Swivel
(B8304)"
Post
Settings
!%" o.c.
94-
1t2"95
94-
1t2"95'96'
96-
1t2"96 96-1t2"*96 *96-112"
"Note: When using 88304 swivel brackets on either or both ends of a panel installation, care must be
taken to ensure the spacing between post and adjoining pickets meets applicable codes. This will require
trimming one or both ends of the panel. When using the 88301 flat mount bracket for lnvincible style, rail
mav need to be drilled to accommodate rail to bracket attachment.
END OF SECTION
Rev. 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Ornamental Fence System
031 1 9-5
sEcTtoN 03200
CONCRETE RE!NFORCEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes reinforcing steel bars, welded wire fabric and
accessories for cast-in-place concrete.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete
1,02 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete lnstitute:
1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
3. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual
4. ACI 1315 - Concrete Reinforcing Details
B. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for
Concrete Reinforcement2. ASTM 4184/4184M - Standard Specification for Fabricated
Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement3. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire
Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement4. ASTM 4615/4615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and
Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement5. ASTM A704IA704M - Standard Specification for Welded Steel
Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement6. ASTM A706/A706M - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel
Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
C. American Welding Society:
1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel
D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel lnstitute:
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Concrete Reinrorcement
03200-1
1. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice
2. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Section SP-3: Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: lndicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities
of reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric, bending and cutting
schedules, and supporting and spacing devices.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
D. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials
analysis.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Perform Work in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice ACI
301, ACrSP-66, ACr318.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
Welders' Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01400
Manufacturer's Certificates, certifying welders employed on the Work,
verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months.
1.06 COORDTNATTON
Coordinate with placement of formwork, formed openings and other Work.
PART 2. PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: All bars No. 5 and larger shall conform to ASTM
4615/4615M, 60 ksi, yield grade; all bars No. 4 or smaller shall
conform to A615/A615M, 40 ksi, yield grade; deformed billet steel bars,
unfinished.
B. Reinforcing Steel Plain Bar and Rod Mats: ASTM A704IA704M, ASTM
A615/A615M, Grade 60; steel bars or rods, unfinished.
C. Stirrups Steel: ASTM A82, unfinished.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Concrete Reinforcement
03200-2
D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497 Deformed Type; in flat sheets;
unfinished.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type.
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for
strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement
conditions.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcement in accordance with CRSI Manual of
Practice, ACI SP-66, ACI 318.
B. Locate reinforcement splices not indicated on drawings, at point of
minimum stress. Review location of splices with Engineer.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not
deviate from required position.
B. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder.
C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
D. Minimum concrete cover shall be as specified in ACI 318 latest edition
and the following:
1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth 3"
2. Concrete Exposed to earth or weather:
a. No. 6 through No. 18 bar 2"
b. No. 5 bar, W31 or D31 wire and smaller 1%"
3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground:
a. Slab, wall, joists:
i. No. 14 and No. 18 bar 1%"
ii. No. 11 bar and smaller %"
b. Beams, columns:
i. Primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, spirals 1%"
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 1201 13
Concrete Reinforcement
03200-3
c. Shells, folded plate members:
i. No. 6 bar and larger %
ii. No. 5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and smaller %"
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Testing and lnspection Services
SSPWC - Execution Requirements: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Concrete Reinforcement
03200-4
sEcTtoN 03260
CONCRETE JOINTS AND WATERSTOPS
PART 1 . GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, testing, and installation of construction and
expansion joints, PVC waterstops, premolded joint filler, joint sealant, and
bond breaker tape.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100
B. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03201
C. Concrete: Section 03300
D. Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing: Section 03345
1.03 SUBMITTALS (FOR CONTRACTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR)
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General
Provisions and the following.
B. Submit manufacturer's literature, catalog data, and statement of
compliance with referenced standards and specifications.
C. Submit material samples of PVC waterstops.
PART 2. MATERIALS
2.01 PVC WATERSTOP
A. Material: Waterstops shall be extruded from a PVC compound and shall
be flatstrip ribbed type as manufactured by B. F. Goodrich Company,
Kirkhill Rubber Company, or for contracts between City and Contractor,
approved equal. Waterstop shall comply with Corps of Engineers
Specification CRD-C-572. The basic resin of the material shall be a PVC
resin plastic, containing nonmigratingtype plasticizers, and shall not be
appreciably affected by alkali, acids, or saltwater. All material shall be
virgin material; the use of reworked PVC or approved other substitute will
not be permitted.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Joints and Waterstops
03260-1
B. Fittings: Waterstops shall be supplied and installed in accord with the
dimensions shown on the drawings, and shall be made continuous by
means of factory made fittings.
2.02 JOINT SEALANT FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES
The joint sealant shall be a two-part, gray, nonstaining, nonsagging,
polyurethane sealant, which cures at ambient temperature to a firm, flexible,
tear-resistant rubber. The sealer shall be resilient and have excellent recovery
characteristics after extended periods of compression or elongation. Sealant
shall be PRC 270, Vulkem 227 , Sika 2C or tor contracts between City and
Contractor, approved equal.
Technical Requirements
Consistency.... ..........Gun grade
Tack free tir" ................ . . .. . .. .. .. Z.q hours at 75" F and 50% R.H.
Pot 1ife............. ....... 1 to 3 hoursHardness........ .30 Shore A, +/-5
Elongation....... .................750o/o
Tensile Strength, ASTM D 412 ................ ......................325 psi
Peel strength on concrete ........18 psi cohesive
Temperature service range.. .. -40" F to +175" F
lmmersion in water ..Continuous
2,03 NEOPRENE RODS FOR PRECAST SLAB JOINTS
Neoprene rods shall be of the indicated diameter, 50 durometer.
2.04 PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
Joint filler shall be performed, nonextruded type, constructed of closed-cell
neoprene conforming to ASTM D 1752, Type l, as manufactured by W. R.
Grace Company of Cambridge, Massachusetts; W. R. Meadows, lnc., Elgin,
lllinois; or for contracts between City and Contractor, approved equal.
2.05 NEOPRENE BEARING PADS
Neoprene bearing pads for precast concrete slabs shall be ofthe indicated
size, thickness, and length, 60 durometer.
Rev 05/20'14
Cannon 120113
Concrete Joints and Waterstops
03260-2
2.06 BOND BREAKER TAPE
Bond breaker tape shall be an adhesive backed glazed butyl or polyethylene
which will adhere to the premolded joint material or concrete surface. The
tape shall be the same width as the joint. The tape shall be compatible with
the sealant.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3,01 PVC WATERSTOPS
A. lnstallation: Waterstops shall be installed in construction and expansion
joints in hydraulic structures or where shown on the drawings. Forms for
construction joints shall be constructed in such a manner as to prevent
damage to waterstops. Waterstops shall be held securely in position in the
construction joints by wire ties, continuous bars, and rings as indicated.
Waterstops shall be properly heat spliced at ends and intersections to
ensure continuity.
B. Field Splices: Field splices shall be made with a thermostatically controlled
heating iron in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. At
least 10 minutes shall be allowed before pulling or straining the new splice
in any way. The finished splices shall provide a cross section that is dense
and free of porosity with tensile strength of not less than 80% of the
unspliced materials.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. General: Construction joints shall be provided where shown on the
drawings. ln case of emergency, additional construction joints shall be
placed. An interval of 45 minutes between two consecutive batches of
concrete shall constitute cause for an emergency construction joint. At the
City's sole discretion, the slab or concrete placement may be rejected and
be removed entirely. The costs related to such removal and replacement
shall be borne by the contractor. All emergency construction joints are
subject to final approval by the City.
B. Construction Joint Keyways: Construction joints shall be keyed, if
indicated on the drawings. Keyways shall be formed by beveled strips or
boards placed at right angles to the direction of shear. Except where
otherwise shown on the drawings or specified, keyways shall be at least 1-
1/2 inches in depth over at least 25% of the area of the section.
C. Reinforcing Dowels: When an emergency joint is necessary, the joint shall
be keyed and reinforcing dowels shall be furnished and placed across the
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Joints and Waterstops
03260-3
joint. These dowels shall be embedded 60 bar diameters into each side of
the joint. Size and number of dowels shall match reinforcing in the
member. Furnishing and placing such reinforcing steel shall be done at no
additional costs to the City.
D. Joint Preparation for Adjacent Pour: After the pour has been completed to
the construction joint and the concrete has hardened, the entire surface of
the joint shall be thoroughly cleaned of surface laitance, loose or defective
concrete, and foreign material, and clean aggregate shall be exposed by
sandblasting the surface of construction joints before placing the new
concrete. Horizontal construction joints shall be covered with mortar.
Mortar shall be spread uniformly and worked thoroughly into all
irregularities of the surface. The mortar shall be flowable and shall consist
of sand, water, and a minimum of 12 sacks of cement per cubic yard. A
positive measuring device, such as a bucket, or other device shall be
provided that will contain only enough mortar for depositing in one place in
the wall or column to ensure that portion of the form does not receive too
much mortar. Mortar shall not be deposited from pump hoses or large
concrete buckets unless inspection windows close to the joint are
available to allow visual measurement of mortar thickness and means for
mortar removal is available for removal of any excess. The water-cement
ratio of the mortar in place shall not exceed that of the concrete to be
placed upon it. The consistency of the mo(ar shall be suitable for placing
and working.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER
Premolded joint filler shall be installed in joints accurately as shown. Joint
filler shall be attached to concrete with a bonding agent recommended by the
joint sealant and joint filler manufacturer for compatibility.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. Joint Cavity Preparation: lmmediately before installing the joint sealant,
the joint cavity shall be cleaned by sandblasting or power wire brushing.
Bond breaker tape shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions.
B. Sealant Application: After the joints have been prepared as described
above, the joint sealant shall be applied. Primer, if required, and joint
sealant shall be applied only with the equipment and methods
recommended by the joint sealant manufacturer. Application criteria for
the sealant materials, such as temperature and moisture requirements
and primer cure time, shall be in accordance with the recommendations of
the sealant manufacturer.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Joints and Wate6tops
03260-4
C. Finishing: Masking tape shall be applied along the edges of the exposed
surface of the exposed joints. Joints shall be troweled smooth with a tuck
pointing tool wiped with a solvent as recommended by the sealant
manufacturer.
D. Cleanup: After the sealant has been applied, masking tape and any
sealant spillage shall be removed.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF NEOPRENE RODS IN PRECAST SLAB JOINTS
Neoprene rods shall be forced down to the bottom of the shaped joint prior to
placing drypack in the joint.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF NEOPRENE BEARING PADS
Neoprene bearing pads shall be placed in the indicated position on the
concrete walls and glued to the wall with suitable adhesive.
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Joints and Waterstops
03260-5
sEcfloN 03300
GENERAL CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing
all plant, labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations in
connection with all Portland cement concrete work necessary to complete the
project.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100.
B. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200.
C. Concrete Joints and Waterstops: Section 03260.
D. Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing: Section 03345.
E. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
1.03 REFERENCEDOCUMENTS
A. Commercial Specifications.
1. ASTM C39 Concrete Testing
2. ASTM C94 Ready Mixed Concrete
3. ASTM C143 Concrete Slump Test
4. ASTM C150 Cement
5. ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregate
6. ASTM C127 Coarse Aggregate
7. ASTM C260 Air-Entraining Agent
8. ASTM C615 Reinforcing Steel
9. ASTM D1752 Expansion Joint Material
10.ASTM C309 Curing Compound
B. ACl. The "Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" is
referenced for steel rei nforcement installation.
1,04 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. Testing. Test of field cured concrete samples are to be made by the
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
GeneralConcrete
03300-1
Contractor using a Test Laboratory designed by the City. The Conkactor shall
assist in taking and curing of all samples. Testing will be performed in
accordance with ASTM C39 or otherwise as may, in the Engineer's opinion,
be necessary to obtain the desired workability, impermeability, durability,
strength, etc. Costs of such testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
1,05 MANUFACTURER'SDATA
A. Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications with application and
installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including
admixtures, bonding agents, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds,
and dry shake finish materials.
B. Submit and secure approval of the Engineer for the following data,
information and procedures:
1. Cement: Source of supply, physical and chemical characteristics,
transportation and intermediate terminaling and storage procedures from
mill to project and site storage procedures.
2. Aggregate: Physical and chemical properties, procurement, processing
and storage facilities.
3. Mixing Water: Source and chemical analysis.
4. Equipment: Description and handling capacities for concrete placement to
include buckets, chutes, pump and tremies. Concrete consolidation
equipment technical data.
5. Concrete:
a)Batching and mixing equipment and procedures.
b)Transport equipment and description of techniques.
c)Curing procedures.
d)Mix designs for each type of concrete including trial batch results,
e)Hot and Cold Weather Concreting precautions and procedures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Concrete shall be "ready mixed" conforming to ASTM C94 and to these
specifications. Concrete shall be proportioned and mixed to produce a
compressive strength at least 3,250 psi at 28 days. All reinforced concrete
shall develop at least 3,250 psi at 28 days as shown by cylinder testing
performed by a certified testing laboratory.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
General Concrete
03300-2
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Concrete General. Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine and
coarse aggregate, approved admixture and water. The quality of each of the
ingredients shall be as specified herein, and the proportions in which they are
used shall be such as to produce concrete of the required strength and
capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and where
deposited so as to obtain maximum density and where deposited in forms, to
have smoothness of the surface.
B. Water Quantity. The quantity of water in the mix shall be a minimum which, in
the opinion of the City will allow the concrete to be worked into place without
segregation, and when compacted into place by the use of vibrators will give
the desired qualities of density, imperviousness and surface finish.
C. Consistency of concrete will be determined by the "slump test" in accordance
with ASTM C143. Slumps required will be determined in the field by the City
for the various parts of the work, but in general, shall be from 2- to S-inches.
D. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type ll, low alkali, and shall be suitably
stored to protect from exposure to the elements until used.
E. Concrete used in any structure shall contain not less than 5.75 sacks of
cement per cubic yard of the mix, except when specifically approved by the
Engineer.
F. Aggregates shall be obtained from a source which has been approved by the
California Department of Transportation. The aggregate shall conform to
ASTM C33 with the exception that sub-paragraphs 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 and
paragraph 5.3 and 9.3 shall not apply. Special care shall be taken to obtain
non-reactive aggregates. Designated size of coarse aggregate shall be 1 inch
maximum to No. 4. Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel, crushed gravel,
crushed stone or combination thereof and its specific gravity shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C127 . Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand,
manufactured sand or a combination thereof. Light weight sand for fine
aggregate will not be permitted. Gradation and limits of deleterious
substances for both coarse and fine aggregate shall meet the requirements of
ASTM C33.
G. Admixtures. All concrete shall contain an air-entraining agent meeting the
requirements of ASTM C260. Sufficient air-entraining agent shall be used to
provide a total air content of 3-112lo 5-112 percent. The air-entraining agent
shall be added to the batch in a portion of the mixing water. The solution shall
be batched by means of a mechanical batcher capable of accurate
measurement.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
GeneralConcrete
03300-3
H.The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in strict
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. ln any event, addition of any
approved admixture shall not affect the quantity of the cement used in the
mix. When air temperature at the time of placement of concrete is expected to
be consistently 80 degrees F or over, Superior concrete Emulsion's
"Plastiment," Master Builder's "Possolith 300R," or approved equivalent
admixture shall be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
At temperatures consistently below 40 degrees F, Superior Concrete
Emulsion's "Plastocrete A" or approved equivalent shall be added to concrete
mix.
Water used in the concrete shall be free from objectionable quantities of silt,
organic matter, alkali, salts or other impurities.
Reinforcing Steel shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM 4615, Grade
60 and shall be fabricated and placed as shown. All reinforcing steel shall be
firmly and accurately fastened in the position shown with iron wire and metal
of concrete spacers, and shall be approved by the City. Metal blocks or chairs
shall not be used in contact with earth. At the time concrete is placed, all
reinforcement shall be free from loose, flaky rust and scale and free from oil,
grease or other coating which might destroy or reduce its bond with the
concrete and supported on standard concrete blocks.
Supports. All reinforcement shall be secured in place by use of concrete
supports, spacers or ties, as approved. Such supports shall be of sufficient
strength to maintain the reinforcement in place throughout the concreting
operations.
Forms. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines, shall
be used wherever necessary. Forms for exposed surfaces shall be of
plywood, and shall be set true to line and grade, shall be mortar tight and
sufficiently rigid to prevent objectionable deformation under load.
Form materials shall be new or undamaged. Plywood for forms shall be
"Plyform" as manufactured by United States Plywood Corporation or an
approved equivalent. Bolts and rods used for ties shall be so arranged that
when the forms are removed metal will be not less than two inches from any
concrete surface. Wire ties will not be permitted. Responsibility for form
adequacy shall rest with the Contractor. However, the type, shape, size,
quality and strength of all materials of which the forms are made shall be
subject to the Engineer's approval.
GeneralConcrete
033004
t.
L.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
J.
K.
M.
Curing Materials. Membrane forming curing compound, referred to herein as
"curing compound" conforming to ASTM C309, Type I and shall contain a
fugitive dye. Material shall be Concure Concentrate as manufactured by
Concrete Tie, Compton, California, "Hunt Process TLF" or approved
equivalent.
Curing blankets shall consist of approved, heavy, sisal kraft sheets of vinyl
back burlap, or may be similar waterproof material when specifically permitted
by the Owner.
Plain burlap shall be heavy material, free from any agent which might impart
color or stain to the concrete.
Hardening Compound shall be a resinous-type Curing and Hardening
compound and shall be Sika Sikagard Cure/Hard
Vapor Barrier: Provide vapor barrier cover over prepared base material
where shown. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when tested in
accordance with ASTM E154. Polyethylene sheets shall not be less than 10
mils (0.25 mm) thick.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION
A. Forms. lndividual form sections shall be uniform size and shall be arranged to
result in a uniform pattern on exposed surfaces.
B. All forms shall be so constructed that they can be removed without damaging
the concrete. 3/4-inch chamfer strips shall be placed in all exposed corners
and at other indicated locations. Forms shall be kept in good condition at all
times pa(icularly with reference to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness
and smoothness of surface. Prior to placing concrete, forms shall be
thoroughly clean and shall be treated with a non-staining mineral oil approved
by the Owner. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before
placing concrete. ln addition, all plywood shall be given a preliminary oil
treatment at least two weeks in advance of its use as a form. Care shall be
exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of reinforcing steel.
C. Where forms for continuous surfaces are placed in successive units, care
shall be taken to fit the forms over the completed surface so as to obtain
accurate alignment of the surfaces and prevent leakage of mortar. Special
care shall be taken in form construction for exposed exterior walls, such that
the formation of fins at plywood joints is minimized.
N.
o.
P.
o.
R.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
GeneralConcrete
03300-5
D.
E.
Proper provisions shall be made for all openings, construction joints,
anchorage and other features of the work a required to avoid necessity for
cutting concrete after it is in place.
Batching and Delivery of Concrete. All concrete shall be plant mixed and
delivered to the site in mixer trucks, in accordance with the requirements of
ASTM C94, and these specifications.
Each delivery shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket or other
memorandum showing the approved mix designation and stating the amounts
of water introduced into the mix directly and moisture in the aggregate.
Transporting and Placing Concrete. Only methods of transporting and placing
which will deliver concrete of the proper consistency into the work without
separation and which will not endanger existing improvements will be
permitted. Equipment and methods shall meet the approval of the Owner.
Concrete shall be deposited in the forms as close as possible to its final
position. Concrete in walls shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding
12 inches in depth. There shall be no drop in excess of five feet except where
suitable equipment is provided to prevent segregation. Placement shall be
carried on at such a rate that formation of cold joints will be prevented.
No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of the City's
Representative after his approval of forms and steel reinforcement. Concrete
which upon or before placing is found not to conform to the quality
requirements of this specification shall be rejected and immediately removed
from the work. Concrete not placed in accordance with these specifications or
which is of inferior quality, as determined by the owner, shall be removed and
replaced by the Contractor at his expense.
Earth surfaces against which concrete is to be placed shall be clean, damp
and free from standing or running water and shall have been prepared as
specified in the "Earthwork" section of these specifications.
Tamping and Vibrating Concrete. As concrete is placed in forms or upon
excavations, it shall be consolidated by proper vibrators and other tools of
type approved by the Engineer and in such a manner as to effectively
produce dense, homogeneous, impervious concrete, thoroughly filling the
space and embedding the reinforcement and giving a smooth surface against
the forms. The number and type of vibrators used shall be subject to approval
of the City. Care shall be exercised to avoid displacement of forms or water
stops by vibration and not to vibrate concrete excessively causing
segregation or bringing excess water to the surface.
General Concrete
03300-6
F.
L
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 1201 '13
G.
H.
J.
M.
K. Form Removal. Forms shall not be removed without approval of the Engineer
and removal shall be done in a manner which will not damage the concrete.
Except as otherwise ordered, forms shall not be removed prior to either the
development of adequate concrete strength, based on tests ofjob cured
cylinders or expiration of periods of time subsequent to placing concrete, as
follows:
Slabs.14 days
Finish of Concrete Surfaces. All concrete surfaces shall conform accurately to
shape, alignment, and grades as shown on the drawings. Surface shall be
free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or roughness of any
kind and shall present a finished, smooth continuous plane. Fins on exposed
exterior surfaces shall be ground smooth, such that joints in plywood forms
are not apparent.
Exposed edges of slab and bases shall have a light broom finish and shall
have surface slopes for drainage outside of the area of base plates for the
tank supports
Treatment of Surface Defects. As soon a forms are removed and after
application of membrane forming compound has been completed as set forth
hereinafter, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined and any
irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground down in a satisfactory
manner so as to secure a smooth, uniform and continuous surface. Plastering
or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will not be permitted. No repairs shall
be made until after inspection by the Owner, and then only as directed.
Concrete containing voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression
defects shall be completely removed and replaced, except that where
required, or approved by the Owner, defects shall be repaired with gunite or
with cement mortar placed by an approved compressed air mortar gun as
hereinafter specified. ln no case will extensive patching of honeycombed
concrete be permitted. All repairs and replacements herein specified shall be
promptly executed by the Contractor at his sole expense.
Defective surfaces to be repaired with a cement or mortar gun shall be cut-
back from true line a minimum of one-half of an inch over the entire area.
Feather edges shall be avoided. Where chipping or cutting tools are not
required in order to deepen the area properly, the surface shall be prepared
for bonding by the removal of all laitance or soft material, and not less than
1132 inch depth of the surface film from all hard portions, by means of an
efficient sand blast. After cutting and sandblasting, the surfaces shall be wet
down sufficiently in advance of shooting so that while the gunite or mortar is
being applied, the surfaces under repair will remain moist, but not so wet as
to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends.
General Concrete
03300-7
N.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
o.
P.
o.
R.
All repairs shall be built up and shaped in such manner that the completed
work will conform to the requirements herein for surface finishes, using
approved methods which will not disturb the bond or cause sagging or
horizontal fracture. Surfaces shall be made smooth and hard by steel
troweling and shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment as
required for concrete in the repaired section.
Curing Concrete. All concrete shall be cured for a minimum of 14 days after
placing, as specified herein or as otherwise approved by the Owner. Curing
procedures and the materials employed shall conform to the requirement set
forth hereinafter.
1. All concrete surfaces, except those forming construction joints, shall
receive an application of membrane forming curing compound one hour
after finishing or immediately upon removal of forms, as applicable.2. Construction joint surfaces shall be cured by maintaining wood forms in
place or shall be covered with continuously wetted plain burlap.
Curing compound shall be hand spray applied to moist, but not excessively
wet, surfaces at the maximum rate of 250 square feet per gallon. However, in
no case shall curing compound be applied to reinforcing steel, water stop or
to any concrete surfacing which will become part of any construction joint,
including sealant grooves.
Curing blankets shall be applied to surfaces which have been thoroughly
wetted by use of a fog nozzle. Blankets shall be installed not sooner than one
hour, not later than 4 hours following the application of curing compound, and
shall have all joints sealed. The separate sheets may be butt jointed and
sealed with waterproof tape, or may be lapped 3-inches minimum and sealed
with waterproof tape or cement.
Burlap shall be arranged to thoroughly cover all exposed concrete, especially
around reinforcing steel and adjacent to water stop and kept wet throughout
the curing period.
Care and Repair of Concrete. The contractor shall protect all concrete from
damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, over stress, or any other
cause until final acceptance. Any concrete found to be damaged or which
may have been originally defective or becomes defective prior to final
acceptance of the work, or which departs from line or grade, or which for any
other reason does not conform to the specifications shall be satisfactorily
repaired or removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. The
Contractor may at any time prior to acceptance of the work be required to
clean all exposed surfaces of concrete at his own expense.
S.
T.
Rev 04/20'13
Cannon 1201'13
General Concrete
03300-8
U. Reinforcing Steel. The Contractor shall furnish and place steel reinforcing as
shown or otherwise required. All placing shall be in accordance with the
drawings.
V. Reinforcing Steel shall be bent and installed in accordance with the ACI
"Standard Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Splice in
continuous bars shall be lapped 24 bar diameters but not less than 12 inches
unless otherwise indicated. Radius of bends as measured at inside of bars
shall be:
Bar Size Radius of Bend
No. 4 2-1l2bar diameter
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
GeneralConcrete
03300-9
sEcTtoN 03345
CONCRETE FINISHING, CURING, AND WATERPROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials and methods of concrete finishes, curing,
repair of defects, surface protection, and waterproofing.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100.
B. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03201.
C. Concrete Joints and Waterstops: Section 03260.
D. Concrete: Section 03300.
1.03 SUBMITTALS (FOR CONTRACTS BETWEEN CITY AND CONTRACTOR)
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the General
Provisions and the following.
B. Curing Compound: Submit manufacturer's statement of compliance with
these specifications and recommended coverage to meet or exceed the
specified tests.
C. Submit manufacturer's application instructions.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 CURING COMPOUND
A. General: Curing compound shall conform to ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class
B, and shall be compatible with required finishes and coatings.
B. Manufacturers: Curing compound shall be: Masterseal, manufactured by
Master Builders, Cleveland, Ohio; Evco Floor Coat, manufactured by
Euclid Chemical Co., Cleveland, Ohio; or for contracts between City and
Contractor, approved equal.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing
03345-1
2.02 MORTAR FOR REPAIR OF CONCRETE
Mortar used for repair of concrete shall be made of the same materials as
used for concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted and the
mortar shall consist of not more than one part cement to two and one-half
parts sand by damp loose volume. The quantity of mixing water shall be no
more than necessary for handling and placing.
2.03 ROOF MEMBMNE FOR UNDERGROUND RESERVOIRS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONCRETE FINISHES
Concrete surfaces shall be completed in accordance with the following
schedule:
Finish F-1:
Finish F-2:
s-1
E-1
Applicable Surface
Exterior walls exposed to water or
groundwater, and interior of tank walls.
Walls, structures, or building walls
exposed to view. Underside of formed
floors or slabs.
Slabs and floors not water bearing.
Exposed edges of slabs, floors, and wall tops.
Defective concrete shall be repaired, fins
removed, depressions 114 inch or deeper filled,
and formtie holes filled.
ln addition to repairs of Finish F-1, depressions
and air holes shall be opened by whip-blasting and
filled with mortar. Surfaces shall be dampened and
a slurry consisting of one part cement and one and
one-half part sand by damp loose volume shall be
spread over the surface with clean burlap pads or
sponge rubber floats. Any surplus shall be
removed by scraping and then rubbing with clean
burlap.
Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing
03345-2
Rev. 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Finish S-1: Shall be a smooth steel trowel finish.
Finish E-1: Exposed edges of slabs, floors, and tops of walls,
shall be finished with a 3/4-inch-radius edger,
where chamfer is not indicated.
3.02 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Curing Requirement: Surfaces shall be water cured until finishing and
repairing are completed.
B. Repair of Surface Defects: lmmediately after forms are removed, fins and
irregularities shall be removed by grinding or rubbing. Depressions deeper
than specified shall be filled with mortar, and form-tie holes filled.
C. Formtie Holes: Form-tie holes shall be reamed with toothed reamers until
surface of hole is rough and clean. Surface shall be coated with epoxy
bonding compound and filled with mortar. Tapered form-tie holes shall be
finished as follows:
1. Form{ie holes shall be sandblasted and blown clean prior to filling.
2. A rubber plug, with one end open, shall be driven to the center of the
hole. Plug size shall be larger in diameter than the diameter of the hole
at the center of the wall.
3. The entire annular surface of the hole shall be coated with epoxy prior
to filling with mortar. Epoxy shall be applied in accordance with
manufactu rer's instructions.
4. Each side of hole shall be filled with mortar. Mortar shall be applied to
the "wet" side of the wall first. Mortar shall be solidly consolidated into
the hole.
5. The City Representative shall be notified in advance of the formtie
hole filling schedule.
3.03 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. Repair Limits: Honeycombed and other defective concrete shall be
removed down to sound concrete. Edges shall be perpendicular to
surface. Surfaces to receive repair shall be sandblasted.
B. Bonding Compound: Sandblasted surface shall be coated with epory
bonding compound.
C. Mortar Placement: Mortar shall be placed in layers having a compacted
thickness of 3/8-inch. The surface of each layer shall be scratched to
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 1201'!3
Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterprooflng
03345-3
promote bonding with next layer. Finish repair shall match adjacent
concrete and cure as specified.
D. Repair of Large Defective Areas: Defective areas of more than 1-foot
square and deeper than the reinforcing steel shall be repaired as above,
with the exception that the area shall be filled with pneumatically applied
concrete.
3.04 CURING
Allowable Curing Methods: Concrete surfaces shall be cured by water
curing or by use of sprayed curing compound at the Conkactor's option.
Where wooden forms are used, the forms shall be wet immediately before
concreting and keep moist by sprinkling until removed. All exposed
surfaces of formed concrete shall be kept moist until curing compound is
applied.
Curing Compound Method
Concrete shall be cured for not less than 14 days after placement.
The surface shall be sprayed with two coats of liquid curing compound.
Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions to cover the surface with a uniform film
which will seal thoroughly. A second coat shall be applied at 90
degrees to the direction of spray for the first coat.
Curing compound shall be applied immediately after completion of the
finish on unformed surfaces, and within two hours after removal of
forms on formed surfaces. Formed surfaces shall be repaired within
the said two-hour period; provided, however, that any such repairs
which cannot be made within the said two-hour period shall be delayed
until after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to
be made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the
area shall first be sandblasted to remove the curing compound, then
repaired.
Wherever curing compound may have been applied to surfaces
against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is
to adhere, the curing compound shall be removed entirely by
sandblasting prior to the placing of new concrete.
Care shall be taken to avoid damaging the seal during the curing
period. Damaged or broken seals shall be repaired immediately by the
application of additional curing compound.
A.
B.
1.
2.
J.
4
5.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing
033454
3.05 ROOF MEMBRANE
A. Factory Seams: All factory seams for either fabrication or repairs shall
provide a minimum overlap of the reinforcing fabric of 1-inch and shall
extend to the edge of the sheet so that no loose edge is present on the top
side of the sheet. A loose edge on the underside of the sheet is
permissible as long as the 1-inch minimum overlap of the reinforcing fabric
is maintained and a minimum of 1-inch bonded seam is maintained within
the overlap.
B. Field Seams: Field seam, if required, shall provide a minimum overlap of
the reinforcing fabric of 2-inches and shall extend to the edge of the sheet
so that no loose edge is present on the top side of the sheet. A loose edge
on the underside of the sheet is permissible as long as the 2-inch
minimum bonded overlap of the reinforcing fabric is maintained. A nominal
6-inch overlap of liner panels shall be allowed to keep dirt out of the field
seams.
C. Surface Preparation: Concrete surface that are to receive Hypalon
adhesive shall be thoroughly cleaned. Adhesive shall be applied in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
3.06 PROTECTIVE COVER FOR ROOF MEMBRANES
Boards shall be butted tightly and shall cover the entire membrane surface,
and overlap beyond the end of the membrane as indicated. Suitable adhesive
shall be applied to the prepared concrete surface at the ends of the boards.
3.07 CRYSTALLINE WATERPROOFING
A. General: Preparation of and application to concrete surface shall be in
accordance with manufactu rer's recommendations.
B. Application Rate: Waterproofing shall consist of one coat of XYPEX
"Concentrate" applied at the rate of 1-112 pounds per square yard of
concrete surface, followed by one coat of XYPEX "Modified" applied at the
@te ol 1-112 pounds per square yard of concrete surface.
C. Areas to be Waterproofed: Waterproofing shall be applied to all walls from
the top of the footing to top of walls (except wall areas receiving
membrane and protective cover).
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Concrete Finishing, Curing, and Waterproofing
03345-5
END OF SECTION
sEciloN 09910
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
PARTl -GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section includes materials and field application of painting and coating
systems for exposed surfaces.
1.02 REFERENCESTANDARDS
The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent
referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless othenivise
called for.
A. A\ A/VA C 210 - Liquid-Epory Coating Systems for the lnterior and Exterior of
Steel Water Pipelines
B. AIM/i/A C 218 -- Liquid Coating Systems for the Exterior of Above-Ground Steel
Water
C. Pipelines and Fittings
D. SSPC - Steel Structure Painting Council
1.03 REI.ATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Standard Drawings
B. Standard Specifications 01000, 01045, 01200, 01310, 01330, 01505, 01510,
01 57 0, 021 40, 02222, 02223, 02528, 0257 8, 03000, 03480, 03482, 09902, and
Division 15.
1.04 RESTRICTION ON CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER
A. Under no circumstances shall paint materials specified in this Section be used
where they may come in contact with the public water supply or for buried
installations. These products are intended for exposed exterior use only.
B. Painting and coating materials in contact with potable and recycled water or for
buried installations shall be in accordance with Section 15000.
Rev. O7 /2OL4
Cannon 120113
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 1
1.05 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Notify the City 48 hours in advance of field operations involving surface
preparation and coating application.
B. The City will inspect shop-and field-prepared surfaces. The Contractor shall not
proceed with paint application until the surface preparation has been approved
by the City Engineer.
C. The City will inspect application of all prime, intermediate, finish, and touch-
up coatings to verify the integrity of the coating and compliance with the
specifications. Each coating application will be checked and deficiencies
marked. ltems exhibiting an improper finish or color, or insufficient surface
preparation or dry film thickness shall be prepared as necessary and corrected,
utilizing the specified paint materials to obtain compliance.
1.06 SURFACES NOT TO BE FIELD PAINTED
A. Generally, the following items or materials are not to be field painted unless
specifically required elsewhere in the specifications:
1. Buried mortar-coated pipe and fittings.
2. Stainless steel.
3. lnterior surfaces of valves, fittings and pipe.
4. Nameplates.
5. Grease fiftings.
6. Brass, copper, bronze, or galvanized items except as required for recycled
water system identifi cation.
7. Buried pipe and appurtenances except as required in the piping
specifications.
1.07 COLOR AND PAINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE
A. The following tables designate the color and paint system that shall be used on
the City's various potable water and recycled water facilities.
Potable Water:
Rev. 07 /2OL4
Cannon 120113
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 2
ITEM COLOR PAINT SYSTEM
Fire Hvdrant Safety Yellow Acrvlic or Epoxv/Urethane
Blow Off Box Lids Safety Yellow Acrvlic Traffic Paint
Gate Well Lids Blue Acrvlic Traffic Paint
Valve Can Lids - Fire Hydrant
Valves
Safety Yellow Acrylic Traffic Paint
Valve Can Lids- Normally
Closed Valves
Safety Red Acrylic Traffic Paint
AirA/ac Assemblies Safety Yellow Eooxv/Urethane
Water Test Station Enclosures Green Fusion Bonded Polyester
Protector Posts SafeU Yellow Eooxv/Urethane
Vault Pipinq Per City Epoxy
Above Ground Pipinq Per City Eooxv/Urethane
PART 2 . MATERIALS
2,01 GENERAL
A. Coating products and colors shall be selected from the tables above or shall be
Sinclair gloss enamel paint.
B. All materials of a specified paint system(s), including prime, intermediate, finish,
and touch-up coats shall be provided by the same manufacturer.
C. Thinners, cleaners, driers and other additives shall be as recommended by the
coating manufacturer for the specified paint system(s) and shall be approved by
the City Engineer.
D. All coating products shall be delivered to the job site in original and unopened
containers.
2.02 EPOXY PAINT SYSTEM
A. Prime, lntermediate, Finish and Touch-Up Coats: VOC-compliant, two-
component, chemically cured epoxy.
2.03 EPOXY/URETHANE PAINT SYSTEM
A. Prime and lntermediate Coats. Field-applied, VOC-compliant, surface tolerant,
two-component, chemically cured epoxy. Finish and Touch-Up Coats: Field-
applied, VOC-compliant, two-component, chemically cured aliphatic urethane
semi-gloss enamel.
Rev.07l2OL4
Cannon L2OLL3
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 3
2.04 ACRYLIC PAINT SYSTEM
Acrylic Paint System may be either solvent borne or waterborne as described
below:
A. Solvent borne Acrylic Paint System:
1. Prime, lntermediate, Finish and Touch-Up Coats: Field-applied, VOC-
compliant, solvent borne acrylic paint.
B. Waterborne Acrylic Paint System:
1. Prime, lntermediate, Finish and Touch-Up Coats: Field-applied, VOC
compliant, waterborne acrylic paint.
2.05 ACRYLIC TRAFFIC PAINT SYSTEM
A. Prime and Finish Coats: Field-applied, VOC-compliant, rapid-drying, weather
and abrasion resistant waterborne acrylic paint containing 100% solids by
volume.
2.06 FUSION BONDED POLYESTER
A. Primer: Powder Epoxy Primer: Primer shall be a one-part, fusion-bonded, heat-
cured, thermosetting 100% solids, zinc-rich, dry powder epory resin.
B. Finished Coat:
1. Polyester Powder: Powder finish coat shall be a high gloss thermosetting
fusion-bonded, 100% solid, dry powder TG|C-Polyester resin.
2. Thinners, cleaners, dryers, and other additives shall be as recommended by
the coatings manufacturer for the specified system. Any deviation from the
manufacturer's recommendations shall be approved in writing by the
Engineer prior to starting work.
3. All coatings, thinners, pigments, and other materials to be used on potable
water service shall have FDA approval for use with potable water
2.07 PAINT COLORS
A. Safety Yellow, Safety Purple and Safety Red paint colors shall be as specified in
Federal OSHA regulations.
B. White paint color shall be as specified by the California Department of
Transportation for striping.
Rev.07 /2OL4
Cannon 1201L3
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 4
C. Green paint color shall be as specified in Article 2.06 herein.
D. Successive coats of each paint color shall be of a slightly different shade, as
d irected by the City Engineer, to facilitate the inspection of surface coverage of
each coat. The true colors specified above shall be used for all Finish and Touch-
up coats.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.01 LIMITATIONS TO THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS
A. Apply coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Do not
apply coatings under adverse weather conditions. lf any of the following
minimum conditions are present, the application of coatings shall be delayed or
postponed until conditions are favorable.
1. During rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 80 percent.
2. When the surface to be coated is wet, moist, or contaminated with any
foreign matter.
3. When the surrounding air temperature or the temperature of the surface to
be coated is below 13" C (55' F).
4. When the temperature of the surface to be coated is more than 2.8' C (5' F)
below the airtemperature or when the surface temperature is 49 C (120' F)
or above.
5. When the surface temperature is less than 2.8" C (5" F) above the dew point
or is expected to be so within twelve hours after application of coating.
B. lf a change in weather conditions results in damage to a newly applied coating,
restore the affected coatings to their specified condition as directed by the City
Engineer.
3.02 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED
A. Remove, mask, or otheruise protect hardware, switch plates, aluminum
surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, nameplates and other surfaces
not intended to be painted. Protect working parts of mechanical and electrical
equipment from damage during surface preparation and the painting process.
Provide drop cloths or masking to prevent paint materials from dripping or
accumulating on adjacent surfaces.
Rev. 07 /20L4
Cannon 120113
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 5
3.03 FIELD TOUCH-UP OF SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS
A. Prior to field touch-up, prepare the surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as directed by the City Engineer.
B. Reapply primer as required to cover all scratched, abraded, or deficient areas.
3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Do not prepare more surface area than can be coated in the same workday.
B. Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC specifications as follows:
Solvent Cleaning SP-1
Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2
Power Tool Cleaning SP-3
White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-s
Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-6
Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-7
Pickling SP-8
Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SP-1 1
C. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing",
"blast cleaning" or similar words are used in these specifications or in paint
manufacturer's specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the
applicable SSPC Surface Preparation Specifications listed above.
D. Surface preparation shall be as specified herein, or as directed by the City
Engineer.
E. Unless otherwise directed by the City, do not blast-clean items that have
previously been factory primed or painted.
3.05 PROCEDURES FOR APPLICATION
A. Conform to the requirements of SSPC-PA 1, Shop, Field, and Maintenance
Painting. Follow the recommendations of the coating manufacturer, if more
restrictive, including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, mixing,
drying time, temperature and humidity limitations during application, and safety
precautions. The Engineer will review procedures for the application of
coatings. The Engineer's decision will be final as to interpretation and/or
conflict between these Specifications and the recommendations of the coating
manufacturer.
B. Stir, strain, and keep coating materials at a uniform consistency during
application. \A/hen the Engineer permits thinning, do not reduce the coating
Rev. 07 /2074
Cannon 120113
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 6
material more than is necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics
and to obtain the specified dry film thickness. Do not exceed the maximum
thinning rate allowed by the manufacturer. Stir coating materials at all times when
adding thinner.
C. Apply each layer of coating evenly, free from brush marks, sags, runs, bridges,
shiners, laps or other imperfections or other evidence of poor workmanship.
Visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-
sanded, feathering the edges. The areas shall then be primed and finish coated
in accordance with the specifications. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects
and blemishes prior to final acceptance.
3.06 EPOXY PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION
A. Surface preparation for the Epoxy Paint System shall be in accordance with
SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. lf Commercial Blast Cleaning is not
feasible, prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 1, Power Tool Cleaning
to Bare Metal.
B. The Epory Paint System shall consist of an epory prime coat, an epoxy
intermediate coat, and epoxy finish coat(s) to provide a total dry film thickness
of 9 mils to 15 mils. Apply the coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended film thickness, adding finish coats as necessary to meet the
minimum total dry film thickness specified above.
C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the
manufacturer. lf these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as
recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the City Engineer prior
to receiving additional coats.
3.07 EPOXY/URETHANE PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION
A. Surface preparation for the Epoxy/Urethane Paint System shall be in accordance
with SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. lf Commercial Blast Cleaning is
not feasible, prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-11, Power Tool
Cleaning to Bare Metal.
B. The Epory/Urethane Paint System shall consist of an epoxy prime coat, an
epory intermediate coat, and compatible urethane finish coat(s) to provide
a total dry film thickness of 9 mils to 15 mils. Apply the coatings in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommended film thickness, adding finish coats as
necessary to meet the minimum total dry film thickness specified above.
C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the
manufacturer. lf these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as
recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the City Engineer prior
Rev. 07 /2074
Cannon 120113
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 7
to receiving additional coats.
3.08 ACRYLIC PAINT SYSTEM
A. Surface preparation for the Acrylic Paint System shall be in accordance with
SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. lf Commercial Blast Cleaning is not
feasible, prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 1, Power Tool Cleaning
to Bare Metal.
B. The Acrylic Paint System shall consist of an acrylic prime coat, an acrylic
intermediate coat, and acrylic finish coat(s) to provide a total dry film thickness
of 9 mils to 15 mils. Apply the coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended film thickness, adding finish coats as necessary to meet the
minimum total dry film thickness specified above.
C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the
manufacturer. lf these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as
recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the City Engineer prior
to receiving additional coats.
3.09 ACRYLIC TRAFFIC PAINT SYSTEM
A. Surface preparation for the Acrylic Traffic Paint System shall be in accordance
with SSPC-SP-6. , Commercial Blast Cleaning. lf Commercial Blast Cleaning is
not feasible, prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 1, Power Tool
Cleaning to Bare Metal.
B. The Acrylic Traffic Paint System shall consist of a rapid-drying acrylic prime coat
and a rapid-drying acrylic finish coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 6 mils to
10 mils.
C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the
manufacturer. lf these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared
as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the City Engineer prior
to receiving additional coats.
3.10 FUSION-BONDED POLYESTER
A. Surface preparation for the Fusion-Bonded Polyester Paint System shall be in
accordance with SSPC-SP-6. , Commercial Blast Cleaning. lf Commercial Blast
Cleaning is not feasible, prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 1,
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.
B. The Fusion-Bonded Polyester Paint System shall consist of a rapid-drying
fusion-bonded polyester prime coat and a rapid-drying fusion-bonded polyester
finish coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 6 mils to 10 mils.
Rev. 07l2O74
Cannon 1-20113
FIELD PAINTING AND COATING
09910 - 8
C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the
manufacturer. lf these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared
as recommended by the manufacturer and as directed by the City Engineer prior
to receiving additional coats.
END OF SECTION
Rev. 07 /2014
Cannon 120113
FIELD PAINTING ANO COATING
09910 - 9
sEcTtoN 11530
SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE FEED SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 1201 13
B.
This Section covers the work necessary by the Contractor and a
supplier to provide a complete Sodium Hypochlorite Disinfection
System (SHDS) including Storage, lnjection and Monitoring System.
The work specified shall include the design, manufacturing, furnishing,
installing, testing and operation of a complete Sodium Hypochlorite
Disinfection System. The package includes what is listed in paragraphs
below as well as related testing, start-up and training services. The
Supplier is also responsible for overall system performance.
The SHDS Supplier shall furnish and install on-site chlorination system
as specified herein. Chlorination system shall consist of SHDS
equipment as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein,
including the design, all accessories and controls necessary for a
complete and operable chlorination system. The on-site chlorine
generation system shall be as manufactured with the following
components:
The Supplier shall furnish the following components:
1. Sodium Hypochlorite solution storage tank and accessories.
2. Sodium Hypochlorite dosing system consisting of metering
pumps, motors, variable frequency drives, leak detectors and
pump accessories.
3. Chlorine analyzer with built in controller.
4. FRP Shelter to house the equipment.
5. Emergency Eyewash Station.
6. All related accessories to provide for a complete functional
system.
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-1
C.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,01 SHELTER SCOPE
Supplier shall provide pre-assembled Shelter constructed of fiberglass
reinforced plastic (FRP) as shown on drawings with no external seams or joint
covers.
A. PrincipalDimensions
1. Shelter width shall be: 6-feet wide
2 Shelter length shall be: 6-feet wide
3. Shelter height shall be: 7-feet high walls + 3:1 roof pitch
4. Shelter shall have double doors with 12-inch x 18-inch windows
in the doors.
B. Submittals
Submittal shall include the following: Approval Drawings showing
dimensions, materials of construction, anchor bolt locations and size of
fasteners.
C. Acceptable Manufacturers are listed below
Plasti-Fab lnc. of Tualatin or Associated Fiberglass Enterprises of
Texas
D. Quality Control
Manufacturer shall have a documented Quality Control program and
shall submit documentation to Engineer upon request.
E. Warranty
1. Manufacturer shall provide a warranty for all material supplied
under this section. The warranty shall cover all defects in
materials and factory workmanship for a period of one (1) year
from the date of installation.
2. A "pass-through" warranty shall be offered for products that are
manufactured by other companies and furnished as a
component part of the Shelter for a minimum period of one (1)
year from the date of installation.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-2
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
3. Shelter shall have a 25-year corrosion warranty
F. Materials for Construction
1. Surfaces
a. Exterior Finish
1) Exterior Standard Gel Coat color is white
2) lsophthalic NPG Grade Gel Coat
b. lnterior Finish
1) lnterior Resin shall be white in color
2) lnterior shall have a webbed appearance
2. Resin
a. Polyester Resin
b. The use of filler or additives is not acceptable.
c. Thixotropic agents for viscosity control are acceptable.
d. Colorants which have been determined by at least five
years previous service to be acceptable for the service
condition are acceptable.
e. Catalysts, accelerators and/or promoters shall be added
to provide complete cure of the laminate and must meet
the physical properties as specified.
3. Encapsulated Equipment Mounting Board
a. %" CDX Plywood
4. Door
a. Double Doors pre-hung insulated FRP with:
1) l3ll" x 18-inch Safety Glass Windows in each
2) 12-inch x 12"-inch screened vent
Sodium Hypochlor e Feed System
11530-3
Door hardware shall be Stainless Steel
Three hinges
Hinges shall not be piano style or mounted with
pop rivets
Keyed Entry Set
G.Construction
1 Shelter Shall Meet or Exceed the following:
a.Shelter Walls and Roof
Shelter walls shall be fabricated by vacuum
infusion with f -inch of insulation and 1/2-inch CDX
encapsulated between 1/8-inch FRP skins.
Shelter roof shall be fabricated by vacuum infusion
with 1.S-inch of insulation encapsulated between
1/8-inch FRP skins.
Shelter wall on all sides shall be suitably
reinforced for equipment mounting, or shelving.
The exterior face of the walls shall have a molded
decorative shallow reveal with integral premium
isophthalic NPG based resin.
Shelter roof shall have a minimum of 2-1|2-inch
overhang all sides.
The interior shall be white to maximize available
lighting.
The FRP laminate shall be fiberglass reinforced
plastic containing not less than 34% glass content
by weight.
The gelcoat shall be pigmented for UV protection
for all exterior surfaces with a premium grade
isophthalic NPG based, molded in, gelcoat for
superior protection against weathering and
discoloration.
3)
4)
5)
6)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-4
H.
9) The exterior surface finish color shall be white, or
as specified.
10) Corners shall joined in the interior and exterior
with full height FRP angle pieces mechanically
fastened with stainless steel screws and
chemically bonded together with structural
adhesive.
1 1) Walls shall have integral 4-inch bolting flanges.
Structural
1. Shelter shall meet or exceed the following:
a. Snow Load: 30 PSF (195 kg per sq meter)
b. Wind: 135 MPH (217 km per hr)
c. lnsulation Factor: R-7
d. Shelter shall be NEMA 3R compliant
2. Anchoring
Anchoring as required by calculation but not to exceed 2'-0" On
Center
Physical Properties
1. Physical Requirements of Shelter
a. All laminates shall meet the following minimum physical
requirements
ASTM Test MethodProoerties
Tensile Strength
Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus
Barcol Hardness
lzod Notched impact, ft. lbs/in.
Water Absorption (24 hours)
Minimum
14,000 psi
23,000 psi
1,000,0000 psi
30
10 ft. lbs./in.
< .2o/o (in 24 h rs . )
Sodrum Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-5
D-638
D-790
D-790
D-2583
D-256
D-570
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
2. The closed cell rigid insulating foam shall be dimensionally
stable over the full range of operating temperatures and contain
NO CFCs. Typical physical properties shall be:
Density 2 lbs/ft3
Closed cell content 85 - 90%
Thermal conductivity 0.7 BTU . in/hr. ft2 . "F ("k-facto/')
Temperature range -100' F to +225"aF
Flame spread 25 or less
J. Shelter Components
1. Standard
a. Lifting Eyes
1) T-304 Stainless Steel or Cadmimum plated lifting
eyes shall be securely mounted in the roof to allow
the enclosure to be raised by overhead crane.
b. Bolting Flange
1) A 4-inch interior Stainless Steel bolt-down flange
with pre-drilled holes for anchors shall be
provided.
2. AdditionalAccessories
a. Load Center
1) Load Center
2) 125 amp main lug load center
3) 120l240Volts
4) Single Phase
5) NEMA 1 rated
6) 8 branch circuit panel in a NEMA 3R thermoplastic
enclosure.
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-6
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
7) 2 - 20 amp breakers
8) Ground Bar
b. lnterior Lighting
1) Vapor Resistant Fluorescent Light Fixture
2) 1 - 40 Watt Lamp
3) 120 Volts
4) 2.7S-inch wide x 48-inch long x 2.75inch tall
5) Acrylic Lens type
c. Exterior Lighting
1) One 50 Watt 120 Volts Exterior HPS Security Light
with 4,000 lnitial Lumens, 3600 Mean Lumens
bulb capable of operating in temperatures down to
40 degrees Fahrenheit.
d. Receptacle
1 ) One 1 5 amp 120 Volts Wall mounted GFCI Duplex
Receptacle
e. Fan
1) One 12-inch '120 Volts corrosion resistant exhaust
fan with 800 CFM @ 0.00-in SP with Gravity
Shutter, stamped Aluminum Propeller and
screened hood.
f. Fixed ventilation louver with stainless steel insect screen
S Stainless steel locking door knob
h. Door Gasket
i. Spring cushioned crash stop on door
j. Fiberglass awning above door
k. Equipment mounting board laminated in wall with the
FRP
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530_7
l. 1' Polyisocyanurate foam insulation core
K. Standardlnstallation
lnstallation may be accomplished by bolting through the pre-drilled
holes in the interior bolting flange to an existing floor pad, or other
suitable flat surface, using 1/2-inch X 5-1l2-inch anchor bolts and
heavy duty washers min. 3-1l2-inch x 3-1/2-inch x 1/4-inch, unless
required otherwise by calculation.
2.02 PROCESS ANALYZER AND CONTROLLER
A. General
Provide an online Microprocessor-based controller for contlnuously
measuring free chlorine and pH value, REDO)UORP and temperature
B. Manufacturer
Lutz-JESCO
C. Equipment
1 . One (1) Topax DX Controller and Analyzer
D. Controller & Microprocessor
1. Unit Performance:
a. Continuous amperometric or potentiostatic free chlorine
residual analysis
b. BNC interface for single rod pH measurement 0.00-14.00
c. P, Pl, and PID Controller Performance (fixed set-point or
2-sided)
d. BNC interface for single rod REDOX measurement 0-
1000 mV
e. Temperature measurement with Ptl00 (-50 to 150 deg.
c)
f. Buffer free PH, and Temperature compensation
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochloriie Feed System
11530-8
2. System Features:
a. Protection Class lP65
b. Pulse frequency 10... 100 pulses/min
c. 3-point control with position feedback
d. Potentiometer value 1 .. . ..1OKohm
e. Continuous Current output 0l4...20mAve
f. Max. load 500 Ohm
S. Current for recorder 014...20m4
h. Current input 2nd 0/4...20mA or
20....4mA,200 Ohm
i. lnfluence of disturbance variable or ratio feed
j. Ratio setting 1:0.1 to 1:10
k. Computer interface (OPTIONAL) RS 485
3. Chlorine measurement features:
Open sensor with mechanical 1 :0.. . ... 1 .00 mg/l
Measuring rangeadjustable 2:0......2.00m911
Cleaning apparatus or 3:0......5.00 mg/l
Diaphragm-covered sensor 4:0......9.99 mg/l
4. Potentiostaticsensorfeatures:
Measuring range adjustable 1: 0....1.00 mg/l
Supplementary electronic unit 2: O. . . .2.00 mgll
or connection of a potentiostatic sensor.
5. Power requirements for the Topax Controllers shall consist of
120123OV,1 phase, 60 HZ supply.
E. Water Sampling Station
1. Lutz-JESCO will supply a Water Sampling Station SR600 that
will contain the Topax Controller Model Number 46101003
analyzer, Chlorine Measuring Cell and Rotameter to guarantee
Rev 0512014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-9
consistent flow through the sampling station. The Water
Sampling Station shall have the following characteristics.
a. Acrylic block to accommodate the temperature sensor,
pH probe (if required) and grounding lug.
b. Y-Strainer
c. Durable PP Wall panel
d. SCH 80 PVC plumbing
e. True union ball valves to adjust and isolate flow.
f. Tubing compression connections for lnlet, Outlet and
Waste.
S Locally wired to the analyzer, measuring cell and
temperature probe.
CL2 Measuring Module
1. Lutz-JESCO to supply a CL2 measuring module that will act as
an input amplifier for the chlorine analyzer. The input amplifier
will convert and process the signal from the chlorine-measuring
cell. The measuring range of the process will be fully adjustable
using the DIL settings below. Units with less than 1% accuracy
will not be accepted.
Chlorine Measuring Cell
1. Lutz-JESCO to supply a self-cleaning amperometric chlorine
sensor to measure the free chlorine of the sample water. The
sensor shall be constructed of PMMA with both a platinum and
copper electrode. Self-cleaning will be accomplished by glass
balls located inside the PMMA cell and rotated by the
continuous flow of the sample water. The sensor must have the
ability to measure in a range of 0...0.5 mg/l up to 0. .. .20m9/1.
The range must be fully adjustable in the field.
2.03 160 GALLON DOUBLE WALLED TANK
Requirements
1.Supplier shall provide SAFE-Tank@ double-wall high density
crosslinked polyethylene with oxidation resistant liner (OR-
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-10
F.
G.
B.
1000rM) tanks and accessories per section 2.05, complete and
in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. Unit Responsibility: The Supplier shall be responsible for
furnishing the SAFE- Tank@ double wall tank(s) and its
accessories as indicated.
References, Codes, and Standards
1. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM).
D638 Tensile Properties of Plastics
D883 Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Plastics
D1505 Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient
TechniqueD1525 Test Method for Vicat Softening Temperature of
PlasticsD1693 ESCR Specification Thickness 0.12S-inch F50-
10% lgepal
F412 Standard Terminology Relating to Plastic Piping
Systems
2. ANSI Standards: B-16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
3. Building Code: Uniform Building Code, [1997 J Edition] / IBC
2000
4. ARM: Low Temperature lmpact Resistance (Falling Dart Test
Procedure).
5. NSF/ANSI Standard 61, A\/WA - Drinking Water System
Components
C. Submittals
1. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be approved by the
engineer prior to the manufacturing of the SAFE-Tank@ double
wall tank(s). Submit the following as a single complete initial
submittal. Sufficient data shall be included to show that the
product conforms to Specification requirements. Provide the
following additional information:
a. SAFE-Tank@ double wall tank and Fitting Material
1) Resin Manufacturer Data Sheet
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-11
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '120113
Rev.05/2014
Cannon 120113
2) Fitting Material
3) Gasket style and material
4) Bolt material
b. Dimensioned Tank Drawings
1) Location and orientation of openings, fittings,
accessories, restraints and supports.
2) Details of manways, flexible connections, and vents.
c. Calculations shall be stamped and signed by a registered,
third party engineer where required.
1) Wall thickness. Hoop stress shall be calculated using
600 psi @ 100 degrees F.
2) Tank restraint system. Show seismic and wind criteria.
2. Manufacturer'swarranty
3. Manufacturer'sunloadingprocedure
4. Manufacturer'sinstallationinstructions
5. Supporting documentation of Manufacturer's certification to
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components for
water treatment chemicals.
6. Supporting information of Quality Management System.
7. Factory Test Report
a. Material, specific gravity rating at 600 psi @ 100 degrees
F. design hoop stress.
b. Wall thickness verification.
c. Fittingplacementverification.
d. Visual inspection
e. lmpact test
f. Gel test
S Hydrostatic test
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-12
D.Quality Assurance
1. The SAFE-Tank@ double wall tanks of the same material
furnished under this Section shall be supplied by Poly
Processing Company or approved equal who has been regularly
engaged in the design and manufacture of chemical storage
tanks for over 10 years.
2. Tanks shall be manufactured from virgin materials.
3. Tanks shall be manufactured from materials certified to
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for chemical storage.
Warranty
The warranty shall be provided upon request for the specific service
application. For most chemical applications, Poly Processing
Company offers a limited 5 year full replacement warranty. For
Sulfuric Acid, Hydrochloric Acid, and Sodium Hypochlorite the warranty
varies. See Poly Processing Company's chemical specific positions
and warranty statement.
Products
Tanks shall be rotationally-molded, high density crosslinked
polyethylene, double wall, flat bottom tanks with an oxidation resistant
liner system (OR-1000rM). The assembly consists of one cylindrical,
closed top inner primary tank and one cylindrical, open top
containment outer tank. Each tank is a rotationally molded one-piece
seamless constructed tank. The SAFE-Tank@ tanks are designed for
above-ground, vertical installation and are designed to store approved
chemicals at atmospheric pressures. The assembly shall be designed
to prevent rainwater and debris from entering the containment tank.
Tanks shall be adequately vented as prescribed in Poly Processing
Company's Technical Bulletin, Venting-Design for ACFM (air cubic feet
per minute). Where indicated, tanks shall be provided with ancillary
mechanical fittings and accessories. Tanks shall be marked to identify
the manufacturer, date of manufacture and serial numbers must be
permanently embossed into the tank.
Manufacturer
Tanks shall be manufactured by Poly Processing Company
Polyethylene Storage Tanks
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-13
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
b-
H.
2.
1.Service: Chemical storage tanks shall be suited for the following
operating conditions:
High Density Crosslinked Polyethylene resin used in the tank
manufacture shall be by Exxon Mobil Chemicals or equal and
shall contain ultraviolet stabilizer as recommended by resin
manufacturer. Where black tanks are indicated, the resin shall
have a carbon black compounded into it. The tank material shall
be rotationally molded and meet or exceed the following
properties:
Resin will include additional medium density polyethylene (OR-
1000) with four times the antioxidant properties of a standard
polyethylene bonded to the interior surface during the
manufacturing process. Resin to be certified NSF/ANSI 61 for
chemical storage
4. Wall thickness for a given hoop stress is to be calculated in
accordance with ASTM D 1998. Tanks shall be designed using a
hoop stress no greater than 600 psi. ln NO case shall the tank
thickness be less than design requirements per ASTM D 1998.
a. The wall thickness of any cylindrical portion at any fluid level
shall be determined by the following equation:
T = PxOD/2SD or O.433xSGxHxOD/2SD
Where: J = wall thickness, inP = pressure, psi
SG = specific gravity, gm/cc
fl = fluid head, ftOD = outside diameter, ftSD = hydrostatic design stress, 600 psi
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-14
3.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Property TVpe IXLPE ASTM Test
Environmental Stress Cracking
Resistance, F50, hours, 10%
lqepal
>1,000 D1693
Tensile Strength, Ultimate psi,
2-inch/minimum
2,830 D63 Type lV
Specimen
Elongation at Break, o/o ,2-inch
minimum
700 D638 Type lV
Specimen
Flexural Modulus, psi 86,780 D790
b.
1) The minimum wall thickness shal! be sufficient to support
its own weight in an upright position without external
support but shall not be less than 0.187-inch thick.
On closed top tanks the top head shall be integrally molded
with the cylindricalwall. lts minimum thickness shall be equal
to the thickness of the top of the straight sidewall. !n most
cases, flat areas shall be provided for attachment of large
fittings on the dome of the tank.
The bottom head shall be integrally molded with the cylindrical
wall. Knuckle radius shall be:
Tank Diameter, ft Min Knuckle
Radius, in
less than or equal to
6-feet
1
greater than 6-feet 1-1t2
d. Tanks with 3000 gal capacity or larger shall have at least 3
lifting lugs. Lugs shall be designed for lifting the tank when
empty.
1) Unless otherwise indicated, manways shall be 19-in
diameter or greater and equipped with an emergency
pressure relief device or SAFE-SurgerM Manway.
2) Unless otherwise indicated, bolted sealed top manway
shall be 19- inches or greater and be in locations easily
accessible from the nearest worker access position. The
sealed manway shall be constructed of polyethylene
material. The bolts sha!! be chemically compatible with
the chemical being stored. Gaskets shall be closed cell,
crosslinked polyethylene foam, Viton, or EPDM materials.
NOTE: lf pneumatically filling, venting must be in
accordance with the following:
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
1 1 530-1 5
Rev.05/2014
Cannon 120113
Venting Requirements For Polyethylene Tanks
llechanlcel Pump FIll Pneumatlc Fill
lF s 1m0 gallons lF-VentlerElh<3fet lF - Vent l6n9lh > 3'and s 30'lF - Scrubber Applicatron
Vent eze should equal stre AND - Vmi rren mesh srze : 1/4' o AND.3 or less 90 elbows wrth no ,am prPc gEe mrougnour rcruDDar ay
lAl{NOT be reducedl
frtting no screen used SEE )er(erline of dispersion pipe mt to be
ubmersed > 6 irEhes
lF > 10O0 gallons Emrgmcy Prcerurc Rclief Cover
Required
Emrgmcy Pralture Reliet Covs
R.quir.d
)erforated dispoGion pipe must be sme
,iameler or larger es rent Sum of
)erftratEna > cr6 s€clional area of orD€
Veri sEe should exceed the
Tanks
Or$haroe
n eUFitt ng
Size
Minrmum
Vent Srze
Tanker
Di$haroe
lnleUFitting
Size
Minrmum
Vent Size
Tanker
Oi$haroe
n eUF[t ng
Srze
Minrmum Vod
Size
largBt fill or disharge finrng
by 1 inch
z 7 4 z T o z 7 a
3 z 6 1 z 6 3 I I
3 3 6 3 3 a 3"3 10'
(2) 2 inch venls OO NOT EOUAL 4 rnch \€nting capacrty rov Nov 2006
For detarled €nhng gurdelrnes plea* vrsil ou Tshnml Resuces at ww polyprocasrE com
5. Fittings
Tank fittings shall be according to the fitting schedule below.
Fitting, gasket and bolt material shall be per requirements in
section A, or a materialthat is compatible with the product being
stored and shall be a minimum of %-in thick. Threaded fittings
shall use American Standard Pipe Threads. lf tanks are
insulated, fittings shall be installed at the factory prior to
application of the insulation.
a. Double flange fittings shall be constructed of virgin
polyethylene. Bolts will be welded to a common backing ring
and encapsulated with polyethylene preventing fluid contact
with the metal material. Flange will have one fullface gasket
to provide a sealing surface against the flange and tank
surface. Bolt holes shall straddle the principal centerline of the
tank.
b. Bolted flange bulkhead fittings shall be constructed with one
150-lb flange installed inside the tank and one flange ring
installed outside the tank. The flange will be socket or
threaded according to specific connection requirements. The
head of the bolts shall be encapsulated with polyethylene
preventing fluid contact with the metal material. Encapsulated
heads shall have a gasket to provide a sealing surface
against the flange. Bolt holes shall straddle the principal
centerline of the tank.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
1 1 530-1 6
unction Size Connection Vlaterial Gasket Hardware Location Miscellaneous
!nlet 1"FPT PVC EPDM Dome
Pump
Suction FPT PVC EPDM Dome
w/ internal
downoioe
Vent 2"FPT PVC EPDM Dome
Level 2 FPT PVC EPDM Dome
1"
t.
Down Pipes and Fill Pipes: Down pipes and fill pipes shall be
supported at 6-ft max intervals. Down pipes and fill pipes
shall be PVC or material compatible with the chemical stored.
U-Vents: Each tank must be vented for the material and flow
and withdrawal rates expected. Vents should comply with
OSHA 1910.106(FXiiiX2)(lV)(9). U-vents shall be sized by
the tank manufacturer and be furnished complete with insect
screen if required (lnsect screen lessens the tank capacity by
1/3) in accordance with the venting schedule listed above.
Flange Adapters: Adapters may be used to adapt threaded or
socket fitting components to 150Jb flange connections.
Adapters shall be of material compatible with the chemical
stored.
On dual wall tank(s) greater than 1000 gallons, bottom
fitting(s) must be designed to maintain 1 10% secondary
containment. Bottom containment fitting must include PTFE
expansion joint designed to accommodate movement of
primary tank in design accordance with ASTM-D 1998
tolerances. All secondary containment fittings and parts shall
be resistant to chemical fume corrosion. Fitting shall include
the option to connect a secondary containment pipe over
primary pipe.
Level lndication
Provide an Ultrasonic Level lndicator: The ultrasonic level indicator
shall be made by Flowline, and suitable for service in a non-
hazardous/corrosive environment.
Factory Testing
1.Material Testing
Perform gel and low temperature impact tests in
accordance with ASTM D 1998 on condition samples cut
from each polyethylene chemical storage tank.
Degree of Crosslinking. Use Method C of ASTM D 1998-
Section 11.4 to determine the ortho-xylene insoluble
fraction of crosslinked polyethylene gel test. Samples
shall test at no less than 60 percent.
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-17
d.
e.
J.
b.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
K.
2. Tank Testing
a. Dimensions: Take exterior dimensions with the tank empty,
in the vertical position. Outside diameter tolerance, including
out-of-roundness, shall be perASTM D 1998. Fitting
placement tolerance shall be +l- 112-in r"dls6l 6nfl +/- 1
degree radial.
b. Visual: lnspect for foreign inclusions, air bubbles, pimples,
crazing, cracking, and delamination.
c. Hydrostatic test: Following fabrication, the bottom tanks,
including inlet and outlet fittings, shall be hydraulically tested
with water by filling to the top sidewall for a minimum of 1/2
an hour and inspected for leaks. Following successful
testing, the tank shall be emptied and cleaned prior to
shipment.
Execution
1. Delivery, Storage, and Handling
a. The tank shall be shipped upright or lying down on their
sides with blocks and slings to keep them from moving.
AVOID sharp objects on trailers.
b. All fittings shall be installed and, if necessary, removed for
shipping and shipped separately unless otherwise noted by
the contractor.
c. Upon arrival at the destination, inspect the tank(s) and
accessories for damage in transit. lf damage has occurred,
Poly Processing Company shall be notified immediately.
2. lnstallation
lnstall the tanks in strict accordance with Poly Processing
Company's Tank lnstallation Manual and shop drawings.
3. Field Testing
Poly Processing Company recommends that all tanks be hydro-
tested for 24-hours prior to commissioning.
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-18
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
2.04 DUAL PUMP PRE-PACKAGED CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM
A. General
The disinfection system supplier shall furnish and install a complete
pre-engineered chemical feed system where shown in the building and
per the following specifications. Each system shall be completely
piped, wired and hydrostatically tested before shipment from supplier.
B. Products
Series PP-2H Systems shall be manufactured by Flomotion Systems,
lnc. of Buffalo, NY (800-909-FLOW), www.flomotionsystems.com and
supplied by MlSCOwater,lnc.,27101 BurbankAve, Suite B, Foothill
Ranch, CA 92610.
C. Skid Design
System shall be an integrated package to automatically meter the
injection of water treatment chemicals.
D. Component Mounting Panel
The panel shall be a corrosion resistant polypropylene panel with an
integral leak containment basin.
E. Pumps
1 . Process Conditions
Pump Model:2001H-30
QuantitY: 2
Tag Number: SHMP#l and SHMP#2
Fluid Being Metered: 12.5% Sodium Hypochlorite
Tubing Material: Floprene
Min - Max Output Capacity:0.04-44GPH
Pump RPM Range: .6-90
Min FIow Rate (GPH):0.04GPH
Max Flow Rate (GPH): 44GPHFittings PeristalticSpecific:PVCA/iton
Discharge Pressure (PSl): 70-90PSl Max.
Power lnput: 1 1svac, 1a, 60hz
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-19
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '120113
G.
Pump Head
1. The stainless steel pump head shall have a spring loaded roller
assembly utilizing high performance 3/32-inch (2.4mm) thick
wall extruded tubing specifically formulated for use in peristaltic
pumps.
2. The pump head shall be capable of accepting a minimum of 6
d ifferent tubing diameters.
3. The stainless steel roller assembly shall have adjustable
occlusion to optimize pump performance. The rollers shall be
PTFE impregnated Ryton (PPS). Rigid roller assembly designs
shall not be acceptable.
4. Pump head design shall be capable of pressures up to 100 psi
(depending on tubing sizes) with a suction lift to 30-feet vertical
water column and run dry without damage.
5. One of the two spring-loaded roller shall be fully engaged at all
times to prevent backflow or siphoning.
6. The tubing shall be in contact with the inside diameter of the
pump head through an angle of 180 degrees and be held
securely on the suction and discharge with Viton grommets.
7. The pump head shall be a completely sealed design to prevent
fluid leakage. Any fluid leakage due to a tubing rupture shall be
completely contained within the pump head.
Gearmotor
The output shaft shall be stainless steel.
All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel.
The speed reducer adapter flange shall have a Viton lip seal to
prevent fluid leakage between pump head/adaptor/speed
reducer.
Motor mounting shall be close coupled and self-aligning. No
flexible coupling will be permitted.
Motor shall be capable of operation in a space saving horizontal
orientation.
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-20
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
6. Motor shall have corrosion resistant two-part epoxy coating
identical to the speed reducer.
7. Motor shall have integral junction box for internal wiring.
8. Motor shall be capable of operating over a 25:1 turndown range
with the minimum being .6 HZ.
9. Motorshall be114HP, TEFC lnverterduty.
H. Speed Controller
1. Controller shall be remote wall mount and housed in a NEMA
4X enclosure.
2. Controller shall have an integral 6-button keypad and display.
3. Controller can be operated in manual or automatic mode via 4-
20mA input. ln automatic mode the speed range shall have the
capability of being optimized to the input signal.
4. Controller shall have the capability to accept a contact closure
from an optional tubing rupture detector. The capability of
starting a back-up pump shall also be provided.
5. The controller shall have an integral run timer to monitor tubing
life.
6. The controller shall have the following additional input and
output functions:
a. 4-20mA or2-1OVDC speed reference - output
b. Fault - output
c. Loss of input signal - output
d. Run/Stop - output
e. Controller shall have password protection to prevent
unauthorized programming changes.
f. Controller power input 11SVAC Single Phase.
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-21
Tubing and Connectors
1. The pump tubing shall be extruded from Floprene or other
suitable material based on chemical compatibility. All tubing
sizes will have a uniform wall thickness of 2.4mm.
2. The pump head must accept tubing sizes from 1.6mm to 9.6mm
tD.
3. Leak proof 4pc machined PVC tubing connectors specifically
designed for peristaltic pump tubing shall be provided.
J. Rupture Detector
1. Tubing Rupture Detector shall be provided to automatically shut
down the pump and signal an alarm in the event of a tubing
rupture within the pump head. The system shall consist of a
sensor directly installed on the pump head and a wall mount
Controller/indicator. The detector shall have the following
features:
Sensor shall have no moving parts
LED signals alarm condition
5 amp @ 250VAV DPDT latching relay
Single reset pushbutton
Ability to start back up pump
115 VAC power input.
Calibration Cylinder
Each system shall include a clear PVC 500 ml graduated calibration
cylinder with 30-second draw down scaling.
Pulsation Dampener
Each system shall include a PVC Pulsation Dampener with gauge and
air refill valve assembly.
b.
c.
d
e.
t.
K.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-22
M. Pressure Gauge
Each system shall include a pressure gauge with a PVC diaphragm
isolator.
N. Strainers
Each system shall include a PVC Y-Strainer on the suction side of the
pump to prevent foreign material from entering the pump head.
O. BackPressure/Anti-Siphonvalve
Each system shall include an adjustable backpressure valve. PVC
body with PTFE diaphragm. 5-150 psi range.
P. Pressure Relief Valve
Each system shall include an adjustable pressure relief valve. PVC
body with PTFE diaphragm. 5-150 psi range.
O. Ball Valves, Piping, Fittings
True Union PVC ball valves shall be included. Valving shall permit the
filling of the calibration cylinder for draw down tests. Tubing
connectors shall be specifically designed to work with peristaltic tubing.
Hose barbs with stainless steel clamps are not acceptable. All
necessary components shall be supplied for a complete pre-packaged
working system.
R. Power Requirement
Each system shall operate off of 120V, single-phase power.
S. Spare Parts
Provide one complete pump head spare parts kit for each skid.
2.05 EMERGENCY EYEWASH STATION
A. General
Provide Model7261-7271 pedestal mounted eye and face wash
features the medically acclaimed AXION MSRIM eye/face wash head
assembly.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-23
B.Product Features
Eyewash streams provide zero vertical velocity stream
engineering with even laminar flow for enhanced comfort,
stability and effectiveness
Features a round 11-inch (27.9 cm) green ABS metal receptor
and 1-1l4-inch NPT galvanized stanchion
lncludes a mesh in-line strainer to collect line debris, and ball
valve with stainless steel ball and stem for durability
Water Supply: 1|2-inch lPS. Waste: 1-1l4-inch IPS
1.
2.
J.
4.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 START-UP SERVICES AND TESTING
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
C.
D,
The General Contractor shall complete the SHDS Supplier's pre-
startup checklist in order to schedule the SHDS representative.
The General Contractor shall verify that structures, equipment, pumps
and motors are installed properly for an efficient system.
General Contractor and SHDS Supplier shall make equipment
adjustments required to place system in proper operating condition.
General Contractor and SHDS Supplier shall test the SHDS for proper
operation in the presence of the Owner and Engineer, and shall
demonstrate that the Sodium Hypochlorite solution meets the required
concentrations.
E. The SHDS Supplier shall furnish all testing equipment and devices
required.
lf the SHDS fails to meet any of the specified performance
requirements, the General Contractor and/or SHDS Supplier shall
modify and/or replace defective equipment until it meets specified
requirements. Retest system to verify satisfactory operation.
The General Contractor shall test and verify SCADA communications
in the presence of the SHDS Supplier at the time of system start-up.
The presence of the site SCADA integrator is required at the time of
start-up to ensure that all data are being sent and received.
Sodium Hypochlorile Feed System
11530-24
F.
G.
H. The SHDS supplier's Field Services personnel (factory trained
representative) shall perform the services listed below for each
Hypochlorite generator and applicable dosing system(s).
1. lnspect the completed installation.
2. Test, calibrate and adjust all components for optimum
performance.
3. Assist in initial start-up and field-testing.
4. lnstruct Owner's personnel in the operation and user maintenance
of all components. Conduct a kaining seminar at the site.
Supervise the correction of any defective or faulty work before and during start-up of
the system
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Sodium Hypochlorite Feed System
11530-25
sEciloN 13350
SCADA PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
PART 1 -- GENERAL
1..1 DESCRIPTION
A. General
This specification covers the following equipment.
1. Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) hardware.
2. Programming of PLC and the graphics for the operator interface.
B. Related Sections
1 . Section 01300 - Submittals
Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements
Section 16443 - Motor Control Center
Section 16950 - Conkol Panels
STANDARDS FOR SCADA PLC CONFIGURATION AND PROGRAMMING
The City has standardized on the PLC configuration to match existing units. The
Contractor shall follow the SCADA Panel layout and configuration shown on the
drawings and as specified to maintain a common template for operations and
maintenance staff.
The City has standardized on programming logic and program structure to
maintain a common template and to enable the SCADA PLC to interface with the
SCADA Master Station The City will furnish an electronic copy of a PLC
program from a similar facility as a template and for informational purposes when
requested by the Contractor.
The programming information furnished by the City is for informational purposes
only, and shall not be interpreted as an agreement by the City to program this
SCADA PLC. The Contractor shall be responsible for all programming
modifications that may be required to customize the program furnished by the
City for this specific SCADA installation.
2.
3.
4.
1.2
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
SCADA Programmable Logic Controller
13350-.1
ln the event that the Contractor requires additional programming information the
Contractor shall make the request documenting the information required on a
cover letter with the controls submittal, or by submitting a "Request for
lnformation" (RFl) to the Engineer. The City will either respond in writing or will
schedule a programming coordination meeting with the Contractor within 20
days.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide submittals per Section 01300, Submittals and16010.
1.4 CONTMCT CLOSEOUT
A. Provide manufacturer's warranty ce(ificates for items supplied under this
section.
B. Submit as-built drawings for PLC installations. lnclude a bill of materials,
and show the physical layout of equipment in cabinet and physical routing
of field wiring.
C. Provide two copies of the final as-built operating program on CD ROM
media after final approval by the City and issue updated printouts of the
entire program for each copy of the O & M manual.
1.5 PROJECT/SITECONDITIONS
A. Design for the following Projecusite conditions:
1. Elevation: Between 0 and 500 feet above mean sea level.
2. Temperature: 0" F to 120" F.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PROGMMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER PRODUCTS
A. Provide Allen-Bradley Micrologix PLC products as manufactured by Allen-
Bradley to match the City's Standard.
2.2 CENTRAL PROCESSING UNITS
A. Provide Micrologix 1200 Controller with 6KB memory, 24 VDC, (14)
24VDC Digital inputs, 't0 Digital outputs, Allen-Bradley 1762-1X48x8.
Provide programming cables. No approved equal.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
SCAOA Programmable Logic Controller
13350-2
2.3 ANALOG INPUT MODULE
A. Provide analog input module, 4 inputs (4-20 mA), Allen-Bradley 1762-1F4.
No approved equal.
2,4 DISCRETE !NPUT MODULE
A. Provide digital input module, (16) 24VDC sinUsource inputs, Allen-Bradley
1762-1Q16. No approved equal.
2.5 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE
A. Provide analog output module, 4 outputs (4-20 mA), Allen-Bradley 1762-
lF4. No approved equal.
2.6 COMMUNICATION MODULE
A. Provide Modbus / TCP interface communication module, Allen-Bradley 1761-
NET-ENI. No approved equal.
2.7 SOFTWARE
A. Provide RS Logix 500 software with programming cables, Allen-Bradley.
No approved equal.
PART 3 .- EXECUTION
3.1 CONFIGURATION
A. Provide PLCs configured as shown on the drawings.
B. Provide the modules and l/O point configuration as shown on the
Drawings and as specified hereln.
3.2 SPARE PARTS
Provide the following new spare parts in the manufacturer's original packaging.
Deliver all spare parts to Engineer when the operational startup testing is
conducted. Provide a "Bill of Material"a inventory transmittal
Quantity Description Manufacturer Model
1 Analog Output Module Allen-Bradlev As Specified
1 Discrete lnput Module Allen-Bradley As Specified
1 Analoq lnout Module Allen-Bradley As Specified
form
SCADA Programmable Logic Controller
1 3350-3
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
3.3 WARMNTY
A. Warrant equipment and installation for one year from the date of final acceptance
by the City.
B. Perform the following services during the warranty period:
1. Repair or replace damaged modules returned for service. Spare parts
shall not be used to replace damaged modules.
2. Determine and report the cause of failure of modules returned for service.
3. Resolve design problems discovered.
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
SCADA Programmable Logic Controller
13350-4
1.1
1.2
1.3
sEcTtoN 13356
SCADA PLC PROGRAMMING
PARTl --GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
This specification defines the Programmable Logic Conkoller software
configuration programming work.
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 13350 - SCADA Programmable Logic Controller
B. Section 16980 - Operational Sequence
STANDARDS FOR SCADA PLC CONFIGUMTION AND PROGRAMMING
A. The Contractor shall follow the SCADA Panel layout and configuration
shown on the drawings.
B. The City will furnish an electronic copy of a PLC program from a similar
facility as a template and for informational purposes when requested by
the Contractor.
C. The programming information furnished by the City is for informational
purposes only, and shall not be interpreted as an agreement by the City to
program this SCADA PLC. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
programming for this specific SCADA PLC installation.
D. ln the event that the Contractor requires additional programming
information the Contractor shall make the request documenting the
information required on a cover letter with the controls submittal, or by
submitting a "Request for lnformation" (RFl) to the Engineer. The City will
either respond in writing or will schedule a programming coordination
meeting with the Conkactor within 20 days.
PROJECT SUBMITALLS
A. Submit configuration of PLC and software documentation.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Provide two copies of the final as-built operating program including PDF copies
on CD ROM media after final approval by the City and issue updated printouts of
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
SCADA PLC Programming
13356-1
1.4
'1 .5
1.6
the entire program for each copy of the O & M manual. lnclude legal PLC and
HMI software and programming cables.
DEFINITIONS
"Ultimate Point Count" is defined as 20Oo/o of the initial point count.
PART 2 -- PRODUCTS
2.1 PROGRAMMING
A. Programming of the PLCs shall adhere to the City's standards.
B. The control descriptions comprise the functional design criteria of the
SCADA system interface.
1. Provide manual starUstop capabilities for all pumps interfaced with
the PLC.
2. Provide a feedback fail alarm for all equipment interfaced with the
PLC. The PlC-based fail alarm shall be initiated if a pump is
commanded to starVstop by the PLC and the appropriate run or
speed status feedback signal is not received within an adjustable
time delay.
3. Provide PlC-based elapsed time meters (ETMs) for all pumps
interfaced with the PLC. Equipment run time data shall be
transmitted to the existing SCADA system central computer.
4. All PLC and central alarm set points, control set points, timer
settings, and speed control settings shall be selectable from a
process graphic display at the central monitor with the appropriate
password-. Provide individual power and communication fail alarms
for the each PLC.
C. Control Strategy
1. The PLC shall control the well pump based upon the following:
a. Well 21 shall start and stop based upon the City's water
systems line pressure.
2. All control parameters and alarms shall contain adjustable
setpoints, deadbands and timers, as applicable, and be easily
modifiable. All inputs, outputs, setpoints, timers and other control
and monitoring parameter i shall be viewable and modifiable at the
central computer an-d. locally by a^ laptop com.puter. .
The zone
pressure signals shall be frozen for 30 seconds (adjustable from 0-
5 minutes) whenever any pump starts or stops.
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
SCAOA PLC Programming
13356-2
2.2
3. Well pumps shall not be called by the PLC when in the OFF or
HAND mode or when n rt available because of a fault or not
meeting the standby criteria. lf the pump fails to respond to a pump
call it shall be failed by the PLC and an alarm shall occur. Provide
an adjustable pump start time delay for the pump.
a. ln the manual mode of operation the pump shall be called to
start by the HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch in the Hand
mode.b. ln Auto mode of operation the pump shall be called to startby the PLC and shall be controlled by the PLC.
Enable/disable function above and beyond the hardwired
functions shall be conkolled by the PLC. Alarms and reset
functions shall be controlled by the PLC. The Hand mode
shall also allow for manual override from the central
computer of all control parameters.c. Refer to Section 16980 for Operation Sequence.d. As the pressure increases to the pump sfop sefpornf a timer
shall start. When the timer reaches the time sefpornf the
pump shall be stopped.
4. Other alarms and control functions.
a. Alarms shall be indicated by the common alarm indicator
tight.b. Power failure and 24VDC failure shall alarm.c. PLC failure shall alarm
CENTML COMPUTER PROGMMMING
A. Contractor shall work in conjunction with the City's Power Department's
SCADA engineer to program and configure the existing central SCADA
computer for this site.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing a detailed l/O listing to
the City upon approved submittal of SCADA panel.
MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE
A. The Contractor shall contract with the manufacturer of the PLC equipment
to provide a qualified manufacturer's service person to do the following:
1. Supervision: Oversee the project regarding the installation of
equipment.
2. Check the installation of all equipment prior to field testing and
start-up.
3. Review the PLC logic at start-up.
4. Assist the Contractor in Factory and Field Testing.
2.3
Rev'11/2013
Cannon 120113
SCAOA PLC Programming
13356-3
2.4 FIELD TESTING
A. The Contractor shall perform thorough Field Testing, witnessed by the City
and Engineer. Field testing shall include:
1. Point-to-point wire checking of all PLC l/O circuits.
2. Verification of all analog loops.
3. With all outputs disabled, manually activate each input device and
check for status change at the appropriate input point.
4. With all outputs disconnected which would cause mechanical
motion, use forcing to verify that each output is properly addressed.
5. Check program for proper logic, l/O and internal register address
assignments, timer, counter and setpoint values.
6. Functional testing of all communication networks.
7. Close monitoring of systems when first placed in "Auto" mode
under PLC control.
8. All hardware set-up modifications and program modifications shall
be documented immediately.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
END OF SECTION
SCADA PLC Programming
13356-4
sEcTtoN 15000
GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
Contractor shall provide the piping systems indicated, complete and operable, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
The Drawings define the general layout, configuration, routing, pipe size and pipe
type. The Contract Drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. lt
is the Contractor's responsibility to develop the details necessary to construct the
piping system, to accommodate the equipment provided, and to provide and
install spools, spacers, adapters and connectors for a complete and functional
system. Flanges and joints in addition to those shown may be necessary to
facilitate fabrication and installation All project materials provided by the
manufacturers and Contractor shall be pressure rated for the design pressures
listed in Section 1 .06 of this Specification.
This section includes, but is not limited to: water mains, temporary bypass piping.
tapping tee, joint restraint systems, reducing couplings, insulation unions &
couplings, blow-off assembly, fire hydrants, service clamps, corporation ball
valves, ball valves, copper tubing and fittings, meter boxes, polyethylene
encasement, warning/identification tape, valve cans, water meters, meter boxes,
flanged coupling adapters, straight and transition couplings, reducing couplings,
blow off assemblies, fire hydrants, fire hydrant elbows, fire hydrant extensions,
fire hydrant bolts, field touch up, flange gaskets , bolts, nuts, service clamps,
corporation stops, ball valves, copper tubing and fittings, meter boxes, air release
valves, polyethylene wrap, warning/identification tape, tracer wire, valve boxes
and extension stems, abandonment and removal of existing facilities, and
salvage.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these Specifications, the
work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the requirements of the Building
Code, City of Vernon Standard Drawings, Standard Greenbook, applicable
requirements of the Contract Documents (Special Conditions), and of the
following documents to the extent that the provisions of such documents are not
in conflict with the requirements of this section; provided, that for Building Codes
and Greenbook Standard, the latest editions, as adopted as of the date of award
by the Owner having jurisdiction, shall apply to the Work.
Rev 05i2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-1
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '120113
The publications listed below form part of this specification and are referred to in
the text by basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otheruise called for.
A. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI)
1 . 816.1 Cast iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
2. 816.42 Ductile lron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes
15 and 300
3. 8.1.1 Unified lnch Screwed Threads
4. 8.1.2 Gages and Gauging for Unified lnch Screw Threads
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. A47lA47M Ferritic Malleable lron Castings
2. A36/A 36M Carbon Structural Steel
3. A53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded
and Seamless
4. A108 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality
5. A183 Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts
6. A283A 283 M Low and lntermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel
Plates, Shapes and Bars
7. A3O7 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs
8. A325lA 325M High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints
9. A510/A510 General RequirementsforWire Rodsand Course Round
Wire, Carbon Steel
10.A512 Cold Drawn Buttwelded Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing
11.A536 Specification for Ductile lron Castings
12.A568/A568M Steel Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot Rolled, Structural
Quality and Cold Rolled.
1 3. D16 Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and
Related Products
14.D2000 System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications
15.F593 Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs
16. F594 Stainless Steel Nuts
C. American Water Works Association
1. M11 Steel Pipe and Fittings
2. M41 Ductile lron Pipe and Fittings
3. M23 PVC Design and lnstallation
4. C104 Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile lron Pipe and fitting for
Water
5. C105 Polyethylene Encasement For Ductile lron Pipe Systems
6. C110 Ductile lron and Gray lron Fittings, 3-inch through 48-
inch, for Water and Other Liquids
7. C111 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile lron And Gray lron
Pressure Pipe and Fittings
8. C115 Flanged Ductile lron Pipe with Threaded Flanges
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000_2
9. C150 Thickness Design of Ductile lron Pipe
10. C151 Ductile lron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water and Other
Liquids
1 1 . C153 Ductile lron Compact Fittings, 3-inch through 24-inch,
and S4-inch through 64-inch12.C200 Steel Water Pipe 6-inch and Larger13.C203 Coal Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water
Pipelines-Enamel And Tape-Hot Applied14.C205 Cement Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for Steel
Water Pipe 4-inch and Larger
15. C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe16.C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Services 4-inch
Through 144-inch17.C208 Dimension for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings18.C210 Liquid Epoxy coating Systems for lnterior and Exterior of
Steel Water Pipelines.19.C213 Fusion Bonded Epory Coatings for the lnterior and
Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines20.C217 Petrolatum and Petrolatum Wax Tape Coatings for the
Exterior of Connections and Fittings for Steel Water
Pipelines
21 .C219 Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain End Pipe22.C227 Bolted,Split-SleevedRestrainedandNonrestrained
Couplings for Plain-End Pipe.
23. C600 lnstallation of Ductile lron Mains and their Appurtenances24.C602 Cement Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines in Place 4-inch
and Larger25.C604 lnstallation of Steel Water Pipe 4-inch and Larger
26. C605 Underground lnstallation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water27.C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints
D. Greenbook Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (latest
edition)
E. Standard Plans For Public Works Construction
F. City of Vernon Standard Drawings
G. California Department of Public Health Title 22
H. NSF 61
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System anc, Appunenances
15000-3
B. Section 02223, 02511, 09902
C. All of Division 15
D. City of Vernon Standard Drawings
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with General Conditions and Section
01 330 Submittal Procedures.
B. Submit manufacturer-prepared catalog data showing dimensions, materials
of construction by ASTM reference and grade and coatings.
C. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information:
1. Drawings: Layout drawings including necessary dimensions, details, pipe
joints, fittings, specials, bolts and nuts, gaskets, valves, appurtenances,
anchors, guides, thrust blocks, restrained lengths and material lists.
Fabrication drawings shall indicate spacers, adapters, connectors,
fittings, and pipe supports to accommodate the equipment and valves in
a complete and functional system.
2. All project materials in contact with potable water shall be submitted with
a proof of certification letter stating compliance with the standards listed
in Section 1.05 CONTAMINATION PREVENTION.
3. Samples: Performing and paying for sampling and testing as necessary
for certifications are the Contractor's responsibility.
4. Certifications:
a. Certificates, test reports, and affidavits of compliance shall be
obtained and provided by the Contractor and the Manufacturer.
b. A certification from the pipe fabricator that each pipe will be
manufactured subject to the fabricator's or a recognized Quality
Control Program. An outline of the program shall be submitted to the
Engineer for review prior to the manufacture of any pipe.
D. Construction Phasing and Detailed Procedure Plan:
Plans shall include project location, date, valves requiring closures, length of
time required for each valve closure and tie in connections, proposed hot
tapping locations, construction by-pass piping plans, pressure testing
procedure and schedule, abandonment, and line activation.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-4
1.05 CONTAMINATION PREVENTION
A. Volatile organic compounds present in the linings of items in contact with
potable water or recycled water shall not exceed concentrations allowed by
the latest requirements of the State Office of Drinking Water and Department
of Public Health Services.
B. All materials shall comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping
and specialties for domestic water, including Annex G.
C. All materials shall comply with NSF 14 for plastic potable-water-service
piping, lnclude marking "NSF-PW" on piping.
D. All materials shall comply with California Assembly Bill (AB) 1953 (Lead
Free).
1.06 DESIGN CRITERIA
Normal Working Pressure - 100 psi
Surge Transient Pressure - 150 psi
Test Pressure - 200 psi
A. Ductile lron Pipe Flange including blind flanges unless othenrise noted shall
conform to Specification Section 15056.
B. All pipe flanges shall meet the latest revision of AW\NA C11 1, A\ A/VA C207,
and ANSI/ASME B16.5 standards.
C. All flange materials and gaskets shall be certified compliant with NSF/ANSI
61, Drinking Water System Components-Health effects, in addition to the
requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act.
D. Steel flanges shall conform to applicable requirements of AV1A/i/A C207.
E. Steel flange selection shall be based on the test pressure. A\AMA flanges
shall not be exposed to test pressures greater than 125 percent of rated
capacity. For higher test pressures, the next higher rated A\ A /A flange or an
ANS|-rated flange shall be selected.
1. For test pressures 150 psi or less, flanges shall conform to ASME 816.5 -
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 1 50 lb class.
2. For test pressures 150 psi to 275psi, flanges shall conform to either
ASME 816.5 1 50 lb class or A\M/r'A C207 Class E or Class F.
3. For test pressures 275 psi to 700 psi, flanges shall conform to ASME
816.5, 300 lb class.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Prping System and Appu(enances
15000_5
F. Steel flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes
straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise indicated. Attachment
of the flanges to the pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of
A\ /WA C207. Flange faces shall be perpendicular to the axis of the adjoining
pipe. Flanges for miscellaneous small diameter pipes shall be in accordance
with the standards indicated for these pipes.
G. Steel Blind Flanges: Blind flanges shall be in accordance with AWVUA C207,
or as indicated for miscellaneous small pipes. Blind flanges for pipe sizes 12-
inches and greater shall be provided with lifting eyes in the form of welded or
screwed eye bolts.
H. Flange Coating: Machined faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall
be coated with a temporary rust-inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the
installation is completed.
l. Provide Affidavit of Compliance per requirements in Specification Section
01330.
SECTION 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All products in contact with potable water shall comply with shall be certified
compliant with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components-Health
effects including Annex G, in addition to the requirements of the Safe Drinking
Water Act.
2.02 FLANGE GASKETS
A. All pipe gaskets shall conform where applicable to the latest revision of
A\M /A C1 1 1, A\IM/A C1 1 5, and A\ A /A C207 standards.
B. All gasket materials shall be suitable for municipal potable water systems and
shall be certified compliant with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System
Components-Health effects, in addition to the requirements of the Safe
Drinking Water Act.
C. All gaskets shall be of non-asbestos materials and suitable to be connected to
the adjacent flange materials. The minimum gasket thicknesses shall conform
to AVvINA C207 Table 1 and the size details per A\AANA C111 Table C.1
D. The operating temperature range shall be 0-250'F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
150006
E. The flange gaskets shall be a minimum pressure rating equal to the adjacent
flanges including the system the test pressure. Refer to Section 1.5 and
Specification Section 1 5044.3.03.
F. Provide Affidavit of Compliance per requirements in Specification Section
01330.
2.03 BOLTS AND NUTS
A. All pipe bolts and nuts shall conform where applicable to the latest revision of
A\ A /A C111, A\
^/\/A
C115, and A\ M/A C207 standards.
B. All bolts and nuts for ductile iron flanges shall be hot dipped galvanized
carbon steel bolts conforming to ATSM A307 grade A with ASTM A563 heavy
hex nuts.
C. All bolts and nuts for steel flanges shall be hot dipped galvanized carbon steel
bolts conforming to ATSM A193 grade 87 with ASTM A194 grade 2H heavy
hex nuts.
D All bolts and nuts shall be provided with a washer under each nut and under
each bolt head made of the same material as the nuts. Washers shall be
sized such that no part ofthe washer shall project beyond the flange outside
diameter. Washers shall be flush with the flange surface and shall not
impinge on any welded surface between the flange and the pipe, valve, or
fitting to which the flange is attached.
E. Bolts shall be of such length that not less than 114 inch or more than 1/2 inch
shall project above nut in tightened position. All bolt heads and nuts shall be
hexagonal, except where special shapes are required.
F. All bolted connections shall be wrapped and protected with Petrolatum Wax
Tape Coating. Refer to Section 09902 Subsection 2.01.
G. Provide Affidavit of Compliance per requirements in Specification Section
01330.
H. Fire hydrants shall be provided with break off type bolts conforming to ASTM
A307 Grade A. Hex nuts shall conform to ASTM A563 with washers. All fire
hydrant bolts, nuts and washers shall hot dipped galvanized.
2.04 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
Polyethylene encasement shall be used for all ferrous metal materials that are
not coated with epory or cement mortar.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Paping System and Appurtenances
15000-7
A. Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the protection of buried valves in
conjunction with wax tape.
B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be used for the protection of buried ductile iron
pipe and fittings. Where the use of a sleeve is not practical, the fittings may
be wrapped. Additionally, all bolted connections shall be coated with wax
tape.
C. Polyethylene wrap or sleeves may also be installed around buried PVC pipe
for recycled water identification.
D. Polyethylene encasement shall be as indicated below and shall be selected
from the Approved Materials List. Polyethylene materials shall be kept out of
direct sunlight exposure.
1. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be a minimum 0.008-inch thick linear
low density polyethylene film in accordance with AWWA C105.
2. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be clear for use with potable water
and purple for use with recycled water.
3. Polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape a minimum of 2-inch wide or plastic tie
straps shall be used to secure polyethylene encasement.
4. lnstallation Methods and shall comply with A\ M/A C105. Method A is
preferred.
E. Provide Affidavit of Compliance per requirements in Specification Section
01330.
2.05 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE
A. Warning/identification tape shall be used to identify location of underground
utilities and to act as a warning against accidental dig-ins of buried utilities.
Warning/identification tape shall be used on all underground water and
recycled water mains, potable and recycled water irrigation systems, sewer
mains, and all related appurtenances. Warning/identification tape shall also
be used on cathodic protection wiring systems and tracer wire brought into
and out of access ports.
B. Warning/identification tape shall be as indicated below and in accordance
with the Approved Materials List.
1. Tape shall be an inert plastic film or metallic formulated for prolonged
underground use that will not degrade when exposed to alkalies, acids
and other destructive substances commonly found in soil.
2. Tape shall be puncture-resistant and shall have an elongation of two
times its original length before parting.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piprng System and Appurtenances
15000-8
3. Tape shall be colored to identify the type of utility intended for
identification. Printed message and tape color shall be as follows:
Printed Messaqe Tape Color
Caution: Potable Waterline Buried Below Blue
Caution: Recycled Waterline Buried Below Purple
Caution: Cathodic Protection Cable Buried Below Red
Caution: Electric Line Buried Below Red
lnk used to print messages shall be permanently fixed to tape and shall be
black in color with message printed continuously throughout.
4. Tape shall be minimum 0.004" thick x 6" wide with a printed message on
one side.
5. Provide Affidavit of Compliance per requirements in Specification Section
01300.
2.06 VALVE CANS
A. Valve cans shall be used for buried valves unless otheruise indicated on the
Standard Drawings. Valve cans and lid shall be used on all valves.
B. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, a valve box shall be provided for
every main line, flush out, and fire hydrant valve installed below ground.
C. All valve cans and covers shall be designed for H-20 Traffic Loading with a
calder coupling and PVC Class 235 (DR 18) Pipe. Refer to SMW 13.
Approved Materials are Brooks Products 3-RT or City approved equal.
D. Valve can and covers shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommended
lnstallation procedures. Manufacturer's procedures shall be part of the
submittal package.
E. Valve boxes shall be centered on the valve operating stem and shall be of
sufficient and continuous length to prevent adjoining backfill material from
interfering with valve operation.
F. Valve boxes shall be carefully installed to prevent entry of solid material. The
interior of valve boxes shall be cleaned of all material to the level 2-inches
below the bottom of exposed po(ion of the valve stem. Valve boxes shall be
kept covered at all times, except when operating valves, and care shall be
taken to prevent entry of solid materials when uncovered.
1. Each valve box shall be fitted with a valve box cap. Valve box caps shall
be epoxy painted cast iron loosely fitted inside the top of the valve box and
marked "Vernon Water" on top.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-9
2. The tops of valve boxes in paved areas or areas soon to be paved shall
be adjusted to snugly retain the cap, the top of which shall be flush with
finish grade.
3. The tops of valve boxes and caps in untraveled areas shall be adjusted to
ground surface. lf the kaveled surface is ungraded or graded earth, the
valve box cap shall be set 6-inches below ground surface and covered
with a plug of asphaltic concrete until such time that grade is restored.
2.07 VALVE STEM EXTENSION
Valve stem extensions shall be installed when the valve operating nut is more
than 4' below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the
operating nut to a point between 12-inches and 18-inches below the gate valve
tid.
Stem extensions shall be complete with operating nut, location ring, and lower
socket to fit valve-operating nut. The configuration of the extension stem nut shall
match that of the valve it operates.
Stem extensions shall be square fiberglass tubing glued together to make a
continuous one-piece unit used to a maximum length 8-feet.
Steel stem extensions shall be used where the maximum length of the
extension exceeds 8-feet or at the request of the City Engineer. Steel stem
extensions may be round or square hot-dipped galvanized steel tubing of
solid design (no pinned couplings permitted) with guides.
2.08 PIPE JOINT LUBRICANT
All pipe lubricant shall be suitable for municipal potable water systems and
certified compliant with NSF/ANSI 61 and Annex G, NSF14 and Drinking
Water System Components-Health effects, in addition to the requirements of
the Safe Drinking Water Act.
The pipe lubricant shall be formulated to prevent turbidity, taste, and odor
problems and shall not promote bacterial growth in new main installations.
The lubricant shall be safe for the use with metal or plastic rubber gasketed
pipe.
The consistency shall be smooth and must remain a paste at temperatures
above 150"F (66" C). The temperature range for use shall be 7'F (-14' C) to
150'F (66" C).
The lubricant shall be non-corrosive and nonflammable and shall not swell
rubber gaskets.
A.
B.
B.
c.
D.
E.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-10
F. Provide Affidavit of Compliance per requirements in Specification Section
01330.
2.09 SLEEVED ryPE COUPLINGS
A. Sleeve type couplings include straight couplings, transition couplings,
reducing couplings and flange coupling adapters and will be used to connect
all combinations of ductile iron, cast iron, and ACP pipe.
B. All sleeve couplings shall meet the latest revision of AVvINA C219 standards.
C. Center ring shall be:
1. Ductile lron per ASTM A536, 6545-12.
2. Steel per ASTM A283 Grade C or equivalent with a minimum yield of
30,000 psi.
D. End rings shall be:
1. Ductile lron per ASTM 4536, 6545-12.
2. Steel per ASTM A576-Grade 1020 or equivalent have a minimum yield of
54,000 psi.
E. Coupling flanges shall havethesame bolt pattern and equal or exceed
pressure rating of the connecting flange. Refer to Section 2.10 for flange
coupling adapter fl ange requirements.
F. The location and number of each type of sleeve coupling shall be determined
from the construction drawings.
G. The product shall be certified compliant with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water
System Components-Health effects, in addition to the requirements of the
Safe Drinking Water Act.
H. The pipe material and nominal pipe sizes are shown on the plans and it shall
be field verified prior to ordering any type of couplings.
l. All couplings shall be pressure rated for a minimum of 250 psi and with
operate with manufacturer guarantee at the water system design pressures.
J. The water system operating temperature range is between 32 - 150"F.
K. The minimum wall thickness of the sleeve coupling shall be1/4-inch and the
minimum center sleeves length shall comply with Table 2 of AWWA C21 9.
Manufacturer shall confirm the minimum length is sufficient for each
application. Minimum lengths for reducing couplings shall be 12-inches.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-11
L. Allowable angular pipe deflections shall not exceed manufacturer's
recommendation and conform to Section 4.5 and Table 3 of A\AMA C219.
M. Coatings thickness shall be a minimum of 16 mils of either shop applied liquid
or fusion bonded epory in accordance with AVvl/VA C210 or AVIA/VA C213.
N. Gasket materials shall Buna N Grade 60 and/or exceed or meet the
requirements A\ A/i/A C219 Section 4.23 and ASTM D2000.
O. Flange bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Section 2.03. End
ring bolts and nuts shall conform to AVTANA C219 Section 4.2.4 and AWWA
c111.
P. All couplings shall clearly be marked with a pressure rating per AWWA C219
Section 6.1.4.
Q. Affidavits of Compliance (Certifications) as described in Section 01300 shall
be provided by the manufacturer and the contractor final material approval.
2.10 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS
A. Joint restraint systems shall be used for rubber ring joint pipe. Joint restraint
systems shall be used in conjunction with, concrete thrust blocks unless
otherwise directed. Restrained joint systems shall be wax tape coated and
polyethylene encased. Contractor shall submit manufacturer produced shop
drawings, calculations, and catalog data for each joint restraint systems. All
products shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations including all
referenced A\ M/A standards.
B. Mechanical Joint Restraint Ductile lron Pipe and PVC
1. Restraint devices for joining plain end pipe to mechanical joint fittings and
appurtenances shall conform to either ANSI/AVIA/VA C111/M1.11 or
ANSI/A\A^/VA C1531A21 .53. Restraint devices shall be Listed by
Underwriters Laboratories (3-inch through 24-inch size) and approved by
Factory Mutual (3- inch through 12-inch size).
2. Restraint devices for nominal pipe sizes 3-inch through 48-inch shall
consist of multiple gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland
meeting the applicable requirements of ANSI/AVIANA C110lM1 .10.
3. The devices shall have a working pressure rating of 350 psi for 3-inch
through 16-inch and 250 psi for 18-inch through 48-inch. Ratings are for
water pressure and must include a minimum safety factor of 2 to 1 in all
sizes.
4. Gland body, wedges, and wedge actuating components shall be cast from
grade 65-45-12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-12
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
5. Ductile iron gripping wedges shall be heat treated within a range of 370 to
470 BHN.
6. All wedge assemblies and related parts shall be processed through a
phosphate wash, rinse and drying operation prior to coating application.
The coating shall consist of a minimum of 12 mils of coats of liquid or
fusion bonded thermoset epory coating per AV1A/y'A 210 or A\AMA 213.
7. All casting bodies shall be surface pretreated with a phosphate wash,
rinse and sealer before drying. The coating shall be electrostatically
applied and heat cured. The coating shall be a polyester based powder to
provide corrosion, impact and UV resistance.
8. All components shall be manufactured and assembled in the United
States. The purchaser shall, with reasonable notice, have the right to plant
visitation at his/her expense.
9. Mechanical joint restraint shall require conventional tools and installation
procedures per AV1AIVA C600, while retaining full mechanical joint
deflection during assembly as well as allowing joint deflection after
assembly. Manufacturer installation recommendations shall be followed.
10. Proper actuation of the gripping wedges shall be ensured with torque
limiting twist off nuts.
'll.Approved Materials are EBAA lron lnc. Megalug Series 1100 (Ductile
lron), Megalug Series 2000 (PVC), or approved equal (prior to Bid).
C. Straight and Transition Couplings
1. Joint restraint to prevent axial separation shall be incorporated into the
design of the sleeve or coupling used to connect two plain pipe ends. The
working water pressure shall be rated for 250 psi minimum and all higher
design pressures per Section 15000.1 .06. For ductile iron pipe, the flange
adapter shall have a safety factor of 2:1 minimum.
2. The restraint mechanism shall consist of a plurality of individually
actuated gripping surfaces to maximize restraint capability.
3. Torque limiting twist off nuts shall be used to insure proper actuating of
the restraint devices.
4. The restraint devices shall be coated with 12 mils of Fusion-Bonded
Epoxy Coating (A\ A//A C213-07).
5. Ductile iron components shall be of a minimum o'f 6545-12 ductile iron
meeting the requirements of ASTM A536 of the latest revision and shall
be tested in accordance with the stated standard.
6. The restrained joining system shall meet the applicable requirements of
A\ /WA C219, ANSI/A\ A//A C1111M1.11, and ASTM D2000.
7. Approved Materials are EBAA lron lnc. Megalug Series 3800 or
approved equa! (prior to Bid).
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-13
D. Restrained Flanged Coupling Adapters
1. Restrained flange adapters shall be used in lieu of threaded, or welded,
flanged spool pieces. Flange adapters shall be made of ductile iron
conforming to ASTM 4536 and have flange bolt circles that are compatible
with ANSI/AVIA/VA C1101A21 .10.
2. Restraint for the flange adapter shall consist of a plurality of individual
actuated gripping wedges to maximize restraint capability. Torque limiting
actuating screws shall be used to insure proper initial set of gripping
wedges.
3. The flange adapter shall be capable of deflection during assembly, or
permit lengths of pipe to be field cut, to allow a minimum of 0.6" gap
between the end of the pipe and the mating flange without affecting the
integrity of the seal.
4. For PVC pipe, the flange adapter will have a pressure rating equal to the
pipe.
5. The restraint shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM
A536 and rated for a minimum of 250 psi and all higher design pressures
per Section 15000.1 .06. For ductile iron pipe, the flange adapter shall
have a safety factor of 2:1 minimum.
6. The restraint devices shall be coated with liquid or fusion bonded epoxy
per AWI/UA C210 or AVWA C213.
7. Approved Materials are EBAA lron lnc. Megalug Series 2100 or
approved equal (prior to Bid).
E. Coupling Restrainer for Asbestos Pipe: Restrainer for use over A,/C coupling,
MJ Couplings, and mechanical couplings use JCM lndustries model JCM
631ACP/DIP RESTMINED COUPLING.
F. Provide Affidavit of Compliance for all restraining devices per requirements in
Specification Section 01 330.
2.11 GROOVED END (VICTAULIC) OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE
IRON OR STEEL PIPE
A. Groove end or shouldered couplings shall be in accordance with the
Approved Materials List and as described below:
B. Use square-cut shouldered or grooved ends per A\AANA C606. Grooved-end
couplings shall be malleable iron per ASTM A 47, or ductile iron per ASTM A
536. Gaskets shall be perASTM D 2000.
C. Bolts in exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 183, 69 MPa (10,000 psi)
tensile strength.
D. The minimum design working pressure shall be 250 psig.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Prping System and Appudenances
15000-14
E. The finish shall be fusion bonded epoxy per A\ /WA C213.
F. Approved Manufacturers'
1. Victaulic or approved equal.
2.12 DUCTILE IRON PIPE (Referto Specificatlon 15056)
2.13 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS (Refer to Specification 15057)
2.14 PVC PRESSURE PIPE (Refer to Specification 15060)
2.15 POLWINYL CHLORIDE PVC PIPE (Referto Specificatlon 15061) (NOT USED)
2.16 AIR RELEASE VALVE (Refer to Specification 15108) (NOT USED)
2.17 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS (Refer to Specification 151 12) (NOT USED)
2.18 GATE VALVES (Refer to Specification 15206)
2.19 BALL VALVE (Refer to Specification 15208)
2.20 FIRE HYDRANTS (Refer to Specification 15300) (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. All materials shall be installed per manufacturers recommendations including
the applicable A\A //A standards C600, C602, C604, 605 including the
Standards referenced in Parl2 Materials of Specification 15000.
3.02 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a
clean and undamaged condition and stored off the ground for protection
against oxidation caused by ground contact. Defective or damaged materials
shall be replaced with new materials.
B. Piping, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the
requirements of all applicable Specification sections. Proprietary
manufactured couplings shall be installed in accordance with the coupling
manufacturer's recommendation.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-15
C. Care shall be taken to insure that piping flanges, mechanical-type couplings,
sleeve-type couplings, flexible connectors, and expansion joints are properly
installed as follows:
1. Gasket surfaces shall be carefully cleaned and inspected prior to making
up the connection. Each gasket shall be centered properly on the
contact surfaces.2. Connections shall be installed to prevent inducing stress to the piping
system or the equipment to which the piping is connected. Contact
surfaces for flanges, couplings, and piping ends shall be aligned parallel,
concentric, and square to each axis at the piping connections.3. Bolts shall be initially hand{ightened with the piping connections
properly aligned. Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in a
staggered sequence to the AISC recommended torque for the bolt
material.4. Groove ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and
roll marks in the area from the pipe end to the groove.
5. After installation, joints shall meet the indicated leakage rate. Flanges
shall not be deformed nor cracked.
D. Lined Piping Systems: The lining manufacturer shall take full responsibility
for the complete, final product and its application. Pipe ends and joints of
lined pipes at screwed flanges shall be epoxy-coated to assure continuous
protection.
E. Cleanup: After completion of the Work, cuttings, joining and wrapping
materials, and other scattered debris shall be removed from the Site. The
entire piping system shall be handed over in a clean and functional condition.
3.03 PIPELINE INSTALI-ATION
A. The Contractor shall furnish all plant, equipment, materials, transportation,
superintendence, labor and workmanship necessary to install new pressure
ductile-iron and/or welded water pipe at locations shown on the contract
drawings and in accordance with these specifications. The work shall
include but not be limited to traffic control, pavement marking, pavement
saw-cutting and removal, utility/substructure potholing, excavation, cutting
out and removal of conflicting existing pipe and fittings, installation of new
pipe, fiftings and couplings, pressure regulators, meters, backfill, hydrostatic
pressure testing, disinfection, temporary and permanent trench resurfacing
and pavement restoration, restoring damaged pavement striping and
markers, storm water control, disposal of excess materials, and all
incidentals, as directed by the Engineer. All pipe material delivery, storage,
protection and installation shall comply strictly with the standards set forth in
A\ A//A C600 or A\AA//A C605 and this specification.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
'15000-16
B. Prior to any construction, Contractor shall pothole the alignment of the new
water main for all existing utilities within the pipe trench width (parallel or
crossing). The City shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor proceeding
with all work required. Contractor shall protect in place all existing facilities.
Contractor shall record the following information on as-built drawings:
1. Type of utility.
2. The vertical depth, top and bottom.
3. Size, width, outside diameter and width of each utility.
4. Material.
5. Pipe class and/or pressure rating.
6. Utility alignment.
7. Location of collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings, pipe collars, bells,
fittings.
8. All potential conflicts with existing utilities.
C. The Contractor shall provide a Ground Penetrating Radar Survey along the
entire length of all water main alignments if a survey has not been completed
during the design phase.
3.04 PTPELTNE ALTGNMENT (NOT USED)
The proposed pipeline alignment is shown on the contract drawings. However,
the Contractor shall make exploratory pothole excavations a minimum distance
of 200-feet in advance of trenching to determine the exact locations and depths
of all utilities crossing the alignment, and review, with the Engineer, the pipeline
profile so as to clear any obstructing substructures. Pipe joints shall be deflected
to clear interference with obstructions or other utilities unless otherwise directed
by the Resident Engineer.
3.05 SYSTEM SHUT-DOWN
A. Scheduling for any required shut-down of the existing water system shall be
approved by the City Engineer. Shut-downs may be required at times other
than normal working hours to cause the least amount of inconvenience to
customers and to avoid the use of temporary by-pass piping. Therefore, this
should be considered in determining the bid price for the work.
B. The City will perform the initial and subsequent gate operation to isolate the
mains affected. However, the Contractor shall notlfy the City not less than
three (3) working days in advance of when such service is desired. During
the course of system shut-down if a valve becomes inoperable or will not fully
close, the Contractor shall allow the City adequate time for the emergency
repairs that may be necessary. The City will make a concerted effort to make
the repairs in a timely manner. The City will recharge the system after
completion of work.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appu(enances
15000-17
C. The Contractor is responsible for confirming that system shut-downs result in
isolation of the mains affected and that pressure in the affected mains has
been properly released.
D. The Conkactor shall not be entitled to compensation for delays or
rescheduling of work that may arise due to problems the City may encounter
with existing valves while attempting to isolate a section(s) of pipe during the
shut-down. This includes the scheduled day for shut-down as well as the
time that it takes for the City to repair or replace the inoperable valves. The
Contractor may, however, be entitled to an extension of contract completion
time because of the delay, as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor will
be encouraged to work on other areas of the project so as not to disrupt their
work.
3.06 NOTIFICATION OF CUSTOMERS
A. The Contractor shall notify all water customers/consumers in advance of
when their water service will be disrupted. The City will provide the number of
notices required and how many days in advanced they must be provide. The
City will furnish the Contractor with door knob handout cards for distribution to
customers affected by shutdowns. Water service disruption includes but is
not limited to those times when:
1. The customer's water service is switched over to the temporary by-pass
piping;
2. The main is first shut down after the temporary by-pass piping has
become fully operational;3. The customer's water service is switched back to the main from the
temporary by-pass;4. Water mains are shut down for cut-ins; and
5. Any other situation that cause the water service to be disrupted.
3,07 CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES (CUT-IN INSTALLATIONS AND WET
TAPS)
A. The Contractor shall furnish the required tee or tapping sleeve, valves, and all
other piping materials as called for in the Standard Specifications in
accordance with the Approved Materials. The Contractor shall provide all
equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the
connection including, but not limited to, bacKill and pavement replacement. ln
certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water
truck, high line, and fittings as part of the equipment for making the
connections. ln addition, the Contractor shall assist the City in alleviating any
hardship incurred during a shutdown for connections. Emergency standby
equipment or materials may be required of the Contractor by the Resident
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-.18
Engineer. Contractor shall coordinate and locate all necessary valve closures
with the City and obtain City approval prior to commencing with any Work.
B. Cut-in fittings including tees and elbows or wet taps and valve installations
shall be performed as follows:
1. Prior to any construction, Contractor is responsible to locate and field verify
all existing, adjacent, and intersecting utilities/substructures in the area of
the proposed new facilities using USA markings and a ground-penetrating
radar survey. Thereafter, all identified utilities/substructure locations shall
be potholed. The City shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor
proceeding with work required. Contractor shall protect in place all existing
facilities. Contractor shall record and provide the Engineer with the
following information immediately and record the information on as-built
d rawirigs:
a. Pipe size, outside diameter.
b. Pipe roundness
Pipe type such as ACP, PVC, Ductile-lron or Steel, RCP, CCP (ACCP)
Pipe class and/or pressure rating.
Elevation, grade, and alignment.
Location of collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings, if found. Note:
Collars, bells, fittings, or couplings shall not be within 18-inches of the
outer dimension of the tapping saddle.
Potential confl icts with existing utilities/substructu res.
2. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustments in
alignment, the Contractor shall leave a minimum 10'gap between the new
pipe installation and the proposed connection point at the existing water
main. The Contractor shall leave a gap longer than 10' if conditions
warrant, or if directed by the Engineer.
3. The new pipeline shall have successfully passed pressure testing in
accordance with Section 15044 and disinfection and bacteriological testing
in accordance with Section 15002 prior to proceeding with the connection
to the existing pipeline.
4. After the City Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection,
the Contractor shall schedule with the City for the cut in or wet tap cut-in
installation.
a. Shutdowns will be scheduled at the convenience of the City.
Shutdowns may be scheduled for nights or weekends if required.
b. The Contractor shall give the City a minimum of 5 working days' notice
prior to any proposed excavation or shutdown of existing mains or
services. Scheduling shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g
Rev 05/20'14
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-19
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120'113
Shutdowns cannot be scheduled on Mondays, Fridays, orthe day after
a holiday.
c. The City may postpone or reschedule any shutdown operation if, for
any reason, the City Engineer believes that the Contractor is not
prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to
proceed with the connection.
d. lf progress in completing the connection within the time specified is
inadequate, the Engineer may order necessary corrective measures.
Corrective measures may consist of directing City personnel or another
contractor to complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall
be borne by the Contractor.
5. Contractor may proceed with excavation only after potholing has been
completed, materials have been approved and delivered, and wet tap or
cut-in installation has been scheduled.
a. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and
install shoring and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the
wet tap or cut-in installation.
b. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades, and traffic control in
accordance with the agency of jurisdiction and as deemed necessary
for the excavation by the Engineer.
c. The Contractor shall de-water existing mains in full compliance with
NPDES standards where cut-in installations are required and shall be
done in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with Section
15002. Only City personnel are authorized to operate existing valves.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage resulting
from unauthorized operation of existing City facilities.
d. The Contractor under the inspection of the City shall perform the
following work for wet taps and cut-in installations:
1) Wet taps: Disinfect and install tapping saddle and tapping valve
and perform tapping operations.
2) Cut-ins: Cut and remove portions of existing mains, and disinfect
and install tees, valves, couplings, and appurtenances required to
complete the closure. The Contractor shall discard pipe and
appurtenances removed from service in accordance with this
section.
6. After the Contractor has performed tapping or cut-in operations, and the
Engineer has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete
the installation as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the
Standard Specifications including, but not limited to:
a. Disinfecting and installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the
closure to the new system.
General Piprng System and Appurtenances
15000-20
b. lnstalling and setting the valve cans and covers in accordance with
the Standard Drawings.
c. lnstalling thrust and anchor blocks in accordance with this
Specification Section.
d. Completing all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance
with Section 02223 and geotechnical recommendations.
e. Repairing or replacing pavement as necessary.
7. Extend water service piping and connect to water supply source and
building water piping systems at outside face of building wall in locations
and pipe sizes indicated.
a. Terminate water service piping at building wall until building water
piping systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or
flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building
water piping systems when those systems are installed.
8. Sleeves are specified in Division 2 Section "Utility Materials." Mechanical
sleeve seals are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical
Materials and Methods."
9. lnstall underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical
changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors,
tie-rods and clamps, and other supports as shown on City of Vernon
Standard Drawings SMW 18.
3.08 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS
All tees, elbows, crosses, offsets, valves, fire hydrants and plugged pipe ends
shall have concrete thrust blocks or collars with a minimum of bearing area
against undisturbed earth or as indicated on the plans. All concrete used in
thrust block shall attain a 2,500 psi minimum skength.
3.09 BOLTS AND NUTS
A. All pipe bolts and nuts shall be installed per the latest revision of AVvl/VA
C11 1, A\ A/i/A C1 15 and A\ A//A C207 standards.
B. All bolts and nuts shall be new and unused. Bolts shall not be reused once
tightened. Used bolts and nuts shall be discarded and removed from the job
site.
C. Bolts and nuts shall be cleaned, if needed, by wire brushing and shall be
lubricated prior to assembly.
D. Tighten nuts uniformly and progressively in a "star" pattern.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '!20113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-21
E. All bolted connections shall be wrapped and protected with Petrolatum Wax
Tape Coating. Refer to Section 09902.
3.10 POLYETHYLENEENCASEMENT
A. Polyethylene encasement shall completely encase and cover all buried metal
surfaces not otherwise protected with cement or epory coating. All bolted
connections shall be coated with wax tape prior to polyethylene encasement.
't. Pipe & Fittings: All ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be encased with
polyethylene sleeves in accordance with Method A described in AVvINA
C105, except that tees may be encased with polyethylene wrap in
accordance with Method C described in AWWA C105.
2. Valves: Buried valves shall have only the stem and operating nut exposed
and the wrap shall be attached so that valve operation will not disturb the
wrapping or break the seal. Refer to the applicable valve specification to
determine other coating requirements.
B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive
tape or plastic tie straps at the ends and quarter points along the sleeve in a
manner that will hold the sleeve securely in place during backfill. Polyethylene
wrap shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape in a manner
that will hold the wrap securely in place during backfill. Polyethylene shall be
thoroughly wrapped and taped together before placement of the backfill.
3.11 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Warning/ldentification Tape shall be installed as described below in accordance
with the Standard Drawings.
A. Tape shall be placed at the top of the pipe zone 12" above and centered over
the utility intended for identification. Tape used with onsite potable and
recycled water irrigation systems shall be installed at 6" above the pipe.
B. Tape shall be installed with the printed side up and run continuously along the
entire length of the utility intended for identification. Tape shall be installed on
the main piping and all appurtenant laterals, including blowoffs, air valve
assemblies, fire hydrants, and services. Tape splices shall overlap a minimum
of 24" for continuous coverage.
C. Tape shall be installed prior to placement of the Trench Zone Backfill.
3.12 WATER SERVICE SADDLES, SERVICE CONNECTION BALL TYPE
CoRPoRATTON VALVES (REFER TO SPECTFTCATION SECTTON 15057)
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-22
3.13 METER BOXES (REFER TO SPECTFICATION SECTION 15057)
3.14 VALVE CANS
A. Valve cans shall be installed at the elevations and locations shown on the
Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Near the
completion of the project, a final valve box adjustment to finish grade may be
required. Water valve boxes shall not be installed until final adjustments are
made to the meter box and are approved by the City Engineer.
3.15 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS
A. Valves 100mm (4-inch) and larger require valve stem extensions to be
fabricated and installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings when the
valve-operating nut is more than 4-feet below grade. Stem extensions shall
be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point between 300mm
(12-inches) and 450mm (18-inches) below the gate well lid.
3.16 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS
Flexible pipe couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as described below:
A. Use plain-end pipe with flexible couplings per A\AMA C200. Provide joint
harnesses per AVlA/y'A Ml'l for aboveground applications or where indicated
on the Approved Plans.
B. Flexible couplings may be used only where indicated on the drawings
C. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe ends and touch up the mortar or
epory lining and coating and allow time for curing before installing the
coupling. Clean the gaskets before installing.
D. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for installation and bolt torque
using a properly calibrated torque wrench.
E. Lubricate the bolt threads with graphite prior to installation.
3.17 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM-DUCTILE IRON PIPE
A. Joint restraint systems shall be installed at all tie-in fittings and valves in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-23
3.18 TAPPING SLEEVES (NOT USED)
Tapping sleeves shall be installed s in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and the applicable A\ M/A standards where indicated on the
plans.
3.19 F|RE HYDRANT |NSTAL|-ATTON (NOT USED)
General: lnstall each fire hydrant with separate gate valve in supply pipe, anchor
with restrained joints or thrust blocks, and support in upright position in
accordance with standard fire hydrant detail as shown on plans.
AW\A/A-Type Fire Hydrants: Comply with AVIAA/A M17.
3.20 REFLECTIVE FIRE HYDRANT MARKERS
The Contractor shall provide and install two (2) blue reflective pavement markers
at each existing and new fire hydrant, whether an existing marker was obliterated
or not. One marker shall be placed on the top of curb, and one marker shall be
placed three feet (3') toward the fire hydrant from the centerline or the median
curb.
3.21 SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
A. When the work of installing new water main is not in progress, all openings
into the pipe and the ends of the pipe in the trenches or structure shall be
kept tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and foreign materials. The
Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign materials and
in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the City.
B. Dewatering Leaking Laterals: The City does not guarantee the tightness of
the shut-off valves. lt shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to excavate,
cut pipe nipple, dewater and control any leakage from laterals in a manner
that is approved by the Engineer.
C. Concrete encasement, per Plan Typical Details, shall be constructed
whenever the cover over a water pipeline is less than twenty-four (24") inches
in the street.
D. Concrete thrust blocks must be poured with transit-mixed concrete. The
mixing of concrete materials on site shall not be permitted.
E. Prior to installing the new water mains, the Contractor shall pothole to
measure the outside diameter (O.D.) of the existing pipes, verify the fittings
shown on the Plans and verify the depth of the existing pipes in order to
determine the alignment and obtain the correct materials for joining the
pipelines. Excavation for tie-ins shall be done at least twenty-four (24) hours
prior to tying-in the pipes. The excavation shall be properly plated.
Rev 0512014
Cannon '120113
General Piping System and Appuienances
15000-24
F. The Contractor must closely follow-up the installation process with permanent
pavement per the project specifications. Under no circumstances, in any
particular stretch of excavation, will temporary pavement be permitted longer
that twenty-one (21) calendar days before permanent base and cap
pavement is placed. The pavement cap must be placed within two (2) days of
the base pavement. This is to minimize traffic inconvenience and impacts in
the neighborhood.
G. The backfill compaction operations performed by the Contractor will be
closely observed and monitored by the City. The City will retain the services
of a certified soils testing firm to measure the compaction of the soil. Any
defective compaction will require removal and replacement.
H. The existing pavement thicknesses have not been established for the
proposed locations of excavation for this project. The City of Vernon is not
responsible for any inaccuracies of the pavement thickness data and will not
pay additional money for pavements that are thicker than indicated in the
record data. lt is the Contractor's responsibility to establish the pavement
thicknesses, by potholing, if this information is required by them. All costs
involved in potholing and saw-cutting the pavement for the cleaning and lining
access holes shall be included in the unit prices bid for cleaning and lining
and no additional compensation will be made therefor.
l. TR flex gaskets for restraining ductile iron pipe is acceptable. Push on joints,
mechanical joints, and flanged-end joints shall be restrained using glands and
adapters as shown in this section and in Section 15000 Subsection 2.11
(Joint Restraint System), and Section 15056 Subsection 2.01 (Ductile-lron
Pipe Fittings)
J. ln cutting the pavement, vacuuming is required for saw cutting.
K. The new water main shall be installed at least three (3) inches below the
existing water main at the location of the fire hydrant to avoid conflict with the
existing water main in installing the new fire hydrants.
L. Where a valve on the new water main or a valve on the existing water main is
left in place to be used as a stop for a main under pressure, the valve shall be
securely restrained with Megalug glands or Uni-Flange retainer glands and/or
a concrete thrust collar. For existing valves, the Contractor shall provide a
pipe restraining system with clamps and tie rods or clamps and tie rods to tie
back to the concrete thrust collar.
M. Where new fittings or valves are installed the existing pipe shall be restrained
properly by the Contractor.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120'! 13
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-25
N. The location of and type of elbows shown on the plans are approximate only.
The Contractor shall verify in the field in such a way to keep the alignment of
the new water main with respect to that of the existing water main as shown
on the plans. The Contractor shall not deflect the pipes beyond 75% lhe
deflection angle recommended by the manufacturer.
O. The new pipeline shall be placed in service or tied into the existing water main
no more than three (3) days after the Contractor has been informed that the
bacteriologic test results are known negative. lf the tie-in is not completed
within this time, the Contractor shall have the bacteriologic tests performed by
a laboratory accepted by the City and provide the City with the results before
the pipeline can be placed in service, all at the expense of the Contractor.
3.22 MAINTENANCE, REMOVAL, AND RECONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES AND
OTHER FACILITIES
lnsofar as practicable during the progress of the work, no pipeline, conduit,
sewer, culvert, storm drain, drainage channel, pole line, street lighting system,
overhead wires or cables, or underground wires or cables, either main line
structures or laterals and services, or any other structure or facility, shall be
disturbed, but all shall be supported and protected against injury and maintained
by the Contractor in good operating condition. ln no case shall any such property
be disturbed or removed without the approval of the Engineer as hereinafter
provided. The Contractor shall be responsible for and make good all damage
due to his/her operations and the provisions of this section shall not be abated
even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until
after completion of backfilling.
All affected traffic signal materials or equipment as a result of this improvement
shall be restored or replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the City. This
includes pull boxes, inductive loop detectors, detectors, lead-in wire, and
interconnect cable, etc.
Where a pipe fitting or portion of the pipe is to be removed near a valve, and the
valve is to be left in place as a stop against main pressure, the valve shall be tied
back by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any damage which
might result to the City's property as a result of a main break caused by
inadequate restraint of the valve will be charged to the Contractor.
3.23 ABANDONMENT OR REMOVAL FROM SERVICE OF EXISTING FACILITIES
Before excavating for new mains that are to replace existing pipes or services,
the Contractor shall make provisions for the continuation and maintenance of
service to customers as directed by the City Engineer.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Prping System and Appudenances
15000_26
Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances or water
services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the City Engineer shall
be as directed by the City Engineer.
Abandonment or removal from service of existing mains, appurtenances, or
water services shown on the Approved Plans or as called for by the City
Engineer shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Standard
Drawings:
A. Abandonment in place:
Existing pipe 4-inches and smaller shall have a short section of pipe
removed and pipe ends encased in concrete.
Existing pipe 6-inches through 14-inches shall be cut and entirely filled
with blown sand and plugged with concrete at the ends of each section
Existing pipe 16-inches and larger shall be entirely filled with blown sand.
Existing pipe ends shall be filled with concrete.
All valves shall be removed with remaining pipe or fittings permanently
sealed with blind flange or concrete plug.
Gate wells shall be cut 24-inches below grade and filled with 1-2 slurry
sack concrete or removed and replaced with compacted backfill.
Meter boxes and curb stops shall be removed. Service laterals shall be cut
back a minimum of 24-inches below the finish grade and crimped.
Water services including piping and valves connected to pipelines shall be
removed and plugged at the service saddle unless otherwise directed by
the City.
B. Removal by excavation:
Existing pipe and appurtenances shall be removed from the ground as
indicated on the Approved Plans or as directed by the City Engineer.
Contractor shall provide measures that allow for the removal of existing
sewer mains and appurtenances with no leakage of raw sewage.
Transportation of sewer mains and appurtenances removed from service
shall be in waterproof trucks to prevent raw sewage from leaking on public
streets.
Removal of asbestos-cement pipe (ACP) and sewer mains and
appurtenances shall be in accordance with all applicable State and
Federal requirements. Legal disposal is the responsibility of the
Contractor. Obtain approval from the agency having disposal jurisdiction
with respect to disposal sites.
Backfill, compaction, and surface repair of all excavations for removal of
pipe and appurtenances shall be made in accordance with the Approved
Plans, Section 02223 of the Standard Specifications, and the Standard
Drawings.
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000-27
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
3.24 RECONNECTIONS
A. The Contractor may encounter unused service laterals or appurtenant piping
connected to an existing pipeline being replaced. Laterals and appurtenance
piping that will not be connected to the new pipeline shall be abandoned as
described in Subsection 3.25.
B. Existing service laterals or appurtenances to be connected to new pipelines
shall be installed as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the City
Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings
3.25 SALVAGE
When the Contractor is required to remove existing pipe and appurtenances, or
portions thereof, from the ground, such material may, at the discretion of the
Engineer, be considered salvage. All materials identified as salvage are
considered property of the City.
A. The Contractor shall remove and temporarily stockpile all materials identified
as salvage in a safe location that will not disrupt traffic or shall deliver salvage
to the City's Field Operations Yard as directed by the City Engineer'
B. The Contractor shall legally dispose of all other materials in an appropriate
manner. Disposal is the responsibility of the Contractor. Obtain concurrence
from the agency having disposal jurisdiction with respect to disposal sites and
transportation methods.
3.26 DISPOSAL
A. All materials removed during construction operations and not identified by
the District Engineer as salvage shall be legally disposed of in accordance
with all applicable Local, State, and Federal requirements.
B. Disposal of asbestos-cement pipe requires special handling and attention,
including but not limited to, encapsulation within airtight packaging, submiftal
of certification letters and/or waste profile statements, and the use of a Cal-
OSHA registered asbestos abatement contractor to transport and dispose of
such wastes. The City Engineer shall be provided with copies of all
applicable documentation regarding the transportation and disposal of
asbestos-cement pipe. contractor shall comply with all applicable regulations
and all requirements of the disposal site. Contractor is responsible for all
costs associated with disposal of materials, specifically including any
materials that may contain asbestos.
3.27 SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
General Piping System and Appurtenances
1s000-28
C.
D.
E.
A.
B.
G.
H.
When the work of installing new water main is not in progress, all openings
into the pipe and the ends ofthe pipe in the trenches or structure shall be
kept tightly closed to prevent entrance of animals and foreign materials.
The Contractor shall maintain the inside of the pipe free from foreign
materials and in a clean and sanitary condition until its acceptance by the
City
Dewatering Leaking Laterals: The City does not guarantee the tightness of
the shuloff valves. lt shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
excavate, dewater, and control any leakage from laterals in a manner that is
approved by the Engineer.
Concrete encasement, per Plan Typical Details, shall be constructed
whenever the cover over a water pipeline is less than twenty-four (24")
inches in the street.
Concrete thrust blocks must be poured with transit-mixed concrete. The
mixing of concrete materials on site shall not be permitted.
Prior to installing the new water mains, the Contractor shall pot hole to
measure the outside diameter (O.D.) of the existing pipes, verify the fittings
shown on the Plans and verify the depth of the existing pipes in order to
figure out the alignment and obtain the correct materials for joining the
pipelines. Excavation for tie-ins shall be done at least twenty-four (24)
hours prior to tying-in the pipes. The excavation shall be properly plated.
The Contractor must closely follow-up the installation process with
permanent pavement per the project specifications. Under no
circumstances, in any particular stretch of excavation, will temporary
pavement be permitted longer that twenty-one (21 ) calendar days before
permanent base and cap pavement is placed. The pavement cap must be
placed within two (2) days of the base pavement. This is to minimize traffic
inconvenience and impacts in the neighborhood.
The backfill compaction operations performed by the Contractor will be
closely observed and monitored by the City. The Contractor is to retain the
services of a certified soils testing firm to measure the compaction of the
soil. Any defective compaction will require removal and replacement.
Petro-Mat Fabric Material - Asphaltic concrete (A.C.) pavements that are to
be trench-excavated for this project may contain a layer of petro-mat fabric
material. This material, including the pavement in which it is contained is
not always accepted at local landfills and in those cases must be
transported to a special facility that accepts it for disposal. lf petro-mat is
encountered during the course of construction of this project it must be
immediately reported to the Engineer. The Engineer may direct the
General Piping System and Appurtenances
15000_29
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
t.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
J.
K.
Contractor to dispose of the material at a preferred disposal site. Disposal
of petro-mat material will be compensated as the difference in cost between
the disposal cost of the special facility and the cost of regular disposal. The
Contractor shall provide written proof of both costs. There shall be no other
compensation for the disposal of the petro-mat pavement.
ln cutting the pavement, vacuuming is required for saw cutting.
Where a valve on the new water main or a valve on the existing water main
is left in place to be used as a stop for a main under pressure, the valve
shall be securely restrained with Megalug glands or Uni-Flange retainer
glands and/or a concrete thrust collar. For existing valves, the Contractor
shall provide a pipe restraining system with clamps and tie rods or clamps
and tie rods to tie back to the concrete thrust collar.
The location of and type of elbows shown on the plans are approximate
only. The Contractor shall verify in the field in such a way to keep the
alignment of the new water main with respect to that of the existing water
main as shown on the plans. The Contractor shall not deflect the pipes
beyond 75 % the deflection angle recommended by the manufacturer.
The new pipeline shall be placed in service or tied into the existing water
main no more than three (3) days after the Contractor has been informed
that the bacteriologic test results are known negative. lf the tie-in is not
completed within this time, the Contractor shall have the bacteriologic tests
performed by a laboratory accepted by the City and provide the City with the
results before the pipeline can be placed in service, all at the expense of the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION
General Piping System and Appu(enances
15000_30
sEciloN 15002
WATER MA]N TESTING AND DISINFECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. The Work of this Section includes flushing and testing of all pressure
pipelines and appurtenant piping and disinfection of all pipelines and
appurtenant piping and disposal of test water thereof.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
The Work of the following Sections applies to the Work of this Section. Other
Sections of the Specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the
extent required for proper performance of this Work.
A. Special Conditions
B. Section 02210 - Clearing and Grubbing
C. Section 02300 - Earthwork
D. Section 15000 - Piping General
E. Section 15056 - Ductile lron Pipe
F. Section 15060 - PVC Pressure Pipe
G. Section 15200 - Valves General
1.03 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. Except as otheruise indicated, the current editions of the following
apply to the Work of this Section:
1. ANSI/A\IA//A 8300 Hypochlorites2. ANSI/AWWA 8301 Liquid Chlorine
3. ANSI/AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains
4. APHA, A\ A/r'A and WEF Standard Methods for the Examination
of Water and Wastewater
1.04 TESTING AND DISINFECTION SCHEDULE
A. The following shall be submitted:
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Water Testing and Disinfection
15002-1
A testing and disinfection schedule, including proposed plans for water
conveyance, control, and disinfection shall be submitted in writing to
the Engineer for approval a minimum of five (5) working days before
testing is to start. The submittal shall also include the Contractor's plan
for the release of water from pipelines after testing and disinfection has
been completed that includes dechlorination. Testing and disinfection
shall be coordinated with the Engineer. Release of water shall be
coordinated with the City of Vernon.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the Special Provisions
and shall include the following:
A. Test bulkhead locations and design calculations, pipe attachment
details, and methods to prevent excessive pipe wall stresses.
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS
A. All test equipment, chemicals for chlorination, temporary valves,
temporary blow-offs, bulkheads, or other water control equipment and
materials shall be determined and furnished by the Conkactor. No
materials shall be used which would be injurious to the pipeline or its
future function. Potable water shall be used for chlorination.
B. Chlorine for disinfection shall be in the form of liquid chlorine or sodium
hypochlorite solution.
1. Liquid chlorine solution shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ANSI/AVWA B301, and shall be injected with a
solution feed chlorinator and a water booster pump.
2. Calcium Hypochlorite shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ANSI/AV1MA 8300, and shall be dissolved in
water to a known concentration in a container and pumped into
the pipeline at a measured rate.3. For measuring chlorine concentration, a medium range, drop
count, titration kit or indicator comparator with wide range color
discs shall be used. The kit shall be capable of determining
chlorine concentration in the range 1.0 to 100 mg/L. Test kits
shall be Hach, Hellige or approved equal. An adequate number
of kits shall be maintained by the Contractor in good working
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Water Testing and Disiniection
15002-2
C.
order and available for immediate test of residuals at points of
sampling.
Liquid chlorine shall be in accordance with the requirements of
ANSI/AWWA B301. Liquid chlorine shall be used only:
1. Under the direct supervision of an experienced technician.
2. When appropriate safety practices are observed.
Sodium hypochlorite and calcium hypochlorite solution shall be in
accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AVIAA/A 8300.
Temporary manual air-release valves shall be provided as necessary
for pipeline test. The pipe outlet shall be constructed in the same
manner as for a permanent air valve and after use, sealed with a blind
flange, pipe cap, or plug and coated equal to the adjacent pipe.
D.
E.
Potable water for testing and disinfecting water pipelines will be
provided by the City.
All pressure pipelines shall be tested and disinfected. Disinfection shall
be accomplished by chlorination. All chlorinating and testing operations
shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer.
Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to disinfection.
3.02 DISINFECTINGPIPELINES
General: Chlorination shall be performed by a certified chlorination and
testing company. Chlorination shall be in accordance with the
instructions of the chlorinator manufacturer and disinfection shall be
done in accordance with the requirements of AN S l/A\AA/i/A C651 using
the Continuous-Feed Method as modified herein prior to being placed
into service. ln the event groundwater is encountered and it is
impossible to prevent its entrance into the mains, or the mains are not
free from dirt, mains to be tested shall be thoroughly flushed prior to
disinfection. Preliminary and final flushing shall be done at the ends of
mains which have been hydrostatically tested.
Chlorination: A chlorine-water mixture shall be uniformly introduced
into the pipeline by means of a solution-feed chlorinating device.
PART 3 - EXECUT]ON
3.01 GENERAL
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
C.
A.
B.
Wate. Testing and Disinlection
15002-3
C.
Cement-mortar lined pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum
period of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint in any section has
been made. Care shall be taken and the use of a Reduced Pressure
Principal Backflow Assembly on the water supply shall be provided to
prevent the strong chlorine solution in the line being disinfected from
flowing back into the line supplying the water.
1. Point of Apolication: Chlorine solution shall be applied at the
lowest elevation /and or beginning of the section to be
chlorinated and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a
hydrant, or other approved connection to ensure treatment of
the entire system being disinfected. All required corporation
stops and other plumbing materials necessary for chlorination or
flushing of the main shall be installed by the Contractor.
2. lniection Rates: Potable water shall be introduced into the
pipeline at a constant measured rate. Chlorine solution shall be
injected into the potable feed water at a measured rate. The two
rates shall be proportioned so that the chlorine concentration in
the pipeline is maintained at a concentration between 75 mg/L
to 100 mg/L, with a chlorine residual of 50 mg/L after 24 hours
in the pipe. The concentration at points downstream shall be
checked periodically during the filling to ascertain that sufficient
chlorine is being added.
Chlorine Residual Requirement: Chlorinated water shall be retained in
the pipeline for at least 24-hours. After the chlorine-treated water has
been retained for the required time, the free chlorine residual at the
pipeline extremities and at other representative points shall be a
minimum of 50 mg/|.
1 . After the chlorine solution applied by the continuous feed
method has been retained in the pipeline for 24-hours, samples
shall be taken at air valves and other points of access to confirm
that a chlorine residual of 50 mg/L minimum exists along the
pipeline.
Repetition of Test: The disinfection testing procedure shall be repeated
if the initial residual tests fail to produce satisfactory results. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of re-disinfection due to
test failure, without additional cost to the City.
Chlorinating Valves: During the process of chlorinating the pipelines,
all valves and other appurtenances shall be operated while the pipeline
is filled with the chlorinated water.
Water Testing and Disinfection
150024
D.
E.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
F. Final Flushing: After the applicable retention period, the chlorinated
water shall be flushed from the pipeline until chlorine measurements
show that the concentration in the water leaving the pipeline is within
0.5 mg/L of the replacement water, generally prevailing in the system.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that water is discharged in a
legal manner. lt is the responsibility of the Contractor to dispose of all
excess water without any additional cost to the City. A reducing agent
shall be applied to the water to thoroughly neutralize the chlorine
residual remaining in the water at no additional cost to the City.
G. Every service connection served by a main being disinfected shall be
tightly shut off at the core stop before water is applied to the main.
Care shall be taken to expel all air from the main and services during
the filling operation.
H. Neutralization of Chlorinated Water: Neutralizing and disposing of
chlorinated water shall be in accordance with Appendix "B" of AWI/UA
Standard C651.
l. After satisfactory disinfection, air valves shall be replaced, the pipe
coating restored, and temporary disinfection and test facilities
removed.
3.03 BACTERIAL TESTING OF DISINFECTED PIPELINES
A. The City will collect a set of samples at least 24-hours after final
flushing and refilling. At the Contractor's request, the City will also
collect a set of samples immediately after refilling, but final approval
will be based on the absence of Total Coliform bacteria in samples
collected after the 24-hour retention period. Samples will be collected
every 1000-feet of new water main, plus one from the end of the line
and at least one from each branch. The samples will be tested for
Total Coliform organisms and at the City's discretion, Heterotrophic
Plate Count (HPC). Tests will be performed according to the latest
edition of the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater.
B. lf disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological results, the
pipe shall be re-flushed and is to be re-sampled and re{ested by the
Contractor at his expense after a 24-hour retention period. lf results
from analysis of the second samples are not negative for the presence
of Total Coliform bacteria, the pipe shall be re-disinfected and will be
re-sampled and retested at the Contractor's expense until satisfactory
results are obtained.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Water Testing and Disinfection
15002-5
END OF SECTION
sEcTloN 15010
STEEL PIPE, SPECIALS, AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
Scope of Work: Provide and install steel pipe of the sizes and in the
locations shown on the Plans and as specified herein.
1.02 REFERENCES SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
Commercial Standards: Unless otheruise stated, the latest edition for any
commercial standards and all manufacturing tolerance referenced therein
shall apply.
A. ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code- Steel
B. ANSI/AWS 82.1 Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance
Qualification
C. ANSI/A\ IVVA C200 Steel Water Pipe - 6 ln. (150 mm) and Larger
D. ANSI/A\ Al/A C205 Cement-Mortar Protective Lining and Coating for
Steel Water Pipe - 4 ln. (100 mm) and Larger- Shop Applied
E. ANSI/AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
F. ANSI/AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4
ln. Through 144 ln. (100 mm through 3,600 mm)
G. ANSI/AII1A /A C208 Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Water Pipe Fittings
H. ANSI/AWWA C210 Liquid-Epory Coating Systems for the lnterior and
Exterior of Steel Water
l. Pipelines C213 Fusion Bonded Epory Coating for the lnterior and
Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines
J. ANSI/A\MIi/A C222Polyurethane Coatings for the lnterior and Exterior of
Steel Water Pipe and Fittings
K. ASME Section lX lnternational Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code: Welding
and Brazing Qualifications
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-1
L. AWWA M11 Steel Water Pipe: A Guide for Design and lnstallation
M. NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects is
required, in addition to the requirements of the Safe Drinking Water Act.
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Qualifications
1. Manufacturers who are fully experienced, reputable, and qualified
in the manufacture of the products to be furnished shall furnish all steel
pipe and fittings. The pipe and fittings shall be designed, constructed
and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and
shall comply with these specifications as applicable.
2. Pipe cylinders, lining, coating and fabrication of specials shall be the
product of one manufacturer that has not less than S-years' successful
experience manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size
indicated.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings
Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval and shall
include the following:
1 . Pipeline layout showing stations and elevations.
2. Details of standard pipe, joints, specials and fittings.
B. Design
1. Calculations for pipe design and fittings reinforcement and/or
test data.
2. Details of joint bonding and field welded joint restraint
calculations.
C. Certifications
1 . The Contractor shall furnish a certified affidavit of compliance
that meets or exceeds the requirements of these specifications
for all pipe and fittings furnished.
2. Linings for potable piping shall be NSF certified.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-2
1.05 VERIFICATION
A. lnspections
1. All pipe shall be subject to inspection atthe place of manufacture
in accordance with the provisions of AV1MA C200 and A\ IVVA
coating and lining standard as supplemented by the requirements
herein.
B. Tests
1. Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture
of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements
of AVIAA/A C200 and A\M/y'A coating and lining standards.
2. The Contractor shall perform required tests at no additional
cost to the Owner. The Engineer shall have the right to witness
all testing conducted by the Contractor, provided that the
Contractor's schedule is not delayed for the convenience of
the Engineer.
C. Welding Requirements
1. All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be qualified
under the provision of AWS 82.1 or ASME Section lX.
D. Welder Qualifications
1. Skilled welders, welding operators, and tackers who have had
adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used shall
do all welding. Welders shall maintain current qualifications under
the provisions of AWS 82.1 oTASME Section lX. Machines and
electrodes similar to those in the work shall be used in qualification
tests. The Contractor shall furnish all material and bear the
expense of qualifYing welders.
1.06 HANDLING, STORAGE AND SHIPPING
A. Pipe shall be stulled as required to maintain roundness of +l- 1o/o
during shipping and handling.
B. Coated pipe shall be shipped on bunks with nylon belt tie-down straps
or padded banding located approximately over stulling.
C. Coated pipe shall be stored on skids, sand or dirt berms, sand bags,
old tires or other suitable means so that coating will not be damaged.
Rev 04/20'13
Cannon 120113
SteelPrpe, Specials, and Fittings
'15010-3
D. Coated pipe shall be handled with wide belt slings.
1.07 MARKINGS
A. The Contractor shall legibly mark all pipes and specials in accordance
with the laying schedule and marking diagram. Each pipe shall be
numbered in sequence and said number shall appear on the laying
schedule and marking diagram in its proper location for installation. All
special pipe sections and fittings shall be marked at each end with top
field centerline. The word "top" or other suitable marking shall be
painted or marked on the outside top spigot end of each pipe section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Pipe
Steel pipe shall conform to A\AM/A C200. Steel plate used in the
manufacture and fabrication of steel pipe shall meet the
requirements of A\MA/A C200. All longitudinal and girth seams,
whether straight or spiral, shall be butt-welded using an approved
electric-fusion-weld process.
Pipe shall be designed for 250 psi working pressure with an
additional 50 psi allowance for surge. Pipe design shall be in
accordance with A\ M/A M11. Steel piping for pump discharge
lines shall be ASTM 53 Type E or S Grade B. Pipe dimensions
shall conform to the values in the following table.
1.
2.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon '120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
150104
Pipe O.D.
(inches)
Appropriate
Wall Thickness
Iinchesl
4-1t2 0.24
6-5/8 0.28
8-5/8 0.32
12-3t4 0.375
16 0.375
18 0.375
24 0.375
30 0.375
Pipe shall be bedded and backfilled or supported per the Plan details
or manufacturer's recommendations utilizing an E' value for design
check per AWWA M'1 1 Chapter 6.
Pipe is to be furnished principally in laying lengths with shorter lengths,
field trim pieces and closure pieces as required by Plan and profile for
location of elbows, tees, reducers and other in-line fittings or as
required for construction. The pipe fabricator shall prepare a pipe
laying schedule showing the location of each piece by mark number
with station.
B. Fittings
1. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all specials and fittings shall
conform to the dimensions of A\MIVA C208 or Schedule 40 steel
fittings per ASME/ANSI 816.28 and ASTM 4-234. Pipe material
used in fittings shall be of the same material and pressure class as
theadjoining pipe. The minimum radius of elbows shall be 2 a/2
times the pipe diameter and the maximum miter angle on each
section of the elbow shall not exceed 11 1./4- degrees (one cut
elbow up lo 22 1/2-degrees). lf elbow radius is less than 2 l/2limes
the pipe diameter, stresses shall be checked per A\A/WA M11 and
the pressure class increased if necessary.
2. Fittings shall be equal in pressure class design as the adjoining
pipe. Specials and fittings, unless otherwise shown on the
Plans, shall be made of segmental welded sections from
hydrostatically tested pipe, with ends compatible with the type of
joint or coupling specified for the pipe. All welds made after
hydrostatic testing of the straight sections of pipe shall be tested
per the requirements of A\A/WA C200 Section 5.2.2.1 .
3. The piping shall be principally fabricated by shop welding to be flanged
together in the field for PRS1 and PRS 2 and the two-way valve
installation.
C. Joints
1. Rolled Groove Rubber Gasket Joint
a. The standard joint shall be a rolled groove rubber gasket joint
unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Rolled groove rubber
gasket joints shall conform to AWWA C200 and as shown in
Chapter 8 of AVvl/VA M11.
b. The O-ring gasket shall have sufficient volume to approximately
fill the area of the groove and shall conform to AVWA C200.
c. The joint shall be suitable for a working pressure equal to the
class of pipe furnished and shall operate satisfactorily with a
SteelPipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-5
3.
4.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
2.
deflection angle, the tangent of which is not to exceed 1.00/D
where D is the outside diameter of the pipe in inches with a pull-
out of 1-inch.
d. Rolled groove rubber gasket joints may be furnished only by a
manufacturer who has furnished pipe with joints of similar
design for comparable working pressure and pipe diameters
that has been in successful service for a period of at least 5-
years.
Welded Joints
a. Welding and welded joints shall be done in accordance with AV1MA
C206. Welding shall be performed by any welding process that will
produce a joint meeting the minimum strength requirements of the
base metals and meet the welding prequalification procedures
outlined in AWS D1 .1 . All welds shall be full penetration welds.
All other joint welding procedures to be used for work shall comply
with Section 3, A\ A/VA C206.
b. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from scale, slag, heavy rust,
grease, paint, cement, or any other foreign material. Joint surfaces
shall be smooth, uniform, and free from defects that adversely
affect proper welding. All pipe joints shall be accurately aligned
and retained in position during the welding operation.
c. All work performed under this specification shall be subject to rigid
inspection. Inspection or a lack of inspection shall not relieve the
Contractor of the responsibility for performing work in accordance
with the standards listed herein.
d. Testing for leaks shall be performed unless otherwise specified by
the Engineer. Defects in welds or defective welds shall be
removed, and that section of the joint shall be rewelded.
Mechanical Couplings
a. Mechanical couplings where indicated on the Plans shall be Smith
Blair Style 411, Baker Style 200, Victaulic Depend-O-Loc or equal.
b. lnsulating mechanical couplings where indicated on the Plans shall
be double insulated Smith Blair Style 416, Baker Style 216, or
equal for working pressures up to 1 50 psi only.
c. Couplings for buried service shall have all metal parts painted
with epoxy paint and conform to AV1ANA C210.
d. Pipe ends for mechanical couplings shall conform to AMAy'y'A
C200 and M11. The shop applied outside coating shall be held
back as required for field assembly of the mechanical coupling
or to the harness lugs or rings. Harness lugs or rings and pipe
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-6
2
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
I
ends shall be painted with one shop coat of epoxy conforming to
A\
^/i/A
C210.
e. Pipe for use with sleeve-type couplings shall have plain ends at
right angles to the axis.
4. Flanges
a. Flanges shall be in accordance with ASME 816.5 CLASS or for
4-inch through 12-inch diameter. A\AMA C207 Flanges Class E
may also be used for operating pressures between 150 psi to
275 psi or shall be A\ M/A C207 Class F for pressures to 300
psi (drilling matches ANSI B 16.5 Class 250). Shop lining and
coating shall be continuous to the end ofthe pipe or back ofthe
flange. Flange faces shall be shop coated with a soluble rust
preventive compound.
b. Refer to Specification Section 15000.
5. Bolts and Nuts for Flanges
a. Bolts for flanges shall be carbon steel, ASTM A 307, Grade B for
Class B and D flanges and nuts shall be ASTM A 563, Grade A
heavy hex. Bolts for ASME 816.5 Class 150, A\ M/A Class E and F
flanges shall be ASTM A 193, Grade 87 and nuts shall be ASTM A
194, Grade 2H heavy hex.
b. All unwelded pipe joints shall be bonded for electrical continuity in
accordance with the Pipe Manufacturer's recommendations unless
otherwise specified in the Plans.
2.02 LININGS AND COATINGS
All coatings and linings shall be NSF/ANSI 61 Drinking Water System
Components-Health Effects approved, in addition to the requirements of the
Safe Drinking Water Act.
A. Fusion-bonded Epory
All steel pipe exterior and interior surfaces shall be fusion-bonded epoxy
coatings per AVlA/i/A C213.
B. Cement-mortarLining
1. lnterior surface of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be lined in
the shop with cement-mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity
with AVTANA C205.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-7
2. The pipe ends shall be left bare where field welded joints occur
as shown on the Plans. Ends of the linings shall be left square
and uniform. Feathered or uneven edges will not be permitted.
3. Defective linings as identified in AWWA C205 shall be removed
from the pipe wall and shall be replaced to the full thickness
required. Defective linings shall be cut back to a square
shoulder in order to avoid feather edged joints.
4. Fittings shall be cement-mortar lined per AWWA C205. Pipe
and fittings too small to cement-mortar line may be lined with
A\ A/VA C210 epoxy.
5. Cement-mortar lining shall be kept moist during storage and
shipping. The Contractor shall provide a polyethylene or other
suitable bulkhead on the ends of the pipe and on all special
openings to prevent drying out the lining. All bulkheads shall
be substantial enough to remain intact during shipping and
storage until the pipe is installed.
6. After attachment of flanges, the cement mortar lining shall be
completed such that once assembled only a minor amount of butting
of joints will be needed after assembly at the stations. Where
necessary, half couplings shall be welded on the pipe sections and
holes cut in the pipe so that hand butting of mortar lining can be
carried out.
Cement-mortar Coating
All pipe shown on the Plans to be cement-mortar coated shall be
coated with V4-inch thickness of reinforced cement mortar
coating in accordance with AVvINA C205.
Fittings
Fittings shall be lined and coated per AWWA C205. Fittings too
small to cement mortar line may be lined with A\ A /A C210.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractor shall provide and install all required piping and
accessories in accordance with AMA/i/A C604, the contract documents
and manufacturer's recommendations. Pipe installation as specified in
this section supplements A\ A/VA M1 1.
B. lnstalling Buried Piping
C.
D.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fi(ings
15010-8
1. Handle pipe in a manner to avoid any damage to the pipe. Do
not drop or roll pipe into trenches under any circumstances.
2. lnspect each pipe and fitting before lowering into the trench.
lnspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Repair
damaged areas in the field in accordance with Section 2.02.
Clean ends of pipe thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt
from inside of pipe and keep clean during and after laying.
3. Grade the bottom of the trench and place a 4-inch minimum
layer of select or scarified material under the pipe. Before laying
each section the pipe, check the grade and correct any
irregularities found. The trench bottom shall form a uniform bearing
and support for the pipe.
4. At the location of each joint, dig bell (oint) holes in the bottom of
the kench and at the sides to permit completion and visual
inspection of the entire joint.
5. Keep the trench in a dewatered condition during pipe laying.
6. When the pipe laying is not in progress, including the noon hours,
close the open ends of the pipe. Do not permit trench water,
animals, or foreign objects to enter the pipe.
C. Joints Assembly
1. Rolled Groove Rubber Gasket Joint
a. Clean exposed ends of joint surfaces.
b. Thoroughly lubricate the gasket with material approved by the
Pipe Manufacturer.
c. Place gasket in grooved spigot and relieve tension by inserting
a dull instrument under the gasket and completing at least two
revolutions around the joint circumference.
d. Upon completion of insertion of spigot (including any angular
deflection as shown on the approved shop drawing) and prior to
releasing from slings the entire placement of the gasket should
be checked with a feeler gauge per manufacturer's
recommendations. lf gasket has disengaged or rolled,
immediately pull the joint apart and reinstall the joint with a new
gasket if required. Again verify proper placement of gasket with
feeler gauge.
e. lt is recommended that bonding wires or clips be installed as
supplied by the Pipe Manufacturer unless otherwise specified
in the Plans.f. Grout the interior and exterior of the joints with cement mortar
per A\AMA C205.
2. Lap Field Welded Joints
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-9
a. Clean exposed end of joint surfaces.
b. Provide a minimum overlap of 1-inch at any location around the
joint circumference.
c. Field welders and field weld procedures shall be certified in
accordance with AWS D1.1.
d. At the Contractor's option, provide a full fillet weld per A\AM/A C206
either on the inside or outside of the pipe. lnside welding may be
performed after backfilling in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
e. Testing of field welds shall be in accordance with AVvIA/A C206.
f. Grout the interior and exterior joints with cement mortar per A\ M/A
c205.
3. Flanged Joints
a. Bolt holes of flanges shall straddle the horizontal and vertical
centerlines of the pipe. Clean flanges by wire brushing before
installing flanged fittings. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire
brushing; lubricate bolts with graphite or oil.
b. lnsert the nuts and bolts (or studs), finger tighten, and
progressively tighten d iametrically opposite bolts uniformly
around the flange to the proper tension.
c. Execute care when tightening joints to prevent undue strain
upon valves, pumps and other equipment.
d. lf flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the
nuts and bolts, reset or replace the gasket, reinstall or re{ighten
the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform hydrostatic pressure test and disinfection in the presence of a
City Engineer. The test pressure shall not exceed the thrust restraint
design pressures or 1.5 times the pressure rating of the pipe or joint,
whichever is less. Leakage allowance shall be per A\A/WA M11 Chapter
12. See Section 15044.
B. Provide all necessary piping between the reach being tested and the
water supply, together with all required materials and equipment.
C. Provide dished heads, blind flange or bulkheads as necessary to
isolate and test pipeline.
D. Methods and scheduling of tests to be approved by the Engineer.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Frttings
15010-10
E. Protect pipes and provide thrust restraint as required to complete test.
F. Provide for proper legal disposal of test water.
G. Contractor shall provide the necessary piping to disinfect and properly
pressure test the vault piping.
3.03 WATER PIPE
Design Manual 4 lSO.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Steel Pipe, Specials, and Fittings
15010-11
sEcTtoN 15044
HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and
leakage testing of all pressure mains.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. City of Vernon's Standard Drawings.
B. Greenbook Standard Specifications.
C. Specification Sections 15000, 15002, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15060
15112, 15200 and 15206.
1.03 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING
A. Provide testing procedure submittal including testing pressure, testing
schedule, test bulkhead locations, and water supply details.
B. All testing will comply with the requirements set forthe in AW\A/A
standard C600 or C605 unless noted othenirrise.
C. All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall
be installed prior to testing.
D. The pipe kench shall have trench zone backfill placed and compacted with
a minimum of 2.5' of material over the pipe.
E. All concrete anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure a sufficient time to
develop a minimum strength of 13.79 MPa (2,000 psi) before testing.
F. Pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping shall be conducted
only after the entire piping system has been installed and attached to pipe
supports, hangers or anchors as shown on the Approved Plans.
G. Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on
all pipe lengths within the line have been in place for a minimum of
fourteen (14) days. Cement-mortar lined pipe shall not be filled with water
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines
15044-1
until a minimum of eight hours has elapsed after the last joint has been
mortared.
1.04 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS
Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to connections to existing mains.
Connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of
acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results.
Connection to existing mains shall be performed in accordance with Section
15000.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 WATER
A. Potable water shall be used for hydrostatic testing of potable and recycled
water mains.
B. Potable water shall be supplied by a City-approved source. Make-up water
for testing shall also be potable water.
C. A chlorinated water solution, in accordance with Section 15041' shall be
used to charge the line and for make-up water when hydrostatic testing
and disinfection operations are combined.
D. Meet all applicable state and local requirements for disposal of testing
water.
2.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped
with a backflow prevention device in accordance with Section 15000 at the
point of connection to the potable water source used.
B. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver
potable water to the piping that is to be tested. Temporary piping shall be
in accordance with Section 15000.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Hydrostatic Teshng of Pressure Ppelines
15044-2
A. All water systems shall be pre-tested to insure passage of test prior to
scheduling official test with inspector.
B. The Contractor shall provide the City with a minimum of 48-hours'notice
prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests.
C. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for
testing.
D. Temporary blocking during the tests will be permitted only at temporary
plugs, caps or where otherwise directed by the City.
E. All valves and appurtenances shall be operated during the test period. The
test shall be conducted with valves in the open position. The Contractor is
not permitted to operate any valves on the City's system.
F. At the onset of testing, all valves, air vacuum assemblies, blowoffs, and
services shall be monitored for possible leakage and repairs made, if
necessary, before the test proceeds. The appurtenances shall be
monitored through the duration of the testing.
G. For pipe with porous lining, such as cement mortar, the pipe shall be filled
with water and placed under a slight pressure for a minimum of 48-hours
prior to the actual hydrostatic test.
H. Testing shall be made before connecting the new line with the existing
City pipes and mains.
l. The pipeline should be filled at a rate such that the velocity of flow is less
than 1 fps.
J. Maximum length of pipe to be included in any one (1) test shall not exceed
2,500 linear feet or vertical elevation difference of S8-feet.
3.02 FIELD TEST PROCEDURE
A. Before applying the specified test pressure, care shall be taken to release
all air within the pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be
released through services, fire hydrants, air release valves, or other
approved locations.
B. The leakage shall be considered as the total amount of water pumped into
the pipeline during the test period.
C. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic force pump.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Ppelines
15044-3
D. Maintain the test pressure for the following duration by restoring it
whenever it falls an amount of 5 psi:
Pipe Diameter (inches) Hours
18 and less 4
20to36 8
Greater than 36 24
E. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional
water added to maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss
due to leakage in the piping system. The allowable leakage for various
sizes of PVC & Ductile lron Pipe shall be determined by the following
formula:
Q_SD.tF
l4&000
Q= Testing Allowance (makeup water), in gallons per hour
S = Length of pipe, in feet
D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches
P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test in pounds per
square inch
F. The allowable leakage for welded steel pipe shall be zero gallons.
G. The allowable leakage for piping having threaded, brazed, or welded
(including solvent welded) joints shall be zero gallons.
H. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that
allowed in the above criteria.
3.03 TEST PRESSURE
A. Pipe sizes 16-inch diameter and less shall be tested at 150o/o the normal
working water pressure plus 50 psi unless the pressure exceeds the thrust
restraint design limit of the pipe or joint, whichever is less. Pressure shall
be maintained for a duration shown in Subsection 3.02 and shall be re-
pumped when it falls an amount of 5 psi.
B. The test pump gauge and meter shall be connected to the water main at a
location other than the highest point in the line, in order to allow release of
air from the high point. Means shall be provided for accurately measuring
the quantity of water pumped through a meter and pumped into the pipe
immediately, during and after the test period in order to maintain or restore
Rev 04/20'13
Cannon 120113
Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Ppelines
150444
the initial test pressure. All pipe, fittings, valves, services and
appurtenances shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test and irrespective
of the measured quantity of leakage, all detectable leaks shall be repaired
by the Contractor at the contractor's expense and no cost to City of
Vernon.
C. lf a tested system is damaged or a leak occurs after official test the entire
system or portion of system will be retested as directed by lnspector.
D. Contractor shall prepare and submit a testing activity report for each
section of water main tested.
END OF SECTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
I
sEcTtoN 15056
DUCTILE.lRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings
for potable water systems.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent
referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless
otherwise called for.
ANSI B16.1 ...........Cast lron pipe and flanged fittings
ANSI 816.42 ........ Ductile iron pipe flanges and flanged fittings, classes 150
and 300
ASTM 4536 ..........Specification for ductile iron castings.
A\ A /A C104 ........Cement mortar lining for ductile iron pipe and fittings for
water
AWWA C105 ........ Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron pipe systems
A\AM/A C110 ........Ductile-lron and Gray-lron Fittings, 3 in through 48 in for
Water
A\ A /A C111 ........ Rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron pipe
AWWA C115 ........ Flanged Ductile-lron Pipe with Ductile-lron or Gray-lron
Threaded Flanges
A\ M/A C116 ........ Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the lnterior
and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-lron and Gray-lron
Fittings for Water Supply Service.
AWWA C150 ........Thickness Design of Ductile-lron Pipe
A\M /A C151 ........ Ductile-lron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water
A\ M/A C153 ........Ductile-lron Compact Fittings. forWater Service
AWWA C600 ........lnstallation of ductile iron water mains and their
appurtenances
A\ /VVA C606 ........Grooved and Shouldered Joints
ASTM C 150 ......... Portland Cement
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Standard Drawings
Rev 1212013
Cannon 1201't3
DuctrE-lron Pipe and Fiftrngs
15056-1
B. Standard Specifications09900, 15000, 15002, 15044,15056, 15112,
15200, and 15206
1.04 SERVICEAPPLICATION
Ductile-iron pipe shall be used only in specific areas, locations, and uses
allowed by the City.
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General:
1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured per A\AMA
C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153. Gray-iron and cast-
iron fittings or flanges shall not be used. The pipe shall be of the
diameter and class indicated (thickness class 52) and shall be
provided complete with rubber gaskets, specials, and fittings as
required under the Contract Documents.2. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of
A\ M/A C153 or A\AA/i/A C110 and shall have a minimum
pressure rating of 250 psi. Ductile iron fittings larger than 48-
inches shall conform to A\AMA C153.3. Joints for ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be mechanical,
flanged, push-on or restrained joints in accordance with AWWA
C110, C1 11, C115 and C153.
a. Mechanical and push-on joints shall conform to AWWA
c111.b. Flanged joints shall conform to AWWA C115. Where
threaded flanges are provided, the pipe wall thickness
under the cut threads shall not be less than the
calculated net thickness required for the pressure class
of the pipe.
c. Restrained joints shall be Flex-Ring, Field Flex-Ring,
Lok-Ring, or FaslGrip, restrained joint by American
Ductile lron Pipe, TR FLEX restrained joint by U.S. Pipe,
or equal.d. Joint restraining devices that impart point loads and/or
wedging action on the pipe wall as a means of joint
restraint shall not be allowed unless there are no other
options for joint restraint available. Under such
circumstances, the Contractor may propose such devices
provided the following conditions are met and the request
is made as a substitution:
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Duciile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-2
4.
6.
e. A formal request for substitution is submitted stating the
locations where the devices are intended to be used and
a statement from the device manufacturer and the pipe
manufacturer that the proposed device is appropriate for
the intended installation and is rated at least for the class
of the pipe being supplied.f. A statement from the pipe manufacturer is provided
accepting the use of the retaining devices and indicating
that the use of such devices will in no way affect the
warranty of the pipe and/or the performance of the pipe.
S The manufacturer of the device and the pipe
manufacturer jointly provide instruction on the proper
installation of the device to the personnel installing the
units and provide certification to the OWNER that the
installers are adequately trained in the installation of the
units and that warranties are in full affect for the project.
h. The devices shall be MegaLug Model 1100 as
manufactured by EBAA lron or equal.
Except as amended herein, or otheruise shown on the
Approved Plans, joints for ductile-iron pipe and ductile-iron
fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to or greater than the
adjacent piping.
Joints for buried piping may be of the push-on, flanged or
mechanical-joint type per A\ /WA C111 except where
particularly specified on the Approved Drawings.
Joints that are aboveground, within structures, or submerged
shall be flanged unless otherwise shown on the Approved
Plans.
Unless otheruvise specified, ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance
with AVUWA C1 15, rated at a working pressure of 1 ,724 KPa (250 psi).
Where required in order to connect to the flanges of 1,724 KPa (250
psi) butterfly valves, or as otherwise shown on the approved plans,
ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AMA/VA C207, Class "E".
Maximum working pressure of flanges shall be as specified in AWWA
or ASME/ANSI. Flanges shall be integrally cast perAW\y'y'A Cl 10 or
shopthreaded per AWWA C115. Flanges shall be solid. Hollow-back
flanges are not permitted. Gray-iron or cast-iron flanges are not
permitted. Threading of flanges in the field is not permitted.
Where threaded flanges are used, the pipe or spool piece to which
they are connected will be hydrostatically tested in the presence of the
Engineer prior to installation. The pipe section or spool piece shall be
Duclrle-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-3
B.
Reu 1212013
Cannon 120113
hydrostatically tested for 15 minutes at the pressure rating of the
flanges. No leaks shall be permitted.
C. Plain ends shall conform to the requirement of A\ A/y'A C151 and to he
dimensions included within AWWA C110 to accept a mechanical joint,
push-on joint, flanged coupling adaptor, flexible coupling, or grooved
coupling. Refer to Section 15000 for coupling descriptions.
D. For bell-and-spigot ends with rubber gaskets, the clearance between
the bells and spigots shall be such that when combined with the gasket
groove configuration and the gasket itself, will provide watertight joints
under all operating conditions when properly installed. The Conkactor
shall require the pipe manufacturer to submit details complete with
significant dimensions and tolerances and also to submit performance
data indicating that the proposed joint has performed satisfactorily
under similar conditions. ln the absence of a history of field
performance, the results of a test program shall be submitted.
E. The design pressure in 200 psi, it includes the normal operating
pressure, surge pressure and test pressure.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply
a statement certifying that each lot or load of pipe and fittings has been
subjected to and met the tests specified for ductile-iron pipe and fittings
per AIAM/A C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, and C153, as applicable.
B. All pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper
penetration when the joint is made.
C. Ductile-iron pipe shall bear indelible identification markings as required
by AV1A/VA C151.
D. Tests: Except as modified herein, materials used in the manufacture of
the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the
referenced standards as applicable.
E. The Contractor shall perform said material tests as part of the WORK.
The Engineer shall have the right to witness testing conducted by the
Contractor; provided, that the Contractor's schedule is not delayed for
the convenience of the Engineer.
F. ln addition to those tests specifically required, the Engineer may
request additional samples of any material including lining and coating
Reu 1212013
Cannon 120113
Duclile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-4
samples for testing by the OWNER. The additional samples shall be
furnished as a part of the WORK.
G. lnspection: Pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of
manufacture in accordance with the provisions of the referenced
standards, as supplemented by the requirements herein. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of the manufacturing
starting date not less than 14 Days prior to the start of any phase of the
pipe manufacture.
H. During the manufacture of the pipe, the Engineer shall be given access
to areas where manufacturing is in process and shall be permitted to
make inspections necessary to confirm compliance with the
Specifications.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
The following items shall be submitted and reviewed by the City prior to
shipping of ductile-iron pipe and fittings:
A. An affidavit of compliance with A\MA/A Cl04, Cl 10, C1 1 1 , C1 1 5,
C1 50, C151 , Cl 53, and the requirements of this specification.
B. All joint details.
C. Typical details and description of lining and coating.
D. Calculations supporting selected wall thickness.
E. Calculations demonstrating that each proposed restrained joint
arrangement can resist the applied thrust forces.
F. The limits of each reach of pipe class and restrained lengths.
G. Locations of closures for length adjustment and construction
convenience.
H. Cathodic protection materials.
l. Certifications: Certified affidavit of compliance for pipe and other
products or materials furnished under this Section and as specified in
the referenced standards and the following supplemental
requirements:
1. Physical and chemical properties.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Duclile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-5
2. Hydrostatic test reports.
J. The Contractor shall be responsible for performing and paying for
sampling and testing as necessary for the certifications.
K. Copy of manufacturer' quality control check of pipe material and
protection.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Delivery, storage, and handling of ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall follow the
recommendations of A\M/y'A C600 and as specified herein:
A. Handling and Storage: The pipe shall be handled as a minimum at the
1/3 points by use of wide slings, padded cradles, or other devices
designed and constructed to prevent damage to the pipe
coating/exterior. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment that
might injure the pipe coating/exterior will not be permitted. Stockpiled
pipe shall be supported on padded skids, sand or earth berms free of
rock exceeding 3-inches diameter, sand bags, or suitable means so
that the coating will not be damaged.
The pipe shall not be rolled, dragged, or dropped and shall be secured
to prevent accidental rolling.
B. During transport, the pipe shall be supported and secured against
movement using padded devices in such a manner to prevent damage.
C. Stored pipe shall be protected from damage and kept free from dirt and
foreign materials by closing the ends of the pipe. Other pipeline
materials shall be protected by appropriate packaging or wrapping.
Gaskets shall be stored in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Bolts,
nuts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a dry location in a
manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes.
D. Pipe laid out for installation shall be placed on earth berms or
timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order of
installation.
E. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and fittings in good condition until
the pipe is ready to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the
plastic end caps and spray clean potable water inside the pipe for
moisture control.
Reu 1212013
Cannon 120113
Duclile-lron Prpe and Fittings
15056-6
F. Under no circumstances shall ropes or other devices be attached
through the fitting's interior for handling.
1.09 CORROSION PROTECTION
Polyethylene encasement shall be installed on all buried ductile-iron pipe and
fittings in accordance with Section 15000. Additionally, all buried ductile iron
fittings with bolted connections (flanges, mechanical joints, etc) shall be
coated with wax tape in accordance with Section 09902.
1.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Warning/ldentification tape shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and tings in
accordance with Section 15000.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
F.
Ductile-iron pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be
elected from the Approved Materials List in accord with the Standard
Drawings.
Water Piping and Fitting materials shall be Ductile lron Pipe
ANSI/A\ A /A C1511A21.51 and ANSI/AV1MA C1531A21.53 rated for
350 PSI water hammer, cement mortar lined, bell- and plain-spigot end
unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated. The Pipe shall bear
label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency
Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-lron Fittings: A\I/WA C110, ductile- or gray-
iron standard pattern.
Push-on-Joint, Ductile-lron Pipe: AW1/VA C151, with push-on-joint,
bell- and plain-spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are
indicated.
Push-on-Joint, Ductile-lron Fittings: A\ M/A C110, ductile- or gray-iron
standard pattern or AV1Ay'y'A C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.
Grooved-End, Ductile-lron Pipe: AWWA C151, with one or both ends
with cut rounded grooves according to AWWA C606.
1. Ductile-lron, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M),
malleable-iron castings or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron castings
with dimensions matching PiPe.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Rev 12120'13
Cannon 1201 '13
Duclile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-7
2. Ductile-lron-Piping Keyed Couplings: A\ /WA C606, for ductile-
iron-pipe dimensions. lnclude ferrous housing sections, gasket
suitable for water, and bolts and nuts.
2.02 CEMENT-MORTAR LINING
CemenfMortar Lining for all pipe and fittings shall be cement mortared
lines in accordance with A\ IVVA C104, using the sinqle-th ickness
requirements as indicated in the said standard.
Except as otherwise provided herein, interior surfaces of ductile iron
pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with
cement-mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with AVWA
C104. During the lining operation and thereafter, the pipe shall be
maintained in a round condition by suitable bracing or strutting. The
lining machines shall be of a type that has been used successfully for
similar work. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the
lining. lf lining is damaged or found defective at the Site, the damaged
or unsatisfactory portions shall be replaced with lining conforming to
these Specifications.
1. Cement: Cement for mortar lining shall conform to the
requirements of A\AMA C104; provided, that cement for mortar
lining shall be Type ll or V. Cement shall not originate from kilns
that burn metal-rich hazardous waste fuel, nor shall a fly ash or
pozzolan be used as a cement replacement.
The minimum lining thickness shall be twice the values in Table 1 of
A\A^/VA C1O4
Protection of Pipe Lining/lnterior: Shop-applied cement mortar lining
shall be given a seal coat of asphaltic material in conformance with
A\ ANA C104 and NSF 61 approved.
2.03 EXTERIOR PROTECTION OF PIPE
Exterior Coating of Exposed Piping: The exterior surfaces of pipe
which will be exposed to the atmosphere inside structures or above
ground shall be thoroughly cleaned and then given a shop coat of
Bituminous Coating in compliance with NSF-61
Polyethylene Sleeve: Sleeves shall conform to the requirements of
A\ A /A C'105, Contractor's choice between tubular 8-mil thick linear
low-density film or 4-mil thick high-density cross-laminated film. Color
shall be black.
A.
B.
A.
B.
c.
D.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Ductilelron Pape and Fittings
15056_8
2.04 GASKETS
A. Mechanical joint rubber gasket configuration and materials shall
comply with AWWA C111, and according to the applicable joint type
and pressure rating ofthe piping system and be NSF61 approved and
certified for the same pressure rating of the adjacent flanges.
B. Flange gaskets shall be 1/8-inch thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound
with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-
punched holes. Ring gaskets extending to the inner edge of the bolt
circumference may be used only upon approval of the City Engineer.
All gaskets shall be pressure rated for the design pressure of the
piping system.
C. Push-on joint rubber gaskets shall be per AVIM/A C111.
D. lf organic solvents or petroleum products are encountered during the
course of the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment may
be required by the Engineer.
2.05 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES
A. Use carbon steel, ASTM A307, Grade B, bolts and nuts for flanges
located in concrete encasements, in outdoor above-ground
installations, and in above-ground structures.
B. Use Zinc coated galvanized, ASTM 4307, Grade B, bolts and nuts
bolts and nuts for buried and submerged flanges, and flanges located
below ground in vaults.
C. All carbon steel bolts and bolt nuts shall comply with ASTM
Specifications for Steel Machine Bolts and Nuts and Tap Bolts,
Designation: ANSI/ASTM A307, Grade A or B. Grade A bolts and
higher torque value shall not be used with gray-iron flanges.
D. Provide a washer under each nut and under each bolthead. Washers
shall be sized such that no part of the washer shall project beyond the
flange outside diameter. Washers shall be flush with the flange surface
and shall not impinge on any welded surface between the flange and
the pipe, valve, or fitting to which the flange is attached.
E. Bolts shall be of such length that not less than 1/4-inch nor more than
1|2-inch shall project above nut in tightened position. All bolt heads
and nuts shall be hexagonal, except where special shapes are
required.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
DuclileJron Pipe and Fittings
15056-9
F. Certify that the bolts and nuts have been proof tested.
G. Provide bolts with hexagonal cap heads for tapped holes.
H. Bolts and nuts shall conform to A\AMA C115 Appendix A, Section A.1.
l. Bolts, nuts and gaskets for mechanical and push on type joints shall
conform to A\ AIVA C111. Gaskets shall be of such size and cross
section as to completely fill the groove and provide a watertight seal
under all conditions and design pressure and allowable joint deflection.
J. Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be
selected from the Approved Materials List.
2.06 WAx TAPE COATING
Wax Tape shall be provided in accordance with Section 09902 and the
approved Materials List.
2.07 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
Polyethylene encasement shall be provided in accordance with Section
15000 and selected from the Approved Materials List.
2.08 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Warning/ldentification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section
1 5000 and selected from the Approved Materials List.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including
worker break times, ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and
child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not
place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall
maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign
materials.
3.02 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Ductile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-10
Trenching, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with
Section 02300.
3.03 DEWATERING
The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction
ample means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from
any source entering trench excavations or other parts of the work. Any
damage caused by flooding of the trench shall be the Contractor's
responsibility.
Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry
excavation, preservation of the final lines and grades and protection of all
utilities. lf flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall immediately
dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances
or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.
3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION
The Pipe shall be installed in accordance with AVIAA/A C600.
When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into
the pipe, the Conkactor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for
confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all
the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146'
and the General lndustry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations,
Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the
area is verified as safe to enter.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure
pieces, valves, supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other
appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans and as required to provide a
complete and workable installation. lnstall pipe in the trench as follows:
A. lnspect each pipe and fitting before lowering the pipe or fitting into the
trench. lnspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch
damaged areas in the field with material recommended by the
protective coating manufacturer. Thoroughly clean the ends of the
pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep
pipe clean during and after installation.
B. lnstall pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of
installation. lnstall pipes uphill if the grade exceeds 10-percent. Lower
the pipe onto the bedding at the proper lines and grades.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Ductile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-11
c.
D.
The manufacturer's printed installation guide outlining the radius of
curvature that can be negotiated with pipe sections of various lengths
shall be followed, except they shall not exceed the deflections allowed
in AV\ANA C600 according to joint type. Combined deflections at rubber
gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed that recommended
by the manufacturer.
The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes
shall be provided at each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint
and prevent the pipe from being supported by the bell end or coupling.
Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point
loading at the bells or couplings. Excavation shall be made as needed
outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate
access to the joints for field connection operations and for application
of coating on field joints.
Pipe Assembly:
1. Push-On Type: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant
selected from the Approved Materials List. lnsert the spigot end
into the bell or coupling to the proper insertion mark. Check that
the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by
passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive spigot
ends of the pipe into bell ends in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Stabbing shall not be
permitted.
2. Mechanical Joint Type: Assembly of mechanical .ioint fittings
shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations regarding installation.3. Rubber Gasketed Joints: lmmediately before jointing pipe, the
bell end of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned, and a clean
rubber gasket shall be placed in the bell groove. The spigot end
of the pipe and the inside surface of the gasket shall be carefully
cleaned and lubricated. The lubricant shall be suitable for
lubricating the parts of the joint for assembly and be a
compound listed as in compliance with NSF Standard 61. The
lubricant shall be nontoxic, shall not support the groMh of
bacteria, and shall have no deleterious effects on the gasket
material. The lubricant shall not impart taste or odor to water in
the pipe. The spigot end of the pipe section shall then be
inserted into the bell of the previously laid joint and telescoped
into its proper position. Tilting of the pipe to insert the spigot into
the bell will not be permitted.4. Each section of pipe 24-inches diameter and larger shall be laid
in the order and position shown on the laying schedule. Each
Duclile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-12
E
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
section shall be laid to the line and grade, within approximately
one-inch plus or minus.
F. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen
obstructions or other causes, the ENGINEER may change the
alignment and/or the grades. Such change shall be made by the
deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of
additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the ioint
exceed 7S-percent of the maximum deflection recommended by the
pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be misfit any amount that will be
detrimental to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint.
G. Except for short runs that may be permitted by the ENGINEER, pipes
shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe that is laid on
a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient
support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. Bends
shall be properly installed as indicated.
H. During installation operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other
materials in the pipe.
l. When pipe installation is not in progress, including worker break times,
ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof
cap or plug. Do not permit trench water, animals, or foreign material to
enter the pipe. At all times, means shall be provided to prevent the
pipe from floating.
J. Pipe Cleanup: As pipe laying progresses, the CONTMCTOR shall
keep the pipe interior free of debris. The CONTRACTOR shall
completely clean the interior of the pipe of sand, dirt, mortar splafter,
and any other debris following completion of pipe lying and shall
perform any necessary interior repairs prior to testing and disinfecting
the completed pipeline.
3.05 CORROSIONPROTECTION
Polyethylene encasement shall be installed on all buried ductile-iron pipe and
fittings in accordance with Section 15000. Additionally, all buried ductile iron
fittings with bolted connections (flanges, mechanical joints, etc) shall be
coated with wax tape in accordance with Section 09902.
3.06 FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS
Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved
Drawings.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Dudile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-13
A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines.
B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire
brush prior to assembly.
C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a City-approved anti-seize
compound.
D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the
manufacturer's recommended torque.
E. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts located
aboveground or within vaults in accordance with Section 09910.
3.07 MECHANICAL JOINT CONNECTIONS
lnstall mechanical joint connections per A\AAy'y'A C600 and the
manufactu rer's recommendations.
Prior to installation of the mechanical joint, clean the socket and plain
end of the pipe. Lubricate both the gasket and plain end of the pipe
with an approved lubricant per AWWA C111 immediately prior to
slipping the gasket onto the plain end of the pipe.
Tighten the bolts to the normal range of bolt torque per the
manufacturer's recommendations and A\MA|A C600.
3.08 CROSSES
Each flanged ductile-iron cross shall be installed with flanged ductile-
iron pipe spools between the cross and the valves. The spools are
included to position the valves a sufficient distance from the cross to
allow installation of the thrust blocks without conflicting with the valve
actuators.
The spools shall be 18-inches long for pipe sizes 8-inchs through 12-
inchs, and 24-inches long for pipe sizes 16-inches and larger.
C. The spools shall be equal in class to the adjacent pipe.
3.09 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION
Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy
linings, and other cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed
A.
B.
C.
A.
B.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Duclile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-14
where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard
Drawings.
3.10 COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE
Mechanical type flexible joints shall be installed where shown on the
Approved Drawings. Grooved couplings shall be used in vaults and above
ground. Flexible couplings may be used, where indicated on the drawings,
below ground, but may also be used above ground with restrained joints.
Flanged coupling adapters shall be used for buried pipelines, where allowed
by the City.
A. Grooved joint couplings shall be installed per A\MNA C606 and as
indicated in Section 15000.
B. Flanged coupling adapters, where allowed by the City, shall be
installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Flexible couplings shall be installed per Section 15000 and the
manufacturer's recommendations.
D. All couplings for ductile-iron pipe shall be shop-coated in accordance
with Section 15000.
3.11 INSTALLATION OF PIPE APPURTENANCES
A. Protection of Appurtenances: Where the joining pipe is dielectric-
coated, buried appurtenances shall be coated in kind. Where pipe is
encased in polyethylene sleeves, buried appurtenances shall be
encased in polyethylene.
B. lnstallation of Valves: Valves shall be handled in a manner to prevent
any injury or damage to any part of the valve. Joints shall be
thoroughly cleaned and prepared prior to installation. The
CONTRACTOR shall adjust stem packing and operate each valve
prior to installation to insure proper operation.
C. Valves shall be installed so that the valve stems are plumb and in the
location indicated.
3.12 CONCRETE
Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with
Section 03300 and the Standards Drawings.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Ductile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-15
3.1 3 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Warning/ldentification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section
15000 and the Standard Drawings.
3.14 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING
Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in
accordance with Section 15002.
3.15 HYDROSTATICTESTING
Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section
15044.
END OF SECTION
Rev.1212013
Cannon 120113
Duclile-lron Pipe and Fittings
15056-16
sEcTtoN 15057
COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, installation, and testing of copper and brass
pipe, and copper, brass and bronze fittings and appurtenances. All materials
shall be in accordance with NSF 61 Annex G and California legislation
(A81953). The Contractor shall be responsible for demonstrating the proper
connections and compatibility of all pipe, fittings and valves. The minimum
pressure rating for all pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenance shall not be less
than the pressures listed in Section 15000 and shall be considered as a high
pressure service.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Submittals: Section 01330
B. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: Section 02223
C. Painting and Coating: Section 09900
D. Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines: Section 15042
E. Water Main Testing and Disinfection: Section 15002
F. lnstallation of Pressure Pipelines: Section 1505'l
G. Manual Valves: Section 15100
H. City of Vernon Standard Drawings
l. Standard Plans For Public Works Construction
1.03 REFERENCESTANDARDS
The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent
referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation only.
Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless
otherwise called for.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
15057-1
A. American National Standards lnstitute
1. 8.1.1 Unified lnch ScrewThreads
2. 81 .20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose
3. 816.15 Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings
4. B16.18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
5. 816.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure
Fittings
6. B 16.24 Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
7. 831.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping
B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers
1. Section lX Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
C. American Society for Testing and Materials
1. A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs
2. B32 Specification for Solder Metal
3. B,42 Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes4. 843 Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes
5. 861 Specification for Steam of Valve Bronze Castings
6. 862 Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings
7 . 875 Specification for Seamless Copper Tube
8. B88 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube
D. American Water Works Association
1. C 800 Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings of pipe, fittings and valves for each piping system.
B. Materials list showing material of tubing and fittings with ASTM reference
and grade, pressure ratings, and NSF 61 Annex G certifications.
C. Manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature for wye strainers,
unions, and coatings.
D. Manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature for solder.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
15057 -2
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 COPPER TUBING
A. Copper tubing for water service connections shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM B 88 Type K and NSF 61 Copper tubing up to 1-
inch diameter shall be soft; 2-inch may be soft or rigid. Piping located
above floors or suspended from ceilings shall be Type L. Piping buried or
located beneath floor slabs shall be Type K. Copper pipe shall be as
manufactured by Cerro Copper Products Company, IUSA/Reading,
Halstead lnduskies, lnc., Cambridge-Lee lndustries, lnc., Mueller
Manufacturing Entities c/o Mueller lndustries, lnc.
B. If indicated in soils report, all copper lines shall be encased within a 8-mil
polyethylene sleeve. Sleeves shall be color coded per Section 15151 .
2.02 FITTINGS
A. Wrought copper solder joint seamless fittings shall be designed for use
with copper water tube and conform to ASTM 875 and ANSI 816.22.
B. Cast copper solder joint pressure fitting shall be designed for use with
copper water tube and conform to ANSI 816.18.
C. Cast bronze threaded fittings shall be designed for use with copper or
brass pipe and nipples and conform to ANSI 816.15, Classes 125.
D. Nut and ferrule fittings shall be brass, Swagelok type, as manufactured by
Crawford Fitting Company, utilizing a nut and dual ferrule design to
connect to tubing. End connections shall be of the union type.
E. All pipe threads shall conform to AVIM/A lron Pipe (lP) threads or National
Pipe Thread (NPT). Threads for tapping water mains directly shall be
A\ A /A/CC.
2.03 SOLDER
A. Solder shall be tin-silver solder conforming to ASTM B 32, latest revision,
Grade Sn94, Sn95 or Sn96. Cored solder shall not be used. Solder and
flux used in joints of potable waterlines shall contain no more than 0.2
percent lead.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
15057-3
2,04 BRASS PIPE AND NIPPLES
A. Short threaded nipples and brass pipe shall conform to ASTM B 43,
regular wall thickness, except that nipples and pipe of sizes 1 inch and
smaller shall be extra strong. Threads shall conform to ANSI 81.20.1 .
2.05 WYE STRAINERS
A. Wye strainers shall be bronze, ASTM 861 or 862, with 60-mesh Type 304
or 316 stainless-steel screens. The minimum working pressure shall be at
least 150 psi or as stated in Specification Section 15000-1 .06. Provide
bronze plug on the tapped blowoff outlet. Provide one spare screen for
each strainer. Strainers shall be Walworth Figure 3699-112, Muessco No.
351, or equal.
2.06 UNIONS
Unions shall be the same size as the pipe, three part, with copper flare
end connections. Unions shall be bronze, ASTM 861 or 862. Unions shall
be Mueller H-15400-N, Jones E-1528, or equal.
lnsulating unions shall conform to Section 15000, Piping Schedule and
General Piping Requirements.
2.07 BRONZE APPURTENANCES
A. General: All items specified herein shall be manufactured of bronze
conforming to ASTM 862, "Composition Brass or Ounce Metal Castings"
and A\AMA C800.
B. Service Saddles. Service saddle bodies shall be manufactured of bronze,
with flattened silicon bronze straps. Saddles shall be tapped with a female
iron pipe thread outlet. The seal with the outer wall of the pipe shall be
affected with either a rubber gasket or an O-ring. Service saddles
manufacturers and model numbers shall be as follows:
Seruice Saddles
Mueller - BR2B Series
James Jones - J979
A.Y. McDonald Mfq CO. - 3826
Ford - 2028 Stvle
C. Corporation Stops: Corporation stops shall be the "bal!" valve type,
manufactured of bronze. The inlet fitting shall be a male iron pipe thread
A.
B.
Rev 12120'13
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
150574
I
D.
when used with a service saddle and the outlet connection shall be a
compression type pack joint or 1 10 compression.
Corporation ball valve manufacturers and model numbers shall be as
follows:
Corporation Ball Valves
Mueller - B 25028-N or P25028-N
James Jones - E1935-SG
A.Y. McDonald Mfs CO. -7470487
Ford - FB1 100 Style
Corporation ball valves within the meter boxes shall have lock wings with
female iron pipe thread for the inlet and outlet connections. Corporation
Ball Valves manufacturers and model numbers shall be as follows:
F. Customer Service Valve: Customer service valves shall be "ball valve"
style manufactured of bronze with lever-type turn handle. The inlet
connection shall be a meter flange or a meter coupling and the outlet
Angle Meter Stops: Angle meter stops shall be of the "ball valve" style
and shall be manufactured of bronze. The inlet connection shall be a
compression type or iron-pipe thread and the outlet fitting shall be a meter
flange or meter coupling. The inlet and outlet shall form an angle of 90
degrees on a vertical plane through the centerline of the meter stop. A
rectangular lug and lock wing shall be provided on the top of the fitting to
operate the shutoff mechanism. PRIOR APPROVAL IS REQUIRED
PRIOR TO USING ANGLE METER STOPS.
E.
Reu. 1212013
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
15057-5
Corporation Ball Valves
3/4-inch or 1-inch 1-1l2-inch or 2-inch
Mueller - B 20200-N Mueller - B 24337-N
JamesJones-E 1900-W James Jones -E 1912-W
A.Y. McDonald Mfg CO. - 76101W A.Y. McDonald Mfg CO. -
76101MW
Ford - Equivalent to Above Ford - Equivalent to Above
Anqle Meter Stops
3/4-inch or 1-inch 1-1l2-inch or 2-inch
Mueller - B 24258-N or P24258-N Mueller - B 24276-N or P24276-N
James Jones - E1963WSG or
E1962W
James Jones - E1975WSG or
E1975W
A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. - 46428Q
or 46428-22
A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. -
746028Q or746028 -22
Ford - Equivalent to Above Ford - Equivalent to Above
female iron pipe thread. Customer service valves shall be of the insulating
style as manufactured by Mueller Corporation or approved equal (N-
35209-N or P35209-N or an approved equal). Customer service valves
shall be purchased from the District and is the responsibility of the
Customer.
2.08 FLANGES, GASKETS, BOLTS AND NUTS
A. Flanges, Gaskets Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section
15000.
B. Flange lnsulating kits, suitable for the design pressure of the pipeline,
shall be provided where shown on the drawings and/or wherever pipelines
of dissimilar metals are joined together. lnsulation kits and materials shall
be as specified in Section 16640, Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding.
2.09 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE
A. Warning/ldentification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section
15000.
2.10 METER BOXES.
A. Meter boxes shall be manufactured by Brooks Products. New meter boxes
shall be provided by the Contractor. AII Meter Boxes and covers shall be
designed for frequent H-20 wheel loading.
(a) /o" sewice connection #5-T PB Series
(b) 1" service connection #5-T PB Series
(c) 1-112" service connection #5-T PB Series
(d) 2" service connection #6-T PB Series
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Pipe shall be installed without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or
any adjacent connecting valves or equipment. Pipe hangers and
supports, and pipe penetrations through walls, slabs, and floors shall be
as detailed on the drawings.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120'113
Copper Prpe and Fittings
15057-6
3.02 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storage of pipe and
fittings to avoid distortion, scratches, gouges, cracks, dents and scuffing.
Store all pipe and fittings protected from the elements until ready for
installation.
3.03 INSTALLING FLANGE BOLTS AND NUTS
A. Bolt Thread Lubrication: Bolt threads shall be lubricated with an anti-seize
compound prior to installation. Anti-seize compound shall be as
manufactured by Tri-Flow, Permatex or Crouse-Hinds.
B. Flange Alignment: Flanged pipe shall be set with the flange boltholes
straddling the pipe horizontal and vertical centerlines. This is refened to
as the "two holing" Procedure.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Related lnstallation Specification: Pipe shall be installed in accord with
the requirements of Section 15051 , lnstallation of Pressure Pipelines.
B. Pipe/Tubing Preparation: Cut tubing square using a cutter designed for
cutting copper tubing and remove burrs. Both the inside and outside of
fitting and pipe ends shall be cleaned with steel wool and muriatic acid
before soldering. Care shall be taken to prevent annealing by over-
heating of fittings and tubing when making connections. Miter joints shall
not be permitted in lieu of elbows. Notching straight runs of pipe in lieu of
tees shall not be Permitted.
Threads of fiftings shall receive a liberal coating of pipe thread compound
conforming to the requirements of ASTM B88, Type K.
Any damage to the fitting including but not limited to evidence of over
tightening, misaligned threads, burring or scarring of machined faces,. or
any evidence of leakage shall be cause for rejection. lf a leak is found to
be caused by debris, the debris shall be cleared and the fitting visually
inspected for damage before being charged. lf the leak recurs upon
charging of the line, the fitting shall be removed and replaced whether or
not the cause can be determined.
C. Pipe Bends: Bends in soft copper tubing shall be long sweep. Bends
shall be shaped with shaping tools. Bends shall be formed without
flattening, buckling, or thinning the tubing wall at any point.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
15057 -7
D. Brazing: Brazing procedures shall be in accord with Articles Xll and Xlll,
Section lX, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Solder shall
penetrate to the full depth of the bell in joints and fittings. Solders shall
comply with ANSI 831.3, paragraph 328 or 333.
E. Buried piping shall be installed with some slack to provide flexibility in the
event of a load due to settlement, expansion or contraction. A MINIMUM
COVER OF 24 INCHES BELOW THE FINISHED STREET GRADE
SHALL BE ADHERED TO. The tubing is to be bedded and covered with
sand or select material in accordance with Section 02223.
F. Copper Service Laterals: All service laterals shall be 1-inch minimum size
copper tubing and the tubing size shall be per plan (either 1-inch, 1 %-inch
diameter or 2-inch diameter copper tubing). Refer to the Standard
Drawings. End connections for the corporation ball valve and angle ball
meter stops shall be compression type fittings unless otherwise noted. All
other couplings, fittings and joints shall be silver soldered. Piping for 2-
inch size services shall be installed with straight lengths of soft copper
water tube Type K (with the exception of copper pipe for air-vacuum
assemblies).
All 2-inch size services shall be installed with skaight lengths of soft
copper water tube Type K. End connections shall be compression type.
The service line shall extend perpendicular to the centerline of the street
from the water main to the meter stop or structure, except in a cul-de-sac,
where the service shall run in a straight line from the water main to the
meter stop.
The service line shall be placed within an 8-mil polyethylene sleeve, color-
coded for the type of service. The ends and splices in the sleeve shall be
sealed with 20-mil tape.
Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint
compound or Teflon tape to male pipe threads before installing threaded
fitting. Joints shall be watertight.
Provide an insulating union at the point of kansition from copper tubing to
ferrous piping.
Assemble copper tubing and fittings per the manufacturer's
recommendation and in accordance with the Standard Drawings.
Reu 12/2013
Cannon 120113
Copper Pipe and Fittings
15057-8
SERVICE SADDLES
A. Proximity to Valves, Couplings, Joints, and Fittings: Service saddles shall
be no closer than '18-inches to valves, couplings, joints, or fittings unless it
is at the end of the main. The installation of a service saddle on any
machined section of asbestos cement pipe will NOT be permitted.
Service saddles for connections shall be located a minimum of 600 mm
(24-inches) from other saddles. Additionally, multiple service saddles for
connections that are installed on the same side of a single pipe length
shall be alternately staggered between 10' and 30" to prevent a weak
plane in the pipe.
B. Pipe Surface Preparation: The surface of the pipe shall be cleaned,
smoothed and de-burred to remove all loose material and to provide a
hard, clean surface before installing the service saddle.
C. lnstallation: The service saddle shall be tightened per manufacturer's
recommendation. Care shall be used to prevent damage or distortion of
either the corporation stop or service saddle by over tightening.
D. Pipe Tap: The tap into the pipe shall be made in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendation. Tapping tools and shell cutters with
internal teeth or double slots that will retain the coupon shall be used.
For water mains 16-inch and larger, corporation Ball valves shall be
tapped directly into the pipe after approval by the City Engineer .
INSTALLING UNIONS
A. Provide unions on exposed piping three inches and smaller where shown
on the Plans and as follows:
1. Provide a union at every change in direction (horizontal and vertical).
2. Provide a union 6- to 12-inches downstream of valves.
3. Provide a union every 40-feet in straight piping runs.
3.07 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING
Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in
accordance with Section 15041 .
3.08 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section
15044.
3.05
3.06
Rer 1212013
Cannon '120113
Copper Pipe and Fittrngs
15057-9
END OF SECTION
sEcTroN 15060
PVC PRESSURE PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe,
complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15000 - Piping, General, apply to the WORK
of this Section.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE MATERIAL
A. All PVC pipe shall be compliant with NSF Standard 61, unless otheruise
indicated, in accordance with ASTM D 1785-Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.
B. AII 4 inch through 12 inch diameter PVC pipeline, unless specified
otherwise, shall conform to the following specifications: Pipe shall conform
to A\AMA C900 and ASTM D3139 standards for Class 150 and 200
pressure pipe. All 14 inch diameter and greater PVC pipe, unless specified
otheruise, shall conform to the following specifications: Pipe shall
conform to AWI//A C905 and ASTM D3139 standards for Class 165 and
200 pressure pipe. PVC pipe shall be made from Class 12454-A or Class
12454-8 material providing a hydrostatic design basis (HDB) of 4000 psi
and with cast-iron-pipe equivalent (Cl) outside diameter (OD) dimensions.
Wall thickness shall be equivalent to a dimension ratio of 18 for Class 150
and 14 for Class 200 pipe - C900 and 25 for Class 165 and 21 for Class
200 pipe - C905. Each length of pipe shall be marked with the applicable
ASTM, DR, pressure classification, nominal pipe size, and manufacturer's
name or trademark. PVC pipe shall have factory attached bells.
C. PVC pipe shall not deviate from straight by more than 1/16 inch per foot
(camber) when the maximum offset is measured from the concave side of
the pipe. PVC pipe shall be the bell and spigot type.
2.O2 PIPE JOINTS
A. Pipe joints shall be solvent-welded type with solvent cement and primer as
recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the chemical in the pipe.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-1
B. Screwed joints that are necessary to match up to threaded valves or
fittings shall be made up with appropriate thread sealant, either paste or
tape.
C. Flanged joints shall be made with solvent-welded PVC flanges, drilled to
SME B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150, unless
otheruvise indicated. Gaskets shall be ANSI 150 lb. full face, 1/8-inch thick
Neoprene for water or wastewater service. Gasket material for chemicals
shall be suitable for the chemical service.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. SolventWelded and Threaded Fittings
Solvent-welded and threaded fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC fittings in
accordance with ASTM D 2467 - Socket-Type Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.
B. Flanged Fittings
Flanged fittings shall be Schedule 80 fabricated PVC fittings with 150 lb.
flanges to ASME B 16.5.
C. Gaskets and lubrications intended for use with PVC pipe and couplings
shall be made from materials that are compatible with the plastic material
and with each other when used together. The material shall not support
the growth of bacteria nor adversely affect the quality of the water that is
to be transported.
PVC pipe shall be covered to protect it from ultraviolet light (the sun's
rays). PVC pipe with noticeable color changes resulting from exposure to
ultraviolet light shall be rejected.
D. Pipe Restraints
Restraint devices for bell and spigot joints of PVC pipe shall consist of split
restraint ring installed on the spigot, connected to a solid back-up ring
seated behind the bell. The split restraint ring shall incorporate a series of
machined serrations (not "as cast") on the inside diameter to provide
positive restraint, exact fit and 360 degrees contact and support of the
pipe wall. The solid back-up ring shall have a beveled leading edge to
assure exact fit behind the pipe bell. Restraint devices shall be of ductile
iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65-45 -12 and connecting bolts shall be of high
strength, low alloy material in accordance with ANSI/AVWA C1111421 .11.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-2
All restraint devices shall carry a water working pressure rating equivalent
to the full rated pressure of the PVC pipe they are installed on, with a
minimum 2:1 safety factor in any nominal pipe size. ln addition, they shall
meet or exceed the requirements of Uni-B-13-92, "Recommended
Performance Specifications for Joint Reskaint Devices for Use With
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe". Notarized certification from the
manufacturer of the restraint device shall be provided with submittals.
The Contractor shall provide a restrained joint system that shall cover the
restrained length of pipe as required by the manufacturer. Many
applications using a restrained joint style harness require an additional
length of pipe to be restrained on each side of bends or vertical offsets, on
branch outlets of tees, before reducers and before dead ends. The
restrained length of pipe shall be subject to review and approval by the
Engineer.
Restraint devices for bell and spigot joints of PVC pipe shall be Uni-Flange
Block Buster 1300, 1350 and 1390 or approved equal. The restraint
devices shall be used in addition to thrust blocks and not as a substitute, if
necessary.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALI.ATION
A. General
PVC pipe shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner,
properly aligned, and cut from measurements taken at the Site to avoid
interferences with structural members, architectural features, openings,
and equipment. Exposed pipe shall afford maximum headroom and
access to equipment, and where necessary, piping shall be installed with
sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low
points. lt is recommended that the CONTRACTOR obtain the assistance
of the pipe manufacturer's field representative to instruct the pipefitters in
the correct installation and support of PVC piping.
B. Supports and Anchors
Piping shall be firmly supported with fabricated or commercial hangers or
supports in accordance with Section 15006 - Pipe Supports. Where
necessary to avoid stress on equipment or structural members, the pipe
shall be anchored or harnessed. Expansion joints and guides shall
compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature changes.
Rev 07120'13
Cannon 120113
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-3
C. Valves and Unions
Unless otheruvise indicated, connections to fixtures, groups of fixtures, and
equipment shall be provided with a shutoff valve and union, unless the
valve has flanged ends. Unions shall be provided at threaded valves,
equipment, and other devices requiring occasional removal or
disconnection. Valves and flanges attached to PVC pipe shall be provided
with adequate supports.
3.02 PIPE PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation, each pipe length shall be carefully inspected, flushed
clean of any debris or dust, and be straightened, if not true. Ends of
threaded pipes shall be reamed and filed smooth. Pipe fittings shall be
equally cleaned before assembly.
3.03 PIPE JOINTS
A. Threaded Joints
Pipe threads shall conform to ASTM F 1498 - Taper Pipe Threads 60
Degrees for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings, and shall be full and cleanly
cut with sharp dies or molded. Joints shall be made with Teflon tape or
thread sealant.
B. Solvent-Welded Joints
Solvent-welded joints shall be made with fresh primer and solvent cement
on clean, dry pipe ends. The primer and cement cans shall be kept closed
at all times and the joints shall be made up at the recommended ambient
temperatures to the written recommendations by the pipe or cement
manufacturer. Pipe ends shall be inserted to the full depth of the socket.
C. Flange Joints
Flanged joints shall be made with gaskets and bolts and nuts per
Specification Section 15002.2E. Care shall be taken not to over-torque the
bolts, in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.04 PIPELINEINSTALLATION
A. Soil Compaction Tests
The City of Vernon shall provide soil compaction tests for pipeline and
pumping plant facilities. Pipeline compaction shall be tested every 500
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 1201 '13
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-4
B
linear feet or as directed by the City's Engineer (minimum of 3 tests). lf
the Contractor fails to meet the compaction requirements as tested in the
field, the Contractor shall pay for additional testing until tested area
passes compaction requirements. The Engineer shall at his discretion
determine the number and location of retesting should a test fail to meet
the compaction requirements described herein an on the Plans.
All tests shall be performed as a percent relative compaction as
determined by the percent of maximum dry density as determined by
ASTM D-1557 (5 layer). Failed test shall require rework and cost of
retesting shall be paid by Contractor.
Clearing and Grubbing
All trees, brush, roots and other perishable and objectionable material
including clumps of base material, asphalt and concrete shall be cleared
and removed from the project area and disposed of at a County approved
dump site. Under no circumstances shall material from cleaning and
grubbing be incorporated into the earthwork backfill.
Embedment and Bedding Materials
Embedment materials (Class l, ll, and lll) shall conform to paragraphs
6.1.1,6.1.2, and 6.1.13 of ASTM D2321 modified as follows:
1. Class l: Angular, 1/4- to 1-inch graded stones, including a number of
fill materials that have regional significance such as coral, slag,
cinders, crushed stone, crushed gravel, and crushed shells. Soil types
GW and GP are required. Particle size shall be no greater than one-
inch.
2- Class ll: Coarse sands and gravels with maximum particle size of one-
inch including variously graded sands and gravels containing small
percentage of fines, generally granular and non-cohesive, either wet or
dry. Soil type GW, SW, and SP are included in this class. Maximum
particle size is one-inch.
3. Class lll: Fine sand, silty sand and gravels. Soil types SW, SO, SM
and GM are included in this class. Maximum particle size is one-inch.
Soil classification is in conformance with unified soil classification system
ASTM designation D2487 and D2488. Native soils meeting the
requirements for Classes l, ll, and lll material may be accepted by the
City's Engineer as a suitable bedding and backfill. However, native soils
not conforming to Classes l, ll, and lll shall be removed and replaced by
materials conforming to the requirements of Classes l, ll, and lll-
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-5
c.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
D.Bedding/Trench Bottom
The trench bottom shall be constructed to provide a firm, stable and
uniform support for the full length of the pipe. Bell holes shall be provided
at each joint. Any portion of the trench bottom excavated below grade
shall be bacKilled to grade and compacted as required to provide firm
pipe support. When an unstable subgrade condition is encountered which
will provide inadequate pipe support, or when ledge rock, boulders, or
large stones are encountered, additional trench depth shall be excavated
and refilled with suitable foundation material and compacted.
Bedding procedure shall conform to paragraphs 8.1.1,8.1.2, and 8.1.3 of
ASTM D2321 and the following:
1. lmported bedding material, if required, shall be placed and compacted
for all main lines as shown on the Plans. Care shall be taken to place
the haunching material so that it provided adequate support for the
pipe haunches.
2. Materials used for haunching shall be the same class as that used for
bedding.
3. Prior to placement and compaction of pipe zone backfill, the Engineer
shall inspect the placement of the water main and service laterals,
haunching and compaction.
4. Care shall be exercised in placing haunching material to prevent
damage to or displacement of the water pipe.
5. lnitial backfill shall be placed as required to secure the pipe prior to any
testing.
6. Flooding or jetting is not allowed.
Dewatering
There shall be provided and maintained at all times during construction
ample means and devices to promptly remove and properly dispose of all
water from any source entering the excavations or other part of work.
Dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which will ensure a dry
excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms of
the excavations. Said methods shall include but are not limited to well
points, sump pumps, suitable rock or gravel placed below the required
bedding for drainage and pumping purposes. Methods used, if not
specifically detailed herein or on the Plans, shall receive prior approval by
the City's Engineer.
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-6
E.
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120'113
F. Pipe lnstallation
1. All pipe shall be inspected and accepted by the Engineer prior to the
placement of the pipe by the Contractor.
2. lnstallation of pipe shall conform to AV1A/y'A C605 "Underground
lnstallation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and fittings for
Water", Unibell Handbook, the pipe manufacturer and specifications
contained herein. Proper implements, tools and equipment shall be
used for the placement of pipe in the trench to prevent damage. The
pipe shall never be dropped, dragged or impacted by handlers or
equipment at any time during the contract. All foreign matters of dirt
shall be removed from the pipe interior. Pipeline ends left open during
any pause in construction shall be promptly sealed to prevent the
entrance of animals, insects, or foreign matter.
G. Pipe Zone
Pipe zone backfill shall conform to paragraphs 9.1.1,9.1.2, and 9.1.3 of
ASTM D2321 and the following:
1. After placement and inspection of haunching, pipe zone backfill
placement shall be completed and compacted for all main lines as
shown on the Plans.
2. Materials used for pipe zone backfill shall be the same class as that
used for haunching.
3. Prior to placement and compaction of trench backfill, the City shall
inspect the pipe zone backfill and compaction.
4. Care shall be exercised in placing pipe zone backfill material to prevent
damage to or displacement of the water pipe.
5. Flooding or jetting the pipe zone backfill will not be allowed.
6. Pipe zone material shall be free of any foreign material. Maximum size
shall be 1-inch.
7. Testing of pipe zone material shall be done for this installation, one test
per 500-feet of pipe installed (minimum 3 tests). Pipe zone material
not meeting compaction requirements shall be recompacted. Cost of
retesting shall be paid by Contractor.
H. Backfill
The remainder of the trench backfill shall conform with State of California
specifications and as follows:
1. Backfill material shall be free of all rocks or lumps exceeding 6-inches
maximum decision. No rock or lump exceeding 1-inch diameter shall
be allowed within '12-inches of the pipe.
Rev. 07/2013
Cannon 120113
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-7
2. Compaction of backfill material shall be required for all main lines and
service laterals.
3. Flooding or jetting will not be allowed.
l. Cleaning
1. The compacted water main shall be flushed and chlorinated in
conformance with the Health Department requirements or as required
by the Engineer.
2. Disinfection of the improvements shall be done in accordance with
A\M//A and the State Department of Health standards. Chlorine
residual test results must be taken in the presence of the Engineer,
and the results shall be submitted and accepted by the City prior to
performing bacteriological tests. The Contractor shall retain a certified
laboratory to go out to the field, sample the water and then test the
sample for the bacteriological test. Contractor shall continue
disinfection until the system passes the required bacteriological tests.
The system shall not be connected to the City's existing system until
the matters specified in this paragraph are complete.
3.05 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING
A. lnspection
Finished installations shall be carefully inspected for proper joints and
sufficient supports, anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe,
fittings, and coating. Defective WORK shall be repaired.
B. Testing
1. Following completion of construction, the Contractor shall perform
hydrostatic tests on the improvements prior to their physical connection
to any existing system. ln addition to any tests required by any
standard specifications referred to in these Specifications and in
addition to any specified hydrostatic shop or plant tests for pipe
specified herein, hydrostatic field tests shall be required for lateral
piping furnished and installed under this Contract.
2. Such hydrostatic tests shall be performed in the presence of a
representative from the City and must conform to these Specifications,
and A\AMfA C600 and C651.
C. Test Pressures
At the Contractor's option, the lateral distribution system may be tested in
its entirety after complete, approved installation, or the system may be
Rev 07/2013
Cannon '120113
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-8
tested in reaches after complete system installation by use of installed
valves or by bulk-heading. ln either case, each reach of the lateral
distribution system shall be tested at a pressure head equal to the
tabulated values herein. Minimum test duration shall be 2-hours.
D. Test Requirements
Diameter
(in)
Leakage Test Pressure
(psi)
b .50 150
8 .66 150
10 .83 150
12 .99 150
14 1.16 150
16 1.32 150
18 1.49 150
20 1.66 150
Where allowable, leakage refers to 1000-feet of pipe or 50 joints.
Leakage flow measurement in U.S. gallons per hour. ln the case where
two different diameters are tested at the same time, the more stringent
leakage requirement shall apply. Any pipe section or sections not
complying to these minimum requirements shall be rejected. Contractor
shall at his own expense repair the same and retest until such
requirements are met. All testing shall be inspected and approved by the
City's Engineer.
Disinfection shall be accomplished after completion of leakage testing as
described herein.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 1201'13
PVC Pressure Pipe
15060-9
sEcTtoN 15110
WATER WELL PACKER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. A single packer is to be utilized to eliminate extraction of groundwater from
the uppersetof the 14-inch lDwell casing perforations 1423-462feel
below ground surface (bgs)1. Refer to the Well as-Built Figure 3 prepared by
Richard C. Slade & Associates (Section 01010-1.06-A) at the end of this
specification section. The packer is to be designed for a permanent
installation with a removable option. The packer shall be constructed by the
following packer manufacturers:
1. Baski lnc.
2. Vanderlans & Sons3. An approved equal manufacturer
B. The packer shall be designed to operate at a hydrogeologist recommended
packer setting of 500-feet bgs. The packer valve is to be placed below the
vertical turbine pump bowls (per plan). A 1O-inch pump inlet depth setting
has been recommended to be placed at 530-feet bgs.
C. The packer shall be designed for all operating conditions and shall be
considered a part of the entire pumping system assembly.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for calculating and designing for all
forces including but not limited to hanging weights and pressure differential
forces across the packer. No additional hanging and differential forces shall
be allowed on the pump bowls. These forces shall be eliminated with a
designed pump shroud/steel straps with a 4 to 1 safety factor. The
Contractor manufacturer shall coordinate all of required product design
information with all involved suppliers and manufacturers.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water quality report assessment
and shall review the available water quality data as referenced in
Specification Section 1010 Paragraph 1.5 Water Quality. The Contractor
and the manufacturer shall provide materials best suited for the project
water quality.
F. All packer components shall be made and certified as suitable for contact
with drinking water by an accredited certification organization in
accordance with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System Components-
Health Effects, including Annex G.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Water Well Packer
15110-1
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 01300 Contractor Submittals
B. Section 01660 Equipment Testing and Startup
C. Section 01782 Operation and Maintenance Data
D. Section 15000 General Piping
E. Section 15130 Vertical Turbine Pump
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Pumping or Production - Water being pumped by a well pump from below
ground to surface piping.
B. Pipe Mandrel - Pipe base upon which the packer is built. The pipe's inside
diameter provides the space necessary for tubing, wires, hoses, or other
feed-thru opening and pumping access.
C. Reinforced Rubber Element - Outer covering that is mounted on the
mandrel and inflated to change the packer's outer diameter. Standard
elements are constructed of natural rubber with high-strength reinforcing
such as Kevlar (DuPont). After the element seals against the well casing,
fluids can only move from one end of the packer to the other via pumping
through its center.
D. lnflation Port - Fitting on end of packer that allows air or gas to enter
between the element and mandrel to expand the rubber. The appropriate
material shall be recommended by the packer manufacturer,
Compressed or nitrogen is preferred.
E. Connectors - Threaded, metal end-pieces attached at both ends ofthe
mandrel to provide for aftachment in a well string. National pipe taper
(NPT) threads are typically used to depths of 500 feet, whereas higher
strength oil field API threads are used for deeper sets.
F. Borehole Differential Pressure - Difference between the test zone
pressure below and the borehole pressure above the packer, i.e.
pumping d rawdown levels.
G. Packer lnflation Pressure - Sum ofthe three pressures necessary
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Water Well Packer
15110-2
1 . to match the water pressure above the packer (submergence
pressure),
2. to stretch the rubber element out to the well casing, and
3. to seat the packer firmly enough against the well hole to prevent any
movement caused by the well casing differential pressure.
H. Uninflated Rubber Element Length - Affects the "holding power" and
sealing ability of the packer. A longer element has more rubber contact
against the hole and provides a larger frictional force to support a larger
borehole d ifferential pressure.
1.04 GENERAL
A. All valves shall be new and of current manufacture.
bolts, washers, and fittings for hose or tubing shall be 316 stainless
Packer valve shall have threads matching the column pipe. The Contractor
shall coordinate thread type and form between the packer and pump
manufacturer. The packer manufacturer shall request and be provided with
3 pump column pipe couplings and one nipple from the pump supplier.
The packer must be designed to go inside the specified casing. The
outside diameter of the packer at rest, must always be smaller than the
hole size for which it will be used.
Packer actuation lines shall be durable and protected from all potential
damage.
The overall length of the packer shall be corresponding and match the
available length well casing.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Specification Section 1330.
B. Submit all necessary design calculations for the packer including the bore
hole differential pressure, packer inflation pressure, and required joint
strengths at the top of the pump bowls and packer depth settings.
C. All submittals shall be carefully reviewed by Contractor and an authorized
representative, prior to submittal to the Engineer. Each submittal shall be
dated, signed, and certified by the Conkactor, the pump supplier and the
product manufacturer as being correct and in strict conformance with the
B. All nuts,
steel.
c.
D.
E.
F.
Rev 0712013
Cannon 120113
Water Well Packer
15110-3
Contract Documents (plans and specifications) and the conditions and
purpose of the project. ln the case of shop drawings, each sheet shall be
so dated, signed, and certified. No consideration for review by the
Engineer of any submittals will be made for any items which have not
been so certified by the Contractor, pump supplier and manufacturers. All
non-certified submittals will be returned to the without action taken by the
Engineer, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility
of the Contractors.
D. Packer construction plans, details, sections, dimensions and materials of
constructlon.
E. Submit an installation list with phone numbers and contact names for five (5)
installations of similar size packer valves by manufacturer and the
contractor.
F. lnflating and deflating system design, materials and calculations of the piping
and manifold.
G. Manufacturer's warranty shall be included with the submittal.
H. Submit a manufacturer and contractor recommended piping manifold to
inflate and deflate the packer using nitrogen or water with nitrogen.
1.06 QUALITYASSURANCE
A. The unit shall be inspected and tested at the factory to insure proper
operation.
B. The Contractor's pump supplier and packer manufacturer shall have
manufactured and installed deep well packers for a minimum of five years. A
minimum of five packers of similar operating conditions and successful
operation shall be considered acceptable. Manufacturers shall include.
1. Baski, lnc., 1586 S. RobbWay, Denver, CO80232; contact Hank Baski,
303.789.1200.
2. Lansas Products, Manufactured by Vanderlans and Sons, lnc.
1320 South Sacramento Street, Lodi, CA 95240 USA
209.334.4115.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION FOR WETTED PARTS
A. Preferred Metal of construction is all stainless steel 304/303.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Water Well Packer
't 51 10-4
B. Reinforced potable water (NSF 61 approved) natural rubber.
C. The packer shall be provided with an inlet port and an outlet port for airlifting
D. The packer shall be provided with an opening for an airline gauge to
pressure pressures below the packer.
E. The packer shall be inflated using either nitrogen gas, air or water. The
water option shall include a nitrogen canister to airlift water from the packer
for deflating purposes.
F. Water surface reservoir (5 gallons minimum) and piping as shown on the
plans for nitrogen and water filling of the packer.
2.02. OPEMTING REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION INFORMATION FOR
DESIGNING THE PACKER
A. The maximum depth of the packer (Set Depth) is 500-feet bgs.
B. The static water level is 206-feet bgs.
C. The pumping drawdown level above the packer is 206-feet bgs.
D. The normal pumping drawdown level below the packer is 31O-feet bgs.
E. The worst case pumping drawdown level below the packer is 450-feet bgs,
(top of pump bowls).
F. The existing well casing is a 14-inch l.D. Mild Steel 0.050 Slot, Roscoe Moss
Louvered Casing, 5/16-inch wall.
G. Water Quality information is available report referenced in Specification
Section 1010 ParagraPh 1.5.
H. Pump inlet pipe and discharge column pipe is 10-inch STD weight.
l. Pump assembly diameter is 11-1l2-inches maximum. The Contractor shall
obtain, coordinate and share all information with his suppliers and product
manufacturers.
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120113
Water Well Packer
15110-5
2.03 EQUIPMENT
A. The packer assembly shall include necessary actuating (inflating and
deflating) /operating equipment. Such equipment will be located at the
surface, and be capable of being operated from the well head manually.
B. All control lines shall be secured and protected especially at every coupling
joint of the column pipe. Control lines shall be 3/8-inch OD 316L stainless
steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. lnstallation of the packer by the Contractor shall be in accordance with the
packer manufacturer's recommendations.
B. The Contractor shall supply a trained and authorized packer field service
representative for one-half day (4-hours) to act in an advisory capacity
during installation of its equipment. After installation, the representative is
excused from any further on-site attendance.
C. The Contractor shall supply a trained and authorized packer field service
representative for one 8-hour day for start-up, testing, and training.
Concurrent with this time, the field service representative(s) will remain on
call for on-site assistance until the packer valve has operated satisfactorily 4
times. Conditions causing unsatisfactory operation, or inability to operate the
packer, which are not associated with packer itself, shall relieve
manufacturer of any further on-site/on call duties.
PART 4 - PAYMENT
The contract unit price in the bid for "packer" shall include full compensation for
furnishing and installing the packer, tubing, nitrogen tanks or water tank, nitrogen
tank enclosure box, lines and fittings required to make the packer operational.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 1201'13
Water Well Packer
15110-6
sEcTtoN 15130
VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
The Contractor shall design, furnish, install, and coordinate the following:
A. A new Oil lubricated lineshaft vertical turbine pumping unit for a deep
well located at the site as shown on the drawings. Each unit shall
include, bowl assembly, column and enclosed lineshaft, the most
optimum discharge head, sealing assembly, motor, and all other
specified appurtenances. The pump will be controlled with a variable
frequency drive. The pumping units shall be manufactured in
accordance with the most current AWVUA E103 standard. The
pumping unit shall be made from components certified as suitable for
contact with drinking water by an accredited certification organization
in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System
Components-Health Effects, including Annex G, NSF/ANSI 372, and a
California Laws. lnstallation labor, accessories, and testing are
required to provide complete and functional pumping system as shown
on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. A complete pump equipment submittal including all calculations and
drawings as required within this specification section shall be included
along with the Contractors bid for Engineer review and approval.
C. The installation of pump shall also include coordinating and installation
of a packer valve per the packer manufacturer's installation
requirements.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the water quality report
assessment and shall review the available water quality data as
referenced in Specification Section 1010 Paragraph 1.5 Water Quality.
The Contractor and the manufacturer shall provide materials best suited
for the project water quality.
E. The pumping unit includes the entire pumping assembly, the packer, and
the inlet piping as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the
project specifi cations.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. SECTION 013OO - CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Vertical Turbine Pump
15130-1
B. SECTION 01660 . EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP
C. SECTION 01782. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
D. SECTION O99OO - PAINTING AND COATING
E. SECTION 15OOO - GENEML PIPING
F. SECTION 15130 - VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP
1.03 REFERENCES
The work of this section shall conform to the latest edition of all applicable
codes and standards, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
A. Uniform Plumbing Code
B. Standards of the American Hydraulic lnstitute
C. American Hydraulic lnstitute Test Code
D. NEMA-NationalElectricalManufacturer'sAssociation
E. NEC-National Electric Code
F. AFBMA-AmericanFrictionBearingManufacturer'sAssociation
G. UL-Underuvriter'sLaboratories
H. Section 15170 - "Motor"
l. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA)
J. American lnstitute of Steel Conskuction (AISC)
K. American lron and Steel lnstitute (AlSl)
L. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
M. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI) -61
N. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 8148, 8505, 8584
O. American Water Works Association (A\ A/y'A) E101 and E103-07
P. American Welding Society (AWS)
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Vertlcal Turbine Pump
15.t30-2
O. lnstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
R. National Electrical Code (NEC)
S. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI/NSF) -61
T. National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA)
U. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
V. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)
W. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall be made as required in Section 01330. ln addition, the
following specific information shall be provided:
A. Manuals and Drawings
1. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
2. Operation and maintenance manual.
3. Pump and motor drawing, fully dimensioned, showing pump and
motor in plan and elevation view.
4. Equipment mounting dimensions for installation of cast-in-place
anchor bolts.
5. NSF-61 certificates of compliance for all parts
6. ISO 9001 certification
B. Pump Performance Curves, Data, Parameters, and Calculations:
1. Curves and tabulated tables showing flow, head, efficiency,
NPSHR, and BHP at operation point.
2. A family of curves for the selected pumps showing the range of
adjustment for speed increases and decrease reckoned from the
best efficiency point of the selected pump curve.
3. Relevant data and parameters of pump including but not limited to
model number, number of stages, impeller diameter, bowl diameter,
rpm, voltage, etc.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
VerticalTu6ine Pump
15130-3
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
4. Seismic and structural calculations for the entire pump assembly
including but not limited to the pump discharge head and base plate
weight of drive, line shafting, pump assembly, motor, and column
pipe and water weight. Calculations supporting the necessary
foundation, pump support and anchor bolt plans and details. Pump
support shall be fabricated to withstand all operating loads
transmitted from the motor to the pump and drive and all stresses
imposed by vibration, shock, seismic action, and all possible direct
and eccentric loads.
5. Provide the weight of the following components; provide weights for
each separate component:
a. Discharge head
b. Pump Assembly, including operating shaft
c. Motor
d. Pump Column Pipe
e. Pump lnlet Pipef. Water Column Weightf. Packer
g. Differential Pressure across Packer
6. Provide hanging weight capacity calculations supporting a 4 to 1
safety factor for strength of the pump column pipe joints, bowl
connections and straps or shroud for all operating conditions.
7. Provide the pump manufacturer's certified rating curves, to satisfy
the specified design conditions as described in Section 1 .04,
showing pump characteristics of discharge, head, brake
horsepower, efficiency and guaranteed net positive suction head
required (NPSHR) shall be submitted. Curves shall show the full
recommended range of performance and include shut-off head.
8. Calculations including critical speed calculations and analysis,
maximum allowable and actual down-thrust and upthrust in
pounds, and Line Shaft Stretch and lateral allowance.
9. lmpeller Settings Calculations at BEP and 125% BEP
'10. Pump head drawing
1 1 . Pump thrust calculations
12. Thrust bearing life calculations
13. Description of factory and field test procedures and equipment.
VerticalTurbine Pump
151304
An estimated schedule of the date of shop testing and date of
readiness for delivery of the equipment to the job site.
Certified results of factory tests shall be furnished at least 21
calendar days prior to delivery.
Pumping unit shall comply with Hydraulic lnstitute vibration
limitations during field testing and normal operation
The field test results shall be with in tolerances for flow, head,
efficiencies and horsepower per Hydraulic lnstitute (Hl)
The Contractor shall coordinate the pump design with the pump
supplier and the manufacturer and provide written documentation
of all correspondence. The Contractor shall provide the packer
manufacturer with 3 pump column pipe couplings and one nipple, in
order to determine proper joint connection (the correct threading).
c.Tests and Certificates
The Contractor shall provide all factory and field-testing
certifications for the pump provided under this Section.
Six (6) copies of complete written fieldtesting procedures for each
type of pump furnished under this Section. Submit for review and
approval by the Engineer.
All submittals shall be carefully reviewed by Contractor and an
authorized representative of the Pump Supplier, prior to submittal to
the Engineer. Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified
by the Contractor, the Pump Supplier, and the Product
Manufacturers as being correct and in strict conformance with the
Contract Documents (plans and specifications) and the conditions
and purpose of the project. ln the case of shop drawings, each
sheet shall be so dated, signed, and certified. No consideration for
review by the Engineer of any submittals will be made for any items
which have not been so certified by the Pump Supplier and
Manufacturers. All non-certified submittals will be returned to the
without action taken by the Engineer, and any delays caused
thereby shall be the total responsibility of the Contractor.
Manufacturer's Suggestions
1. Manufacturer's NSF 61 approved recommendations for painting
and coating of pumps.
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-5
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
1.
2.
J.
D.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
E. Operation and Maintenance Manual
1. Submit O & M Manual per the requirements of Section 01782.
2. Complete operating and maintenance instructions shall be
furnished for all equipment. The maintenance instructions shall
include troubleshooting data and full preventative maintenance
schedules and complete spare parts lists with ordering information.
1.05 PUMP DESIGN CRITERIA
A. The pump type shall be vertical turbine with discharge through the
column and head.
B. The pump manufacturer shall responsible to select the pump/motor
speed that best satisfies the required pump design conditions and
efficiency. The maximum allowable pump synchronous speed shall be
1800 rpm nominal. To accommodate the 14-inch lD Casing pipe the
pump bowl assembly the maximum bowl diameter shall be 11.5 inches
and the number of stages shall not exceed 11 for all services.
Tvpe of Liquid Water
Design Capacity 1.200 qom
Maximum allowable pump
synchronous speed RPM
1800 rpm
Total Dynamic Head (TDH) at 308
foot
520 feet
Static Water Level 206 feet below ground surface
(bqs)
Pumping Water Drawdown Level
(below the packer)
308-feet bgs
Pump Depth Setting (bottom of
bowls)
450-feet bgs
Pump lnlet Settinq 530-feet bqs
Shut-Off Head: Min. Max.720 and 850 feet
Minimum Bowl Efficiencv 82%
Maximum Motor Horsepower 250 HP
Strainer Stainless steel
Number of Staoes 11 Staqes
lmpeller Tvpe Enclosed
Column Pipe Size/Tvpe 10 inch
Maximum Pump Bowl Diameter 11.5 inch
Discharqe Pipino 10 inch
Tvpe of Drive/Operatinq Ranqe Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)
Lubrication Oil Lubricated (NSF 61 Aooroved)
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Vertical Turbine Pump
1 51 30-6
Existinq Well Casino (!D)14-inch !D
Water PH **8
Water Temperature**66-70 deqrees Fahrenheit
Lineshaft Diameter 1.94 - inch minimum. Provide
down thrust calculations and
provide sufficient running
clearances.
c.
.The TDH does not include minor losses for the column pipe and
discharge head and it is the pump manufacturer's responsibility to
account for them in the pump selection.
**Refer to section 1000 and 1.05 herein.
Above duty points are given to define the minimum curve slope
required for this application. The selected pump must meet the design
point with variance in flow of - 0.0% and +2.5o/o allowed for secondary
points.
The pumps shall require no more than the HP designated on the pump
data sheets at any point on the flow-capacity curve. Pumps with a
driver of 300 HP or more shall have a minimum bow! efficiency of 84o/o.
NPSHR shal! not exceed 15 ft. at the design point nor exceed 25 feet
for any duty point in the operating range of the pump. ln the case the
estimated horsepower is not adequate to conform to the above
requirements, a larger motor shall be supplied at no additional cost to
the City. Any and all changes necessitated by a change of the motor
horsepower shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to
the City. Motor service factor may not be used to meet the maximum
HP requirement of the pump.
Vertical Turbine Pump
15'130-7
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Operating Points at 1,800 RPM
GPM HEAD (feet)
800 622
1,500 367
1,900 100
Operating Pointr s at 1,600 RPM
270 648
900 467
1,530 192
1,740 81
Operating Points at 1,500 RPM
337 545
840 411
1430 169
1520 122
D.Pump head capacity curve shall have a continuously rising slope
towards shut off without dips or hollows. The selected pumps shall
meet Hydraulic lnstitute Standard requirements for a minimum slope of
20Yo.
Selected pump shall have a suction specific speed of at least 9000 and
shall not exceed 9500.
The vibration levels measured during field performance testing.
Measurements shall be taken at synchronous speed. Measurements
shall be taken at the motor bearings in directions both parallel and
orthogonal to the connected discharge piping. Vibration levels shall
not exceed Hydraulic lnstitute vibration limits.
Pumps shall be selected so that the primary operating point falls
between 90 and 105% ofthe BEP as perANS| 9.6.3.
Maximum diameter impellers are not allowed.
The pump shall be tested at the manufacturer's plant and the field over
a range from shut-off to 125% of design capacity unless noted
otherwise. The fully assembled pumping unit shall be tested in
accordance with the Test Code for Vertical Turbine Pumps of the
Standards of the Hydraulic lnstitute, lnc. and shall be tested by using
the actual project motor to be supplied. Prior to shipping, certified
pump curves must be stamped and signed by a registered professional
engineer in the State of California and submitted for approval to the
City's Engineer.
Pumps and motors shall be rated for continuous duty and shall be
capable of pumping the specified flow range without surging,
cavitation, or vibration at the specified pump setting. The pumps shall
not overload the motors for any point on the speed pump performance
characteristic curve within the limits of stable pump operation as
recommended by the Pump Supplier to prevent surging, cavitation,
and vibration, as well as throughout the entire pump operating range.
The service factors for the motors shall not be applied when sizing the
motors. To insure vibration-free operation, all rotative components of
each pumping unit shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
Excessive vibration shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the
eq uipment.
The mass of the unit and its distribution shall be such that resonance
at normal operating speeds is avoided. ln any case, the amplitude of
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130,8
E.
F.
G.
H.
J.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
vibration as measured at any point on the pumping unit shall not
exceed the limits set forth in the latest edition of the Hydraulic lnstitute
current edition. All parts of each pump shall be designed to withstand
the stresses that will be imposed upon them during their handling,
shipping, erection, and operation. The completed units, when
assembled and operating, shall be free of cavitation, vibration, noise,
and oil or water leaks over the range of operation. All units shall be so
construction that dismantling and repairing can be accomplished
without difficulty.
K. The pump and motor assembly, column pipe and all appurtenances
including the pump discharge head shall be designed, rated, and
operable at 125o/o the shut of head pressure.
L. Pumps shall be capable of operating against a closed valve for up to
two minutes without damage.
M. The vertical turbine pump(s) specified in this section shall be furnished
by and be the product of one manufacturer. All equipment must be
supplied and warrantied by the original pump manufacturer including
bowls, impellers, column, shafting, heads, coupling, sleeves, seals,
and motors. Well drillers, distributors, or other fabrication shops will
not be allowed to furnish equipment built or modified in their local
fabrication shop
N. Operating speed of the pump shall be at least 25o/o away from the
critical speeds of the shaft to prevent resonance. For pumps with
variable frequency drives, bearing spacing shall be such that the
maximum pump operating speed is at least 25% less than the first
critical speed.
O. The entire range between all operating points shall fall within the
manufacturer's recommended pumping limits for the pump supplied.
P. Shaft elongation shall not cause the impeller to contact the bowl at any
operating point along the supplied pump curve.
1.06 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
Pumps and motors, including their supports and anchorages, supplied by the
Contractor, shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of "Seismic
Requirements for Mechanical & Electrical Equipment,". Seismic calculations
shall be submitted for approval and shall be signed by a registered California
Professional Engineer.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 1201 '! 3
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-9
1-07 WATER QUALITY
A. A source water assessment was performed for the project to
groundwater conditions and quality for Well No.21. The results are
presented in a report entitled "Revised Source Water Assessment For
Former SMURFIT Well No.9 City Of Vernon Los Angeles County,
California" by Richard C. Slade & Associates LLC., December 2011. A
copy of the Assessment Report is available for review at the City of
Vernon offices. The Assessment Report is available for reference only
and is not a part of the Contract Documents.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the sufficiency of
the available investigations and for evaluating the need for, and
providing for, any measures deemed necessary to perform work and
supply pump materials. Any such measures shall be considered
incidental to the work and no additional payment will be made thereof.
1.08 QUALIryASSURANCE
All materials used shall be new, of high grade, and with properties best suited
to the working environment.
A. Like items of equipment specified herein shall be the product of one
manufacturer in order to achieve standardization for maintenance,
operation, spare parts, and manufacturer's service.
B. Manufacturer of equipment furnished under this Section shall have a
minimum of fifteen (15) years verifiable experience in the manufacture
of the pump models specified.
C. Manufacturer furnishing equipment under this Section shall assume
unit responsibility for the pump, and motor assembly, including
appurtenances and coordinate the VFD compatibility with the
manufacturer and supplier
1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
The Contractor shall exercise due care in loading, unloading, and handling,
and storage ofthe pumps, motors, and appurtenances. The Contractor shall
be solely responsible for any damage to the pumps, motors, and
appurtenances and shall repair or replace any pump, motor and/or
appurtenance damage in handling or storage to the satisfaction of the City
Representative at no additional cost to the City.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-10
1.10 WARRANTY
The Contractor shall furnish a 12-month operational warranty with a maximum
allowance of six month from shipment before said warranty period begins.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 VERTICAL TURBINE PUMP - CS.AP1
A. Pump Design Details
The pump shall be designed in accordance with ANSI/AVIMA
Standard E103-07 and Hydraulic lnstitute Standards for vertical turbine
pumps with the following additions:
B. lmpellers and Bowls
1. The pump bowls shall be constructed of Cast lron and coated with
an NSF 61 approved coating material. Bowls shall be machined to
accommodate O-rings as necessary for the head produced.
2. The pump impeller material shall be 952 Aluminum Bronze. The
pump impeller type shall be enclosed and supplied with bowl and
impeller wear rings of 316L.
3. lmpellers and Bowls shall be accurately machined, dynamically
balanced, and secured to the pump shaft by means of shaft keys or
collets. lmpellers shall be of the enclosed type. Open or semi
open impellers shall be cause for rejection. Balance rings which
depend upon close running clearances to reduce load on the drive
unit thrust bearings are not permitted.
4. Each impeller shall be dynamically balanced.
5. Bowl assembly shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic
pressure of equal to twice the pressure at rated flow or 1.5X the
shutoff head, whichever is greater.
6. Bowl assembly shall not be subjected to the total hanging weight of
the complete pump assembly including packer and the dynamic
forces gebrated during the pump startup and operation. Use of
straps is permitted.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 1201 13
VerticalTurbine Pump
15.130-'t 1
c.
7. lmpellers are to be a standard product of the pump manufacturer
and not specially fabricated to temporarily increase efficiency. (All
impellers shall be the same size).
8. Bowl castings with blowholes, sand holes, or other surface defects
greater than 1/8" as measured from the adjacent surface shall be
rejected.
Shafting and Couplings
1 . Lineshaft shall be Shaft material carbon steel C1045 provided in
sections 20 feet in length. They shall be sized to accommodate full
speed starts with the maximum motor horsepower, for the size and
depth of rotating parts, plus friction, per the pump manufacturer's
recommendation. Line shaft couplings shall be extra-strong
threaded steel machined from solid bar , threaded for shaft size up
to 2.69 inches, and thrust stud and key type for larger shafts. The
top shaft section shall extend through the stuffing box. Line-shaft
couplings shall be threaded.
2. A head shaft shall be supplied for connection of the lineshaft above
the stuffing box through to the top of the motor. Head shaft shall be
carbon steel C1045 pump shaft quality, and the same diameter as
the lineshaft. Connection at the top of the motor shall be with an
adjustable threaded nut that allows vertical adjustment on the
impeller.
3. Pumps Motors shall be designed to prevent damaged in the event
of reverse rotation and shall have non-reverse ratchet.
4. Pump lineshaft minimum diameter: shall be sized to handle worst
case down thrust condition and maximum loads of the motor, bowl
assembly and water column, packer-induced forces and hanging
weights. The final lineshaft diameter shall be sized at a minimum of
1 15% the aforementioned loads.
Lineshaft Enclosing Tubing
Tubing shall be ASTM A53 The steel pipe shall be in interchangeable
sections not more than 5 feet long and shall be properly sized to
enclose the lineshaft. Each end of the enclosing tube shall be
machined to receive a bronze connector bearing. Enclosing tube
connector bearings shall be of bronze material conforming to ASTM
8505 C93200 material. The ends of the enclosing line tube shall be
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-12
D.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
E.
square with the axis and built to ensure accurate alignment. The
maximum angle of the thread axis relative to the base axis shall be
0.001 in. per inch of thread length. The enclosing tube shall be
stabilized and centered in the column pipe by rubber centering spiders
spaced 20 ft. from the discharge head, pump bowls and at intervals not
exceeding 40 ft. in between.
Pump Bearings
1. Line Shaft Bearings. The line shaft bearings shall be of no lead
bronze, internally spiral grooved to allow lubricant to flow through
and threaded externally to act as enclosing tube connectors.
2. Pump Bearings. The suction case section and the discharge case
section bearings shall be sleeve type constructed of no lead bronze
The bowl bearings shall be sleeve type of zinc-free bronze, or equal
as approved by the engineer. Bearing area, bearing cooling, and
bearing lubrication shall be ample for long trouble-free operating life
of the equipment.
3. The suction case must be provided with a bearing packed in water-
resistant NSF61 approved grease and a sand collar.
Head
The pump discharge head shall be fabricated steel and shall be of
sufficient thickness to suppo( the assembled weight of the pump
assembly, motor, column pipe and the water contained within it and
shall safely withstand all stress imposed thereon by vibration,
shock, seismic action, and all possible direct and eccentric loads at
the specified pump sefting depth. The head diameter shall be per
manufacturer's recommendation for the given hydraulic
requirements. The head wall thickness shall be thickened as may
be required to provide the correct unit natural frequency. All welds
on the interior of the pump head shall be full penetration and
ground smooth. All weld splatter, surface defects, and other
deleterious material shall be removed. Welded reinforcement
plates shall span from motor flange to base flange on the head
exterior when necessary to provide additional stiffness to meet
vibration and critical speed requirements.
The fabricated head shall be provided with opening to
accommodate for the installation of one airline to the packer
(inflate/deflate) and two airlines for a water level sounder (above
and below packer). Contractor shall also provide an additional 1 -
1-112 PVC sounding tube.
VenicalTurbine Pump
15130-13
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120'113
1.
2.
3.
4.
The motor mounting flange on the pump discharge head shall have
a minimum of 4 holes equally spaced to allow motor rotation. The
flange shall have a machined raised face to be inserted into the
bottom of the motor flange for a registered fit. The diameter of the
motor register shall conform to the NEMA standard dimension "AK."
Mount discharge head on fabricated 1.S-inch thick minimum steel
square sole plate that is of sufficient size to span opening of the
casing pipe and carry the loads of the entire pump assembly. The
fabricated steel sole plate shall have tapped holes for bolting down
pump discharge head, complete with all bolts, nuts, washers, and
anchor bolts. The top of the fabricated steel base plate shall be
machined to mate with the pump discharge head base plate. The
dimensions and thickness of the fabricated steel base plate shall be
determined by the pump manufacturer.
Discharge head shall be equipped with a lockable one-gallon oil pot
equipped with a solenoid valve, valved bypass piping, and a sight
drip oiler.
The discharge head shall be equipped with a tube tension
assembly. Consisting of a steel tube tension plate, tube nut, and
steel enclosing tube.
7. The discharge elbow shall be fabricated steel. The discharge
flange shall be 150 # ANSI flange. Design discharge head
assembly shall be designed tor 1-112 times the maximum shutoff
head or 2 times the pressure at the design operating point,
whichever is greater but not less than 250 psig. The pump head
outlet flange shall conform to ASME 816.5 150 Ib. class. The
flange face shall be flat within 0.020 inches.
8. The discharge head base flange shall be similar to an A\AA/VA 18-
inch Standard Steel "Ring" Flange or "Hub" Flange or "E" type as
required by the hydraulic criteria, machined flat without concavity or
convexity on its lower surface. The base flange lower surface shall
be level and flat within 0.01S-inch and shall be smooth or may have
a serrated finish of approximately 32 serrations per inch,
approximately 1/64 inch deep. Serrations may be either spiral or
concentric.
9. A test tap (3/8-inch FNPT) for measuring device to measure
discharge pressure shall be included on the horizontal centerline of
the discharge nozzle adjacent to the discharge flange.
Vertrcal Turbine Pump
15130-14
5.
6
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
G.
10. The pump head including the column pipe-mounting flange shall
adequate fit in the well casing and allow for sufficient space for
conduit, tubing and airlines as specified.
1 1. The pump head including the column pipe-mounting flange shall
adequate fit in the well casing and allow for sufficient space for
conduit, tubing and airlines as specified.
Access Opening: The discharge head shall have openings for
access to the coupling and seal which shall be large enough to
assemble and disassemble the spacer coupling and the mechanical
seal, without removal of motor. Care shall be exercised during
design to ensure the openings do not compromise the pump
rigidity. Provide hand guards at all openings. An OSHA compliant
expanded metal guard screen shall be provided over the openings
for the coupling. Guard all exposed rotating shafts with a hinged
and lockable, heavy-duty expanded metal screen.
12. Head drain tap: The discharge head shall be provided with a seal
area drain (3/4-inch NPT tap or larger), which shall be correctly
located to provide for complete draining of the seal area. This drain
shall be field piped to a drain system directing such leakage into the
well.
Column
1. The column assembly shall be constructed using steel (ASTM A53
Schedule 40) threaded column sections,. lnterior and exterior of
the column pipe shall be fusion epoxy coated with Scotchkote 134
2. Column pipe section shall not exceed 20 feet in length. Unless
otherwise specified, the column shall be sized to limit friction loss to
4 feet per 100 feet in length based on design flow. Bearing retainer
shall be provided at each column joint to locate line shaft bearings.
3. The pump column and bowls shall use threaded and flanged
con nections respectively.
4. lndividual segments of the pump column length shall not exceed
20 feet with bearings spaced in increments of five feet.
5. Enclosing tube for oil lubrication shall be provided.
6. The pump column joint strength under full load shall have a 4 to 1
safety factor.
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-15
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 1201'13
H.Oil Lubrication/Tension Assembly
1. Tension assembly shall consist of a bronze tension nut, a suitable
oiler, and oil reservoir to ensure proper lubrication for the bearings
when the pump is in operation.
2. Each pumping unit shall be equipped with an electrically automatic
operated, 120 VAC, oil lubricating system which shall supply
lubricant to the line-shaft bearings. The system shall have a
reseryoir sight glass, and a vented sight drip valve. The auto-oiler
shall be designed for outdoor operating and shall have a metal oil
reservoir with a capacity of not less than one gallon, complete with
tubing, fittings, and ASCO oil shutoff valve, Model 8262. All
Lubricating materials shall be NSF 61 compliant. A manual oiler
shall also be provided and shall allow 1 drip/3OOfeet of column
pipe/S seconds minimum and shall operate should the solenoid
oiler is not working.
Discharge Appurtenances
1. Pump Manufacture shall add the pressure drop across the valves
and back flow preventer to the TDH given in Table in Section 1.04
for total head and HP required for sizing of the motor.
Suction Piping and Packer
1. The suction pipe shall be approximately 67 feet in length to a depth
of 530 feet below ground level and shall have minimum inside
diameter and weight equal to that of the discharge column pipe. A
suitable cone strainer, mounted at the bottom of the suction pipe
and constructed of stainless steel shall be provided having a free
area of at least five times the flow area of the suction piping. The
end of the suction pipe shall be located at the Pump Depth Setting
per Section 2.1.
2. The Contractor shall design and provide an adequate open pump
shroud/steel straps to remove the all forces from the pump bowls
resulting from the inlet piping and packer. The forces considered
shall include but not be limited to hanging weights and the pressure
differential forces across the packer and shall consider all possible
operating conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
coordination between Pump Supplier and Pump Manufacturer for
the pump assembly design and installation including, piping,
including the required joint strengths and connections. The pump
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-16
J
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
K.
supplier shall provide the packer manufacturer with 3 pump column
pipe couplings and one nipple.
3. A packer will be constructed at 500 feet below ground surface. See
Specification Section 1 51 10.
Jointless Air Line Tube, Air Line and Sounder
1. One 3/8" jointless airlines of soft rolled stainless steel tubing shall
be furnished of sufficient length to extend from the surface to and
thru the top and bottom of the packer to a specified depth as shown
per plan. The tube shall be attached to the column assembly with 1
inch wide stainless steel hose clamps spaced a maximum of 20
feet apart. Stub-up and cap-off pipes 6" above the pump base
plate. Refer to Specification Section 151 10 Water Well Packer.
2. Provide an airline for measuring pressure below the packer and a
sounder line to measure water levels above the packer, secure to
column pipe as required.
3. Prove 1 - 1-112 PVC sounding tube strapped to the sufficiently
strapped to the column pipe.
Pump Nameplate
Each pump shall be equipped with a stainless steel nameplate
permanently mounted to the pump head in a readily visible location.
The nameplate shall indicate at a minimum: the manufacturer's name
and address, website, model number, serial number, rated head in
feet, rated capacity in gpm, impeller size in inches, number of stages,
direction of rotation, and synchronous speed corresponding to the
pump rating. Also the nameplate shall be stamped: with the pump item
number and location as indicated by the City.
Coatings
1. Protective Coatings for Pumping Units
a. Surface Preparation
1) The surface, except bearing and shafts surfaces, shall be
cleaned of oil, dirt and other foreign material and
sandblasted in accordance with Steel Structures Painting
Council (SSPC) Specification No. 10 and manufacturer's
recommendations.
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-17
M.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Rev.05/2014
Cannon 120113
b. Coating Application
1) lmmediately following the sandblasting, the sandblasted
surface shall be primed with Tnemec PotaPox 140,
Carboline Carboguard 891, or Devoe Bar-Rust 233H epoxy
coating primer and finished with 2 coats of Tnemec PotaPox
140 or Devoe Bar-rust 233H epoxy coating. Each coating
shall be brush or spray applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's printed inskuctions. The primer and finish
shall each have a dry-film thickness of not less than 15.0
mils. All Coatings shall be State of California, and Los
Angeles County compliant and NSF 61 approved.
a) The surfaces to be coated are the interior and exterior
surfaces of the, all wetted parts of the pump and
discharge head,
b) Bowl waterways shall be Scotchkote 134 fusion-bonded
epory coated.
N. Motor Terminal Box Location:
The top of the discharge head shall be drilled so that when the pump is
assembled to the motor, the terminal box for the main motor leads
shall be located as shown on the drawings.
O. Natural Frequency
1. Pump and motor combination, including pump, motor, coupling, and
all other appurtenances, shall have no critical or resonant
frequencies within +20 percent of the running speeds from 50% to
100% rpm.
2. Calculations by a Licensed Professional Engineer shall be
submitted to the Engineer to verify compliance with the above
Natural Frequency separation requirements.
P. ISO 9001 Certification:
The pump manufacturer shall be ISO 9001: current edition certified or
registered.
O. Acceptablemanufacturers:
1. Ruhrpumpen
VerticalTurbine Pump
'15130-18
2. Flowserve
3. Floway
4. Or pre-approved equal as determined by the Engineer.
2.02 MOTOR
See Section 15170 Electric Motor
Part 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES TECHNICAL SUPPORT
The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced and
authorized pump supplier and manufacturers' representative to verify
proper installation of pumps, motors, and appurtenances. The
services of the representative shall not be construed as relieving the
Contractor of responsibility for furnishing qualified supervisors and
mechanics to properly perform the installation. The manufacturer's
representative shall be present at the jobsite and/or classroom
designated by the City Representative for the minimum man-days
listed for the services shown below, travel time excluded:
1 . One man-day for installation assistance, inspection, and
certification of the installation of each pump;
2. One man-day for functional and start-up testing of each pump;
3. One man-day for classroom or jobsite training.
The Contractor shall instruct the operating personnel after acceptance
of the system. lnstruction shall consist of two separate 4-hr training
sessions.
It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to pay all expenses related
to all required field services.
The Contractor shall field verify the correct installation and setup of
valve and actuator, including all stops and set points.
3.02 INSTALHTION
Contractor shall install all pumps as shown on the Drawings and in strict
accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with the latest edition
of the Hydraulics lnstitute Standard. Contractor shall furnish and install all
A.
B.
C.
D.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
VerticalTulbine Pump
15130-19
necessary hardware and appurtenances for a complete installation;
Contractor shall repair any damage to the pumps, motors, and/or
appurtenances to the City Representative's satisfaction before installation.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
Provide identification and marking per Section 09805. The equipment
identification numbers shall be as indicated in this Specification and as shown
on the Drawings.
3.04 PAINTING
Equipment furnished under this Section shall be factory prime painted and
finish coated by the Contractor per the requirements of Section 09805 and the
manufacturer's recommendations. Top Coating shall be per City request
(light blue).
3.05 FACTORY TESTING
A. Prior to shipment, the pump and motor actually furnished shall be
assembled as a packaged unit and subjected to certified factory
hydrostatic and performance testing in accordance with the latest
edition of the Hydraulics lnstitute Standard, and as listed below. The
Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, controls, materials, and
electrical power required to perform the testing.
1. Factory certified tests shall be sufficient to determine the curves of
head; input horsepower; electric input; horsepower; water
horsepower; and overall efficiencies relative to capacity from
shutoff to 125% of design flow. The factory tests shall be run at the
rated speed of the pump. Discharge shall be expressed in gallons
per minute, and head in feet of water on curves generated from test
data collected.
A minimum of six points shall be taken for each test, pressure and
flow will be recorded at each point. The six data points shall
include:
a. pump shut-off (factory test only);
b. minimum design flow;
c. maximum design flow;
d. primary operating point listed in2.01;
e. one data point at 10% above primary operating flow; and
f. one point at 10% below primary operating flow.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Vertical Tulbine Pump
15130-20
2. Results of the performance tests shall be certified by a Registered
Professional Engineer and submitted to the City Representative for
approval before final shipment. Shipment of the pumping units
shall not be made until the City Representative has approved the
test data and pump curves.
3. Pumps may be rejected by the City if the above requirements are
not satisfied.
3.06 PUMP STATION STARTUP AND TESTING
The Contractor shall provide a testing and start-up plan and conduct all tests
as required to ensure that all provisions of the Specifications have been
made. The Contractor shall incorporate the manufacturer's specific
equipment data in the test procedures. The Contractor shall submit testing
and start-up plans for each pump 60 days prior to testing and start-up.
A. Functional Test
1. Prior to station startup, all equipment described in this Section shall
be inspected for proper alignment, quiet operation, proper
connection, and satisfactory performance by means of a functional
test.
2. Vibration Test: The complete assembly, consisting of the driving
unit and pump, connected and in normal operation' shall not
develop amplitudes of vibration exceeding limits recommended by
the currentedition of API 610.
3 Field recorded testing results shall be recorded, tabularized in
spreadsheet format, graphed, and superimposed on the factory test
curve and published product curves. No minus tolerances or
margin shall be allowed with respect to flowrate and head, or
efficiency and all values shall be within +5% of the published
product curves. All accepted test tolerance shall meet and conform
to Hydraulic lnstitute Standards.
B. Performance Test
1. The Contractor shall perform field tests on all completed pump
assemblies to demonstrate their conformance to the Specifications.
A test log shall be presented to the City Representative upon the
completion of each test that records the following:
a. Flow, as measured by station instrumentation and/or storage
volumes.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-21
b. Pump discharge pressure as measured by calibrated gauges,
converted to feet of water and corrected to pump centerline,
calculated velocity heads at the suction and discharge flanges,
and total head, all tabulated in feet of water.
c. Drive motor voltage and amperage measured for each phase.
d. Motor manufacturer's guaranteed power factor and efficiency at
Tq, Yz, and full load.
2. Unit failing to meet these Specifications to the satisfaction of the
City Representative shall be retested in accordance with Hydraulic
lnstitute Standard. lf the pump fails the second test, the unit will be
rejected, and the Contractor shall furnish a unit that will perform as
specified, at no additional cost to the City.
3.07 WARMNTY
A. The Contractor shall guarantee the installation and machinery
furnished to perform in accordance with the conditions specified above.
B. The Conkactor's warranty shall extend for two (2) full years from the
Owner's acceptance of the job.
C. The Contractor will perform any and all repair service at his expense
including the costs of removing the motors and pumps and the
replacing of same.
D. Any repair work necessary will be accomplished promptly and speedily
so as not to jeopardize the public health.
E. The Owner shall be the sole judge as to what may be interpreted as an
unreasonable delay in making repairs during the one (1) year warranty
period.
F. Pump manufacturer shall warrant all equipment they provide for two (2)
full years from the Owner's acceptance of the job.
3.08 FIELD SERVICE
A. Three (3) days of field service shall be provided by an authorized,
factory trained representative of the pump manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '!20113
VerticalTurbine Pump
15130-22
sEcTtoN 15170
MOTORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Three-phase electric motors.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
Section 15130 - Vertical Turbine Pumps.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.
B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section SP-3, Submittals.
B. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics
and connection requirements.
C. Test Reports: lndicate test results verifying premium or energy
efficiency and power factor for three phase motors larger than 5-
horsepower.
D. Manufacturer's lnstallation lnstructions: lndicatesetting, mechanical
connections, lubrication, and wiring instructions.
1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Operation Data: lnclude instructions for safe operating procedures.
C. Maintenance Data: lnclude assembly drawings, bearing data including
replacement sizes, and lubrication instructions.
1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of electric motors for
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
lvlotors
15170-1
pump use, and their accessories, with minimum ten years documented
product development, testing, and manufacturing experience.
1.07 REGULATORYREQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable electrical code, NFPA 70, local energy code.
B. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction
indicating approval of high efficiency motors.
C. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and Classified by
Underwriters' Laboratories, lnc., as suitable for the purpose specified
and indicated.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to site under provisions of
Section 01600.
B. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by
maintaining factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For
extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store
separately.
1.09 WARMNTY
A. Provide five-year warranty under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Warranty: lnclude coverage for motors larger than t horsepower.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
U.S. Motors
2,02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical Service
1. 460V,3-phase,60 Hz.
B. Vertical Hollow-Shaft Pump Motors
The well pump motor shall be a vertical, hollow-shaft, squirrel cage
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
MotorS
15170-2
Rev 07/2013
Cannon '1201 1 3
induction-type motor. Designed for outdoor service, variable torque,
normal starting current, the pump motor will be controlled by a variable
frequency drive. The motor shall be premium efficient energy saver
type meeting latest CCE specifications, inverter grade, NEMA design
B, NEMA starting code letter G, rated for continuous duty at rated hp,
1800 rpm, with a 1.15 service factor suitable for operation in 40-degree
C. ambient. Motor shall operate at 460V, 3-phase, 60 Hz and shall
have Weather Protected I (WPl) enclosure.
Minimum efficiency of motor shall be 250 hp premium efficient 95% at
full load.
1. Motor shall be suitable both electrically and mechanically to drive
the pump as specified. The speed, horsepower, torque, base,
thrust bearing, shaft and motor tolerances shall be coordinated
closely with pump manufacturer's requirements so as to provide a
satisfactory, efficient drive without overloading, overheating or
abnormal vibration.2. Provide steady rest bushings to prevent shaft wobble.
3. The stator frame shall be normalized cast iron, accurately
machined and drilled to receive the end brackets and bearing
supports.4. End brackets shall be made of cast iron with corrosion resistant
hardware. Upper bracket shall have integrally cast lifting lugs.
The canopy shall be constructed of aluminum for easy lifting by
one person for inspection.
5. All unfinished interior surfaces of the motor enclosure shall be
cleaned to remove scale and foreign material and then coated
with an oil resistant rust inhibiting paint or epory resin. The
exterior surface shall be properly finished so as to be highly
resistant to oil and weathering. All other exposed internal metal
surfaces shall be given a durable corrosion resistant coating. All
hardware, both internal and external, shall be of non-corrodible
materials or shall be treated to resist corrosion.
6. The motor housing shall have a completely enclosed bottom end
bracket with a rotating slinger to prevent water from entering
motor in case of a pump packing box leak.
7. Rodent guard screen shall be provided on all air intake and
exhaust openings. The flow of ventilating air through the motor
shall be in such a direction as to pass the thrust bearing before
entering the stator and rotor area to provide the coolest air to the
bearing.8. Thrust bearings located at the top of the motor shall be easily
accessible for inspection and removal. The bearings shall be
rated to carry the total pump down thrust for a three year average
l!!otors
15170-3
9.
10.
life expectancy at continuous duty. The thrust bearings shall be
submerged in lubricating oil supplied from a large oil reservoir in
the upper bracket. The reservoir shall be fitted with fill hole plug,
drain plug and removable sight gauge. Contractor shall supply
four spare sight gauges.
The lower guide ball bearing shall be submerged in an oil bath
supplied from a large oil reservoir. The reservoir shall be fitted
with fill hole plug, drain plug and removable sight gauge.
Vertical motor bearings shall be designed for 26,400 working
hours three years minimum L-10 bearing life at design operating
thrust. At maximum operating thrust, L-10 life shall not be less
than one year. Transient (shut-off) thrust shall not exceed 30% of
the static deformation limit. Motor shall be designed for 30o/o
momentary upthrust capacity. Any system which exceeds 30%
upthrust must be designed for continuous upthrust at one year L-
10 bearing life.
The drive coupling shall be designed to provide protection against
momentary upthrust. Pump shaft adjustment shall be made
without exposing the interior of the motor. The motor shall be
provided with a positive device for locking the rotor and facilitating
pump shaft adjustment. A non-reversing ratchet shall be
provided.
The rotor shaft shall be made of high-grade steel, finished all over
and accurately ground to size. The shaft shall be of such
diameter and rigidity that the first critical speed of the motor will
be well removed from the operating speed. Guard all exposed
rotating shafts with a hinged and lockable, heavy-duty expanded
metal screen.
Motor windings shall be copper and random wound. At 115o/o ot
the nameplate rated load, the temperature rise of the motor shall
not exceed 60 degrees centigrade above an ambient temperature
of 40 degrees centigrade. The insulation system shall be rated
Class "F" or better.
The motor shall be equipped with terminal boxes for all conduit
and wire connections as required. Provide a gasket between the
box and motor frame and between the box and the cover.
Terminal boxes shall be attached to the motor frame with grade 5
zinc plated and chromated steel bolts or cap screws. All terminal
boxes shall have threaded holes for conduit entrance. Terminal
boxes shall be cast metal. Terminal box shall have ground lug.
Terminal boxes shall accommodate number and sizes of conduit
as shown on plans.
The motor lead wire shall be three lead, ring terminal with Class
"B" or better of the non-wicking type. Motor leads shall be
brought out to a weatherproof cast iron terminal box. The lead
lvlotors
151704
11.
12.
13.
14.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120'113
15.
16.
17.
18.
entrance into the motor frame shall be sealed against moisture.
Provide motor space heater rated at 120VAC.
Provide thermal protection of motor windings as shown on plans.
Provide stainless steel nameplates of ample size with clear
numerals and letters.
a. Nameplates shall indicate the manufacturer, serial number,
model number, type, horsepower, phase, hertz, volts, design,
full load amperes, locked rotor code letter, service factor,
speed, insulation class, temperature rating, information
required by NEMA MG 1-10.38 and other essential data.
b. Nameplate data shall be in the English language and units.
c. Nameplates shall be secured to the motor frame with
corrosion resisting pins in accessible locations.
d. A separate nameplate showing the motor connection diagram
shall be provided.
Manufacturer's Supervision and Field lnstallation Check
The motor manufacturer shall furnish the services of an authorized
representative especially trained and experienced in the installation of
his equipment to (1) supervise the equipment installation in
accordance with the approved submittals and manufacturer's
instructions, (2) be present when the equipment is first put into
operation, (3) inspect, check, adjust as necessary, and approve the
installation, (4) repeat the inspection, checking, and adjusting until all
trouble or defects are corrected and the equipment installation and
operation are acceptable, and (5) prepare and submit the specified
Manufacturer's Certified Report. lnclude all costs for representative's
services in the Contract Price.
Manufactu rer's Certifi ed Reports
The equipment manufacturer, or his authorized representative shall
submit a notarized written report with respect to his equipment
certifying that (1) the equipment has been properly installed, wired,
and connected under his supervision, (2) the equipment is in accurate
alignment, (3) he was present when the equipment was placed in
operation, (4) he has checked, inspected, and adjusted the equipment
as necessary, (5) the equipment has been operated under full load
conditions and operated satisfactorily, and (6) the equipment is fully
covered under the terms of the guarantee.
c.
D.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 1201'13
l\4otors
15170-5
END OF SECTION
sEcTtoN 15200
GENERAL VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTMCTOR shall provide valves, actuators, and
appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to valves and valve actuators
except where otherwise indicated. Valves and actuators in particular
locations may require a combination of units, sensors, limit switches,
and controls indicated in other Sections of the Specifications.
C. Where a valve is to be supported by means other than the piping to
which it is attached, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the valve
manufacturer a design for support and foundation. The design,
including drawings and calculations sealed by an engineer, shall be
submitted with the Shop Drawings. When the design is approved, the
support shall be provided
D. Unit Responsibility: A single manufacturer shall be made responsible
for coordination of design, assembly, testing, and furnishing each
valve; however, the Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for
compliance with the requirements of each valve section. Unless
indicated otherwise, the responsible manufacturer shall be the
manufacturer of the valve.
E. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valves of the same type and
size are required, the valves shall be furnished by the same
manufacturer.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section SP-3: Submittals.
B. Shop drawings shall contain the following information:
1. Valve name, size, Cv factor, pressure rating, identification
number (if any), and specification section number.2. Complete information on valve actuator, including size,
manufacturer, model number, limit switches, and mounting.3. Cavitation limits for control valves.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
GeneralValves
15200-1
C.
D.
E.
4. Assembly drawings showing part nomenclature, materials,
dimensions, weights, and relationships of valve handles,
handwheels, position indicators, limit switches, integral control
systems, needle valves, and control system.
5. Valve labeling
a. A schedule of valves to be provided with stainless steel
tags, indicating in each case the valve location and the
proposed wording for the tag.
Operations and Maintenance Manual
The O&M Manual shall contain the required information for each valve.
Submit manual in accordance with requirements listed in Section
17000.
Spare Parts List
A spare parts list shall contain the required information for each valve
assembly, where indicated.
Factory Test Data
Where indicated, signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each
valve requiring certification shall be submitted before shipment of the
valve. The data shall also include certification of quality and test
results for factory-applied coatings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 VALVES
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120113
A.General: Valves and gates shall be new and of current manufacture.
Shut-off valves 6-inches and larger shall have actuators with position
indicators. Gate valves 18-inches and larger or where chain wheel is
required, shall be furnished with spur gear and hand wheel. Buried
valves shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing
position indicators and valve extensions. Manual shut-off valves
mounted higher than 7-feet above working level shall be provided with
chain actuators.
Valve Labeling: Except when such requirement is waived by the
Engineer in writing, a label shall be provided on shut-off valves and
control valves except for hose bibs and chlorine cylinder valves. The
label shall be of 1/16-inch plastic or stainless steel, minimum 2-inches
B.
GeneralValves
1s200-2
C.
by 4-inches in size, and shall be permanently attached to the valve or
on the wall adjacent to the valve as directed by the ENGINEER.
Valve Testing: As a minimum, unless otherwise indicated or
recommended by the reference standards, valves 3-inches in
diameter and smaller shall be tested in accordance with
manufacturer's standard and 4-inches in diameter and larger shall be
factory tested as follows:
1. Hydrostic Testing: Valve bodies shall be subjected to internal
hydrostatic pressure equivalent to twice the water rated
pressure of the valve. Metallic valve rating pressures shall be at
100 degrees F and plastic valves shall be 73 degrees, or at
higher temperature according to type of material. During the
hydrostatic test, there shall be no leakage through the valve
body, end joints, or shaft seals, nor shall any part ofthe valve
be permanently deformed. The duration shall be sufficient time
to allow visual examination for leakage. Test duration shall be at
least 10 minutes.2. Seat Testing: Valves shall be tested for leaks in the closed
position with the pressure differential across the seat equal to
the water rated pressure of the valve. The duration of test shall
be sufficient time to allow visual examination for leakage. Test
duration shall be at least 10 minutes. Leakage past the closed
valve shall not exceed 1 fluid ounce per hour per inch diameter
for metal seated valves. Resilient seated valves shall be drop-
tight.3. Performance Testing: Valves shall be shop-operated from fully
closed to fully open position and reverse under no-flow
conditions in order to demonstrate the valve assembly operates
properly.
Certification: Prior to shipment, the Contractor shall submit for valves
over 12-inches in size, certified, notarized copies of the hydrostatic
factory tests, showing compliance with the applicable standards of
AWWA, ANSI, orASTM.
Valve Marking: Valve bodies shall be permanently marked in
accordance with MSS SP25 - Standard Marking Systems for Valves,
Fittings, Flanges, and Unions.
All valves for the project 12-inch and smaller shall be resilient wedge
gate valves. ln the case of insufficient depth of cover the valves shall
be installed horizontally with Bevel Gearing. All valves over 12-inch in
size shall be ball valves.
D.
E.
F-
Rev 07/2013
Cannon '120113
General Valves
15200-3
2.02 MATERIALS
A. General: Materials shall be suitable for the intended application.
Materials in contact with potable water shall be listed as compliant with
NSF Standard 61. Materials not indicated shall be high-grade standard
commercial quality, free from defects and imperfections that might
affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is
intended. Unless otherwise indicated, valve and actuator bodies shall
conform to the following requirements:
1. Ductile lron: ASTM A 536 - Ductile lron Castings, or to ASTM A
395 - Ferritic Ductile lron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use
at Elevated Temperatures.
2. Steel: ASTM A216 - Steel Castings, Carbon Suitable for
Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service, or to ASTM A
515 - Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for lntermediate-
and Higher-TemPerature Service.
3. Bronze: ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal
Castings, and valve stems not subject to dezincification shall
conform to ASTM B 584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for
General Applications.
4. Stainless Steel: Stainless steel valve and operator bodies and
trim shall conform to ASTM A 351 - Steel Castings, Austenitic,
for High-Temperature Service, Grade CF8M, or shall be Type
316 stainless steel.
2,03 VALVECONSTRUCTION
A. Bodies: Valve bodies shall be cast, molded (in the case of plastic
valves), forged, or welded of the materials indicated, with smooth
interior passages. Wall thicknesses shall be uniform in agreement with
the applicable standards for each type of valve, without casting
defects, pinholes, or other defects that could weaken the body. Welds
on welded bodies shall be done by certified welders and shall be
ground smooth. Valve ends shall be as indicated, and be rated for the
maximum temperature and pressure to which the valve will be
subjected.
B. Valve End Connections: Unless otherwise indicated, valves 2-112'
inches diameter and smaller may be provided with threaded end
connections. Valves 3-inches and larger shall have flanged end
connections.
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120'113
GeneralValves
152004
C. Bonnets: Valve bonnets shall be clamped, screwed, or flanged to the
body and shall be of the same material, temperature, and pressure
rating as the body. The bonnets shall have provision for the stem seal
with the necessary glands, packing nuts, or yokes.
D. Stems: Valve stems shall be of the materials indicated, or, if not
indicated, of the best commercial material for the specific service, with
adjustable stem packing, O-rings, Chevron V-type packing, or other
suitable seal. Where subject to dezincification, bronze valve stems
shall conform to ASTM B 62, containing not more than 5 percent of
zinc or more than 2 percent of aluminum, with a minimum tensile
strength of 30,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 14,000 psi, and an
elongation of at least 1 0 percent in 2-inches.
E. Stem Guides: Stem guides shall be provided, spaced 1O-feet on
centers unless the manufacturer can demonstrate by calculation that a
different spacing is acceptable. Submerged stem guides shall be 304
stainless steel.
F. lnternal Parts: lnternal parts and valve trim shall be as indicated for
each individual valve. Where not indicated, valve trim shall be of Type
316 stainless steel or other best suited material.
2.04 VALVE ACCESSORIES
A. Valves shall be furnished complete with the accessories required to
provide a functional system.
2.05 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Valve manufacturers shall have a
successful record of not less than 5 years in the manufacture of the
valves indicated.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
GeneralValves
15200-5
sEcTtoN 15203
CHECK VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENT
A. The Contractor shall provide check valves and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General apply to this
Section.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section SP-3: Submittals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SILENT CHECK VALVES
A. Silent Check Valves shall be designed with 3% greater flow area than
standard wall schedule 40 pipe to reduce head loss. The manufacturer
must provide certified test curves to verify head loss B. The Check
Valve must be capable of silent operation when installed in the vertical
or horizontal position, flow up or down. No leakage is allowed. Valves
shall be manufactured so when flow through the check valve reverses
the valve closes and zero leakage occurs, forming a bubble tight seal.
B. Body: The valve body shall be of cast iron conforming to ASTM A 126,
Class B, with flanged ends conforming to ASME B 16.1, Class 125,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Seat and Plug: The valve seat and plug shall be Seat and Plug bronze
ASTM 584 for high strength. The valve Plug must have a central shaft -
guided at each end - spring loaded to guarantee silent shut-off
operation.
The Seat and Plug shall be hand replaceable in the field for easy
maintenance. The seating surfaces shall be resilient (Buna-N) to metal.
D. Spring: The Spring must be ASTM A313 T3'16 stainless steel. The
spring shall be helical or conical in form.
Rev. 7/2013
Cannon 120113
Check Valves
15203-1
E. Manufacturers, or Equal
1. APCO (Valve and Primer Corporation) APCO Series 600 for all
valve sizes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section
15200 - Valves, General.
END OF SECTION
Rev 712013
Cannon 120113
Check Valves
15203-2
sEcTtoN 15204
AIR/VACUUM VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall provide airlvacuum valves and appurtenances,
complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The airlvacuum valves shall adequately exhaust air at pump start up
and intake sufficient air quantities during flow reversal in the pump
column pipe after pump shut down.
The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General apply to this
Section.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section SP-3: Submittals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEEP WELL AIRruACUUM VALVE
A. Air Valves for Vertical Turbine Pumps shall vent large quantities of air
out thru the orifice when pump starts and close tight when liquid enters
then permit large quantities of air to re-enter thru the orifice when
pump stops to prevent vacuum forming in the pump suction column.
The main valve parts shall be a body, cover, baffle, float and seat. The
baffle shall shield the float from direct impact of air and water to
prevent premature float closure. The seat shall slip fit into the baffle or
cover and lock in place without any distortion, but easily removable.
Sizes 1/2-inch thru 3-inch entire float and baffle assembly must be
shrouded with a water diffuser to prevent water slamming the float
shut. All outlets to be threaded or flanged.
The float shall be stainless steel center guided (not free floating) for
positive seating and rated 1000 psi non-shock service (static).
The discharge orifice shall be fitted with a DOUBLE-ACTING
THROTTLING DEVICE, Patented , to regulate and restrict air venting
and to establish a pressure loading on the rising suction column of
A.
B.
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
AirNacuum Valves
15204-1
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
water to eliminate damaging shock to the pump, controls and check
valve on pump start. On pump stop, the DOUBLE ACTING
THROTTLING DEVICE shall automatically open, allowing full line
unrestricted air re-entry to prevent vacuum from forming in the suction
column.
Valve exterior shall be painted with Universal Primer Paint as accepted
by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water.
The inlet to the valve shall be provided with a gate valve to provide
positive closure between the pipeline and the valve.
All valves shall be designed for 175 psig working pressure.
B. Materials of construction shall be certified conforming to the following
A.S.T.M. specifications:
Body, cover Cast iron ASTM A126 Gr.B
Batlelll2-,1-, & 2-inchl Delrin ASTM D4181
Baffle [3-inch] Cast iron ASTM A48 CL-30Floaf Stainless steel ASTM 4240Seat Buna-N
Water Diffuser Brass ASTM 816
Double Acting Throttling Device (Patented)
Housing Malleable lron ASTM A47
Adj. Screw & Nut Stainless Steel ASTM A276 T304Spring Stainless Steel ASTM A313 T316Plug Teflon AMS 3651
Exterior paint Universal Primer FDA Approved for
Potable Water Contact
*Float design may vary on certain sizes.
C.. Manufacturers, or Equal
Valve to be DezuriUAPCO Series 144DAT Air / Vacuum Valve with
Double Acting Throttling Device & Water Diffuser (2-inch), as
manufactured by Valve & Primer Corporation, Schaumburg, lllinois,
U.S.A.
Air/Vacuum Valves
15204-2
l
2.02 COMBINATION AIR VALVES
A. Combination Air Valve (single body, double orifice) allows large
volumes of air to escape out the larger diameter air vacuum orifice
when filling a pipeline and closes water tight when the liquid enters the
valve. During large orifice closure, the smaller diameter air release
orifice will open to allow small pockets of air to escape automatically
and independently of the large orifice.
The large air & vacuum orifice shall also allow large volumes of air to
enter through the orifice during pipeline drainage to break the vacuum.
The body inlet must be baffled to protect the lower float from direct
contact of the rushing air and water to prevent premature valve shut-
off. The top large orifice plug must be protected in similar manner for
the same purpose.
The Buna-N seat must be fastened to the valve cover without
distortion, for drop tight shut-off. The float shall be heavy stainless
steel, hermetically sealed, designed to withstand a minimum of 1000
psi (static). The top plug shall be center guided thru hex bushings for
positive shut-off.
Valve exterior to be painted Universal Primer for high resistanc€ to
corrosion.
The cross sectional area of the discharge orifice must be equal to the
cross sectional area of the valve inlet size.
Valve exterior shall be painted with Universal Primer Paint as accepted
by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water.
The inlet to the valve shall be provided with a gate valve to provide
positive closure between the pipeline and the valve.
All valves shall be designed for '175 psig working pressure.
B. All materials of construction shall be certified in writing to conform to
A.S.T.M. specifications as follows:
ASTM A126 Gr.B
ASTM A24O T3O4
ASTM 124
ASTM D4181
ASTM A126 Gr. B
Body, cover
Float*
Needle & Seat
Plug
Leverage Frame
[1- & 2-inch]
[3- & 4-inch]
Cast iron
Stainless steel
Bu na-N
Brass
Delrin
Cast iron
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
AirA/acuum Valves
15204-3
*Float design may vary on certain sizes.
C.. Manufacturers
Valve to be APCO Series 143C Combination Air Valve(1"), as
maunufactured by Valve & Primer Corporation, Schaumburg, lllinois,
U.S.A,
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section
15200 - Valves, General.
END OF SECTION
Rev 1212013
Cannon 120113
Air^/acuum Valves
152044
sEcTloN 15206
GATE VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall provide gate valves and appurtenances, complete
and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The requirements of Section 15200 - Valves, General apply to this
Section.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section SP-3: Submittals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Buried valves shall be of the inside screw, non-rising stem type.
2.02 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES
General: Resilient-seated gate valves are to be provided.
Construction: Resilienlseated gate valves shall conform to AW\A/A
C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Systems. The valves
shall be suitable for a design working water pressure of 200 psig, with
flanged, bell and spigot, or mechanical joint ends. The valve body,
bonnet, and disc shall be of cast iron or ductile iron and the disc or
body shall be rubber-coated. Body and bonnet wall thickness shall be
equal to or greater than the minimum wall thickness as listed in Table 1
of AVIAA/A C509. The stem, stem nuts, glands, and bushings shall be
bronze, with the stem seal per AW1/VA C509.
Protective Coating: Valves shall be factory coated in accordance with
Section 09902 - Protective Coating. The Contractor shall submit a test
report from a coating inspector that the coating is holiday-free. The
Contractor shall be aware that it may retain the services of a third party
coating applicator to achieve the holiday-free requirement.
A.
B.
c.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon '120113
Gate Valves
15206-'r
D. Manual Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, buried valves shall have
extension stems to 12-inch to 18-inch below grade, with square nuts,
and cast-iron or steel pipe extensions with valve boxes, covers, and
operating keys. Where so indicated, buried valves shall be in cast iron,
concrete, or similar valve boxes with covers of ample size to allow
operation of the valve actuators. Wrench-nuts shall comply with
A\M /A C 500 - Metal - Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service.
E. Manufacturers:
1 . Mueller Company
G. All valves in vaults shall be Non rising Stem (NRS) with a hand wheel
and shall have position indicators.
H. All valves for the project shall be resilient wedge gate valves. ln the
case of insufficient depth of cover the valves shall be installed
horizontally with Bevel Gearing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Gate valves shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 15200.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120113
Gate Valves
15206-2
sEcTtoN 15210
PUMP CONTROL VALVES
PART,I - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Deep Well Pump Control, Solenoid Actuated Back Pressure Control,
Pressure Relief Override Valve (Energized Solenoid opens Main Valve)
1.02 RELATED WORK
Section 15010 - Piping - General Provisions
Section 15200- Valves - General Provisions
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A-48, Gray lron Castings
B. ASTM 4-536, Ductile lron Castings
1.04 SUBMITTALS
Submit under provisions of 01300.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PUMP CONTROL VALVE
A. Function
The Deep Well Pump Control, Solenoid Actuated Back Pressure
Contro!, Pressure Relief Override Valve (Energized Solenoid
opens Main Valve) shall be installed in the location shown and be of
the size specified on the construction drawings. The valve operation
shall be completely automatic and controlled by a solenoid valve. With
the pump off, a solenoid valve will be energized and the Valve shall
open, allowing the discharge of air and the initial rush of water, sand,
and oil from the pump column to the blow-off piping system routed to
the drainage system. The Valve shall operate to flush and discharge
Well 21 water flows into the onsite catch basin for 20 to 30 minutes or
as instructed by the City. The Valve shall create and maintain a
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Pump ControlValve
15210-1
B.
maximum backpressure of 15 psi less than the field verified water
system pressure (approximately 75 psi). After 20-minutes the Valve
will be signaled to slowly close, thereby pressure will gradually
increase and the check valve on the discharge piping will slowly open
and well water will be supplied to the existing City water system. The
Valve shall also be equipped with a Pressure Relief override feature to
prevent the pump from introducing pressures into the City's water
system higher than the existing water system can maintain
(approximately 75 psi).The estimated the pump shut off head is
approximately 169 psi. The valve shall also be equipped with a check
feature, so as not to allow any water back into the water system or the
well.
The pressure relief control is a normally closed control and shall
respond to main valve inlet pressure changes. An increase in inlet
pressure will open the control and a decrease will close the control.
Main Valve
The valve shall operate both with a solenoid valve and with
hydraulically operated, single diaphragm-actuated, globe or angle
pattern. A resilient synthetic rubber disc shall have a rectangular
cross-section and shall be retained on three and one-half sides to
assure proper gripping under extreme hydraulic conditions.
The stainless steel valve stem shall be guided by two bearings located
in the cover and the power unit body.
The main valve shall consist of two distinct operating chambers that
are detachable and completely independent of the flow through the
main valve body.
Main Valve Body
The valve shall consist of four components: the body with seat
installed, the power unit body with center bearing, the cover with
bearings installed and the diaphragm assembly. The valve body,
power unit body, and cover shall be of cast material. Ductile lron is
standard, other materials shall be available. No fabrication or welding
shall be used in the manufacturing process. The diaphragm assembly
shall be the only moving part and shall form a seal between the two
operating chambers. Packing glands and/or stuffing boxes are not
permitted. There shall be no pistons operating the main valve or pilot
controls.
Pump ControlValve
15210-2
C.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
The valve shall contain a resilient, synthetic rubber disc, with a
rectangular cross-section contained on three and one-half sides by a
disc retainer and forming a tight seal against a single removable seat
insert. No O-ring type discs (circular, square, or quad type) shall be
permitted as the seating surface.
The disc guide shall be of the contoured type to permit smooth
transition of flow and shall hold the disc firmly in place. The disc
retainer shall be of a sturdy one-piece design capable of withstanding
line shocks due to abnormal pump stoppage. lt must have straight
edge sides. No hourglass-shaped disc retainers shall be permitted
and no V{ype disc guides shall be used.
The diaphragm assembly containing a non-magnetic stainless steel
stem of sufficient diameter to withstand high hydraulic pressures shall
be fully guided by two bearings; in the valve cover and the power unit
body. The stem shall be drilled and tapped in the cover end to receive
and affix such accessories as may be deemed necessary.
The flexible, non-wicking, FDA approved diaphragm shall consist of
nylon fabric bonded with synthetic rubber compatible with the operating
fluid. The center hole for the main valve stem must be sealed by the
vulcanized process or a rubber grommet sealing the center stem hole
from the operating pressure. The diaphragm must withstand a Mullins
Burst Test of a minimum of 600 psi per layer of nylon fabric and shall
be cycle tested 100,000 times to insure longevity. The diaphragm shall
be fully supported in the valve body and cover by machined surfaces
which support no less than one-half of the total surface area of the
diaphragm in the either the fully open or fully closed position.
The main valve seat, the power unit body, and the stem bearing in the
valve cover shall be removable. The cover bearing and seat in 6" and
smaller size valves shall be threaded into the cover and body. The
valve seat in 8-inch and larger size valves shall be retained by flat
head machine screws for ease of maintenance. To insure proper
alignment of the valve stem, the valve body and cover shall be
machined with a locating lip. No "pinned" covers to the valve body
shall be permitted. All necessary repairs and/or modifications other
than replacement of the main valve body shall be possible without
removing the valve from the pipeline. Components, including cast
material, shall be of North American manufacture.
The valve manufacturer shall warranty the valve to be free of free of
defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from
date of shipment provided the valve is installed and used in
Pump ControlValve
15210-3
D.
accordance with all applicable instructions. Electrical components
shall have a one-year warranty.
The valve manufacturer shall be able to supply a complete line of
equipment from 2-1l2-inch through 24-inch sizes and a complete
selection of complementary equipment. The valve manufacturer shall
also provide a computerized cavitation chart which shows flow rate,
differential pressure, percentage of valve opening, Cv factor, system
velocity, and if there will be cavitation damage.
Material Specification
Valve Size: 8-inch
Main Valve Body and Cover: Globe, Ductile lron, ASTM 4-536
Main Valve Trim: 316 Stainless Steel
End Detail: Flanged
Pressure Rating: 250 psi
Temperature Range:60-1 80 F
Rubber Material: Buna N
Coating: 12 Mil Fusion Bonded Epoxy
Pilot Control
The valve operation shall be controlled by an externally mounted, four-
way solenoid-operated pilot. The solenoid shall be designed to
operate on AC or DC current and have a manual operator installed.
Stainless steel piping pilot control lines and fittings shall be provided
including shut-off plug valves, strainers, and checks leaving the main
valve. Unions shall be provided for easy removal of all control
equipment without shutting off main flow.
Opening and closing speed controls, shut off valves, X43Y strainers
are to be provided.
The solenoid operated pilot valve shall be constructed of bronze,
containing not more than 57o zinc. Positioning of the pilot valve shall
be actuated by the solenoid through positive linkage. All orifices shall
be 5/32-inch in diameter or larger with a wiping action to insure against
clogging.
Solenoid
The solenoid shall be designed to operate on 120V, AC current, and
shall have a manual override lever with appropriate markings so that
Pump ControlValve
152104
E.
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
an operator can tell if the valve is in "Automatic" or "Open" position
without use of hand tools. The coil shall be accessible without
removing any water control lines. The solenoid shall be energized to
close.
G. Speed Control
Opening and closing speed shall be controlled by separate adjustable
flow control angle needle valves with brass body and stainless steel
trim. The stem shall be of stainless steel with a minimum diameter of
3/8-inch with 24 treads per inch and a slotted end for adjustment with a
screwdriver. The top or working end shall have a taper at least 5/16-
inch long to give accurate and minute adjustments to flow in one
direction and a circular disc, spring-loaded to give full flow in the
opposite direction, wiping the stem clean after every operation. The
stem shall have an O-ring packing independent ofthe lock nut. A
metal cap shall be furnished to protect the stem adjusting end and lock
nut.
H. Pilot Water Strainer
The valve shall have a pilot water strainer. The strainer shall be
designed to prevent passage of foreign particles larger than .015-
inches. The strainer shall be of the in-line basket self-cleaning type
strainer. The strainer shall be composed of a heavy mesh monel inner
screen covered with a fine mesh monel outer screen. These two
elements shall be securely soldered to a sturdy brass bar stock
housing. The outer screen shall be a 40 x 40 mesh screen with a .008-
inch wire. The strainer shall operate on a velocity principle utilizing a
circular airfoil section to make it self-cleaning. lmpingement of
particles shall be on the leading edge only. The low pressure area on
the downstream side of the screen shall prevent foreign particles from
clogging the screen. A scouring action shall also take place due to
eddy currents which should keep the screen area clean. The flowing
water within the main line will continuously scour and keep the screen
clean. Power water must enter inward through the screen into the
basket and then on in through the control piping. The strainer shall be
so placed in the line so that it is in the full flow of the main stream.
l. Material Specification for Pilot Control
Pressure Rating:
Trim:
Rubber Material:
Tubing and Fittings:
250 psi
316 STAINLESS STEEL
EPDM PEROXIDE CURED
316 STAINLESS STEEL
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Pump ControlValve
15210-5
Operating Fluids:
Solenoid Voltage:
POTABLE WATER
csM-11 120160 AC
Solenoid Enclosure Type: NEMA TYPE 3
Spring Range: 20 - 200 Psi
lnitial Pressure Relief Setting: 75 psi
Booster Pump Control Valves, Special Features, and Accessories
The booster pump control valves shall be designed to eliminate
starting and stopping surges on the discharge side of a pump, normally
operating at working water pressure, listed on the plans.
1. Limit Switch Assembly
A single pole, double throw, 15A, 120V AC limit switch shall be
mounted on the main valve. Limit switch assembly shall be
CLA-VAL X105 L. The limit switch shall close when valve is
10% closed.
2. Tubing and Fittings
All tubing and fittings shall be 316 stainless steel. Provide
insulating fittings for connections to copper tubing.
Manufacturer
The valve shall be CLA-VAL 61G-32BPYKC D/S 1501b two-way
solenoid energized to open 120V AC, Tubing, and fittings 316 stainless
steel.
The complete Valve unit shall be made from components certified as
suitable for contact with drinking water by an accredited certification
organization in accordance with NSF/ANSI 61, Drinking Water System
Components-Health Effects, including Annex G.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
lnstall per manufacturer's requirements.
3.02 VALVE STARTUP AND TESTING
The Contractor shall provide a testing and start-up plan and conduct all
tests as required to ensure that all provisions of the Specifications have
J.
K.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Pump Conkolvalve
15210-6
been made. The Contractor shall incorporate the manufacturer's specific
equipment data in the test procedures. The Contractor shall submit testing
and start-up plan for the valve 3o-days prior to testing and start-up.
A. Functional Test
1. Prior to station startup, all equipment described in this Section
shall be inspected for proper installation, and satisfactory
performance by means of a functional test.
B. Performance Test
1. The Contractor shall perform field tests on all completed valve
assemblies to demonstrate their conformance to the
Specifications. A test log shall be presented to the City
Representative upon the completion of each test that records
the following:
a. Flow, as measured by station instrumentation and/or
storage volumes.
b. valve pressure as measured by calibrated gauges,
converted to feet of water
3.03 WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall guarantee the installation and machinery
furnished to perform in accordance with the conditions specified above.
B. The Conkactor's warranty shall extend for one full year from the
Owner's acceptance of the job.
C. The Contractor will perform any and all repair service at his expense
including the costs of removing the motors and pumps and the
replacing of same.
D. Any repair work necessary will be accomplished promptly and speedily
so as not to jeopardize the public health.
E. The City shall be the sole judge as to what may be interpreted as an
unreasonable delay in making repairs during the one-year warranty
period.
F. Valve manufacturer shall warrant all equipment they provide for one
full year from the City's acceptance of the job.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Pump ControlValve
15210-7
3.04 FIELD SERVICE
A. One day of field service shall be provided by an authorized, factory
trained representative of the valve manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Pump ControlValve
't 5210-8
sEcTroN 15400
PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERALREQUIREMENTS
A. The contract documents shall apply in their entirety to the work specified
herein.
B. Submiftals: Submit shop drawings and manufacturer's data on each item
marked [S] in accordance with the section on submittals.
C. Maintenance and Operation Manuals: Provide manufacturer's maintenance
and operation manuals on each item marked [M/O] in accordance with the
section on maintenance and operation manuals.
D. Materials and lnstallation: Except where specifically noted, materials and
installation shall conform to applicable specification sections.
E. Code Compliance: Materials and installation shall comply with IAPMO
Uniform Plumbing Code and local codes unless modified by this
specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 P|PE AND F|TT|NGS [S]
A. General: Pipe and fittings for water and (soil, waste, vent and storm) lines
shall be as follows except sizes shall be as indicated. All pipe fittings shall
be long-radius type, except that fittings in vent piping may be short-radius.
B. Exposed Piping: Where piping is exposed to view, including in cabinets to
have chrome finish either as a sleeve or actual piping and fitting material.
C. Soil, Waste and Vent(Gravity) Piping:
1. All cast iron pipe and fittings shall comply with the standards of the
Cast lron Soil Pipe lnstitute. Each length of pipe shall be plainly
marked with the manufacturer's name and with the Cast lron Soil Pipe
lnstitute symbol.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Plumbing
15400-1
D
2. Buried Within Building Boundary and to a Point 5 feet Outside of
Building Boundary: Tyler Pipe lndustries, CISPI 301, service weight no
hub cast-iron soil pipe and cast iron fiftings with Clamp-All "Hi-Torq
120-inch or Anaco "Husky Series SD 4000" neoprene gaskets and
stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies or MG cast-iron clamps
with stainless-steel nuts, bolts and washers.
3. Buried from points S-feet outside of building boundary:
a. Extra strength J-M Manufacture polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and
rubber ring bell/plain end joints. Where other than bell/plain end
joints are required, use cast iron fittings with "ldeal" neoprene
gaskets and 3-inches wide corrugated 304 stainless steel shield
assemblies. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034-
SDR 35 (4-inches to 1S-inches). Rubber ring gaskets conform to
ASTM F477, Pacific Westem Extruded Plastics, "PWPipe Sewer
System" or equivalent.4. Above Ground: CISPI 301, service weight no hub cast-iron soil pipe
and cast iron fittings with "ldeal" neoprene gaskets and 3-inches wide
corrugated 304 stainless steel shield assemblies.5. Option - Above and Below Ground: Copper drainage tube (D\M/)
conforming to ASTM 8306 with cast bronze solder joints drainage
fittings (DWV) conforming to ANSI B16.23.
Water (Potable) Piping within Building Boundary:
1. Above Ground: ASTM 888 Type L hard drawn copper tubing with
wrought copper fittings; joints: 95-5 tin-antimony wire solder (lead
free).2. Above Ground, 2-inches to 8-inches: ASTM 888 Type L hard drawn
copper tubing with wrought copper fittings; joints: rolled grooved. Do
not use roll fittings and coupling intended for steel pipe.
Fiftings:
1. For above ground copper Pipe: Wrought copper, ANSI 816.22, solder
joint type, except as specified otherwise.a. Use copper to threaded IPS adapter at all threaded connections.b. Cast bronze solder joints fittings, ANSI 816.18, may be used
only in sizes that wrought copper are not manufactured.c. Use fittings with "fastening ears" for anchoring to structure at all
fixture locations.
Unions: On all piping 2-inches diameters, and smaller.
1 . For Copper Piping: Cast bronze, ground joint pattern, solder joints
connectlons, ASTM 862 and ANSI 816.18.
Plumbrng
15400-2
E
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
G. Flanges:
1. Provide on all piping 2-112-inches in diameter, and larger.
2. For Copper Piping: 150 lb., cast bronze, solder joint for copper piping,
threaded for brass piping, ASTM 862 and ANSI 816.24.3. Flange Gaskets: ANSI 816.21, red rubber, 1/16-inch thick.4. Bolting Materials: Carbon steel Heavy Hex bolts and nuts, ASTM
A307 - Type B.
2.02 VALVES ISI[M/O]
A. Manufacturers:
1 . Valves for similar service shall be of one manufacturer.2. Manufacturer's name and figure number specified are for type,
construction, quality, utility, and appearance required.3. Gate valves, globe valves and swing check valves constructed of
bronze or bronze trimmed shall be Hammond, Nibco, Milwaukee,
Stockham, or equivalent.4. Ball valves constructed of bronze shall be Apollo, Nibco, Hammond,
Worcester, or equivalent.
B. Types:
1 . Gate Valves:
2-inches and smaller: Bronze; rising stem; solid wedge discs; 200 psig
WOG; Nibco T-111 or S-111, Hammond 18640 or equivalent. Use
limited to shut off general water service, group of fixtures behind
access panels, congested areas and where valves are located near
ceiling and beams.2. Swing Check Valves:a. 2-inches and smaller: Bronze; Y-pattern; screwed cap; bronze or
Teflon disc; 200 psig WOG; Nibco T413-Y or S413-Y,
Hammond 18940 or equivalent.3. Ball Valves, 2-inches and smaller for general water shut off service
subject to the limitations under the gate valves: Bronze, threaded,
lever handle, Teflon seats and seals, full port, brass or bronze ball and
stem, 125 psig at 250 Degrees F, ball assembly shall be removable
without disconnecting valve from piping; Nibco T-595-Y or S-59S-y,
Worcester "Mise/', Hammond 8604 or 8614 or equivalent.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Plumbing
15400-3
2.03 PIPINGACCESSORIES
A. Strainers, Wye Type:
1. Provide each strainer with 20 mesh monel or stainless steel strainer
cylinder, and gasketed machined strainer cap. Provide with valved
(globe type) blow-out piping, same size as blow-out plug.
2. 2-inches and smaller: 400 psig WOG, cast iron or semi-steel body'
threaded ends; Armstrong A1SC, Keckley Style B, Watts 77S, or
equivalent.
B. Pressure Reducing Valves (PRV):
1. 3-inches and smaller: all bronze; extemal "Y" strainer with monel or
stainless steel screen; replaceable washer with replaceable monel or
stainless steel seat; nylon reinforced neoprene diaphragm;
Wilkins 500 YSBR Series, Watts 223-5, Zurn, or equivalent.
2.04 PLUMBTNG FIXTURES tsllM/Ol
A. Ptrap/Trap Arm Assemblies: Soil and Waste Systems: Chrome-plated, LA
pattern cast brass trap with cleanout plug and 17 gauge tubing arm,
McGuire Mfg., Cal Tubing or equivalent.
B. Backwater Valves:
1. Mainline Fullport Backwater Valve Model No. 4963485 or 4963 PVC.
2. Backwater valves larger than 4-inches shall be manufacturuered by
Plastic Trend Products.
3. All backwater valve shall be constructed in a traffic H-20 rated access
vault and cover.
2.05 PLUMBTNG ACCESSORIES [S]
A. Water Hammer Arrestors: Stainless steel bellows type or chamber/piston
type; PDI certified; Watts, Sioux Chief, Smith, Precision Plumbing Products
or equivalent.
B. Silicone Rubber Sealant: Dow-Corning 78415, General Electric SCS1702, or
equivalent.
C. Polymer Latex caulk: DAP "Kwik-Seal Tub and Tile Adhesive caulk" or
equivalent.
D. Cleanouts:
Rev 05/20'14
Cannon 120113
Plumbing
15400-4
Outside Surfaced Areas (COTG): Round cast iron access housing
with anchor flanges; cast iron cover; Smith 42535, Josam 58680,
Wade W-8300-MF, Zum ZN-1400-2, or equivalent.
Floor Finished (FCO): Cast iron ferrule; taper thread bronze plug;
nickel bronze round secured top; Smith 4O23PB, Josam 58120,
Wade W-7030, or equivalent.
Wall, Unfinished and Accessible Space (WCO): Cast iron ferrule;
taper thread bronze plug; Smith 21420, Josam 58500-22,
Wade W-8550-D, Zum Z-1440, or equivalent; vandal-proof screws.
2.06 WATER HEATER, ELECTR|C, TNSTANTANEOUS TypE ISI tM/Ol
A. UL listed instantaneous type complete with flow control device, replaceable
cartridge insert element and 3/8-inch compression connection;
CHRONOMITE 5301, EEMAX SP3, CEC, or equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Piping: lnstall all water and soil, waste, vent and storm piping above and
below ground within building area and outside approximately five feet
beyond exterior building walls to points of connection with service lines
specified under other sections. Provide dielectric fittings for dissimilar metals
in contact. lnstall piping in accordance with details and notes indicated.
B. Excavating and Backfilling: Coordinate provision of utility warning and
identification tape with backfill operation. For all non-metallic buried piping
provide detectable identification tape or tracer wire terminated in yard box
with cover marked "Detectable Tape" or "Tracer Wire".
C. Measurements: Determine and establish measurements for piping at the job
site and accurately cut pipe and tubing lengths accordingly. Where possible,
use full pipe and tubing lengths. Random lengths joined by couplings will
not be accepted.
D. Cleaning: Thoroughly clean interior of all water piping before joining by
blowing clear with compressed air. Maintain cleanliness of piping
throughout installation. Provide caps or plugs on ends of cleaned piping as
necessary to maintain cleanliness.
E. Locating: Piping layout as shown is diagrammatic indicating only the
general arrangement which the piping installation shall follow. Locate piping
so as to avoid interference with building structural members, equipment, and
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120'113
Plumbing
15400-5
1.
3.
F.
t.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
G.
H
building openings, and so that access is provided for operation, service,
disconnection, removal, and replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment.
Within building, conceal all piping in walls and above ceiling except where
specifically indicated to remain exposed. Provide separate trenches for
water and sewer lines and do not cross-connect or interconnect water and
sewer piping.
Hangers and Supports: Provide hangers and supports for piping in
accordance with recommendations of MSS SP-69. For aboveground no hub
casliron soil pipe, comply with CISPI Pamphlet No. 100. ln addition,
provide seismic restraints in accordance with Section 15240, Noise,
Vibration, and Seismic Control. lnstall hangers and supports so that thermal
expansion and contraction of piping will occur in the directions desired and
so as to permit adjustment after installation while supporting the load. Use
wall brackets for supporting piping adjacent to walls or other vertical
surfaces. Use bolted steel clamps for supporting vertical lines. Place
supports as near as possible to concentrated loads and when practicable,
immediately adjacent to changes in direction. Support horizontal piping so
as to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals, and prevent sagging in
excess of 0.1-inch.
Wood Construction: Where piping penetrating wood studs, joists and other
wood members, such members shall be reinforced by steel straps of Kees
"Protecta-Plate" or equivalent.
Soldered and Brazed Joints: Solder all joints 2-1l2-inches and smaller, and
braze joint 3-inches and larger on copper lines. Cut tubing ends square and
remove all fins and burrs, do not use dented or otherwise damaged
tubing. Clean outside of tubing ends and recessed area inside of fittings by
burnishing until all dirt, oxide and other foreign substances are
removed. Use either fine crocus cloth or a wire fitting brush made especially
for this type of work. Apply a light coating of flux to burnished tubing and
fitting joint surfaces, then insert tubing to full depth of fitting and braze or
solder, as applicable. Maintain joint brazing or soldering temperature until
brazing alloy or solder metal has penetrated full depth of fittings and has
expelled all flux. Before making joints to valves, remove stems and
washers.
Threaded Joints: Use pipe with factory-cut pipe threads where possible,
otherwise cut pipe ends square, remove fins and burrs, and cut taper pipe
threads perANS| 81.20.1. Threads shall be smooth, clean, and full cut.
Apply thread tape or tread sealing compound to male threads only. Work
piping into place without springing or forcing and engage threads so that not
more than three threads remain exposed. Backing off to permit alignment of
threaded joints will not be permitted.
Plumbing
15400-6
J.
K.
M.
N.
o.
P.
Grooved piping systems: Roll copper tubing and installation of grooved
fittings and coupling in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Tools for roll grooving to be of the same manufacturer as the fittings and
couplings.
Flanged Joints: Use flanged joints for making piping connections to flanged
valves, fixtures, and equipment, and to other flanged piping components.
lnstall joints so that flange faces bear uniformly on gaskets. Engage bolts so
that there is a complete threading through the nuts and tighten so those
bolts are uniformly stressed (equally torque).
No Hub Joints: lnstall clamp assemblies with bolts alternately and
incrementally tightened to manufacturer's recommended torque. Use a
single set-point torque wrench manufactured specifically for this
purpose. The use of screwdrivers or other types of wrenches will not be
permitted. After a period of at least 24-hours, re-torque each bolt.
Unions and Fittings: Use unions to provide for disconnection of valves,
fixtures and equipment for which a means of disconnection is not otheMise
provided. Provide dielectric fittings for all copper-to-ferrous metal piping and
equipment connections. Provide reducing fittings for all changes in pipe
size. Bushings will not be accepted. Use fittings for all changes in direction
of piping.
Valves: Provide valves at the locations indicated and as follows:
1 . Valve with hose connection on downstream side of the main shut-off
valve.2. Shut-off valve on each supply to each fixture and equipment item not
provided with control stop or other auxiliary shut-off valve.
3. lnstall shut-off valves so that stems either are vertical with hand-
wheels or operators on top or are horizontal and so those valves are
easily accessible for operation, service, removal and replacement.
Cleanouts: lnstall cleanouts at all changes in direction of piping and where
indicated. Within building, distances between cleanouts shall not exceed
S0-feet for pipe up to 4-inches and 1OO-feet for larger sizes. Cleanouts shall
be full line size.
Sleeves and Block-Outs: Provide sleeves or block-outs for all pipe and
tubing passing through floors, roofs, walls, and partitions of either concrete
or masonry construction. Sleeves or block-outs are not required for floor
slabs on grade. After piping has been installed, pack oakum into the space
Plumbing
15400-7
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
around the pipe or tubing within the sleeve and seal both ends with
insulating cement.
O. Embedment in Concrete and Masonry Structural Elements: Where it is not
practical to provide sleeves or block-outs, wrap piping that comes in contract
with concrete and masonry with compressible styrene for a total thickness of
3/16-inch to 1/4-inch all around. Joints in piping are prohibited within the
area of embedment.
R. Escutcheons: Provide escutcheons for all un-insulated pipe and tubing
passing through floors, walls, and ceilings.
S. Soil, Waste and Vent: Do not install cleanouts in the ceiling. Where
possible, group and join vent risers together with one enlarged vent through
roof. Terminate all vents through roof with vandal-proof hoods. Termination
of vents through roof indicated is tentative; verify, coordinate, and offset as
necessary for final locations to keep at least 10-feet away from outside air
intakes, operable windows, and the like.
Unless otheruvise noted, uniformly grade soil/waste piping not less than
1|4-inch per foot. Terminate underground sewer stub-outs with full Y
cleanout at within 6-inches of grade, and locate in a pre-cast concrete box
with a cast iron lid marked "Sewer." lnstall box flush with grade.
T. Domestic Water Piping:
1. Provide each plumbing fixture with an individual stop or compression
valve of polished chrome-plated loose key type. Fit all concealed
supplies to fixtures inside building with long neck built-in compression
stops with flange for required wall thickness with exposed part
chrome-plated. Where fixture trim is specified with integral built-in
stops, individual stops will not be required.
3.02 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. lnstallation: lnstall fixtures where indicated with types of mounting noted in
the fixture schedule or as here in before specified. Verify installation height
of all plumbing fixtures; see Architectural Drawings.
B. Floor Outlets: Secure floor outlet of floor-mounted fixtures to drainage
connections and floor in a rigid manner.
C. Fixtures Support - Wall Plate: Rigidly support by means of metal supporting
members so that no stress is transmitted to the connections. Metal supports
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Plumbing
15400-8
members to be 1/4-inch x 4-inches steel plate fastened to a minimum of
three studs. Drill and tap plate to receive the fixture hanger bolts.
D. Bolts: Use chromium-plated brass bolts, nuts and washers where exposed,
othenrrise use brass or bronze bolts, nuts and washers.
E. Connections: Use new one-piece specially molded gaskets for connections
between earthenware fixtures and soil pipe flanges. Connections shall be
made gas{ight and watertight. Use of bulk material, including putty and
plastics, for gaskets will not be permitted.
F. Traps and Piping: All fixtures not specified to be provided with integral kaps
shall be provided with separate traps having cleanouts. Do not install
fixtures until all drainage and vent piping has been subjected to the water
test specified.
G. Plumbing Fixtures for Physically Handicapped: As per all applicable Codes
and Standards. lnsulate hot water supplies and drain assemblies under
lavatories.
3.03 PLUMBING ACCESSORIES
A. Polymer Latex caulking. Color of caulking to match the color of the fixture.
B. Fill cracks between fixtures and finished walllfloor with Sealing with silicone
rubber sealant between outdoor piping and equipment or unfinished surface.
C. Water Hammer Arrestors (WHA):
1. Locate and size in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage lnstitute
Standard No. WH-201.
2. lnstall on both hot and cold water lines in accessible locations.
3. lnstall in upright position behind access panel where indicated and at
all quick closing valves and solenoid valves.
4. Provide access panels for all water hammer anestors installed in
concealed areas.
D. Floor Sinks (FS) and Floor Drains (FD): Unless otherwise indicated, install
flush with finish floor.
E. Cleanouts:
1. Finished Floor (FCO): lnstall flush with floor.
2. Outside Surface Areas (COTG): lnstall flush with surface.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Plumbing
15400-9
3.04 WATER SYSTEM STERTLTZATTON [S]
A. Before placing new cold and hot domestic water piping and equipment
thoroughly flush out all affected systems of foreign material. Then slowly fill
the systems with a solution containing not less than 50 parts per million
(ppm) of liquid chlorine. During the filling process, open valves, faucets and
the like several times to aid sterilization of the complete system. Allow the
solution to remain in the systems for a period of not less lhan 24-
hours. After this period and if the residual chlorine is not less than 10 ppm,
drain out the system. lf the residual chlorine is less than 10 ppm, repeat the
entire procedure as many times as required to obtain a successful
sterilization. After successful sterilization, flush with clean water until
chlorine content is not greater than 0.1 ppm.
B. Obtain sealed bottles from an approved testing laboratory and take from the
cold water and hot water systems at least one sample from the end or last
fixture on each of the horizontal piping runs. Take samples of representative
locations as directed. Obtain bacterial analysis from an approved testing
laboratory, and submit certificates of it. Repeat sterilization if water samples
obtained are not satisfactory.
C. All tests and procedures to conform to A\M/VA Standard C651-86.
3.05 SYSTEMADJUSTMENTS:
A. Pressure Reducing Valve - Building: Set valves for 65 psig unless otheMise
specified or noted on the drawings.
3.06 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide the following items as prerequisite to the issuance of certificate for
final payment and formal acceptance of the project:
1 . Record Drawings.2. Maintenance and Operation Manuals.3. Water System Sterilization Certificates.
END OF SECTION
Rev 05/2014
Cannon '120113
Plumbrng
15400-10
sEcTroN 15430
EMERGENCY EYEWASH/SHOWER UNIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes: Emergency shower and eyewash.
B. lnclusion of a specific manufacturer's name in the Specifications does
not mean that the specific manufacturer's standard product will be
acceptable. Specified manufacturer's or other manufacturer's standard
product shall be modified as required to meet the specifications.
C. RelatedSections/StandardDrawing:
1 . Standard Drawing 15430-A - Emergency Shower & Eyewash
found herein
1,02 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI):
1.2358.1 - Emergency Eyewash And Shower Equipment.
2.2535.1 - Safety Color Code.
B. NIOSH Schedule 13F.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings.
B. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's product literature information for products
specified.
2. Manufacturer's lnstallation lnstructions.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data.
D. Warranty.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Show evidence that the firm has been
engaged in producing such materials and products for at least S-years
Rev 0712013
Cannon 120113
Emergency Eyewash/Shower Unit
'!5430-1
and that the product submitted has a satisfactory performance record
of at least S-years.
B. lnstaller Qualifications: lnstaller shall have 3-years' experience in
installing these materials for similar projects and shall be approved by
the manufacturer prior to bidding of the project.
C. RegulatoryRequirements:
1. As applicable, equipment of this Section shall comply with
requirements of public agencies of the state where the project is
located including OSHA, Cal-OSHA, Underwriters Laboratories,
NFPA, and ASME.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver to the job site in manufacturer's original
containers.
B. Delivery: After wet operations in building are completed.
C. Storage and Protection: Store materials in original, unopened
containers in compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
D. Keep materials dry until ready for use. Keep packages of material off
the ground, under cover, and away from sweating walls and other
damp surfaces.
E. Protect finished surfaces from soiling and damage during handling and
installation. Keep covered with a protective covering.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 EMERGENCY SHOWERS AND EYE WASHES
A. General Design Requirements:
1. Combination Unit Emergency Shower with Eyewash or
Eye/Face Wash:
a. Floor mounted fixture consisting of pipe standard, shower
head assembly, and eyewash assembly.
b. Provide stanchion and floor flange, with interconnecting
piping.
2. Shower Head Flow: 20.0 GPM.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon '120113
Emergency Eyewash/Shower Unit
15430-2
B.
3. Eyewash or Eye/Face Wash Flow: 1.2 GPM flow, minimum.4. Provide with manufacturer's standard corrosive resistive coating
for steel pipe standards.5. Meet or exceed all requirements of ANSI 2358.1.
6. Provide ANSI compliant identification sign and markings.
7. Provide dielectric coupling/bushing between dissimilar metals.
Stainless Steel Combination Unit Emergency Shower and Eye/Face
Wash:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following, no equal:
a. HAWS, Model No.8330.
b. Guardian Equipment, Model No. G1996.
c. Bradley, Model No. 519-310SSJP.2. Pipe Standard: 1-1l4-inch stainless steel pipe (304SS) and
fittings, with stainless steel rod providing additional support
overhead; 5-inch diameter floor flange.
3. Shower Head:
a. Material and Size: Stainless steel (304SS), 10-inch
diameter, or greater.
b. Valve and Actuator: Stay open Type 316 stainless steel
ball valve actuated by rigid stainless steel pull rod.
4. Eye/Face Wash:
a. Valve and Actuator: Stay open Type 316 stainless steel
ball valve with stainless steel ball operated by stainless
steel push handle and foot treadle.
b. Heads: Stainless steel (304SS) soft-flow eye/face wash
type heads, with integral flip top protective dust covers
releasing with water pressure.
5. Receptor Bowl: Stainless steel (304SS).
6. ln-Line Strainer: Stainless steel strainer for eye/face wash.
Safety Shower Tester:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
a. Haws, No.9010.
b. Fisher Scientific, No. 14-294-8.
2. Kit includes: S-gallon plastic bucket, 7-foot long watertight 12-
gallon translucent vinyl plastic bag for attaching over drench
shower head, and testing record card. Bag shall have
drawstring at top and be hemmed at bottom.
Safety Shower Tepid Water Supply System:
Emergency Eyewash/Shower Unit
15430-3
C.
c.
Rev 0712013
Cannon 120113
1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
a. Haws.2. GeneralRequirements:a. Provide one Tepid Water System for each safety shower
unit or group of safety shower units mounted within 100-
feet of each other.b. Tepid Water System to provide 20 gpm of water for a
period of at least 1s-minutes at a delivery temperature of
80 to 85 degrees Fahrenheit.
D. Flow Switch:
1. Provide N.O. contact for remote indication when eye wash
station is in use as indicated on the Drawings.2. Switch shall be as specified in Section 13422C.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall products in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations.
B. lnstall fixed equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Plumbing and mechanical work shall be in accordance with Section
15050.
D. Electrical connections and distribution shall be in accordance with
Section 16050.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Repair or replace defective equipment with new.
Rev. 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Emergency Eyewash/Shower Unit
154304
!I'. frAIER 9UPPIY
STrrY OPEN B,lLt
vnt\rt w,Fu(
BAI{O.E oPCR^IOR
S{jII A
IEST IAO
Ar-r^*
AA
EYEW ST{
UYrcOVER
CHAIN
--loclCE[r
/ slirennE
Fff atFcRrorPs
aru'.()_
FETPEDTT .
STRAN€R
^SSETALY
r 1rf o{tchAFG€
ro FLomut€sa
ortlEfamtEi(,lc rE)
o0r rtG oRrfrNos
nOOR. $,.GRE ltorclrEo or{ illruD{Cs l$l
oR r.wlGFErf)rc rE)olm inEsa
t€rEs: t DrSrAl9E.3g116lrl0lETrcElOSS.afe,Cf.rg AA
FOR t#R. t.rrEElrg raOr,lSEE sP€q SECnOr Ert ln
2, r6urrE *FOAtYs,(fEn r EYEX tt rrrTB TCAIE CUI$E 9€n sP€C
3 3 ?FIOS' PI'IIE M AOJACE?{T WALL ON PROVIOE APFFOi/EO EEE-STA{OIE
NPEsIfFfiTS
VERNOilI WELL 21
EMERGENCY SHOWER & EYEWASH
Standard Drawing 1 5430-A
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Emergency Eyewash/Shower Unit
1 5430-5
\,ALTG YTPTJSH
HlnDlEoFl/rroR
sEcTtoN 16010
GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work lncluded:
Materials, installation, testing, start-up and training of the electrical
system complete with Switchboard/MCC, Transfer Switch, SCADA
Panel, and all equipment specified and shown on the Contract
Drawings.
B. Related Work:
1. Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures
1.02 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS
A. Regulatory Agencies: lnstallation, materials, equipment and
workmanship shall conform to the latest provisions of the following
agencies:
1. National Fire Protection Association Standard 70 - National
Electrical Code.2. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).3. Uniform Building Code (UBC).4. Local authorities having lawful jurisdiction pertaining to the work
required.5. California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Par'.3,
California Electrical Code.
B. Underwriters' Laboratories, lnc. (UL): Materials, appliances, equipment
and devices shall conform to the applicable UL standards.
C. Standards: Where referenced in these Specifications or on the
Drawings, the publications and standards of the following organizations
appty:
1. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM).2. National Electrical ManufacturersAssociation (NEMA).3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).4. American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI).
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
General Electrical
16010-1
5. lnstitute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).
6. lnsulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA).
7. lnternational Electrical Testing Association, lnc. - Acceptance
Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems (NETA ATS).
1.03 UTILITY COMPANY COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall coordinate and perform all work required for
service by Vernon Light and Power. Application for service paperwork
has been initiated by Owner. Make any service and installation
agreements that the utility company may require.
B. Furnish and install electric service entrance equipment in accordance
with the serving utility's requirements. Coordinate with the serving
utility to ensure timely connection by the utility. Obtain utility company
approval of service entrance and metering equipment shop drawings
prior to starting fabrication.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate submittals with the work so that the
project will not be delayed. No extension of time will be allowed
because of failure to properly schedule submittals.
B. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 - Submittal
Procedures.
C. Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with
Section 01700.
D. Submit shop drawings for all equipment and materials within 30-days
after contract drawings aPProved.
E. Submit shop drawings by Specification section, unless listed otherwise.
Separate sub-sections by either tab dividers or separately bound
booklets. Each section submittal shall be complete, with shop drawings
provided for all components. Partial shop drawings for specification
sections shall be rejected.
F. Shop drawings returned to the contractor with a "Revise as Noted and
Resubmit" status shall be resubmitted within 1S-days.
G. Submit shop drawings for review at least 20-days before reviewed
drawings will be required for commencing the work
Rev. 1 1/2013
Cannon 120113
General Eleclrical
16010-2
H.The following submittals should be assembled and delivered in
separate binders:
1 . Utility Structures2. Switchboard/MCC including VFD3. Transfer Switch4. SCADA Panel5. Conduits, Pull Boxes, Handholes, Cable and Wiring Devices6. Electrical Miscellaneous Components - ground equipment,
lights, poles, etc.7. lnstruments
Each submittal shall be bound in a three-ring binder, which is sized
such that when all material is inserted, the binder is not over 3/4-full.
Binder construction shall allow easy removal of any page without
complete manual disassembly. Spiral-ring type binders are not
acceptable.
1. Each binder shall be appropriately labeled on the outside spine
and front cover with the project name, contract number,
equipment supplier's name, specification section(s), and major
material contained therein.2. An index shall be provided at the inside of the front cover. This
index shall itemize the contents of each tab and sub tab section.
Also list the project name, contract number and equipments
supplier's name, address and phone number on the index page.3. Field equipment shop documents, panel equipment shop
documents, drawings, and bill of materials shall be grouped
under separate tabs. Shop documents shall be ordered in the
same sequence as their corresponding Contract specification
subsection. Failure to mark applicable products and to cross
out non-applicable products shall cause rejection of the entire
submiftal.4. Data summary sheets shall be provided to sub tab all shop
documents for each individual piece of equipment. Data
summary sheets shall be on blue paper.
The data summary sheets shall have the following information:a. Product identification; name used herein and on the
Contract Drawings.b. The manufacturer's model number, part number or other
designation. This shall include the specific numbers of all
options.c. Tag number per the Drawings.
General Electrical
16010-3
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
J. Do not commence any work until the required submittals are approved
by Engineer according to Section 01330: Submittals.
1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals. The manuals shall
describe the equipment and meet all the requirements in the Special
Provisions and include the following:
1. Operating instructions and start-up procedures including
receiving and installation requirements.
2. Maintenance instructions listing preventive and corrective
maintenance procedures. Corrective maintenance proced ures
shall identify the most probable failures and the appropriate
repairs. Test measurement levels shall be referenced to specific
test points on the installed equipment.3. Spare parts data shall be furnished for each item of material and
equipment specified. The data shall include a complete list of
parts and supplies, with current unit prices and source of supply.
A list and itemized price breakdown of spare parts
recommended for stocking shall be furnished. The parts
selected shall be those, in the manufacturer's judgment, will be
involved in the majority of maintenance difficulties encountered.
4. A table listing the tag number, manufacturer and manufacturer's
model number shall be provided to summarize the Bill of
Material.
5. Control schematics, ladder diagrams and interconnection
d rawings.6. Legal PLC and HMI software and programming cables.
7. PLC and HMI programs with PDF copies on a CD.
8. Catalog cuts and technical manuals for all components of the
system.9. Originals of all guarantees and warranties issued for the various
items of equipment, showing all dates of expiration.
10. Originals of all factory and field test results.
11. Final As-Builts of all shop drawings, incorporating manufacturing
and field changes. All drawings will be by 11-inches x17-inches
sheet size and also electronic format, AutoCAD on CD.
12. For items referenced under AutoCAD Record Drawings included
in this Specification, provide a CD with files as required in
"AutoCAD Record Drawings."13. All catalog cut information, warranties, testing results and
technical manuals shall be provided on CD in PDF format, in
addition to hardcopy.
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
General Electrical
16010-4
14. Operation and maintenance manuals to be delivered and
approved prior to final approval and project completion.
1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. During progress of job, keep upto-date one set of electrical drawings
stamped with "As-Built". Dimension from the following readily obtained
base lines:
'l . Exact location, type and function of concealed control
equipment and devices.2. Exact elevation and locations and size of underground conduits.3. Show the dimensions, location and routing of electrical work
which will become concealed.
B. Maintain As-Built drawings weekly in conjunction with the actual
progress of installation. Accurate progress drawings shall be available
on site for examination by the Owner's representative.
C. At completion of the project, deliver As-Built drawings to the Owner's
representative.
D. The Contractor shall guarantee the accuracy of the As-Built record
drawings, and the AutoCAD record drawings for a period of one year
after the Owner has accepted the project. During this time, the
Contractor shall bear all costs associated with correcting deficiencies
and inaccuracies of these Drawings. During this time, the Contractor
shall also bear all costs necessary to field investigate any deficiencies,
or inaccuracies and field trace wires if required by Project Engineer.
1.07 AUTOCAD RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Provide two identical copies of the record drawings CD using AutoCAD
drafting software.
B. These drawings shall include information as described. The drawings
shall reference wire numbers, wire colors, terminal block numbers and
also tag names coded for all cables, conduits, wireways and all
components and equipment. Methodology for assigning tag numbers
for components and equipment shall be based on ANSI Standard
5.1-'1984.
C. The Contractor shall resubmit two identical copies of the entire
AutoCAD drawing files for each revision necessitated.
Rev 11/2013
Cannon 120113
General Elecirical
16010-5
D. Provide AutoCAD record drawings for the following:
1. Electrical Record Drawings, including schematic, and
interconnect drawings with wire labels.2. PowerDistribution including Switchboard/MCC.
3. Conduit and Cable Routing Drawings, including labels.
4. P&lDDrawings.5. SCADA Panel wiring schematics and panel layout and Bill of
Materials.
1.08 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS NOTIFICATION
A. Provide written notification to Engineer one week prior to the start of
the following construction events. Acceptable delivery methods for this
notification shall include hand delivery at the weekly construction
meeting, or by mail or by fax.
1. lnstallation of underground work. Obtain lnspector's approval
prior to backfill. The lnspector may direct uncovering of any
work not so aPProved.
2. lnstallation of Switchboard/MCC, SCADA Panel.
3. Start of wire Pulling.4. Connection of PumPs.5. Scheduled start date for field test, startup and training.
1.09 ELECTRICALSUPERVISION
A. Provide the electrician supervisor services at the job site for the man-
days and requirements listed below, travel time excluded, at no extra
cost to the Owner:
1. Three mandays to assist the Owner's Representative in the
start up and verification of system operation.
2. Additional time as required to attend construction meetings
when either:a. Electrical submittals are being reviewed
b. Electrical work, testing' or startup is being done'
3. Additional time as required to maintain and update the field copy
of the As-Built drawings at least on a weekly basis when
electrical work is being done. Each weekly update to the
As-Built drawings shall be completed prior to the weekly
construction meeting.
Rev 1'l12013
Cannon 1201'13
General Eleclncal
160't06
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
F.
Similar materials and equipment shall be the product of a single
manufacturer.
Provide and install equipment and materials shown on the Drawings
and as specified unless noted as "Not in Contract", "Future" or as
"Existing to Remain". Provide only products which are new,
undamaged and in the original cartons or containers.
Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of
manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such material
and shall be the manufacturer's current design.
Materials and equipment shall be suitable for storage, installation and
operation in an ambient of 0'C to 40oC except where more stringent
conditions are stated in individual equipment specifications.
Factory finished electrical equipment, wireways and panels with
manufacturer's standard primer and enamel topcoats, unless stated
othenarise in the individual equipment specifications. Provide 1-pint of
the equipment manufacturer's touch-up paint.
Concrete housekeeping pads are required for the Electric Equipment
lineup. Housekeeping pads shall be 3-inches above finished grade, 6-
inches longer on sides and 3-inches in front, than the supported
equipment, unless othenarise shown on drawings.
2.02 TESTING LABORATORY APPROVALS
A. Electrical materials and equipment shall be listed, certified or found
acceptable by a recognized testing laboratory. Results of tests and
inspections by the testing laboratory shall be submitted for review and
approval to the local authorities having jurisdiction upon request. In
testing the equipment, the following shall be considered:
1. Suitability for installation and use in conformity with the
provisions of the NEC.2. Mechanical strength and durability, including, for parts designed
to enclose and protect other equipment, the adequacy of the
protection thus provided.
Wire bending and connection space.
Electrical insulation.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
3.
4.
Rev 1112013
Cannon 120113
General Electrical
16010-7
5. Heating effects under normal conditions of use and also under
abnormal conditions likely to arise in service.
Arcing effects.
Classification by type, size, voltage, current capacity and
specific use.8. Other factors which contribute to the practical safeguarding of
persons using or likely to come in contact with the equipment.
Recognized testing laboratories are as follows:
Underuvriters Laboratories, lnc. (UL).
Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL).
Other testing laboratories will be acceptable if approved in
writing by the local authorities having lawful jurisdiction.
C.Provide the testing laboratory label on equipment material and devices.
2.03 WARRANW
Equipment materials and installation shall be guaranteed for a period
of one year after the date of final acceptance of the work by the Owner.
Repair or remove and replace any and all work that is found to be
defective in workmanship and/or materials within said one year
periods, without expense whatsoever to the Owner.
Respond to repairs within 48-hours after notice from the Owner.
Warranties, Guarantees, Certificates, etc: Shall be furnished for all
equipment and materials under this Division, and shall be properly
filled out as of date of acceptance and delivered to the Owner.
The Owner reserves the right to perform maintenance with their own
staff, as necessary to meet Owner operational requirements, without
voiding warranties.
2.04 NAMEPLATES
A. Nameplates shall be fabricated from black-letter, white-face laminated
plastic phenolic engraving stock, Formica type ES-1, or equal. Each
shall be fastened securely using fasteners of stainless steel screws,
screwed into inserts or tapped holes as required, or aftached by
adhesive cement glue. Engraved characters shall be block style with no
characters smaller than 1/8-inch high. All electrical equipment shall have
a nameplate aftached. This applies to exterior conduits, pullboxes,
splice boxes, manholes, MCCS, control panels, transformers, switches,
B.
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
B.
C.
D.
Rev l112013
Cannon 120113
General Elec{rical
16010-8
etc. Exterior conduits shall have phenolic tags adhesive epoxied to the
interior of manholes. lnterior conduits shall have stainless steel
stamped tags with stainless steel tie wire. Every conduit shall be
labeled, both ends.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Terminate wires and cables at the proper termination point per the
manufacturer's recommendations. The Drawings indicate connections
for typical equipment only. lf the equipment or connections are different
from what is shown, provide the modifications necessary for a safe and
properly operating installation in accordance with the equipment
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. The Drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and
arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment and other items.
Verify field conditions to determine exact location based on physical
size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations and
obstructions.
C. Work or equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for
the complete and proper operation of the Electrical systems shall be
accomplished without additional cost or delays to the Owner.
3.02 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Demonstration of the functionality of the systems shall not be
construed as acceptability of the complete system. Acceptance will
only be made on satisfactory demonstration of the functionality of the
system as a whole.
B. lf, in the opinion of the Engineer, test results show improper
adjustment, operation, or performance of any equipment, the
Contractor shall remedy the situation at no additional cost.
END OF SECTION
Rev '1112013
Cannon 120113
General Elecirical
16010-9
sEcTroN 16012
SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work lncluded:
1. Seismic restraint devices for electrical equipment.
B. Related Work:
1. When it applies, this section is referenced in other sections of
the specifications.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 16010.
B. Submit seismic anchoring calculations with equipment submittals.
Calculations shall be performed and stamped by a licensed structural
engineer registered in the State of California for all floor-mounted
equipment weighing over SO0-pounds and all wall hung equipment.
C. Submit equipment anchoring methods. lnclude anchoring locations,
anchor types and minimum anchor embedment depths.
PART 2 _ MATERIALS
2.01 SEISMIC RATING, ANCHORING AND RESTRAINTS
A. All electrical equipment shall be rated for Seismic Zone 4.
B. Equipment Anchors: Securely anchor electrical equipment. Anchoring
shall have the capability of withstanding seismic forces per the 2007
California Code of Regulations, Tille 24, Part 2, Section 2312, Seismic
Zone 4, with Cp = 1.0 and I = 1.5. Cp may be two-thirds of the value
specified for components mounted on foundations at grade or on floor
slabs on earth grade. Provide horizontal bracing per seismic
calculations.
Rev 07i2013
Cannon 120113
Seismic
16012- 1
c.Raceway Supports:
1.Seismically support raceways (conduit, cable tray, busway, etc.)
2.S-inches inside diameter and larger and suspended 12 inches
or more from the top ofthe raceway to the bottom ofthe support
for the hanger. Raceway supports shall have the capability of
withstanding seismic forces per the 2007 California Code of
Regulations, Tille 24, Part 2, Section 2312, Seismic Zone 4,
with Cp = 0.75 and I = 1.5.
Seismically supported raceway systems shall be approved by
the California Office of Statewide Health Planning and
Development. Provide Kin-Line seismic bracing system, Midland
Ross Superstrut seismic restraint system or equivalent. lnstall
per manufacturer's requirements.
PART 3 - EXEGUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT AND RACEWAYS
A. lnstall equipment anchors and raceway supports in accordance with
the final shop drawings and manufacturer's recommendations.
Properly torque all bolts to the required values.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
2.
Seismic
16012- 2
sEcTtoN 16030
ELECTRICAL TESTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
This section specifies the work necessary to test, commission and
demonstrate that the electrical work satisfies the criteria of this
specification and functions as required by the Contract Documents.
The work of this Section includes furnishing the labor, equipment, and
power required to support the testing of equipment specified in other
sections of the specification. Electrical testing specified in Division 16
and functional testing of all power and controls shall be completed
before commencement of start-up. This scope of work may require the
Contractor to activate circuits, shutdown circuits, and run equipment,
make electrical measurements, replace blown fuses, install temporary
jumpers, etc.
Contractor is responsible for all work, equipment damage, power
interruptions and schedule delays caused by the testing agency.
Eleclrical Tests
16030-1
c.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Results of all testing shall be submitted prior to final project
acceptance, per Specification 01300. Six copies are required to be
included as part of final Operations and Maintenance Manuals.
Submittal shall describe test conditions, weather including temperature
and humidity, test date, plant flows, duration of test, test equipment,
tested equipment, testing technician, "as found" and "as-|eft" results,
expected results, actual results, pass/fail status based on listed testing
standards and a registered Professional Engineers stamp and
signature; registered in Electrical Engineering in the State of California'
Deficiencies and non-compliant test results found during acceptance
testing shall be identified in the test report and cover letter. The
Testing Firm shall certify in the final test report that all deficiencies and
non-compliant test results listed have been "corrected" and shall
include a description of the resolution for each problem listed The
Contractor shall bear the costs of "correcting" the deficiencies and non-
compliant results including the re-testing of the system for acceptance;
the Owner shall not be responsible for the costs associated with any
additional testing required for the acceptance of the eleckical system
Specific data relative to insulation resistance, voltage levels, load
currents, relay settings, dial settings, etc., shall be provided for all
equipment and material required to be tested.
Test result shall be submitted in one submittal
Test reports shall be based on NETA's latest Acceptance Testing
Specifications having a sign-off, pass/fail data filed for each line item
covered by NETA's Acceptance Testing Specifications latest edition.
1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
lnclude the Electrical Test Result Study within the Operation and
Maintenance Manuals.
,1.04 TESTING ORGANIZATION QUALIFICATIONS
Testing organization shall be corporately and financially independent of
the supplier, producer and installer of the equipment, who has been
regularly engaged in the testing of equipment for a period of at least 10
years. All testing shall be conducted under the direct supervision of an
electrical engineer, registered in the State of California. This registered
electrical engineer will prepare and sign test reports with values,
recommendations, and comments.
Testing equipment required to conduct the specified tests shall be
furnished by the testing organization. Testing equipment shall be in
good working condition and comply with the requirements of this
Specification and applicable industry standards.
Testing shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, these Specifications, and applicable NETA Acceptance
Testing Specifications, NEMA, ANSI, NFPA, and ASTM Standards.
Forms shall include space for ENGINEER sign off at time of test.
Testing organization shall meet Federal OSHA criteria for accreditation
of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, 1910 and 1 936.
Membership in the National Electrical Testing Association constitutes
proof of meeting such criteria.
The testing organization shall cooperate with any manufacturer,s
representative that may be retained by the CONTRACTOR. Testing
organization shall be Cutler-Hammer; Electrotest; Power Systems;
General Electric; or equal NETA approved testing company.
B.
C.
D.
B.
C.
D.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Eleclrical Tests
16030-2
1.05 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES
A. All inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the following
codes and latest standards as provided othenruise herein:
1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA
2. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM
3. lnstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE
4. lnternational Electrical Testing Association, lnc. - Acceptance
Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment Systems (NETA ATS)
5. American National Standards lnstitute - ANSI C2: National
Electrical Safety Code
6. State and local codes and ordinances
7. lnsulated Cable Engineers Association - ICEA
8. Association of Edison llluminating Companies - AEIC
9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration - OSHA
10. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA
B. lnspections and tests shall utilize the following references:
1. ProjectSPecifications
2. Project Drawings
3. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular
aPParatus
1.06 SAFETY AND PRECAUTIONS
A. Safety practices shall include, but are not limited to, the following
requirements:
1. Occupational Safety and Health Act
2. Accident Prevention Manual for lndustrial Operations, National
SafetY Council
Rev M/2013
Cannon 120113
Electric€l Tests
16030-3
3. Applicable state and local safety operating procedures
4. Owner's safety practices
5. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA 70E
6. American National Standards for Personnel Protection
B. All tests shall be performed with apparatus de-energized. Exceptions must
be thoroughly reviewed to identify safety hazards and devise adequate
safeguards.
C. The testing firm shall have a designated safety representative on the
project to supervise the testing operations with respect to safety.
1.07 SCHEDULING
A. Perform Electrical Tests after electrical installation is 100% completed.
1.08 LIST OF ITEMS TO BE TESTED
A. Switchboards
B. Transfer Switch
C. Motor Control Centers
D. VFDs
E. Transformers
F. Panelboards
G. Cables
H. Motors
l. System Ground
J. Miscellaneous Testing
K. Control System including SCADA Panel
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Eleclrical Tests
16030{
PART 2 _ MATERIALS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TESTING
A. The following test requirements are intended to supplement test and
acceptance criteria that may be stated elsewhere in the specifications.
Testing of all electrical equipment shall be in accordance with ANSI/NETA
ATS-2009.
B. Switchboard:
1. Clean equipment prior to testing. Verify lubrication on moving and
sliding surfaces.
2. lnspect all devices installed such as ground fault relays, solid-state
metering, breakers, fuses, insulators, barriers, doors, panels,
hardware, etc. for physical damage, sizing, and compare
equipment nameplate information with latest one line diagram and
report discrepancies. lnspect and verify anchorage, area clearance
and correct alignment. Verifo current and potential transformer
ratios, and inspect installation.
3. Test insulation on each bus, phase-to-phase and phase{o-ground
with a suitable megohmmeter.
4. Test insulation of all control and relay field wiring circuits to ground
with a suitable megohmmeter.
5. Test each instrument and meter for proper operation, correct
rotation and circuitry. lnstruments and meters energized from
instrument transformers shall be tested at transformer secondary
level.
6. Functional test of all devices, such as circuit breakers, space
heaters, relays, switches, transfer and synchronizing equipment, all
protective relays, simulation of all remote control and alarm points.
Confirm correct operation and sequencing of electrical and
mechanical interlock system.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon'120113
ElectricalTests
16030-5
7. Check for proper grounding connections at both ends of assembly.
Check for external, visible ground lug connections. Check ground
bus continuity. Perform ground resistance tests.
8. Perform current injection tests on entire current circuit in each
section of switchboard.
9. Check for proper torquing of all bolted connections.
10. Calibrate and test all circuit breakers and relays in the switchboard.
Test circuit breakers according to Miscellaneous Testing, this
specification. Determine accuracy of all meters and calibrate as
required.
C. Transfer Switch
1. Clean equipment prior to testing.
2. lnspect for nameplate compliance and physical damage.
3. Confirm correct application of manufacturer's recommended
lubricants.
4. Verify wiring is aftached, properly torqued and neatly routed. Veriff
control wiring connections.
5. Perform manual transfer operation.
6. Verify positive mechanical interlocking between normal and
emergency sources.
7. Perform contact resistance test.
8. Perform insulation-resistance on each pole, phase to phase, and
phase to ground with switch closed and across each open pole for
one minute. Perform tests in both source positions.
9. Verify settings and operation of control devices.
10. Calibrate and reset if required all settings, relays, and timers. Verify
set points with Engineer.
D. Motor Control Center
1. Clean equipment prior to testing.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Elec{ricalTests
16030-6
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
2. lnspect for nameplate compliance, physical damage, and proper
operation of alarm and control devices. lnspect and verify
anchorage, area clearance, and proper connections. Veriff correct
mounting of circuit breakers.
3. Functional test of all devices, such as contactors, relays, switches,
solid state overloads, protective relays, breakers, indicating lights
and meters. Perform adjustments for final settings in accordance
with coordination study.
4. Test insulation ofthe bus phase-to-phase and phaseto-ground for
power buses and phase-to-ground for all control circuits with a
suitable megohmmeter.
5. Test operation of each switch or breaker in each starter assembly.
Test door interlocking. Test Circuit Breakers according to
Miscellaneous Testing, this specification.
6. Energize space heaters and check operation.
7. Check for proper torquing of all bolted connections.
8. Verify grounding of lugs, conduit hubs and MCC.
9. Contractor shall tabulate the following data for all three-phase
motors. Tabulation shall be submitted to the Engineer at least tlvo
weeks prior to performing the testing specified in this section.
Tabulation to include:
a. Motor identification including tag number.
b. Motor nameplate full load amps, horsepower, voltages and
phase.
c. Solid state overload relay catalog data.
d. Recommended MCP setting.
10. The work of this section requires that the CONTRACTOR record
the following data to the tabulation specified in paragraph above.
a. Measurable amperes when motor is drawing normal process
load.b. Changes required to MCP setting.
c. Date of test.d. Remarks (i.e. difficulty in motor attaining full speed,
abnormal process conditions, and abnormal line voltage).
ElectricalTests
16030-7
E. Adjustable Speed Drive System (VFDs)
1. Visual and Mechanical lnspection
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with drawings and
specifications.b. lnspect physical and mechanical condition.c. lnspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Verify the unit is clean.e. Ensure vent path openings are free from debris and that
heat transfer surfaces are clean.f. Verify correct connections of circuit boards, wiring,
disconnects, and ribbon cables.g. Motor running protection
1 ) Verify drive overcurrent setpoints are correct for their
application2) lf drive is used to operate multiple motors, verify
individual overload element ratings are correct for their
application.3) Apply minimum and maximum speed setpoints. Verify
setpoints are within limitations of the load coupled to
the motor.h. lnspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance
using one or more of the following methods:1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical
connections by calibrated torque-wrench method.3) Perform thermographic survey.i. Verify correct fuse sizing in accordance with manufacturer's
published data.
2. Electrical Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted
connections with low-resistance ohmmeter, if applicable.b. Test the motor overload relay elements by injecting primary
current through the overload circuit and monitoring trip time
of the overload element.c. Test input circuit breaker by primary injection.d. Test for the following parameters in accordance with relay
calibration procedures outlined in ANSI/NETA ATS-2009,
Section 7.9 or as recommended by the manufacturer:1) lnput phase loss protection.
2) lnput overvoltage protection.
3) Output phase rotation.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
Electric€lTests
16030-8
Rev. 04/2013
Cannon 120113
4) Overtemperature protection.
5) DC overvoltage protection.
6) Overfrequencyprotection.7\ Drive overload protection.
8) Fault alarm outputs.e. Perform continuity tests on bonding conductors.f. Perform startup of drive in accordance with manufacturer's
published data. Calibrate drive to the system's minimum
and maximum speed control signals.
S. Perform operational tests by initiating control devices.
1) Slowly vary drive speed between minimum and
maximum. Observe motor and load for unusual noise
or vibration.2) Verify operation of drive from remote starUstop and
speed control signals.
F. Transformer
1. Clean equipment prior to testing. Verify that resilient mounts are
free.
2. lnspect for nameplate compliance, physical damage, and proper
operation of alarm and control devices. lnspect and verify
anchorage, area clearance, and proper connections. Verify liquid
level. lnspect all bolted connections with calibrated torque wrench.
3. Performinsulation-resistancetestsonwindingto-winding,
windingsto-ground and through all bolted connections, utilizing a
suitable megohmmeter. Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization
index shall be calculated.
4. Perform a turns-ratio test for each winding at all tap settings.
5. Perform AC overpotential tests on all high and low voltage
windings-to ground.
6. Perform tests, verify proper operation and provide adjustments for
fans, controls, trip circuits' indicators, pressure relief, and alarm
functions.
7. Verify that the tap changer is set at specified ratio.
8. Verify proper secondary voltage phase-to-phase and
phase-to-neutral after energization and prior to loading.
Electrical Tests
16030-9
9. Verify proper equipment and system grounding. Check for external,
visible ground lug connection.
G. Panelboard
1. Clean equipment prior to testing.
2. lnspect for physical damage, grounding, proper connections, and
anchorage.
3. Test insulation ofthe bus phase to phase and phase to ground.
Record data.
4. Test operation of each circuit breaker.
5. Verify nameplate data, panelboard schedule information.
6. Check for proper torquing of all bolted connections.
7. Verify proper grounding of lugs, conduit hubs, and panelboard.
H. Cables
1. Refer to Section 16120 - Wires and Cables, for the testing
requirements.
2. Perform a shield continuity test by ohmmeter method for
instrumentation cables. Ohmic value shall be recorded.
3. Check for proper termination of cables.
l. Motors
1. lnspect each motor installation for any deviation from rated voltage
and/or frequency and improper installation. lnspect for physical
damage, anchorage, and proper connection. Verify nameplate data
with drawings and specifications. Confirm correct application of
manufacturer's recommended lubrication.
2. Visually check frame for proper ground connection.
3. Check winding temperature switches and space heaters for
functional operation and proper grounding.
4. Test each motor for proper connection, rotation, and automatic
operation.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 1201'13
EleclricalTests
16030-10
5.Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections.
Test insulation (high potential test) of all motors in accordance with
NEMA MG 1 . The test voltage shall be 1000 volts AC plus twice the
rated voltage of the motor. Test surge protection devices. Verify
the motor space heater is functional. Test motor starter. Measure
running current and evaluate relative to load conditions and
nameplate full-load amperes.
Motor control circuits shall also be tested: lnspect motor starters.
lnspect all bolted connections for high resistance. Perform
insulation resistance of each combination starter, phase-to-phase
and phase-to-ground, with the starter contacts closed and the
protective device open. Test the motor overload relay by injecting
primary current through the overload circuit and monitoring trip
time. Test circuit breakers, including motor circuit protectors.
Perform operational tests by initiating control devices.
6.
J.System Ground
1.Verify each ground system, is installed in compliance with Drawings
and Specifications.
Provide ground-resistance tests with a ground-resistance megger
at each facility, transformer, switchgear and motor control center.
Use appropriate method (fall of potential, three-terminal method) to
measure ohmic value of ground system to earth (maximum 5
ohms). Verify all equipment ground terminations with respect to
prime point used to establish ohmic value stated above.
Ground Fault Protection Systems: Visually inspect the components
for damage and errors in polarity or conductor routing. lnspect all
bolted connections for high resistance. Verify correct operation of
all functions of the self-test panel. Set pickup and time-delay
settings based on coordination study. Verify pickup settings by
using primary injection, that the relay does not operate at 90
percent of the setting, and that pickup is less than 125 percent of
setting and/or 1200 amperes, whichever is smaller. Measure time
delaybf the relay at 150 percent or greater of pickup. Verify
reduced control voltage tripping capability: 55 percent for ac
systems and 80 percent for dc systems.
J.
Rev 04/20'13
Cannon 120113
Miscellaneous Testing
1. Circuit Breaker Tests (Molded Case and Power): Perform contact
resistance test. Make adjustments for final settings in accordance
Eleclrical Tests
16030-11
with the coordination study. Determine minimum pick-up current on
power breakers. Perform long time delay time characteristic test by
passing 300 percent rated primary current through each pole
separately. Determine shorttime pickup and delay by primary
cunent injection. Determine ground fault pickup and time delay by
primary current injection. Determine instantaneous pickup cunent
by primary injection using run-up or pulse method. Activate
auxiliary protective devices, such as ground fault or undervoltage
relays, to insure operation of shunt trip devices. Verify operation of
charging mechanism for power circuit breakers.
2. Demonstrate that light fixture outlets are switched as indicated on
the Contract Drawings. Test photocell and lighting timer switch.
Demonstrate that circuitry is in accordance with panel schedules.
Test Ground Fault lnterrupter (GFl) receptacles.
3. Perform overall system function tests upon completion of equipment
tests. Verify correct operation of all interlock devices, alarms,
sensing devices and indicating devices.
L. Control System including SCADA Panel- Refer to Sections 13350, 1 3351 ,
13352, 16950 for required Field Tests.
3.02 TESTING SEOUENCE
A. Sefting the breakers and protective relays is required prior to functional
testing and checking of the eleckical components specified in this section.
B. After initial settings have been completed, each system shall be operated
in the manual mode and it shall be demonstrated that operation is in
compliance with the Contract. Once the manual mode of operation has
been proven, automatic operation shall be demonstrated to verify such
items as proper start and stop sequence of pumps, proper operation of
trash rack, etc.
C. Motor operated valves shall be tested. Motor operated valve testing shall
not be attempted until travel and torque limit switches have been adjusted
by a representative of the valve manufacturer. Valve testing shall prove
correct motor rotation and shall verify that status indication is accurate,
that valves seat properly, and that local or remote command response is
proper.
Rev 04/2013
Cannon 120113
ElectricalTests
16030-12
END OF SECTION
sEcTtoN 16060
GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work lncluded: Grounding
B. Related Work:
1 . Section 16010: General Electrical Requirements
2. Section 16123: Wire and Cables
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 16010.
B. Submit material list and catalog cuts for all grounding materials and
equipment. lndicate size, material and manufacturer.
1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. lnclude test results as part of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals
in accordance with Section 16010.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Materials shall comply with Section 16010.
2.02 GROUND RODS
A. Provide copper-clad steel, 3/4-inch diameter, minimum 1O-feet long,
with hardened steel Points.
2.03 GROUND CLAMPS
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Grounding
16060-1
A. Ground clamps for connection of ground wire to handrails, flanges,
gateposts, etc, shall be high strength corrosion resistant copper alloy
and UL 467 listed for direct burial.
2,04 GROUND CONDUCTORS
A. Underground ground conductors not in conduit shall be annealed bare
standard copper conforming to ASTM 88. Size shall be #3/0 copper
minimum unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.
B. Ground conductors in conduit shall comply with Section 16123 for
Power Wire and have green insulation.
2.05 EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS
A. Weld connections together using an exothermic fusion type process.
Provide connections equal or larger in size than the conductors joined
and with the same current carrying capacity as the largest conductor.
Connections shall be Cadweld or equivalent. All buried or concealed
ground connections, and ground wire to ground rod connections, shall
be exothermic type connections.
2.06 GROUND WELLS
A. Ground wells shall be 10-1l2-inchesx 17 -1l2-inches pull boxes with
steel bolt down type cover, inscribed "GROUND'.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND ELECTRODE
A. Bond the metallic piping system to the grounding system in
accordance with NEC Article 250-80 and Table 250-95. Bond all
structural steel, water pipes, rebar mats and as shown on the Drawings
for a complete ground electrode system.
B. All ground rods shall be enclosed in ground wells.
3.02 EQUIPMENTGROUNDING
A. Connect the ground buses of panelboards, switchboards, and motor
control centers to the ground bus within the main service switchboard
with a grounding conductor.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Grounding
16060-2
B. lnstall insulated throat grounding bushings on all conduits. Ground
raceways and non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment in
accordance with NEC Article 250. Use the metallic conduit system for
equipment and enclosure grounding in addition to the grounding
conductor installed in each conduit. Grounding as part of the conduit
system shall be in addition of any ground conductors shown on the
drawings. Connect each conduit grounding bushing to the equipment
ground bus with a ground conductor sized in accordance with NEC
Table 250-95.
C. Ground transformer enclosure and wye transformer's secondary.
D. Ground all gates, fences, and handrails, even if not shown on
Drawings. Grounding conductor from ground grid to gates, fences and
handrails shall be #2 AWG minimum.
3.03 FIELD TESTING
A. Before placement of sidewalks, landscape and paving, measure the
resistance of each electrode to ground using a ground resistance
tester. Perform the test not less than two days after the most recent
rainfall and in the afternoon after any ground condensation (dew) has
evaporated. Submit readings as part of System Ground Test defined
in Section 16030.
B. After all individual ground electrode readings have been made,
interconnect ground grid as required and measure the system's ground
resistance at the Switchboard/MCC ground bus, at the emergency
generator ground bus, and at each ground electrode.
C. Do not energize the electrical power system unless the system ground
resistance is less than 5 ohms at all points tested. For system ground
resistance greater then 5 ohms and for individual electrode ground
resistance of 5 ohms or more, notify the Engineer.
D. Test per Section 16030.
E. lnspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, Section 7.'13.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120'113
Grounding
16060-3
sEcTtoN 16111
RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work lncluded:
1. Raceways
2. Boxes
3. Fittings
4. Supporting Devices
B. Related Work:
1. Section 16010: General Electrical Requirements
2. Section 16012: Seismic Restraint for Electrical Equipment
3. Section 16060: Grounding
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 16010.
B. Submit material list and catalog cuts for devices and materials.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Raceways, boxes and fittings shall comply with Section 16010.
2.02 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Material:
1. Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings: ANSI C80.1 and UL-6, hot
dipped galvanized after threading.
Rev O7l2O13
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
16'1 1 1-1
B. Fittings:
1. Locknuts: Steel or malleable iron.
2. Bushings: Threaded, grounding type, malleable iron, with 105'C
rated plastic insulated throat. Provide grounding type bushings
on all rigid steel conduits. Plastic bushings with a temperature
rating of 105'C may be used for PVC conduits or conduits
containing 24 VDC circuits.
3. Box Connectors for Exterior, Damp and Wet Locations: Provide
watertight threaded hubs consisting of sealing fitting with
tapered conduitthread, neoprene O-ring, and 105'C rated
insulating throat with grounding and bonding lug.
4. Couplings: Threaded, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication.
5. Conduit Seals:
a. Drain and breather: Stainless steel.
b. Fiber and sealing compound: UL listed for use with the
sealing fitting.
2.03 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (PVC) AND FITTINGS
A. Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), 90'C rise rating, conforming to
NEMA TC-2 and UL-651.
B. Conduit, Excluding Elbows, Risers' or bends: Schedule 80 PVC'
C. Elbows, Risers, or bends: Rigid nonmetallic conduit for elbows, risers,
or bends are not acceptable. Refer to Part 3, Conduit Usage Schedule'
D. Couplings, adapters, bell ends, expansion couplings, elbows and turns
of 30" degrees shall be factory made to NEMA standards TC-2 and
TC.3.
E. Joint Cement: As recommended by manufacturer as suitable for the
climate, furnished with instructions to achieve watertight joints'
2.04 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit: Single strip steel, hot dipped galvanized prior to conduit
fabrication with overall PVC jacket. Conform to UL-360.
B. Fittings: Hot-dip or mechanically galvanized with insulated throat,
locknut and sealing ring.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120'l 1 3
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
16111-2
2.05 CONDUIT BODIES
A. Provide threaded - hub cast ferrous or aluminum boxes. Provide with
open type neoprene gaskets and matching cast ferrous covers,
secured with at least two captive Type 304 stainless steel screws.
2.06 OUTLET BOXES
A. Exposed Boxes: Cast iron or aluminum, with threaded hubs and
mounting lugs.
2.07 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
General: Construct of 12-gauge steel for boxes larger than 30" wide by
3O-inches high, and 14 gauge for smaller boxes. Provide factory made
standard sizes and shop fabricate when non-standard size boxes are
shown. Comply with UL and NEMA standards. Use where conduit
bodies are not practical.
lnterior, exposed dry locations NEMA 1 pull boxes hot-dipped
galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM 123.
Outdoor and wet locations or where indicated as weatherproof. Where
located outdoors, in wet locations, or indicated as weatherproof and
where threaded-hub cast boxes and fittings are not practical, provide
pull boxes constructed of code-gauge steel, prime coated, and finish
with two coats of rust-resistant paint. Color shall match surrounding
decor. lnstall cover with Type 304 stainless-steel bolts. Provide NEMA
3R construction.
2.08 SUPPORTINGDEVICES
A. Channel and Channel Conduit Clamps
1. Steel Channel: Steel channel 1-5l8-inches wide x 1-S/g-inches
or 3-1l4-inches high by 12-guage metal thickness conforming to
ASTM A570, Grade 33. Hot-dip galvanize channels after
fabrication per ASTM 4123. provide fittings and two piece U
shaped conduit clamps formed from ASTM 4570 Grade 33
Steel and hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance
with ASTM 123. Provide Unistrut p1000HG for 1-Sl8-inch
channel, Unistrut P1001HG for 3-1/4-inch channels or
equivalent.
A.
B
c.
Rev. 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
161 '1 1-3
2. Non-Metallic Channel: Glass-reinforced polyester or vinylester
channel 1-5l8 inches wide by 1-S/8-inches or 3-1/4-inches high
with 100% ultra-violet surface veil. Provide with two-piece U-
shaped polyurethane conduit clamps, glass fiber reinforced
polyurethane fittings and vinylester-threaded rods. Provide
Aickinstrut lnc., or equivalent.
3. Stainless Steel Channel: Provide stainless steel channel 1-5l8-
inches wide by 1-Sl8-inches by 12-guage thickness, or as noted
on Drawings.
B. Anchor bolts and Screws
1. Materialsa. lndoor, Dry Locations: Anchor bolts and screws shall be
ASTM A307 galvanized steel. Nuts shall be hex, ASTM
4563 galvanized steel.b. Outdoor, Wet or Corrosive Areas: Anchor bolts and
screws shall be Type 316 ASTM A276 stainless steel.
Nuts shall be hex Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM 4194'
Grade SM, or ASTM F594, Type 316 stainless steel.
2. Typesa. Concrete: epoxy adhesive anchor bolts.
C. Conduit Clamps
1. Beam Clamps: Malleable iron, electro galvanized finish.
2. Conduit Clamps: Malleable iron with hot dipped galvanized
finish.
3. Clamp Backs: Malleable iron with hot dipped galvanized finish.
4. PVC Coated Clamps: Same as above except with .40 mil PVC
coating.
2.09 UNDERGROUND PULL BOXES
A. General: Provide precast concrete units complying with ASTM C858
with a load designation of A-16. Dimensions indicated on drawings are
inside box dimensions. Provide units manufactured by Associated
Concrete Products, Brooks Products, Jensen Precast or equivalent.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
'161114
B. Handholes: Refer to drawings for size. Provide handholes with
concrete bolt down covers in unpaved areas and with flush mounted
cast iron traffic covers with bolt downs and lifting hook in paved areas.
C. Concrete pull boxes and vaults: Provide with pull-in iron, hot-dipped
galvanized cover with hot-dipped galvanized frame, and two
galvanized cable racks with porcelain blocks on each of the two
longest sides. Provide parkway rated covers in non-traffic areas and
AASHTO H-20 traffic rated covers in traffic areas. Refer to Drawings
for size. Secure covers with two stainless steel penthead bolts to
stainless steel insert nuts. After cables have been pulled and
inspected, seal box between cover and frame with a mastic compound
similar to Permagum, Dukaseal, or equivalent.
1 . For pullboxes 2-teel x 3-feet and larger provide end hinged,
torsion spring opening assist type cover assemblies. Provide
single leaf assemblies for 2-feet x 3-feet pullboxes. Provide
double leaf assemblies for pullboxes larger than 2-feet x 3-feet.
D. Cover ldentification: engrave or bead weld handhole and pullbox
covers to indicated services within pullbox as follows:
Service
Power
General Area Lighting
Telephone
Ground Rods
ldentification
Electric
Lighting
Telephone
Ground
E. Joint Sealing Compound: Provide joint sealing compound conforming
to Federal Specification SS-S-00210. Provide Associated Concrete
Products Quickseal or equivalent.
2.10 CONCRETE - ENCASED DUCT BANKS
A. Concrete shall conform to ASTM C94, with 2-day 2000 PSI
comprehensive strength and minimum cement content of 376 pounds
per cubic yard. Use a color additive for identification purposes: Brick
red Colorfull, as manufactured by Owl Manufacturing Company,
Arcadia, California; coral red Chrimix C-22 as manufactured by L.M.
Scofield Company, Los Angeles, California; or equivalent. Add the
color additive while the concrete is being mixed using the quantity per
cubic yard of concrete recommended by the manufacturer for the class
of concrete indicated.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Ra@ways, Boxes, and F tings
16111_5
2.11 CONDUITTAGS
A. Provide 3/8-inch high by 2-inch wide stainless steel tags with 3/16-inch
machine printed or engraved lettering to all conduits, both ends.
Lettering shall identify each conduit with a unique identifier based on
ANSVISA STD. 5.,1-1984.
B. Attach conduit tags to conduit with stainless steel wire.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT AND SUPPORT USAGE SCHEDULE
A. General: lnstall the following types of conduits, fittings and supports in
locations listed, unless otheMise noted in the drawings.
B. lnterior Exposed
1. Material: Galvanized rigid steel.
C. Exterior Exposed
1. Material: Galvanized rigid steel.
D. Embedded in Concrete (excluding transitions through wetwell walls
and equipment pads and all elbows, which shall be PVC coated rigid
steel conduit):
1. Material: Galvanized rigid steel.
E. Underground Direct Burial, or Below Concrete Slabs:
1. Material, (Excluding elbows, risers and bends): Rigid
non-metallic PVC.
2. Bends, elbows, and risers shall be made with PVC coated rigid
steel conduit using threaded adapters.
F. Final connections to instruments (pressure switches, valve limit
switches etc.)
1. Material: Liquidtight flexible conduit and galvanized rigid steel
fittings and supports.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon'120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
1611 1-5
2. Length: Minimum three feet conduit lengths for conduits 3-
inches or larger. Minimum 2-feet for remaining conduit sizes.
Maximum 6-foot length.
3.02 MCEWAY FILL
A. The conductor fill for all conduits shall be based on Annex C of the
NEC, THW conductors or as shown on the Drawings, which ever is
larger. The intent of this requirement is to furnish larger conduit
diameter than the NEC Code requires for a specific cable insulation.
Compute the maximum conduit fill using NEC requirements for type
THW conductors (or larger if applicable), although the actual wiring
may be with conductors having smaller cross-sections.
3,03 BENDS
A. Provide no more than three 90-degree conduit bends or the equivalent
number of smaller radius bends in any conduit run between boxes or
equ ipment.
B. Length of Run: 300-feet maximum, less 100-feet for each equivalent
90-degree bend.
3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Conduit runs are shown schematically. lnstall concealed unless
specifically noted on Drawings. Supports, pull boxes, junction boxes,
and other ancillary equipment are not usually shown. Provide pull
boxes and junction boxes where shown.
B. Run exposed conduits parallel and perpendicular to surface or
exposed structural members and follow surface contours as much as
practical to provide a neat appearance.
C. Make bends and offsets so that the inside diameter of conduit is not
effectively reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a
bend in the same plane and the straight legs of offsets parallel.
D. Cap all conduits immediately after installation to prevent entrance of
foreign matter.
E. Do not use diagonal runs except for concealed areas or when
specifically shown in the drawings.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
16111-7
F. Treat all threaded joints of rigid steel conduit with T&B Kopr-Shield
before installing fittings, except where conduit is run in dry locations.
G. ConduitTerminations:
1. The ends of all rigid steel conduit or PVC coated rigid steel
conduit shall be cut square, field reamed, all burrs removed and
cleaned for pulling wire.
2. lnstall conduits squarely to the box when terminating with
locknuts and provide one locknut outside the box and one
locknut and bushing inside the box. lnstall locknuts with dished
side against the box. When terminating in threaded hubs, screw
the conduit or fitting tight into the hub so that the end bears
against the fire protection shoulder.
3. When chase nipples are used, install the raceway and coupling
square to the box and tighten the chase nipple leaving no
exposed threads.
4. Duct seal all conduits within Switchgear/MCC and SCADA
Panel that are routed to exterior locations.
H. Do not route conduits below or within concrete footing except to cross
footing at 9O-degree angles.
3.05 GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding in accordance with Section 16060.
B. Use grounding bushings for all rigid steel conduits. Bond to equipment
frame and grounded conductor.
C. Provide a grounding conductor in flexible and liquidtight flexible
conduit, size conforming to NEC Article 250 -Equipment Grounding
Conductors.
3.06 CONDUITS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE AND BELOW SLABS
A. lnstall conduits and sleeves passing through slabs, walls, columns or
beams so as not to impair the strength of construction. Secure conduit
to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete pour.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Rac€ways, Boxes, and Fittings
'1611 1-8
Raceway
Size
(lnches)
No. of
Conductors
!n Run
Location
Support
Spacing
(feet)
HORIZONTAL RUNS
314 1or2 Flat ceiling or wall 5
3t4 1or2
Where it is difficult to provide
supports except at intervals fixed
by the building construction
7
314 3 or more Any location 7
1 & larger 1or2 Flat ceiling or wall 6
1 & larger 1or2
Where it is difficult to provide
supports except at intervals fixed
by the building construction
10
1 & larger 3 or more Any locations 10
Any Concealed 10
VERTICAL RUNS
3t4 Exposed 7
1, 1-114 Exposed 8
1-112 and larger Exposed 10
3.07 SUPPORTS
A. Maximum Spacing of Raceway Supports:
3.08 CONDUlT PENETRATIONS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, dry-pack with nonshrink grout around
raceways, which penetrate concrete block, masonry and concrete
walls above grade, floors, or ceilings.
B. Maintain the integrity of all damp-proofing and water proofing
Rev.07/2013
Cannon 1201'13
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
161 1 1-9
membranes that are penetrated by raceways and boxes.
C. Nonshrink grout shall conform to the Corps of Engineers specification
for Nonshrink Grout, CRD-621-88 and to these Specifications. Use a
nongas-liberating type, cement base, premixed product requiring only
the addition of water for the required consistency.
3.09 DAMAGED CONDUITS
A. Replace all conduits that are damaged.
B. Replace crushed or clogged conduit or any conduit whose inner
surface is damaged or not smooth.
C. Repair cuts, nicks or abrasions in the zinc coating of galvanized
conduit with galvanizing repair stick, Enterprise Galvanizing "Galvabra"
or equivalent.
3.10 EMPTY CONDUITS
A. Provide 1,250-pound strength, 1|4-inch diameter braided yellow
polypropylene pull cord in empty conduits.
B. Provide a waterproof label on each end of the pull cords to indicate the
destination of the other end in addition to conduit labels.
3.11 OUTLETS FOR GENEML WIRING
A. Use multi-gang boxes and device plates where several devices are
located in the same general area. Obtain back box requirements for
systems provided under other sections and provide them per those
req uirements.
3.12 UNDERGROUND PULL BOXES
A. Set handholes and pull boxes level on a crushed rock base 18-inches
thick with horizontal dimensions same as bottom of handhole plus 12-
inches all around. Crushed rock shall be 3/4-inch maximum size,114-
inch minimum size. Set units parallel or perpendicular with adjacent
structures.
B. Seal pull box joints located between box cover, extension and bottom
with joint sealing compound.
C. lnstall covers flush within finished paved or concrete surfaces. ln
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
16111-10
unfinished areas, install covers 1-inch above finished grade.
D. Prior to project completion, clean out debris and dirt in pull boxes with
concrete bottoms.
3.13 UNDERGROUNDCONDUITS
A. Provide 30-inch-minimum cover at finished grade for direct burial
underground conduit. Provide 3-inch-minimum sand above and below
conduit.
B. Provide 30-inch minimum cover at finished grade above top of
concrete for concrete-encased duct banks. Provide 2-inch-minimum
separation between conduits and 3-inch-minimum concrete
encasement around conduits. Extend the concrete encasement under
any floor slabs or equipment mounting pads to the point of raceway
termination. After the concrete envelope has set, pull a bristle brush
through each raceway to remove debris. Underground conduits shall
be concrete encased unless shown as direct buried on the Drawings.
C. Where other utility piping systems are encountered or being installed
along a raceway route, maintain a 12-inch-minimum vertical separation
between raceways and other systems at crossings. Maintain a
12-inch-minimum separation between raceways and other systems in
parallel runs. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other
piping systems. Refer conflicts with these requirements to the Engineer
for inskuctions before further work is done.
D. Thoroughly clean conduits before lying. During construction and after
completion, the conduit ends shall be kept plugged to prevent water
from washing mud into the manholes or pull boxes.
E. Terminate conduit in end bells in manholes and pull boxes and enter at
right angles to the wall.
F. Place conduit separators every 4-feet on centers and securely anchor
to prevent movement.
G. Backfill, Non-paved Areas: Use native backfill, compacted in 6-inch
layers to 90 percent relative compaction. Final backfill elevation shall
match existing.
H. Backfill, Paved Areas:
1 . Use clean imported sand having the following gradation:
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
161 1 1-1 1
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
3/8 inch 100
No.4 75 - 100
No. 30 12-50
No. 100 5 -20
No. 200 0-15
lmported sand shall be free from organic material, trash, debris
and rubbish.
2. Compact trench backfill by manual methods. Water flooding or
jetting is not permitted
3.14 CONDU]T IDENTIFICATION
A. ldentify conduits with conduit tags at the following locations:
1. Conduit stub ups within electrical equipment
2. Underground pull boxes and handholes
3. Within 12-inches at entrances into electrical equipment, field
devices, pull boxes and junction boxes
B. Every conduit shall be labeled at both ends.
3.15 WARNING TAPES
A. Bury warning tapes approximately 12-inches below grade, above all
underground conduits and duct banks. Align parallel to and within 3-
inches of the centerline of the conduit or duct bank.
B. Warning tape shall be yellow, 6-inch-minimum width. Utilize tape made
of material resistant to corrosive soil. Use tape with printed warning
that an electric circuit is located below the tape. Manufacturers and
types: ITT Blackburn Type YT, Griffolyn Co., Terra-Tape, or equivalent.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120'113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
16111-',t2
3.16 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Upon completion of installation of raceways and boxes, inspect
interiors of raceways and boxes; clear all blockages and remove burrs,
dirt, and vacuum clean any construction debris.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Raceways, Boxes, and Fittings
161 1 1-13
sEcTloN 16123
WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Work lncluded:
1. Wires and cables, 600 volts and less
B. Related Work:
1. Section 16010: General Electrical Requirements
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 16010.
B. Submit catalog cuts and material list for each conductor type. lndicate
insulation material, conductor material, voltage rating, manufacturer
and other data pertinent to the specific cable, such as shielding type,
number of pairs and applicable standards.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Wires and cables shall comply with Section 16010.
2.02 POWER WIRE
A. Conductor material: Class B stranded, soft annealed copper per ASTM
B-3.
B. lnsulation: THHN, 600-volt insulated, color coded per Part 3:
ldentification.
C. Minimum conductor size: No. 12 AWG.
2.03 CONTROL WIRE (EXTERNAL TO SCADA PANEL)
A. Conductor: Class B stranded soft annealed copper per ASTM B-3.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Wires and Cables
16123-1
B. lnsulation: THHN, 600-volt insulated, color coded per Part 3:
ldentification.
C. Minimum Conductor Size: No 14 AWG.
2.04 CONTROL WIRE (CONNECTIONS WITHIN SCADA CONTROL PANEL)
A. Conductor: Stranded Soft Annealed Copper.
B. lnsulation: Type THHN or THW, color code shown on Drawings of the
RTU control panel.
C. Minimum Conductor Size: No. 14 AWG.
2.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE -ALL LOCATIONS
A. Provide PVC coated shielded twisted pair, No. 16 AWG, 600 volt rated,
Belden 8719 or equivalent.
2.06 CONDUCTOR CONNECTOR/SPLICES
A. Aboveground Dry and Damp Locations, #10 AWG and Smaller: Wire
nuts, 3M "Scotchlock", ldeal "Super Nut", Buchanan "B-Cap", or
equivalent.
B. Aboveground Dry and Damp Locations, #8 AWG and Larger:
1 . Use one piece, standard length barrel, copper compression
splice. Provide Thomas and Betts two way connectors, Burndy
"Hylink", Teledyne "Penn-Union Penn Crimps" or equivalent.
C. ln-ground Handholes and Pull Boxes, #10 AWG and smaller: As
specified above plus sealing with individual sealing packs of
Scotchcast 400 Resin or equivalent.
2.07 MOTORTERMINATIONS
A. Splice conductors to motor leads with copper compression terminal
lugs bolted together and insulated with an EPDM rubber slip on lug
cover. Provide 3M electrical products 1000V or less non shielded
cable motor lead splicing kits, Thomas & Betts #MSC or equivalent.
2.08 PULLING COMPOUND
A. Use only cable pulling compound that is approved by the manufacturer
Rev 0712013
Cannon 120113
Wires and Cables
16123-2
a
of the cable as being compatible with cable insulation and jacket
materials.
2.09 CONDUCTOR TAGS
A. Wire identification - all wires, field and internal to equipment, shall be
identified with heat shrinkable machine printed sleeve markers or
clip-on markers covered with clear plastic heat shrinkable tubing. Hand
lettered wire labels are not acceptable and shall be replaced at the
Contractor's expense. All wires that are electrically the same
(connected to common termination points) and do not pass through a
contact or other switching device shall have the same wire
identification. The wire labeling code for each end of the same wire
shall be identical. Tubing shall be sized for the wire and shrunk into
place with the properly sized heat gun. The wire identification code for
field and panel wiring shall be the number/letter designated on the
"elementary" (schematics) and "loop" diagrams. Wire labels shall be
T&B SM series, Raychem Thermofit TMS or approved equal.
2.10 ELECTRICAL TAPE/SHRINKABLE INSULATORS
A. Vinyl Tape: 7 mil,600 volt rated, flame retardant, hot and cold weather
resistant vinyl tape conforming to UL 510. Provide 3M Super 33+
Scotch vinyl taPe or equivalent.
B. Vinyl Tape for Color Coding: 7 mil, 3/4-inches wide, hot and cold
weather resistant vinyl tape conforming to UL 510. Provide 3M 35
Scotch vinyl taPe or equivalent.
C. Vinyl Mastic: 90 or 125 mil self fusing, rubber based insulating vinyl
mastic laminated to PVC. Provide 3M 2200 or 2210 or equivalent.
D. RubberTape: EPR rubber,90 degrees C continuous rated. Provide 3M
130C Scotch TaPe or equivalent.
E. Varnished Cambric Type: Adhesive backed, 9-mil, bias cut cotton tape,
coated with yellow insulating varnish.
F. Shrinkable lnsulators: Provide heat or cold shrinkable insulator tubing.
Provide Thomas and Belts "Shrink-Kon" heat shrink insulators, 3M
thick wall heat shrinkable cable sleeves, 3M 8420 series cold shrink
cable sleeves or equivalent.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Wires and Cables
16123-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WIRE INSTALLATION
A. lnstall wiring and cable in conduit unless otherwise noted.
B. To reduce pulling tension in long runs, coat €bles with pulling
compound.
C. Remove debris and moisture from the conduits, boxes and cabinets
prior to cable installation.
D. Group conductors in panelboards, motor control centers, cabinets, pull
boxes and switchboard wireways; tie with plastic ties; and fan out to
terminals.
E. Terminate phase conductors A, B and C reading left to right, front to
back or top to bottom looking into the front of the equipment.
F. lnstall control wire and instrument cable between devices without
splices.
3.02 TDENTTFTCATTON (EXTERNAL TO SCADA PANEL)
A. Color Coding of Power Wire: Provide color coding throughout the
entire network of feeders and circuits (600 volts and below) as follows:
240t120 208t120 4801277Phase Volts Volts Volts
Phase A Black Black Brown
Phase B Red Red Orange
Phase C Blue YellowNeutral White White GrayGround Green Green Green
B. Conductors used for 24 VDC shall be blue. Conductors designated, as
foreign voltage shall be yellow.
C. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller shall have factory color-coding
with solid color insulation.
D. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall have factory color coding with
solid color insulation or shall have black insulation with on-site
application of colored tape at conductor terminations and at splices.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Wires and Cables
161234
E. Control wires shall have colored insulation. Provide separate color
codes for each wire in conduit that has up to seven wires. Conduits
with more than seven wires shall have at least seven types of colored
insulation.
F. Tagging of Conductors: Tag control wires and instrument cable in
panels, pullboxes, handholes, wireways and at control devices. Tag
control wires and instrument cables with wire numbers as shown on
the shop drawing submittals or contract drawings. Tag power wires in
pullboxes, handholes and wireways with motor control center or
panelboard number and circuit numbers. ln panelboards, tag
conductors with circuit numbers one inch from termination at circuit
breaker.
3.03 WIRE SPLICING AND CONNECTING
A. Tighten electrical connections and terminals, including screws and
bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening
values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated,
tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques
specified in UL 4864 and UL 4868, or NETA Standards.
B. Retighten bolt-type connectors 24- to 48-hours after initial installation
and before taPing.
C. lnsulate splices with tape or shrinkable insulators. Tape connections
as follows: Step 1 - apply a minimum of 4 layers of varnished cambric
tape. Step 2 -apply a minimum of six layers of rubber tape half-lapped'
Step 3 - apply a minimum of six layers of vinyl tape half-lapped'
3.04 INSULATION RESISTANCE TESTS (CIRCUITS BELOW 600 VOLTS)
A. Perform insulation resistance test for each feeder and motor circuit
prior to energizing per Section 16030.
B. lnspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, Section 7.3.
D. Perform insulation resistance test of all systems up to 600V. Each
complete circuit, including the feeder and everything connected thereto'
shall be tested and shall have an insulation resistance between
conductors and between each conductor and ground of not less than
2,OOO,OOO ohms (2 megohms). All circuits which do not pass this test
shall be inspected for grounds; and if required, the Contractor shall
replace the wires or cables and repeat the test until insulation resistance
of 2 megohms is obtained.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Wires and Cables
16123-5
END OF SECTION
sEcTtoN 16414
AUTOMATIC DELAYED TRANSITION TRANSFER SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0,I SCOPE
A. Furnish and install delayed transition transfer switches (DTTS) with
number of poles, amperage, voltage, withstand and close-on ratings as
shown on the plans. Each DTTS shall consist of a power transfer
switch mechanism and a microprocessor controller to provide
automatic operation. AII transfer switches and controllers shall be the
products of the same manufacturer.
B. The DTTS shall transfer the load in delayed transition (break -before-
make) mode. Transfer is accomplished with a user - defined
interruption period in both directions adjustable from 1 second to 5
minutes in at least 15 increments.
1.O2 CODES AND STANDARDS
The delayed transition transfer switches and controls shall conform to the
requirements of:
A. UL 1008 - Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment
B. IEC 947-6-1 Low-voltage Switchgear and Conkolgear; Multifunction
equipment; Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
D. NFPA 99 - Essential Eleckical Systems for Health Care Facilities
E. NFPA 110 - Emergency and Standby Power Systems
F. IEEE Standard 446 - IEEE Recommended practice for Emergency and
Standby Power Systems for Commercial and lndustrial Applications
G. NEMA Standard lCS10-1993 (formerly |CS244Z) - AC Automatic
Transfer Switches
H. UL 508 lndustrial Control Equipment
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-Automatic TransGr Switches
16/,14-1
1.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
Delayed transition transfer switches shall be ASCO 4000 Series. Any
alternate shall be submitted for approval to the consulting engineer at
least 10 days prior to bid. Alternate bids must list any deviations from this
specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,01 MECHANICALLY HELD TRANSFER SWITCH
A. The transfer switch unit shall be electrically operated and mechanically
held. The electrical operator shall be a solenoid mechanism,
momentarily energized. The transfer switch unit shall include both
electrical and mechanical interlocks to prevent both sets of main
contacts from being closed at the same time. Main operators which
include overcurrent disconnect devices OR do not include electrical
and mechanical interlocks will not be accepted.
B. All transfer switch sizes shall use only one type of main operator for
ease of maintenance and commonality of parts.
C. The switch shall be positively locked and unaffected by momentary
outages, so that contact pressure is maintained at a constant value
and contact temperature rise is minimized for maximum reliability and
operating life.
D. All main contacts shall be silver composition. Switches rated 800
amperes and above shall have segmented, blow-on construction for
high withstand and close-on capability and be protected by separate
arcing contacts.
E. lnspection of all contacts shall be possible from the front of the switch
without disassembly of operating linkages and without disconnection of
power conductors. Switches rated 800 amps and higher shall have
front removable and replaceable contacts. All stationary and moveable
contacts shall be replaceable without removing power conductors
and/or bus bars.
F. Designs utilizing components of molded-case circuit breakers,
contactors, or parts thereof, which are not intended for continuous
duty, repetitive switching or transfer between two active power sources
are not acceptable.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-Automatic Transfer Switches
16414-2
G. Where neutral conductors are to be solidly connected as shown on the
plans, a neutral conductor plate with fully rated AL-CU pressure
connectors shall be provided.
2.O2 MICROPROCESSORCONTROLLER
The controller's sensing and logic shall be provided by a single built-in
microprocessor for maximum reliability, minimum maintenance, and
the ability to communicate serially through an optional serial
communication module or Ethernet connectivity module.
A single controller shall provide twelve selectable nominal voltages for
maximum application flexibility and minimal spare part requirements.
Voltage sensing shall be true RMS type and shall be accurate to L 1o/o
of nominal voltage. Frequency sensing shall be accurate to ! O.2o/o.
The panel shall be capable of operating over a temperature range of -
20 to +60 degrees C and storage from -55 to +85 degrees C.
The controller shall be connected to the kansfer switch by an
interconnecting wiring harness. The harness shall include a keyed
disconnect plug to enable the controller to be disconnected from the
transfer switch for routine maintenance. Sensing and control logic shall
be provided on multi-layer printed circuit boards. lnterfacing relays
shall be industrial grade plug-in type with dust covers. The panel shall
be enclosed with a protective cover and be mounted separately from
the transfer switch unit for safety and ease of maintenance. The
protective cover shall include a built-in pocket for storage of the
operator's manuals.
The controller shall meet or exceed the requirements for
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) as follows:
1 . EN 5501 1 :1991 Emission standard - Group 1 , Class A2. EN 50082-2:1995 Generic immunity standard, from which:
EN 61000-4-2:1995 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) immunity
ENV 50140:1993 Radiated Electro-Magnetic field immunity
EN 61000-44:1 995 Electrical fast transient (EFT) immunity
EN 61000-4-5:1995 Surge transient immunity
EN 61000-4-6:1996 Conducted Radio-Frequency field immunity3. \EEE472 (ANSI C37.90A) Ring Wave Test.
2,03 ENCLOSURE
A. The DTTS shall be furnished in a Type 3R enclosure unless otherwise
shown on the plans.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-Automatic Transfer Switches
16414-3
B. All standard door mounted switches and indicating lights described in
section 3 shall be integrated into flush - mounted, interface membrane
or equivalent in the enclosure door for easy viewing % replacement.
The panel shall include a manual locking feature to allow the user to
lockout all membrane mounted control switches to prevent
unauthorized tampering. The membrane panel shall be suitable for
mounting by others when furnished on open type units.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONTROLLER DISPLAY AND KEYPAD
A. A four line, 20 character LCD display and keypad shall be an integral
part of the controller for viewing all available data and setting desired
operational parameters. Operational parameters shall also be
available for viewing and limited control through the communications
interface port. The following parameters shall only be adjustable via
DIP switches on the controller:
1. Nominal line voltage and frequency2. Single or three phase sensing3. Operating parameter protection
4. Transfer operating mode configuration
(Open transition, Closed transition, or Delayed transition)
All instructions and controller settings shall be easily accessible,
readable and accomplished without the use of codes, calculations, or
instruction manuals.
3.02 VOLTAGE, FREQUENCY AND PHASE ROTATION SENSING
A. Voltage and frequency on both the normal and emergency sources (as
noted below) shall be continuously monitored, with the following
pickup, dropout, and trip setting capabilities (values shown as % of
nominal unless otherwise specified):
overvoltage N&E,30 102to 115o/o
Underfrequency N&E 85 to 98%
Overfrequency N&E 1021o 110o/o
Voltage unbalance N&E 5lo 20o/o
Parameter
Undervoltage
Sources Dropout / Trio
N&E,30 70 to 98%
Pickup / Reset
85 to 100%
2% below trip
90 to 100%
2% below trip
1% below dropout
Non-Automatic Transfer Switches
164144
B. Repetitive accuracy of all settings shall be within t 0.5% over an
operating temperature range of -20'C to 60'C.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
C. Voltage and frequency settings shall be field adjustable in 1%
increments either locally with the display and keypad or remotely via
the communications interface port.
D. The controller shall be capable (when activated by the keypad or
through the serial port) of sensing the phase rotation of both the
normal and emergency sources. The source shall be considered
unacceptable if the phase rotation is not the preferred rotation selected
(ABC or CBA)
E. Source status screens shall be provided for both normal & emergency
to provide digital readout of voltage on all 3 phases, frequency, and
phase rotation.
3.03 TIME DELAYS
A. An adjustable time delay of 0 to 6 seconds shall be provided to
override momentary normal source outages and delay all transfer and
engine starting signals. Capability shall be provided to extend this time
delay to 60 minutes by providing an external 24VDC power supply.
B. A time delay shall be provided on transfer to emergency, adjustable
from 0 to 60 minutes, for conkolled timing of transfer of loads to
emergency.
C. Two time delay modes (which are independently adjustable) shall be
provided on re-transfer to normal. One time delay shall be for actual
normal power failures and the other for the test mode function. The
time delays shall be adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes. Time delay shall
be automatically bypassed if the emergency source fails and the
normal source is acceptable.
D. A time delay shall be provided on shut down of engine generator for
cool down, adjustable from 0 to 60 minutes.
E. A time delay activated output signal shall also be provided to drive an
external relay(s) for selective load disconnect control. The controller
shall have the ability to activate an adjustable 0 to 5 minute time delay
in any of the following modes:
1. Prior to transfer only.
2. Prior to and after transfer.
3. Normal to emergency only.
4. Emergency to normal only.
5. Normal to emergency and emergency to normal.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-Automatic Transfer Switches
16414-5
6. All transfer conditions or only when both sources are available.
F. The controller shall also include the following built-in time delay for
Delayed Transition operation :
1 . 0 to 5 minute time delay for the load disconnect position for
Delayed Transition operation.
G. All time delays shall be adjustable in 1 second increments, except the
extended parallel time, which shall be adjustable in .01 second
increments.
H. All time delays shall be adjustable by using the LCD display and
keypad or with a remote device connected to the communications
interface port.
3.03 ADDITIONAL FEATURES
A. Membrane-type switches shall be provided for the test and retransfer
to normal functions. The test position will simulate a normal source
failure. The retransfer to normal position shall bypass the time delays
on retransfer to normal.
B. A SPDT contact, rated 5 amps at 30 VDC, shall be provided for a low-
voltage engine start signal. The start signal shall prevent dry cranking
of the engine by requiring the generator set to reach proper output, and
run for the duration of the cool down setting, regardless of whether the
normal source restores before the load is transferred.
C. Auxiliary contacts, rated 10 amps, 250 VAC shall be provided
consisting of two contacts, closed when the DTTS is connected to the
normal source and two contacts closed, when the DTTS is connected
to the emergency source.
D. LED indicating lights shall be provided; one to indicate when the DTTS
is connected to the normal source (green) and one to indicate when
the DTTS is connected to the emergency source (red).
E. LED indicating lights shall be provided and energized by controller
outputs. The lights shall provide true source availability of the normal
and emergency sources, as determined by the voltage sensing trip and
reset settings for each source.
F. A membrane switch shall be provided on the membrane panel to test
all indicating lights when pressed.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-Automatic Transfer Switches
16414-6
G.
H.
I.
J
The following features shall be built-in to the controller, but capable of
being activated through keypad programming or the communications
interface port only when required by the user:
Provide the ability to select "commiVno commit to transfer" to
determine whether the load should be transferred to the emergency
generator if the normal source restores before the generator is ready to
accept the load.
An lnphase monitor shall be provided in the controller. The monitor
shall control transfer so that motor load inrush currents do not exceed
normal starting currents, and shall not require external control of power
sources. The inphase monitor shall be specifically designed for and be
the product of the DTTS manufacturer. The inphase monitor shall be
equal to ASCO Feature 27.
The controller shall be capable of accepting a normally open contact
that will allow the transfer switch to function in a non-automatic mode
when a non-automatic version of the user interface membrane is
furnished.
Engine Exerciser - The controller shall provide an internal engine
exerciser. The engine exerciser shall allow the user to program up to
seven different exercise routines. For each routine, the user shall be
able to:
Enable or disable the routlne.
Enable or disable transfer of the load during routine.
Set the start time
a. time of day
b. day ofweek
c. week of month (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, alternate or every)
4. Set the duration ofthe run.
At the end of the specified duration the switch shall transfer the load
back to normal and run the generator for the specified cool down
period. A 10-year life battery that supplies power to the real time clock
in the event of a power loss will maintain all time and date information.
K. Key Locking Feature - The control switches on the interface
membrane shall be capable of being locked via password protected
screens on the controller LCD display to prevent unauthorized
tampering. A red LED indicator shall be illuminated on the interface
membrane when the membrane controls are locked.
Non-Automatic Transfer Swrtches
16414-7
1.
2.
J.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
M.
The following feature shall be built - into the controller, but capable of
being activated through keypad programming or the communications
interface port.
Note: The transfer switch will operate in a non-automatic mode with
this feature activated.
Terminals shall be provided for a remote contact which opens to signal
the DTTS to transfer to emergency and for remote contacts which
open to inhibit transfer to emergency and/or retransfer to normal. Both
of these inhibit signals can be activated through the keypad or the
communications interface port.
System Status - The controller LCD display shall include a "System
Status" screen which shall be readily accessible from any point in the
menu by depressing the "ESC" key a maximum of two times. This
screen shall display a clear description of the active operating
sequence and switch position. For example,
Normal Failed
Load on Normal
TD Normal to Emerg
2min15s
Controllers that require multiple screens to determine system status or
display "coded" system status messages, which must be explained by
references in the operator's manual, are not permissible.
Self Diagnostics - The controller shall contain a diagnostic screen for
the purpose of detecting system errors. This screen shall provide
information on the status input signals to the controller which may be
preventing load transfer commands from being completed.
Communications lnterface - The controller shall be capable of
interfacing, through an optional communications interface module, with
a network of transfer switches. lt shall be able to connect via an RS-
485 Serial communication module (up to 4000 ft. direct connect or
multi-drop configuration), an Ethernet connectivity module (over
standard l0baseT Ethernet networks) or remotely through PSTN dial-
up modem communications. This module shall allow for seamless
integration of existing or new communication transfer devices.
Standard software specific for transfer switch applications shall be
available by the transfer switch manufacturer. This software shall
allow for the monitoring, control and setup of parameters. The transfer
Non-Automatrc Transfer Switches
16414-8
N.
o.
P.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
L.
switch shall also be able to interface to 3rd party applications using
ModbusRTU and ModbusTCP open standard protocols. The
communication interface module shall be equal to ASCO Accessory
72A (RS485 Serial), ASCO Accessory 72E (1OBaseT Ethernet), or
ASCO Accessory 924 (PSTN dial-up modem).
Q. Data Logging - The controller shall have the ability to log data and to
maintain the last 99 events, even in the event of total power loss. The
following events shall be time and date stamped and maintained in a
non-volatile memory:
1. Event Logging
Data and time and reason for transfer normal to emergency.
Data and time and reason for transfer emergency to normal.
Data and time and reason for engine start.
Data and time engine stopped.
Data and time emergency source available.
Data and time emergency source not available.
2. Statistical Data
Total number of transfers.
Total number of transfers due to source failure.
Total number of days controller is energized.
Total number of hours both normal and emergency sources
are available.
PART 4 - ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
4,01 WITHSTAND AND CLOSING RATINGS
The DTTS shall be rated to close on and withstand the available RMS
symmetrical short circuit current at the DTTS terminals with the type of
overcurrent protection shown on the plans.
The DTTS shall be UL listed in accordance with UL 1008 and be
labeled in accordance with that standard's 1/z and 3 cycle, longtime
ratings. DTTSs which are not tested and labeled with 1% and 3 cycle
(any breaker) ratings and have series, or specific breaker ratings only,
are not acceptable.
4.02 TESTS AND CERTIFICATION
A. The complete DTTS shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation
of the individual components and correct overall sequence of operation
and to ensure that the operating transfer time, voltage, frequency and
a.
b.
c.
d.
f.
a.
b.
c.
d.
A.
B.
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-AutomatG Transfer Switches
16414-9
time delay settings are in compliance with the specification
req uirements.
B. Upon request, the manufacturer shall provide a notarized letter
certifying compliance with all of the requirements of this specification
including compliance with the above codes and standards, and
withstand and closing ratings. The certification shall identify, by serial
numbe(s), the equipment involved. No exceptions to the
specifications, other than those stipulated at the time of the submittal,
shall be included in the certification.
C. The DTTS manufacturer shall be certified to ISO 9001 lnternational
Quality Standard and the manufacturer shall have third party
certification verifying quality assurance in design/development,
production, installation and servicing in accordance with ISO 9001.
4.03 SERVICEREPRESENTATION
A. The DTTS manufacturer shall maintain a national service organization of
company-employed personnel located throughout the contiguous United
States. The service center's personnel must be factory trained and must
be on call 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
B. The manufacturer shall maintain records of each switch, by serial number,
for a minimum of 20 years.
END OF SECTION
Rev 09/2014
Cannon 120113
Non-Automatic Transfer Switches
16414-10
sEcfloN 16441
SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Switchboard.
B. Switchboardaccessories.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete for supporting
foundations and pads.
B. Section 16060 - Grounding and Bonding.
C. Section 16443 - Motor Control Center
1.03 REFERENCES
A. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
B. NEMA PB 2 - Dead Front Distribution Switchboards.
C. NEMA PB 2.1 - lnstructions for Safe Handling, lnstallation, Operation
and Maintenance of Deadfront Switchboards Rated 600 Volts or Less.
D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
E. Distribution Equipment(lnternational Electrical TestingAssociation).
F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 - Submittal
Procedures.
B. Product Data: Provide electrical characteristics including voltage,
frame size and trip ratings, fault current withstand ratings, and time-
current curves of all equipment and components.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Switchboards
16441-1
1.05
1.06
1.07
1.08
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120113
C. Shop Drawings: lndicate front and side views of enclosures with
overall dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and
requirements; nameplate legends; size and number of bus bars per
phase, neutral, and ground; and switchboard instrument details.
D. Before fabrication, submit Main Switchboard Shop Drawings for
approval to Vernon Light and Power.
SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
A. Section 01330, Submittals.
B. Test Reports: lndicate results of factory production tests.
C. Manufacturer's lnstructions: lndicateapplication conditions and
limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under
Regulatory Requirements. lnclude inskuctions for storage, handling,
protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product.
SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Submittals for project
closeout
B. Record actual locations of switchboard in project record documents.
C. Maintenance Data: lnclude spare parts listing; source and current
prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended
maintenance procedures and intervals.
QUALIFICATIONS
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products
specified in this section with minimum 10-years' documented experience.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, lnc. as
suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.
Switchboards
16441-2
1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and
protect products.
B. Deliver in 48-inch 1 219 mm maximum width shipping splits,
individually wrapped for protection and mounted on shipping skids.
C. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an
additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from
dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.
D. Handle in accordance with NEMA PB 2.1 and manufacturer's written
instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle
carefully to avoid damage to switchboard internal components,
enclosure, and finish.
1.10 FIELDMEASUREMENTS
Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
1.11 MAINTENANCEMATERIALS
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Contract Closeout
B. Furnish two of each key.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Square D, Speed-D Series.
B. Switchboards shall be manufactured, assembled, and wired by OEM
factory, i.e., Square D factory, or an OEM authorized Square D U1508
panel shop. The use of third party supply and assembly is not
acceptable and will be rejected.
C. Main switchboard and motor control center shall be the same
manufacturer.
D. Section 01600 - Product Requirements: Product options and
substitutions
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Switchboards
16441-3
2.02 SWITCHBOARD
A. Description: NEMA PB 2 switchboard with electrical ratings and
configurations as indicated and specified.
B. Ratings:
1. Voltage: 480 volts.2. Configuration: Three phase, four wire, grounded.
3. Main Bus: As shown on the Drawings.4. lntegrated Equipment Rating: As shown on the Drawings.
C. lncoming Underground Pull Section: Size as shown on Drawings.
Depth and height to match switchboard. Arrange as shown on
Drawings. ln accordance with utility company requirements.
D. Main Section Devices: Main circuit breaker shall be UL rated,
manually operated and as shown on Drawings.
E. Bus Material: Copper with tin plating, standard size.
F. Bus Connections: Bolted, accessible from front for maintenance.
G. Fully insulate load side bus bars. Do not reduce spacing of insulated
bus.
H. Ground Bus: Extend length of switchboard.
l. Line and Load Terminations: Accessible from the front only of the
switchboard, suitable for the conductor materials and sizes indicated.
J. Metering Transformer Compartment: For Utility Company's use;
compartment size, bus spacing and drilling, door, and locking and
sealing requirements in accordance with Utility Company's
requirements.
K. Enclosure: See Drawings for NEMA rating.
1 . Align sections at front and rear.2. Switchboard Height: As shown on Drawings, excluding floor sills,
lifting members and pull boxes.3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard light gray enamel over external
surfaces. Coat internal surfaces with minimum one coat
corrosion-resisting paint, or plate with cadmium or zinc.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120'113
Switchboards
164414
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Manufacturer quality control.
B. Shop inspect and test switchboard according to NEMA PB 2.
C. Make completed switchboard available for inspection at manufacturer's
factory prior to packaging for shipment. Notify Owner at least 14-days
before inspection is allowed.
D. Allow witnessing of factory inspections and tests at manufacturer's test
facility. Notify Owner at least 14-days before inspections and tests are
scheduled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
Provide concrete housekeeping pads under the provisions of Section 03300
and as shown on Drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. lnstall switchboard in locations shown on Drawings, according to NEMA
PB 2.1.
B. Tighten accessible bus connections and mechanical fasteners after
placing switchboard.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 01400 - Quality Requirements: Field inspection, testing, and
adjusting.
B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.1.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Adjusting installed work.
B. Adjust all operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.
C. Tighten bolted bus connections in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120'113
Switchboards
'16441-5
D. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values as instructed
by Engineer.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Section 01700 - Execution Requirements: Cleaning installed work.
B. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Switchboards
16441-6
SECTION 16'143
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
Motor control centers.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Housekeeping Pads.
B. Section 13350 - SCADA Programmable Logic Controller
C. Section 15170 - Motors
D. Section 16950 - Control Panels
1.03 REFERENCES
A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
B. UL 198C - High-lnterrupting Capacity Fuses; Current Limiting Type.
C. UL 198E - Class R Fuses.
D. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
E. NEMA ICS 2 - lndustrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies.
F. NEMA ICS 2.3 - lnstructions for the Handling, lnstallation, Operation,
and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers.
G. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power
Distribution Equipment (lnternational Electrical Testing Association).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01330 - Submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: lnclude front and side views of enclosures with overall
dimensions shown; conduit entrance locations and requirements;
nameplate legends; size and number of bus bars per phase, and
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-1
ground; electrical characteristics including voltage, frame size and trip
ratings, withstand ratings, and time/current curves of all equipment and
components.
C. Test Reports: lndicate field test and inspection procedures and test
results.
D. Manufacturer's lnstallation lnstructions: lndicate application conditions
and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified
under Regulatory Requirements. lnclude instructions for storage,
handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting
of Product.
1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700 - Execution Requirements.
B. Maintenance Data: lnclude spare parts data listing; source and current
prices of replacement parts and supplies; and recommended
maintenance procedures and intervals.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with NEMA ICS 2.3.
B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1,07 QUALIFICATIONS
Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified
in this section with minimum 1O-years' documented experience.
1.08 REGULATORYREQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, lnc.
as suitable for purpose specified and indicated.
1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of
Section 01600 - Product Requirements.
B. Deliver in 60-inch maximum width shipping splits, individually wrapped
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
l\rotor Control Centers
16443-2
for protection, and mounted on shipping skids.
C. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an
additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt,
water, construction debris, and traffic.
D. Handle in accordance with NEMA ICS 2.3. Lift only with lugs provided
for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to motor control
center components, enclosure, and finish.
1.10 ENVIRONMENTALREQUIREMENTS
Conform to NEMA ICS 2 service conditions during and after installation of
motor control centers.
1.11 FIELDMEASUREMENTS
Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS
Furnish under provisions of Section 01 700 - Execution Requirements.
Provide two of each size and type fuse installed.
1.13 WARRANW
A. The MCC shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of 18-months from date of invoice from
manufacturer or authorized sales channel.
B. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may
have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in
addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the
Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents
PART2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Shall be Square D@ Model 6 Series.
B. Switchboards shall be manufactured, assembled, and wired by OEM
factory, i.e., Square D factory, or an OEM authorized Square D UL508
panel shop. The use of third party supply and assembly is not
Rev 07/20'13
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16/143-3
2.02
2.03
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
acceptable and will be rejected.
MATERIALS
Steel material shall comply with UL 845 and CSA requirements.
Each MCC shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gage
steel bolted together to form a rigid, freestanding assembly. A removable
7 gage structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the
MCC shipping block at the top. Removable 7 gage bottom channel sills
shall be mounted underneath front and rear of the vertical sections
extending the full width of the shipping block. Vertical sections shall be
made of welded side-frame assembly formed from a minimum of 12
gage steel. lnternal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 12 gage
and 14 gage steel to provide a strong, rigid assembly. The entire
assembly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand normal
stresses included in transit and during installation.
MCC FINISH
Steel parts shall be provided with UL and CSA listed acrylic/alkyd baked
enamel paint finish or triglycidyl isocyanurate (TGIC) powder coat, except
plated parts used for ground connections. Painted parts shall undergo a
multi-stage treatment process, followed by the finishing paint coat.
Pre-treatment shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
1. Hot alkaline cleaner to remove grease and oil.
2. lron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosion
resistance.
The paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to ensure
a uniform paint coat with high adhesion.
The standard paint finish shall be tested to UL 50 per ASTM 81 17 (5
percent ASTM salt spray) with no greater than 0.12S-inch (3.18 mm) loss
of paint from a scribed line.
Paint color shall be #49 medium light gray per ANSI 255.1 (60 to 70
gloss) on all surfaces unless specified otherwise. Control station plates
and escutcheon plates shall be painted a contrasting gray. Unit interior
saddles shall be painted white for better visibility inside the unit.
Motor Control Centers
164434
A.
B.
c.
D.
E
2.04
2.05
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
C.
D.
STRUCTURES
Structures shall be totally enclosed, deadfront, freestanding assemblies.
Structures shall be capable of being bolted together to form a single
assembly.
The overall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90 inches (2286 mm), not
including base channel or lifting angle. Base channels, 1.S-inches (38
mm) in height, and lifting angles, 3-inches (76 mm) in height, shall be
removable. The total width of one section shall be 20-inches (508 mm).
Widths of 2S-inches (635 mm), 30-inches (762 mm), and 3S-inches (889
mm) can be used for larger devices.
Structures shall be NEMA/EEMAC Type 3R non-walk-in (rainproof).
Each 20-inch (508 mm) wide standard section shall have all the
necessary hardware and bussing for modular plug-on units to be added
and moved around. Unused space shall be covered by hinged blank
doors or appropriate cover plate and equipped to accept future units.
Vertical bus openings shall be covered by manual bus shutters.
Each section shall include, but shall not be limited to, a top plate (single
piece or two-piece). NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 shall also include a bottom
plate. Top and bottom plates shall be removable for ease in cutting
conduit entry openings.
WIREWAYS
Structures shall contain a minimum 12-inch (305 mm) high horizontal
wireway at the top of each section and a minimum 6-inch (152 mm) high
horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section. These wireways shall
run the full length of MCC to allow room for power and control cable to
connect between units in different sections.
A full-depth vertical wireway shall be provided in each MCC section that
shall accept modular plug-on units. The vertical wireway shall connect
with both the top and bottom horizontal wireway. The vertical wireway
shall be 4-inches (102 mm) wide minimum with a separate hinged door.
There shall be a minimum of 60-square inches (387 square centimeters)
of cabling space available for 1S-inch (381 mm) deep sections and 80-
square inches (516 square centimeters) of cabling space available for
2O-inch (508 mm) deep sections. Access to the wireways shall not
require opening control unit doors. Structures that house a single, full
section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways. Those
control units shall open directly into the MCC horizontal wireways.
Motor Control Centers
16i143-5
E.
A.
B.
2.06
2.07
Rev O7l2O13
Cannon 120113
A.
BARRIERS
Power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit
compartments and the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted
onto a glass-filled polyester support assembly that shall brace the bus
against the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal bus
shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a two-piece rigid non-
conductive barrier. The barrier design shall allow qualified personnel to
slide the barriers both left and right, to allow access to the bus and
connections for maintenance without having to remove the barrier.
Barrier sliding shall occur via an upper and lower track system.
The vertical bus shall be housed in a molded glass-filled polyester
support that shall provide bus insulation and shall brace the bus against
the forces generated during a short circuit. These supports shall have
openings every 3-inches (76 mm) for unit stab-on connections. Each
opening shall be provided with a manual shutter to close off the stab
opening. These shutters shall be attached to the structure so that when
they are removed (to allow a stab connection) they shall be retained in
the structure and shall be readily accessible for use should a plug-in unit
be removed from the MCC.
BUSSING
Bussing and connectors shall be tin-plated copper.
The main horizontal bus shall be rated at 800 amperes continuous and
shall extend the full length of the MCC. Bus ratings shall be based on
149 degree F (65 degree C) maximum temperature rise in a 104 degree
F (40 degree C) ambient. Provisions shall be provided for splicing
additional sections onto either end of the MCC.
The horizontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled into a captive bus
stack. This bus stack shall be installed into the end of the MCC power
bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice
shall utilize four bolts, two on each side of the bus split, for each phase.
Additional bolts shall not be required when splicing higher amperage bus.
The splice bolts shall secure to self-clenching nuts installed in the bus
assembly. lt shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a
single tool.
Each section that accepts plug-in units shall be provided with a vertical
bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug-in
starter units. This bus shall be of the same material and plating as the
main bus, and shall be rated at 600 amperes continuous. The vertical
bus shall be connected directly to the horizontal bus stack without the
Motor Control Centers
'16443-5
B.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
use of risers or other intervening connectors. lt shall be possible to
maintain the vertical to horizontal bus connection with a single tool. Nut-
and-bolt bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted. When
a backto-back unit arrangement is utilized, separate vertical bus shall be
provided for both the front and rear units.
A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided that shall run the entire
length of the MCC. The ground bus shall be 0.25-inch (6.35 mm) x 1-inch
(25 mm) and shall be rated for 300 amperes. A compression lug shall be
provided in the MCC tor a 410-250 kcmil ground cable. The ground bus
shall be provided with six 0.38-inch (9.65 mm) holes for each vertical
section to accept user-supplied ground lugs for any loads requiring a
ground conductor.
Each vertical section shall have a copper vertical ground bus that shall
be connected to the horizontal ground bus. This vertical ground bus shall
be installed so that the plug-in units engage the ground bus prior to
engagement of the power stabs and shall disengage only after the power
stabs are disconnected upon removal of the plug-in unit.
The system shall be rated for an available short circuit capacity of 42,000
amperes rms.
TYPICAL UNIT CONSTRUCTION
Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 400 ampere frame, and
fusible switch disconnects through 400 amperes, shall connect to the
vertical bus through a spring reinforced stab-on connector. Units with
larger disconnects shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus
with appropriately sized cable or riser bus.
Conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be
shrouded by a suitable insulating material to prevent accidental contact
with those parts.
Unit mounting shelves shall include, but shall not be limited to, hanger
brackets to support the unit weight during installation and removal. Plug-
on units shall use a twin-handle camming lever located at the top of the
bucket to rack in and out the plug-on unit. The cam lever shall work in
conjunction with the hanger brackets to ensure positive stab alignment.
A lever handle operator shall be provided on each disconnect. With the
unit stabs engaged onto the vertical phase bus and the unit door closed,
the handle mechanism shall allow complete on/off control of the unit.
Circuit breaker operators shall include, but shall not be limited, a
separate tripped position to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip
Motor Control Centers
16443-7
F.
2.08
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
G.
B,
C.
D.
condition. lt shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without
opening the control unit door. Clear indication of disconnect status shall
be provided, by adhering to the following operator handle positions:
1. Handle on position shall be up or to the left and within 45 degrees
of being parallel to the face of the equipment.
2. Handle off position shall be down or to the right and within 45
degrees of being parallel to the face of the equipment.
3. The minimum separation between the on and off positions shall be
90 degrees.
4. On circuit breaker disconnects, the handle tripped position shall be
perpendicular to the face of the equipment t30 degrees. Minimum
separation between on and tripped shall be 30 degrees. Minimum
separation between tripped and off shall be 45 degrees.
E. A mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit
door when the disconnect is in the on position. Another mechanical
interlock shall prevent the operator from placing the disconnect in the on
position while the unit door is open. lt shall be possible for authorized
personnel to defeat these interlocks.
F. A non-defeatable interlock shall be provided to prevent installing or
removing a plug-on unit unless the disconnect is in the off position.
G. The plug-in unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which shall
engage the vertical ground bus prior to, and shall release after, the
power bus stab-on connectors.
H. Provisions shall be provided for locking disconnects in the off position
with up to three padlocks.
l. Handle mechanisms shall be located on the left side to encourage
operators to stand to the left of the unit being switched.
J. Unit construction shall combine with the vertical wireway isolation barrier
to provide a fully compartmentalized design.
2,09 COMPONENTS FOR TYPICAL UNITS
A. CombinationStarters:
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-8
1. Combination starters shall use a unit disconnect as described in
Typical Unit Construction Article above. Magnetic starters shall be
furnished in combination starter units. Starters shall utilize
NEMA/EEMAC rated contactors. Starters shall be provided with a
three-pole, external manual reset, overload relay for eutectic
melting alloy thermal overload units.
2. When provided, control circuit transformers shall include, but shall
not be limited to, two primary protection fuses and one secondary
fuse (in the non-ground secondary conductor). The transformer
shall be sized to accommodate the contacto(s) and connected
control circuit loads. The transformer rating shall be fully visible from
the front when the unit door is opened.
3. When a unit control circuit transformer is not provided, the
disconnect shall include, but shall not be limited to, an electrical
interlock for disconnection of externally powered control circuits.
4. Auxiliary control circuit interlocks shall be provided where indicated.
Auxiliary interlocks shall be field convertible to normally open or
normally closed operation.
5. NEMA/EEMAC Size 14 starters shall be mounted directly adjacent
to the wireway so that power wiring (motor leads) shall connect
directly to the starter terminals without the use of interposing
terminals. Larger starters shall be arranged so that power wiring
may exit through the bottom of the starter cubical without entering
the vertical wireway.
B. Terminal Blocks:
1. When Type B wiring is specified, starter units shall be provided with
unit control terminal blocks.
2. Terminal blocks shall be the pull-apart type with a minimum rating of
250 volts and 10 amperes. Current carrying parts shall be tin-plated.
Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit
door is opened. Terminal blocks shall be DIN rail-mounted with the
stationary portion of the block secured to the unit bottom plate. The
stationary portion shall be used for factory connections, and shall
remain attached to the unit when removed. The terminals used for
field connections shall face forward so they can be wired without
removing the unit or any of its components.
3. When Type C wiring is specified, starter units shall be provided with
unit control terminal blocks as described for Type B wiring along
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-9
c.
D.
with power terminal blocks for Size 1-3 units. An additional set of
terminal blocks shall be provided in a terminal compartment located
in each section. These terminal blocks shall be pre-wired to the unit
terminals so that field control connections can be made at the
terminal compartments.
Nameplates: Provide engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC and
unit compa(ment. Provide gray background with white letters, measuring
a minimum of 1.S-inches (38 mm) high x 6.25-inches (159 mm) wide total
outside dimensions.
Pilot Device Panel: Each combination starter unit shall be proved with a
hinged/removable control station plate, which can accommodate up to
five 0.87-inch (22 mm) pilot devices or three 1 .18-inch (30 mm) pilot
devices. [The control station plate can be deleted if no local unit pilot
devices are required.l
ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY AC DRIVE UNIT CONSTRUCTION
The AC drive controller unit shall be a combination disconnect-drive MCC
style unit. The input circuit breaker shall provide NEC required branch
circuit protection. The branch circuit protection shall have an external
operator. The adjustable frequency drives shall be variable torque AC
drives. Wiring between the AC drive and the disconnect shall not be
disturbed when removing or installing the AC drive controller unit from
the MCC.
The AC drive shall be of same manufacturer of motor control center,
Square D Altivar 61 series.
Units shall be of modular construction so that it shall be possible to
readily interchange units of the same size without modifications to the
MCC structure.
Conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be isolated
to prevent accidental contact with those parts.
AC drive controller units up to 50 horsepower variable torque shall be
plug-on units which shall connect to the vertical bus through a spring-
reinforced, stab-on connector. Units larger than 50 horsepower variable
torque shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with
appropriately sized cable or riser bus.
AC drive controller unit interior mounting panels shall be white for better
visibility.
Motor Control Centers
16443-10
2.10
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
c.
D.
E.
F.
t.
Rev 0712013
Cannon 120113
G.
H.
A disconnect operator shall be provided per Typical Unit Construction
Article above.
Plug-on AC drive controller units shall have a grounded stab-on connector
which shall engage the vertical ground bus prior to, and shall release
after, the power bus stab-on connectors engage/release.
AC drive controller units shall be provided with unit control terminal
blocks for use in terminating field wiring. Terminal blocks shall be pull-
apart type, 250 volts, and rated for 10 amperes. Current-carrying parts
shall be tin-plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit
when the unit door is opened. The stationary portion of the terminal block
shall be used for factory connections and shall remain attached to the
unit when the portion used for field connections is removed. The
terminals used for field connections shall be accessible so they can be
wired without removing the unit or any of its components.
The AC drive controller unit shall incorporate a self-contained, air-based
cooling system. The cooling system shall be an air conditioner unit. Air
exhaust vents shall be louvered to help direct airflow away from
personnel operating the AC drive controller unit. Fans, ductwork, or filters
shall be easily accessible for maintenance.
The AC drive controller unit cooling system shall be sized to cool the
drive regardless of mounting location within the MCC. The AC drive
controller unit shall not be restricted to a specific location in the MCC.
An internal overtemperature trip shall be provided to detect cooling
system failure or blockage. Upon occurrence of an overtemperature trip,
the cooling system fans shall continue running to provide a rapid cool
down.
Power for the cooling system shall be provided from the MCC
panelboard.
Electrical Ratings:
1. The AC drive controller unit shall be designed to operate from an
input voltage of 480 volts AC, t10 percent.
2. The AC drive controller unit shall operate from an input voltage
frequency range of 57 to 63 hertz.
3. The displacement power factor shall not be less than 0.95 lagging
under any speed or load condition.
Motor Control Centers
16443-11
J.
K.
M.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
4. The efficiency of the AC drive at 100 percent speed and load shall
not be less than 96 percent.
5. The variable torque overtorque capacity shall be 130 percent for 1
minute.
6. The output carrier frequency of the AC drive shall be selectable
between 1 kHz and 16 kHz, depending on inverter rating for low
noise operation. The output carrier frequency of the AC drive shall
be randomly modulated to avoid resonance.
7. AC drive controller unit feeder equipment, including, but not limited
to, conductors, lugs, disconnects, contactors, etc., shall be sized
per NEC Article 430 for the AC drive input current rating. An
impedance range corresponding to a22,000 to 100,000 amperes
fault availability level shall be assumed for the input current rating.
N. Protection:
1. The AC drive controller unit shall be protected against fault currents
up to and including 100,000 amperes rms symmetrical at 480 volts
AC and shall be UL 845 listed as verification.
2. Upon power-up, the AC drive shall automatically test for valid
operation of memory, option module, loss of analog reference input,
loss of communication, dynamic brake failure, DC{o-DC power
supply, control power, and the pre-charge circuit.
3. The AC drive controller unit shall be protected against short circuits
between output phases, between output phases and ground, on the
internal power supplies, and on the logic and analog outputs.
4. The AC drive controller unit shall have a minimum AC undervoltage
power loss ride-through of 200 milliseconds (12 cycles). The AC
drive shall have the user-defined option of frequency fold-back to
increase the duration of the power-loss ride-through.
5. The AC drive shall have a selectable ride-through function which
shall allow the logic to maintain control for a minimum of 1 second
(60 cycles) without faulting.
6. For a fault condition other than a ground fault, short circuit, or
internal fault, an auto restart function shall provide restart attempts
for a period of S-minutes and up to an unlimited amount time
depending on setting. The restart attempts shall be separated by
increasingly longer waiting periods to allow the condition to be
Motor Control Centers
16443-12
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
cleared.
7. The deceleration mode of the AC drive shall be programmable. The
stop modes shall include, but shall not be limited to, freewheel stop,
ramp stop, fast stop, and DC injection braking.
8. Upon loss of the analog process follower reference signal, the AC
drive shall be programmable to fault and freewheel stop, ramp stop,
fast stop, stop without trip, automatically restart, run at last speed,
or maintain a user-defined low speed setting.
9. The AC drive shall have solid-state l2t protection that shall be UL
listed, shall meet UL 508 as a Class 10 overload protection, and
shall meet IEC 60947. The minimum adjustment range shall be
from 25 to 150 percent of the nominal current rating of the AC drive
controller unit.
10. The AC drive shall have three skip frequency ranges with hysteresis
adjustment that can each be programmed independently, back-to-
back, or overlapping.
1 1. The AC drive shall include, but shall not be limited to, an adjustable
thermal alarm which can be assigned to a relay or logic output to
indicate the drive temperature has reached the thermal alarm
setting.
O. Adjustment and Configuration:
1. The AC drive shall have a user selectable auto tune feature. The
auto tune shall automatically send motor-rated current to the
connected motor and store the resulting resistance data into
memory. The AC drive shall automatically optimize the operating
characteristics according to the stored data.
2. The AC drive motor and control parameters shall be factory preset
to operate most common applications. Necessary adjustments for
factory supplied unit operator controls and sequencing shall be pre-
programmed and tested by the manufacturer.
3. A choice of three types of acceleration and deceleration ramps shall
be available in the AC drive software; linear, S-curve, and U-curve,
as well as custom.
4. The acceleration and deceleration ramp times shall be adjustable
from 0.01 to 6000 seconds.
Motor Control Centers
16443-13
5. The volts per frequency ratios shall be user selectable to meet
variable torque loads, normal, and high torque machine
applications.
6. The memory shall retain and record run status and fault type of the
past eight faults for operator review.
7. The software shall have an energy saving function that shall
optimize the energy consumed. A constant volts/hertz ratio shall be
maintained during acceleration. The output voltage shall then
automatically adjust to meet the torque requirement of the load.
8. Slip compensations shall be a software-enabled function.
9. The AC drive shall offer programmable DC injection braking that
shall brake the AC motor by injecting DC current and creating a
stationary magnetic pole in the stator. The level of current shall be
adjustable between 1 0 to 1 10 percent of rated current and available
from 0.1- to 30-seconds continuously. For continuous operation
after 30-seconds, the current shall be automatically reduced to 50
percent of the nameplate current of the motor.
10. Sequencing logic shall coordinate the engage and release
thresholds and time delays for the sequencing of the AC drive
output, mechanical actuation, and DC injection braking in order to
accomplish smooth starting and stopping of a mechanical process.
P. Graphic Display Terminal lnterface:
1. The graphic display terminal shall provide eight lines of 240 by 160
pixels in plain English to control, adjust, and configure the AC drive,
including, but not limited to, electrical values, bar charts,
configuration parameters, l/O assignment, application and activity
function access, faults, local control, adjustment storage, self-test,
and diagnostics. There shall be a standard selection of six
additional languages built into the operating software as standard.
2. The AC drive model number, torque type, software revision number,
horsepower, output current, motor frequency, and motor voltage
shall be listed on the drive identification display as viewed on the
graphic display terminal.
3. The graphic display shall be able to indicate one, two, or five digital
values, or up to two values by bar graph. As a minimum, the
selectable display values shall consist of speed reference, output
frequency, output current, motor torque, output power, output
voltage, line voltage, DC voltage, motor thermal state, drive thermal
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-14
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
state, elapsed time, motor speed, machine speed reference, and
machine speed.
4. The graphic display terminal shall consist of programmable function
keys. The functions shall allow both operating commands and
programming options to be preset by the operator.
5. The graphic display terminal shall offer levels of settings from
simple start-up to advanced user menus consisting of parameter
setting, l/O map, fault history, and drive configuration. Password
protection shall be available to limit unauthorized access to various
levels of the menus.
6. The navigation wheel shall provide the ability to scroll through
menus and screens, select or activate functions, or increase the
value of a selected parameter.
7. An escape key shall allow a parameter to return the existing value if
adjustment is not required and the value is displayed. The escape
function shall also return to a previous menu display.
8. A run key and a stop key shall command normal starting and
stopping as programmed when the AC drive is in keypad control
mode. The stop key shall be active in all control modes.
9. A Windows based personal computer user interface shall be
available.
10. The keypad shall store up to four user configuration programs in
nonvolatile memory. An operator shall have the ability to download a
stored configuration to multiple AC drives.
11. The operator interface shall be MCC door-mounted on the AC drive
controller unit for ease of access and increased visibility.
12. Door-mounted controls shall be NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 rated.
O. Control:
1 . Pilot devices shall be industrial rated 0.87-inch (22 mm) type control
operators and used independently of the keypad display. Software
assignments for control inputs and outputs to operate factory-
supplied controls shall be pre-configured from the factory. The
following basic controls shall be provided:
a. Hand-off-auto selector switch. The hand mode shall allow
manual operation of start, stop, and speed control. The AC
Motor Control Centers
16443-15
2.
3.
4.
drive shall start when the control operation is in the hand
mode. A door-mounted, manual speed potentiometer shall be
used to control speed in the hand mode. The AC drive shall
run at the low speed setting or higher as required by the
position of the manual speed potentiometer. This mode shall
function as 2-wire control and automatically restart after a
power outage or auto restart after a fault. The off position of
the control operation shall stop the AC drive and prevent it
from restarting. The auto (automatic) mode shall receive an
auto start contact to control starting and stopping of the AC
drive. This contact shall also start and stop bypass (if used)
when both the automatic and bypass modes of operation are
selected. Speed control shall be from a user supplied 4-20
mAdc signal.
b. Note: Additional controls can be found on the equipment
electrical diagrams.
Two-wire or 3-wire control strategy shall be defined within the
software.
The control power for the digital inputs and outputs shall be 24 volts
DC.
The internal power supply shall incorporate an automatic current
fold-back that shall protect the internal power supply if incorrectly
connected or shorted. The transistor logic outputs shall be current
limited and shall not be damaged if shorted or if excess current is
pulled.
Logic connections shall be furnished on pull-apart terminal strips.
There shall be two software assignable analog inputs with
interference filtering. The analog inputs shall be software selectable
and consisting of user defined configurations: x-y mA or x-y V.
There shall be five software assignable logic inputs that shall be
selected and assigned in the software. The selection of
assignments shall consist of forward, reverse, jog, plus/minus
speed (two inputs required), setpoint memory, preset speeds (up to
eight inputs), auto/manual control, controlled stop, terminal or
keypad control, output contactor (two inputs required), motor
switching, and fault reset.
There shall be two software assignable analog outputs with
interference filtering. The analog outputs shall be able to be
Motor Control Centers
16443-16
5.
6.
7.
8.
Rev. 07/2013
Cannon 120113
selected and assigned in the software. The analog output
assignments shall be proportional to the following motor
characteristics: frequency, current, power, torque, voltage, and
thermal state. The output signal shall be user-defined
configurations: x-y mA or x-y V.
9. Two voltage-free Form C relay output contacts shall be provided.
One of the contacts shall indicate AC drive fault status. The other
contact shall be user assignable.
R. Optional lsolation Contactors:
1. As a UL listed option, the AC drive controller unit shall include, but
shall not be limited to, an IEC rated isolation contactor integrated
with the AC drive as one MCC unit to reduce space.
2. The contactor shall close on power up and open after a drive fault
or loss of power.
S. Optional Harmonic Equipment:
1. Three percent impedance line reactor shall be provided that shall be
mounted in the MCC enclosure, factory wired and tested with the
AC drive controller unit.
2.11 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND FEATURES
A. Auxiliary Contacts: NEMA ICS 2,4 each field convertible contacts in
addition to seal-in contact.
B. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 2, heavy duty oiltight type.
C. Pilot Device Contacts: NEMA ICS 2, Form Z, rated A150.
D. Pushbuttons: Unguarded type.
E. lndicating Lights: Transformer LED type.
F. Selector Switches: Rotary type
G. Relays: NEMA ICS 2.
2.12 DISCONNECTS
A. Combination Controllers: Combine motor controllers with thermal
magnetic disconnect in common enclosure. Provide means for locking
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers1 43-17
disconnect handle, and means for defeating cover interlock.
1. Thermal MagneticCircuitBreaker: NEMAAB 1, circuitbreakerswith
integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole.
2.13 FUSES
A. Description: Quick acting one-time fuse, 600 volt UL 198C, Class J.
B. lnterrupting Rating: 200,000 rms amperes.
2.14 LIGHTINGTRANSFORMER/PANELBOARD
Provide lighting transformer and panel board with main circuit breaker.
Refer to drawings for size and ratings.
2.15 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
A. lnternal TVSS
1. WSS shall be Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Second Edition
2005 and UL 1283, Electromagnetic lnterference Filters.
2. lntegrated surge protective devices (SPD) shall be Component
Recognized in accordance with UL 1449 Second Edition, Revision
21912005 Section 37.3 and 37.4 at the standard's highest short-
circuit current rating (SCCR) of 200 kA, including intermediate level
of fault current testing that will be effective 21912007 .
3. TVSS shall be tested with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High
exposure waveform (20kV-1 .2/50ps, 1 0kA-8/20ps).
4. WSS shall provide suppression for all modes of protection: L-N, L-
G, and N-G in WYE systems.
5. The manufacturer of the TVSS shall be the same as the
manufacturer of the service entrance and distribution equipment in
which the devices are installed and shipped. Also, this distribution
equipment shall be fully tested and certified to the following UL
standards:
UL 67 = Panelboards,
UL 845 = Motor Control Centers,
UL 857 = Busway,
UL 891 = Switchboards,
UL 1558 = Low Voltage Switchgear.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 't20113
llotor Control Centers
16443-18
6. Recommended TVSS ratings:
a. Minimum surge current rating shall be 160 kA per phase (80
kA per mode).
b. UL 1449 clamping voltage must not exceed the following:
VOLTAGE L-N
240t120 800/400v
208Yt120 400V
480Yt277 800V
600Yt347 1200V
L-G N-G
800/400v 400v
400v 400v
800v
1200v
7.
8.
9.
800v
1200v
c. Pulse life test: Capable of protecting against and surviving
5000 ANSI/IEEE Category C High transients without failure or
degradation of clamping voltage by more than 10%.
TVSS shall be designed to withstand a maximum continuous
operating voltage (MCOV) of not less than 115o/o of nominal RMS
voltage.
WSS shall be constructed of one self-contained suppression
module per phase.
Visible indication of proper TVSS connection and operation shall be
provided. The indicator lights shall indicate which phase as well as
which module is fully operable. The status of each TVSS module
shall be monitored on the front cover of the enclosure as well as on
the module. A pushto-test button shall be provided to test each
phase indicator. Pushtotest button shall activate a state change of
dry contacts for testing purposes.
TVSS shall be constructed of one self-contained suppression TVSS
shall be equipped with an audible alarm which shall activate when
any one of the surge current modules has reached an end-of-life
condition. An alarm on/off switch shall be provided to silence the
alarm. The switches and alarm shall be located on the front cover
of the enclosure.per phase.
A connector shall be provided along with dry contacts (normally
open or normally closed) to allow connection to a remote monitor or
other system. The output of the dry contacts shall indicate an end-
Motor Control Centers
16443-19
10.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
11.
of-life condition for the complete TVSS or module.
12. Terminals shall be provided for necessary power and ground
connections.
B. WSS shall have a warranty for a period of 10-years from date of invoice.
Warranty shall be the responsibility of the electrical distribution
equipment manufacturer and shall be supported by their respective field
service division.
Approved Vendor: Square D/Schneider Electric, Surgelogic IMA
Series
2.16 QUALITY CONTROL
A. The entire MCC shall go through a quality inspection before shipment.
This inspection shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
1 . Physical lnspection of the following:
a. Structure.
b. Electrical conductors, including, but not limited to, the
following:
1) Bussing.
2) General wiring.
3) Units.
2. Electrical Tests:
a. General electrical tests shall include, but shall not be limited to,
the following:
1) Power circuit phasing.
2) Control circuit wiring.
3) lnstrumenttransformers.
4) Meters.
5) Ground fault system.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-20
6) Device electrical operation.
b. AC dielectric tests shall be performed on the power circuit.
Markings/labels include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
a. lnstructional type.
b. UUCSA.
c. lnspector's stamps.
Each device shall be configured and addressed to correspond with
software settings.
A read/write test shall be performed prior to shipment on network
devices, including, but not limited to, overloads, drives, and soft
starters.
Testing shall be designed to verify system operation and shall
include, but shall not be limited to, these verifications as a minimum:
a. Drawings and bill of materials.
b. l/O addressing.
c. Correct device operation by l/O address.
d. Hostcommunications.
e. Control network interface.
The manufacturer shall use integral quality control checks
throughout the manufacturing process to ensure that the MCC
meets operating specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which the
work is to be installed, and notify the Contractor in writing, with a copy to
the Owner and the Architect, of any conditions detrimental to the proper
and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-21
3.02
3.03
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
A.
B.
c.
D.
1. Beginning of the work shall indicate acceptance of the areas and
conditions as satisfactory by the lnstaller.
INSTALLATION
lnstall low voltage industrial MCCs in accordance with reviewed product
data, final shop drawings, manufacturer's written instructions and
recommendations, and as indicated on the Drawings.
MCCs shall not be placed in hazardous locations. The area chosen shall
be well ventilated and totally free from humidity, dust, and dirt. The
temperature of the area shall be no less than 32 degrees F (0 degrees C)
and no greater than 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). For indoor locations,
protection shall be provided to prevent moisture entering the enclosure.
MCCs shall be located in an area with a minimum of 3-feet (914 mm) of
free space in front of front-of-board construction. An additional 3 feet
(914 mm) shall be allowed in the rear of back-to-back construction. This
free space shall give adequate room to remove and install units. A
minimum of 0.S-inch (13 mm) space shall be provided between the back
of fronlof-board MCCs and a wall, 6-inches (152 mm) required for damp
locations).
The MCCs shall be assembled in the factory on a smooth level surface
so that sections are properly aligned. A similar smooth and level surface
shall be provided for installation. An uneven foundation will cause
misalignment of shipping blocks, units, and doors. The surface under a
MCC shall be of a non-combustible material unless bottom plates are
installed in each vertical section.
DEMONSTRATION
Provide the services of a factory-authorized service representative of the
manufacturer to provide start-up service and to demonstrate and train the
Owner's personnel.
1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
2. Train the Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and
schedules related to start-up and shutdown, koubleshooting,
servicing, and preventive maintenance.
3. Review data in operation and maintenance manuals with the Owner's
Motor Control Centers
16443-22
A.
personnel.
4. Schedule training with the Owner, through the Architect, with at least
seven day's advanced notice.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable
to the lnstaller, that shall ensure that the low voltage industrial MCCs
shall be without damage at time of Substantial Completion.
3.05 TRAINING
A. An on-site training course of two training days shall be provided by a
representative of the variable frequency drive unit manufacturer to City
personnel and quoted as a separate line item.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section
01400 - Quality Requirements.
B. lnspect and test motor control center and each controller to NEMA ICS 2.
C. lnspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, Section 7.16.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/2013
Cannon 120113
Motor Control Centers
16443-23
sEcTtoN 16950
CONTROL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This specification covers work required for the SCADA Panel and other
miscellaneous panels.
B. Related work:
1. Section 13350: SCADA Programmable Logic Controller
2. Section 16120: Wire and Cables
3. Section 16443: Motor Control Center
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 16010.
B. Submit a complete list of equipment, materials, and any details required to
demonstrate that the equipment will function properly as a unit. This
material shall include:
1. Detailed descriptions of equipment including weights, dimensions,
installation requirements, and heat dissipations
2. lnternal panel layouts indicating spacing and dimensions
3. Panel front layouts
4. Catalog cuts of all devices used, including Bill of Materials and
Control Panels
5. Control schematics, ladder diagrams, and interconnection drawings
6. Nameplates, designations, sizes, and mounting methods
1.3 MANUFACTURER'SSERVICES
Provide equipment manufacturer's services at the job site for the minimum
man-days listed below, travel time excluded:
A. Two man-days to check the installation, calibrate the equipment,
supervise start up, and supervise testing of the system.
Rev 07/2013
120113
Control Panels
16950-1
B. One man-day to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the control panel equipment. This is in addition to training
specified in other Sections.
1. 4 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 16010.
PART 2 -- MATERIALS
2.1 GENERAL
Custom control panels and devices shall comply with Section 16010.
2,2 DOCUMENTATION
A. Provide Bill of Material showing the equipment model number, the
purchaser's drawing number, the purchase order number, or similar
identification to indicate the particular equipment.
B. Diagrams shall show all equipment in the electrical system including
internal wiring of subassemblies. Diagrams of subassemblies may be
furnished on separate sheets. Provide a symbol list identifying symbols
used.
C. ldentify each device by a unique number or number-letter combination.
D. Conductor ldentification: ldentify each conductor by a consecutive unique
number, letter, or number-letter combination per drawings. Each
conductor shall have the same identification at all terminals and tie points.
Conductors connected to the same terminal or tie point shall have the
same identification.
E. The schematic diagram shall be drawn between vertical lines that
represent the source of control power. Show control devices adjacent to
the right-hand line. Show contacts between the coils and the left vertical
line.
1. Where the internal wiring diagrams of subassemblies are furnished on
separate sheets, show as a rectangle in the schematic diagram with all
external points identified and cross-referenced to the separate sheets
of the control circuit. Show coils and contacts internal to the
subassemblies in the rectangle connected to their terminal points.
Rev 07/2013
120113
Control Panels
16950-2
2.
3.
a. Exception No. 1: Where relay and electronic circuits are
mixed, diagrams may be drawn between horizontal lines to
represent the source of control power.
b. Exception No. 2: Overload relay contacts may be connected
to the right of the coil (common) if the conductors between
such contacts and the coils of the magnetic devices do not
extend beyond the control enclosure.
Show control device symbols in the order in which the controls are
positioned on the diagram.
Use a cross-referencing system for each relay coil so that
associated contacts may be readily located on the diagram. Where
a relay contact appears on a sheet separate from the one on which
the coil is shown, describe the purpose ofthe contact on the same
sheet.
Show all spare contacts.
Show limit, pressure, floats, flow, temperature and similar switch
symbols on the schematic diagram with all utilities turned off
(elechic power, air, gas, oil, water, lubrication, etc.), i.e. shelf state.
Show contacts of multiple contact devices, e.9., selector switches,
on the line of the schematic diagram where they are connected in a
circuit. lndicate a mechanical connection between the multiple
contacts by a dotted line or arrow. This does not apply to control
relays, starters, or contactors.
Additional charts or diagrams may be used to indicate the position
of multiple contact devices such as drum, cam, and selector
switches.
Show the purpose or function of all switches adjacent to the
symbols.
Describe the purpose or function of controls such as relays,
starters, contactors, solenoids, subassemblies, and timers on the
diagram adjacent to their respective symbols. Show the number of
positions of the solenoid valve adjacent to the valve solenoid
symbol.
Show values of capacitors and resistors on the diagrams.
Descriptive terms for command and status functions shall be in the
present or past tense. For example, Raise Transfer-Transfer
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Rev 07/20'13
120113
Control Panels
16950-3
12.
2.3
Raised; Advance Transfer-Transfer Advanced. Do not use terms
such as "Transfer Up."
Show field wiring as dashed lines.
F. The panel front and internal layouts shall show the general physical
arrangement of all components on the control panel. ldentify devices with
the same marking used on the schematic diagram. Spare panel space
shall be dimensioned.
CONTROL PANELS
A. Provide conkol panels for the SCADA Panel as required and shown on
Drawings. Panels to be have dimensions as shown on Drawings.
CONTROL WIRING AND INSTRUMENTATION CABLE
A. Provide wiring and cable per Section 16120.
MARKINGS
A. ldentify wire terminations with a number to correspond with the schematic
diagrams. ldentification tags shall be preprinted white heat shrinkable
tubing, Raychem Thermofit TMS or equivalent.
B. Plainly and permanently identify control devices using the same
identification as shown on the schematic diagrams. Show identification for
devices inside the enclosure on the plate adjacent to, not on, the device.
1. Exception No. 1: Where the size or location of the device makes
individual identification impractical, such as on electronic
assemblies, use group identification.
2. Exception No. 2: Where panel layouts do not permit mounting
identification plates adjacent to components, such as relays, place
the permanent relay identification on the relay where it is plainly
visible, and provide a second identification on the top of the panel
wireway cover directly below the relay. Identify the wireway covers
to show their proper location.
C. ldentification plates for devices mounted inside and outside the control
enclosure shall be one of the following:
1. Laminated phenolic for engraving stock; a minimum of 0.062 inch
thick. Hold plates in place with metallic drive screws or the
equivalent. Use permanent adhesives for attaching nameplates to
ControlPanels
16950-4
2.4
2.5
Rev 07i2013
120113
wireway covers.
2. Non-corrodible metal; a minimum of 0.031-inch thick for engraving
stock of 0.012-inch thick for embossing stock. Hold plates in place
with metallic drive screws.
2.6 CONTROL DEVICES
A. Control Power Transformer: Provide 120 V control circuit transformer if
incoming power supply is not 120 V. Provide copper wound, vacuum
impregnated dry type control transformer with screw type terminals.
Provide 10O-volt-ampere spare capacity that is in addition to the loads
specified. Size transformers for a maximum voltage drop of 5% with
100% primary voltage during contactor inrush. Fuse one side of secondary
winding and ground other side. Provide primary winding fuses on both
lines.
B. Push Buttons and Selector Switches: Provide NEMA Type 4/13 rated with
NEMA A300 rated contacts. Push buttons shall be standard size (30.5
mm. mounting hole) round, flush head with momentary contacts. Selector
switches shall be round with standard operator.
C. Pilot Lights: Provide standard full size (30.5 min mounting hole) round,
transformer type, NEMA Type 4113 rated, complete with color of lens
indicated on drawings. Lamps shall be high-density light emitting diodes.
lndicating lights shall be push{otest type.
D. Control Relays: Provide magnetically held type with NEMA rated contacts
and coil voltage, number or poles, and pole arrangement as indicated in
the drawings. Relays shall be IDEC RR or RH, Allen-Bradley, or Square
D. Provide with indicating light and push to test buttons.
E. Time Delay Relays: Provide solid state magnetically held, with NEMA
contacts, and coil voltage, number or poles, pole arrangement, and
maximum timing adjustment as indicated on the drawings. Relays to have
status indicating lights.
2.7 TERMINAL BLOCKS
A. Provide terminal blocks for incoming and outgoing control wires. Wire and
mount terminal blocks so that internal and external wiring do not cross
over the terminals. Terminate no more than two conductors at each
terminal.
B. Terminate field wiring on the "field side" of the terminal blocks. Do not
connect internal panel wiring to the "field side" of the terminal blocks. Do
Rev 07/2013
120113
ControlPanels
16950-5
C.
D.
not connect field wiring to the "panel side" of the terminal block.
Terminal blocks shall be modular, raised din rail mounted, rated at 10 A,
300 V, capable of terminating wire sizes 12 through 18 AWG, constructed
of thermoplastic and UL listed in accordance with UL 4864 and 1059.
Provide copper or brass current carrying parts electroplated with tin/lead.
Terminal connection shall be a screw clamp pressure plate connection,
designed such that the clamping screw does not clamp the screw directly
to the wire.
Analog terminal blocks shall be "fused" type on the positive side of the
loop (white wire) with "knife" blade type terminal blocks for the negative
side of the loop (black wire).
Provide symmetric steel assembly ralsed rails (so top face of terminal
blocks are even with panduit face), end brackets, jumper devices, and
other accessories as required for a complete terminal block assembly.
Number terminal blocks consecutively on both sides from top to bottom
with preprinted white polyamide marking tags hot printed with permanent
black text.
G. Provide Allen-Bradley contact terminal blocks or approved equal.
WIRING METHODS
All analog wiring shall be white for positive and black colored insulation for
negative.
Contain wiring in panel wireways, including incoming and outgoing field
control wiring. Provide white or light gray colored PVC or noryl wireways
with restricted slot design, matching snap on covers, holes and nylon
"push" rivets for mounting. Provide Panduit products or approved equal.
Provide minimum 3-inches of clearance between panel wireway and wire
terminations to allow for clear viewing of wire identification marking.
Wiring to control devices on the front door shall be tied together at short
intervals and secured to the inside front door with Panduit adhesive
mounts. Provide CLINCHER adjustable releasable clamp mounts for wire
bundles 0.69-inch in diameter or smaller, or AM2-C mounts with UNI-TY
releasable nylon cable ties for bundles larger than 0.69-inch in diameter.
Attach mounts to front panel with Eastman 910 adhesive or equivalent.
Enclose wiring between panel and front door in gaped polyethylene spiral
wrapping.
E.
F.
2.8
A.
B
C.
D.
Rev 07/2013
120113
Control Panels
16950{
E. Provide wiring from SCADA input modules to terminal blocks. Label all
wire and terminal blocks.
PART 3.- EXECUTION
3.,1 FACTORY TESTS
lnspect and test each control panel for correct operation. Test each circuit for
continuity, short circuits, and fault grounds. SCADA Panel must be Factory
Tested prior to acceptance and delivery to project site.
3.2 FIELD TESTS
Test SCADA Panel and all other control panels with all field wiring connected.
Set all adjustable set points and time delays as required. Check operation of
panel and field devices and perform required adjustments for correct operation.
Perform point to point test. Perform loop validation for each analog loop.
Perform discrete l/O tests for each discrete status.
3.3 l/O LlsT
See Plans for l/O list and count.
END OF SECTION
Rev 07/20'13
120113
Control Panels
16950-7
sEcTtoN 16980
OPERATIONAL SEQUENCE
PART 1 .- GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This section describes the operation of Well 21.
1.2 WELL PUMP
A. The well pump draws water from the underground water table and pumps
the water into the City's water system.
B. The well pump is operated automatically by the programmable controller
and is based upon system pressure, well drawdown level and flow.
1.3 PUMP OPERATION
A. The well pump shall operate on system pressure or manually. When the
pressure of the system drops to a set level, the system shall call the well
pump to start.
B. Prior to discharging into the water system, the well pump will discharge
into the drainage system (catch basin) for a specified period of time
utilizing a pump control valve with a pressure relief feature. After
completion of the specified blow-off time, the pump control valve shall
slowly close causing pressure to open a check valve, subsequently
allowing well water into the City's water system.
C. Should the pressure in the water system exceed a set pressure (100 psi)
the pressure relief feature on the pump control valve shall open and
discharge into the catch basin.
D. The well pump shall run based primarily on flow and, if need be, system
pressure. The VFD shall adjust the speed of the pump motor lower such
that the flow remains constant at 1,200 gpm. The PLC shall be
programmed such that it commands the VFD to adjust motor speed the
pump motor up or down based on flow.
E. lf the pump is still running and the well drawdown levels falls to level
below the maximum pumping level noted in specification section 15130 for
the Well, then the PLC shall call the pump to shut off.
F.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
The pump shall be called to shut off if the system pressure rises to a
Operational Sequence
16980-1
l
certain set level.
G. The well pump shall have an adjustable time delay for restart in the PLC
program.
H. PLC monitors and annunciates on the HMI display the following alarms:
1. Pump failure alarm (typical for low flow and all main pumps): lf the
well pump Hand-Off-Auto switch is in Auto and called to start, and
the well pump does not start running within 3 minutes, an alarm
annunciation shall occur.
2. Alarm lntrusion
3. 480V Power Fail
4. 120V Power Fail
D. HMI Display
1. Well pump station status
2. Status of alarm points, shown as being in either normal or alarm
condition
3. Well pump status (running or not running), status of pump Hand-
Off-Auto selector switch, and call status from PLC
4. Well pump elaPsed running time
5. Well pumP flow
6. Well water lever
7. System discharge Pressure
1.4 Blow-Off Procedure
1 . Refer to Specification Section 15210.2.O1.A for operation description.
Rev 05/2014
Cannon 120113
Operational Sequence
16980-2
END OF SECTION
Standard Plans
L-1
-o-
d<
I
25.0'mln.15,0' mln.
7.0'mln,
7.O.
T
s.O', m
POWER
FIRE HYDRANT
DRIVEWAY
POl.r
No slgns, poles, onchors or flre hydronls sholtbe conslrucled wllhln ihe curb ."tu.n *t"n"i".possible.
The-.center of oll flre hydronls sholl be ploced2.0' from curb foce.
The foce of oll power poles sholl be ploced1.5' from lhe curb foie.
4. All slgns sholl be ploced so qs lo hove o 1.0,cleoronce from lhi curb foce to lhe edge ofthe sign.
Trofflc.signols ond slop slgns sholl hove prlorltyover oll other slruclures.
All underground seorches ond olerls sholl beoccomplished by the enlity ploclng the obiecl.
Encroochmenl permll occomponled bv o drowlndIs.requlred prlor to slorilng ony *oik ln thepubllc rlght 'of woy.
,'
5.
5.
6.
7.
8.
+-
0' mln
I
REQUIREMENTS
CITY OF VERNON,
COMMUNITY SERVICES
STANDARD OFFSET
CALIFORNlA
DEPARTMENT
SIANDARD P].AN
NOVEMBER 1994
PV 2133
d'c. M.
20-c-2500
t Concrele
6"qMBoso
TER
ELEVATIOI{
a-
WR , WEAKENED PLA1.JE.,O|i.{T
EXP JT . EXPAN;|ON ,rOlNT
BcR . EEGINN|NG oF CIJRB RETURT
ECR . END OF CUNE RETURN
AU6uST. t969
CU RB
JJu,
=UJl!EF
lll)oo-FE?uL* B!
=
ur()(,l
ACCESS RAMP
ACCESS RAMP
wnu
$sJ
NOTES:
l' WEAXENEO Put{E,rotNTs SHALL BE t sED AT REGTLAR TNTERIA|-S
IO FEET IN WALKS OR 20 FEET IN CURB ANO qJTTERS.
2. I/4'EXMNSO.I .JOINT FELT SHALL BE PLACED AT 60 FEET NTEFI\ALSN qnB,ct,TTER At\DWALK,AT Ttf BCR AhD ECR,AT OAt'ViWaVS,am
ARoLI.ID tmLffy pol.Es rN gDar/ALK AREAS. Waux aNo cuaa uorNrsSHALL BE ALIGNEO.
3. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE ONE COURSE NO TOPPING PERMITTED.4' MATGI{,JotNT LrNEs WHEN RE'LA.TNG ExrsflNG srDEwALK.5. THE FLo\,VLtrG OF THE SJTTER SHALL BE TROWELLED STTTOOTH rcR A WEIH OF 4,.6 ' ANACENT slDEvlALlG 5'oil Etr+ER Etul oF DFR/EyAIt sHALL BE porJRED I" Tt{tcK.STANDARD SDEWALK, C0nB" AN[t CriirEn
CITY OF VERNON, CALIFORNIA
COiITII'NITY SERVICES OEPARTMETIT
tT l[ArO FL/ri
PV582
Er;<t
3E&<
60fr
e862
ET
H3a3
olu8cNE-b
EH9
FUBf
gt2taoi:si'E
o
cl
1
:
H
olJ
a
CT
d
<lnI
A
dad
t^l-oa6a
d
3zlf
E
dad
Er
rt
i!
Ir,
E;i$iFiiItl
El.
E:i
&rt
J.l
o
C=
Eg
t=
$
3ul6lJ4
ololElol
:
L.t-
I
!
5
t
ItI
(,
JJ)clH(l
H
H
@@@
/5.,
lori#Tad
()l
fU\
(Jl z
q
<lFII
J
ilfli
fl
=lI
s
EI
olJ
Lnldol
l=
;!
\
I'i
rl
t;ct
,i
a
,t
SIDEWALK IRANSITION
a.rsz*lrax ,of
SIDEWALK TMNSIT1ON
. 8.332 MAX.
IFo
=
=Ya
0_
lloz MAX
SIDEWALK ]RANSITION
8.332 MAX.
SIDEWALK TMNSITION rFo
=
=Yt
L
o" uor{'*t to$
-_---_.
SECTION AA - CASE I
PARIOVAY WIOTH IS LESS THAN 8'
CURB ANO
GUNER
STANDARD DRIVEWAY
qlr of lEfli@I. CalFoi rcoElrrlY sEfttE I StB o€Prf,rrE{rxrq,st 20q,
lA
CASEI_PUNWEW
PARMAY WDTH IS LESS THAN 8'
I _A
CASE2_PUNWEW
PARKWAY WIDTH IS GREATER TH^N OR EQUAL TO E'
SEE NOTE 10
STANDARD PLAN
PV 693
PAGE 1 OF 2
_ _- roz !4L
CURB AND
SECTION AA - CASE 2
PARKWAY WDIH IS GREATER IHAN OR EQUAL TO 8'
I u' lx= s'l
ISEE NoTE sI I
I s' -lx= sl
ISEE NOTE 3l I
lr= s'l s' If+--r{<----_----:_ * JI ISEE NoTE JI
c2-PO 70- to
PAVEMENT B_P6 7O-IO PAIE ENT
SAWCUT LINE ,AWCUT UNE
EXISTING PAWMENT
EXIS|ING AASE
EXISI1NG NA||VI
t/2 s4cK 9ANO SLURRY &4CKFlL!
l3f,frF?rtrJ'SrycKnL L ro aE
NOTES:
1 NEW PAVEMENT THTCKNESS SHALL B:_l
^l!gH- BEIOW rHE o(tSTrNc TO A MAX|MUM OF 10 INCHES,UNLESS OTHERI{ISE APPROVEO BY THE CITI ENGINEER.2. PSP}IALT CONCREIE SIIATI BE B_Pcsnr.rorno-si{iirideibiirthil,'ril3*t'l*lo*"$fl'rjffi3E.#,#5?rl* ,* mroN oF rHE, 5}lj:ilER,^i"#i":flt"8ffi^:Hfis,T":i_,:31fl_#t 2. rHrcK aND "o,., *,,, wmr AoJACENT
4, DAMAGED AND UNOERMINED PAVEMEI
nrpr-eceo win.riF ili "oi,iiiiE,,l.irftl€.^i.[3rEB#r"*y"3r#i:
FULL DEprH p^R^rrEL ro TRENCH aND
5. FOR CONCRM STREM IHE W]DIH OF, CONCR€TE IO BE REPLACEO S,*LL EITH-ER..E. FROM CO., JOINT UNE TO COLD JOINILINE oR AppRovEo TRENcH wrorH wnx corCem ;"wi,s ]ilil ;.-ifi!1.i *,, .** J Fr sraccERED.r
5,'L.rffp;%rl5#".,-,[*o*o1o1TrJjlg1 cuTrER L|NE oR coLo Jo[.rT THE A.c p vEr,rENr oR coNcRm sMrL, tr l^Hfli fiEybnl*ili6"oor., L,cNE uNEs. pEDEsrRhN r.rNEs. ANo orHER p,iJNrED ARKTNGS ARE To BE REpLAco
8' AX SI.ICROACHMENT PERMIT SMLL BE.,9SIIN.!D FROM THE CIT, OF VERNON COMMUN,TY SERVICES AND WATER DEPARTMT,NTpRroR To aNy ENCRoTHMENT oR coNsrRucroN wnr,,r, o i,", i, ,?iii,ti, i,orr_o._ro,9. ]HE CONTRACTOR SMI.L OBTAIN ^ Y]1ryry9No SERVICE AI.ERT TICKE'T AND.OSTAIN A CALJFORNIA COUMISION OF OCCUPATIOMLsAFfi AND HEALTH (DosH) PERMIT rF THE TnE^cx ,s cieoiii ix,i''i'ri# oeep pRroR To rHE ..MMEN.EMENT oF w,RK.,r
h:r:..,I:IRicT*ix.,.rflfi3"ir.lif FoRJFURI{SH|NG AND MATNTAINTNG ALL TRAFFIC coNTRoLs aND stGirAGE pER
i1, NO STOCK PIUNG OF CONSTRUCTION
UNLESS APPROVED By THE Cfi
'"",ffi*,a
oR EOUTPMB{I SHALL BE ALLOWEO OVER NtcHT tN TtiE PUBUC R|OHr_OF-WAY
12. ALL NECESSAR/ SrEEL PLATES SM...?!.lRoyo!g ar THE JOA S|IE pRtOR To Ar{y REMOVALS prArEs SHAL( BE SKIORESISTANT. RESIRA'NED ANO MMPED WITH A,C. COLD }.lIX,lJ. ALL TRENCHES SHALL BE BACKFILLED W]H I/2 SACK S4NO SLURR/ UNLESS O]HERW]SE APPROVED AY THE CITY ENGINEEE.14 THE CONSTRUCTION S}IALL COMPLY IYITH Cfi STANOARDS AND THE GREEN 8OOK,
i-
UARIES
..L
t
TYPICAL TRENCH PAVING SECTION
dt e yEtufrt anlwmacol LMt s@rtcts a ,aEal D€PlRtW$GtodR 2@A
STANDARD PLAN V2264
SHEET 1 OF 2
'+
o4
oa4
A
c2-PC 70- to
PAWT4ENT R_PG 70- IO PAWIEN|
SAWCUT LlNE
EXISNNC BAS€.
EXISTING MNW
t/2 s4cK SAND SLURRY A4CKF|LL
PIPE DIA.Wut
1"- 12"8"
t2'
NOTES:
sAwcur UNEr
VARIES
I,"F
EX6NN6 PAVEIIEN|
PIPE 9EDDING
PE4 GRAV€L
w 5€E CHART1. NEw PAVEMENT THTCKNESS SHALL Bl_l-llgl8ELOlV THE EXIST|NG TO A M^X|MUM OF 10 |NCHES.UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED gY THE CITY ENGINEER.2. aspt{^LT coNcRErE SH rL aE B_pc7^o_-10.. _Trc{ .-cg!T !!ALt 8E AppLtED pER UIEST EDmON OF THESTANDARD spEcrncAnoNs FoR puBuc wonxs cbr-sin'u&b r6h#N,e.db"Kll
.
3. nNtsHm AsprALr coNcRETE SHAI I B.E^C2_:fgzg:1g,2. rHtCK ANO PAVED tLUSd w'TH artacENTPAVEMENT WTHIN SAME OAY AS rcW E.C. PLICEUOVT.4. oAM^GEo ANo UNDERMTNED PAVEMENI_:H+^L-. qE REUOVEO By SAW CUTTTNG FULL DEPTH paRAtlEL To ]RENCH ANDREpLrqcED wrTH aspHALr coNcRErE psn reovFrr-No i-osi,rd'ixitri'l'5. FOR CONCRETE gREEIS IHE WJDTH Of CO}.ICREIE TO BE REPI.ACED SHALL ENHER BE FROM COI.-O JOINT UNE fO COLD JOINTUNE OR APPROVED TRENCH WIDTH W]TH CONCREIE OOWiLS IUrIi rI+-iiifri;'EU"rO Wrrr J FI STAGGERED.6' JF THE SAWCUT LINE
'S
3 FEEr OR LESS fROM GUTTER LINE OR COTI) JOINT IHE A,C, PAVEMENT OR CONCRETE SHALLBE REMOVED TO GUTTER UNE OR COLD JOIM,, tr_ffiTf ;ftbn!ffiH6*rorr' LANE uNEs, PEDESTRTAN LTNES. ANo oTHER pArNrED MAR|(NGS aRE To BE REPTACED
8, AN ENCROACHMENT PERMIT SHATI 8E..O.8iqINEO FROM THE CTTY OF VERNON COMMUNTTY SEMCES ANO WATER DEPAR]UEMpRoR ro Al.'' ENcRoAcHMENT on coxsrnucr:ior *irxrr,r riin rir ,iii,iii.r "*,o"r_or_wAy.
9. IHE CONTRACTOR ST{ALL OBTA]N AN UNDERGROUND SERVTCE ALERT TICXET AND OETAIN A CCUFORNIA COMMISION OF OCCUPATIONALSAFETY AND HEALTH (DosH) PERMIT rF THE rnENcx rs ccscTii ixnN ; ;# DEEp pRroR To THE coMMENcEITENT oF woRK.10' THE CONTRACIOR IS RESPONSIELE FOR RJXNISHING AND I,.AINTAINING ALL TRAMC CO*,RO.S AND SIGMGE PERW,A.T.C.H, MANUAL OURING ENIIRE PROJECT.
" ufl.rT3"I"IlJupr"5rTifr3,lrrl.rll,lE[flrals oR EourpMENr sHALf aE aLLowED ovER NrGHr rN THE puBuc RrcHT_oF_wAy
12' ALL NECESSARY STEEL PLA'IES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO ANT REMOr'A*. PTATES SHALL BE SKIDRESISTAM, RESTRAINED AND M}'PED WITH A.C. COLD MIX.
tS ALL TRENCHES .MLL BE EA.KFILLED wtr' 1/2 src,K .AND sLURRy uNLESs orHERWrsE AppRovEo Fr rHE cfi ENGTNEER14. THE CONSTXUCTION STi,ALL COMPLY WIIH CMY STANDAROS AND IltE GREEN BOOK.
TYPICAL TRENCH PAVING SECTION
FOR SEWER LATERAL
dty av ERr@ , C4nor?|ucou*wt gtvre{s a arER oeatuE^nacto$P 2@
STANDARD PLAN V2264
SHEET 2 OF 2
AlLVArllZ@ 31Fl2 /raf #ffiffiL@,eta4r
| 8' 5'l
SECTION A-A
d ,t
t ,ZldE R-'r L
INLET INIET
TYPE II ffPE I
s€cnoN B-a
offAtL OF AitqtoR(fi rtrEs 6 a z)
SECNON-INLET
TYPE I
SECNAN-INIET
TYPE II
NOIES:
mEt
tt
,O E T'IT/5H W'I
A,PLAN
PROFILE
tul
,,2
I
wP,&r{w,**
DV 2t7t
.t d c1t-ytt@
s74L ,t#l_E
?l4€)ort
.--.l -1
,'4 2t'-t .?-f
?-f
.t-f
J g-{
d 1'-f
f 1,-y'
a W.*!+%gEd[tM Atwa,s silu G pttaua. D
S1EE IEr
TYPICAL TYPE
A
I
SECTION I.I3-"ts
T'/ P E-2T'T P E.
NOTE.S:
t.MATERTALS F<>R TypE I Dp'ltNS Sr.latl tE STEEL, e,.sT tFohr orz tzv,<-.MATEF{AI-S f<3F- TYPE Z l>F,AthlS s}l,ALL BE Sti"i on<asT tF€N <rr{L\..pEFERENcE ts MADE T() srauoaed pLAN r,v BBz _ s-iaNDAcD srDEr,rALKCURTS AND G\)T'iEZ,.
CLJRB DIZA IN S
CITY OF VERNON,CALIFORNIA
PUtsLIC NORKS DEPARTMtrNT
au6u3T, rrTt
Pi
DV t888
STANOARD PLAN
I
brro
_.lt
\\
iiti$ii
li
ttT
lt
li
T.........-o
N
R
N\
q \
$
N
h N -B
sii$$s$,
$$,$$i$-is'$$
F
}RR
BiI
dhrX
Bfr
Eh
Es9I
F3
T-
fi
F
$
-\6!o$)pt
I$i$$$$$s$$is$$
$$$$$i$is$
N
B$iFF
FB$$
r$$$
s$$x$ Fts XH'r\ Ftsr B
s!
NS
\-t I
s:\
RUEBER IREE(oR EOUV.) FEJRE r Srru
21G' lll],t LoocEPotE
P|NE SI^IG (oR EOUM.)
SIDEWAIj< GMDE
CoMPACTED SO|L ltu
8' OF t/,t' cRAvEL
MlN. 2' PtANnNc ytx
Ulll. 15 G,tL TREE
AE FIPE
I}ED ROOT
EARRIER
PLAN VIEW
S]DE VIEW
NOTES:
I. ]REE SITATI BE IN 15 GrlION CONTAINER AND IiAVE MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF 8 FT IIIGH,5 FI WIDE AT TIIE HEAD AND A TRUNK OF
' INCI.I.
2. TREE SPACINO 1OO' OR PER CNr ENGINEER,S OIRECTDN.
3. PTANT 25' MIN. FROM B.C.R. AT INIERSECNONS.
4. PI2ANT 25' rrN. FROM EOOE OF DR,VE APPROACH.
5. PIANI 10' MIN. FROM LMUTY AND SEWER UNES.
6. PTAIT 21' MIN. FROM gREEr UGHI STANDARDS.
7. PI,ANI 15'MIN. FROM POWER POTES.
8. PI..ANT 10'MIN, FROM BRE }ftORANTS.
9. ONE YEAR WARMNTY FOR LOSS OR OAMAOE REQUIRED.
STANDARD TREE PI-ANTING
qlY of vEi€il ctriDiir^cryrifi ffi*g,u oerrr,o,t
SIANDARD PLAN
MV 18 91
0 AT 3'-6" C-C
I'
zVz'
t"
3t/2" x 3th" x sla,
PROTECTION BAR
t/2" GAtv. ST|RRUP
DE TAIL A
GALV. ANGLE
PROTECTION BAR DETAII
ORA$IGE COUNTY ENVIRONMENIAL MANAGEIT,IENT AGENC
88-ll{t
Support Botf s
os needed 3/a ' O Pr oi ecf lon tsor
ToD of Curb tlne
Ap0roy€d
Sfeel
Plo+e
WL Zoun:Dlrdbt d-
STD. PLAN
t306
sHI.2 0F 3
MISCELTANEOUS CURB INLE'T DETAILS AND NOTES
F oce
' NOl ES: 'rr-'1rii::' ''.*:r:-
l. one eye bolt sholl be ploced e,, fron rz, Eva borf .c cl,'.,r
- F'YYvv r' rrom 6och end of foce plote.
OflANGE COUNil ENVIRONI,ENTAMEMiil.;EG
2, EVa bolts shol -Yvrr e,,v or toce plote.
:ffrlrfirjr""#, y'ri:X In the curb openrns so rhor
3. one couprlng shoil ' rn *n"''tJ;30orf 6e;1t' whsn used'
bolt wlfh th. o*".-bl
placed 6" to iho r
rhreoded to tocrrrJ^llln ot tie lo-"t"r"rtlght or left of eoch eye
4. corvonrzeo .r.", .'.o*u
removor-";;t;;;i':lt'otouollnes shorr be
openlng exceeds T,rpport
bolfs sholl be I
o n d n oi l;'-'-'* o;'9 :':i1i; ^;' ;
"" .o""'" J:' :;' :: **H:
"'"iln#': :, : T.:5. Foce plofe onch(cen+ers ono "noi'iu":fl:ii ;i.t:,"i::,'::-:"0 no+ to exceed 4' berween
, T;"J:, ill'rt"
proced o'",.'"o"n''uieoch end or the io"u oro*"'
orter rnsior,.i,# omrr+ed provrd.d r.;T:l-ff":'::::.t::L"r:
7. Ail mefot sholt be
8.
^S^u
p p o r r o o, * ", ", "n
oJ::ff
:T :::
Jc b r ic o t I o n.
penetroflon butf wetd "" * ",i".^;;:.
r", be oi+oched by o ful
9. ptoce o 3l ,, o p, <of th€.r.0
"J"ri,llctlon
bor horl ontolty ocross the entire rengrh
10. See Std. pion l3O7
rr, curb secron ..",,r;;.ol::::^1,::T1,"o"" ,.,.* dero,s ond nores.
12. Curb openlng shoil
,,.
l..,n:r_ or curb ",":il'TI J:jT;,"H*"'.of th€ tocot depresston (Sto.-pi"""iifrll '" tvpe of curb ond rhe depfh
14. The, ongle os shown on d€foll A sholl be ollowed only when on opproved plons.
PLAN
t306
NOTES
MISCELLANEOUS CURB INLET OETAILS AND
sHT.3 0F 3
TOP OF COVER BOTTOM OT COVER
1- :
mm)
(15 lnm)
(2s -t /2'3a mm)
4- (19 rhm)mm)
25 mm)mm)
SECTION A_A
3/16" (5
t-3,/8 (35 mml
(r mn)
(16 mm)
(a mm)
(19 mm)
l-t /2'
(5E lnm)
6'
(r52 mm)
3-3 /4-(s5 lhm)
3/,+- (1s mm)
','i-T;, l-T
FRAME DETAIL SECTION THRU FRAME
STANDARD PLANS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
4" (610 mm MANHOLE FRAM
COVER
(s mm)
APPENDIX A
Forms to be Submitted bv Bidder
APPENDIX 6'A" - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
BIDDER'S CHECKLIST
TO THE BIDDER:
The following list is provided for the convenience of both you and the City and to help eliminate
errors and omissions which may render your bid unacceptable. Please check all appropriate
boxes and submit with your bid.
! IDENTITY CONFIRMATION
] SUBCONTRACTORLISTING/SHORINGDESIGN
E AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION (SIGNED BY BIDDER)
. LIVING WAGE COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
. VENDOR LIST QUESTIONNAIRE & EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
EMPLOYMENT & NON.SEGREGATION
BP-(a)
BP-(b)
BP-(c)
BP-(d)
AA FORMS
Bids are to be signed and submitted in TRIPLICATE. Bidder must submit
bids in an ORIGINAL AND TWO COPIES.
All bids shall be enclosed in sealed envelopes, distinctly marked "Bid" with
the title of the bid and the bidder's name and address appearing on the
outside.
Bids should be addressed to:
City Clerk
City of Vernon
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, CA 90058
Mail sufficiently early or deliver in person before the time and day listed in
the Notice Inviting Bids. Bids must be received in the City Clerk's Office
before that time.
APPENDIX 66,4," - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
IDENTITY CONFIRMATION
Contractor's Name
Offrce Address
If an individual, so state
lf a partnership, corporation or firm, so state, giving the names and addresses of
individuals constituting the organization.
lf a corporation, give the following information:
Name of President
Name of Secretary
Organized under the laws of the State of
Name and address of local representative
Telephone:
Fax:
(Here attach a certificate in form to confirm 1) the identity of the bidder or officer who signs
above, 2) the fact that he is the offrcer named, and 3) his authority to bind the bidder).
BP-(a)
APPENDIX 66,4." - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING/SHORING DESIGN
SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
Names (s)Description of Work
SHORING DESIGN
If shoring is required as part of this project, then the Civil or Structural Engineer who design this
shoring is to be listed below, even if said Engineer is employed by the Contractor. If no shoring
is required, write "NONE".
Engineer Names (s) Address Description of Work
BP-(b)
APPENDIX "A" - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
AFFIDAVIT OF NON.COLLUSION BY CONTRACTOR
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
)ss
couNTY oF LOS ANGELES )
being first duly swom deposes
and says that he/she is
of
(lnsert name ofbidder)
who submits herewith to the City of Vemon a proposal;
That all statements of fact in such proposal are true;
That such proposal was not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership,
company. association. organization or corporation;
That such proposal is genuine and not collusive or sham;
That said bidder has not, directly or indirectly by agreement, communication or conference with anyone
attempted to induce action prejudicial to the interest of the City of Vemon, or of any other bidder or
anyone else interested in the proposed contract; and fuither
That prior to the public opening and reading of proposals, said bidder:
a. Did not directly or indirectly, induce or solicit anyone else to submit a false or sham proposal;
b. Did not directly or indirectly, collude, conspire, connive or agree with anyone else that said
bidder or anyone else would submit a false or sham proposal, or that anyone should refrain from
bidding or withdraw his proposal;
c. Did not, in any manner, directly or indirectly seek by agreement, communication or conference
with anyone to raise or fix the proposal price of said bidder or of anyone else, or to raise or fix
any overhead, profit or cost element ofhis proposal price, or ofthat ofanyone else;
d. Did not, directly or indirectly, submit his proposal price or any breakdown thereof, or the
contents thereof, or divulge information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership,
company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, or to any
individual or group of individuals, except the City of Vemon, or to any person or persons who
have a partnership or other financial interest with said bidder in his business.
I certi! under penalty of perjury that the above information is correct
By:
(lnsert "Sole Owner", "Partner", "President, "Secretary", or other proper title)
Date:
Title:
BP-(c)
APPENDIX "A" - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
LIVING WAGE COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
This contract is subject to the City of Vemon's Living Wage Ordinance, Vernon Municipal Code
Chapter2 Article XVIII. The Ordinance requires that contractors providing labor or services to
the City under contracts in excess of $25,000:
a Pay no less than ten dollars and thirty cents ($10.30) per hour with medical benefits, or
eleven dollars and fifty-five cents ($l1.55) per hour without medical benefits to all
employees who spend any of their time providing labor or delivering services to the City of
Vernon. Additionally, in July lst of each year thereafter the Living Wage rate shall be
adjusted by the change in the Federal Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index, for
the Los Angeles area, for the most recently available 12 month period. Accordingly, current
City contractors will be required to adjust wage rates no later than July lst, to remain in
compliance.
I Notiff employees who spend any of their time providing labor or delivering services to the
City of Vernon who make less than twelve dollars ($12) per hour of their possible right to the
federal Earned Income Tax Credit (EITC) under $ 32 of the Intemal Revenue Code of 1954,
26 U.S.C. $ 32, and making available to such employees forms required to secure advance
EITC payments.
The selected contractor will be required to evidence compliance with the Living Wage
Ordinance by submitting payroll records as requested by the City. Each record shall include the
full name of each employee performing labor or providing services under the contract; job
classification; rate of pay and benefit rate.
On August 4,2008, the Vernon City Council amended the Living Wage Ordinance such that the
provisions of the Living Wage Ordinance may be waived in a bona fide collective bargaining
agreement, but only if the waiver is explicitly set forth in clear and unambiguous terms. If this
provision applies, you must provide a copy of the collective bargaining agreement to the City.
I do hereby certify and declare under penalty of perjury that if awarded the contract for which
this bid/proposal is made will comply with the
(Name of Company)
requirements of the Vernon Living Wage Ordinance, Vernon Municipal Code Chapter 2 Article
XVIII and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. I understand that failure to comply
with the provisions of the Vernon Living Wage Ordinance may result in termination of the
contract as well as other penalties as stated in Vernon Municipal Code Chapter 2 Article XVIII.
(Name)(Title)
(Signature)(Date)
Please return this form with your bid/proposal. Questions concerning the Living Wage Ordinance should be
directed to the Department of Finance - Purchasing Division 323.583.881 l.
BP-(d)
APPENDIX "A" - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
Purchasing & Payables Division
4305 Santa Fe AvenueVernon, CA 90058
(323) s83-8811
Fax (323) 826-1433
Internet:
Article I.
Article II.
Vendor List Questionnaire (Form AA-l)
Affidavit of Equal Oppornrnity Employment & Non-segregation
Business Telephone.
Fax number
ln order to be placed to the City's vendor list and be eligible to receive City business, you must provide
the following information except where indicated as "optional". By submitting this form you are
declaring under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California and the laws of the United
States that the information is true and correct. Furthermore, you are certifiing that your firm will adhere
to equal opportunity employment practices to assure that applicants and employees are not discriminated
against because of their race, religion, color, national origin, ancestry, disability, sex or age. And, your
firm does not and will not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its
establishments, and that it does not and will not permit its employees to perform their services at any
location, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained.
Name of Company
Address
(optional)
City State
Contact Person E-mail Address
(optional)
Tax [D Number (or Social Security Number)
Remit Address (if different)
Please state clearly and concisely the type(s) of goods and services your company provides:
Small and Micro Business Preference Program: If certified by Califomia Department of General
Services as a small or micro business, please provide DGS Reference Number . Visit the
Purchasing Division website for additional information.
The following section is OPTIONAL and is for statistical reporting purposes only. Ownership (please
check all that apply):
African-American Asian Armenian
zip
Hispanic_ Native American_
FemaleDisabled
M FORMS
APPENDIX "A" - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
@
This folm is to b€ included in all bid documents for Fojects involving labor or services valued at $25,000 or more,
Inrtructions: Please indicate the job titlerclassifications to be used in the perform&nce ofthis contract should it b€ awarded to your firm. Please
indicate the number ofemployees in each job classification as well as the number of new hires, if any, as a result ofthis contract.
Name of Company:Project:
J ob Titles/Classifi cation Estimated number of existing staff to be employed
in this classification if awarded the contract
Estimated number of new hires to be employed
in this classification if awarded the contract
Are any current employees or
potential new hires Vernon
residents? If so. how many?
M FORMS
APPENDIX 6'4," - Forms to be Completed by Bidder
Current Permanent Workforce Utilization (Form AA-3)
OPTIONAL
Name of Cornpany:Project:
Completion ofthis form is OSIIONAL. Any information supplied by vendors is for reporting purposesonlyend will not b€ factor€d into the award ofany
confact.
Instructions: Please indicate the number ofemployees in each Job Classification belonging to the following groups.
White
(not of Hispanic
orisin)
African-American
(not of Hispanic
origin)
Hispanic Asian/Pacific
lslander
Native
American
Armenian Male Female
CLASSIFICATION
Officials/
Managers
Professionals
Technicians
Office/Clerical
Skilled Craft Workers
Operators
(semi-skilled)
Laborers
Service Workers
TOTAL
AA FORMS
APPENDIX B
Samole Contract
LABOR AND MATERIALS CONTRACT NO.
THIS Contract is made between the CITY OF VERNON ("City"), a municipal
corporation, and
headquarters at
a Califomia corporation with
("Contractor").
The City and Contractor agree as follows:
1.0 Contractor shall fumish all necessary and incidental labor, material,
equipment, transportation and services as described in, and strictly in accordance with,
and subject to all terms and conditions set forth in Specifications for
Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and incorporated
by reference.
2.O All work shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the City's Director of
Community Service and Water or person designated by him, in writing ("Directo/'), and
shall be of highest quality with respect to
ln the event Contractor fails to perform satisfactorily the City shall advise
Contractor in writing, and Contractor shall have thirty (30) days to cure such failure to
satisfactorily perform. lf Contractor fails to so cure its performance within said 30 days,
the City may, at its option, terminate this Contract for default without further liability,
other than payment to Contractor for work performed satisfactorily prior to the date of
termination.
3.0 Contractor shall commence work upon the signing of this contract and
shall perform work requested in writing by Director.
4.O ln consideration of satisfactory and timely Performance of requested work,
the city shall pay Contractor as follows: ln the first three years of this Contract, a grand
total amount not to exceed Dollars ($000,000).
5.0 Concurrently with the execution of this Contract, contractor shall furnish
bonds of a surety satisfactory to the City, as provided in the specifications and Notice
lnviting Bids. The cost of the bonds shall be paid by Contractor.
6.0 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
6.1 INDEPENDENTCONTRACTOR.
6.1.1 lt is understood that in the performance of the services
herein provided for, Contractor shall be, and is, an independent contractor, and is not an
REV. 121 01 3
agent or employee of City and shall fumish such services in its own manner and method
except as required by this Contract. Further, Contractor has and shall retain the right to
exercise full control over the employment, direction, compensation and discharge of all
persons employed by Contractor in the performance of the services hereunder.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and shall indemnify, defend and save City
harmless from all matters relating to the payment of its employees, including
compliance with social security, withholding and all other wages, salaries, benefits,
taxes, exactions, and regulations of any nature whatsoever.
6.1.2 Contractor acknowledges that Contractor and any
subcontractors, agents or employees employed by Contractor shall not, under any
circumstances, be considered employees of the City, and that they shall not be entitled
to any of the benefits or rights afforded employees of City, including, but not limited to,
sick leave, vacation leave, holiday pay, Public Employees Retirement System benefits,
or health, life, dental, longterm disability or workers' compensation insurance benefits.
6.2 CONTRACTOR NOT AGENT. Except as the City may authorize in
writing, Contractor and its subcontractors shall have no authority, express or implied, to
act on behalf of or bind the City in any capacity whatsoever as agents or otherwise.
6.3 OWNERSHIP OF WORK. All reports, drawings, plans,
specifications, computer tapes, floppy disks and printouts, studies, memoranda,
computation sheets and other documents prepared by Contractor in furtherance of the
work shall be the sole property of City and shall be delivered to City whenever
requested. Contractor shall keep such documents and materials on file and available
for audit by the City for at least three (3) years after completion or earlier termination of
this Contract. Contractor may make duplicate copies of such materials and documents
for their own files or for such other purposes as may be authorized in writing by the City.
6.4 CORRECTION OF WORK. Contractor shall promptly correct any
defective, inaccurate or incomplete tasks, deliverables, goods, services and other work,
without additional cost to the City. The performance or acceptance of services
furnished by Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor from the obligation to correct
subsequently discovered defects, inaccuracy or incompleteness.
6.5 WAIVER. The City's waiver of any term, condition, breach or
default of this Contract shall not be considered to be a waiver of any other term,
condition, default or breach, nor of a subsequent breach of the one waived.
6.6 SUCCESSORS. This Contract shall inure to the benefit of, and
shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and/or
assigns.
6.7 NO ASSIGNMENT. Contractor shall not assign or transfer this
Contract or any rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the City and
approval by the City Attorney, which may be withheld in the City's sole discretion. Any
REV. 121 01 3
unauthorized assignment or transfer shall be null and void and shall constitute a
material breach by the Contractor of its obligations under this Contract. No assignment
shall release the original parties or othenivise constitute a novation.
6.8 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Contractor shall comply with all
Federal, State, County and City laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, which are, as
amended from time to time, incorporated herein and applicable to the performance
hereof .
6.9 ATTORNEY'S FEES. lf any action at law or in equity is brought to
enforce or interpret the terms of this Contract, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
reasonable attorney's fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other
relief to which such party may be entitled.
7.0 INTERPRETATION.
7.1 APPLICABLE LAW. This Contract, and the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (both procedural and substantive), shall be governed by and
construed according to the laws of the State of California.
7.2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Contract, including any Exhibits
attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the
parties regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
negotiations, representations, understandings, correspondence, documentation and
agreements (written or oral).
7.3 WRITTEN AMENDMENT. This Contract may only be changed by
written amendment signed by Contractor and the City Manager or other authorized
representative of the City, subject to any requisite authorization by the City Council. Any
oral representations or modifications conceming this Contract shall be of no force or
effect.
7.4 SEVERABILIry. lf any provision in this Contract is held by any
court of competent lurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void, or unenforceable, such portion
shall be deemed severed from this Contract, and the remaining provisions shall
nevertheless continue in full force and effect as fully as though such invalid, illegal, or
unenforceable portion had never been part of this Contract.
7.5 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. ln case of conflict between the terms
of this Contract and the terms contained in any document attached as an Exhibit or
otheruvise incorporated by reference, the terms of this Contract shall strictly prevail. The
terms of the City's Specifications shall control over the Contractor's bid.
7.6 CHOICE OF FORUM. The parties hereby agree that this Contract
is to be enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, is entered into in
the City of Vernon and that all claims or controversies arising out of or related to
REV. 121013
performance under this Contract shall be submitted to and resolved in a forum within
the County of Los Angeles at a place to be determined by the rules of the forum.
7.7 DUPLICATE ORIGINALS. There shall be two (2) fully signed
copies of this Contract, each of which shall be deemed an original.
7.8 TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is strictly ol the essence of this
Contract and each and every covenant, term and provision hereof.
7.9 AUTHORITY OF CONTRACTOR. The Contractor hereby
represents and warrants to the City that the Contractor has the right, power, legal
capacity and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Contract, and
its execution of this Contract has been duly authorized.
7.10 ARBITBATION OF DISPUTES. Any dispute for under $25,000
arising out of or relating to the negotiation, construction, performance, non-periormance,
breach or any other aspect of this Contract, shall be settled by binding arbitration in
accordance with the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association at Los
Angeles, California and ludgment upon the award rendered by the Arbitrators may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The City does not waive its right to
object to the timeliness or sufficiency of any claim filed or required to be filed against the
City and reserves the right to conduct full discovery.
7.11 INDEMNITY.
7.11.1 Contractor agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and
defend (even if the allegations are false, fraudulent or groundless), to the maximum
extent permitted by law, the City, its City Council and each member thereof, and its
otficers, employees, commission members and representatives, from any and all
liability, loss, suits, claims, damages, costs, judgments and expenses (including
attorney's fees and costs of litigation) which in whole or in part result from, or arise out
of, or are claimed to result from or to arise out of:
A. any activity on or use of City's premises or
facilities or any performance under this Contract; or
B. any acts, errors or omissions (including,
without limitation, professional negligence) of Contractor, its employees,
representatives, subcontractors, or agents in connection with the performance of this
Contract.
7 .11 .2 This agreement to indemnify includes, but is not
limited to, personal injury (including death at any time) and property or other damage
(including, but without limitation, contract or tort or patent, copyright, trade secret or
trademark infringement) sustained by any person or persons (including, but not limited
to, companies, or corporations, Contractor and its employees or agents, and members
REV. 121 01 3
of the general public). The sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, ils employees
or agenls other than Contractor or Contractods subcontractors are excluded from this
indemnity agreement.
7,12 RELEASE. Contractor agrees to release and covenants not lo sue
the City, its City Council and each member thereof, and its officers, employees,
commission members and representatives for any damage or injury (including death) to
itself, its officers, employees, agents and independent contractors damaged or claiming
to be damaged from any perlormance under this Contract.
7.13 INSURANCE. Contractor shall, at its own expense, procure and
maintain policies of insurance of the types and in the amounts set forth below, for the
duration of the Contract, including any extensions lhereto. The policies shall state that
they aftord primary coverage.
7.13.1 Automobile Liability with minimum limits of at least
$100,000/300,000/50,000 if written on a personal automobile liability lorm, Ior using a
personal vehicle; or an amount of $500,000 including owned, hired, and non-owned
liability coverage iI written on a Commercial automobile liability form.
7.13.2 General Liability with minimum limits of at least
$'1,000,000 combined single limits written on an lnsurance Services Ot ice (lSO)
Comprehensive General Liability "occurrence" form or ils equivalent for coverage on an
occurrence basis. Premises,/Operations and Personal lniury coverage is required. The
City of Vemon, its directors, commissioners, officers, employees, agents and volunteers
must be endorsed on the policy as additional insureds as respects liability arising out of
the Contracto/s performance of this Contract.
A. It Contractor employs other contractors as part
of the services rendered, Contracto/s Protective Coverage is required. Contractor may
include all subcontractors as insureds under its own policy or shall furnish separate
insurance for each subcontractor, meeting the requirements set forth herein,
B. Blanket Contractual Coverage.
C. Products/CompletedOperalionscoverage.
7.13.3 Contractor shall comply with the applicable sections of the
California Labor Code conceming workers' compensation ,or injuries on the job.
Compliance is accomplished in one of the following manners:
A. Provide copy of permissive self-insurance
certificate approved by the State of Calilomia; or
B. Secure and maintain in lorce a policy of
workers' compensation insurance with statutory limits and Employe/s Liability lnsurance
REV 121013
with a minimal limit of $1,000,000 per accident. The policy shall be endorsed to waive
all rights of subrogation against City, its directors, commissioners, officers, employees,
and volunteers for losses arising from performance of this Contract; or
C. Provide a "waiver" form certifying that no
employees subject to the Labor Code's Workers' Compensation provision will be used
in performance of this Contract.
7.13.4 Each insurance policy included in this clause shall be
endorsed to state that coverage shall not be cancelled except after thirty (30) days'prior
written notice to City.
7.13.5 lnsurance shall be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of
no less than B: Vlll.
7.13.6 Prior to commencement of performance, Contractor
shall fumish City with a certificate of insurance for each policy. Each certificate is to be
signed by a person authorized by that insurerto bind coverage on its behalf. The
certificate(s) must be in a form approved by City. City may require complete, certified
copies of any or all policies at any time.
7.13.7 Failure to maintain required insurance at all times
shall constitute a default and material breach. ln such event, Contractor shall
immediately notify City and cease all performance underthis Contract until further
directed by the City. ln the absence of satisfactory insurance coverage, City may, at its
option: (a) procure insurance with collection rights for premiums, attomey's fees and
costs against Contractor by way of set-otf or recoupment from sums due Contractor, at
City's option; (b) immediately terminate this Contract; or (c) self insure the risk, with all
damages and costs incurred, by ludgment, settlement or otheruise, including attorney's
fees and costs, being collectible from Contractor, by way of set-off or recoupment from
any sums due Contractor.
7.14 NOTICES. Any notice or demand to be given by one party to the
other shall be given in writing and by personal delivery or prepaid first-class, registered
or certified mail, addressed as follows. Notice simply to the City of Vernon or any other
City department is not adequate notice.
lf to the City:
City of Vemon
4305 Santa Fe Ave.
Vemon, CA 90058
With a Copy to:
REV. 1210136
lf to the Contractor:
Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery,
if personally delivered, or, if mailed, upon receipt or upon expiration of three (3)
business days from the date of posting, whichever is earlier. Either party may change
the address at which it desires to receive notice upon giving written notice of such
request to the other party.
7.15 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE (Without Cause). City may
terminate this Contract in whole or in part at any time, for any cause or without cause,
upon fifteen (15) calendar days'written notice to Contractor. lf the Contract is thus
terminated by City for reasons other than Contractor's failure to perform its obligations,
City shall pay Contractor a prorated amount based on the services satisfactorily
completed and accepted prior to the effective date of termination. Such payment shall
be Contractor's exclusive remedy for termination without cause.
7.16 DEFAULT. ln the event either party materially defaults in its
obligations hereunder, the other party may declare a default and terminate this Contract
by written notice to the defaulting party. The notice shall specify the basis for the
default. The Contract shall terminate unless such default is cured before the effective
date of termination stated in such notice, which date shall be no sooner than ten (10)
days after the date of the notice.
Termination for cause shall relieve the terminating party of further
liability or responsibility under this Contract, including the payment of money, except for
payment for services satisfactorily and timely performed prior to the service of the notice
of termination, and except for reimbursement of (1) any payments made by the City for
service not subsequently performed in a timely and satisfactory manner, and (2) costs
incurred by the City in obtaining substitute performance.
7.17 ASSIGNMENT OF ANTITRUST CAUSES OF ACTION. Contractor
hereby agrees to assign to the City all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of
action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 1 5) or under the
Cartwright Act Chapter 2 (Commencing with Section 16700) or part 2 of Division 7 of
the Business and Professions Code, or any similar or successor provisions of Federal
or State law, arising from purchases of goods, services or materials pursuant to this
Contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become etfective at
the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further
acknowledgment by the parties.
8.0 ADDITIONALASSURANCES
8.1 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY PRACTICES.
REV. 12'10'137
Contractor certifies and represents that, during the performance of this contract,
the contractor and any other parties with whom it may subcontract shall adhere to equal
opportunity employment practices to assure that applicants and employees are treated
equally and are not discriminated against because of their race, religion, color, national
origin, ancestry, disability, sex, age, medical condition, marital status. Contractor further
certifies that it will not maintain any segregated facilities.
8.2 VERNON BUSINESS LICENSE. Contractor shall obtain, and pay
any and all costs associated therewith, any Vernon Business License which may be
required by the Vernon Municipal Code.
8.3 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.
The City, or its authorized auditors or representatives, shall have
access to and the right to audit and reproduce any of the Contractofs records to the
extent the City deems necessary to insure it is receiving all money to which it is entitled
under the Contract and/or is paying only the amounts to which Contractor is properly
entitled under the Contract or for other purposes relating to the Contract.
The Contractor shall maintain and preserve all such records for a
period of at least 3 years after termination of the Contract.
The Contractor shall maintain all such records in the City of Vernon.
lf not, the Contractor shall, upon request, promptly deliver the records to the City of
Vernon or reimburse the City for all reasonable and extra costs incurred in conducting
the audit at a location other than the City of Vernon, including, but not limited to, such
additional (out of the City) expenses for personnel, salaries, private auditors, travel,
lodging, meals and overhead.
8.4 CONFLICT. Contractor hereby represents, warrants and certifies
that no member, officer or employee of the Contractor is a director, officer or employee
of the City of Vernon, or a member of any of its boards, commissions or committees,
except to the extent permitted by law.
8.5 ENFORCEMENT OF WAGE AND HOUR LAWS. Eight hours labor
constitutes a legal day's work. The Contractor, or subcontractor, if any, shall forfeit
twenty{ive dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of this Agreement
by the respective Contractor or subcontractor for each calendar day during which the
worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and
40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Sections 1810
through 1 815 of the California Labor Code as a penalty paid to the City; provided,
however, work performed by employees of contractors in excess of 8 hours per day,
and 40 hours during any one week, shall be permitted upon compensation for all hours
worked in excess of 8 hours per day at not less lhan 1/z times the basic rate of pay.
REV. 121 01 3
8.6 LIVING WAGES. Contractor, or Subcontractor, if any, working on
City service contracts of any amount, as to all employees spending time on City
contracts shall observe the City's Living Wage Ordinance and all requirements thereof
at all times on City contracts. The Current Living Wage Standards are set forth in
Exhibit D. Upon request, certified payroll shall be provided to the City.
BEV. 121013o
lN WITNESS WHEREOF, the pafties hereto have caused this Contract to
be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date set forth below.
lN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Agreement as of
the date stated in the introductory clause.
City of Vernon, a California charter City and [CONTRACTOR'S NAME, a [State incorporated
California municipalcorporation inlcorporation
MichaelW. McCormick, Mayor Name:
Title:
ATTEST:
Ana Barcia, Deputy City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Hema Patel, City Attorney
By:
Name:
Title:
10 REV.121013
By: By:
Drawing No.120113
RECEIVED
ocT | 4 2014
CITY ADMINISTRATIONRECEIVED
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Ana Barcia, Deputy CitV Clerk,fut
Approval of Resolution calling for the Special Municipal Election to be Held
on Tuesday, February 17, 2015, for the Election of a Certain Officer and
Resolution Requesting the Board of Supervisors of the County of Los Angeles
to Render Specified Services to the City Relating to the Conduct of the
Special Municipal Election
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
l. Find that approval of the Resolutions is exempt under the California Environmental
Quality Act ("CEQA") in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that
CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment, as the
proposed is administrative in nature; and
2. Approve the Resolution calling for the holding of the Special Municipal Election to be
held on Tuesday, February 17,2015 for the Election of a City Councilmember to fill the
unexpired term of former Councilmember Michael Ybarra; and
3. Approve the Resolution requesting the Board of Supervisors of the County of Los
Angeles to render specified services to the city relating to the conduct of the Special
Municipal Election to be held on Tuesday, February 17,2015.
Background
On February 17,2015, the City of Vemon will conduct a Special Municipal Election ("election")
for the purpose of electing one member of the City Council to fill the unexpired term of former
Councilmember Michael Ybarra. The City Council is required to adopt a resolution calling the
election.
In addition, the City Clerk's office will require the Los Angeles County Election Department to
prepare and furnish the City and/or Martin and Chapman various listings and computer records
of the names and addresses of eligible registered voters in the City of Vemon, provide voter
signature verification services, and to make available to the City additional election equipment
STAFF REPORT
CITY CTERl('S OFFICE City Clerk Department
and assistance according to state law for the conduct of the Special Municipal Election. The
request for assistance from the County is made by City Council resolution.
Fiscal Impact
Sufficient funds have been budgeted; costs to conduct the election are estimated to be
approximately $4,000 to $5,000.
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OE THE CTTY OE
VERNON, CALIEORNIA, CALLING EOR THE HOLDING OE AN
ALL MAIL BALLOT SPECTAL MUNICIPAL ELECTION TO BE
HELD ON TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 17, 2015, FOR THE
ELECTTON OF A CERTAIN OFFTCER AS REQUIRED BY THE
PROVISIONS OE THE CHARTER OF THE CITY OF VERNON
WHEREAS, under the provlsions of the Charter of the City of
Vernon, a Specj-a1 Municipal Election shall be held on Eebruary 11,
2075, for the election of a Municipal Officer.
NOW, THEREEORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF VERNON AS EOLLOWS:
SECTION 1: Pursuant to the requirements of the Charter of
the City of Vernon and the Code of the City of Vernon, there is call_ed
and ordered to be held in the City of Vernon, California, on Tuesday,
February IJ , 201-5, a Special Municipal Election conducted by al-I mail
ballot for the purpose of electing one (1) Member of the City Council
to fill an unexpired term.
SECTION 2: The ballots to be used at the election shall be
in form and content as requi_red by 1aw.
SECTION 3: The City Clerk, or Deputy City C1erk, is
authorized, instructed and directed to procure and furnish any and all
officlal ballots, notices, printed matter and all supplies, equipment
and paraphernalia that may be necessary in order to properly and
iawfully conduct the election by al1 maj_l_ ball_ot.
SECTION 4: Pursuant to the Code of the City of Vernon, and
other applicable provisions of the Charter of the City of Vernon and
Ordinances of the City of Vernon, said election shal-l be conducted by
all- mail- bal-rot, and sharl be conducted pursuant to chapter 2 of
Division 4 (commencing with Section 4100) of the Cal-ifornia Elections
Code only j-nsofar as required by 1aw, and only where not inconsj-stent
with the Charter and Ordinances of the City of Vernon. Notwithstanding
Elections Code Section 4103, ballots cast in this Election shaIl be
returned to the office of the city crerk no rater than B:00 p.m. on
election day. OnIy ballots received in the office of the City CJ-erk by
8:00 p.m. on election day sha11 be counted.
SECTION 5: In all particulars not recited in this
resoluti-on, the el-ection shall be held and conducted as provided by 1aw
for hol-ding municipal elections.
SECTION 6z Notice of the time and place of hol-ding the
el-ection is given and the city clerk, or Deputy city clerk, is
authorj-zed, instructed and directed to give further or additional
notice of the election, in time, form and manner as requj-red by 1aw.
SECTION 7: The City Clerk, or Deputy City Clerk, is
directed to forward without delay to the County Election Department a
certified copy of this resolution at the forJ-owing address:
Mr. Dean C. Logan
Regj-strar-Recorder /County CIerkElection Coordination Unit
72400 fmperial Highway, 2nd Floor, Room 2003
Norwalk, CA 90650
SECTION 8: The City Council- of the City of Vernon
authorizes the City C1erk, or Deputy City C1erk, to administer said
election and all- reasonable and actual el-ection expenses shall be paid
by the city upon presentation of a properly submitted bilr.
2-
SECTION 9: The City C]erk, or Deputy City C]erk, of the
City of Vernon shal-l certi-fy to the passage, approval and adoption of
this resolution, and the city clerk, or Deputy city clerk, of the city
of Vernon shal1 cause this resoluti-on and the City C1erk, s, or Deputy
City Clerk's, certification to be entered in the File of Resolutions of
the Council of this City.
APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 21st day of October, 2014.
Name:
Title: Mayor / Mayor Pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk
ttorney
-3
STATE OE CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OE LOS ANGELES
I,
SS
City Clerk / Deputy City C1erk of the City
of Vernon, do hereby certify that the foregolng Resolution, being
Resorutj-on No was duly passed, approved and adopted by the
City Council- of the City of Vernon at a regular meeting of the City
Council- duly hel-d on Tuesday, October 27, 20L4, and thereafter was duly
signed by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of the city of vernon.
Executed this day of October, 20!4 at Vernon, California.
City C1erk / Deputy City Clerk
( SEAL )
4-
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OE THE CITY OF
VERNON, CALTFORNIA, REQUESTING THE BOARD OE
SUPERVISORS OF THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES TO RENDER
SPECIFIED SERVICES TO THE CITY RELATING TO THE
CONDUCT OE A SPECIAL MUNICTPAL ELECTION TO BE HELD
oN TUESDAY, FEBRUARY L7, 2075
WHEREAST orl February 77, 20L5, a Special Municipal Election
will- be herd in the city of vernon (the "city,,), callfornia; and
WHEREAS, in the course of conducting the election it j-s
necessary for the City to request services of the County of Los
Angeles; and
WHEREAS, all necessary expenses in performing these services
shall be paid by the City.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OE THE
CITY OE VERNON AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1: Pursuant to the provisions of Section 10002 of
the Electj-ons Code of the State of California, the Vernon City Council
requests that the Los Angeles County Board of Supervisors permit the
County Election Department to prepare and furnish the following for use
in conducting its election:
1. A listing of county precincts with the number of
registered voters in each, so the city may consolidate
election precincts into city voting precincts, and maps
of the votj_ng precincts;
2 - The computer record of the names and addresses of all-
erigible registered voters in the clty in order that the
City may:
a. Produce labels for vote-by-mail votersi
b. Print Rosters of Voters and Street Indexes;
3. Voter signature verification services as needed;
4 - Make available to the city erection equipment and
assistance as needed according to state 1aw.
SECTION 2: The City shall reimburse the County for services
performed when the work is completed and upon presentation to the City
of a properly approved bil1.
SECTION 3: The City Clerk, or Deputy City Clerk, is
dlrected to forward wi-thout delay to the Board of Supervisors and to
the county Election Department, each a certified copy of this
resolution at the fol_Iowing addresses:
a. Board of Supervisors, County of Los Angeles
Attn: Ms. Sachi A. Hamai, Executive Officer
Kenneth Hahn Ha1I of Administration
500 West Temple Street, Room 383
Los Angeles, CA 90012
b. Mr. Dean Logan
Regi- strar-Recorder/County Clerk
Election Coordination Unit
L2400 Imperial Highway, 2.d Eloor, Room 2OO3
Norwalk, CA 90650
2-
SECTION 4:The City C1erk, or Deputy City C1erk, of the
Clty of Vernon shall certj-fy to the passdg€, approval and adoption of
this resorution, and the city cIerk, or Deputy city cIerk, of the city
of Vernon shal1 cause this resol-ution and the City C]erk, s, or Deputy
City Clerk's, certification to be entered in the Eil-e of Resolutions of
the Council of this City.
APPROVED AND ADoprED this 21"t day of october, 20L4.
Name:
Title: Mayor / Mayor pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Clerk / Deputy City Cterk
3-
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
)ss
couNTY oF LOS ANGELES )
T,, Ci-ty Cl-erk / Deputy City Clerk of the City
of vernon, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution, being
Resorution No was dury passed, approved and adopted by the
City Council of the City of Vernon at a regular meeting of the City
Council duly held on Tuesday, October 27, 2014, and thereafter was duly
signed by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of the city of vernon.
Executed this day of October, 20L4 at Vernon, California.
City Clerk / Deputy City Cl_erk
( SEAL )
4-
REGEIVED
OcT 16 2014
CITY CLERl('S OFFICE
RECEIVED
ocT I 6 20lt
STAFF REPORT CITY ADMINI ION
TO:
FROM:
RE:
Honorable Mayor and Cify Council
Ana Barcia, Deputy CitV Clerk,Sl
A Resolution repealing Resolution No. 2012-209
regarding candidate statements submitted to the
special municipal election.
and adopting regulations
voters in any general or
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Find that approval of the Resolution is exempt under the California Environmental
Quality Act ("CEQA") in accordance with Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that
CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment, as the
proposed is administrative in nature; and
2. Approve the attached Resolution repealing Resolution No. 2012-209 and adopting
regulations regarding candidate statements submitted to the voters in any general or
special municipal election.
Background
On November 6, 2012, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2012-209 adopting regulations
for candidate statements submitted to the voters in any general or special municipal election. To
further comply with the federal Voter Rights Act and relevant state law, staff is requesting
revisions to the foreign language policy. Pursuant to the federal Voting Rights Act, the City is
required to translate the candidate statement into Spanish. Pursuant to state law, the candidate
may also request to have their candidate statement translated into additional foreign language(s).
In compliance with federal and state law, the City Clerk shall have all candidate statement(s)
translated into the languages required by the federal Voting Rights Act and any additional
language(s) requested by a candidate.
Staff is requesting revisions to the Payment section to update and further clarify the requirement
that each candidate shall pay to the City his or her pro rata share of the total cost of printing,
handling, translating, and mailing the candidate's statement in English, Spanish, and any
additional language(s) requested by a candidate, as a condition of having his or her candidate
City Clerk Department
October 21,2014
statement included in the voter's pamphlet. All translations will also be made available upon
request in the City Clerk's Ofhce.
Fiscal Impact
The recommendation will alleviate the cost to the City related to translation and printing costs
for candidate statements.
RESOLUTTON NO.
A RESOLUTION OE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
VERNON REPEALING RESOLUTION NO. 2OL2_209 AND
ADOPTING REGULATIONS REGARDTNG CANDIDATE STATEMENTS
SUBMITTED TO VOTERS IN ANY GENERAL MUNICIPAL OR
SPECIAL MUNICIPAL ELECTION
WHEREAS, Section 13307 of the Elections Code of the State of
Cal-ifornia provides that the governing body of any local agency shall
adopt regulations pertaining to materials prepared by any candidate for
a municipal election, including costs of the candidate's statement; and
WHEREAS, oD November 6, 2072, the City Council of the City of
Vernon adopted Resolution No. 2012-209 adopting regulations for
candidates for elective office pertaining to candidate statements
submitted to the voters at any general munj-cipal or special municipal
el-ection; and
WHEREAS, the City Council desires to repeal Resolution
No. 20L2-209 and adopt regulations regarding candidates statements
submitted to the voters in any general or special- municipal election.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF VERNON AS EOLLOWS:
SECTION 1: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
the above reci-tals are true and correct.
City Council of the City of Vernon finds
that this acti-on is exempt under the Californj-a Environmental- euality
Act (CEQA) , in accordance with Section 15051 (b) (3) , the general rule
that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the
environment.
SECTION 3:GENERAL PROVISIONS. pursuant to Section 13307
finds and determines that
SECTION 2: The
of the Elections Code of the State of Cal-ifcrnia, each candidate for
elective office to be voted for j-n any general municipal or special
municipal election, may prepare a candidate, s statement on an
appropriate form provided by the City Clerk. The statement may
include the name, d9e and occupation of the candidate, and a brief
description of no more than 200 words of the candidate's education and
qualifications expressed by the candidate himself or herself. The
stat.ement shall- not include party affiliation of the candidate, nor
membershi-p or actlvity in partisan political organizations. The
statement shall be filed in typewritten form j-n the office of the City
Clerk at the time the candidate's nomination papers are filed. An
electronic copy of the candidate statement should also be submitted to
the office of the city crerk when filing. The statement may be
withdrawn, but not changed, during the period for filing nomination
papers and until 5:00 p.m. of the next working day after the close of
the nomination period.
SECTTON 4: EOREIGN LANGUAGE POLICY.
a. Pursuant to the Eederal Voting Rights Act, the City is
required to translate candidate statements into the following
languages: Spanish.
b. Pursuant to state law, the candidate may elect to have
their candidate statement translated lnto any other additional foreign
Ianguage (s) .
c. The City Clerk shall have all candidate statements
translated into the languages required by the Eederal Voting Rights
Act and those additional languages requested by the candj-date (s) .
SECTION 5: PAYMENT. The City Clerk shall- print an English
and Spanish voter information pamphlet to be mailed to all- voters
which shall include any additional translations of candidates who so
2-
request printing in the voter information pamphl-et. AlI translations
wil-r be made avairable upon request in the city clerk's office.
a. The candidate shaIl be required to pay for the cost of
transrating the candidates statement j-nto any required foreign
ranguage and any other language (s) he or she has elected. The city
clerk shall- select the person who provides the forei-gn language
translation pursuant to the criteria set forth in Elections Code
Section f 3307 (b) .
b. The candidate shall be required to pay the cost of
printing, handling and mail-ing the candidate statement in English and
Spanlsh in the voter information pamphlet, and be required to pay for
said costs associated with their selection to include any other
foreign language(s) in the voter informatlon pamphlet.
c. The City Clerk shall estimate the total cost of
printing, handring, translating, and mailing the candidate, s
statements filed pursuant to the Elections Code, and require each
candidate filing a statement to pay in advance to the local- agency his
or her estj-mated pro rata share as a condition of having his or her
statement included in the voter information pamphlet. Actual costs
vary from one election to another. The actual candj-date statement
filing cost for a given election may be significantly more or less
than the estimate, depending on the actual number of candidates who
file statements. Accordingly, the city clerk is not bound by the
estimate and may, on a pro rata basj-s, bill the candidate for the
additional actual expense or refund any excess amount paid, depending
on the fina] actual cost. rn the event of underpayment, the city
clerk may require the candidate to pay the barance of the cost
incurred. In the event of overpayment, the City Cl-erk shal-I prorate
3
the excess amount among the candidates and refund the excess amount
paid within 30 days of the election.
d. The City Clerk shall comply with all applicable State
statutes, regulations, standards and guidelines published by the
Secretary of State regarding candidates' statements, bal_l_ot
designations and other procedural items.
SECTION 6: ADDITIONAL MATERIALS.
No candidate will be permitted to include additional
materials in the sample ballot package.
SECTfON 7 z The City Clerk shall provide each candidate or
the candidate's representative a copy of this Resolution at the time
nominati-on documents are issued.
SECTION 8: A11 previous resolutions establishing Council
policy on payment for candidates' statements, specifically Resolution
No. 20L2-209, are hereby repealed.
SECTION 9: This resolution shal-l apply at the next ensuing
general municipal or special municipal el-ection and at each general
municipal or special municipal election until_ repealed.
4-
SECTION 10: The City C1erk, or Deputy City C1erk, of the
City of Vernon shall certify to the passage, approval and adoption of
thj-s resolution, and the City C1erk, or Deputy City Clerk, of the City
of Vernon shall cause this resolution and the City Clerk's, or Deputy
City Clerk's, certification to be entered in the File of Resolutions of
the Council of this City.
APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 21st day of October, 2014.
Name:
Title: Mayor / Mayor Pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Cl-erk / Deputy City Clerk
5-
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
SS
, City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk of the City
of Vernon, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution, being
Resolution No , was duly passed, approved and adopted by the
City Council of the City of Vernon at a regular meeting of the City
Council duly held on Tuesday, October 27, 20!4, and thereafter was duly
signed by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of the City of Vernon.
Executed this day of October, 2074 at Vernon, Cal-ifornia.
City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk
( SEAL)
T,
6-
RECEIVED
OCT I t 20lttRECElVED
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
OCT 16 2014 GlrF f, EE ErErrtrEtrF CITY ADMINISTRATI0N
ctTYCLERK'soFFtC srAFF REPORT rrr
ERNON GAS & ELECTRIC DEPARTMENT
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Carlos Fandino, Jr., Director of Ver
Establishment of the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department's Resource
Adequacy Plan for 2015
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Find that the approval of the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department Resource
Adequacy Plan for 2015 referenced in this staff report is exempt under the California
Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with Section 15061(bX3), the
general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the
environment; and
2. Approve the Resolution establishing the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department
Resource Adequacy Plan for 2015 that adopts:
a. The approval of the coincident peak Demand Forecast for 2015;
b. The approval to retain the same 15% Reserve Margin for planning purposes;
c. The approval of the Qualiffing Capacity Criteria that will be used for
determining qualiffing resource types and the Qualiffing Capacity from such
resources;
d. The approval of the City's annual and monthly Resource Adequacy and
Supply data; and
e. The approval of the Resource Adequacy resources that will be counted on to
satisff the City's Local Capacity Requirement and Flexible Resource
Adequacy Capacity Requirement for 2015.
3. Authorize staff to submit the City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department's Resource
Adequacy Plan for 2015 and the Monthly Resource Adequacy and Supply data to the
CAISO.
Backsround
The California Independent System Operator (CAISO) as the electric grid operator is responsible
for maintaining a reliable electric grid. One of the keys to maintaining a reliable grid is to ensure
that the electric system has adequate resources it needs to meet its electric demand. To do this
the CAISO has established provisions in its Tariff that are intended to ensure that Load Serving
Entities (LSE), such as the City of Vernon, will secure sufficient resources to meet their
customer's energy demands. Pursuant to Section 40 of the CAISO Tariff LSEs must provide to
the CAISO annually a Resource Adequacy demonstration or plan. The Resource Adequacy
demonstration must include (1) a coincident peak Demand Forecast, (2) Reserve Margin, (3)
Qualiffing Capacity Criteria, (a) an annual and monthly Resource Adequacy and Supply data,
and (5) a list of Resource Adequacy Resources that will be counted on to satisff its Local
Capacity Requirement and Flexible Resource Adequacy Capacity Requirementl.
(l) Coincident peak Demand Forecast: is dehned as the amount of the City of Vernon's
load that contributes to the CAISO system peak. This is calculated by first establishing a
monthly peak demand for the upcoming year. A monthly peak demand is established by
taking the latest highest metered energy demand for the month and applying the projected
load growth rate. Based on staff analysis, the projected load growth for 2015 is set at 0%.
To establish the monthly energy demand for 2015, Staff has used the most recent 12
month highest monthly energy demand and applied al%oload growth. Once the peak
demand forecast is established, each monthly peak demand is multiplied by a coincident
peak factor to establish the monthly coincident peak demand forecast. The coincident
peak factor is calculated and provided to the City of Vernon annually by the California
Energy Commission. It is the percentage of the City of Vernon's energy demand at the
time of the CAISO system's peak demand. Mathematically, the Coincident peak
Demand Forecast for 2015 is equal to the most recent 12 month monthly energy demand
increased by 0% load growth and multiplied by the coincident peak demand factor.
(2) Reserve Margin: is defined as the amount of Resource Adequacy Capacity that an LSE
must maintain above its coincident peak Demand Forecast. Pursuant to the CAISO
Tariff, a LSE must establish a Reserve Margin of no less than l5Yo. Historically the City
of Vernon has established its Reserve Margin at l5o/o.
(3) Qualifying Capacity Criteria: a Load Serving Entity must provide the CAISO with a
description of the criteria that will be used to determine the type of resources that can be
used to meet its capacity obligation and the amount of capacity (Qualifying Capacity)
from such resources. The City of Vernon has elected to use the following resources to
meet its capacity needs and the qualifoing capacity from each of them.
a) Vernon Purchase Power Contract with SCPPA for SCPPA's share of the Palo Verde
Generating Station. The qualified capacity shall be 4.9Yo of SCPPA share of the Palo
Verde Generating Station.
b) the contract between the United States Department of Energy Western Area Power
Administration Boulder Canyon Project and the City of Vernon. The Qualifying
Capacity will be based on the most current schedule for the available capacity from the
I On August 1,2014, CAISO filed tariffamendments (Section 40.10) with FERC to establish a flexible resource
adequacy capacity requirement. CAISO proposed an effective date ofNovember 1,2014.
Boulder Canyon Project.
c) the generating units and system units within the City of Vernon's electric system. The
amount of qualifying capacity of such units will be based on the projected dependable
gross output capacity on a day when the ambient air temperature is 90 degrees
Fahrenheit.
d) Capacity from a Participating Generator, System Unit or a System Resource as
defined in the CAISO Tariff.
e) Intemrptible Service agreements between the City of Vernon and its electrical
customers. The qualifying capacity will be based on the contracted amount the electrical
customer has agreed to intemrpt either by a request from CAISO or upon an unscheduled
outage of the Malburg Generating Station or any other generating unit internal to the
City's electric system.
(4) Annual and monthly Resource Adequacy and Supply data: each annual and monthly
Resource Adequacy and Supply data must be submitted to the CAISO on the established
templates and on the set schedule dates. The Resource Adequacy data templates shall
identifu all of the qualified resources commiued to meet the City's resource adequacy
obligations and the adopted Reserve Margin. The Supply data templates list only those
resources that the City owns or is responsible for scheduling with the CAISO. Monthly
Resource Adequacy and Supply data templates will be consistent with the data submitted
in the Annual Resource Adequacy and Supply data templates and may be adjusted for
seasonal variations in the City's load or changes in its contracted./owned resource.
(5) Local Capacity Requirement: On an annual basis the CAISO publishes a technical
study that determines the amount of capacity resources needed in the Los Angeles Basin
area that must be available to the CAISO. Based on this study the CAISO allocate the
amount of local capacity the City of Vernon must make available each month. The City
of Vernon must then include in its Resource Adequacy Plan the list of local resources that
will meet its Local Capacity Requirement. These resources must be listed and submitted
to the CAISO in the approved Resource Adequacy data template. The data templates will
includes the generating units and system units within the City of Vernon's electric
system.
(6) Flexible Resource Adequacy Capacity Requirement: On August 1,2074, CAISO filed
tariff amendments (Section 40.10) with FERC to establish a flexible resource adequacy
capacity requirement. CAISO proposed an effective date ofNovember 1,2014 so that
the amendments will apply to resource adequacy showings beginning with the January
2015 resource adequacy month. The need for flexible capacity is a result of the CAISO
managing a greener grid. The increase of variable energy resources and distributed
generation has presented significant challenges to grid reliability. The CAISO
determines and allocates the flexible resource adequacy requirement to each LSE. The
proposed tariff amendment requires LSEs to have sufficient resources that could ramp up
and down quickly and have the potential to start and shut down multiple times per day i.e.
flexible capacity. LSEs are required to include both an annual and monthly Flexible
Resource Adequacy capacity showings in the Resource Adequacy data template. The
City of Vernon must then include in its Resource Adequacy Plan the list of Flexible
Resource Adequacy resources that will meet its requirement. These resources must be
listed and submitted to the CAISO in the approved Resource Adequacy data template.
Consistent with the CAISO Tariff requirements, Staff has prepared the City of Vernon
Gas & Electric Department's Resource Adequacy Plan for 2015 for City Council
approval.
Fiscal Impact
There is no known fiscal impact.
Attachments
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OE THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
VERNON APPROVING AND ADOPTING THE VERNON GAS &
ELECTRIC DEPARTMENT RESOURCE ADEQUACY PLAN EOR
2015, WHICH INCLUDES THE PEAK DEMAND FORECAST,
THE PLANNING RESERVE MARGIN, THE QUALIFYING
CAPACITY CRITERIA AND THE QUALIEYING CAPACITY
EROM SUCH RESOURCES, CITY'S RESOURCE ADEQUACY AND
SUPPLY DATA AND APPROVES THE RESOURCES USED TO
SATISEY THE CALIEORNTA INDEPENDENT SYSTEM
OPERATOR' S TARIFE REQUIREMENTS
WHEREAS, the city of vernon (the "city") is a chartered
municipal corporation of the State of California that owns and operates
a system for the generation, purchase, transmission, distribution and
sale of electric capacity and energy; and
WHEREAS, the City has executed a Metered Subsystem Agreement
(*MSS Agreement") with the California Independent System Operator
("CAISO"); and
WHEREAS, the City is considered a Load Serving Entity (*LSE,,)
under certain terms of the CAISO,s Tariff (.'Tariff,,); and
WHEREAS, the Tariff requj-res each LSE to establ-ish and submit
to CAISO an annual Resource Adequacy P1an, which includes a peak Demand
Forecast, a Reserve Marqin, Qualifying Capacity Criteria, and a Supply
Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Tariff requires each LSE to submit monthly
Resource Adequacy Plans and Supply pl_ans; and
WHEREAS, the City has reviewed the historical and expected
demand for and supplies of electriclty within its distribution system,
including the likely peak demand for electricj-ty within the City, s
distrlbution system throughout 2075, the available generation and other
capacity to serve that demand, and constraints which might impact the
availability of capacity to serve the City's projected peak demand; and
WHEREAS, based upon that review, the City finds that the peak
demand for electricity within the City's distribution system throughout
2015 is likery to experience load growth of approximately 0% as
compared to the same months of the prior year; and
WHEREAS, based upon that review, the city finds that the
default 15% Reserve Margin set forth in the Resource Adequacy
provislons of the MRTU Tariff j-s sufficient for planning purposes; and
WHEREAS, based upon that review, the city finds that the
Quallfying Capacity Criteria specifled in the City of Vernon Demand
Eorecast for 20L5, Planni-nq Reserve Margin, eualifying capacity
Criteria and Annual Resource Adequacy and Supply plan are sufficient
and appropriate to be used in determining the amount of eualifying
Capacity needed to meet the City's projected peak monthly demand and
15U Reserve Margin.
NOW, THEREEORE,
C]TY OF VERNON AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1: The
BE TT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
the above recitals are true and correct.
City Council of the City of Vernon finds
under the California Environmental euality
with Section 15061 (b) (3), the general rul_e
projects that may have an effect on the
SECTION 3: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
approves and adopts the Gas & Electric Department Resource Adequacy pl-an
for calendar Year 2015 (the "Annual Resource Adequacy plan,,), which
i-ncludes the peak Demand Eorecast, the Planning Reserve Margin, the
finds and determi-nes that
SECTION 2: The
that this actj-on is exempt
Act (CEQA), in accordance
that CEQA only applies to
environment.
2-
Qualifying Capacity Criteria and the Qualifying CapacJ-ty from such
resources, the annual Resource Adequacy and Supply data, and the Resource
Adequacy resources that will be used to satisfy the City, s Local Capacity
Requi-rement for 20L5, which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
sECTroN 4: The city cIerk, or Deputy city clerk, of the
City of Vernon shal-I certi-fy to the passage, approval and adoption of
this resolution, and the city crerk, or Deputy city cIerk, of the city
of Vernon shal-I cause this resolution and the City C1erk, s, or Deputy
City Clerk's, certification to be entered in the File of Resolutions
of the Council of this City.
APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 21St dAY Of OCtObCr, 20L4.
Name:
Title: Mayor / Mayor pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Clerk / Deputy City Cl_erk
APPRO
torney
-3
STATE OE CAL]FORNIA
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES
SS
I,, City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk of the City
of vernon, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution, being
Resolution No was duly passed, approved and adopted by the
City Council of the City of Vernon at a regular meeting of the City
Council duly held on Tuesday, Oci-ober 2!, 2074, and thereafter was duly
signed by the Mayor or Mayor pro-Tem of the city of vernon.
Executed this day of October, 20L4, at Vernon, California.
City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk
( SEAL )
4-
EXHIBIT A
City of Vernon
Gas & Electric Department
Resource Adequacy Plan
Calendar Year 2015
Background:
The Resource Adequacy provisions of the CAISO's Tariff require the Scheduling
Coordinator ("SC") of a Load Serving Entity ("LSE") such as the City of Vernon to establish
and submit the following information upon approval from its Local Regulatory Authority.
(l) a Coincident Peak Demand Forecast for its load, (2) a Reserve Margin used for planning
purposes, (3) the Qualifring Capacity Criteria that will be used for determining qualiffing
resource types and the Qualifring Capacity from such resources, (4) an annual and monthly
Resource Adequacy and Supply data, and (5) a list of the resource that will be used to satisfr
the LSE's Local Capacity Requirement and Flexible Resource Adequacy Capacity
Requirementl showing,
Staff has prepared this "City of Vernon Gas & Electric Department's Resource Adequacy
Plan for Calendar Year 2015 consistent with the CAISO Tariffrequirements. The following
is a discussion of each of the CAISO Tariff requirements and how the City will meet each
requirement.
Coincident Peak Demand Forecast:
Vernon's municipal load resides within the CAISO control area. The CAISO, as the
balancing authority, has the responsibility for meeting reliability criteria established by the
Westem Electricity Coordinating Council ("WECC"). As such the CAISO has entered into
agreements with various market participants including, but not limited to, Generators,
Scheduling Coordinators, Participating Transmission Owners, Utility Distribution
Companies, and Metered Subsystems ("MSS"), which impose certain responsibilities on
parties to establish a reliable system. One of those responsibilities is to have operating
reserves that meet the WECC minimum requirements.
The CAISO's goal in considering reserve requirements is to balance available capacity with
demand across the entire CAISO control area and, therefore, CAISO's primary concern is
with the time and amount of peak demand on the CAlSO-controlled transmission system (the
"system peak"). In order to reduce demand during the period of the system peak (and,
I On August 1,2014, CAISO filed tariff amendments (Section 40.10) with FERC to establish a flexible resource
adequacy capacity requirement. CAISO proposed an effective date ofNovember 1,2014
therefore, to lower the peak demand on the transmission system), utilities generally offer
retail rate structures designed to encourage load shifting away from the on-peak period. Such
efforts are intended to achieve on-peak demand reduction and lower the need to build new
generation to meet peak demand. Vernon has adopted such a rate structure and has
succeeded in shifting the peak demand period for Vemon's system to a time that is generally
earlier than the time of the CAISO system peak.
Vemon's share of needed capacity to meet CAISO control area capacity requirements may
be established by determining the amount of Vernon's load that contributes to the CAISO
system peak. Vernon's load that contributes to the CAISO system peak is the City of Vernon
Coincident peak Demand. The process to establish Vernon's monthly coincident peak
Demand Forecast consists of the following three steps:
1. Establish Monthly Vernon System Peak Demand Forecast for 2014
To establish Vernon's System peak demand forecast, Staff performs an analysis on the
year to year change in the City's energy demand peaks during a five year period. Based
on the results of the analysis, staff forecasts a load growth rate for the coming calendar
year (Exhibit 1). This year's analysis shows that for the period between 2010 and 2014,
the City of Vernon system peak demand has decreased half a percent. Closer review of
Exhibit 1 reveals that the decreases in system peak demand from 2013 to 2014 is 1.572%.
Based on current load changes information projections available to the Department,
including the fact that no significant new development in the city is likely to be finalized
in 2015 that will lead to a significant increase in load, and in consideration of the recent
history of years of stagnation, Staff concluded no load growth forecast is appropriate for
calendar year 2015. Exhibit 2 shows the determination of the projected system peak
demand for 2015 that incorporates a no load growth. The projected system peak demand
for the City of Vemon is also shown below in Table 1.
Table I
Projected
Load
2015 UIW
January 171.75
February 175.80
March 174.86
April 183.60
Mav 184.63
June 181.67
Julv 187.43
August 187.04
September 190.96
October 180.27
November 184.68
December 175.04
2. Establish Coincidental Peak Factor
The coincidental peak factor is the percentage of the City of Vernon's energy demand at
the time of the CAISO system peak demand. As set forth in Section 40 of the CAISO
Tariff, the coincidental peak factor for each month has been calculated and provided to
the City annually by the California Energy Commission (CEC). The monthly coincidental
peak factor is shown in column E of Exhibit 3.
3. Calculate Monthly Coincident Peak Demand Forecast
The City of Vernon's Coincident Peak Demand forecast is calculated as the mathematical
product of the City of Vernon's forecasted System peak demand and the coincidental
peak factor. This reflects the City of Vernon's projected demand at the time of the
CAISO system peak demand for each month. The monthly coincident peak Demand
Forecast is calculated and shown in Exhibit 3 for the period of January through December
2015. It is also shown below in Table 2.
Table 2
Demand
Forecast
2015 MW
January 132.2
February 137.1
March 134.6
April 152.4
May 153.2
June 149.0
July 153.7
Auqust 162.7
September 158.5
October 147.8
November 147.7
December 138.3
Reserve Margin for Planninq Purposes
The Reserve Margin is the amount of Resource Adequacy Capacity that an LSE must
maintain above its coincident peak Demand Forecast. Historically, the City of Vernon has
established its Reserve Margin at l5Yo. Staff has recommended that the City Council
maintain the Reserve Margin at l5Yo for planning purposes. The l5olo Reserve Margin was
used to establish the monthly Resource Adequacy obligation for the City of Vemon. The
monthly Resource Adequacy obligation is listed in Exhibit 3.
Oualifvine Capacitv:
A Load Serving Entity must provide the CAISO with a description of the criteria that will be
used to determine the type of resources that can be used to meet its capacity obligation and
the amount of capacity (Qualiffing Capacity) from such resources. Historically Vernon has
used the following criterion to determine whether a resource qualifies: it qualifies if Vernon
has a contractual right to the power or has an intemrptible service agreement with a
customer. The five following resources are among those that meet this criterion and provide
Qualiffing Capacity. The calculation for the amount of Qualiffing Capacity the five eligible
resource types follows:
1. Palo Verde. Vernon Purchase Power Contract with SCPPA for 4.9o/o of SCPPA's
share of Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station (Palo Verde) shall be eligible as
Qualifuing Capacity. The power is scheduled as an import generally at Westwing
Substation through the CAISO's entitlement of transmission from Westwing to SP-
15.
2. Boulder Canyon. Contract NO DE-MS65-86WP39587 between United States
Department of Energy Western Area Power Administration Boulder Canyon Project
and City of Vernon, California for Electric Service shall be eligible to count as
Qualiffing Capacity. The power is scheduled as an import at Mead Substation
generally through the CAISO's entitlement of transmission from Mead Substation to
SP-15. The amount of Qualiffing Capacity will be based on the most current
schedule for the available capacity from the Boulder Canyon Project at the time of
submittal of the Resource Adequacy Plan.
3. Vernon Units. Generating units and system units (but excluding Vernon diesel
generating units) within Vernon's MSS including the Malburg Generating Station and
the City owned H. Gonzalez units, as reflected in Schedule 14 of Vernon's MSS
Agreement with CAISO shall be eligible to count as Qualifying Capacity. The
amount of Qualiffing Capacity of such units will be based on the projected
dependable gross output capacity on a day when the ambient air temperature is 90
degrees Fahrenheit.
4. Other Units. All other capacity from a Participating Generator, a System Unit, or a
System Resource, as dehned in the CAISO Tarifl shall be eligible as Qualiffing
Capacity. System Resources, however, must have a firm transmission path from
source to the CAISO control area. Such criteria for firm transmission facilities over
the CAISO control area can be satisfied with the possession of a firm transmission
right from the CAISO on the path associated with the System Resource. Firm
transmission rights provide physical priority right to schedule over congested paths.
5. Interruptible Service Agreements. Intemrptible Service Agreements with the City's
Electrical customers. Currently Vemon has an Intemrptible Service Agreement
where the customer agrees to intemrpt 12.65 MW of load within a 30 minute
notification. A period of intem:ption can occur upon notification from the
Independent System Operator (ISO) requiring the City to shed load or upon the
unscheduled outage of the Malburg Generating Station ("MGS") or any other
generating unit internal to the City's system.
Vernon will use the following scheduled outage criteria for determining the level of
Qualiffing Capacity ("QC") of any resource.
Scheduled Outages
Time Period Description of How Oualifyine Capacity of Resources Is Counted
Summer
May
through
September
Any month where days of scheduled outages exceed 25o/o of days in the
month, the resource cannot be counted as Qualiffing Capacity. If
scheduled outages are less than or equal to 25Yo of the days in the
month, the resource is counted as Qualifying Capacity.
Non-Summer
Months
October
through
April
For scheduled outages of less than I week, the resource is counted as
Qualiffing Capacity.
For scheduled outages of I week to 2 weeks, the Qualifuing Capacity of
the resource is prorated using the formula:
I I - (days of scheduled outage/days in month) - 0.25) * MW: QC
The formula will allow resources to be counted at between 50oh and
25Yo of what would otherwise be their Qualiffing Capacity.
For scheduled outages over 2 weeks, the resource cannot be counted as
Qualifuine Capacity.
Annual and Monthly Resource Adequacy and Supply data:
The CAISO Tariffrequires that the scheduling coordinator of a load serving entity provide an
annual and a monthly Resource Adequacy Plan (Section 40.2.2.4) using the required
templates and submitted on the set schedules. Furthermore, the scheduling coordinator of a
resource providing resource adequacy must submit both an annual and monthly Supply Plan
(Section 40.4.7.1) using the required templates and submitted on the set schedules.
Therefore, the City of Vemon as a load serving entity and a scheduling coordinator for
resource adequacy resources must submit a Resource Adequacy and Supply Plan on the set
schedules. Staff has prepared the Annual Resource Adequacy (Exhibit 4) and Supply data
(Exhibit 5) for calendar year 2015. Staff will submit the monthly Resource Adequacy and
Supply data to the CAISO as they become due. The data to be submiued on the monthly
plans will be consistent with the Annual Resource Adequacy and Supply Plan and may be
adjusted for seasonal variations as well as load and resource changes. The monthly plan is
due to the CAISO 45 days prior to the begiruring of the month.
Local Capacitv Area Resources:
ln accordance with Section 40.3 of the CAISO Tarifl CAISO annually publishes a Local
Capacity Technical Study that determines the amount capacity resources needed in the Los
Angeles Basin area that must be available to the CAISO. . Based on the Local Capacity
Technical Study, the CAISO allocates responsibility for Local Capacity Area Resources to
the Scheduling Coordinators of the LSEs.. The CAISO validates that the Scheduling
Coordinator list enough local resources in its Resource Adequacy data templates to satisff its
obligation. Staffhas prepared the Resource Adequacy datatemplates (Exhibit 4) which lists
the Resource Adequacy Resources including the Malburg Generating Station and the City
owned H. Gonzalez units that will be counted on to satisff the Local Area Capacity
requirement for the City of Vernon.
Flexible Resource Adequacv Capacitv:
On August 1,2014, CAISO filed tariff amendments (Section 40.10) with FERC to establish a
flexible resource adequacy capacity requirement. CAISO proposed an effective date of
November l, 2014 so that the amendments will apply to resource adequacy showings
beginning with the January 2015 resource adequacy month.
The proposed tariff amendment requires LSEs to have sufficient resources that could ramp
up and down quickly and have the potential to start and shut down multiple times per day i.e.
flexible capacity. The need for flexible capacity is a result of the CAISO managing a greener
grid. The increase of variable energy resources and distributed generation has presented
significant challenges to grid reliability. These types of resources are projected to continue
to increase in the future which will create an increase in supply and load variability and
unpredictability within the CAISO system. In order for the CAISO to efficiently operate the
gdd, it needs measures to ensure that flexible resources are economically bid into the CAISO
markets and as a result optimally dispatch them. The CAISO has determined the system-
wide flexible capacity needs on a monthly basis and has notified each LSE their monthly
flexible capacity requirement allocations for Calendar Year 2015. Exhibit 6 lists the City's
total flexible resource adequacy requirement by month. The CAISO has also established
three categories of flexible capacity resources and the requirements each resource must meet
in order qualifu under a given category. The three categories are: (1) base ramping
flexibility; (2) peak ramping flexibility; and (3) super-peak ramping flexibility. CAISO
establishes the Effective Flexible Capacity of each resource and the category of flexible
capacity each will qualiff for each compliance year. For Calendar Year 2015, the CAISO
has established 78 MW of category 1 base ramping flexible resources adequacy capacity for
Malburg generating station, and 5.75 MW category 2 peak ramping flexible resources
adequacy capacity for each H. Gonzales Unit. LSEs are required to include both an annual
and monthly Flexible Resource Adequacy capacity showings in the Resource Adequacy data
template. No annual showing is required for 2015 but the monthly showing will be due to
the CAISO on a specified date beginning with the January 2015 monthly showing.
Staff has prepared the Resource Adequacy data templates (Exhibit 7) which lists the
Resource Adequacy Resources including the Malburg Generating Station and the City owned
H. Gonzalez units that will be counted on to satisfu the Flexible Resource Adequacy
Capacity requirement for the City of Vernon.
EXHIBIT L
Exhibit 1
5 year Sytem Peak Demand Analysis
Year Peak % lnc./Dec.
(A)(B)(c)
1 2010 194.6
2 2011 193.2 -0.694%
3 2012 191.i -0.818%
4 2013 194.0 1 226Yo
5 2014 191 .0 -1 572o/o
6 Average 192.9 -o,50/o
A Year
B Source: (City Historical Sytem Peak Load Data)C % lncrease/Decrease from previous year.
Note: The five yea. system peak demand average will not be used in this year's RA Plan.
It has been determined that the most recent profile represents staff's expectation for the upcoming year.
EXH IBIT 2
January - December 2015 Proiected Load
Month
zo13-2o14
(Actual City
System Peak
Load)
2015
Projected
System Peak
Load
(A)(B)(c)
1 January '14 171 .75 171 .7 5
2 February'14 175.80 175.80
3 March '14 17 4.86 174.86
4 April '14 183.60 183.60
5 May '14 '184.63 184.63
b June'14 181 .67 181 .67
7 July'14 187 .43 187 .43
I Auqust'14 187 .04 187 .04
9 September'14 190.96 190.96
10 October'13 180.27 180.27
11 November "l3 184.68 184.68
12 December "l3 175.04 175.04
Exhibit 2
A Month
B Source: (City Historical System Peak Load Data)
C Actual Load for2013 and 2014
EXH IBIT 3
Exhibit 3
January - December 2015 Resource Adequacy Requirement
Month
Vernon
System Peak
Demand
Coincidental
Peak Factor
Coincident
Peak Demand
Forecast
RA Capacity
Requirement
(A)(B)(c)(D)(E)
1 January 171 .8 77.0%132.2 152.1
2 February 175.8 78.lYo 137.1 157.7
3 March 174.9 77 .OYo 134.6 154.8
4 April 183.6 83.0%152.4 175.2
5 Mav 184.6 83.0%153.2 176.2
o June l8'r l 82.0%149.0 171.3
7 July 187 .4 82.0%153.7 Ito.t
8 August 187.0 87 .Oo/o 162.7 187.1
9 September I 91.0 83.0%158.5 182.3
10 October 180.3 82.0%147.8 170.0
11 November 184.i 80.0%147.7 '169.9
't2 December 17 5.0 79.0%138.3 159.0
A Month
B Source: (Exhibit 1 Column E)
C Source: CEG
D Product of B and G
E Product of D and 115Yo (115% reflects Planning Reserve Margin)
EXHIBIT 4
&colih"lfl*lp,g
Report
Report
Name of Load Serving Entity (LSE):
Scheduling Coordinator (SCID):
Planning Reserve Margin (%)
Person who prepared this RA Plan (Name):
Title:
Efrain Sandoval
Efrain Sandoval
Resource Scheduler
4305 Santa Fe Ave.
Vernon
CA
90058
(3231826-1424
esandoval@ci. vernon. ca. us
Abraham Alemu
Electric Resource Plannino and Develooment Manaoer
(323) 583-881 1
aalemu@ci.vernon.caus
Monthly/ Annual)
(MM/DD/YYYY)
ext Field)
(AAAA)
(Percentage, %)
Primary Contact
Name:
Title:
Address:
Address 2:
City:
State:
zip:
Telephone:
Email
Back-Up Contact
Name:
Tifle:
Telephone:
Email:
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Optional, Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Numeric)
(Numeric)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Numeric)
(Text Field)
Date
.SE):
)rD):
r (%)
Annual
(
1t112015
City of Vernon
VERN
15.00%
Confidential RA Data 1of1 10t14t2014
Resource Capacity Contract
Number Resource lD in CAISO Master File
RA Capacity (MW 00.00 No
Rorrndinol
RA Gapacity
Effective Start Date
(mm/dd/yyyy
hh:mm:ssl
RA Capacity
Effective End Date
(mm/dd/yyyy
hh:mm:ss)
Capacity
Designation (D,
S. or N)
F(anx lot
Replacement
Capacity (blank for D,
Resource lD for S, or
numeric for Nl
Malburg Generating Station
HGonzalezl
HGonzalez2
Hoover
Palo Verde
VERNON 6 MALBRG
VERNON 6 GONZLI
VERNON 6 GONZL2
VERN MEAD23O I UC IMSOO1
VERN WESTWINGsOO I UC IMSOO1
134 Lltl20ts 00:00:00
s 7s t/7l2ot5 00:00:00
5 75 Ut/20L5 00:00:00
22 rhl2075 00:00:00
11 sg 1/1/201s00:00:00
1213112015 23:59:59 D
121311201523:59:59 D
'121311201523:59:59 D
121311201523:59:59 D
1213112015 23:59:59 D
Confidential RA Data 1of 1 10114t2014
Heaource
Capacity
Contract
Number
Resource lD in CAISO Master
File
RA Capacity (MW 00.00 No
Roundinq)
RA Capacrty
EffectiYe Start Date
(mm/dd/yyyy
hh:mm:ss)
RA Capaclty
Effective End Dats
(mmrdd/yyyy
hh:mm:ss)
capacity
Designation (UC,
LO, CM, RM, Or
DR)
TAC ATEA
(SCE, PGE,
SDG, VEA,
or sYs)Annual
MTG lnterruptble 1265 U7/2OL5 OO:0OIOO 1213'tt2o15 23;59:59 DR SCE
1of'lConfidential RA Data 'to114t2014
4
5
t
7
8
1
2
3
o
10
11
12
Annual_PRM
15o/o
1SYo
15%
15o/o
,t5Yo
15%
15/o
15%
15%
15Yo
15%
15o/o
=
EXH IBIT 5
Colifornio ISO
Shoping o Renewed Future
Report Type
Report Date
Name of Supplier:
Scheduling Coordinator:
Planning Reserve Margin (%)
Person who prepared this RA Plan (Name):
Title:
Primary Contact
Name:
Title:
Address:
Address 2:
City:
State:
zip:
Telephone:
Email
Back-Up Contact
Name:
Title:
Telephone:
Email:
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Optional, Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Numeric)
(Numeric)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Text Field)
(Numeric)
(Text Field)
Abraham Alemu
Electric Resouce Planning and Development Manaqer
323) 583-8811
aalemu@ci.vernon.ca. us
Annual
MDOTE
City of Vernon
VERN
15.009
Confidential Supply Data 'l of 3 1011412014
Resource Capacity Contract Number Resource lD in CAISO Master Filo
RA Capacity
(MW 00.00 No
Roundlnql
xa uapacrty Enec$ve Stad
Date (mmtdd/yyyy
hh:mm:ss)
RA Capacity Effectlve End
Date (mm/dd/yyyy
hh:mm:ss)
SCID of Load
SerYino Entitv
Malburg Generating Station
HGonzalezl
Hconzale22
Hoover
Palo Verde
VERNON_6-MAI-BRG
VERNON-6-GONZLl
VERNON-6-GONZL2
VERN_MEAD23O-I_UC_IMSOOl
VERN-WESTWING5OO_I_UC-IMSOOl
1213112015 23:5959
12131 l2O'15 23:59159
1213112015 23t59t59
12131 12015 23:59t59
1213112015 23:5959
134
5.75
575
22
11.59
V1l2015 00:00:00
1/1/2015 00:00:00
1/1/2015 00:00:00
1/1/2015 00:00:00
1/U201s 00:00:00
VERN
VERN
VERN
VERN
VERN
Confidential Supply Data 2ot3 'tot'14t201 4
EXH IBlT 6
Exhibit 6
January - December 2015 Flexible RA Requirement
Min. Base
Flexibility
Requirement
Peak
Flexibility
Super
Peak
Flexibilty
Total Flexible
RA
Requirement
(A)(B)(c)(D)(E)
1 January'15 22 o 1 29
2 February '15 21 o 28
3 March '15 28 8 2 37
4 April '15 29 8 2 39
5 Mav '15 't7 7 1 25
6 June '15 13 5 I 18
7 July'15 11 4 1 17
I August '15 9 4 1 13
9 September'15 17 7 1 24
10 October'15 11 J 1 15
11 November'15 4 1 0 5
12 December'15 0 0 0 0
A Month and Year
B Requirement for Category 1- Base Ramping ResourcesC Maximum allowed use of Category 2- Peak FlexibilityD Maximum allowed use of Category 3- Super Peak FlexibilityE Total Flexible RA Requirement for City of Vemon
EXHIBIT 7
A Designated flexible resource
B Designated Effective Flexible Capacity
C Designated Flexible Capacity Category
STAFF REPORT
CITY ADMINISTRATION
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Mark C. Whitworth, City Administrat
(1) A RESOLUTTON OF THE Cr
VERNON APPROVING THE MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF VERNON AND TEAMSTERS LOCAL
911 F',OR THE PERTOD OF',JULY 1,2014 THROUGH JUNE 30,2016
(2) A RESOLUTTON OF THE CrTY COTTNCTL OF THE CrTY OF
VERNON AMENDING EXHIBIT A OF RESOLUTION NO. 2OI3-57,
REGARDING THE COMPENSATION, COSTS AND BENEFITS OF ITS
EMPLOYEES ("CITYWIDE PERSONNEL AND SALARY
RESOLUTION',) (AMENDMENT NO. 14)
Recommendations
It is recommended that the City Council:
1) Find that approval of the resolutions proposed in this staff report are exempt under the
Califomia Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with Section 15061(bX3),
the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the
environment.
2) Adopt the attached resolution approving the Memorandum of Understanding by and
between the City of Vernon and Teamsters Local 9l I ("Teamsters") for the period of
July 1, 2014 through June 30,2016.
3) Adopt the attached resolution amending Exhibit A of the Citywide Personnel and Salary
Resolution effective July 1,2014, implementing the changes set forth inthe 2014-2016
Memorandum of Understanding between the City of Vemon and Teamsters and
amending the City Clerk salary range to $130,488 - $158,604 as a result of the Citywide
classification study conducted by Public Sector Personnel Consultants ("PSPC").
Background
Pursuant to the City of Vemon Employer-Employee Relations Resolution (Resolution No. 4027),
the City formally recognized Teamsters as an employee organization for purposes of collective
bargaining. On September 29, 2014, the City and Teamsters concluded labor negotiations
regarding wages, benefits and working conditions for the 2014-2016 Memorandum of
Understanding ("MOU").
Members of City staff and representatives of Teamsters met and conferred in good faith, and
reached agreement on the proposed contract language, subject to the approval of the City
Council.
This report recommends City Council approval of the benefits and contract language
incorporated into an agreement with Teamsters. Attached as Exhibit A to the Resolution is the
MOU for employees in classifications represented by Teamsters, which incorporates mutually
agreed upon provisions. The MOU covers the period of July 1,2014 through June 30, 2016.
Key provisions of the proposed MOU are:
o 2Yeat Term
o Effective the begiruring of the pay period containing July l, 2014, establish new salary
ranges for employees represented by Teamsters based upon the results of the Citywide
classification and compensation study at the 75m percentile, and consistent with the
proposed 5x5 grade and step pay plan.
o Effective the beginning of the pay period containing July l, 2014, employees represented
by Teamsters shall be placed at the new grade and step that is closest to, but not lower
than their current salaries.
o Effective the beginning of the pay period containing July l, 2014, employees who are
above the maximum recorlmended grade and step plan shall be Y-rated and their
respective salaries frozen during the term of the contract.
o Employees in the Senior Environmental Specialist classification since July 1, 2014 or
earlier shall be grandfathered into the classification's previously applied salary schedule.
All merit increases that become due shall be based on the grandfathered salary schedule.
Employees in the grandfathered salary schedule shall not be eligible for the two (2) cost
of living increases set forth below.
o Effective the begiruring of the pay period containing January 1,2015, the base salaries for
employees represented by Teamsters (excluding Y-rated and grandfathered employees)
shall be increased by 1.5%.
o Effective the beginning of the pay period containing July 1,2015, the base salaries for
employees represented by Teamsters (excluding Y-rated and grandfathered employees)
shall be increased by 1.5%.
o Asof July 1,2014, employeeswhoareY-ratedatbasesalaries of 4o/o orlessabovethe
maximum recommended grade and step plan shall be eligible to receive the cost of living
increases set forth above.
o Effective June l, 2015 through May 3 1,2016, employees represented by Teamsters who,
in the discretion of their department head and in accordance with the City's Performance
Evaluation Policy, have attained one year of satisfactory service as of their classification
anniversary date will be eligible to receive a 5Yo merit step increase, ef[ective on the
employee's classification anniversary date. Future merit increases to any said grade shall
remain at the sole discretion of the City Council.
o Effective November l, 2014, the $35.00 per month Auto Insurance benefit paid to
Teamsters employees shall be discontinued.
o Discontinuation of longevity benefits for Teamsters employees hired after December 31,
2013, effective and contingent upon the City successfully reaching agreement on the
same proposal as presented with all other represented and unrepresented employees
working in the City.
o Effective January l, 2015, full-time Teamsters employees shall receive an additional
employer contribution of $70.00 per month toward the cost of his/her medical plan. Any
unused portion of the medical allowance may be used under a section 125 cafeteria plan.
o Establishment of employee grievance and disciplinary appeal procedures.
o Effective July l, 2015, eligible employees shall be entitled to one certification pay at
2.5Yo of base salary. Certification pay shall be awarded on a first come, first serve basis,
and the total maximum certificate pay paid to all Teamsters employees shall not exceed
$50,000 dtuing the term of the contract.
2014
In order to implement the salary changes set fonh above, staff recommends that City Courcil
approve and adopt the attached resolution amending Exhibit A of the Citywide Personnel and
Salary Resolution effective July 1, 2014.
In light of the recruitment process for the City Clerk position that has recently begun, it is also
recommended that City Council amend the compensation range of the City Clerk classification
to $130,488 - $158,604, based on the results of the Citywide classification study conducted by
Public Sector Personnel Consultants ("PSPC") and in line with the City's intent to implement
market-based salary ranges for executive positions.
Fiscal Impact
The total additional estimated cost to adopt the 2014-2016 Memorandum of Understanding
between the City and Teamsters is approximately $781,000. The approximate cost of the
Teamsters MOU for fiscal year 2014-2015 is $402,000, and has been included in the City budget
for FY 2014-2015. The approximate cost for fiscal year 2014-2015 to hire a full-time City Clerk
on or about January 1,2015, is $107,777, and said costs are included in the City budget for FY
2014-20t5.
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OE THE CITY OF
VERNON APPROV]NG THE MEMORANDUM OE UNDERSTANDING BY
AND BETWEEN THE CITY OE VERNON AND TEAMSTERS LOCAL
911 EOR THE PERTOD OF JULY 7, 2074 THROUGH JUNE 30,
2076
WHEREAS, the Teamsters Local 911 ("Teamsters/') has been
recognized as an employee organization pursuant to Resolution No. 4O2j;
and
WHEREAS, the City and Teamsters have concruded labor
negotiations regarding wages, benefits and working conditions for the
period of July 7, 20L4 through June 30, 2016; and
WHEREAS, representative members of Teamsters and the City have
agreed to execute a Memorandum of Understanding (*MOU") setting forth
certain terms and conditions for employment of City of Vernon employees
i-n classifications represented by Teamsters, for the period of
July 1, 20L4 through June 30, 2Ot6; and
WHEREAS, the city Counci] desires to approve the Mou.
NOW, THEREEORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCTL OF THE
CITY OF VERNON AS FOLLOWS:
SECTfON 1: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
finds and determines that the above recitals are true and correct.
SECTTON 2: The City Council of the City of Vernon finds
that this action is exempt under the California Environmental euali_ty
Act (CEQA) , in accordance with Section 15061 (b) (3) , the general rule
that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the
environment.
SECTION 3: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
approves the Memorandum of Understanding between the City of Vernon and
Teamsters Local 9L7, in substantially the same form as attached hereto
as Exhibit A.
SECTION 4: The City Council- of the City
instructs the City Administrator, or his designee,
Vernon hereby
take whatever
action is deemed necessary or desirable for the purpose of implementing
and carrying out the purposes of this Resolution and the transactions
herein approved or authorized, including but not 1i-mited to, any
nonsubstantive changes to the Mou attached herein.
SECTION 5: The Clty Council- of the Clty of Vernon hereby
directs the City Clerk, or the City Clerk's designee, to send a fu1ly
executed MoU to Raymond B. Whitmer, Secretary-Treasurer of Teamsters
Local 911.
of
to
2-
SECTION 6: The City C1erk, or Deputy City Clerk, of the
City of Vernon shall certify to the passage, approval and adoption of
this resolution, and the city clerk, or Deputy city cJ-erk, of the city
of Vernon shall cause this resolution and the City Clerk's, or Deputy
Clty Clerk's, certification to be entered in the Eile of Resolutions of
the Council of this City.
APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 21st day of October, 20L4.
Name:
Ti-t1e:!4ayor / Mayor Pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO EORM:
ussa, Deputy City Attorney
3-
STATE OE CALTEORNIA )
)ss
couNTY oF LOS ANGELES )
I,, City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk of the Clty
of Vernon, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resolution, being
Resolution No., was duly passed, approved and adopted by the
City Council of the City of Vernon at a regular meeting of the City
Council duly held on Tuesday, October 2L, 2074, and thereafter was duly
signed by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of the City of Vernon.
Executed this day of October, 2014, at Vernon, Cal_i-fornia.
City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk
( SEAL)
4-
EXHIBIT A
MEMORANDT]M OF UNDERSTANDING
BETWEEN
CITY OF VERNON
AND
TEAMSTERS LOCAL9II
July 1,2014 through June 30,2016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MEMORANDUM OF TINDERSTANDING
Preamble.. .................6
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section 8:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 1:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
ARTICLE TWO: LEGAL LIMITATIONS, SAVINGS CLAUSE& TERM
ARTICLE ONE: FUNDAMENTALS
Recognition .............. ......... .7
No Discrimination...... ......... 7
No Strikes or Lockouts................ ...........7
Layoffs ...............7
City funion Meetings ....... ..7
Union Business ....................7
Management Rights... ...........9
Employee Rights ...................10
Legal Limitations and Savings Clause ..................... 12
Term ....................12
Modification and Waiver ......12
ARTICLE THREE: ORGAI\ZATIONAL SECURITY
Organizational Security............... ............ 13
2
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section 8:
ARTICLE FIVE: OVERTIME
Overtime Authorization............ ...............22
F.L.S.A. Overtime.. ...............22
Compensatory Time... ...........22
Call Backs ..........23
Police Dispatch Holdover ......23
ARTICLE EIGHT: RTTIREMENT
P.E.R.S. ..............27
P.E.R.S. Supplemental Plans ...................27
Retiree Medical.... ..................27
ARTICLE SIX: UNIFORMS & SAFETY BOOT/SHOE ALLOWANCE
Uniforms & Safety Boot/Shoe Allowance .......24
Section l:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section l:
Section 2:
Section 3:
J
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 1:
Section 2:
ARTICLE NINE: HOLIDAYS
Holidays ..............29
In-Lieu Holidays ....................29
ARTICLE TEN: VACATION
Vacation Leave. .... 3l
Vacation Accumulation ............ ..................31
Scheduling of Vacation .............32
ARTICLE TWELVE: LEAVE BENEFITS
Jury Duty ............... 34
Bereavement Leave... ................34
ARTICLE THIRTEEN: WORI( SCHEDULE AND WORIilNG CONDITIONS
Section l: Provisions. .............. 36
Section 2: 4/10 Work Schedule... ...............36
Section 3: Work Schedule... .....36
Section 4: Standby Policy ........36
ARTICLE FOURTEEN: GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
Grievance Procedure. ......................39
ARTICLE FIFTEEN: DISCIPLINE PROCEDURE
Discipline Procedure. ......................41
4
ARTICLE SIXTEEN: JOINT LABOR MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
Joint Labor Management Committee............ ......................45
SIGNATURE PAGE
Signatures ....46
5
MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDTNG
BETWEEN
CITY OF VERNON
AIYD
TEAMSTERS LOCAL 911 (TEAMSTERS)
PREAMBLE
This Memorandum of Understanding (hereinafter referred to as "MOU") is entered into by and
between the City of Vemon (hereinafter referred to as "City") and the California Teamsters,
Public, Professional and Medical Employees Union, Local 911, affiliated with the International
Brotherhood of Teamsters (hereinafter referred to as the "Union"). It is the purpose of this MOU
to promote and provide for harmonious relations, cooperation, and turderstanding between
Management and the Employees covered by this MOU. This MOU is entered into with reference
to the following facts:
A. Representatives of management for the City of Vernon (hereafter "City") and
representatives of Teamsters Local 911 (hereafter "LJnion") have met and conferred in
good faith exchanging proposals concerning wages, hours, fringe benefits and other terms
and conditions of employment of employee-members represented by the Union.
B. The management representatives and the representatives of the Union have reached an
understanding as to recommendations to be made to the City Cotrncil for the City of
Vernon and to the membership of the Union.
C. This MOU incorporates, contains, and represents all of the terms and conditions agreed
upon by both parties as of the date this agreement is ratified.
6
ARTICLE ONE
FI]NDAMENTALS
Section 1: Recognition
The City recognizes the Califomia Teamsters, Public, Professional, and Medical Employees
Union, Local 911 ("Union") as the certified majority representative of the employees, comprised
of Addendum A, as the exclusive representative of the employees for purposes of collective
bargaining for all terms and conditions within this Memorandum of Understanding.
Section 2: No Discrimination
The provisions of this Memorandum of Understanding shall be applied equally to all employees
covered hereby. Neither the City nor the Union shall discriminate against any individual or
employee with respect to his/her compensation, terms, condition, or privileges of employment or
because of an individual's race, color, sex, religion, national origin, age, marital status, disability,
pregnancy, sexual orientation, political or religious opinions or affrliations, or membership or
non-membership in the Union.
Section 3: No Strikes or Lockouts
During the life of this agteement no work stoppages, strikes, or slowdowns shall be caused or
sanctioned by the Union, and no lockouts shall be made by the City.
Section 4: Lavoffs
In accordance with the Meyers-Milias Brown Act, the City and the Union shall meet and confer
on the effect of its actions to layoff. This will occur prior to implementation of layoffs, except in
emergency circumstamces wherein the City Council declares a fiscal emergency ptusuant to
Article II, Chapter 2.2 of the City of Vernon City Charter. The agreement to meet and confer
over the effect of the exercising of a City right shall not in any way impair the right of the City to
exercise and implement any of its rights to layoff.
Section 5: Citv/Union Meetinss
Representatives from the Union and the City shall meet as needed to discuss issues of mutual
concern.
Section 6: Union Business
A. Use of Bulletin Boards
The City shall provide the Union designated bulletin boards where employees will have access
during regular business hours, subject to the following conditions:
1. All Postings for bulletin boards must contain the date of posting and the identification of
the Union, and
2. Union will not post information, which is defamatory, derogatory, or obscene, subject to
the immediate removal of the right to post for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days.
3. The City will provide separate bulletin boards for the exclusive use of the Union at the
following locations:
A. Lunchroom in the City Yard.
B. Communications Center in Police Department.
C. West wing lunchroom on the second floor of City Hall.
D. South wing lunchroom on the second floor of City Hall.
E. Lunch room on the third floor of City Hall.
B. Access to Facilities
Except as specifically identified in Section D below, all Union business will be conducted by
employees and Union representatives outside of established work hours.
Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent a Union representative or an employee from
contacting the Human Resources Director or other management representatives regarding
personnel related matters during work hows. The authorized Union Business Agent shall be given
access to work locations during working hours provided that prior to visiting any work location
the Union representative shall:
Obtain authorization for the visit from the Human Resources Director or designee. In the event
the requested time and/or location of such visit by the Union Business Agent is denied because it
would interfere with the operations of the department, the Human Resources Director or designee
shall consult with the Union Business Agent regarding availability and set an alternative time
and/or location for such visit within seventy-two (72) hours of the request.
The Union may schedule meetings in the City facilities at such times these facilities are not in use
by submitting a written request to the Human Resources Director or designee, which shall include
the date, time, and number of people expected. Approval will be granted in the same manner as it
is granted to other organizations.
C. Shop Stewards
The City agrees to recognize up to five (5) Stewards appointed by the Union. One of the five (5)
shall be appointed by the Union as the Chief Steward. The Union shall notift the City in writing
of the names and departments of each Steward and Chief Steward.
D. Union Business
The Chief Steward and Stewards shall be allowed release time during their regular work hours to
conduct Union related business as necessary provided it does not unreasonably interfere with the
Stewards' and/or employees' regular work duties. If a Steward must leave hisftrer work location to
conduct Union related business, he/she shall first obtain authorization from his/her supervisor to
do so. Authorization to leave will be granted unless such absence would be unreasonable. If such
authorization cannot be granted promptly, the Steward will be informed when time can be made
available. To the extent reasonable and compatible with City operational needs, such time will not
be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding scheduled days off and/or legal holidays, after the
time of the Steward's request unless otherwise mutually agreed upon. For purposes of this section,
"Union Business" shall include grievance investigations, meetings with management called by
management or the Chief Steward/Steward, investigatory meetings where an employee has
requested a Steward, contract/MOU negotiations, meetings with Human Resources involving
personnel or labor relations matters, council meetings, health insurance committee meetings, and
meetings of any other committees established by the City that involve matters directly pertaining
to the bargaining unit with regard to said committees. Any Steward seeking leave time for Union
business for tasks not listed in this section shall obtain authorization from the Human Resources
Director or designee.
The City agrees to allow all employees of the bargaining unit paid release time to attend a Union
meeting on site at the City up to twice per yetr, up to one (1) hotu per meeting.
The City agrees to release up to five (5) Stewards per year to attend a one (1) day Union
sponsored Steward seminar located in Southern California. The Union shall provide the City at
least ten (10) calendar days prior written notice of the request to release the Stewards for the
seminar. Such request shall include the date and start/end time of the seminar. City vehicles may
be made available upon request subject to availability and the City's vehicle use policy.
Release time as provided for in any of the above sections shall not result in the City incuring any
overtime.
Section 7: Management Rishts
The City retains all of its exclusive rights and authority under Federal and State Law and the City
Code, and expressly and exclusively retains its management rights, which include, but are not
limited to:
The exclusive right to determine the mission of its constituent departments, commissions,
and boards;
Set standards and levels of service;
Determine the procedures and standards of selection of employment and promotions;
Direct its employees;
Establish and enforce dress and grooming standards;
Determine the methods and means to relieve its employees from duty because of lack of
work or other lawful reasons;
Maintain the eff,rciency of govemment operations;
9
r
I
r Determine the methods, means numbers, and kinds of personnel by which government
operations are to be conducted;
I Determine the content and intent ofjob classifications;
I Determine methods of financing;
I Determine style and/or types of City issued wearing apparel, equipment, or technology to
be used;
I Determine and./or change facilities, methods, technology, means, organizational structure,
size, and composition of the work by which the City operations are to be conducted;
r Determine and change the number of locations and types of operations, processes and
materials to be used in carrying out all City functions including, but not limited to, the
right to contract for or subcontract any work or operations of the City;
r To assign work to and schedule employees in accordance with requirements as determined
by the City and to establish and change work schedules and assignments upon reasonable
notice;
I Establish and modit/ productivity and performance programs and standards;
r Discharge, suspend, demote, reprimand, withhold salary increases and benefits, or
otherwise discipline employees in accordance with applicable laws and with the provisions
of this MOU, including without limitation Article II, Section 6 - Probationary Period and
9 - Disciplinary Actions;
I Take all necessary actions to carry out its mission in emergencies; and
I Exercise complete control and discretion over its organization and the technology of
performing its work.
The Union expressly and specifically agrees that except to the extent that the City's rights are
expressly limited by the terms of this Agreement, the Union waives any and all of its rights to
meet and confer on any of the City's rights; provided, however, that if the exercise of these rights
impacts wages, hours, or terms and conditions of employment, the City will meet and confei on
the effect of its actions. This will occur prior to implementation except in emergency
circumstances as defined in law. The agreement to meet and confer over the effect of the
exercising of a City right shall not in any way impair the right of the City to exercise and
implement any of its rights.
Section 8: Emplovee Rights
The City and Union mutually recognize and agree to fully protect the rights of all employees
covered by this MOU to join and participate in the activities of the Union and corresponding
10
rights of covered employees to refrain from joining and participating in the activities of the
Union. The City agrees that no employee shall be interfered with, intimidated, restrained coerced
or discriminated against because of the exercise of these rights.
ll
ARTICLE TWO
LEGAL LIMITATIONS, SAVINGS CLAUSE, AND TERM
Section 1: Leeal Limitations and Savines Clause
It is understood and agreed that this Memorandum of Understanding (including, but not limited
to, the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act) and any and all Resolutions or Ordinances
adopted in implementation thereof are and shall be subject to all present and future applicable
federal and state laws and regulations and shall be effective and implemented only to thi extent
permitted by such laws and regulations.
If any part of this Memorandum of Understanding or of any Resolution or Ordinance adopted in
implementation thereof is in conflict or inconsistent with any such applicable provisions oflederal
and state laws or regulations or otherwise held to be invalid or unenforceable by any tribunal of
competent jruisdiction, such part or provision shall be suspended and superseded, and such
applicable laws and regulations and the remainder of this Memorandum of Understanding shall
not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 2: Term
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, this Memorandum of Understanding shall be in full
force and ef[ect from July 1,2014, and shall remain in full force and effect up to and
including midnight, the 30th day of June 2016 or until the next Memorandum of
Understanding becomes effective.
(b) This Memorandum of Understanding shall be binding on the City and the Union when
approved and adopted by the City Council.
The City and the Union agree to submit proposals for any changes related to wages, benefits
and/or other terms of and conditions of employment affecting this Memorandum of
Understanding between February 1,2016 and March l,2016.
Section 3: Modification and Waiver
The Union and the City hereby agree that no changes in this MOU regarding the hours or other
conditions of employment of employees in the classification represented by tt " Unio, that would
take effect prior to the expiration of the MOU shall occur, unless both parties mutually agree to
such changes.
The City reserves the right to add to, delete from, amend, or modiff the Administrative rules, the
City Municipal Code, and the City's Persorurel Policies and Procedures Manual during the term of
the Memorandum of Understanding, subject to the requirements of the Meyers-Milias-Brown Act.
t2
ARTICLE THREE
ORGAI\IZATIONAL SECURITY
Upon the voluntary written authorization of bargaining unit employees, the City shall deduct and
remit to the Union the Union's initiation fee and periodic dues for members of the Union.
Any unit member who is not a member of the Union, or who does not make application for
membership within thirty (30) days following the effective date of this paragraph, or, for those
hired after the effective date of this paragraph, within thirty (30) days from the commencement of
duties, shall become a member of the Union or, if approved by the Union membership as
governed by the Meyers-Milias Brown Act, pay to the union a fee in an amount equal to the
Union's periodic dues: provided, however, that the unit member may authorize payoll deductions
for such fee in the same manner as provided in the paragraph above.
Dues and/or fees withheld by the City shall be transmitted to the Union Officer designated in
writing by the Union as a person authorized to receive such fi.rnds, at the address specified. Dues
and/or fees shall be deducted from the second paycheck of each month and remitted to the Union
by the last business day of the month.
The parties agree that the obligations herein are a condition of continued employment for unit
members. The parties further agree that the failure of any unit-member to remain a member in
good standing of the Union or to pay the equivalent of Union dues dwing the term of this
agreement shall constitute, generally, just and reasonable cause for termination.
The City shall not be obligated to put into effect any new, changed or discontinued deduction until
apay period commences fifteen (15) working days or more after such submission.
No unit member shall be required to join the Union or to make an agency fee payment if the unit
member is an actual verified member of a bona fide religion, body, or sect which has historically
held conscientious objections to joining or financially supporting employee organizations; this
exemption shall not be granted unless and until such unit member has verified the specific
circumstances. Such employee must, instead, arrange with the Union to satisff hisftrer obligation
by donating the equivalent amoturt to one of the following non religion charitable fund, ta:<
exempt under section 501(cX3) of the Internal Revenue Code, chosen by the employee:
o United Way
o City of Hope
o Los Angeles Regional Food Bank
Whenever a unit member shall be delinquent in the payment of dues or fees, the Union shall give
the unit member written notice thereof and fifteen (15) days to cure the delinquency; a copy of
said notice shall be forwarded to the Human Resources Department.. In the event the unit member
fails to cure said delinquency, the Union shall request, in writing, that the City initiate termination
proceedings. The termination proceedings shall be governed by applicable state laws and are
specifi cally excluded from the Grievanc e/AppeaVArbitration procedures.
The City shall not deduct money specifically earmarked for a PAC or other political activities
unless such deduction is affirmatively, separately and specifically authorized in writing by the
13
unit member.
The Union shall keep an adequate itemized record of its financial transactions and shall make
available annually to the City and, upon request, to the employees who are members of the unit,
within sixty (60) days after the end of its fiscal year, a detailed written financial report in the form
of a balance sheet and an operating statement, certified as to accuracy by its president and
treasurer or principal officer, or by a certified public accountant. A copy of financial reports
required under the Labor-Management Disclosure Act of 1959, or Govemment Code section
3546.5, shall satisfu this requirement.
The Union will defend, indemnifu and hold harmless the City of Vernon from any loss, claim,
liability or cause of action arising out of the operation of this article. Upon corlmencement of any
such legal action, the Union shall have the right to decide and determine litigation, settlement,
and/or appeal strategy. Any such decision on the part of the Union shall not compromise or
diminish the Union's indemnification obligations under this agreement.
The City, immediately upon receipt of notice of such legal action shall inform the Union of such
actions, provide the Union with all information, documents, and assistance necessary for the
Union's defense or settlement of such action and fully cooperate with the Union in providing all
necessary witnesses, experts and assistance necessary for such defense.
The Union, upon compromise or settlement of such action, shall immediately pay the parties to
such action all sums due under such settlement of compromise. The Union, upon final order and
judgment of a court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction awarding damages to any
prevailing party, shall pay to such party all sums owing under such order and judgment.
t4
A.
ARTICLE FOTJR
COMPENSATION
Section 1: Salaries
Effective Jvre29,2014, (the beginning of the pay period including July 1, 2014), each
employee represented in the Union shall be placed within the proposed grade and step pay
plan as a result of the City wide classification and compensation study based upon the 75ft
percentile, at the grade and step that is closest to but not less than his/trer current base
salary.
Employees who are above the marimum recommended grade and step plan shall be Y-
rated and their respective salaries frozen during the term of this contract.
Employees in the Senior Environmental Specialist classification since July l, 2014 or
earlier shall be grandfathered into the classification's previously applied salary schedule.
All merit increases due to each Senior Environmental Specialist shall be based on the
grandfathered salary schedule. Employees in the Senior Environmental Specialists
classification since July l, 2014 or earlier shall not be eligible for the two (2) cost of living
increases set forth in subsection (D)) and (E)) below.
Effective the beginning of the pay period including January 1, 2015, employees
represented in the Union (excluding Y-rated employees, subject to the exception set forth
in subsection (F)), and employees in the Senior Environmental Specialist classifrcation
since July 1,2014 or earlier) shall receive al.5Yo cost of living increase.
Effective the beginning of the pay period including July 1, 2015, employees represented in
the Union (excluding Y-rated employees, subject to the exception set forth in subsection
(F)) shall receive a l.5Yo cost of living increase.
As of July l, 2014, employees who are Y-rated at base salaries 4o/o or less above the
maximum recommended grade and step plan shall be eligible to receive the cost of living
increases set forth in subsections (D) and (E) above.
Section 2: Acting Pay
Employees assigned for six weeks or more to a higher position in an acting status dwing the
absence of an incumbent, or to fill a vacancy until the vacancy can be filled by appointment, shall
be eligible for Acting Pay. If all the conditions listed in Personnel Policy I-4, Actrngflnterim
Appointments have been satisfied the employee shall be compensated at either the beginning step
of the higher classification, or 5oh higher than he/she normally receives, whichever is greater,
during the period of time that the employee is assigned to the higher position.
The employee must serve a minimum of 80 consecutive hours in the higher classification to be
compensated at the higher rate. This compensation shall be retroactive to the first hour of the
acting/interim appointment. Claims for acting/interim pay will not be honored beyond six months
from the end of the acting/interim appointment. Please refer to Personnel Policy and Procedwes
15
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
I-4 Acting/Interim Appointments for specific details.
Section 3: Bilinsual Pav
An employee may be eligible to be compensated for bilingual pay if hisiher regular job duties as
described in his/trer job description provide for interaction with the public on a regular basis.
Employee must demonstrate proficiency in speaking Spanish (the ability to read and write in
Spanish may also be tested if necessary). Proficiency would be determined by successful
completion of a proficiency test administered by an agency or vendor approved by the Human
Resources Department. Those employees who successfully demonstrate this skill would be
eligible to receive an additional $125.00 per month for bilingual pay.
Employees receiving bi-lingual pay as of July l, 2014 shall be grandfathered into the City's
previous policy.
Section 4: Certification Pav
Effective July 1, 2015, an employee shall be eligible, on a first come first serve basis, to receive
certificate pay in the amount of 2.5%o of the employee's base rate of pay for possession of a
maximum of one (l) of the below certificates within his/trer respective classification. The total
maximum certificate paid to all employees shall not exceed $50,000 during the term of this
contract.
CLASSIFICATION CERTIFICATE PAY
As desienated by the Citv Administrator Notary Public - Employees designated by the
City Administrator to perform notary public
services on behalf of the Citv
Electrical Inspector ICC - Building Inspector and Safety
Assessment Program (SAP) Evaluator (Both
certific ates required)
ICC - Plumbing Inspector UPC
ICC - Mechanical lnspector UMC
Certifred Access Specialist - CASP (Only 2
employees eligible in the inspector
clas sification series)
Professional Electrical Engineer
Associate Engineer Professional Engineer (Traffi c, Geotechnical) -
Only one Trffic, Geotechnical and Land
Surveyor certificate requiredfor the entire
engineering series
Professional Land Surveyor
Engineerine Aid Certified Landscape Auditor (Water position
T6
only)
Backflow Tester Certificate (Water position
only)
Facilities Maiurlenance Worker. Lead Class B Commercial Driver's License
Public Works Degree/Certifi cate
FacilitiesMainten@ Class B Commercial Driver's License
Public Works Desree/Certificate
Mcshaolq-lgad Class B Commercial Driver's License
Welding Certification (Only one welder
certification required in the mechanic
classification series)
Mechanic. Senior Class B Commercial Driver's License
Welding Certification (Only one welder
certification required in the mechanic
classification series)
Mechanic Class B Commercial Driver's License
Welding Certification (Only one welder
certification required in the mechanic
classification series)
Senior Buildins Inspector ICC - Electrical Inspector
ICC- Plumbins Inspector UPC
ICC -Mechanical Inspector
Certified Access Specialist - CASP (Only 2
employees eligible in the inspector
classification series)
Professional Engineer (Civil, Structural, or
Geotechnical)
Plumbing and Mechanical Inspector ICC -Building Inspector and Safety
Assessment Program (SAP) Evaluator Both
certificates required
ICC - Electrical Inspector
Certified Access Specialist - CASP (Only 2
employees eligible in the inspector
clas sification series)
Professional Mechanical Engineer
Proiect Eneineer Professional Engineer (Traf fi c, Geotechnical)
Professional Land Surveyor - (Only one
employee with a traffic, geotechnical or land
survev license requfued in the engineering
T7
series).
Street Maintenance Worker, Senior Class B Commercial Driver's License
Public Works Desree/Certificate
Pesticide Applicator Certification (Up to two
emplovees rotated annually)
Street Maintenance Worker Class B Commercial Driver's License
Pesticide Applicator Certification (Up to two
employees rotated annually)
Lead Water & Street Maintenance Worker Class B Commercial Driver's License
Pesticide Applicator Certification Op to two
employees rotated annually)
Public Works Degree/Certifi cate
Water Maintenance Wo&eL Senial Class B Commercial Driver's License
Water Maintenance Worker Class B Commercial Driver's License
Fire Code Inspector ICC - Buildine Inspector
ICC - Fire Plans Examiner
Environmental Specialist. Senior CA DPH Inspector/Assessor (Lead) (One
employee only in the Environmental
classification series)
Vector Control Technician
Certified Professional Storm Water Qualrty,
Qualified SWPP Developer or Qualified
SWPPP (Non-cumulative. Only one certificate
pay for one of the certifications within the
series)
Practitioner Solid Waste Assoc of North
American (Only two employees eligible in the
Environmental Specialist classification series)
National Registry of Environmental
Professional
Environmental Specialist CA DPH Inspector/Assessor (Lead) (One
employee only in the Environmental
classification series)
Vector Control Technician
AWWA - Backflow Tester
AWWA - Cross Connection Specialist
Solid Waste Association of North American
Certification
National Registry of Environmental
18
Professional
Police Dispatcher Advanced Public Safety Dispatcher
Intermediate POST Certificate
Trainins Officer Certific ate
Police Dispatcher, Lead Advanced Public Safety Dispatcher
Intermediate PO ST Certifi cate
Trainine Officer Certifi cate
Section 5: Lonsevitv Pav
A. Emplovees Hired on or Before June 30. 1994
Five (S)Years of Service
A11 eligible employees who have five (5) years of consecutive unintem.rpted
service on or before July l, 1986, shall receive an additional five percent (S%)per month of
their base salary effective July l, 1986, and every year thereafter until reaching the next step.
Employees upon reaching their 5th anniversary date after July 1, 1986, shall be entitled to
said five percent (S%)per month upon said anniversary date.
Ten (l0)Years of Service
All eligible employees who have ten (10) years of consecutive unintemrpted
service on or before July 1, 1987, shall receive an additional ten percent (10%)per month
of their base salary effective July 1, 1987, and every year thereafter until reaching the next
step. Employees upon reaching their 10th anniversary date after July 1, 1987, shall be
entitled to said ten percent (10%)per month upon said anniversary date.
Fifteen (l5)Years of Service
All eligible employees who have fifteen (15) years of consecutive
unintemrpted service on or before July 1, 1988, shall receive an additional fifteen percent
(15%)per month of their base salary effective July 1, 1988, and every year thereafter until
reachingthenext step.Employees upon reaching their 15th anniversary date after July 1,
1988, shall be entitled to said fifteen percent (15%)per month upon said anniversary date.
Twenty (20)Years of Service
All eligible employees who have twenty (20) years of consecutive
unintemrpted service on or before July 1, 1989, shall receive an additional twenty percent
(20%) per month of their base salary effective July 1, 1989, and every year thereafter.
t9
Employees upon reaching their 20th anniversztry date after July 1, 1989, shall be entitled to
said twenty percent (20%)per month upon said anniversary
date.
B.
Five (S)Years of Service
All eligible employees who are employed on or after July 1, 1994 and on or
before December 3l,20l3,who attain frve (5)years of consecutive unintemrpted service shall
receive an additional five percent (5%)per month of their base salary. Such employees upon
reaching their 5th anniversary date shall be entitled to receive said five percent (5%) per
month upon said anniversary date. Further, such employees will not be entitled to receive any
additional percentage increase to their base salary for further service. This subsection shall
only apply to employees hired on or after July 1, 1994 and on or before December 31,2013. .
The discontinuation of the longevity benefit outlined in this subsection for
employees hire after December 31,2013, shall be contingent when the City successfully reaches
agreement on the same proposal as presented with all other represented and unrepresented
employees working in the City.
Section 6: Merit Steps
Effective June 1,2015 through May 31,2016, employees who in the discretion of the
Department Head and in accordance with the City's Performance Evaluation Policy, have
attained one year of satisfactory service as of their classification anniversary date will be
eligible to receive a 5o/o merit step increase. The 5Yo meit increase shall not exceed the
maximum salary or step of the pay grade. Future merit increases to any said grade shall
remain at the sole discretion of the City Council.
Section 7: Premium Pav
After approval by the City Administrator and Director of Human Resources, premium pay as
defineilbelow shall be assigned to persons found to possess on a regular or temporary assignment
such additional duties and responsibilities or whose positions entail certain hazards as to warrant
this salary step over the base class.
1. 5% Premium Pay - A temporary 5oh increase in pay shall be given to
employees during periods when they assume some of the duties of higher-level
job classes for a period of nvo weeks or more. Upgrade pay does not apply for
short term absences or vacation coverage.
2. 10% Premium Pay - A temporary l0%o increase in pay shall be given to
employees when in the judgment of the Department Head and conclurence
with the City Administrator they assume significantly more complex additional
duties and responsibilities not normally found in their class for a period of two
weeks or more. Upgrade pay does not apply for short term absences or vacation
coverage.
20
3. 5% Dispatcher Training Pay - A temporary 5oh increase in pqy shall be given
to Poliie Dispatchers when they are designated by the Police Chief or designee
to train newly hired employees in the Police Dispatch Center.
Please refer to Personnel Policy and Procedures II-3 Salary Plan Administration for specific
details.
Section 8: Training and Recertification Time
Training and/or recertification time that is required by the employee's then current job description
on file with the Human Resources Department or approved in advance by the Department Head is
compensable.
21
ARTICLE FIVE
OVERTIME
Section 1: Overtime Authorization
All overtime requests must have prior written authorization of the respective supervisor prior to
the commencement of such overtime work. Where prior written authorization is not feasible,
explicit verbal authorization must be obtained. Where verbal authorization is obtained, written
authorization must be obtained as soon thereafter as practicable.
Section 2: F.L.S.A. Overtime
Employees will be paid overtime at time and a half (1.5) for all eligible hours worked in excess of
forty (a0) hours in a single workweek.
Holidays (regular, in-lieu, and floating), vacation time, compensatory time, paid jury duty leave,
sick leave, and bereavement leave shall count as time worked for the purposes of computing
overtime. Union leave, unpaid jury leave, disciplinary suspensions, and administrative leave shall
not count as time worked for the purpose of computing overtime.
Section 3: Compensatorv Time
In lieu of cash payment, an employee may request compensatory time for overtime worked.
Accrual of compensatory time shall be limited at any point in time to a marimum of sixty (60)
normal working hours. Compensatory time shall be calculated by multiplying the number of
overtime hours worked by the appropriate factor of 1.5 or 2 times the regular hourly rate.
Overtime shall be compensated as mutually agreed upon in advance by employee and
employer.
Scheduling of compensatory time requires prior management approval and must be
preceded by a ten (10) day notice of intended use from the employee. Management may
waive the ten (10) day notice in cases of emergency. Compensatory time off may be
taken only in 15 minute increments. The ten (10) day notice requirement shall not apply
to attendance at funerals; the employee will notifu management as soon as the need to be
absent for a fi.rneral is known.
Upon promotion to an FLSA exempt classification, all compensatory time off shall be
cashed out prior to promotion at the employee's current regular rate of pay in the non-
exempt clas sification.
A.
B.
C.
22
Section 4: CaIl Backs
Emergency call back duty occurs when an employee is requested to report to duty on a non-
regularly scheduled work shift. Emergency call back policy is applicable when an employee is
requested to return to work, after the employee's workday is completed and/or prior to when the
employee is scheduled to begin his/trer shift. Emergency call back does not occur when an
employee is held over from his/trer prior shift or is working planned overtime.
An employee Called Back to duty shall be credited with a minimum of four (4) hours of work at
the applicable overtime rate. Any hours worked in excess of four (4) hours shall be credited for
actual time worked at the applicable overtime rate.
If the employee is Called Back to duty, his/her work time shall be credited commencing when the
employee reports to work and shall conclude when the employee leaves work.
Section 5: Police Dispatch Hold Over
A dispatcher following completion of a shift shall be paid double time for each hour held over in
excess of four (4) hours beyond the regular shift, regardless of the number of regular hours
worked in the workweek.
Z)
ARTICLE SIX
UNIFORMS & SAFETY BOOT/SHOE ALLOWANCE
lf an employee's job classification requires him/trer to wear a uniform while on duty, as
designated by the City or employee's Department, the City will provide and launder such
uniform.
For employees that work in the Police Department, the City will provide the initial set of uniforms
to the employees. The newly hired employee will receive: two (2) class A uniforms; two (2) class
B uniforms; two (2) polo shirts and one (1) jacket or sweater. On all subsequent anniversary dates
for Police Department employees, the City will provide an annual uniform purchase and
maintenance allowance of $600.00. The employee's uniforms shall meet the applicable
regulations for hisftrer job classification pursuant to City/Deparnnental policies.
Employees that work in the Fire Department and who are required to wear a uniform while on
duty shall receive the uniform allowance identified in the then cunent Vernon Firemen's
Association Memorandum of Understanding.
The City will provide a safety boot/shoe allowance of $200.00 payable in the first pay period in
July of each year for those employees required to wear safety boots/shoes. The boots/shoes
ptrchased must be appropriate to the employee's job classification and must meet applicable
CAL- OHSA re gulations and City/Departmental policies.
Employees receiving the boot/shoe allowance are required to wear the prescribed boots/shoes at
all time while on duty. Boots/shoes must be kept in a well-maintained condition to ensure
employee safety. The City reserves the right to determine if the boot or shoe is appropriate to the
job classification in conformance with applicable CAL-OHSA regulations and CityiDepartmental
policies.
24
ARTICLE SEVEN
HEALTH AI\D WELFARE BENEFITS
Section 1: Medical
The City offers various medical plans to employees. The City reserves the right to select,
administer, or fund any fringe benefit programs involving insurance that now exist or may exist in
the future.
The City shall meet with the Union prior to any change of insurance carrier or method funding
coverage for any fringe benefits listed in this article.
Section 2: Cafeteria Plan
The City and Union agree to a section 125 cafeteria plan (non-cash out), for this bargaining unit
effective January l,2Ol5. The City will adhere to the cafeteria plan requirements in accordance
with IRS Section 125 regulations. The City shall provide to each employee in this bargaining
unit a monthly allowance toward the cost of his/her medical plan as outlined in Subsection A
and B below. In the event an employee does not exhaust nor exceed his/her monthly medical
allowance, the employee shall be allowed to apply any unused portion towards the purchase of
dental, vision, supplemental or ancillary plans offered through the City and approved by the
Director of Human Resources.
For employees enrolled in either the HMO or PPO (non-HSA) medical plans, the City
shall pay up to $1,120 per month of the cost of the plan for employees and eligible
dependents. The cost of any plan selected by the employee that exceeds $1,120 shall be
paid by the employee through a pre-ta< payroll deduction.
For Employees enrolled in the PPO/HSA plan, the City shall pay up to $870 per month of
the monthly cost of the plan for employees and eligible dependents. In addition, for each
employee enrolled in a PPO/HSA plan, annually the City shall make lump sum
contributions to a health savings account (HSA) as follows: $1,500 in January, and $500
each in March, June and September. The cost of any PPO/HSA plan selected by the
employee that exceeds $870 shall be paid by the employee through a pre-tax payroll
deduction.
Section 3: Dental:
The City of Vernon provides a dental insurance plan to employees. In the event an employee
does not exceed hisftrer monthly employer medical allowance, the employee shall be allowed to
apply any unused portion toward the purchase of dental insurance for himselflherself and
A.
B.
25
eligible dependents. The cost of any plan selected by the employee that exceeds his/her
monthly employer medical allowance shall be paid by the employee through a pre-tax payroll
deduction.
Section 4: Vision
The City of Vernon provides a vision care plan to employees. The City shall pay 100%o of the cost
of such a plan for employees only. Employees shall have the option of purchasing vision care for
their dependents at a cost of $6.95 for one dependent or $13.95 for two or more dependents. In
the event an employee does not exceed their monthly employer medical allowance, the
employee shall be allowed to apply any unused portion towards the purchase of additional
provided coverage for vision care.
Section 5: Life Insurance
The City provides a $20,000 life insurance plan to employees. The City shall pay 100% of the
cost of such plan for employees. The City's agreement to pay full or partial costs of said
premiums shall not create or ripen into a vested right for said employee. In the event an
employee does not exceed his/her monthly employer medical allowance, the employee shall be
allowed to apply any unused portion towards the purchase of additional provided coverage for
supplemental life insurance.
Section 6: Deferred Compensation
Employees are eligible to participate in the City's Deferred Compensation Program.
Section 7: Other City Emplovee Proerams
Employees are eligible to participate in all City sponsored programs adopted by City Council
Resolutions that are intended to benefit all employees in the areas ol but not limited to the
following:
o Computer loan purchase plan
o Corrective eye surgery plan
o Flexible Spending Plan
o Hearing aid devise plan
o Tuition reimbursement plan
o Employee Assistance Program (EAP)
26
ARTICLE EIGHT
RETIREMENT
Section 1: Public Emplovee Retirement Svstem ("PERS")
The City shall maintain its contract with the California Employees Public Retirement System
(PERS) that provides employees with 2.7oh at 55 PERS retirement benefit plan.
As a result of the recent passage of AB 340 Public Employee Pension Reform (PEPRA), new
CaIPERS members hired on or after January 1,2013 who meets the defrnition of new member
under PEPRA, shall be provided a2.0o/o at 62 PERS retirement benefit plan.
Employees shall be responsible for paying their employee's contribution to PERS.
The City and Union agree to a reopener to discuss the impacts and effects if the laws concerning
PERS are amended during the term of this contract.
Section 2: Supplemental PERS Retirement Benefits
The City agrees to provide additional supplemental retirement benefits to employees under PERS as
follows:
. New employees hired on or after January 1,2013 who meet the definition of new member
under PEPRA shall receive 3 Year Average Final Compensation
.
ice Credit as Public Service
o Gov't Code Section: 21573 - Third Level of 1959 Survivor Benefits
Section 3: Retiree Medical
A. The City will pay up to the amount equivalent to the then current, lowest cost,
employee only HMO insurance premium for the City's m edical and/or dental insurance
premium(s) for all full-time regular employees who retire at age 60 or later with at least
twenty (20) years of continuous unintemrpted service. Retired employees will be
permitted to enroll in a higher-cost plan and pay the amount in excess of the HMO
equivalent.
27
B.A11 full-time regular employees with at least thirty (30) years of continuous
uninterrupted service who retire before the age of sixty (60) years will be permitted to
pay their medical and/or dental insurance premiums, and, upon reaching the age of
sixty (60), the City will pay up to the amount equivalent to the then current lowest
cost, employee only HMO medical and/or dental insurance premium(s).
All full-time regular employees, who retire with aminimum of ten (10)years
of continuous unintemrpted service with the City may pay the premium(s) for medical
and/or dental insurance.
All retiree medical and./or dental insurance benefits provided pursuant to subsections A, B,
and C above, shall be for retired employees only and shall not include their spouses or other
dependents.
All retired employees who receive medical and/or dental insurance benefits ptrsuant to
subsections A, B, or C above and who reach the age of sixty-five (65), are required to be
enrolled in Medicare, and shall show proof of such enrollment, where upon the City's
instrance policy will become supplemental coverage, if applicable.
The City's obligation to make any payment urder the retiree medical benefits program shall
automatically terminate and cease upon the death of the retired employee.
The offer of the retiree medical benefits is not a vested right for future years.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
28
ARTICLE NINE
HOLIDAYS
Section 1: Holidavs
A. All full-time employees, excluding employees assigned to a 2417 operation, shall be
provided with the following holidays with pay based on the number of hours constituting a
regular working day, subject to the provisions below.
1. January ltt - New Year's Day
2. The 3'd Monday in January - Martin Luther Krg, Jr. Day
3. The 3'd Monday in February - Presidents Day
4. March 3l't - Cesar ChavezDay
5. The last Monday in May - Memorial Day
6. July 4ft - Independence Day
7. The first Monday in September - Labor Day
8. The second Monday in October - Columbus Day
9. November 1lth - Veterans Day
10. The 4tr Thursday in November - Thanksgiving Day
I 1 . Decemb er 24fr - Christmas Eve
12. December 25h - Christmas Day
13. December 3ltt -New Year's Eve
14. Such other days as may be designated as holidays by the City Council of the
City of Vernon (employees assigned to a 2417 operation shall receive an
equivalent number of in-lieu hours)
B. If an authorized holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be treated as the
holiday. Holidays falling on a Friday or Saturday, shall not be granted as a holiday to
employees.
C. Temporary, and part-time employees are not eligible for paid holidays.
D. An employee whose regular shift assignment falls on a scheduled holiday and who is
required to work on that day shall be paid at hisftrer regular rate of pay for the holiday, plus
overtime pay for his/trer regular hours worked (excluding employees assigned to a 2417
operation).
E. Employees assigned to a 24/7 operation shall not be eligible for holiday pay, but shall
instead receive In-Lieu Holiday hours equivalent to the applicable calendar year holiday
schedule for rest of the Teamsters' members, subject to the provisions below.
Section 2: In-Lieu Holidav Time
A. An employee regularly assigned to a2417 operation whose duties are such that they do not
receive the benefits of regular legal holidays, shall be granted In-Lieu Holiday hours
B.
equivalent to the applicable calendar year holiday schedule for rest of the Teamsters'
members effective January l't of each calendar year.
Such In-Lieu Holiday time shall only be granted so long as said employee is on the active
payroll of the Department.
In-Lieu Holidays must be taken prior to December 3l't. Holidays may be taken as days off
at the employee's discretion, subject to the approval of the Department Head or designee.
It shall be the responsibility of the employee to make a record of a good faith effort to
utilize all In-Lieu holiday time within the applicable calendar year. If such effort is
demonstrated, in or about January of each year, the employee shall be paid for said In-Lieu
Holidays not taken within the preceding calendar year. Compensation for unused In-Lieu
holidays shall be calculated using the employee's regular rate of pay, including all
compensation computed in accordance with the applicable base rate, as of December 3l't
of the applicable calendar year.
An employee who resigns, retires, transfers out of a 2417 operation or is terminated shall
be compensated on a prorated basis for In-Lieu holiday time not yet taken. Proration shall
be determined by the number of holidays that occu:red in the calendar year prior to the
resignation, retirement, transfer, or termination.
C.
D.
E.
F.
30
ARTICLE TEN
VACATION
Section 1: Vacation Leave
All full-time employees shall accrue vacation according to the following schedule:
4/10 Schedule:
Continuous Years of Service
Itt year thru 4ft year
5ft year thru 9th year
10ft year thru l4th year
15ft year thru 24e year
25h year and more
2417 Operation:
I't year thru 4ft year
5th year thru 9th year
1Oft year thru 14th year
15ft year thnt24h year
25h year and more
Vacation Hours Earned Bi-Weekly Accrual
80
100
r20
160
190
3.08
3.85
4.62
6.16
7.31
3.69
4.61
5.53
7.38
8.76
96
t20
r44
192
228
If the City agrees to increase the vacation accrual for other employee groups (outside of the
Teamsters' Union), excluding executives, who have worked for the City for 25 years or more, the
City agrees to a re-opener at the Union's request to discuss the differing vacation policy(ies).
Section 2: Vacation Accumulation
A. No vacation leave shall be carried over into the next calendar year that exceeds the
maximum number of hours the employee was eligible to accrue during the immediately
preceding year. In or about January of each year, employees shall be compensated for
unused accrued vacation benefit in excess of the allowed accumulated amount referenced
above. Compensation for unused vacation in excess of the allowed accumulated maximum
shall be calculated using the employee's regular rate of pay, including all compensation
computed in accordance with the applicable base rate, as of December 31't of the
applicable calendar year.
B. No vacation leave shall be accumulated by employees while they are on an unpaid leave of
absence or unpaid non-work related disability leave.
C. In the event one or more City holidays fall within a vacation period, such holidays shall
not be charged as vacation leave. (Except for employees assigned to a 2417 Operation)
D. Upon separation from City employment, compensation shall be paid for vacation leave
which has been eamed but not taken at the employee's regular rate of pay, including all
31
compensation computed in accordance with the applicable base rate, at time of separation.
Section 3: Scheduline of Vacation
A. Vacation leave shall be scheduled with the approval of the Department Director or his or her
designee by submitting a Leave Request Form in writing, within ten (10) business days
before the beginning of the vacation. Vacation leave requests for extended times (3 weeks or
more), unless an unforeseen emergency exists, shall be submitted at least thirty (30) days in
advance of the beginning of the vacation. Vacations shall be approved subject to the needs
of the department. The employee's seniority and wishes will be factors that are considered
during the scheduling process. Non-eamed vacation leave shall not be allowed.
Notwithstanding the aforementioned, Department Heads can continue to exercise discretion
in granting vacation leave request.
B. Vacation leave requests shall not be in excess of that actually earned at the time it is
requested or in excess of the regular scheduled workweek.
32
A.
B.
ARTTCLE ELEVEN
SICK LEAVE
Section 1: Sick Leave
Employees shall accrue 80 hours of sick leave per year, accruing 3.08 of sick hours over
26 pay periods per year. If the employee works, or is on regular paid status, less than a full
year, the hours of sick leave will accrue on a pro rata basis. Employees only receive sick
leave accrual while they are in a paid status.
The City shall allow carry-over of sick leave up to the maximum cap of 960 hours of sick
leave. This bank of carry-over sick leave would provide a cushion for longer-term
illnesses and injuries.
Annually, any sick leave hours exceeding 960 will be compensated for at the end of the
year at 50% of the employee's regular hourly rate.
If an employee resigns from the City with 20 years or more of continuous service, he/she
will be compensated for all unused sick leave hours in hisftrer sick leave bank at the time
of separation at 50Yo of his/trer then current regular hourly rate of pay.
If an employee retires from the City with 15 to 20 years of continuous service, he/she will
be compensated for all unused sick leave hours in his/her sick leave bank at the time of
separation at 50Yo of his/her then cr.rrent regular hourly rate of pay. If an employee retires
from the City with 20 or more years of continuous service, he/she will be compensated for
all unused sick leave hours in his/her sick leave bank at the time of separation at 100% of
his/trer then current regular hourly rate of pay.
An employee who is out on sick leave for more than two (2) consecutive days shall be
required to provide the City with a doctor's note for the sick leave in order to be paid for
the sick leave.
C.
D.
E.
F.
33
ARTICLE TWELVE
LEAVE BENEFITS
Section 1: Jury Duty
A. All regular full-time employees summoned to serve on jury duty shall be provided "Jury
Duty Pay" and there shall be no loss of compensation. An employee will be compensated
up to two weeks at full pay for jury duty. The employee must provide notice of the
expected jwy duty to his or her supervisor as soon as possible, but in no case later than 14
calendar days before the expected start date ofthe jury duty.
B. An employee on call for jury duty is expected to report to work. An employee who is
called in for jury duty does not have to report to work before or after appearing in court.
All employees shall obtain verification of the hours of jury duty performed using
verification forms as may be supplied by the court.
C. Except as herein provided, employees shall remit to the City any compensation received
for those days while on jury duty and shall receive regular pay for the time served.
Employees shall be reimbursed by the City for the mileage portion of the jury duty
compensation. Jury duty performed on an employee's regular day off shall not be
compensated by the city and the employee shall be entitled only to the court's
compensation for duty performed on such employee's regular day off. Employees
assigned to jury duty on a holiday will be considered to have taken such a holiday and will
receive regular holiday pay, but the employee shall be entitled to the jury compensation
for duty performed on such holiday.
D. For those employees working graveyard and swing shift, or other shifts starting at an early
and/or late hour (i.e., 5:00 a.m. or 9:00 p.m.), Management shall reschedule the employee
to a day shift with a start time ranging between 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. Monday thru Friday
while the employee is serving on jury duty. This temporary workweek reassignment shall
be for the balance of the scheduled workweek. Reassignment of duties may also be made
to maximize an employee's productivity prior to, and following release from jury duty.
E. If an employee is required to serve on a jury for a period longer than two weeks, the
employee shall be entitled, at the employees' option, to use any accrued leave time, other
than sick time, during the period of extended jury service. The employee shall continue to
receive all paid benefits, and shall continue to accrue eligible leave benefits.
Section 2: Bereavement Leave
Permanent full-time employees, regardless of period of service, may in the event of death or
where death appears imminent, of any "immediate family member" including the equivalent
relatives of a registered domestic partner, be allowed up to the equivalent of four (4) work days
(total hours may vary depending on work schedule) of bereavement leave without loss of salary.
34
Relative All Reqular Emoloyees
Spouse 4 work davs
chitd 4 work days
Registered Domestic
Partner
4 work days
Step-Child 4 work days
Parent 4 work days
Step-Parent 4 work davs
Mother-in-law 4 work days
Father-in-law 4 work days
Grandchild 4 work days
Step-Grandchild 4 work davs
Grandparent 4 work days
Grandoarent-in-law 4 work days
Brother 4 work days
Sister 4 work davs
Step-Sister 4 work days
Step-Brother 4 work days
Dauohter-in-law 4 work davs
Son-in-law 4 work davs
Brother-in-law*4 work days
Sister-in-law*4 work days
*Brother-in-law and sister-in-law are defined as the spouse of the employee's
sibling or the sibling of the employee's spouse. .
Bereavement leave is paid over a maximum of eight (8) workdays and is paid
in thirty-minute increments. The bereavement leave begins on the first
regularly scheduled workday as requested by the employee. If the employee
learns of the death while at work, he or she is entitled to leave work
immediately; this partial day leave will not be counted towards the
bereavement leave. Bereavement leave must be authorized by the employee's
Department Director and must be utilized within 15 days of employee learning
of the death, or of the date of foreseen imminent death of the immediate family
member, unless special circumstances require that the leave begin at a later
date. Such requests to the Department Director shall be made within 15 days of
the employee leaming of the death or of the date of foreseen imminent death
and shall not be unreasonably denied.
Upon written verification that frureral services or other related obligations necessitate
travel outside of California, the employee shall be entitled to up to two (2) additional
days of accrued leave (vacation, compensatory time, in-lieu holiday, or sick leave;
said leave to be recorded as vacation, etc.).
35
woRK scHED;Tffi HffiX .o*IrIoNS
Section l: Provisions
The seven (7) day work period shall begin on Sunday at l2:00 a.m. and end on Saturday at I l:59:59
p.m. except as modified by management. [n the event the City needs to adjust any work schedule, the
City agrees that no such modification will be conducted without first notiffing the affected employees
a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the change, unless agreed to by the affected employee(s) and the
Department Director.
Section 2: 4/10 Work Schedule
The City agrees to continue the 4/10 work schedule for employees assigned to work between
Monday - Friday shifts. The basic work schedule shall consist of four (4) consecutive l0-hour
days within a seven (7) calendar day period.
Section 3: Work Schedule
It is understood that the City has established a workweek for each covered employee which meets
the requirement of the FLSA and which will not result in overtime compensation as part of the
normal work schedule. Each non-exempt employee shall be assigned a designated FLSA
workweek for the correct calculation of overtime.
All employees shall receive a minimum of two l5-minute breaks and a thirty (30) minute lunch
period or sixty (60) minute lunch period per workday.
Section 4: Standbv Policv
A. PURPOSE
To have employees on stand-by to respond to major incidents and emergencies during non-
working hours which require immediate attention to availability of qualified individuals with
expertise in operating, maintaining, restoring and repairing the City's infrastructure.
It is presently anticipated that the need for stand-by will be as follows, with the understanding that
actual stand-by staffing, if any, remains at the discretion of the department head:
1.- One (1) Water Employee
2.- One (1) Building Maintenance Employee
3.- One (1) Environmental Specialist
4.- One (1) Street Facilities Maintenance Employee
36
5. One (1) Police Dispatcher
The Emergency Call Back policy is not intended to be used in lieu of a demonstrated need for
stand-by.
B. DEFINITIONS
Stand-by: Stand-by duty requires that an employee be accessible, available, and physically able
to report to work. The employee must possess a city issued mobile phone device that remains
available for immediate contact. The employee must be ready, willing, and able to respond to an
emergency or incident or request for assistance based on a pre-arranged schedule. Employees on
stand-by must respond to the mobile phone call immediately and be able to respond to the City
within I hour of being called upon. The department head will determine if an employee is
qualified to perform stand-by duties. The stand by duty period shall be defined by the Department
Head.
Emergency Call Back: When an employee is called back to the City, or at the direction of their
supervisor, after their normal work shifts has been completed or before their normal work shift
coflrmences due to an unscheduled emergency or request that affects the City's infrastructure.
C. PAYMENT
Stand-by: Employees on "Stand -By" shall receive two hotrs of regular straight time
compensation for each date that the employee is assigned to be on stand-by. Stand-by time is not
counted as hours worked as employees are not restricted in their activities and may engage in non-
work related personal activities. On City-recognized Holidays where City Hall is closed,
employees on stand-by will be compensated four hours of straight time compensation.
An employee assigned to stand-by who is not available to report will be subject to appropriate
disciplinary action unless they provide sufficient notice to their immediate supervisor of their
incapacity to respond prior to the call back so that appropriate arrangements can me made so that
the stand-by duty is covered.
When an employee on "stand-by" is called back to the City, heishe shall be entitled to "stand-by"
pay. The employee shall be paid a minimum of fow (4) hours of pay at the appropriate rate based
upon the employee's hotus worked. Time begins when the call out request is received and ends
when the employee returns home. If work is performed remotely, the employee shall receive hour
for hour compensation at the appropriate rate based upon the employee's hours worked.
D. CONDUCT WHILE ON "STAND-BY" DUTY
While on stand-by duty the employee must be able to respond to the City within sixty 60
minutes of being called, and will carry the city issued phone.
The employee will at times remain able to immediately respond to any emergencies.
1.
2.
37
3. Each employee on stand-by duty is accountable to all of the rules and regulations of the
City.
4. In the event of a call back, the employee will wear hisftrer City uniform, if applicable.
F. ASSIGNED VEHICLES
At the discretion of the department head, employees on stand-by will have use of a City vehicle to
travel to and from their houses and call back assignments. When not on call, the City vehicle must
be parked in a secure location at the employee's residence.
38
ARTICLE FOURTEEN
GRIEVANCE PROCEDT]RE
GRIEVANCE DEFINITION
A grievance shall be defined as an allegation by an employee or the Union of a misinterpretation,
misapplication, or violation of a particular provision of this MOU, City policy, rule, or past
practice.
DAYS
Days shall be defined for the purposes of this Article as any day in which the City Hall is open to
the public for the general conduct ofbusiness.
Step One - Immediate Supervisor
Within eight (8) days of the date the employee(s) knew or reasonably should have known of the
incident giving rise to the grievance, the employee(s) or the Union shall initiate the grievance
procedure by explaining the situation orally or in writing to the immediate supervisor of the
affected employee(s). The Union and/or employee(s) waive the right to proceed with the
grievance if the grievant does not initiate the procedure by this deadline. After the presentation of
the grievance to the supervisor, the supervisor shall make a decision and present his/her decision,
in writing, to the Union and employee(s) within five (5) days.
Step Two - Department Head
If the Union or employee(s) is not satisfied with the decision of the immediate supervisor, the
grievant(s) shall present the grievance, in writing, to the grievant is Department Head within five
(5) days of the decision of the immediate supervisor. The Union and.ior employee(s) waive the
right to proceed with the grievance if the grievant(s) does not act by this deadline. Within frve (5)
days, the Department Head, or the designee of the Department Head, shall meet with the Union
and employee(s) to hear the grievance. Within five (5) days of hearing the grievance, the
Department head or designee shall present his/trer decision, in writing, to the Union and
employee(s), with copies to the Human Resource Director and the City Administrator.
Step Three - City Administrator/Advisory Arbitration
If the Union or employee(s) is not satisfied with the result of the meeting with the Department
Head, the grievant may request the matter be heard by the City Administrator or designee, or the
Union may choose to have the matter heard by an impartial hearing officer (arbitrator).
Should the matter be submitted directly to the City Administrator or designee, he/she shall meet
with the Union and./or employee(s) within eight (8) days of receipt of the grievant' s written
notice. If the Union and/or employee(s) elects to have the matter heard by the City Administrator
or designee, the Union and/or employee(s) waives the right to have the matter heard by an
arbitrator. Within eight (8) days of hearing the grievance, the City Administrator shall provide
39
hisftrer decision, in writing, to the Union and employee(s). The decision of the City Administrator
shall be final and binding.
If the Union elects arbitration, costs of the arbitration shall be shared equally between the Union
and the City. A court reporter shall be retained only by mutual consent of the parties. The costs of
the arbitration, including the court reporter, shall be divided in half (i.e. 50/50) by the parties.
Attorney fees, staff time and witness fees shall not be shared between the parties and shall be paid
by the party that incured the cost.
If the Union elects arbitration, the City shall request a list of five (5) arbitrators registered with the
American Arbitration Association, California State Conciliation Service or some other mutually
agreed upon source within ten (10) days of the Union's request. The Union may deleteistrike two
(2) names from the list. The City will then select the arbitrator from the remaining names on the
list. The selected arbitrator shall serve as the hearing offrcer. All arbitration proceedings arising
under the Grievance procedure shall be governed by the provisions of Title 9, Part 3, of the Code
of Civil Procedure of the State of California.
Within eight (8) days of receipt of the arbitrator's recommendation, the City Administrator shall
provide his/trer decision, in writing, to the Union and employee(s). The recommendation of an
arbitrator shall be advisory to the City Administrator or designee. The decision of the City
Administrator shall be final and binding.
All time limits specified in the foregoing procedure may be waived only by mutual written
agreement.
40
ARTICLE FIFTEEN
DISCIPLINE PROCEDURE
Definition
Types of discipline include the following: suspension, demotion, reduction in pay or dismissal.
For the purposes of this article, verbal counseling, written warning, written reprimand, voluntary
demotions, and performance evaluations are not classified as discipline.
Disciplinarv Actions
The tenure of every City employee shall be based on reasonable standards of personal conduct
and job performance. Failure to meet such standards shall be grounds for appropriate disciplinary
action, which shall be commensurate with the seriousness of the offense and with consideration of
the employee's personnel file. Progressive discipline will be used; however, this does not preclude
the City from taking disciplinary action, up to and including termination, for an incident for which
there is no prior documentation as long as the disciplinary action is warranted and is based on just
cause.
The following procedures shall be followed when, in the judgment of the Department Director, an
employee has committed an act or omission that justifies discipline. The Department Director or
hisftrer designee shall advise employees of contemplated disciplinary actions in writing and allow
the employee an opportunity to respond to such charges prior to taking final action.
Disciplinary actions should be documented in the employee's official personnel file. Performance
deficiencies documented in the employee's performance evaluation as "does not meet standards"
may be the basis for disciplinary action if the employee fails to correct those perfornance
deficiencies within the time period designated by his/her supervisor. To the extent possible,
performance deficiencies or other causes for discipline will be documented in the employee's
personnel file.
Upon the City receiving authorization from the employee, the City will provide the Union with all
written notices of discipline given to employees represented by Union. The written notice of
discipline will also inform the employee that he/she has the right to consult with the Union with
regard to the disciplinary action being taken.
Disciplinarv Procedure
Prior to the suspension, demotion, reduction in pay or dismissal of any permanent employee for
disciplinary purposes, the following procedures shall be followed:
'Written Notice of Proposed Action
Written notice of the proposed disciplinary action shall be given to the employee. Such notice
shall include the proposed effective date of the discipline, a statement of the reason(s) for the
proposed action, including the rule or standard of conduct allegedly violated, the proposed
4l
discipline and the charge(s) being considered.
Emplovee Review
The employee shall be supplied with a copy of the documents or materials upon which the
proposed disciplinary action is based.
ce
The notice of proposed action shall state the date by which the employee must exercise the right
to respond orally, in writing or both orally and in writing. This represents the pre-disciplinary
opportunity for the employee to state any reasons that he/she believes the proposed action to be
inappropriate. The employee shall have a reasonable amount of time to respond, which shall not
be fewer than five days. This date may be adjusted by mutual agreement. Failure to respond by
the assigned date will constitute a waiver of the right to respond. Any response will be fully
considered before any final action is decided upon.
The Pre-Disciplinary Conference does not need to be an evidentiary hearing. An employee has the
right to have a representative of his or her own choosing at the conference. The City may conduct
further investigation if the employee's version of the facts or new information raises doubts as to
the accuracy of the City's information leading to the discipline propgsal.
Written Notice of Final Action
After consideration of the employee's response, or in the absence of a response, written notice of
the final disciplinary action shall be given to the employee. Such notice shall include essentially
the same information contained in the notice of proposed action, except that the employee's
formal appeal rights shall be stated.
Emergencies
When, in the opinion of the City, immediate disciplinary action is required to protect the health,
safety or welfare of the public, other employees or the employee himself, the employee may be
suspended without pay for up to five (5) days pending the processing of the notices required in
this article or may be suspended with pay pending the completion of such investigations or
hearings as may be required to determine if disciplinary action is to be taken. If the charges and./or
allegations are not sustained, the employee suspended without pay shall be entitled to
reinstatement with full back pay and benefits. All back pay awards related to suspension,
demotions and discharges shall include interest as set by Civil Code $$ 3287 et. seq..
Appeal Procedures
Major Discipline
Any permanent employee in the classifred service shall have the right to appeal any dismissal,
suspension of thirty (30) hours or more, reduction in salary, or non-probationary demotion. The
appeal process shall not be applicable to probationary employees. The appeal process shall not be
42
applicable to performance evaluations, verbal and/or written reprimands.
An employee desiring to appeal the discipline shall have ten (10) days after receipt of hnal notice
of discipline. The employee's request for appeal must be addressed to the City Administrator and
received in the Human Resources Division. The Human Resources Division shall date stamp the
employee's appeal to verifu the timeliness of the appeal.
If, within the l0-day appeal period, the employee does not file the appeal, unless good cause for
the failtue is shown, the discipline shall be considered conclusive. If the employee files a timely
appeal, an arbitration appeal hearing shall be established as follows:
1. The employee shall file a wriuen request with the Human Resources Division for
advisory arbitration to the City Administrator or designee. The City and Union will share
equally share (i.e. 50/50) the arbitration-related expenses, excluding attorney fees, expert
witness(es) and staff time.
2. The City shall request a list of five (5) arbitrators registered with the American
Arbitration Association, California State Conciliation Service or some other agreed upon
source within ten (10) days of the employee's request. The employee may delete/strike
two (2) names from the list. The City will then select the arbitrator from the remaining
rurmes on the list.
3. The selected arbitrator shall serve as the hearing officer.
4. All time limits specified in the procedure may be waived by mutual written agreement.
5. At the conclusion of the hearing, the arbitrator will submit his/trer findings to the City and
the employee. The opinion shall set forth findings of fact and conclusions. The decision
of the Arbitrator will become final unless the City or the employee elects to pursue
judicial review under CCP $1094.5.
Minor Discipline
Any permanent employee shall have the right to appeal any suspension below the threshold of
major discipline. The appeal process shall not apply to probationary employees.
If the problem cannot be resolved between the employee and the supervisor, the employee may,
within ten (10) days from receiving notice of the final discipline, request and be granted an
interview with the Department Director or his/her designee in order to discuss the appeal.
The Department Director or designee shall render his/trer decision in writing within fifteen (15)
days of receiving the appeal. If the Department Director and employee are unable to arrive at a
satisfactory solution, the employee may, within fifteen (15) days from the date of the decision by
the Department Director, submit a written appeal to the City Administrator or designee. The City
Administrator or designee will respond or schedule a meeting within fifteen (15) days. The City
Administrator or designee shall render hisftrer judgment as soon after the conclusion of the
hearing as possible and in no event later than thirty (30) days after conducting the hearing. His/her
43
decision shall set forth which charges, if any, are sustained and the reasons therefore. The opinion
shall set forth findings of fact and conclusions. The decision of the City Administrator shall be
final and binding.
44
A.
ARTICLE SIXTEEN
JOINT LABOR MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
The City and the Union will maintain a Joint Labor Management (JLM) Committee
comprised of at least eight (8) members. The City's team shall consist of representatives
from the City Administrator's offrce, the Human Resources Department and management
representatives of the City Departments. The Union shall provide up to five (5) City
employees and one (1) representative to sit on its committee. Employees who are regularly
scheduled to work shall be on paid release time during participation in the JLM
Committee. Participation in the JLM Committee is considered Union Business, and as
such, any release time under this section shall not result in the City incurring any overtime.
Additional department and employee representatives may participate on the Committee to
deal with departmental matters which may be addressed. This Commifiee shall meet at
least semi-annually to discuss matters of concern to both management and the Union and a
written summary of each meeting shall be prepared by the City. The Committee shall be
authorized to schedule meetings more frequently than the semi-annual ones required
herein in order to expeditiously respond to concerns properly before the committee.
The JLM Committee shall be utilized to allow the parties to discuss matters affecting the
workplace environment.
The JLM Committee shall not be a means for participating in the meet and confer process
as provided for by Govemment Code Sections 3500 et. Seq. The JLM Committee's
meetings shall not be "Meet and Confer" sessions as that term is used in Government
Code Sections 3500 et. seq.
JLM Committee consideration of proposed changes in terms and conditions of
employment shall not occur and is not a condition precedent to the exercise by the City of
its rights.
B.
C.
D.
45
SIGNATURE PAGE
CITY OF VERNON
Mark Whitworth
City Administrator / "MERR"
Teresa McAllister
Director of Human Resources
Kristen Enomoto
Deputy City Administrator
Alex Kung
Economic Development Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Zaynah Moussa, Deputy C ity Attorney
APPROVED AND ADOPTED BY CITY COUNCIL ON
RESOLUTION NO.
ATTEST:
TEAMSTERS LOCAL 9I1
Raymond B. Whitmer
Secretary-Treasurer
Carlos Rubio
Business Representative
Juan Arellano
Committee Member
Rafael Contreras
Committee Member
Cerissa Diaz
Committee Member
Lyndon Ong-Yiu
Committee Member
Christina Rivera
Committee Member
PER
Ana Barcia, Deputy City Clerk
46
Dated:
RESOLUTION NO.
A RESOLUTION OE THE CTTY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OE
VERNON AMENDING EXHIBIT A OE RESOLUTION NO. 2013-57
REGARDING THE COMPENSATION, COSTS AND BENEFITS OF
ITS EMPLOYEES ('CITYhIIDE PERSONNEL AND SALARY
RESOLUTION") (AI{ENDMENT NO. 74)
WHEREAS, oD June 18, 2013, the city council of the city of
Vernon adopted Resolution No. 2073-51, regarding the compensation,
costs and benefits of its employees, which has subsequently been
amended by Resorution Nos. 2073-65, 2013-90, 2ol4-o], 2oL4-!2,
2074-1,4, 2014-25, 2074-27, 2014-33, 20L4-43, 2OL4-46, 2074-48, 2Ol4-54
and 2014-58 (the "citywide personnel and salary Resolution,,); and
WHEREAS, Exhibit A of the Citywide Personnel and Salary
Resolution provides for posltions and salary scales of positions
within the City Departments; and
WHEREAS, by memorandum dated october 21, 2014, the city
Admlnistrator has reconrmended that Exhibit A be amended to (i)
implement the changes set forth in the 2OL4-2015 Memorandum of
Understanding between the City of Vernon and Teamsters Local 911 and
(ii) amend the salary range of the City Clerk position as a result of
the Citywide classiflcation study; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Vernon desj-res to
amend Exhibit A of the Cltywide Personnel and Salary Resol-ution.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CTTY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OE VERNON AS EOLLOWS:
SECTION 1: The City Councll of the City of Vernon hereby
the above recita]s are true and correct.
City Council of the City of Vernon finds
under the California Environmental euality
finds and determines that
SECTTON 2: The
that this actj-on is exempt
Act (CEQA), in accordance with Section 15061 (b) (3), the general- rule
that CEQA only applies to projects that may have an effect on the
environment.
SECTfON 3: Effective July 1, 2074, Exhibit A of the
Cltywide Personnel and Salary Resolutlon is hereby amended to revise
the Citywide personnel classifications and compensation, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.
SECTION 4: The provisions of Resoluti-on No. 2013-51r ds
amended by Resorution Nos. 20L3-66, 2013-90, 2014-01, 2OL4-!2,
2074-14, 2014-25, 2014-21, 2074-33, 2Ot4-43, 2Ol4-46, 2OL4-48, 2Ol4-54
and 2014-58 not consistent with or in confli-ct wi-th this resolution
are hereby repealed; in alI other respects, Resolution Nos. 2ot3-5j,
2013-66, 2073-90, 2014-01, 2074-72, 20L4-L4, 2074-25, 2Ot4_27,
2014-33, 2014-43, 2074-46, 20L4-48, 2Ot4-54 and 2014-58 sha11 remaj-n
1n fuII force and effect.
2-
SECTION 5: The City C1erk, or Deputy City Clerk, of the
City of Vernon shall certify to the passage, approval and adoption of
this resolution, and the city Clerk, or Deputy city clerk, of the City
of Vernon shall cause this resolution and the City C1erk's, or Deputy
City Clerk's, certification to be entered in the File of Resol-utions
of the Council of this City.
APPROVED AND ADOPTED thls 21st day of October, 2014.
Name:
Ti-tle:Mayor / Mayor Pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Clerk / Deputy City C1erk
APPROVED AS TO EORM:
Zaynah sd, Deputy City Attorney
-3
STATE OE CALIEORNIA )
)ss
COUNTY OE LOS ANGELES )
rl , City Cl-erk / Deputy City Clerk of the City
of vernon, do hereby certify that the foregoing Resorution, belng
Resorution No was dury passed, approved and adopted by the
City Council of the City of Vernon at a regular meeting of the City
Council duly held on Tuesday, October 21, 2014, and thereafter was duly
si-gned by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of the City of Vernon.
Executed this day of October, 2074, at Vernon, California.
City Clerk / Deputy City Clerk
( SEAL )
-4
EXHIBIT A
City of Vernon
Classification and Gompensation Plan
1 of19
Effective July 1,2014
1025 Council Member
1030 Mayor
1020 Economic Development Manager
1525 Legal Secretary
nla
nla
E
E
5000
5000
$24,996
$24,996
$2,083
$2,083
1010 City Administrator E 400'l
1015 Deputy City Administrator
Min
Max
E
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
E
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
1110 City Attorney
11 15 Deputy City Attorney
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$267,000
$267,000
$143,856
$151,044
$158,604
$166,536
$174,864
$1 18,356
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
$22,250
$22,250
$11,988
$12,587
$13,217
$13,878
$14,572
$9,863
$10,3s6
$10,874
$11,417
$11,988
$128.3654
$128.3654
$69.1 61 5
$72.6173
$76.2519
$80.0654
$84.0692
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$69.1 61 5
$10,269.23
$10,269.23
$5,532.92
$5,809.38
$6,1 00.1 5
$6,405.23
$6,725.54
$4,552.15
$4,779.69
$5,018.77
$5,269.38
$5,532.92
Min
Max
$202,572
$252,000
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
$151,044
$1s8,604
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,1 92
$130,488
$158,604
$16,881
$21,000
$10,874
$11,417
$11,988
$12,587
$13,217
$4,744
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,766
$10,874
$13,217
$97.3904
$1 21 .1 538
$62.7346
$65.8673
$69.1 61 5
$72.6173
$76.2519
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.2654
$7,791.23
$9,692.31
$5,019
$5,269
$5,533
$5,809
$6,1 00
$2,1 90
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$62.7346 $5,018.77
$76.2519 $6,100.15
Min
Max
Class
Code Occupational Job Families and Job Glasses FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
' Ieamsfers MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21 , 2014
ELECTED OFFICIALS
$961.38
$961.38
City of Vernon 2of19
Classification and Compensation Plan
Effective 1,2014July
'1320 Records ManagementAssistant
1505 Administrative Aide (part{ime hourly)
1 530 Administrative Assistant
1530 Administrative Assistant, (Confidential)
'l 520 Administrative Assistant, Senior
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y,I
Step 1
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step '1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y,I
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
c20
c5
G13
c13
NE G',t7
$69,192
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
s54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,840
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,820
$33.2654
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.5769
$40.0000
$18.5250
$19.4538
$20.423',1
$21 .4442
$22.5173
$18.5250
$19.4538
$20.423',1
$21 .4442
$22.5173
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27 .3692
$28.5981
s26.0654
$27 .3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$31.8346
$2,661.23
$2,794.62
$2,934.46
$3,080.77
$3,234.92
$2,085.23
$2,189.54
$2,298.92
$2,413.85
$2,534.77
$2,686.15
NE
$38,532
$40,464
$42,480
$44,004
M6,836
$38,532
$40,464
$42.480
$44,604
$46,836
$46,836
s49,176
$51,636
$ ,216
$56,928
$59,,184
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
s65,904
$66,216
$3,211
$3,372
$3,540
$3,717
$3,903
$3,211
$3,372
s3,540
$3,7't7
$3,903
$3,903
$4,098
94,303
$4,518
$4,744
$4,957
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$s,230
$s,492
s5,5'18
$1,482.00
$1,s56.31
s1,633.85
$1,715.54
$1,801.38
s'l,482.00
$1,5s6.31
$1,633.85
$1 ,715.s4
$1 ,801.38
$1,801.38
$1,891.38
$1,986.00
$2,085.23
$2,189.54
$2,287.85
$2,085.23
$2,189.s4
$2,298.92
$2,413.85
$2,534.77
$2,54A.77
1510 Administrative Secretary
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
feamstots MOU - Adopted CC- OcL 21,2014
NE
City of Vernon
Classification and Gompensation Plan
Effective July 1,2014
3 of 19
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$65,904
$69,'r92
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$5,492
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$3,372
$3, s40
$3,717
$3,903
$4,098
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,766
$6,05s
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$9,863
$10,356
$ 10,874
$'t't ,417
$11,988
$3,7'17
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$31.6846
$33.2654
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$2,534.77
$2,661.23
$2,794.62
$2,934.46
$3,080.77
G14
1247 Account Clerk, Senior
1240 Accountant
1230 Accountant, Senior
1220 Assistant Finance Director
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$40,464
$42,2t€0
$44,604
$46,836
$49,170
M9,176
$51,636
$54,216
s56,928
s59,772
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,192
$72,660
s72,660
s76,296
$80,'r 00
$84,108
$88,320
$118,356
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
s44,604
$,16,836
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$r9.4s38
$20.4231
$21.4442
$22.5173
s23.6423
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
s33.2654
$34.9327
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$69.1615
$21.4442
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
s1,556.31
$1,633.85
s1,71s.s4
$1,801.38
$1,891.38
$1,891.38
$1,986.00
$2,085.23
$2,189.54
$2,298.92
$2,298.92
$2,413.85
$2,534.77
$2,661.23
$2,794.62
$2,794.62
s2,934.46
s3,080.77
$3,234.92
$3,396.92
$4,552.15
$4,779.69
$5,018.77
$5,269.38
$5,s32.92
$ 1 .7't 5.54
$1,801.38
$1,891.38
s1,986.00
$2,085.23
G15
G161248 Business License Clerk
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Tearflsters MOU - Adopled CC- Od. 21, 2014
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
Effective July 1,2014
4of19
1210 Director of Finance/City Treasurer
1245 Payoll Specialist
1248 Public Housing Property Coordinator
1235 PurchasingAssistant
'1215 Risk lvlanager
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
4100
c19
c'16
$107,352
$112,716
$118,356
$124,272
$130,488
$210,000
$210,000
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
s59,772
$62,760
$.14,604
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$107,352
$1',12,7',t6
$118,356
$124,272
$130,488
$131,112
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
$10,874
s17,500
s17,500
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$5,230
$3,717
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$s,230
$s,492
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
$10,874
$'r0,926
$51.61 15
$54.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
s 100.96'r 5
s100.9615
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
s30.'t 73't
$21.4442
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
s26.0654
$27.3692
s28.7365
$30.1731
s31.6846
$sl.6115
$s4.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$63.0346
$4,128.92
$4,335.23
$4,552.15
$4,779.69
$5,018.77
$8,076.92
$8,076.92
$1,986.00
$2,085.23
$2,189.54
$2,298.92
$2,413.85
$1 ,715.54
$1 ,801.38
$1,891.38
$1,986.00
$2,085.23
$2,085.23
$2,189.54
$2,298.92
$2,413.85
$2,534.77
$4j28.92
$4,335.23
$4,552.15
$4,779.69
$5,018.77
$5,042.77
$5,809.38
$6,100.15
$6,405.23
$6,725.54
s7,061.54
$5,018.77
l\i1in
Max
501 5 Fire Chief
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
$151 ,044
$158,604
$166,536
$174,864
$183,600
s130,488
$12,587
$13,217
$13,878
$14,572
$15,300
$10,874
$72.6173
$76.2519
$80.0654
$84.0692
$88.2692
$44.8104
5025 Fire Battalion Chief (P)
FM41
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Teamsterc MOU - Adoptod CC-OcL21,2014
NE FM38
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
5of19
Effective July 1,2014
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
$137,004
$143,856
$151,044
$158,604
$105,240
$99,7s6
$94,560
$205,1 64
$205,1 64
$69,1 92
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$88,356
$83,748
$79,392
$102,240
$107,352
$112,716
$1 18,356
$124,272
$75,348
$71,412
$67,692
$64,164
$88,356
$83,748
$79,392
$92,784
$87,948
$83,364
11,417
$11,988
$12,587
$13,217
$47.0481
$49.4011
$51.869s
$54.4657
$36.1401
$34.2569
$32.4725
$98.6365
$98.6365
$33.2654
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.s096
$40.436s
$30.3420
$28.7596
$27.2637
$49.1 538
$51.6115
$54.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$25.8750
$24.5234
$23.2459
$22.0343
$30.3420
$28.7596
$27.2637
$31.8626
$30.2019
$28.6277
$5,269.38
$5,532.92
$5,809.38
$6,1 00.1 5
$4,048
$3,837
$3,637
$7,891
$7,8e1
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$3,398
$3,221
$3,054
$3,932
$4,1 29
$4,335
$4,552
$4,780
$2,898
$2,747
$2,604
$2,468
$3,398
$3,221
$3,054
$3,569
$3,383
$3,206
5030 Fire Captain (P)
5010 Fire Chief
5050 Fire Code lnspector
5040 Fire Engineer (P)
5020 Fire Marshall
5060 Firefighter (P)
5045 Firefighter/Paramedic (P)
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
7130
1 100
71 50
NE FM33
7180
NE
$8,770
$8,313
$7,880
$17,097
$17,097
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$7,363
$6,979
$6,616
$8,520
$8,e46
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
$6,279
$5,951
$5,641
$5,347
$7,363
$6,979
$6,616
$7,732
$7,329
$6,947
Min
Max
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
5035 Firefighter/Paramedic Coordinator (P)NE
7270
OccupationalJob Families and Job Classes
Ieamslers MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21 , 2014
City of Vernon
Classification and Gompensation Plan
6of19
Effective July 1,2014
Step 1
Step 2
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$261,996
$240,000
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$'112,7',|6
s76,296
s80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$ 1 12,71 6
$118,356
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
$69,192
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$112,716
$118,356
$'124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$21,833
$20,000
$125.9s96 $10,077
$11s.3846 $9,231
8710 Business and Account Supervisor
8615 Utilities Compliance Analyst
86'10 Utilities Compliance Manager
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,s20
$8,946
$9,393
$6,3s8
$6,67s
$7,009
$7,360
$7 ,728
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
$10,874
$11 ,417
$,+4.5846
$46.81 15
$49.'t 538
$51.61 15
$54.1904
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
s42.4615
s44.5846
s54.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$4,335
$2,934
$3,081
s3,235
$3,397
$3,567
$4,335
$4,552
$4,780
$5,019
$5,269
$1,801
s1,891
$1,986
s2,085
s2,190
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$4,33s
$4,552
s4,780
$5,019
$5,269
8530 Utilities Customer Service Representative
SteP 'l
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
8510 Utilities Customer Service Supervisor
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
8040 ElectricOperationsSupervisor
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$3,903
s4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$9,393
s9,863
$10,356
$10,874
$11 ,417
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
s26.0654
$27 .3692
$33.2654
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$54.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
s65.8673
8035 Electric Operator r30
Class
Code Occupational Job Families and Job Classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
'Tearnslerc MOU - Adopted CC- OcL21,2014
& ELECTRIC DEPARTMENT
2101
l\i|31
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
Effective July 1,2014
7ol 19
8050 lvleteringTechnician
8045 Power Plant Operator
8055 SubstationTechnician
8030 UtilitiesDispatcher
8025 Utilities Dispatcher, Senior
$44.5846 $3,567
$46.811s $3,745
$49.1538 $3,932
$51.6115 $4,129
$40.436s $3,235
$42.4615 $3,397
$44.5846 $3,567
$46.8115 $3,745
$49.1538 $3,932
$38.5096 $3,081
$40.4365 $3.23s
$42.4615 $3,397
$44.s846 $3,567
$46.811s $3,745
$40.4365 $3,23s
$42.4615 $3,397
$,+4.s846 $3,567
$46.811s $3,745
$49.1538 $3.932
$49.1538 $3,932
$51.611s $4,129
$54.1904 $4,335
$56.9019 $4,552
$59.7462 $4,780
$51 .61 15 $4,129
$54.1904 $4,335
$56.9019 $4,552
$59.7462 $4,780
s62.7346 $5,019
$62.7346 $s,019
$6s.8673 $5,269
$69.1615 $5,533
$72.6173 $5,809
$76.2519 $6,100
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$102,240
$107,352
$112,716
$118,3s6
$'124,272
$107,352
$112,716
$1 18,356
$'124,272
$130,488
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
s151,044
$158,604
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,s20
$8,946
$7,009
$7,360
$7,728
$8,114
$8,520
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$7,009
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,520
$8,520
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
$10,874
$'r 0,874
$1',| ,4't7
$'1'r,988
$12,587
$13,217
NE
8015 Ulilities Operations Manager
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Teanslerc MOU - Adoptod CC- Oct. 21, 2014
City of Vernon
Classification and Gompensation Plan
8 of '19
Effective July 1,2014
8140 Computer Aided Orafting Technician
8125 Electrical Engineer
81 15 Supervising Electrical Engineer
8110 Utilities Engineering Manager
8215 Gas Systems Specialist
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
YC1
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
$84,108
s88,320
s92,736
s97,368
$'102.240
s54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
s65,904
s70,860
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$112.716
$'102,240
$107,352
$112,716
$1 18,356
$124,272
$143,856
$15'r,044
$158,604
$166,536
$174,864
$7,009
s7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,520
$4,518
$4,744
s4,981
$5,230
s5,492
$5,905
$40.4365
$42.4615
s44.5846
$46.81 15
$49,1538
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$34.0700
$3,235
$3,397
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$2,085
$2,190
$2,299
$2,414
$2,s35
$2,725
t31
t30
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$9,393
$8,520
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$ 10,356
$ 11,988
$12,587
$13,217
$13,878
$14,572
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$9,003
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$10,356
s44.5846
s46.8115
s49.1538
s51 .61 15
$54.1904
$49.1538
$51.61 15
$54.1904
$s6.9019
$59.7462
$69.1615
$72.6173
$76.2519
$80.0654
$84.0692
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$4,335
$3,932
$4,129
$4,33s
$4,552
$4,780
$5,533
$5,809
$6,100
$6,405
$6,726
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
s107,352
$108,036
$107,352
$112.716
$118,356
$124,272
$42.4615
s44.5846
$46.81 15
s49.1538
s51 .61 15
s51.9404
$51.61 15
$54.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$3,397
$3,s67
$3,745
$3,932
s4,129
$4,155
$4,129
$4,335
$4,5s2
$4,780
8210 Gas Systems Superintendent
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Teamsterc MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21, 2014
Gity of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
9of19
Effective July 1,2014
8220 Gas Systems Technician 26
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
$72,660
$76,296
$80,1 00
$84,1 08
$88,320
$72,660
$76,296
$80,1 00
$84,1 08
$88,320
$84,1 08
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
$151,044
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,1 92
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$114,444
$80,1 00
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7,728
$6,05s
$6,3s8
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7,009
$7,360
$7,728
$8,114
$8,520
$10,356
$10,874
$11,417
$11,988
$ 12,587
$4,744
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,766
$7,360
$7,728
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$9,537
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
$40.4365
$42.4615
$44.5846
$46.81 15
$49.1538
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$69.1 61 5
$72.6173
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.2654
$42.4615
$44.5846
$46.81 15
$49.1 538
$51.6115
$55.0212
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
$44.5846
$2,795
$2,e34
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$3,235
$3,397
$3,567
$3,74s
$3,932
$4,780
$5,019
$5,269
$5,533
$5,809
$2,1 90
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$3,397
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$4,402
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$3,567
1625 lnformation Technology Analyst c26
1620 lnformation Technology Analyst, Senior
1610 lnformation Technology Manager
1630 lnformation TechnologyTechnician
1615 Programmer/Analyst
8435 Assistant Resource Scheduler 28
OccupationalJob Families and Job Glasses
Ieamsters MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21 , 2014
NE C29
NE C21
E
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
10 of '19
Effective July 1,2014
8430 Associate Resource Scheduler
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
8410 Electric Resources Planning & Oev. lvlngr
SteP 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
8425 Electric Service Planner
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
8415 Resource Planner
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
8420 ResourceScheduler
SteP 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
r30
M41
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102.240
$107,352
$1s1,044
$1s8,604
$166,536
$174,864
$183,600
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$112,716
$118,3s6
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$97,368
$1O2,240
$107,352
g't12,716
s118,356
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,s20
$8,946
$12,587
$13,217
$13,878
$14,572
$r 5,300
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$9,393
$9,803
$10,356
$10,874
$11 ,417
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$42.4615
$44.5846
$46.8115
$49.1538
$51 .61 15
$72.6173
$76.2519
$80.0654
$84.0692
$88.2692
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
s42.4615
$54.1904
$s6.9019
ss9.7462
s62.7346
$65.8673
$46.8115
$49.1538
$51.6115
$54.1904
$56.9019
$3,397
$3,s67
$3,74s
s3,932
$4,129
s5,809
$6,100
$6,405
$6,726
$7,062
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$4,335
$4,552
$4,780
$5,019
$5,269
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$4,33s
$4,552
t32
831 5 Telecommunications Specialist
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step I
s79,992
$75,816
s71,868
$68,124
$64,572
$61,200
$58,008
$54,984
$6,666
$6,318
$5,989
$5,677
$5,381
$5,100
$4,834
$4,582
$38.4577
$36.4500
$34.5519
$32.7519
531.0442
$29.4231
$27.8885
s26.4346
$3,077
s2,916
$2,764
$2,620
$2,484
$2,354
$2,231
$2,1 15
83'10 Telecommunications Systems Engineer 5330
Occupalional Job Families and Job Glasses
Tearnsterc MOU - Adopted CC- Ocl. 21 , 2014
Gity of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
'l'l of 19
Effective July 1, 2014
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step I
20'15 Deputy Dir. of Health &
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
2010 Oirector of Health and Environmental Control
Min
Max
2030 Environmental Specialist
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
SteP 4
Step 5
2025 Environmental Specialist, Senior
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Grandlathercd - Hired before July 1, 2014 Gl
Grandfathered - Hircd before July 1 , 201 4 G2
Grandfathered - Hied before July 1 , 2014 G3
Grandtathered - Hired before July 1 , 2014 G4
'1410 Director of Human Resources
t\,435
$102,408
$97,068
$92,004
$87 ,204
$82,656
$78,348
$74,268
$112,716
$'r 18,356
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$193,440
$193,440
$65,904
$69,192
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$80,100
s84,108
$8t1,320
$92,736
s97,368
s95,916
$101,196
$106,764
$112,632
$8,534
$8,089
$7,667
$7 ,267
$6,888
$6,529
$6,189
$49.2346
$46.6673
$44.2327
$41.92s0
$39.7385
$37.6673
$35.7058
$3,939
$3,733
$3,539
$3,3s4
$3,179
$3,013
$2,856
$4,335
$4,5s2
s4,780
ss,0'r 9
$s,269
$7,440
$7 ,440
$2,s3s
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
s3,567
$3,745
$3,689
$3,892
$4,106
$4,332
$7,538.31
$7,538.31
$2,794.62
$2,934.46
s3,080.77
$3,234.92
$3,396.92
4310
NE G28
$9,393
s9,863
$10,356
$10,874
$11 ,417
$ 16,'r 20
$16,120
$5,492
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7,728
$8,114
s7,993
$8,€3
$8,897
$9,386
s54.1904
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$93.0000
$93.0000
$31 .6846
$33.2654
s34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
s38.s096
$,10.4365
$42.4615
$44.5846
$46.8115
$46.1135
s48.6519
$51.3288
$54.1500
G24
Min
Max
$195,996
s195,996
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$16,333
$16,333
s6,055
$6,358
s6,675
$7,009
s7,360
$94.2288
$94.2288
s34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
1420 Human Resources Analyst NE
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Taamstots MOU - Adoptod CC- OcL21,2014
9852
City of Vernon 12 of 19
Classification and Compensation Plan
Effective July 1,2014
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$112,716
$118,356
NE C17
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
1425 Human Resources Assistant
4035 Police Cadet
4015 Police Captain
4010 Police Chief
4020 Police Lieutenant
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
$37,008
$35,076
$33,252
$31,524
$29,880
$28,320
$26,844
$25,440
$137,004
$143,856
$151,044
$158,604
$166,536
$196,644
$196,644
$118,3s6
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
$69,1 92
$72,660
$76,296
$80,1 00
$84,1 08
$83,784
$8,1 1 4
$8,520
$8,946
$e,393
$9,863
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$3,084
$2,923
$2,771
$2,627
$2,490
$2,360
$2,237
$2j20
$11,417
$11,988
$12,587
$13,217
$13,878
$16,387
$16,387
$9,863
$10,3s6
$10,874
$11,417
$1'1,988
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$6,982
$46.81 15
$49.1 538
$51.61 15
$54.1904
$56.9019
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27.3692
$'t7.7923
$16.8635
$15.9865
$15.1558
$14.3654
$13.6154
$12.9058
$12.2308
$65.8673
$69.1 61 5
$72.6173
$76.2519
$80.0654
$94.5404
$94.5404
$56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$69.1615
$33.2654
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$40.2808
$3,744.92
$3,932.31
$4,128.92
$4,335.23
$4,552.15
$1,801.38
$1,891.38
$1,986.00
$2,085.23
$2,189.54
$1,423
$1,349
$1,279
$1,212
$1,149
$1,08e
$1,032
$978
$5,269
$5,533
$5,809
$6,1 00
$6,405
$7,563
$7,563
$4,5s2
$4,780
$s,019
$s,269
$s,533
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$3,222
NE 31 80
PM39
31 00
Min
Max
4030 Police Officer
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Ieamslers MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21 , 2014
City of Vernon
Glassification and Compensation Plan
13 of 19
Effective 1,2014
4025 Police Sergeant
Y3
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
4125 Civilian Court Officer NE G17
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
NE
$93,252
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$102,012
$107,616
$113,s44
$216,836
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$50,760
$65,904
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$40,464
$42,480
$44,604
$46,836
$49,176
$7 ,771
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,s20
$8,946
$8,s01
s8,968
$9,462
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,s18
$4,744
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,7 44
$4,98'1
$4,518
s4,744
$4,981
s4,230
$5,492
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7 ,728
$3,372
$3,540
$3,717
$3,903
$4,098
$44.8327
$42.4615
s44.5846
$46.81 15
$49.'1538
$51 .61 15
$49.0442
$51.7385
$54.5885
$3,587
$3,397
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$3,924
s4,139
$4,367
Y2
Y3
4130 Police Dispatcher
41 15 Police Oispatcher, Lead
4110 Police Records Manager
4135 Police Records Technician
G18
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
s27 .3692
$23.6423
s24.8250
$26.0654
$27 .3692
s28.736s
$26.0654
$27 .3692
$28.7365
$24.4038
$31.6846
s36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
s42.4615
$44.5846
$19.4538
$20.4231
$21 .4442
$22.5173
$23.6423
$1,801
$1,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,190
$1,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,190
$2,299
$2,085
$2,190
s2,299
$1,952
s2,535
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$3,567
$1,556
$1,634
$1,716
$1,801
$1,891
G',t4
July
4120 Police Records Technician, Lead G16
Occupational Job Families and Job Classes
Teamste6 MOU - Adopted CC-OcL21,2014
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
14 ot 19
Effective July 1,2014
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
7015 Deputy Director of PW, Water and Dev. Serv
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
7010 Director of PW, Water and Development Serv
Min
Max
7215 Building lnspector, Senior
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y,I
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$s,216
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
$151,044
$158,604
$220,128
$220,128
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$96,612
$69,192
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$s4,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,192
$72,660
$69,1 92
$72,660
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$10,874
$11,417
$11,988
$12,587
$13,217
$18,344
$18,344
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7,728
$8,051
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$7,009
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,74
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,766
$6,055
$5,766
$6,055
1,716
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$1,801
$1,891
$1,986
$2,08s
$62.7346 $5,019
$65.8673 $5,269
$69.1615 $5,533
$72.6173 $5,809
$76.2519 $6,100
$105.8308 $8,466
$105.8308 $8,466
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
$44.5846
$46.4481
$33.26s4
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$40.4365
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.2654
$34.9327
$33.2654
$34.9327
$2,934
$3,081
$3,23s
$3,397
$3,s67
$3,716
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$1,801
$1,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,1 90
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$2,795
$2,661
$2,79s
2100
NE G27
G17
7225 Electrical lnspector
7250 Permit Technician
7220 Assistant Planner
7235 Plumbing and Mechanical lnspector
Class
Gode OccupationalJob Families and Job Classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
' feamsrers MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21 , 2014
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
Effective July 1,2014
'15 of '19
7'135 Associate Engineer
7'118 Civil Engineer
7145 Engineering Aide
71 15 Principal Civil Engineer
7120 Project Engineer
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step '1
Step 2
$65,904
$69,192
$72,660
s76,296
s80,100
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$'112,716
$118,356
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,192
$1 18,356
$124,272
$130,488
$137,004
$143,856
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,2&
$107,352
$76,296
$80,100
$5,492
$5,766
$6,055
s6,358
$6,075
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7,728
$8,114
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$4,744
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,766
s9,863
$10,356
$10,874
$11 ,417
$11,988
$7,360
$7,728
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$6,358
$6,675
$2,53s
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
s3,081
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$3,s67
$3,745
$3,745
s3,932
$4,129
$4,335
$4,552
$2,190
$2,299
$2,414
$2,s35
$2,661
$4,552
$4,780
$5,019
$5,269
$5,s33
$3,397
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$2,934
$3,081
NE
$80,100
$84,108
$6,675
$7,009
$38.5096
$40.436s
s31.6846
$33.26s4
$34.9327
s36.6808
$38.5096
$38.s096
$,10.,1365
$42.46',15
$44.5846
$46.8115
s46.81 15
s49.1538
$51 .61 15
$54.1904
$56.9019
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.2654
s56.9019
$59.7462
$62.7346
$65.8673
$69.1615
$42.4615
$44.5846
$46.8115
$49.1538
$51.6115
$36.6808
$38.5096
$3,081
$3,235
7125 Stormwater and Special Poects Analyst
Class
Code Occupational Job Families and Job Classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
' Teamsters MOU - Adopled CC- OcL 21 , 2014
Step 3
Step 4
Steo 5
tvl36
City of Vernon
Classification and Gompensation Plan
16 of 19
Effective July 1,2014
7735 Facilities Maintenance Worker, Lead NE G22
7730 Facilities Maintenance Worker, Senior G18
Mechanic G19
772O Facililies Maintenance Worker
7520 Mechanic, Lead
Step 4
Step 5
$88,320
$92,736
$44,604
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$il,216
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,1e2
$72,660
$73,704
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,e28
$59,772
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$62,760
$65,904
$69,1 92
$72,660
$76,296
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,1 92
$7,360
$7,728
$3,717
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$5,766
$6,05s
$6,142
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,74
$4,981
$42.4615
$44.s846
$3,397
$3,567
$1,716
$1,801
$1,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$2,795
$2,835
$1,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,190
$2,299
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
YCI
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
G16
$4,303
$4,518
$4,74
$4,981
$s,230
$5,230
$s,492
$s,766
$6,055
$6,358
$4,744
$4,981
$s,230
$5,492
$s,766
$1,986
$2,08s
$2,190
$2,299
$2,414
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$2,795
$2,934
$2,1 90
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$21.4442
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$28.736s
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.2654
$34.9327
$35.4346
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
NE
$24.8250
s26.0654
s27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$30.1 731
$31.6846
$33.26s4
$34.9327
$36.6808
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.26s4
NE7525 Mechanic, Senior G21
Class
Code OccupationalJob Families and Job Classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
" Ieamslers MOU - Adopted CC- Oct. 21 , 2014
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
17 of 19
Effective July 1,2014
7820 Meter Reader, Lead
Step '1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$49,176
$51,636
$s4,216
$56,928
$59,772
$ ,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$42,480
$44,604
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$44,604
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$54,216
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,192
$73,704
$49,176
$51,630
$54,216
$56,928
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$s,230
$5,492
$3,540
s3,7't 7
$3,903
$4,098
s4,303
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
s4,981
$3,717
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$4,981
$5,230
$s,492
$5,766
$6,142
s4,098
s4,303
$4,518
$4,744
$23.6423
s24.8250
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.736s
$26.0654
$27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$20.4231
$21.4442
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$23.6423
$24.8250
s26.0654
s27 .3692
s28.7365
s't ,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,190
$2,299
$2,085
$2,190
$2,299
$2,4',t4
$2,535
$1,634
$1,716
$1,801
$1,891
$1,986
$1,891
s1,986
s2,085
s2,190
s2,299
$1,716
$1,801
$1,891
$1,986
$2,085
$2,190
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$2,835
$1,891
$1,986
$2,08s
$2,190
Worker G15
7425 Street l\,raintenance Worker, Senior
Warehouse Worker
7620 Warehouse Worker, Lead
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Y1
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
G18
NE G'16
$21 .4442
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
s27 .3692
$28.7365
s30.173't
$31.6846
$33.2654
s35.4346
$23.6423
$24.8250
$26.0654
$27 .3692
7625 Warehouse Worker, Senior G18
Class
Code Occupational Job Families and Job classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
' Teaa,sle6 MOU - Adopted CC- OcL 21 , 201 4
7830 Meter Reader
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
18 of 19
Effective July 1,2014
7330 Public Works Foreman
7320 Public Works and Water Foreman
7310 Public Works and Water Superintendent
7130 Public Works Poect Coordinator
7132 Public Works Water Project Coordinator
7325 Street and Water Crew Leader
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 'l
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$80,100
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,240
$107,352
$112,716
$118,356
$124,272
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$1O2,2q
$84,108
$88,320
$92,736
$97,368
$102,24O
$6s,904
$69,192
$72,660
$76,296
$80,100
$6,055
$6,358
ub,o / c
$7,009
$7,360
$6,675
$7,009
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,520
$8,946
$9,393
$9,863
$ 10,356
$7,009
s7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,s20
$7,009
$7,360
$7 ,728
$8,114
$8,520
$5,492
$5,766
$6,055
$6,358
$6,675
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
s40.4365
$42.4615
$38.5096
$40.4365
$42.4615
$44.s846
$46.81 15
s49.1538
$51.61 15
s54.1904
$56.9019
s59.7462
$40.4365
$42.4615
$,14.5846
$46.811s
$49.1s38
$40.4365
$42.4615
$214.58216
$216.81 15
$49.1538
$31.6846
$33.2654
$34.9327
$36.6808
$38.5096
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$3,081
$3,235
$3,397
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$4,129
$4,335
$4,552
$4,780
$3,235
$3,397
$3,s67
$3,745
$3,932
$3,235
$3,397
$3,567
$3,745
$3,932
$2,535
$2,061
$2,795
$2,934
$3,081
Step '1
Step 2
Step 3
$46,836
$49,176
$51,636
$3,903
$4,098
$4,303
$22.5173
$23.6423
$24.8250
$1,801
$'r,891
$1,986
7930 Water l\ilaintenance Worker
Class
Code Occupational Job Families and Job Classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
* Teamsters MOU - Adopted CC- Oct 21,2014
Step 5 $59,772 $4,981 $28.7365 S2,299
City of Vernon
Classification and Compensation Plan
'19 of 19
Effective July 1,2014
7925 Water Maintenance Worker, Senior
Step 5
Step I
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
$56,928
$59,772
$62,760
$65,904
$69,192
$72,660
$4,7M
$4,981
$5,230
$5,492
$s,766
$6,055
s27.3692
$28.7365
$30.1731
$31.6846
$33.2654
$34.9327
$2,190
$2,299
$2,414
$2,535
$2,661
$2,795
Class
Code Occupational Job Families and Job classes FLSA PAY
GRADE Annual Monthly Hourly Pay Period
'Teamstets MOU - Adopted CC- OcL 21, 2014
RECEIVED
ocT 0 7 201{
CITY ADMINISTRATTONRECEiVED
ocT 1 5 2014 STAFF REPORT
CITY CLERKS OIFICE HUMAN RESOURCES DEPARTMENT
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Teresa McAllister, Director of Human Resources
Adoption of City of Vernon Personnel Policies and Procedures, Terms of
Employment (I-1) (revised)
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
l. Find that approval ofthe proposed personnel policy and procedures in this staffreport is
exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with
Section 15061(b)(3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to projects that may have
an effect on the environment.
2. Adopt the attached Personnel Policy and Procedures, Terms of Employment I-1 (revised),
and incorporate it into the Personnel Policies and Procedures Manual.
3. Authorize the City Administrator and the Director of Human Resources to execute and
distribute the above-referenced policy to all employees.
Backsround
The Human Resources Department is responsible for maintaining and managing the City's
Personnel Policies and Procedures. Prior to 2013, a comprehensive review of the Personnel
Policies and Procedures had not been conducted in over twenty (20) years. In line with the City's
good governance reforms, the City commenced and is continuing its comprehensive review of its
policies and procedures, including the incorporation of new policies and programs designed to
benefit the City, its employees, and surrounding communities.
To ensure a more efficient and effective method in maintaining and managing the City's
personnel policies and procedures, the City Council on November 20, 2012, approved Resolution
No. 2012-231 that incorporates all personnel policies into the Personnel Policies and Procedures
Manual. The manual is designed to provide a uniform and consistent system for human resource
administration throughout the City. In addition, the manual will provide employees with greater
clarity with respect to personnel policies, and promote effective communication among
managers, supervisors, and employees.
In funherance of the City's good governance reform efforts, staff has presented the following
revised policy for consideration by the City Council and adoption into the Personnel Policies and
Procedures Manual:
o Terms of Employment Policy I-l (revised) - The redline policy attached reflects
recommended revisions in accordance with the good governance reform efforts.
There were no changes or impact to the wages, hours, and working conditions of the employee's
represented under the City's labor associations/unions. Therefore, in accordance with the Meyers
Milias-Brown Act the City is not obligated to participate in a meet and confer process with the
City's labor associations regarding the changes proposed in the attached Terms of Employment
Policy I-1.
Budset Impact:
There is no budget impact.
City of Vernon, California
Human Resources Policies and Procedures
Director of Human Resources
City Administrator
Effe ct ive D at e : pgll!!1j!
Number: I-l
SUBJECT:TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT
PURPOSE:
To specify and define employment terms for uniform use and interpretation.
POLIGY:
All full-time regular employees are considered classified employees and participate in a
competitive examination process and retain a property interest in their jobs after successful
completion of their probationary periods.
Parttime, temporary, and full-time non-classified employees serve at the will of the appointing
authority.
NON- CLASSIFIED POSITIONS: The following job positions are non-classified positions.The
Cityemployees in these positions serve at the will of the City Administrator, City Council or
Attorney and do not have any property interest in their jobs.
Temporarv Emolovees: Employees not exempt from the Fair Labor Standards Act who
are hired only for a specified, limited period of time. There is a six month employment
period limit for all temporary appointments. However, with written justification from the
appointing department and City Administrator approval, an extension of no more than
six months may be granted. ln no event shall a temporary employee be allowed to
work more than twelve (12) continuous months in the same classification unless
approved by the City Administrator due to special circumstances. This limitation of the
term of employment also applies to dual classifications. These employees are eligible
for overtime but are not eligible for any other benefits not required law.
Part-Time Emolovees: Employees who work a maximum of 1000 hours or less per
fiscal year. These employees are eligible for overtime, but are not eligible for any other
benefits not required by law.
Full-Time Non-Classified Emolovees: Employees who are regularly scheduled to work
at least 40 hours per week and who do not retain property interests in their jobs. These
employees are entitled to full benefits from the City. Non-Classified full time employees
serve at the pleasure of the appointing authority and have no property interests in their
positions, other than as may be established in an at will employment agreement
approved by the City Council from time to time.
A.
Nunber; [.[ Effective Dqte: March 19.2013
A full-time non-classified position is created when it is determined by the City
Administrator that the City requires a classification to perform top level administrative,
managerial, professional and/or confidential functions with direct accountability to the
appointing authority. Upon reasonable notice to affected employees, the City
Administrator may create other full{ime non-classified positions. No changes in the
Classification Plan will be made without the approval of the City Council.
The following positions are the established fulltime Non-
positions of the City of Vernon:
City Administrator
City Attorney
City Clerk
Deputy City Attorney
Director of Public Works, Water and Development Services
Finance Director/City Treasurer
Fire Chief
Director of Health & Environmental Control
Human Resources Director
Director of Gas & Electric
Police Chief
CLASSIFIED POSITIONS: All other full{ime positions within the classification system adopted
by the City Council from time to time are Classified positions. These employees are regularly
scheduled to work 40 hours per week or a city approved alternative work schedule and are
entitled to full benefits from the City. Classified employees have a property interest in their
positions once they have satisfactorily completed their probationary periods.
TYPES OF POSITIONS - A position is the basic unit of an organization within the classification
system adopted by the City Council from time to time and the corresponding duties and
responsibilities assigned by management that requires the full or parttime employment of one
person. Specific types of positions in the City organization are:
A. Reqular Full-Time - A position established to provide service on a full-time, ongoing
basis into the future.
B. Reqular Part-Time - The same as Regular Full-Time except that the work schedule
involved shall not exceed 1000 hours total each fiscal year. Such work schedule may
be of an irregular nature including short shifts at various times and various days of the
week.
C. Temoorary - A position established to provide service not to exceed 1000 hours during
any fiscal year. Such positions may be filled on a full-time or part{ime basis.
2
Number; ll Effective Dute: tulqrch 19.2013
TYPES OF APPOINTUS - An appointment is the offer, by an appointing authority and
acceptance by a person eligible under City policies and laws, of a position in City employment
that is made in accordance with approved policies and procedures. Specific types of
appointments to positions in the City organization are:
A. Reqular Aooointment (Classified Service) - An appointment made from a certified
eligible list to a budgeted position and subject to successful completion of a
probationary period.
B. Temporarv Appointment (Non-Classified Service) - An appointment to a position
established for a definite length of time, for a special prolect that shall cease to exist at
the end of a stated time, for a regularly recurring need, or to alleviate cyclical or peak
work loads. Such appointment is not to exceed, on a full{ime or part{ime basis, 1000
work hours in a fiscal year. No benefits are provided.
The City Administrator or designee may authorize the temporary appointment of a
qualified individual designated by a department head to a grant funded position or a
specially budgeted project that shall exceed 1000 work hours in a fiscal year. Full
benefits or mandatory benefits only, may be authorized depending on the terms and
conditions of the grant.
C. Reqular Appointment (Non-Classified Service) - An appointment made by the City
Administrator, or other City official designated to hire outside the classified service.
Such appointments shall be made to an authorized position typically from a certified
eligibility list. All appointments in this category shall be designated "at will" and subject
to the terms and conditions of an at will employment agreement approved by the City
Council from time to time.
D. Actino/lnterim Appointment - A temporary appointment of a qualified candidate made
to a regular fulltime or part{ime position where there is no appropriate list of eligible
persons, or when there is an insufficient number of persons on an appropriate list who
are willing to accept appointment, and when all other recruitment measures have been
exhausted. Such appointment shall expire when an eligible list has been prepared and
a regular appointment made, or shall automatically expire when 1000 work hours are
completed in a fiscal year. The Director of Human Resources must certify eligibility of
such appointment prior to making a job offer.
The City Administrator may authorize an acting appointment that exceeds 1000 work
hours for an authorized leave of absence where the incumbent has reinstatement
rights or for an extended recruitment. Upon reinstatement of the incumbent or hiring of
an individual, the acting employee shall be returned to the position previously held.
3
Nunber; l! Effective Date: March 19,2013
E. Aooointments Outside the Hirino Process - Where an emergency, or other
temporary need exists for addltional help not elsewhere addressed in this policy
statement, a Department Head may, subject to the approval of the City Administrator
and Director of Human Resources:
1) 2 Week Emerqencv Direct Hire: Hire any individual considered qualified for
emergency work for a period not to exceed 14 calendar days at any one time.
2) 90 Dav Hire Via Temo Aqencv: Utilize the services of an agency supplying
temporary, short term or emergency help for a period not to exceed 90 days.
3) Contract Emoloyment (lndeoendent Contractors) - The practice of engaging
individuals under contract for personal services may be utilized only where it has
been demonstrated that an employer-employee relationship does not exist. All
such contracts for personal services must be approved as to form by the City
Attorney.
4
RECEIVED
ocT I 6 20t{
CIIY ADMINISIRATION
STAFF REPORT
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Counci!
Daniel Calleros, Police Chief W
Approval of an Agreement with the Organized Crime Drug
Enforcement Task Forces regarding State and Local Overtime and
Authorized Expense/ Strategic Initiative Programs for Fiscal Year
2015
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Find that the agreement between the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task
Forces ('OCDETF") and the City of Vernon Police Department, as detailed in this
staff report is exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). ln
accordance with Section 15061(b) (3), the general rule is that CEQA only applies to
projects that may have an effect on the environment.
2. Approve and authorize the Police Chief to execute an agreement with the OCDETF
on behalf of the City of Vernon, in substantially the same form as submitted
herewith, regarding State and Local Overtime and Authorized Expense/Strategic
lnitiative Programs for Fiscal Year 2015.
Backqround
OCDETF is a federal drug enforcement program overseen by the Attorney General and
the Department of Justice. The objective of the OCDETF program is the disruption of
major drug trafficking operations and related crimes, such as money laundering, tax and
weapon violations, and violent crime.
Together with state and local law enforcement, OCDETF utilizes the resources of
several federal agencies to accomplish its objectives. This includes the Drug
Enforcement Administration ("DEA"), the Federal Bureau of lnvestigation (FBl), U.S.
lmmigration and Customs Enforcement, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and
Explosives, the U.S. Marshals Service, the lnternal Revenue Servlce, and the U.S.
Coast Guard - in cooperation with the Department of Justice Criminal Division.
The OCDETF program provides funding to support drug cases that local law
enforcement encounters in ongoing investigations. The funding provided by OCDETF
includes reimbursement of overtime costs and authorized travel and per diem expenses
that result from OCDETF program investigations.
The Vernon Police Department ("VPD") currently has one Detective assigned to the
Southwest Border lnitiative ("SWBI") narcotics investigation taskforce, which is operated
by members of the DEA.
Members of the SWBI task force often conduct specific narcotic investigations that are
funded through the OCDETF program. Since members of SWBI taskforce conduct
narcotic investigations funded by the OCDETF program, the VPD can seek
reimbursement of overtime costs for OCDETF-related cases, as well as authorized
travel and per diem expenses. The OCDETF program provides up to $25,000.00 in
overtime reimbursement each fiscal year.
To be eligible for this funding, State or local officers must be specifically assigned to
OCDETF investigations and the agency involved must enter into the attached
agreement with the OCDETF program annually.
Fiscal lmpact
There is no cost to the City to enter into the OCDETF program agreement. lf approved,
the VPD may request up to $25,000.00 in overtime reimbursement for OCDETF-related
cases in Fiscal Year 201 5.
Enclosures
ORGANIZED CRIME DRUG ENFORCEMENT TASK FORCES
Asreement
FOR THE USE OFTHE STATE AND LOCAL
OVERTIME AND AUTHORIZED EXPENS E/STRATEGIC INITIATIVE PROGRAM
Federal Tax Identification #:
CFDA#: l6.lll
Amount Requested:
Number of Officers Listed:
From:
To:
Beginning Date of Agreement
Ending Date of Agreement
State or Local Agency
Narcotics Supervisor:
Telephone Number:
E-mail Address:
Fax # (if applicable):
DC#: P-32'
OCDETF Investigation / Strategic Initiative
Number:
Federal Agency Investigation
Number:
State or Local Agency Name and Address:
Sponsoring Federal Agency
Group/Squad Supervisor:
Telephone Number:
E-mail Address:
Sponsoring Federal Agency(ies) :
Please provide the name, telephone number, e-mail address, and fax number for the
adminislrative or financial staff person at the State or Local Agency, who is directly
responsible for the billing on the Reimbursement Request:
Name:
Telephone Number:
E-mail Address:
Fax # (if applicable):
Agreement(FYl5), Page I
This Agreement is between the above named State or Local Law Enforcement Agency qn{ the
Organiied Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces (OCDETF) Progr-am. This Agreement shall be
effective when signedby an authorized State or Local Agency official, the sponsoring Federal
Agency Special Agent-In-Charge, the sponsoring Agency Regional OCDET! Coordinator, the
Assistint United States Attorn-ey Regional OCDETF Director, and the OCDETF Executive
Office.
2.
1. It is agreed that the State or Local Law Enforcement officers named on this
Agreement will assist. in QCDEJF. Investi€atiory,^ Strategic_I{tiativel
^3nj
nitiative
, Fiscal Year 201
No individual Agreement with a State or Local department may exceed $25,000, and the
cumulative amount of OCDETF State and Local overtime monies that may be expended on a
single OCDETF Investigation or Strategic Initiative in a single fiscal year may not exceed
$50,000 without express pgel approval from the OCDETF Executive Office. The OCDETF
Executive Office will entertain requests to exceed these funding levels in particular cases.
Please submit a written request including justification approved by the AUSA Regional
Director to the OCDETF Budget Offrcer/Deputy Budget Officer when seeking to exceed the
above stated funding levels.
Each Reimbursable Agreement will be allowed no more than six (6) modifications
per year. In addition, if the funds for a particular Agregmel! are completely
deobligated with the intention of closing that Agreement, it will not count as a
modification for purposes of this policy. These amendments must be transmitted by a
memorandum ap roved and signed by the AUSA Regional OCDETF Director or
designee for the region and sent to the OCDETF Executive Office.
J.
4.If an Agreement does not have any activity during the last ninety-(90) dq_ys, the funds
shall automatically be deobligated. The OCDETF Executive Offrce will assist with
the monitoring of the aging Agreements. Further, if a State or Local _ABencY
indicates that ii is no longer performing work under a particular Agreement, the S!A[er .,' Lr ---- n^1:^:^-
and Procedures Manual requires that a modification memorandum identifoing the
amount to be deobligated be submitted to the OCDETF Executive Office as soon as
possible after determining that no work is being performed.
5. The State and Local Law Enforcement Agency must provide billing estimates or
activity on a quarterly basis.
6. The State or Local Law Enforcement Agency agrees to provide experienced drug
Law Enforcernent officers who are identified in this Agreement to work on the
specified OCDETF Investigation or Strategic Initiative. Any gh,ange in Law
Enforcement offrcers assigned must be agreed to by all approving officials.
7. Offrcers who are not deputized shall possess no Law Enforcement authority other
than that conferred by virtue of their position as a commissioned officer of their
parent Agency.
Agreement (FYl 5), Page 2
8. Officers who are deputized may possess Federal Law Enforcement authority as
specified by the Agency affording the deputation.
9. Any State or Local officers assigned to an OCDETF Investigation or Strategic
Initiative in accordance with this Agreement are not considered Federal employees
and do not take on the benefits of Federal employment by virtue of their participation
in the Investigation or Strategic Initiative.
10. OCDETF and the sponsoring Federal Law Enforcement Agency(ies) for the
approved OCDETF Investigation or Strategic Initiative will provide to the assigned
State/Local officers the clerical, operational and administrative support that is
mutually agreed to by the parties in this Agreement.
I 1. Officers assigned to OCDETF Investigations or Strategic Initiatives should work full-time
on the lnvestigation(s) or Strategic lnitiative(s) in order to be paid overtime. ln order to
satisf, the "full-time" requirement, a Law Enforcement officer should work forty (40) hours
per week or eight (8) hours per day on a single or multiple OCDETF Investigation(s) or
Strategic Initiative(s). Any established exceptions or waivers to this definition shall be
requested by the Regional Coordination Group and attached as Addendum A to the
Agreement. [The parent State or Local Agency must pay the base salary of its officers. In the
event officers must work overtime on an OCDETF Investigation or Strategic lnitiative, the
OCDETF Program will reimburse the parent State or Local Law Enforcement Agency for a
limited amount of those overtime costs.] The Agency is responsible for paying its Law
Enforcement office(s) for their overtime, travel and per diem expenses. To ensure proper
and complete utilization of OCDETF overtime and expense allocations, reimbursement
claims must be submitted monthly on the OCDETF Reimbursement Request Form. The
OCDETF Executive Office may refuse payment on any reimbursement request that is not
submitted to the OCDETF Regional Coordination Group within thirty (30) days of the close
of the month in which the overtime was worked.
12. lt is the responsibility of the State & Local Agency to retain and have available for
inspection sufficient supporting documentation for all regular hours and overtime
hours worked towards a specific OCDETF case. Officers' timesheets must reflect
work towards a specific OCDETF case and must be reviewed and signed by an
authorized State & Local official.
13. Analysis of reimbursement claims by the Regional Coordination Group may result in
a modification of the obligation of funds contained within this Agreement as well as
the time period covered. The Agency affected by any such modification will receive
a memo notiffing them of the changes.
14. Overtime payments, including all other non-OCDETF Federal sources (such as Safe
Streets, HIDTA, IRS, ICE, FEMA, etc.) may not, on an annual per person basis,
exceed 25o/o of the current approved Federal salary rate in effect at the time the
overtime is performed. The State or Local Agency is responsible for ensuring that
this annual payment is not exceeded. The Executive Assistant/OCDETF Program
Specialist will monitor these payments via MIS and communicate to the Federal
Agency Regional OCDETF Coordinators who provide status updates to any officer
approaching the threshold.
Agreement (FYl5), Page 3
15. The overtime log must be attached to the reimbursement request when submitting the
monthly invoices. The Sponsoring Federal Agency Supervisory Special Agent and
the State or Local official authorized to approve the Reimbursement Request must
certify that only authorized expenses are claimed, the regular hours requirement is
satisfied, and that overtime has not exceeded 25o/o of the current Federal salary rate
in effect at the time the overtime was worked.
16. Under no circumstances will the State or Local Agency charge any indirect costs for
the administration or implementation of this Agreement.
17. The State or Local Agency shall maintain complete and accurate records and
accounts of all obligations and expenditures of funds under this Agreement for a
period of six (6) years and in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles to facilitate inspection and auditing of such records and accounts.
18. The State or Local Agency shall permit examination and auditing by representatives
of the OCDETF Program, the sponsoring Federal Agency(ies), the U.S. Department
of Justice, the Comptroller General of the United States, and/or any of their duly-
authorized agents and representatives, of any and all records, documents, accounts,
invoices, receipts, or expenditures relating to this Agreement. Failure to provide
prop.q documentation wlll limit State or Local Law Enforcement Agencies from
recervmg OCDETF funding in the future.
19. The State or Local Agency will comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and all requirements applicable to OCDETF Agreements pursuant to the regulations
of the Department of Justice (see, e.g., 28 C.F.R. Part 42, Subparts C and G; 28
C.F.R. 50.3 (1991)) relating to discrimination on the grounds of race, color, sex, age,
national origin or handicap.
20. This Agreement f the parties by written notice to the
other parties ten termination. Billing for outstanding_
obligations shall thin thirty (30) days of the notice of
termination.
21. The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments made by
the Federal governmenl, including vendor payments, must be made by electronic
funds transfer (EFT). In accordance with the act, all OCDETF reimbursement
payments will be issued via EFT. All participating State and Local Agencies must-complete and submit the attached EFT form. The OCDETF Executive Office must
receive one EFT form from each participating Agency or police department prior to
processing their reimbursement payments. In certain circumstances the OCDETF
Executive Office may make exceptions for Agencies that are unable to accept this
form of payment, however, such Agencies must include written justification in the
addendum of each new Agreement.
22. All changes made to the original Agreement must be approved by the OCDETF
Executive Office and initialed by the Executive Assistant/OCDETF Program
Specialist of the Regional Coordination Group making the revision. The AUSA
Regional OCDETF Director or designee must initial all funding changes.
Agreement (FYl5), Page 4
23.The Regional Coordination Group is responsible for identifying and implementing
any additional policy requirements, as needed, for its specific region. Those regional
policies will be documented in the Addendum B and attached to the approved
Agteement. The Agencies are agreeing to adhere to these additional requirements
and must have written approval by the Regional Coordination Group for any
exceptions to the regional policies.
This Agreement is not a contract or obligation to commit Federal funds in the maximum amounts
projected. Funding allocations for the time period set forth and agreed to herein represent
projections only and are based upon consultation between the sponsoring Federal Agency and
the State or Local Law Enforcement Agency. They are, therefore, subject to modification by
OCDETF based upon the progress and needs of the OCDETF Investigation or Strategic
Initiative. Additionally, resources are contingent upon the availability of funds per the approval
and signature of the OCDETF Executive Office obligating authority. The OCDETF Executive
Offrce will approve and certify that all the terms and conditions of the Agreement have been met.
Each Agreement must be approved and signed by a State or Local Law Enforcement Agency
official who has supervisory authority over, and is authorized to assign, the participating Law
Enforcement officers to the OCDETF Investigation or Strategic Initiative.
Authorized State or Local Offrcial Title Date
Approved By:
Approved By:
Approved By:
Approved By:
Sponsoring Federal Agency Special Agent in Charge or Designee Date
Sponsoring Agency Regional OCDETF Coordinator Date
Assistant United States Attorney Regional OCDETF Director
Funds are encumbered for the State/Local Agency overtime costs and authorized
expense/Strategic Initiative Programs specified above. Subject to availability of funds.
Funds Certified:
OCDETF Executive Ofice Date
Approving Official:
Date
OCDETF Executive Ofice Date
Agreement (FYl5), Page 5
ORGANIZED CRIME DRUG ENFORCEMENT TASK FORCES
STATE OR LOCAL LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS
ASSIGNED TO PARTICIPATE IN THE STATE AND
LOCAL OVERTIME AND AUTHORIZED EXPENSE/STRATEGIC
INITIATIVE PROGRAMS
State or Local Agency:
OCDETF Investigation / Strategic Initiative Number:
The Law Enforcement officers listed below will assist with the above identified OCDETF
Investigation or Strategic tnitiative. Any modification of the list of Law Enforcement officers
must be agreed to in writing by all of the parties to this Agreement, made a part of the
Agreement, and forwarded to the OCDETF Executive Office.
NAME TITLE/RANK DOB
1.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Agreement (FYl5), Page 6
Addendum A
Definition of "Full-Time Participation" Exemption
Any Other Exceptions or Justifications
Agreement (FYl 5), Page 7
Addendum B
Identification of Additional Policy Requirements
Agreement (FY15), Page 8
& Local name and address must match cover
Name:
Address:
Taxpayer ID Number:
Contact Person Name:Telephone Number:
ACH VENDOR/MISCELLA}IEOUS PAYMENT
ENROLLMENT FORM
PAYEE/COMPANY INFORMATION
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION INFORMATION
Bank Name:
Nine-Digit ABA Routing Transit Number:
Depositor Account Number:
Tlpe of Account: (checking/savings)
Please retum with the Reimbursable Agreement
The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 requires that most payments made by the Federal government,
including vendor payments, must be made by electronic funds transfer (EFT). A benefit of receiving payments by
EFT is that your funds are directly deposited to your account at a financial institution and are available to you on the
date of payment.
If you have any question regarding the delivery of remittance information, please contact the financial institution
(bank) where your account is held.
If you have any question on the completion of this form, please contact the OCDETF State and Local EFT
Coordinator at 202 - 5 I 4 - I 860
To inquire about a bill please contact: httos://www.ioo.qov/
Agreement (FYl5), Page 9
ORGANIZED CRIME DRUG ENFORCEMENT TASK FORCES
NOTIFICATION OF CHANGE IN LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS
State or Local Agency:
OCDETF Investigation / Strategic Initiative #:
Current Total Number of Officers:
DC#: P - 32
Revised Total Number of Officers:
Effective Date of Change:
Sponsoring Federal Agency Coordinator
Approval:
AUSA Regional OCDETF Director or Designee Approval:
The Law Enforcement offrcers listed below are added to the above identified OCDETF Investigation or
Strategic Initiative. Any modifications must be approved by the sponsoring Federal Agency Coordinator and
AUSA Regional OCDETF Director or designee and forwarded to the OCDETF Executive Office.
NAME TITLE/RANK DOB ADD/DELETE
1.
2.
J.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
RECEIVED
()cT I { 20tr
CITY ADMINISTRATIONRECE[\fED
ocT 16 2014
CITY CLERK'S OFFICE STAFF REPORT
VERNON POLICE DEPARTMENT
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Daniel Calleros, Police Chief 3O
Approva! of a Lease Agreement with Pasadena Service Federal Gredit
Union Agreement for the installation, operation, and maintenance of
an automated teller machine
Recommendation
It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Find that the proposed agreement with the Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union
as detailed in this staff report is exempt under the California Environmental Quality
Act (CEQA). ln accordance with Section 15061(b) (3), the general rule is that CEQA
only applies to projects that may have an effect on the environment.
2. Approve the Lease Agreement with the Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union, and
authorize the Police Chief to execute the Agreement, in substantially the same form
as submitted herewith, for the installation, operation, and maintenance of an
automated teller machine ('ATM") to be placed in the City of Vernon Police
Department lobby.
Backqround
The Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union ("Pasadena Credit Union") has offered to
install an ATM in the Vernon Police Department ("VPD") lobby. The installation,
operation, and regular maintenance of the ATM will be provided by the Pasadena Credit
Union at no cost to the City. However, the City will be responsible for costs associated
with the ATM electrical use. lt is anticipated that the electrical usage of the ATM will be
minimal.
The installation of an ATM in the VPD lobby will provide convenience to the general
public and allow for a secure location to withdraw cash while conducting business in
City Hall. ln addition, the ATM will be readily available to City employees during regular
business hours. The Pasadena Credit Union also uses a common ATM network called
CO-OP, which will allow members of other credit unions to make withdrawals free of
charge, regardless of which credit union they belong to.
Fiscal lmpact
Although there are no costs associated with the installation, operation, and maintenance
of the ATM, there will be minimal utility cost to the City of Vernon for regular ATM
electrical usage.
Enclosures
ATM LEASE AGREEMENT
This ATM Lease Agreement ("Lease") is made as of this lt.- day of
0\4-OU?A62074 ("Commencement Date"), between Pasadena Service Federal Credit
G'ion, u federally chartered credit union (hereinafter, "Tenant") and the City of Vemon,
a California charter city and municipal corporation (hereinafter, "Landlord"). Under the
conditions described herein, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to enter into a lease for
the Premises ("Premises") as reflected in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this
reference made a part hereof within the building located at 4305 Santa Fe Avenue,
Vernon, Califomia 9005 8 ("Building").
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
eontained herein, the receipt and adequacy of which are acknowledged, the parties agree
as follows:
1. Premises:
1.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord certain
space within the Building, for the installation, operation and maintenance of an automatic
teller machine facility ("ATM"), consisting of approximately nine (9) square feet, located
on those premises within the Building shown in Exhibit "A". Tenant may access the
Premises during regular business hours for purposes of installing, using, inspecting,
maintaining, servicing, repairing, replacing, protecting or removing the ATM.
1.2 Landlord warrants and represents that: (a) it is the owner in fee of property which
includes the Building; (b) the Premises are zoned for the purposes contemplated by this
Lease; (c) this Lease is not in violation of any agreement respecting the Building; (d) it
has all necessary authorizations, permissions and right to lease the Premises; and (e) the
Building and the Premises are not, at the time this Lease is executed, subject to the lien of
any trust deed or mortgage.
2. Rental:
2.1 Begiruring on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the use of the Premises
at no charge to the Tenant.
3. Term:
3.1 The term of this Lease shall commence on October 21,2014 and shall terminate
on October 21,2016.
3.2 If, at any time during any Term of the Lease, Tenant determines that its business
operations of the ATM are no longer desired at this location, Tenant may terminate this
Lease, without any further liabilities or obligations, by providing Landlord with no less
Page I ofS Landlord Initials Tenantlnitials frA-
4. Use:
than thirty (30) calendar days prior written Notice, in accordance with Section l5 of this
Lease, of its intent to exercise the option.
3.3 Landlord may terminate the Lease at any time, upon thirty (30) calendar days'
written notice to Tenant, in accordance with Section l4 of this Lease.
4.1 Landlord may use the Premises for the operation of an ATM and related uses.
4.2 Tenant shall not use the Premises in a manner inconsistent with applicable laws or
regulations. Tenant may not use the Premises in any manner that will constitute waste,
nuisance or unreasonable annoyance to the owners or occupants ofadjacent properties
within the Building.
5. Parkins and Sisns:
5.1 Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use non-designated, non-assigned
parking areas of the Building in common with other tenants, employees, invitees and
occupants of the Building.
6, Utilities. Taxes and Assessments:
6.1 Landlord shall provide, at all times during the Lease Term, to the Premises
electrical service and shall pay utility cost associated with ATM.
6.2 Tenant shall be liable for all taxes assessed by any taxing authority (including
sales taxes) that are attributable to Tenant's operations of the ATM.
7. Repairs. Maintenance and Alterations:
7.1 During the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense,
maintain the common area (including the area immediately surrounding the ATM) in a
clean, neat and orderly condition, maintaining access to the ATM and in full compliance
with all applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding use and access to ATM.
Landlord shall not hinder or impede Tenant in Tenant's right to access the ATM during
regular business hours for service or maintenance.
7.2 During the Term of this Lease, Tenant or its designated agent or contractors shall
perform all necessary maintenance and service of the ATM in order to keep the ATM in
good working condition, using its best efforts to ensure that the ATM is kept fully
operational and available for use at all times during the Term of this Lease. Landlord
shall provide free and unimpeded access to the Premises during regular business hours so
that Tenant or Tenant's contractors may comply with the terms of this section.
Page 2 of 8 Landlord Initials Tenant Initials W
7.3 If at any time the ATM is not fully operational due to a robbery, attempted
robbery, Force Majeure as outlined in paragraph 19, or as a result of actions by anyone
other tiran Tenant, its designated agent or contractor, this Section shall not apply until the
Premises have been investigated, fully repaired and inspected (which Tenant will
endeavor to complete promptly).
7.4 Any and all improvements to the Premises made by the Tenant shall be owned by
the Tenant until expiration of the Lease Term or the sooner termination of this Lease.
8. Securitv:
8.1 Landlord will, however, ensure that all lighting in the common area and in the
Building is properly maintained and is in good working order at all times.
9. Indemnification and Insurance
9.1 Landlord shall indemnifr, defend (including Tenant's reasonable attomey's fees
and costs), and hold harmless Tenant and/or its officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates,
subsidiaries, partners, agents and employees from and against all liabilities, claims,
demands, damages of any type or kind, complaints, cause(s) of action, awards, and./or
judgments (including attorneys fees and costs) which arise out of or result from any
failure by Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, or Landlord's
negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord hereby waives any and all rights of recovery
from Tenant and/or its officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, partners,
agents and employees for any loss or damage exceeding the amount(s) of Tenant's
insurance coverage(s) as required to be maintained under this Lease.
9.2 During the term of this Lease, Landlord shall maintain a policy of commercial
general liability insurance insuring Landlord against claims for personal and advertising
injury, bodily injury and property damage. Such insurance shall be in an amount of not
less than $1,000,000.00 for personal and advertising injury and not less than
$1,000,000.00 for bodily injury and property damage. Proof of said current insurance
shall be provided to Tenant by Landlord. With regard to the insurance required by this
Lease, Landlord's insurance shall be endorsed so the insurer will waive subrogation
rights against Tenant.
9.3 Tenant shall indemnify, defend (including Landlord's reasonable attorneys fees
and costs), and hold harmless Landlord and/or its officers, directors, shareholders,
affiliates, subsidiaries, partners, agents and employees from and against all liabilities,
claims, demands, damages of any type or kind, complaints, cause(s) of action, awards,
and/or judgments (including attorneys fees and costs) which arise out of or result from
any failure by Tenant to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, or Tenant's
negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights of recovery
from Landlord and/or its officers, directors, shareholders, affiliates, subsidiaries, partners,
agents and employees for any loss or damage exceeding the amount(s) of Landlord's
insurance coverage(s) as required to be maintained under this Lease.
Page 3 of 8 Landlord Initials Tenant Initials
g.4 Tenant shall obtain and maintain a policy of commercial general liability
insurance, insuring Tenant against claims for personal and advertising injury, bodily
irj,rry and property damage. Such insurance shall be in an amount of not less than
$i,000,000.00 per occurrence for general liability with sub-limits of not less than
$1,000,000.00 for bodily injury and property damage. Tenant shall name Landlord as an
additional insured, and Tenant's insurance shall be Primary and Non-Contributory.
Tenant shall provide a Certificate of Liabitity Insurance and separate endorsements for
naming Landlord as an additional insured, Primary and Non-Contributory.
9.5 Required insurance documentation shall be submitted for approval by Landlord
prior to placement of the ATM in Landlord's facility. This insurance and required
endorsements shall be provided each time the Tenant's insurance is renewed until such
time the lease is terminated.
9.6 Tenant shall bear all risk of loss to the ATM, its equipment, and cash inside the
ATM resulting from vandalism, theft, or any other criminal acts, and Landlord shall not
be responsible for any losses suffered by Tenant from such causes.
9.7 This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
10. No Assisnment:
10.1 Tenant shall not assign or transfer this Lease or any rights hereunder without the
prior written consent of Landlord. Any unauthorized assignment or transfer shall be null
and void and shall constitute a material breach by the Tenant of its obligations under this
Lease. No assignment shall release the original parties or otherwise constitute a
novation.
11. Eminent Domain:
I I .l In the event of any taking or damage prior to the expiration or termination of the
Term hereol of all or any part the Premises or any part of the Building that would
interfere with Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises, by reason of any exercise of
the power of eminent domain (whether by condemnation proceeding or otherwise), or by
reason of any transfer prior to the expiration or termination of the Term hereof, of all or
any part of the Premises and/or Common Areas or any interest therein, made in
avoidance of such an exercise, the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant with
respect thereto shall be as set forth in this section.
11.2 In the event of such taking or damage occurring with regard to the Premises or
Common Areas or such portion thereof that the remainder (after reasonable restoration of
the Building and any other improvements) would not be practicably and reasonably
suited for Tenant's continued use of the Premises, this Lease may be terminated by
Tenant as of the date of such taking or damage. If Tenant elects to so terminate, Tenant
shall be allowed to remove its personal property (the ATM) and any other fixtures
installed by Tenant on the Premises.
Page 4 of 8 Landlord Initials Tenantlnitials
'lV
12. Ouiet Eniovment:
l2.l Landlord covenants and agrees that, upon Tenant's performing covenants and
conditions agreed hereunder, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and
enjoy the Premises for the Term hereof, subject to the terms of this Lease.
13. Advertisine:
13.1 Tenant may use Landlord's name solely for the purpose of advertising the
location of the ATM. Likewise, Landlord may use the name of Tenant and any
Electronic Funds Transfer system in which Tenant may, from time to time, participate.
Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that each party's trademarks and trade
names are solely the property of such party, respectively, and that this Agreement does
not in any way grant the other party the right to use same.
14. Notices
l4.l All Notices given pursuant to this Lease shall be in writing and mailed via
Certified Mait (or an equivalent method of mailing) to the appropriate party at the address
below:
Landlord:
City of Vernon
Attn: Daniel Calleros, Chief of Police
4305 Santa Fe Ave
Vernon, CA 90058
Telephone: (323) 583-881 I
Fax: (323) 826-1438
Tenant:
Pasadena Service Federal Credit Union
670 N Rosemead Blvd
Pasadena CA9ll07
Telephone: (626)351 -965 I
Fax: (626)351-0708
The Notice address of either party may be changed by providing proper Notice of such
change to the other party.
Page 5 of 8 Landlord Initials renant rnitials N/
15. Waiver:
15.1 The delay or failure of either party to enforce at any time any of the provisions of
this Lease shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision or affect the right
of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Lease'
16. Holdine Over:
16.1 This Lease shall terminate on October 2I,2016. If the Lease so terminates,
Tenant shall vacate the Premises, restoring the Premises to its condition before
installation of the ATM. If Tenant fails to vacate, the tenancy shall become month-to-
month on the same terms and conditions as of the last day of the term of the Lease.
17. Compliance with Law:
17.l Landlord and Tenant shall at all times comply with all requirements, laws, rules,
regulations and ordinances applicable to the operation of the ATM and shall not conduct
or permit to be conducted any unlawful business in the Landlord location nor shall
Tenant use the ATM or exercise its rights hereunder for any unlawful business or
purpose. The parties agree that if any ATM must be made inoperable because of
legislative, judicial or administrative law, rule or order or other governmental action
which, in the reasonable opinion of Tenant or Landlord makes this Lease illegal or
creates a reasonable doubt of the legality of this Lease or the placement and operation of
any ATM hereunder, either party may, upon thirty (30) days prior written Notice to the
other party in accordance with Section l4 hereof, terminate this Lease.
18. Force Maieure:
18.1 The parties to this Lease shall be excused from the performance of any obligation
imposed herein for any period and to the extent that a party is prevented from performing
such obligation, in whole or in part, as a result of delays caused by the other party or third
parties, by an act of God, war, civil disturbance, court order, or other cause (other than
financial) beyond its reasonable control, including failures or fluctuations in electrical
power, heat, light, air-conditioning, or telecommunications equipment, and such
nonperformance will not be a default hereunder or a ground for termination of this Lease.
19. Applicable Law:
19.1 This Lease will be governed by the laws of the State of California. Venue for any
and all disputes shall be Los Angeles County, California.
20. No Partnership or Joint Business Venture:
20.1 This Lease is not intended to create, nor shall it in any way be interpreted to
create a joint venture, partnership or any other relationship between the parties.
Page 6 of 8 Landlord Initials renantlnitials ,M/
21. Modification:
2l.l Except as specifically provided herein, this Lease may not be modified without
the prior written consent of both parties.
22. Severabilitv:
22.1 The invalidation of any of the covenants, conditions, restrictions or other
provisions contained herein, or of the application thereof to any person or entity by
judgment or court order, shall in no way affect any of the other covenants and conditions.
23. Warranties of Authority:
23.1 Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent to the other that the execution
and delivery of this Lease and any related documents and the performance of the
provisions hereof have been duly authorizedby all necessary corporate action on its part,
and that this Lease has been duly and validly executed and delivered by it and constitutes
a valid and legally binding agreement, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
24. Damage and Destruction:
24.t In the event of any damage or destruction to the Premises, Landlord shall
commence repairs to ensure Tenants ful1 use and enjoyment as soon as practicable.
Should Landlord fail to commence reconstruction within 90 days of the date of Damage
or destruction, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written
notice.
25. Entire Asreement:
25.1 This Lease and any Exhibits, Addenda and Amendments attached hereto
constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
agreements, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties
acknowledge that their joint efforts were used in the preparation of this Lease.
26. Exclusivitv:
26.I During the term of this Lease, Landlord agrees not to lease or license to any other
tenant or entity space within the Building for the installation and operation of an
automated teller or cash dispensing machine, without the prior written consent of Tenant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may operate point of sale electronic fund
transfer processing systems utilizing debit and credit cards.
Page 7 of 8 Landlord Initials Tenantrnitials W
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Lease as of the date
indicated below.
By, Lu)d
,ur". lo-z- lf
CITY OF VERNON
Danlel Ca1leros, Pollce Chlef
ATTEST:
Ana Barcia, Deputy Clty Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Zaynah N. Moussa,
Deputy Clty Attorney
Page 8 of 8 Landlord Initials Tenant Initials
a4*4- 6wl
ztltD1
REGEIVED
ocT 16 2014
CW CLERKSOIIICE STAFF REPORT
HEALTH & ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL DEPARTME
RECEIVED
ocT I 6 20t{
CITY ADMINISIRATION
DATE:
TO:
FROM:
RE:
Ostober 21.,2OL4
Honorable Mayor and City Council
Leonard Grossberg, Director of Health & Environmental Contr", -nfl
Ordinance amending Chapter L2 of the Vernon Municipal Code regarding
Waste Management and Recycling
RECOMMENDAT!ON:
It is recommended that the City Council:
7. Find that approval, and subsequent adoption, of the proposed ordinance is exempt
under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) in accordance with CEQA
Guidelines sections [a] 15061(b) (3), the general rule that CEQA only applies to
projects that may have an effect on the environment.
2. Hold the first reading of, and subsequently adopt the proposed Ordinance amending
Chapter 72 of the Vernon Municipal Code regarding Waste Management and
Recycling.
3. Approve the general form of the Non-Exclusive Franchise Agreement for Commercial
Solid Waste Collection, in substantially the same form as submitted herewith.
Backqround:
The current Waste Management and Recycling Ordinance and Non-Exclusive Franchise
Agreement ("Franchise Agreement") have been in effect since 1998. Several sections of
Chapter L2 of the Vernon Municipal Code require revisions and/or corrections. With the
existing Franchise Agreements expiring December 37,20L4, it would be prudent to update the
Vernon Municipal Code and form of Franchise Agreement at this time.
With the assistance of outside legal counsel Patrick Munoz of Rutan & Tucker, LLP and the City
Attorney's Office, the proposed ordinance was drafted to amend the Vernon Municipal Code to
clarify some definitions and conditions, expand on the self-haul permitting requirements, and
add recycling requirements for large venues. The ordinance would maintain the existing non-
exclusive franchise hauling system, and would not mandate reductions in the number of
franchised solid waste hau lers.
Changes to the current Franchise Agreement include improvements intended to: facilitate
quarterly reporting, increase insurance requirements, increase the certificate of deposit limits,
better protect City finances, and require electronic reporting for quarterly reports. Also,
language was added to further define the self-hauling provisions, and to establish recycling
requirements for large venue events.
FISCAT IMPACT:
No direct fiscal impact is expected as a result of the amendments proposed in this staff report.
It is anticipated that the increased deposit requirements would further protect the City from
potential loss due to late or non-payments, and that the electronic reporting requirements
would make administrative processing more efficient.
9cLG:K/Leonards/Health Dept/Staff Repo(s/Solid Waste Ordinance Oct 2014.doc
ORDINA}ICE NO. L226
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
VERNON AMEND]NG CHAPTER 1-2 OF THE VERNON
MUNTCIPAL CODE AND REPEALING ALL ORDINANCES OR
PARTS OF ORDINANCES IN CONELICT THEREWITH
WHEREAS, the City of Vernon (the "City") is a municipal
corporation and a chartered city of the State of California organized
and existing under its Charter and the Constitution of the State of
Cali-fornia; and
WHEREAS, oD December 8, 1998, the City Council of the City of
Vernon adopted Ordj-nance No. LO61 amending Chapter 12 of the Vernon
Municipal Code regarding Waste Manaqement and Recycling; and
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Vernon desires to
amend Chapter 12 of the Vernon Muni-cipal- Code.
THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OE VERNON HEREBY ORDAINS:
SECTION 1: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
finds and determines that al-I the foregoing recitals are true and
correct.
Section 2z Chapter 12 of the Vernon Municipal Code is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as fol-l-ows:
CTIAPTER 12. VilASTE iIAGEMEI{T A}ID RECYCLING
TABI,E OE CONIEI,{TS
Article I. In General.
Section 12.1. Defi-nitions Commission Established
Section L2.2. PubIic nulsance.
.
.
fet+e+e --: So++e Was
Seetion 12 . 5, Garbage eontainer.
i-ne-rs--
'eet*en 12,7, l{umbe- ef eenEainers -equired,
Article II+. ffa]- Vehicles
Seetion 12,10, Frequeney ef eelleeEien,
i-ne':=*
i-on-
Section 12.+53.Offa1 vehicles.
Article IIIV. Rendering PJ.ants.
Section 12.2+4. Sanitati-on of premj-ses.
Section 72.2+5. Sanitation of rendering plant equipment.
Section 12.*6. Fl-oors, paved areas, and drains of rendering
plants.
Section 12.*1 . Rendering material storage area.
Section 72.2+8. Rendering material- storage time Iimitation.
Section 72.259. Rendering plant equipment breakdown.
Section L2.2.6L0.Vector control.
Section L2 .*I1 . Bird control-.
Article IV. Liquid Dlaste Pumping Vehicles.
Section 12.3+12. Vehicl-e construction and maintenance.
Section 12.3+13. Dumping prohibited.
Section 72.e74. Registration required.
Section L2.4L5. Records required.
Article VI. Collection of Solid Waste.
Section 12.*L6. Franehise requiremenE, Authority to Grant Non-
Excl-usive Eranchises.
Section L2.3411. Franehise exempEions.subscription to
Collection Service or Seff-Hauling.
Section 12.+lB . Frarehise autheriElr €o qranE, PubIic Nuisance.
Section 12.3&79 . io+s. Containers.
Section 12.3+20. oraneh*^e applieaEien proeess,Frequency of
CoIIection.
Sect ion 72 . 4+4. @i-on-re+r-ie+r-proeess--Unl-awfuland Prohibited Acts.
-2
Section 72.822 . Awar-d*n@Use of Conta j-ners for
Solid Waste Generated Durinq Construction and Demolition.
Section 72.en. ffiSelf Hau]ers.
Section 12.824. @i-em=Violations.
SeeEion 1 2,45. eEhrer franehise previsions,
iet-
i+*
i_se__
i-on-s.
Seetion 12,54, ReperEing requirements,
Seetion 1 2.55. eonEents of reports,
ies-.-
Artic1e VfEI. Collecting and Loading RecyclabJ.e Materials.
Section L2.*25 . Def initions.
Section L2.#26. General- requirements.
Section 12.@21 . Design standards.
Section 12 .#28 . Location.
Article IX. Recycling for Large Events and Large Venue.
Section 12.29 Definitions.
Section 12.30 Purpose.
Section 12.31 Appl-ication of Chapter to Large Events and Large
Venues.
Section 12.32 Waste Management PIan Requirements.
Section 12.33 Review of Waste Management Pl-an.
Section 12.34 Waste Management Compliance Reportlng.
Section 12.35 Actions by the City.
Section 12.35 PenaIty.
Article I. In Genera]..
Section L2.L. Definitions.
appLy-. The words and phrases contained in this chapter shal-f have the
3-
meaning commonly associated with them unless special meaning is
ascribed to them by the Californla Public Resources Code or the
words shall, for the purpose of this chapter, be defined as foflows:
ing,
proe-ess-
bheretse.
i-ng
"strueture" shall mean anlr eonstrueEieni the arranqement of whtieh may
i-s-i-on-
eode means the eede of Ehe eitlr ef Vernon,
4-
Verreni or a duly auEherized representaEive,
e€rPtp€€-i
s.a-fe+y:
M
envl renment +nei u
iftg
Water and Eo'<ie EnfereemenE Aet; ealifernia llealth and Safet" eede
i-oa
sefrr
-5
tng_€t:
ien ----e+---a
1980; 42 U, S,e - Seetion 9601 et seq, (eEReLA) ; (ii\ the llazardeus
-6
ef-
eav-i#
i-n
re^resentaEive of thte healEh offieeri unles- this arEiele ex^ressly
pr€v-id€€---.eth€-:rid-i-s€-=
//+gflrnay sha}I mean any publr e sEreet; read; alley; sidewalk; hr qhwalr,
i€-s
Ehereef-
ltu
frem similar setrage intereepEers,
-7
ror Ehe transportation of Iiquid waste,
reeo*i+ied-
Ierson means any individual o- htis heirs; aqenEs or a^siqns; anlr
or qrotre er eemb+nat
e-i
frem+ses means a i,€ft=
i-e
pi*rp€+es:
ffiSffi-
Ileeyefabfe maEe-+aJs means maEerialsi inerudinq eonuningled reeyelables,
ree.y+i-nq-e.t=---re+s*
-B
riee,'ef ingr means Ehe proee^s or eelleetinq; sorEinq; eleansinq;
stsandards neeessarlr Ee be used *n Ehe marketplaee,
Reft+se ineludes garbaqe and rubbish,
plf-(:#J*eES.
i-se
ftoffinj--€-
i-en:
eharaeEerisEie^i are effens*ve Ee man,
i-ng?----ereeker,.,
p+ast+es; ruUUe- t
-9
l-eeEer inel udes rodenEs; f }eas i f Iies; bedbuqs; eeelcreaehes, liee,
}*gtri.d.--w.aste-
i-ness
at+onr er
+n
a--e.Fi
vehr ele used b'- a gevernmenEal agerelr,
i-oft
regilf.a+i-on:
fer reusei reeye
- 10
premise- where predueed unti] reused,
a. Agreement means the non-exclusive franchise aqreement between Cit
and Eranchisee for collectj-on, transfer, transportation,
recycl-ing, processing and disposal- of commercial- and industrial
Session of the California Legislature (Chapter 476, Statutes.
20L7) .
1989, dS amended) as codified in Public Resources Code section
40000, et seg.
of under ten (10) cubic yards.
e. "Cart" means a plastic container provided by a Franchisee for
and/or solid waste, including all exhibits and attachments, and
any amendments thereto.
"AB 939" shall mean that state legislation commonly known as the
California Integrated Waste Management Act (Chapter 1095, Statutes
11
having a capaclty of under one hundred fifty (150) gal-fons.
Vernon or his/her duly authorized representative or designee.
HeaIth and Environmentaf Control shalI be the City Adrninist
designee.
h. "correct" or "co]lection" or "collecting" sharl mean to take
physical- possession of, transport, and remove sol-id waste from a
premises.
conducted when such activities are permitted under appl-icable
zoning regulations and are not the primary use of the property.
k. "Franchisee" means a person, persons, firm or corporation that has
the City.
1. "Harborage" means any condltion which provides shelter,
Protection, or a breeding place for vectors, thus favoring their
multiplication and continued existence.
m. "Hazardous waste" means aII substances defined as hazardous waste
acutely hazardous waste, or extremely hazardous waste by the State
"Container" means any and all types of solid waste receptacles
including carts, bins, and rol-l-of f boxes .
been issued a non-excfusj-ve franchise by cltv to provide sorid
waste handl-ing servj-ces rel-ated to solid waste generated within
L2
of California in Health and Safety Code sections 25\70.02, 25115
and 25117, or in the future amendments to or re-codj-fications of
such statutes, or identified and Listed as hazardous *aste by the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. S 6901,
et seq. ), all future amendments thereto, and all rules and
regulations promulgated thereunder.
Environmental Control- Department.
o. "Health officer" means the Director of HeaIth and Environmental
Control, or his duly authorized representative. The duties of
Heafth Officer are those set forth in the Health and Safety Code
of the state. whenever a power 1s granted to or a duty imposed
upon Health Offlcer in this article, the power may be exercised or
the duty performed by a duly authorized representative of HeaIth
officer, unfess this article expressfy provides otherwise.
p. "Liquid waste" means aII those material_s which are fiquid or
mostfy fiquid and which the generator no Ionger considers of
tanks, cesspoors, chemicaf tolfets, sewage seepage pits, sewage
cfarifiers, sumps and from simifar sewage interceptors.
in part for the transportation of Iiquid waste.
"Large residential premises" means aII premises
more dwelling units.
13
transportation of offal, tankage, blood, feathers, bones, hides
pelts and simi]ar animal, fish or fowl by-products.
s. "Offal vehicle" means any vehicle used in whofe or in part for the
t. "Person" shall- mean any individual-, firm, association,
the City limits where solid waste j_s qenerated or accumulated.
cleaning, treating and reconstituting materials that woufd
otherwise become solid waste and returning these materials to the
economic maj-nstream in the form of raw material-s for new, reused
or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards used in
the marketplace.
capabre of being recycfed, including but not limited to Green
waste, gfass, newsprint, newspaper, al-uminum, cardboard, certain
pl-astics or metaI.
x. "Rendering material-s" mean carcasses of animal-s or fowl, dead
animafs or fowl-, fish, bIood, offa1, bones, meat, animal or
fowl-, or fish by- products.
y. "Rendering pl-ant" means an establ-lshment where one or more
"Recycfabl-e materiar" or "Recycrabres" means that sorld waste
or otherwise processed to produce o1l-, tall-ow, grease, fertiLrzer,
or animal feed. A rendering plant shal-l- not include an
establishment exclusively producing fats, oi1s. rard, or simirar
products for human consumption; nor any similar process in
-74
consumption,
units exist.
aa. "Rodent" means rats, mice, and other rodents which may serve
as hosts of dj-seases communicabl-e to man, or which, by their
fifthy characteristics, are offensive to man.
bb. "Rolloff box" means sol-id waste col-l-ection containers of ten
(10) cubic yards or larger, including compactors.
cc. "Self haufer" means anv person or entitv that, pursuant to
section 12.23 of this chapter, provides for the collection,
transportation and disposa] of solid waste generated by
his/her/its own premises.
dd. "Solid waste" shall mean and lncfude alf sol-id waste as
defined in Public Resources code section 40191, as it may be
amended from time to time. Solid waste does not include hazardous
waste (Class I), low-level radioactive waste, untreated medical
waste, or special_ wastes as defined herein.
ee. "Special wastes" shalf mean wastes other than solid waste,
including sewage, sfudge, industriaf sfudge, asbestos, auto
bodies, tires, used motor oi-r, hazardous waste, animaf waste,
other materiars which may not be disposed of at a crass rrr
landfifl or which requires special handl-ing.
f f . "Vector" includes rodents, f Ieas, f l_ j_es, bedbuqs,
cockroaches, f ice, mosquitoes, ticks, or other vermj-n which coul-d
transmj-t pathogens.
-15
qg. "Yard Waste" means all Ieaves, grass cuttings and shrubs that
accompany routine household or property maintenance functions.
Section L2.2. Public nuisance.
In addition to any other Iega1 remedy, whether civil or
criminal, a violatj-on of the provision of this chapter is a public
nuisance and may be enjoined and abated as such.
ttrt+e+e -r, Se++e Wa
Seet*en 12=5, Garbage eentainer,
p-rem-
ifte€-,
iaer*
affy-fr€ft.i-s€€-i
qarbaqe er put-eseible wasEe; ard rrhieh may attraeE flies; rodenEsi and
eordition or ereate a veetor harborage,
- 1,6
Tn all insEanees; a suffieienE number ef eenEainers sha}I be
prov-
p-rem=
eiEy or orr the premises o€ another,
Article II+. ffal Vehicles
ioa:
i-s
sp€€-i€=ea+i-on€-:-
i+
i-n
sEroke en boEht ^ides of Ehe truel< er eonyeyanee:
rep-a-i-r-
L1
18
'er Ehte disposal ef eonstrueEr on material onllr; or Eefuse birs used
eontents eannot be b] own about by the wind,
i-ea:
i-rr
i-en:
Section L2.+53. Offa1 vehicles.
Offal vehicles, truck beds, tanks, barrels, and other
containers used for transporting offal and other renderings intended
for a rendering plant shall- be (1) made of durabl-e material_s, (2)
water-tight, (3) constructed so that the rendering materials
transported cannot fall-, drip, seep, drain, or splash from the
conveyance during transportation, (4) covered during transport or
storage of rendering materials, (5) constructed in such a manner as to
permit thorough creaning, and (6) thoroughly creaned each time
foll-owing delivery a l-oad of rendering materlals to a rendering p1ant.
Any metal joints and seams shall- be welded. Offal- vehlcl-es shal-l- be
maintained in good repair and in a sanitary condition. A11 offal
vehicl-es shall be wel-l painted and shal1 have the permittee's name or
firm name, telephone number, and street address in legible letters not
19
less than three inches in height with a 3/8-inch stroke on both sides
of the vehj-cl-e or other conveyance so as to be visibl-e when in use.
Article IIIV. Rendering Plants.
Section L2.2O4. Sanitation of preuises.
The premises of all rendering pJ-ants shal-l- be cleaned at
l-east once each day by scraping, brushing, or washj-ng paved areas where
required, and aII such areas shal-l- be kept free of refuse, trash, or
accumul-ated rendering material-s .
Section L2.2+5. Sanitation of rendering pJ.ant equipurent.
A11 cooking equi-pment, barrels, bins, presses, conveyors,
grinders, hogs, tanks, and other equipment which is used to convey,
ho1d, or process rendering materials shal-I be thoroughly cleaned at
least weekly. A11 other equipment shall be cl-eaned as often as
necessary to maintain it in a sanitary condj-tion and to prevent a
nuisance from odors.
Section 12.226. Floors, paved areas, and drains of
rendering plants.
Rendering plant fl-oors, rendering material- storage areas,
processed materia1 storage areas, truck washing areas, drive-ways, and
truck parking and maneuverj-ng areas shal1 be constructed of concrete or
other hard paving material impervious to water. A11 such paved areas
shall be sloped to drai-ns which are connected to an approved cl-arifier
which, in turn, is connected to the sewer. Draj-ns in uncovered areas
and those drai-ns which may receive excessj-ve runoff of fl-ood waters
during rainstorms shall be connected to the cl-arifier through an
approved rain-diversion valve. Liquid waste runoff from renderj-ng
plant paved areas shal-l- be contaj-ned on the plant premises by the use
-20
of curbing, slopes, troughs, driveway entrance drains or other methods
which wil-l- effectively prevent such liquid waste from runnj-ng onto
public sidewalks, streets r oL other public or private property.
Section L2 .*7 . Rendering material storage area.
A11 rendering materials shall be del-ivered to and stored only
in a designated rendering material storage area. The rendering
material storage area shall be paved, curbed, and sloped or roughed to
prevent liquid waste from the rendering materials seeping or flowing to
surrounding areas.
Section L2.249. Rendering material storage time limitation.
All- rendering materials shal1 be processed within a forty-
eight hour period after arrival- at the rendering plant. If , for any
reason, any rendering material-s cannot be processed within the
foregoing time limitation, the rendering plant operator shal-l- notify
the Vernon health department. The Heal-th Department, after
investigating the reasons for de1ay, may permit the rendering materials
to be stored for additional time or may direct the renderj-ng plant
operator to di-spose of all- such materj-al untj-l- such time as the
rendering plant can again properly process rendering materials within
the designated storage time period.
Until such time as the rendering plant is again placed in
normal operation and the heal-th department has approved the resumption
of rendering material deliveries, all- renderj-ng material del-iveries to
the rendering plant shall be lmmediately discontinued and no future
renderi-ng material deliveries shall- be made.
Any rendering materials remaining on site beyond the forty-
eight hour time limitation with the approval of the hea1th department
-27
shal1 be treated wj-th a suitable chemical which will retard decay and
mask odor emanat j-ng f rom such material.
Section L2.259.Rendering plant equipment breakdown.
If a delay in the normal processing of rendering materials is
due to a major breakdown of equipment and such delay may be j-n excess
of seventy-two hours, all cookers shal1 be immediately emptied and all
existing rendering materiaJ-s, both raw and partially cooked, sha11 be
removed from the rendering plant property and shal-I be disposed of by
1egaI means. All rendering material deliveries to the rendering plant
sha11 be immediately discontinued and no future rendering material
del-iveries shall be made until- such time as the rendering plant is
again placed j-n normal- operation and the heal-th department has approved
the resumptj-on of rendering material deliveries.
Section L2.%tO .Vector control.
A11 renderj-ng plants shal1 continually maintain an effective
vector control program within the plant and on the premj-ses. Such
control program shall- incl-ude (1) a thorough inspection of the plant
and premises at least once each week to detect vector activity and
(2) use of rodenticides, insecticides, and other effective means to
el-iminate vectors and to prevent vector harborage.
Section L2 .*LL.Bird control.
A11 rendering plants shal1 contj-nual1y maintaln an effective
bird control- program. Such control program sha11 prevent bird access
to raw or processed rendering materials, and eliminate bird nesting and
roosting sites.
Seetj ens 12 :28: ard 12 :29: 'teserved,
ArticJ.e IV. Liquid Ylaste punping Vehic1es.
Section L2.3eg Vehic].e construction and maintenance.
-22
Liquid waste pumping vehicles shall- comply wj-th the following
specifications:
(a) A11 bodj-es and tanks shal-I be constructed of metal-. AlI
joints and seams shal-l be welded and the tank shall- be leakproof.
(b) AlI valves, couplings, hoses, and other appurtenances
used to transfer material- to and from the vehicle storage tank shall be
so constructed, maintained, and stored as to preclude any dripplng,
draining, spilJ-ing, or splashing of pumped material during transfer or
while the truck is travel-ing between places of col-l-ection and place of
transfer or disposal.
(c) Each vehicle shal-l have the permj-ttee's name or firm
name, telephone number, and street address in legible letters not l-ess
than three inches in height with a 3/8-inch stroke on both sides of the
vehicle so as to be visibl-e when in use.
(d) Each vehicle shall- be kept clean, sanitary, wel-l- painted,
and in good repair at all times.
Section L2.3+L3.Dumping prohibited.
No person operating or in charge of a riquid waste pumping
vehicre shall- pump, transfer, discharge, deposit, drain, or place any
liquid waste from said vehicl-e directly or indirectly onto the surface
of the ground or into any storm drain channel, natural or artificial-
drain, watercourse, gutter, river or trlbutary within the city of
Vernon or into any public or private sewer, sump, tank, or clarifier in
the City of Vernon wlthout the proper permits. Industrial by-products
transported in liquid waste pumping vehicl-es may be transferred to
receivi-ng tanks at rendering plants, oi-I refineries, reprocessors, and
simil-ar industrial- establ-ishments .
-23
A11 liquid waste pumping vehic1es pumping or removing
material from a location in the City of Vernon or delivering pumped
material to a location in the City of Vernon shal-l- comply with the
provisions of sections 117405 to 117450 of the Cal-ifornia Health and
Safety Code and shall regi-ster and obtain a permit from the heal-th
offj-cer. Said registration sha1l be in addition to any other
registration, permit, or license required by the city of Vernon or
other governmental entity. The Health Officer shall register any
liquid waste pumping vehicl-e which compJ-j-es with the provisions of this
article and shall- issue a permit. A permit decal- or plate shall- be
affixed in a conspicuous place on the rear of the vehicle or tank.
If the Health Officer cancel-s or revokes the Hea1th Department
registration for such vehicle pursuant to section 777 445 of the
Cal-ifornia Health and Safety Code, the permit decal- or plate shall be
Section L2.32L4.
removed or effaced.
Section L2.*L5.
Registration required.
Records required.
Each operator of a liquid waste pumping vehicl-e in the City
of Vernon shall maj-ntain accurate records giving the date and listing
each and every one of the premises by name and address where a septic
tank, cesspool, sewage seepage pit, clarj-fier, chemical- toilet, sump,
or other receptacl-e was cleaned or pumped by said operator or its
employees or others on its behalf, and said records shall al-so describe
j-n precise terms the date and place where the cJ-eanings or material
were disposed and by whom. These records, ox an exact copy, shal-l_ be
furnished the Health Officer on demand (section LL1435, California
Heal-th and Safety Code). Said record shall be maintained by each
operator f or at l_east one year.
-24
Article VE. Collection of Solid Waste.
Section L2.35L6. thority to Grant Non-
Exclusive Franchises.
i_s+
The City Council may, by resolution, grant one or more
may be subj ect to such terms, conditions, rul-es, regulations,
protect the pubfic health, safety, or welfare.
Section L2.?6L7. @+eas-= Sr:bscr@
CoJ.lection Service or Self-Hauling.
franchise(s) for sofid waste handling services related to solid waste
enerated within the City. Any qrant of a franchise by the City Council
restrictions, and limitations as the City Councll deems necessary to
25
-26
i_ngs+
Era-rsf ermatio-r faeir itiesl
@
a. Arrangements for Removal- of Sol-id Waste Mandatory. Except as
sol-id waste collection services with a Eranchisee for said premises; or
(ii) register as a seff-haufer and obtain a self-hauLer permit as set
forth in this chapter 1n connection with said premises.
solid waste col1ection services shal-l not apply in connectlon with any
residentiar premj-ses at which all- dwelling units are vacant, or
commerclal premises that are vacant, fgr a period of forty-five (45
days or more, provided this exception sharr onry apply during the
eriod of vacaqqy: .qny person seeking to avail himsel-f/herself of the
exception provided herein shal-I bear the burden of providing reasonable
evidence to Cj-ty, pursuant to such regul-ations or guidellnes as the
City Administrator is hereby authorized to develop, demonstrating
public Nuisance.
e +ssue Eo qtia++f+ed
Section L2.*&.
and/or person in charge or control of each residential premises and
each commercial premj-ses in the City shal-f elther (i) subscribe to
vac?ncy of the premises for the riod in question.
27
i€tas,
a. ft is unlawful, and a publ-ic nuisance, for any person to occupy or
inhablt any premises within the city for which arranqements have not
been made and kept in full force and effect for solid waste collectj-on
services in a manner consistent with the provisions hereof.
b. The keeping of solid waste in containers other than those
which is offensive, obnoxi-ous or unsanitary, is unlawful, constitutes a
the abatement of nuisances. It is unlawful to throw, place scatter,
all-ow to accumulate or bury an garbage, waste, combustible or
basin in the city or on the premises of another.
Section L2.38t9. io*s-Containers.
i_ft
i-erts-
a. Everv owner, occupant or person in possession, charge or control
-28
for collection and disposal, in sealed, watertight bins, carts, rolloff
boxes or other containers that are either (i) provided by, or
afI solid waste generated or accumulated on such premises, and intended
bin, cart, rolloff box or other contai-ner not in conformance with the
sol-id waste.
b. No bin, cart, rolloff box or other container shall be placed
adjacent to or in a street or public riqht-of-way for collection
service prior to 6:00 p.m. on the evening preceding the normal
col-l-ection time, and al-l- containers so placed shall be removed from the
street or right-of-way within twelve (12) hours after coll-ection.
c. Container lids shall remain closed at all times that the container
is unattended. If the solid waste contained within a bin, cart
rol-loff box or other container exceeds the actual- capacity of the
container, then a larger container or multiple containers shafl be
utilized.
d. It is unfawful for any person to share, place solid waste in, or
to otherwise use the bin, cart, roll-off box or other container of
folfowing conditions:
1. The owner, property manager or person in charge or control of a
premises upon which muftipfe dweffings exists may arrange for
containers for shared use bv the occupants, tenants or persons in
possession of the dwelling units on such premises.
-29
2. The occupants of a single conmiercial building or contiguous and
collection servj-ces at a conrmon location, sublect to approval of the
the publ-ic health, wel-fare and safety.
e. It is unlawfu] to use any bin, cart, rolloff box or other
container furnished by a franchisee for any purpose other than the
collection, accumul-ation and storage of sol-id waste; or to convert or
alter such containers for other uses; or to intentionally damage or
deface such containers.
f. All containers used for the collection of sofid waste at
rear yard or an encl-osed garage except on collection day. ff the
furthest from the closest street or roadway.
g. In al-I instances, a sufficient number of contai-ners shall- be
premises.
Co].]-ection.
eiEy shar l be on a
- 30
i+q
i-*trerma+ion-
ii.
(dI If appl*eants i^ a parEnership; Ehe name and address of
i_s___a
i€€€7--fta=jel3
together with Eheir pereenEage interest-
i_ees
pnoir-i
@i-on-.'
admirisEraEive aetiors; whether resolved er pendinq; brouqhtt
aqi
i.ery
31
ien__
gtr+re fer Ehe
erev-
+e
i-e€n€e
p-+a+e--aumU'er--
ie
arS,
M
a. Residential Premises. With the exceptj-on of vacant premises
meetinq the provislons of section 12.I1 (b) above, not l-ess than once
control of any residentiaf premises within the City shafl remove or
cause to be removed by subscription to services provided by a
rovided solely by a Eranchisee with an exclusive franchise, and if
exclusive franchise has been issued, then such service shalI be
-32
provided by the same party that provides solid waste collection
services to residential parcefs owned by the city or by another
franchised haufer approved by the City, which approval shafl not be
unreasonabl-y withheld.
b. Commercial Premises. With the exception of vacant premises
meeting the provisions of section 72.1,1 (b) above, not less than once
Per week, every owner, occupant or person in possession, charge or
control of any commercial premises within the City shal-I remove by
stored, generated, coffected or accumulated on such premises.
c. Modifications to Coflection Prequency. The City Administrator may
minimum removal requirements are not sufficient to avoid the creation
Section L2.4s.4.
and Prohibited Acts.
n].awful
that additional or larqer containers shalf be utilized.
- 33
@l-on--
i-s-i-on=
a. It is unl-awful for any person other than a Franchisee (or its
recyclable materiaf, within the City. This prohibition sha1l not,
however, applv to:
chapter;
2. the owner, tenant or occupant of residentiaf or commercial-
premises who has subscribed for and is receiving sorid waste
collections services from a Franchisee, when such owner, tenant or
delivery to a lawful disposal or recycl-ing facility. This exemption
does not permit the hiring of any person or entity, other than a
Franchisee, to coll-ect sol-id waste from one's own premises;
-34
waste is not coffected by a third party hired for the primary purpose
to the collection of such materials;
l-andscaping services provided to its customers, rather than as a
5. any person or entity collecting recyclable material sofd or
consideration for the coflection, transportation, transfer or
a reduction or discount in price therefor (or in other terms of the
6. the colfection, transportation or disposal of solid waste by City
the collection of yard waste, green waste and related solid waste
by J-aw, Lf the generator is required to monetarv or non-monetar
consideration the generator is required to pay) shaIl not be consi-dered
a sale or donation; and
Ioyees in the course and scope of their Ioyment with the City.
containers delivered for recycling under the Cal-ifornia Beverage
Container Recycling Litter Reduction Act, Cal-ifornia Publ-ic Resources
Code Sectlon 14500, et seg.
35
B. by products of sewage treatment, including sludge, sludge ash,
gr j-t, and screeninqs ,'
9. residue or non-processible waste from a facility with a solid
material- recovery, composting, and transformatj-on facilities;
Universal Waste; E-Waste; biohazardous waste,' untreated medical waste;
cooking fats, oils, grease and simil-ar waste,' or other materials which
do not constltute SoIid Waste.
person in possession, charge or control of any residentiaf or
commercial premi-ses, or a person authorized by law (such as a
occupant or person in possession, charge or control of such premises.
subscribed for solid waste coll-ection services with such Franchi-see.
d. No person shaff burn or process any solid waste within the City,
infectious waste; animaf waste (including carcases, dead animals and/or
It 1s un]awfuf for an rson, other than the owner, occ
franchisee), to remove any bin, cart, rolloff box or other container
from any such premises or from any location where it was lawful-I
right-of-way for collection by a Franchisee without havinq first
except in an approved incinerator, digestor or other device for which
36
waste is praced in a bin, cart, rorloff box or other container.
Section L2.4+4.@+ae.- Use of Containers for
has Ueen s+qned bV E
+ees
nerates solid waste in connection with the
the use of containers from a Eranchj-see, be registered to sel-f haul-
such solid waste in the manner set forth hereln, or make arrangements
pursuant to section 12.40(a) (3). rn addition to constituting a
violation of this chapter, the failure to produce evidence of
compfiance with this section upon the request of a city building
inspector, code enforcement offlcer or other City officer shall-
Solid Ylaste Generated During Construction and Demolition.
demolition of any structure for which a buildinq permit is resuired
shall either make arrangements for solid waste col-l-ectlon service wi-th
- 3'7
constitute a basis for the City Administrator to order that all work
cease until compfiance wlth this section occurs.
Section L2.4223. ffiSe].f Hau].ers.
a. Serf haurers hording a serf-haurer permit and operating in
premi-ses. Under no circumstances may a self ha
box, or other container of another person or business.
b. Permit. AlI self haulers shaIl subscribe to the following
requirements:
1. Each sel-f haul-er shaf I obtain a permit from the Elf
following the adoption of these regulations, for the 2Ot4-2015 fiscal_
30, 2015.
2- The application for a self-haurer permi-t, whether upon
initial application or renewal, shall- include the follorinq: (i) a
Iist of afl bi.q, carts, rolloff boxes and other containers to be used
equipment to be used by the self hauler; (iii) a written explanation of
where aLl solid waste will- be delivered for disposal and diversion; (v)
operated or contro-Iled by the self haul-er. Notwithstandinq anv other
rovision of this chapter, self haulers shall not be permitted to
by the self hauler; (ii) a list of al-l- transportatlon and disposal
- 38
Administrator how not less than fifty percent (50%) of solid waste
col-Iected will be diverted from disposal- in compliance with AB 939 or
faws; and (vi) anv other information deemed necessary by the Citv
3. Applications to renew a self-hauler permit shall additionallv
include: (1) receipts from sel-f-haul-ing activities undertaken in the
of AB 939 and any other higher requirements as may be imposed by
aPtrficabfe laws; and (ii) recelpts from sel-f-haulinq activities
undertaken in the prior vear demonstrating that the applicant has
del-ivered sofid waste collected from its premises to appropriate
4. The City Administrato
requirements as may be imposed by appl-icabl-e l-aws, and otherwise
Administrator to ensure protectign of pubric health, safety and
sanitary needs.
rior year demonstrating that the ?pplicant has effectively diverted
Ieast fifty percent (50%) of al-l- sol1d waste coll-ected from its
disposal- or recycl-ing facil-ities at l-east as frequentJ-y as co1.l-ection
uired for such self haul_er by the Cltv Administrator.
reQuirements demonstrate the applicant has complied with the fiftv-
ercent (50%) diversion requirement, or such other diversion
complled wlth all l-aws related to collection, transportation and
disposal of sol-id waste.
- 39
c. Containers. Each seff hauler shall provide its own bins, carts,
rofloff boxes or other containers. Bins, carts, rolloff boxes or other
containers utilized by a self hauler shalI comply with the following
requirements:
1. All containers shal-l be maintained in good repair, and any
2. A11 containers shal-l- be maintained in a seaf ed, watertight
condition;
3. Sel-f haul-ers shaf I remove any graf f iti that appears on containers
within twenty-four (24) hours after becomj_ng aware of it.
d. Collection and Transport Equipment. Collection and transport
e. Non-Commercial- Venture. ft is the intent of this chapter to
prevent and proscribe seff-hauling activities undertaken as a
commerciaL enterprise. Self haul-ers must obtain af l- e_qutprnsn!_L
enterprise an amount that exceeds fair market value for equipment, and
then clalm to receive collection, transportatlon and disposal- services
at no cost from such sol-id waste enterprise. A self hauler may utillze
uestlon as to the meaning of this standard shall be resolved b
City Administrator.
utilized by a self hau]er must be approved by the Citv Administrator in
writing prior to issuance of a self-hauJ-er permit, and must be
appropriate for their intended purpose.
fair market val-ue that does not incl-ude any hauling services, "free" or
otherwise. Stated otherwise, a self haufer may not pay a sol-id waste
-40
a franchisee. )
f . Other Recycling Obl-iqations. Sel-f haufers shaf I recycle af f
to the solid waste industry and as required by state 1aw.
9. Colfection Erequency. UnIess otherwise specifically provided in
at feast once per week. However, upon appl-ication to the city for a
nature of the premises, the type of sorid waste generated by the
premises, and the colfection capacity of the self haufer as
demonstrated by information in the application.
h. Hazardous and Special Wastes. Unless l-awfulfv and currentlv
licensed under state, federal and Iocal laws, ho self haul-er shal-I
special- wastes.
di-vert at least fifty percent (50?), or other higher diversion
collected from its premises from landfi-ll-s in a manner that complies
wlth the requirements of AB 939, AB 341 and all other applicable l-aws,.
(fi) fails to defiver sofid waste collected from its premises to
i. Revocation. The City Administrator may immediatel-y and
-41
coflection is required for such self hauler by the City Administrator
appropriate disposaf or recycling facilitles at least as frequentfv as
or (iii) fairs to comply with any section in this code or other
applicable law regarding the collection, hauli-ng, transportation, or
fol-Iowing (aa) the permit has been temporarily suspended and no self-
the issuance of shal] determine
error and the permit should be reinstated.
Section L2.4j}4.iolations
the City Administrator shaII give the self-hauler written notice of
statement of the grounds for the suspension,' (cc) on a date and time
certain, which date shall be at least 5 cal-endar davs after the date of
whether the rmit shourd be revoked or reinstated; and (iv) the self-
a. Unauthorized Containers. In addition other
nalties and/or remedies as set forth in this chapter or
42
rovided for
solld waste in vlolation of section 72.21 (hereinafter "unauthorized
container(s)") may be impounded as set forth herein.
1. The City Administrator may cause a notice to be pfaced
be removed. The notice shafl- specify the nature of the violation and
must be removed within twenty-four hours or it may be removed and
ownerthereof.ThenoticeshaIIindicatethetimeth@
the City to hear any appeal or chalfenge to the requirement that the
the order for removal must occur within twentv-four hours of the
posting of the notice. The posting of a.,otice to remove shalr
provided to owner of the unauthorized container once sald owners
identity is ascertained by the City, and if not provided sooner, a co
of the notice shall be provided at such time as the owner of the
unauthorized container seeks to retrieve anv such container removed
hereunder.
an unauthorized container a request for an appeal has not been recej-ved
and the bin, drop-off box, trailer or waste receptacle is not removed
the City Administrator may direct the removal and storaqe of the
unauthorized container. In addition, Lf the contents of the container
is either comprised of a substantial amount of putrescible solid waste,
container be removed; and, further, shall indicate that any appeal of
constitute constructive notice to the owner and user of the requirement
to remove the unauthorized container, and a copy of the notice shafl be
If within twentv-four hours after a notice to remove is posted on
-43
or determined by the City Administrator to create a threat to heafth
dlrect that the contents of the container be disposed of. The owner of
the unauthorized container shal-1 be responsible to reimburse the City
for the actual cost of removal, storage and disposaf, including any
administrative costs incurred by the City. A1I amounts due to the City
unauthorized container may be returned to the owner. Such amounts
shall constltute a debt owed by the owner to the City, and the owner
shall be fiabfe to the City in an action brought by the City for the
recovery of such amounts.
container is removed by the city, and the date which is five (5)
business days foflowing its retrievaf from City, the owner of the
determination that the container is an unauthorized container subject
to removal by City as set forth herein. The City Administrator shall
such a hearing shall be included on the notice to remove. If the
amounts paid reimbursed.
4. If the identity of the owner of an unauthorized container that has
been removed by the City is known to the City Administrator, the City
mailed to the owner al-ong with a request that the owner to claim the
stored property. If the unauthorized container is not claimed withi-n
ninety-flve days after mailinq of the notice to the owner, or ninetv
days after removal if the identity of the owner is unknown to the Cit
-44
Administrator, the unauthorized container and its contents shall be
forgoing procedure related to abandonment wil_l_ apply.
b. Pena1ty.
of a separate offense for each and every dayr or any portion thereof,
misdemeanor or an infraction, at the discretion of the city
Adminlstrator, consistent with Section 1.8 of the municlpal code.
c. Violations Deemed to be a Publ_ic Nuisance.
fn addition to any penalties otherwise imposed, anv violation of the
provisj-ons of this chapter is deemed to be a pubfic nuisance which may
chapter.
continued, or permitted by such person, and shafl_ be punishable as
be abated in the manner provided by law for the abatement of nuisances.
d. Attorneys' Fees.
rn addition to any civir and qriminal penarties as provided b
provisions of this chapter or otherwise, the city may recover
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs other such expenses of
litigation and/or prosecution as it may occur by appropriate suit at
l-aw aqainst the rson found to have violated any provisions of this
45
e€rln€-i+.
+e+oas--
€-i
f-ee(3'l#
ien-.-
ettise agreemeftt may
e-
io+.
ffiee-s; ^ervanEs, and
-46
i-n=jffY- Ee Ette
rom;
assl gns_ and
t eestsi +osses;
any k+nd whatsee
-47
-48
i-ve
i_€e=
+se_
prerri
i_ons
ffii-se:
ions---elr
appfi-ea+i-on:
+e
i_ee__
-49
ifie
pffir-
irii
eeUrre-
i-e*s:
valrd franeh*se as -equired by Ehis ehapEer-
i€a
i_a
- 50
See€*en 12,54. Repert*rg requ*renents,
Mieer.-
+n€€-rftay
@
etre--
ea+egory-
asEe eroeessr ng fae+}iEy,
o€her-mea+s--
ed:
- 51
(6) eEhter tnformation -equrred by ]aw or deemed neees^ary b!- the
heattsh--otr+ieer-
+ft
i-eus,
a-la
r means,
hea+8tr-eA+iee=
ies:
aeeurate report as required in Ehis artsr ele; any lieense Ee eorduet
i_.s
Article vr'r. correcting and Loading Recyclabre Materiars.
Section L2.*25 .Definitions.
The fol-l-owing definitions sha1l apply to the provisions of
this articfe:
(a) Development project means any of the following:
52
(1) A project involving development for which a building permit
wil-l- be required for a commercial, industrial, or
j-nstitutional building, or residential- building having five
or more living unj-ts, where solj-d waste is coll-ected and
Ioaded and any residential- project involving development
where solid waste is col-lected and loaded in a l-ocation
servicing five or more units.
(2) Any new public facility where sol-id waste will- be col-l-ected
and loaded and any improvements for areas of a public
facility used for collecting and loading solid waste.
(b) DeveTopment means the construction or addition of new
building square footage which exceeds 25,000 square feet or the price
of which exceeds ten percent (10?) of the current assessed val-ue for
the subject parcel. AIl calcul-ations shall- be based on gross square
f ootage of new buildings or of additions to exj-st j-ng buildings.
(c) RecycTing areas mean space a1l-ocated for col-l-ecting and
loading of recycJ-ab1e materials.
Section L2.*26. General requirements.
Any development project for which an application for a
buirding permit is submitted on or after september l, 1994, sharl-
include an adequate, accessible, and convenient recycling area.
Section L2.@27. Design standards.
Recycling areas shall- be adequate in capacity, number, and
distribution to serve the development project.
(a) Dimensions of the recycling area sha11 accommodate containers
consistent wlth current methods of collection in the area in
which the development project is to be located.
-53
(b) An adequate number of bins or containers to al-low for the
colfection and loading of each kind of recyclabl-e material-
generated by the development project shall- be maintained.
(c) The design and construction of recycling areas shal_l- be
compatible with surrounding land uses.
(d) Recycling areas shal1 be secur,ed to prevent the theft of
recyclable materials by unauthorized persons, while allowing
authorized persons access for col-l-ection and loading of
material-s.
(e) Recycling areas or the bins or containers placed therein must
provide protection against adverse environmental conditions
which might render the collected materials unmarketabl-e.
(f) A sign clearJ-y identifying all recycling and sorid waste
collection and loading areas and the materiars accepted
therein shal1 be posted and maintained adjacent to all- points
of access to the recycling areas.
Section L2 .+28. Location.
(a) A recycling area shal1 not be pJ-aced i-n any location which is
required by local- l-aw or regulation to be maintained
unencumbered or unoccupied in accordance with fire
regulations, applicable building codes, and,/or public safety
laws.
(b) A recycling area shal-l- be ]ocated so that it is at least as
convenlent as the location(s) where sol-id waste is collected
and foaded. whenever feasj-b1e, a recycling area shall- be
adjacent to such trash collection area.
(c) Drj-veways or travel aisles shaIl provide unobstructed access
for personnel- and for vehlcles collecting and loading
54
recycl-able material-s and shal-1 provide at least the minimum
clearance required by the col-l-ection methods and vehicl-es
util-ized for other solid waste.
Article VfI. Recycling for Large Events and Large Venue.
L2.29 Definitions.
have the meaninqs respectj-vefy ascribed to them by this section:
municipalitv, industrv, public or private corporation, or anv other
this chapter, and who is, therefore, responsible for meetinq the
requirements of this chapter.
in or on a pubfic street, publ-icl-v owned site or facifitv or public
park within the City for a civic, commerci-al, recreational or sociaf
operation.
c. "Large venue" means a facil-i-ty that annually seats or serves an
average of more than 250 individual-s per day of operation, j-ncfuding
workers, such as, but not limited to, convention centers, community
concert halls located within the City and any other facifity or place
ownership or control that incl-udes more than one large venue that is
centers, golf cl_ubs, amusement parks, recreational-rks, theaters and
that is a "venue facili-tv" for purposes of Public Resources Code
section 42648. For purposes of this chapter, a site under common
-55
contiguous with other farge venues in the site, is a singre farqe
venue.
in a landfill.
for review in compliance with this chapter.
L2.30 Purpose.
The City Council decfares that the purpose of this chapter is to reduce
report diversion and recycling to the City.
The fofrowing farge events and rarge venues are subject to the
requirements of this chapter:
a. A11 events charging an admission price or for which an applicant
seeks temporarv or periodic use or occupancv of a public street,
ubl-i-cry owned site or facirity gr public park within the city for
civic, commercial-, recreational or sociar event attended
anticipated to be attended by an average of more than 250 indlviduals
per day of operation.
Arr venues that annuarry seat or serve an average of more
individual s f lgy of operation, incl_uding but not l_imited to
convention centers, community centers, golf clubs, amusement parks,
recreati-onaI parks, theaters and concert halls l-ocated with the City.
ter toL2.3L ].ication of
- 56
Events and Venues.
compl-y with al-I provisions of this chapter.
12.32 l{aste Management PIan Requirements.
a. All large event applicants shal-l- develop and submit to the City a
the fo]lowing information:
1. An estimate of the anticipated amount and type of solid waste
generated and material- disposed and diverted from the event.
waste generated from the event.
3. Arrangements for the separation, collection and diversion from
l-andf ills of reusabl-e and recycl-abl_e materials.
b. AI1 farqe venues shall develop and submit to the Citv a waste
The waste management pl-an shalI inc]ude the fol-Iowinq:
1. An esti-mate of the amount and t of solid waste enerated and
material disposed and diverted from the venue.
that the operator of the l_arge venue utilizes.
meet wlth recvclers and sofid waste service providers of the farqe
programs to meet the requirements of this chapter.
12.33 Review of Dlaste Management p1an.
a- Tlme for Review. A waste management pl-an shal-l- be approved or
c. AII large event appl-icants and large venue operators shal-Ir 01 or
before July 1, 2015, and on or before Jul-y 1, biennialJ_y thereafter,
rejected no later than 20 business days after a complete appfication
51
12.34 Waste Management Compliance Reportinq.
following documentation :
a. A listinq of solid waste reduction, reuse recvclin and diversion
programs implemented for the event or venue.
b. The type and weight of materials diverted and disposed at the
event or venue.
12.35 Actions by the City.
a. When issuing a permit to an operator of a large event or l-arge
venue, the City shall provide information to the operator that can be
implemented to reduce, reuse and recycle solid waste materials
This lnformation may include, but is not limited to, providinq
c. Rejection. If the City Administrator or his /her designee reiects
5B
Resources Code section 47821 to CalRecycle, City shall incl-ude an
information directing the operator of the large event or large venue to
the CaIRecycle website or any other apprqpriate website.
To the extent that the information is readily avail-ab1e to the Cit\2,
the information shalf incl-ude the name, rocation and a brief
utilizes to reduce, reuse and recycle the solid waste.
c. The City may charge and coll-ect a fee from an operator of a large
the City Council- to recover the City's estimated costs incurred in
complying with this chapter.
12.36 Penalty.
by the City or its designated representatives or contractors at the
to meet the diversion goals of the City.
or venue identified under this chapter as a l-arqe event or large venue
not comprying with the waste management pran approved by the city
- 59
SECTION 3: Repeal-. Any ordinance or parts of ordinances in
conflict with this Ordinance are hereby repealed.
SECTION 4: Severabj-Iity. If any chapter, article, section,
subsection, subdivision, paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase r or word
in thls Ordinance or any part thereof is for any reason held to be
unconstitutional or invalid or ineffective by any court of competent
jurisdiction, such decision shal-l- not affect the validity or
effectiveness of the remaining portions of this Ordinance or any part
thereof. The City Council hereby declares that it woul-d have adopted
this ordinance and each chapter, article, section, subsection,
subdivision, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase thereof,
i-rrespective of the fact that any one or more chapters, articles,
sections, subsections, subdivisions, paragraphs, sentences, clauses,
phrases or words be decfared unconstj-tutional r or invalid, or
ineffective.
sECTroN 5: Book of ordinances. The cj-ty crerk, or Deputy
City Clerk, shall- attest and certify to the adoption of this Ordinance
and shal-l- cause thj-s ordj-nance and the city c1erk,s, or Deputy city
Clerk's, certification to be entered in the Book of Ordinances of the
council of this city. The city cIerk, or Deputy city crerk, shall-
cause this ordinance to be published or posted as required by Iaw.
-60
SECTION 6: Effective Date. This Ordinance shal-l- go into
effect and be in full- force and effect at 12201 a.m. on the thirty-
first (31st) day after its passage.
APPROVED AND ADOPTED this day of , 2074.
Name:
Title: Mayor / Mayor Pro-Tem
ATTEST:
City Clerk / Deputy City Cl-erk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Hema Patel, City Attorney
-61
STATE OF CALTFORNTA )
) ss
couNTY oF LOS ANGELES )
I,, City Cl-erk / Deputy City Cl-erk of the City
of vernon, do hereby certify that the foregoing ordinance, being
Ordinance No. !226 was duly and regularly introduced at a regular
meeting of the City Council- of the City of Vernon, hel-d in the City of
Vernon on Tuesday, october 2L, 2074, and thereafter adopted at a
meeting of said City Counci1 hel_d on Tuesday,, by the
following vote:
AYES:Councilmembers:
Counci]members :
Councilmembers:
And thereafter was duly signed by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of
the City of Vernon.
Bxecuted this day of , 20L4, at Vernon, California.
City Cl-erk / Deputy City Cferk
( SEAL)
NOES:
ABSENT:
-62
AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
CITY OF VERNON
FOR
NONEXCLUSIYE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT FOR COMMERCIAL
SOLID WASTE COLLECTION
EFFECTIVE 2015
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
SECTION 1. RECITALS
-l-
SECTION 4.
SECTION 5.
SECTION 6.
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
SECTION 7.
7.1
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
SECTION 8.
7.2
page
3.1.3 Matters Excluded from Scope of Franchise................ ..........12
3.1.4 City's Right to Designate Solid Waste Facility..... ..............124
ACCEPTANCE; WAIVER............ .............. 14
TERM .....14
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENT ............14
Accuracy of Representation...... ....................14
Furnishing of Insurance and Bond or Letter of Credit... ...................15
Effectiveness of City Council Action ...........15
Payment of Fees and Costs .........15
SOLID WASTE HANDLING SERVICES PROVIDED BY
FRANCHISEE.......... .................. 15
General ...................... 15
7.1.1 Equipment .....l5
7.1.2 Performance Standards .....................15
7.1.3 Noise and Disruption........... .............15
7 .1.4 Replacement of Containers.......... ..... 15
7.I.5 Franchisee's Containers............... ......15
7.1.6 Missed Pick-ups ..............16
7.1.7 Record of Non-collection....... ...........16
7.1.8 Health Permit ..................17
Solid Waste Handling Services.... .................17
7.2.1 Bins and Rolloff Boxes............ .........17
7.2.2 Carts......... .....17
7.2.3 Recycling Services.... ......17
Temporary Services ....................18
Recycling Obligations and Public Education Program.... .................18
7.4.I Minimum Requirements for Recyclable Materials and Rolloff
Boxes........ .....18
1.4.2 Extent of Applicable Franchise Rights ...............18
7.4.3 AB 939 Obligations, Guarantee, and Indemnification............................19
7.4.4 Waste Generation/Characterization Studies .............. ...........20
7.4.5 Implementation of Additional Diversion Services ...............20
Additional Services.... .................21
7.5.1 Monitoring and Cleaning of Bin Enclosures ......21
7.5.2 Handling of Electronic Waste ...........21
Special Services ........21
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR FRANCHISEE'S SOLID WASTE
HANDLING SERVICE COLLECTION VEHICLES ............... .,.,..21
General..... .................21
Air Quality/Fuel Requirements.... .................21
Specific Requirements ............ ......................22
8.1
8.2
8.3
-ll-
Page
8.4 Costs of Operation and Damages... ...............23
8.5 City Inspection........... .................23
SECTION 9. FRANCHISEE'S SOLID WASTE HANDLING SERVICE
PERSONNEL ............ .................23
9.1 Training and Legal Comp1iance................ ......................23
9.2 Customer Service ......23
9.2.1 Office Hours........ ............23
9.2.2 Telephone Customer Service Requirements............. ............24
9.2.3 Complaint Documentation............ ......................24
9.2.4 Government Liaison...... ....................24
9.3 Education and Public Awareness ..................24
9.3.1 General..... .....24
9.3.2 Written Program Materials ...............24
9.3.3 Public Outreach... ............24
9.3.4 On-going Education Requirements............. ........25
SECTION IO. FRANCHISEE'S CONSIDERATION ....,....25
10.1 Franchise Fee........... ...................25
10.2 Franchise Fee Review .................25
SECTION I I. CHARGE FOR LATE PAYMENTS................ ......,.......25
SECTION 12. FRANCHISEE'S BILLING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS ..............,......,........,26l2.l Billing .....26
12.2 Payment, Accounting Systems..... .................26
SECTION 13. FAITHFUL PERT'ORMANCE............... ......26
13.1 Surety ......26
13.1.1 Forfeiture of Surety... ......26
13.1.2 Use of Surety by City...... ..................26
13.2 Replacement Letter of Credit... .....................27
SECTION 14. INSURANCE COVERAGE............ ....,.,......27l4.l Minimum Scope of Insurance................ .......27
14.2 Minimum Limits of Insurance............... .......27
14.2.1 Comprehensive General Liability .....27
14.2.2 Automobile Liability. ......27
14.2.3 Workers'Compensation and Employers Liability ................27
14.2.4 Environmental Pollution Control Insurance ....278
14.3 Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions ......28I4.4 Other Insurance Provisions .........28
14.4.1 General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage...........................28
14.4.2 Workers'Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage..................28
14.4.3 All Coverages............ ......28
14.5 Acceptability of Insurers............. ..................28
-lll-
Page
14.6 Verification of Coverage.............. .................29
I4.7 Loss or Reduction in Insurance................ .....29
SECTION 15. ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, AND TRANSFER;
REQUTREMENTS AND LTMITATIONS .....................29
15.1 Assignment ...............29
SECTION 16. REVIEW OF SERVICES AND PERFORMANCE...... .,.................29
16.1 Performance Hearing ..................29
SECTION 17. CITY'S REMEDIES; DEFAULT AND TERMINATION ..............30
l7.l Notice of Default. ......30
17.2 Failure to Cure ..........30
17.3 Review by City Administrator.............. ........30
17.4 City Council Review.. .................30
17.5 Termination without Right to Cure...... .........30
SECTION 18. FRANCHISEE'S REMEDIES; ADMNISTRATM HEARING.....................32
18.1 Administrative Hearing ...............32
18.2 Other Remedies; Claims .............32
18.3 Actions for Damages.............. .....32
SECTION 19. CITY'S ADDITIONAL REMEDIES ...........32
SECTION 20. RIGHTS OF CITY TO PERFORM DURING EMERGENCY .......33
20.I Provision of Service. ...................33
20.2 Possession of Equipment............ ..................33
20.3 Exclusions from Right to Possession of Equipment without
Compensation ............ .................33
SECTION 21. REPORTS AND ADVERSE INFORMATION........ .....33
2l.I Quarterly Reports..... ...................34
21.2 Annual Reports .........34
SECTION 22. INDEMNIFICATION .................35
22.1 General ......................35
22.2 Hazardous Substances Indemnification......... .................35
SECTION 23. FRANCHISEE'S BOOKS AND RECORDS; AUDITS ..................36
23.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records .......36
23.2 CERCLA Defense Records..... ......................37
23.3 Ongoing Compliance Review.. .....................37
23.4 Discretionary Audits ...................37
SECTION 24. RULES AND REGULATIONS OF CITY ADMINISTRATOR.......................37
SECTION 25. GENERAL PROVISIONS .........37
-lv-
Page
25.1 Force Majeure ...........37
25.2 Independent Contractor ...............38
25.3 Property Damage ......38
25.4 Right of Entry ...........38
25.5 Lawto Govem; Venue....... .........38
25.6 Amendment ...............38
25.7 Notices ......................39
25.8 Savings Clause ..........39
25.9 Attomeys'Fees and Litigation Costs ............39
25.10 City's Authorized Agent........ ......39
25.11 Franchisee's Authorized Agent .....................39
25.12 Waiver...... .................40
25.13 Entire Agreement ......40
25.14 Headings ...................40
25.15 Reference to Laws..... ..................40
25)6 Compliance with Law.......... .......40
-v-
AGREEMENT
This Nonexclusive Franchise Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into to be effective as
ofthe1stdayoL,20l5,byandbetweentheCityofVernon,aCalifornia
charter City and California municipal corporation ("City") and [INSERT NAME OF
FRANCHISEE], ("Franchisee") (collectively, the "Parties") to provide for commercial solid
waste handling services within the City.
RECITALS:
A. The Legislature of the State of California, by enactment of the California
Integrated Waste Management Act of 1989 ("AB 939"), has declared that it is in the public
interest to authorize and require local agencies to make adequate provision for the disposal of all
solid waste within their jurisdictions.
B. Pursuant to California Public Resources Code Section 40059(a), the City Council
of the City has determined that entering into a nonexclusive franchise for commercial Solid
Waste Handlings Services within the City limits is in the best interest of City to comply with AB
939 while at the same time fostering competition.
C. City and Franchisee are mindful of the provisions of the laws governing the safe
collection, transport, recycling, and disposal of Solid Waste, including AB 939, AB 341, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), and the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"). City and Franchisee desire to leave no
doubts as to their respective roles, and to memorialize that by entering into this Agreement, City
is not thereby becoming an "arranger" or a "generator" as those terms are used in CERCLA, and
that it is Franchisee, not City, who is "arranging for" the collection, transport for disposal,
composting, and recycling of municipal Solid Waste in the City which may contain hazardous
substances. City and Franchisee understand and agree that it is Franchisee, and not City, who
will anange to collect Solid Waste, that City has not, and, by this Agreement does not, instruct
Franchisee on its collection methods, nor supervise the collection process, nor do the Parties
intend to place title to such Solid Waste in City, but rather intend that whatever, if any, title in
and to such Solid Waste that otherwise might exist in or with City in the absence of this
Agreement is hereby transferred to Franchisee, and funher that if Franchisee gains title to such
Solid Waste it is by operation of law and agreement with its Customers and is not the result of
this Agreement. By entering this Agreement City and Franchisee further desire to confirm that
Franchisee has agreed to indemnify the City in connection with any claims relating to the
inadvertent or intentional collection, transportation and/or disposal of hazardous materials that
may occur in connection with Franchisee's performance under this Agreement.
D. Franchisee has agreed, as part of this Agreement, to provide such services as are
necessary or desirable to ensure City complies with the requirements of AB 939, AB 341 and
Public Resources Code Section 40000, et seq.
-6-
COVENANTS:
Based upon the foregoing Recitals and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by each of the Parties, City and Franchisee hereby
agree as follows:
SECTION 1.
RECITALS
The Parties acknowledge the above recitals are true and correct and incorporate them
herein as if they were fully restated.
SECTION 2.
DEFINITIONS
Whenever any term used in this Agreement has been defined by the California Public
Resources Code or Chapter 12 of the City's Municipal Code, the definition of such term set forth
therein shall apply unless the term is otherwise defined in this Agreement.
2.t AB 341
"AB 341" shall mean Assembly Bill 341 from the 20ll-2012 Regular Session of the
Califomia Legislature (Chapter 476, Statutes 2011).
2.2 AB 939
"AB 939" shall mean that state legislation commonly known as the California Integrated
Waste Management Act (Chapter 1095, Statutes 1989, as amended), as codified in California
Public Resources Code Section 40000 et seq.
2.3 Affiliate
"Affiliate" means a business in which Franchisee owns a direct or indirect ownership
interest, a business which has a direct or indirect ownership interest in Franchisee and/or a
business which is also owned, controlled or managed by aoy business or individual which has a
direct or indirect ownership interest in Franchisee. For purposes of determining whether an
indirect ownership interest exists, the constructive ownership provisions of Section 318(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect on the date of this Agreement, shall apply; provided,
however, that (i) "ten percent (10%). shall be substituted for "fifty percent (50%)" in Section
318(a)(2)(C) and in Section 318(aX3XC) thereof; and (ii) Section 318(aX5XC) shall be
disregarded. For purposes of determining ownership under this paragraph and constructive or
indirect ownership under Section 318(a), ownership interest of less than ten percent (10%) shall
be disregarded and percentage interests shall be determined on the basis of the percentage of
voting interest or value which the ownership interest represents, whichever is greater.
-7-
2.4 Animal Waste
"Animal Waste" shall mean animal carcasses, dead animals, and/or parts or portions of
dead animals. Animal Waste shall not include manure.
2.5 Applicable Laws
"Applicable Laws" shall mean all federal, state, county, and local laws, regulations, rules,
orders, judgments, decrees, permits, approvals, or other requirements of any governmental
agency having jurisdiction over an aspect of this Agreement that are in force on the effective
date, and as may be enacted, issued or amended thereafter, including without limitation City's
Municipal Code, AB 939 and AB 341.
2.6 Billines
"Billings" or "Billing" or "Bill" means the statements of charges provided to Customers
for services rendered by Franchisee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
2.7 Bins
"Bins" shall mean a Container, commonly referred to as dumpsters, including
compactors and any similar such devices, with a capacity of under ten (10) cubic yards.
2.8 Cart
rrcartrr means a plastic container provided by Franchisee for collection, with a hinged lid
and wheels serviced by an automated process, as opposed to a manual process of lifting and
dumping, having acapaciq of under one hundred fifty (150) gallons.
2.9 City Administrator
"City Administrator" shall mean the City Administrator of the City of Vernon or his/her
duly authorized representative or designee. Unless otherwise directed by the City Administrator,
the Director of Health and Environmental Control shall be the City Administrator's designee.
2.10 City Limits
"City Limits" shall mean the territorial boundaries of the City together with all
amendments and changes thereto, which boundaries are depicted on maps, incorporated herein
by reference.
2.ll Collect/Collection
"Collect" or "Collection" shall mean to take physical possession of, transport, and remove
Solid Waste from a Premises.
8
2.12 CommercialPremises
"Commercial Premises" means Premises upon which business activity is conducted,
including but not limited to retail sales, services, wholesale operations, manufacturing and
industrial operations, but excluding Residential Premises upon which business activities are
conducted when such activities are permitted under applicable zoning regulations and are not the
primary use of the property.
2.13 Construction and Demolition Debris
"Construction and Demolition Debris" means Solid Waste generated, produced, or
discarded in connection with construction, demolition, landscaping, land clearing, or general
clean-up activities within the City, including, but not limited to, concrete, plaster, drywall, green
waste, wood, wood scraps, metals, dirt, rock and rubble, without regard to whether such
materials are recycled.
2.14 Container
"Container" means any and all types of Solid Waste receptacles, including Carts and
Bins, and Rolloff Boxes.
2.15 Customer
"Customer" or "Customers" shall mean any person receiving Solid Waste Collection
services from Franchisee within the Franchise Area.
2.16 EnvironmentalLaws
"Environmental Laws" means all federal and state statutes, county, local and City
ordinances concerning public health, safety and the environment including, by way of example
and not limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
of 1980, 42 USC $9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 USC $6901
et seq.; and the Federal Clean Water Act, 33 USC $1251 et seq..
2.I7 Franchise Area
"Franchise Area" shall mean all Premises within the City Limits, including Premises
which may be annexed and thereby added to the City limits following the effective date.
2.18 Franchise Fee
"Franchise Fee" shall mean the franchise fee set forth and more fully defined in Section
l0 hereof.
-9-
2.19 Franchisee
"Franchisee" shall mean [INSERT NAME OF FRANCHISEE], the entity granted the
nonexclusive franchise pursuant to this Agreement, or any party permitted pursuant to the terms
hereof permitted to become the successor or assignee thereof.
2.20 Gross Receipts
"Gross Receipts" shall mean and include all monies, fees, charges, consideration, and
revenue received by or imputed to Franchisee and any Affiliate, in connection with, arising from,
or in any way attributable to the Solid Waste Handling Services carried out by or on behalf of
Franchisee pursuant to this Agreement. Gross Receipts includes, without limitation, monthly or
quarterly Customer charges that are received by Franchisee for Collection of Solid Waste,
without subtracting Franchise Fees, fees imposed and collected pursuant to this Agreement, sulns
collected in connection with Temporary Services, charges imposed and collected related to
disposal and processing of Solid Waste, and transportation charges. Gross Receipts does not
include revenue from the collection or sale of Recyclable Material, Green Waste, food waste,
and other material which is diverted from disposal. Gross receipts includes any compensation
for Solid Waste Collection in which the material is delivered for Transformation.
2.21 HazardousSubstance
"Hazardous Substance" shall mean any of the following: (a) any substances defined,
regulated or listed as "Hazardous Substances," "hzardous materials," "Hazardous Wastes,"
"toxic waste," "pollutant" or "toxic substances" or similarly identified as hazardous to human
health or the environment, in or pursuant to (i) the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 USC $9601 et seq. (CERCLA); (ii) the Hazardous
Materials Transportation Act,49 USC $5101, et seq.; (iii)the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, 42 USC $6901 et seq.; (iv) the Clean Water Act, 33 USC $1251 et seq.; (v)
Califomia Health and Safety Code $$25115-25117, 25249.8, 25281, and 25316; (vi) the Clean
Air Act, 42 USC $7401 et seq.; and (vii) Califomia Water Code $13050; and (b) any other
hazardous or toxic substance, material, chemical, waste or pollutant identified as hazardous or
toxic or regulated under any other applicable federal, state or local laws or regulations, including
any of the Environmental Laws, currently existing or hereinafter enacted, including, without
limitation, friable asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl's ("PCBs"), petroleum, natural gas and
synthetic fuel products, and by-products.
2.22 Hazardous Waste
"Hazardous Waste" means all substances defined as Hazardous Waste, acutely Hazardous
Waste, or extremely Hazardous Waste by the State of California in Health and Safety Code
sections 25110.02,25115, and 25117 or in the future amendments to or recodifications of such
statutes or identified and listed as Hazardous Waste by the US Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA), pursuant to the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 USC $6901
et seq.), all future amendments thereto, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
-10-
2.23 Large Residential Premises
"Large Residential Premises" means residential premises with five or more dwelling
units.
2.24 Person
"Person" shall mean any individual, firm, association, organization, partnership,
corporation, group or other entity.
2.25 Premises
"Premises" shall mean any land, building, and/or structure within the City limits where
Solid Waste is generated or accumulated.
2.26 RecyclableMaterial
"Recyclable Material" or "Recyclables" shall mean that Solid Waste capable of being
recycled, including but not limited to Green Waste, glass, newsprint, newspaper, aluminum,
cardboard, certain plastics or metal.
2.27 ResidentialPremises
"Residential Premises" shall mean all premises upon which Dwelling Units exist.
2.28 Rolloff Box
"Rolloff Box" means Solid Waste Collection Containers of ten (10) cubic yards or larger,
including compactors.
2.29 Solid Waste
"Solid Waste" shall mean and include all solid waste as defined in Public Resources Code
section 40191, as it may be amended from time to time. Solid Waste does not include hazardous
waste (Class I), low-level radioactive waste, untreated medical waste, or special wastes as
defined herein.
2.30 Solid Waste Handline Services
"Solid Waste Handling Services" means the Collection, transfer, transport, recycling,
processing, and disposal of Solid Waste for Premises within the City.
2.31 Special Wastes
"Special Wastes" shall mean wastes other than Solid Waste including sewage, sludge,
industrial sludge, asbestos, auto bodies, tires, used motor oil, Hazardous Waste, Animal Waste,
explosive substances, radioactive materials, acids, solvents and other materials which may not be
disposed of at a Class III landfrll or which require special handling.
-l l-
2.32 Temporary Service
"Temporary Service" shall mean Solid Waste Handling Services provided by Franchisee
on an as-needed and temporary basis to any Premises within the City in conjunction with
construction, demolition, cleanup or other projects, and by use of temporarily placed Bins or
Rolloff Boxes.
2.33 Transformation
"Transformation" means incineration, pyrolysis, distillation, gasification, or biological
conversion other than composting. "Transformation" does not include composting.
SECTION 3.
GRANT OF NONEXCLUSNE FRANCHISE FOR SOLID WASTE
HANDLING SERVICES FROM COMMERCIAL PREMISES AND FOR
PROVIDING TEMPORARY SOLID WASTE HANDLING SERVICE
3.1 Scope ofFranchise
3.1.1 General Grant.
City hereby grants to Franchisee and Franchisee hereby accepts from City, for the Term,
the nonexclusive contract, right, and privilege to Collect, transport, and dispose of Solid Waste
generated or accumulated within the Franchise Area. The rights granted pertain to: (l) Solid
Waste Handling Services occurring on a regular schedule (such as weekly service) at
Commercial Premises and Large Residential Premises, and (2) Temporary Services, including
the collection of Construction and Demolition Debris, at any Premises in the City. The
nonexclusive franchise, right and privilege to provide Solid Waste Handling Services within City
granted to Franchisee by this Agreement shall be interpreted to be consistent with all applicable
state and federal laws. In the event that future interpretations of current law or future enactments
limit the ability of City to laufirlly grant Franchisee the scope of services as specifically set
forth, Franchisee agrees that the scope of this Agreement will be limited to those services and
materials which may be lawfully provided, and that City shall not be responsible for any lost
profits claimed by Franchisee as a result thereof.
3.1.2 Limitations on Scope of Franchise.
This Franchise Agreement shall be nonexclusive, and no provision hereof shall
deemed to require City to grant similar franchises to one or to any particular number
franchisees, nor to restrict or prohibit City from doing so.
3.1.3 Matters Excluded from Scope of Franchise
Notwithstanding any other contrary provisions set forth in this Agreement, the
nonexclusive franchise granted herein shall exclude the Collection, transportation, recycling, and
disposal of:
be
of
-12-
(A) any Solid Waste otherwise within the scope of this Agreement which is
transported by a Self Hauler as that term is used in the City's Municipal Code, or any
other City ordinance, resolution, regulation or policy;
(B) the sale or donation of Recyclable Material by the person or entity that
generated such Recyclable Material (the "Generator") to any person or entity other than
Franchisee; provided, however, to the extent permiued by law, if the Generator is
required to pay monetary or non-monetary consideration for the Collection,
transportation, transfer, or processing of Recyclable Material to any person or entity other
than Franchisee, the fact that the Generator receives a reduction or discount in price (or in
other terms of the consideration the Generator is required to pay) shall not be considered
a sale or donation;
(C) any Solid Waste otherwise within the scope of this Agreement which is
Collected or transported to a disposal or recycling facility by City employees in the
course and scope of their employment with City;
(D) the Collection, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Waste; Universal
Waste; E-Waste; biohazardous waste; untreated medical waste; infectious waste; Animal
Waste; used cooking fats, oils, grease and similar waste; or other materials which do not
constitute Solid Waste;
(E) the Collection, transportation, and disposal of Construction and
Demolition Debris by a contractor, handyman, repairman, or other similar service
provider, using its own equipment, as an incidental part of the services provided to its
Customers, rather than as a hauling service, provided that such waste is not Collected or
transported by a third party hired for the primary purpose of Collecting and transporting
said materials;
(F) the Collection, transportation, and disposal of green waste and related
Solid Waste by a gardener, or landscaper, as an incidental part of the gardening or
landscaping services provided to its customers, rather than as a hauling service provided
that such Solid Waste is not collected or transported by a third party hired for the primary
purpose of Collecting and transporting said materials; and
(G) Solid Waste Handling Services provided by any Person having a legal
right to continue doing so, as long as and to the extent such legal right continues to exist;
except that to the degree any territory in which Franchisee has a franchise granted by
another govemmental entity is annexed into City during the Term, Franchisee agrees the
provisions of this Agreement shall apply to such territory and further acknowledges that
this Agreement constitutes any notice required by the Public Resources Code in
connection therewith.
(H)
screenings.
By products of sewage treatment, including sludge, sludge ash, grit and
-13-
(D Residue or non-processible waste from a facility with a solid waste facility
permit granted by CalRecycle, including waste transfer material recovery, composting,
and Transformation facilities.
3.1.4 City's Right to Designate Solid Waste Facility
The City reseryes the right to direct or prohibit the Franchisee to deliver solid waste to
any waste processing facility, waste transfer station, or disposal facility designated by the City.
Franchisee agrees to comply with any written directions by the City to use, or refrain from using,
any particular waste processing facility, waste transfer station, or disposal facility.
SECTION 4.
ACCEPTANCE; WAIVER
Franchisee agrees to be bound by and comply with all the requirements of this
Agreement. Franchisee waives Franchisee's right to challenge the terms of this Agreement under
federal, state, or local law, or administrative regulation. Franchisee waives any right or claim to
serve the City or any part of the City under any prior grant of franchise, contract, license, or
permit issued or granted by any governmental entity including any right under Section 49520 of
the Public Resources Code.
SECTION 5.
TERM
The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall be for five (5) years. The Term shall end
at midnight on December 31, 2019, unless this Agreement is terminated sooner pursuant to
Section 17, or otherwise. The Term shall be automatically extended on January I,2020, and on
January 1 ofeach subsequent year for a total offive (5) one (l) year extensions, unless the City
has provided written notice to Franchisee to terminate the automatic extensions on or by
December 31st date immediately preceding the automatic renewal date (i.e. at least one year
before). While it is the present intent of the City Council to permit the Agreement to
automatically renew so that the Term is extended, the decision to terminate the automatic
extensions shall be subject to the City Council's sole, absolute and unfettered discretion.
SECTION 6.
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS OF' AGREEMENT
The satisfaction of each and all of the conditions set out below, each of which may be
waived in whole or in part by City in writing, is a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this
Agreement, and a condition of Franchisee's continued right to the benefits conveyed herein:
6.1 Accuracy of Representation
All representations and warranties made by Franchisee and set forth in this Agreement
shall be accurate, true, and correct on and as of the Effective Date of this Agreement.
-t4-
6.2 Fumishing of Insurance and Bond or Letter of Credit
Franchisee shall have furnished evidence of the insurance and Suety required by
Sections l3 and 14 hereof, and shall comply with all ongoing requirements relating thereto.
6.3 Effectiveness of City Council Action
The City Council's Ordinance approving this Agreement shall have become effective
pursuant to Califomia law.
6.4 Payment of Fees and Costs
Franchisee shall have made payment to City of all fees, costs and other payments due as
more fully set forth in Section 10.
SECTION 7.
SOLID WASTE HANDLING SERVICES PROYIDED BY FRANCHISEE
7.1 General
7.1.1 Equipment
Franchisee shall furnish all labor, supervision, materials, supplies, and equipment
necessary to provide for all services required by the terms of this Agreement.
7.1.2 Performance Standards
Franchisee shall perform Solid Waste Handling Services as required hereunder in a
workmanlike manner consistent with good housekeeping standards and all relevant provisions of
Applicable Laws.
7.1.3 Noise and Disruption
Franchisee shall perform Solid Waste Handling Services in such a manner as to
minimize noise and other disruptive impacts including, without limitation, those upon traffrc.
Franchisee shall use its best efforts to coordinate its Collection schedules such that street
sweeping on any given street shall occur the business day following Collection of Solid Waste
by Franchisee.
7.1.4 Replacement of Containers
Franchisee shall replace all Containers in the location upon the property of each
Customer designated for storage thereof, and shall secure gates, doors, and/or enclosures when
applicable.
7 .1.5 Franchisee's Containers
(A) Franchisee shall maintain Containers in good repair, and any question as
to the meaning of this standard shall be resolved by the City Administrator. By way of
-1 5-
example, and not limitation, seams in the container interior shall be ground to a finish
which will prevent the accumulation of organic mafier. Wheels, forklift slots, and other
appurtenances which were designed for the movement, loading or unloading of the
container shall be maintained in good repair.
(B) Franchisee shall deliver replacement Containers to each Customer at no
additional charge.
(C) All Containers Carts shall be maintained reasonably watertight condition
so as to ensure all NPDES permit requirements are met.
(D) Within twenty-four (24) hours after becoming aware of it (Sundays and
holidays excepted), Franchisee shall repair and maintain, remove graffiti from, and
replace lost, stolen or damaged Containers at no charge to Customers. Franchisee shall
be entitled to charge Customers for the replacement of any Container that has been
damaged by a Customer's willful neglect or abuse, ordinary wear and tear excepted.
(E) Franchisee shall at Customer's request annually refurbish, replace, and
steam clean as necessary all Bins and Rolloff Boxes at no charge to Customers. City may
require the steam cleaning or replacement of Bins utilized at restaurants, bars and grocery
stores/markets more frequently if it determines such action is needed to protect public
health and safety. When requested or required, Franchisee shall provide a replacement
Bin/Rolloff Box to Customers at no charge'
(F) All Bins and Rolloff Boxes shall be kept painted in a uniform fashion and
shall be identified with Franchisee's name and phone number in letters not less than three
inches high with a 3/8 inch stroke on its exterior so as to be visible when the Container is
placed for use.
(G) At a Customer's request, Franchisee shall provide Bins with locking lids
and locks.
7.1.6 Missed Pick-ups
In case of a missed pick-up called in by a Customer, Franchisee shall Collect Solid Waste
and Recyclable Material from such Customer no later than the next day of the pick-up week
following the date of the call. Franchisee shall maintain records of the addresses of all missed
pick-ups. The Customer service phone system required by Section 9.2.2 heteof is intended,
*orr[ other things, to serve as a "hotline" for Customers to call in the event Solid Waste placed
for Collection is not Collected by Franchisee and to facilitate having such Solid Waste Collected
as soon as reasonably possible.
7.1.1 Record of Non-collection
As more fully set forth herein, Franchisee shall Collect all Solid Waste placed for
Collection by Customers in Containers, excepting materials that do not meet the definition of
Solid Waste (such as hazardous materials) or which are commingled with such materials.
Whenever Franchisee determines not to Collect any Solid Waste deposited for Collection,
-16-
Franchisee shall leave atag at least 2" by 6" in size, indicating the reason for Franchisee's refusal
to do so. This information may be either handwritten or left by means of a check system (i.e.,
checking off boxes on a preprinted form). The tag shall provide Franchisee's business name and
local telephone number and shall be securely fastened to the Container or the article refused.
Franchisee shall maintain a record of all such taggings at its place of business. Such record shall
contain the date of such notice, street address, reason for non-collection, and a sunmary of any
communications between Franchisee and the Customer involved. Such notice may be inspected
by representatives of City upon request.
7.1.8 Health Permit
Franchisee agrees to obtain annually a City of Vemon Health Permit and affix a City-
issued permit verification plate, decal, or gummed sticker to each of its Collection Vehicles
operating in the City.
7.2 Solid Waste Handline Services
7.2.1 Bins and Rolloff Boxes
Franchisee shall provide all of its Customers with at least one Bin and/or Rolloff Box for
Collection of mixed Solid Waste, and shall Collect all Solid Waste placed therein for Collection
not less than once per week. Franchisee shall provide additional Containers and Collections to
Customers upon request, or as may be required by City's Municipal Code, health and safety
requirements, or by the City Administrator. Bins and Rolloff Boxes shall be Collected by
Franchisee from the location upon each Customer's property designated for their storage, and
replaced to that location with gates and/or doors secured, as applicable, after Collection is
completed, unless different arrangements are agreed upon by the Customer and Franchisee.
7.2.2 Carts
As an alternative to the requirements of Section 7.2.I and upon written approval of the
City Administrator, Franchisee shall offer Collection in refuse Carts to Customers that do not
have space for, or do not generate enough waste to require the use of Bins for Collection. If
Franchisee and Customer have a disagreement as to whether a refuse Cart is appropriate, or if
City determines the Collection in a Refuse Cart causes health and safety or other concerns, the
City Administrator shall make the final determination as to whether Collection in a refuse Cart
may occur.
7.2.3 RecyclineServices
Franchisee shall offer and provide a recycling program (the "Recycling Program") that
meets the standards required under AB 341 and enables the City to achieve the required
diversion rates specified by Applicable Laws. Franchisee shall promptly notifu the City if it has
reason to suspect that the City will not be able to achieve the required diversion rates.
Franchisee shall produce, keep current, and provide public information specifically outlining its
Recycling Program, which shall specifically include the annual publication and distribution of a
brochure describing this service to all applicable Customers in City. The City Administrator
may require Franchisee to modiff its Recycling Program as deemed appropriate to ensure City is
-17-
in compliance with all Applicable Laws. In such event the City Administrator may require the
Franchisee to achieve state specified diversion rates, and failure to achieve such rates shall
constitute a material breach of the franchise. In addition to any other minimum requirements of
the Recycling Program, Franchisee shall, prior to landfilling, process all mixed waste from Bins
or Rolloff Boxes to recover Recyclable Materials. Franchisee shall be required to achieve any
minimum recovery rate for processing mixed waste which is required by CalRecycle or any
Applicable Laws.
7.3 Temporary Services
Franchisee shall provide Temporary Services on an on call basis to any Customer
requesting such service pursuant to the following conditions:
(A) Temporarily placed three (3) cubic yard Bins may be used for small
cleanup type projects; provided, however, Bins used for such purposes shall not remain at
the same address for a period that exceeds four consecutive weeks. Bins used for
Temporary Service shall not remain in any public rights-of-way for a period exceeding
two consecutive weeks. Bins may not be placed in any public rights-of-way so as to
create a safety hazard or so as to block any right-of-way to a degree that it is not
reasonably usable. Bins placed in City's rights-of-way shall be subject to such
requirements as may be imposed by City, and at a minimum shall be equipped with
reflectors, reflective tape, reflective paint, or other reflective devises which, to the
satisfaction of the City Administrator, make such Bins reasonably visible to vehicle
traffic at night.
(B) Franchisee shall work with Customers requesting Construction and
Demolition Debris Collection services to ensure compliance with the City's ordinance
regulating the recycling and disposal of construction and demolition waste.
(C) Franchisee shall also make all reasonable efforts to recycle all construction
and demolition waste it Collects, especially to the degree such loads contain clean inert
materials. If applicable, Franchisee shall make available to Customers involved in
construction separate containers within which to Collect different types of marketable
materials, such as dirt, steel, concrete and wood.
7.4 Recycline Obligations and Public Education Prograrn
7.4.1 Minimum Requirements for Recyclable Materials and Rolloff Boxes
All Rolloff Boxes, whether for regular weekly service or Temporary Service shall be
delivered to a properly permitted facility for recycling and reuse purposes.
7.4.2 Extent of Applicable Franchise Rights
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Franchisee the right to Collect
Recyclable Material which has not been discarded and placed for Collection by Franchisee in the
location designated for that purpose.
-l 8-
7.4.3 AB 939 Obligations. Guarantee. and Indemnification
7.4.3.1 WarrantiesandRepresentations
Franchisee warrants and represents that it is aware of and familiar with City's Source
Reduction and Recycling Element (the "SRRE") and City's waste stream, and that it has the
ability to and will provide sufficient programs and services to ensure City will meet or exceed
the diversion goals set forth in AB 939 and AB 341. Stated otherwise, Franchisee acknowledges
that it is responsible for ensuring that its various progrurms achieve the diversion requirements.
Franchisee specifically acknowledges that the City's current mandated diversion goal as set forth
pursuant to the Applicable Laws is 50ol0, and that this is subject to possible modification pursuant
to the provisions of AB 341.
7.4.3.2 Mutual Cooperation.
City and Franchisee shall reasonably cooperate in good faith with all efforts by each other
to meet City's diversion and other compliance requirements imposed by AB 939, AB 341 and
other Applicable Laws. In this regard, City's obligations shall include, without limitation,
making such petitions and applications as may be reasonably requested by Franchisee for time
extensions in meeting diversion goals, or other exceptions from the terms of AB 939, AB 341
and Applicable Laws.
7.4.3.3 Waste Reduction and Prosrarn Implementation
Franchisee shall implement the programs identified in the SRRE of the City's General
Plan immediately upon the Effective Date. Franchisee shall provide City with monthly,
quarterly and annual written reports in a form adequate to meet City's AB 939 and AB 341
related filing and reporting requirements to CalRecycle and to the County of Los Angeles. .
7.4.3.4 Guaranteeandlndemnification
Franchisee warrants and guaranties that it will carry out its obligations under this
Agreement such that, with respect to the Customers it services under this Agreement: (i) both it
and City will at all times be in compliance with the requirements of all Applicable Laws
including specifically AB 939 and AB 341, and (ii) City will meet or exceed the diversion
requirements (including, without limitation, amounts of Solid Waste to be diverted, time frames
for diversion, and any other requirements) set forth in AB 939, AB 341. In this regard,
Franchisee agrees that it will, in addition to any other requirement contained herein, at its sole
cost and expense:
(A) to the extent legally permitted, defend, with counsel approved by City,
indemniff, and hold harmless City against all fines and/or penalties and liabilities
imposed by CalRecycle or any other regulatory agency if: (l) Franchisee fails or refuses
to timely provide information relating to its operations pursuant to this Agreement or any
Applicable Laws and such failure or refusal prevents City from submitting timely reports
as required by Applicable Laws; or (2) the source reduction and recycling goals,
diversion goals, program implementation requirements, or any other requirements of
-19-
Applicable Laws are not met with respect to the waste stream Collected under this
Agreement;
(B) assist City in responding to inquiries from CalRecycle;
(C) assist City in preparing for, and participating in, any review of City's
SRRE pursuant to Applicable Laws;
(D) assist City in applying for any extension, including under Public
Resources Code Section 41820;
(E) assist City in any hearing conducted by CalRecycle relating to City's
compliance with Applicable Laws;
(F) assist City with the development of and implement a public awareness and
education program that is consistent with the City's SRRE and requirements of
Applicable Laws;
(G) provide City with recycling, source reduction, and other technical
assistance related to compliance with Applicable Laws;
(H) defend, with counsel acceptable to City, City and City's officials,
employees, and agents against the imposition of fines and/or penalties, or liabilities,
issued by CalRecycle pursuant to AB 939; ard
(D be responsible for and pay, any fees, penalties or other costs imposed
against the City by CalRecycle, and indemnify and hold harmless City from and against
any hnes, penalties, or other liabilities, levied against it for violation of AB 939's
diversion requirements, or any Applicable Laws, arising from or related to Franchisee's
performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
7.4.4 Waste Generation/Characteization Studies
City must perform Solid Waste generation and disposal characterization studies
periodically to comply with the requirements of AB 939. Franchisee agrees to participate and
cooperate with City and its agents to accomplish studies and data collection and prepare reports,
to determine weights and volumes of Solid Waste Collected and characteize Solid Waste
generated, disposed, transformed, diverted or otherwise handled/processed to satisfy the
requirements of AB 939.
7.4.5 Implementation of Additional Diversion Services
In the event City does not meet the cunent diversion goal of 50% imposed by AB 939, or
other Applicable Laws, City may direct Franchisee to perform additional services (including the
implementation of new diversion programs) or modiff the manner in which it performs existing
services. Pilot programs and innovative services which may entail new Collection methods, and
use of new or alternative waste processing and disposal technologies are included among the
kinds of changes which City may direct.
-20-
7.5 Additional Services
Franchisee shall provide the following additional services at no charge, unless otherwise
specified below. Franchisee shall not adjust its rates to Customers to offset costs incurred in
providing any of the following services:
7.5.1 Monitorine and Cleaning of Bin Enclosures
Franchisee shall work with the City Administrator in identifying and resolving continual
problems with overflowing Bins or Bin enclosures, and/or other unsanitary conditions caused by
Customers. Franchisee shall clean out any overflowing Bins or Bin enclosures within City
within twenty-four (24) hours of notification by City. Franchisee may reasonably bill Customers
for any such services when they are required by City.
7.5.2 Handling of Electronic Waste
Franchisee shall Collect electronic waste, or "e-waste," and/or universal waste, from any
Customer in the manner set forth herein, but shall handle and dispose of such materials in
accordance with all Applicable Laws.
7.6 Special Services
Franchisee may provide special pickup procedures or services in addition to the services
described herein for Customers who request or require such services at reasonable rates
established by Franchisee. Franchisee shall notifu the City Administrator of any such services
prior to such time as they are provided in order to allow the City an opportunity to conduct
necessary inspections and impose appropriate regulations.
SECTION 8.
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR FRANCHISEE'S SOLID
WASTE HANDLING SERVICE COLLECTION VEHICLES
8.1 General
Franchisee shall provide vehicles for the Collection of Solid Waste ("Collection
Vehicles") that are sufficient in number and capacity to perform the work required by this
Agreement Franchisee shall have available on Collection days sufficient back-up vehicles for
each type of Collection Vehicle used to respond to complaints and emergencies. Upon or prior
to the Effective Date of this Agreement and prior to the start of any extension period of this
Agreement pursuant to Section 5, Franchisee shall provide City with a report containing the
information required under South Coast Air Quality Management District's Rule 1193(dX7).
8.2 Air Ouality/Fuel Requirements
Franchisee's Collection Vehicles shall comply with all rules and regulations of the South
Coast Air Quality Management District, the Air Resource Board, and any other federal, state and
local laws and regulations that may be enacted during the Term.
-2t-
8.3 Specific Requirements
Each Collection Vehicle shall meet the following minimum standards:
(A) Each Collection Vehicle shall be registered with the Califomia
Department of Motor Vehicles.
(B) Franchisee shall inspect regularly each Collection Vehicle to ensure
compliance with the California Vehicle Code and the California Highway Patrol.
Franchisee shall provide copies of its Biannual Inspection of Terminal ("BIT") inspection
reports to City within 30 days of its receipt of such reports and shall make all records
related to its vehicles available to City upon request.
(C) Each Collection Vehicle shall be continuously maintained to: (l) meet the
highest industry standards to prevent liquid from leaking and to ensure each Collection
Vehicle is "watertight" and "leak-proof' and, (2) at all times complies with the provisions
of all Applicable Laws. All bodies and tanks shall be constructed of metal. All joints
and seems shall be welded and the tank shall be leakproof. Franchisee shall be
responsible to promptly clean any spillage or Solid Waste that leaks or otherwise escapes
the vehicle.
(D) Each Collection Vehicle shall be cleaned and painted regularly if so that
such vehicles do not become unsightly, as determined by the City Administrator.
(E) Franchisee's name, local or toll free telephone number, street address, and
a vehicle number shall be visibly printed or painted in letters not less than three (3) inches
in height with a 3/8 inch stroke on both sides of each Collection Vehicle. Any other
information or signage printed, painted, or displayed on Franchisee's Collection Vehicles,
when such Vehicles are providing Collection services within City Limits, shall be subject
to approval by City.
(F) Each Collection Vehicle shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary
condition both inside and out.
(G) Each Collection Vehicle shall carry a broom, shovel, and operable fire
extinguisher, and shall be equipped with a communication device to allow the driver to
communicate directly with Franchisee's dispatcher and/or main office.
(H) Each Collection Vehicle shall be kept in good repair and working order,
and shall be equipped with appropriate safety equipment, including any new safety
related technologies that become standard in the waste industry
(D Franchisee shall inspect each Collection Vehicle to ensure that all
equipment is operating properly. Collection Vehicles which are not operating properly
shall be removed from service until repaired and operating properly. Franchisee shall
keep accurate records of all Collection Vehicle maintenance and repair, and shall make
such records available to City upon request.
-22-
(J) No Collection Vehicle shall be utilized if it is leaking brake, hydraulic, or
other fluids, and Franchisee shall clean up any leaks or spills from their vehicles per the
NPDES permit in effect at the time. No fluids shall be washed into storm drains at any
time. All NPDES dry-cleaning measures shall be complied with. A11 Collection
Vehicles must be equipped with absorbent for such cleanup efforts.
(K) Upon request, Franchisee shall furnish City a written inventory of all
equipment, including Collection Vehicles, used in providing service pursuant to this
Agreement. This inventory shall list all equipment by manufacturer, ID number, date of
acquisition, type and capacity.
(L) Franchisee shall utilize Collection Vehicles of a size, weight, nature, and
type so as to not be unreasonably intrusive on the community with respect to noise,
emissions, maneuverability, safety, and other factors to avoid or minimize pavement
damage and wear and tear of the street or adjacent properties, as approved by the City
Administrator.
(M) Franchisee shall not load Collection Vehicles in excess of the
manufacturer's recommendations or limitations imposed by Applicable Laws.
8.4 Costs of Operation and Damages
Franchisee shall be responsible for any costs incurred in connection with ensuring all
Collection Vehicles comply with all Applicable Laws, including without limitation any such
laws that may be adopted relating to noise, fuels, emission standards, or weight limits.
8.5 Citv Inspection
City may cause or require any Collection Vehicle used in performance of this Agreement
to be inspected and tested at any time and in such manner to determine that the vehicle is being
maintained in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.
SECTION 9.
FRANCHISEE'S SOLID WASTE HANDLING SERVICE PERSONNEL
9.1 Trainins and Leeal Compliance
Franchisee shall provide operating and safety training that meets minimum OSHA
standards for all personnel, and shall comply with all Applicable Laws.
9.2 Customer Service
9.2.1 Office Hours
Franchisee shall maintain a local office that at a minimum will be open from 8:00 a.m. to
5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. Saturday, holidays excepted
("Office Hours") with at least one qualified representative to communicate with the public
-23-
regarding Billings, complaints, customer service inquiries, etc. A similarly qualified person shall
be available by phone during any times other than Office Hours when Collection is occurring.
9.2.2 Telephone Customer Service Requirements
Franchisee shall maintain a local or toll free telephone number at all times during
Office Hours. Franchisee shall provide City with a 24-hour emergency number to a live
person, not voice-mail.
9.2.3 ComplaintDocumentation
All service complaints shall be directed to Franchisee. Franchisee shall log all
complaints received with date and time the complaint was received, the name, address and
telephone number of the complaining party, a description of the complaint, the name of the
employee recording the complaint and the action taken by Franchisee to respond to and remedy
the complaint. All complaints shall be initially responded to within one (l) business day
(Monday through Friday) of receipt. Logs of complaints shall be retained for a minimum of
twenty-four (24) months and must be made available to City upon request. Franchisee shall
provide to City on a monthly, quarterly, and annual basis, a complaint log.
9.2.4 GovernmentLiaison
Franchisee shall designate in writing a "Govemment Liaison" who shall be responsible
for working with City and/or City's designated representative(s) to resolve Customer complaints.
9.3 Education and Public Awareness
9.3.1 General
Franchisee acknowledges and agrees that education and public awareness are critical, key
and essential elements of any efforts to achieve the requirements of AB 939 and AB 341.
Accordingly, Franchisee agrees to exploit opportunities to expand public and Customer
knowledge conceming needs and methods to reduce, reuse and recycle Solid Waste and to
cooperate fully with City in this regard.
9.3.2 Written Proerarn Materials
Franchisee shall make available information to reduce, reuse and recycle Solid Waste. .
9.3.3 Public Outreach
Franchisee shall promote recycling through presentations and educational materials to the
Chamber of Commerce, construction contractors and other similar groups.
-24-
9.3.4 On-going Education Requirement - Corrective Action Notice
Franchisee shall have available a corrective action notification form for use in
instances where a Customer sets out inappropriate materials for Collection that explains
the appropriate manner for disposal of such items.
SECTION 10.
FRANCHISEE' S CONSIDERATION
10.1 Franchise Fee
Franchisee shall pay to City, a franchise fee equal to l0 percent (10%) of Franchisee's
Gross Receipts, or portion thereof, during the entire Term (the "Franchise Fee"). Said Franchise
Fee shall be paid to City in four (4) quarterly payments, due on or before the last day of the
month following after the end of each calendar quarter (i.e., on or before April 30, July 31,
October 3 1, and January 3 I ). Should any such due date fall on a day the City's business offices
are closed, payment shall be due on the first day thereafter in which the City's business offices
are open. The amount of each payment shall be equal to ten percent (10%) of Franchisee's Gross
Receipts in the preceding calendar quarter. Franchise Fees shall be accompanied by a statement
certified by an officer of Franchisee attesting to the accuracy of the amounts paid, and setting
forth the basis for their calculation in a manner acceptable to City.
10.2 Franchise Fee Review
The Franchise Fee rate will be reviewed by City on an ongoing basis, but not more often
than annually, and if deemed necessary by City may be reduced or increased by approval of a
resolution of the City Council. City shall provide Franchisee with ninety (90) days advance
written notice of any fee adjustment before taking effect.
SECTION 11.
CHARGE FOR LATE PAYMENTS
If any Franchise Fee payment or other payment provided for in this Agreement (whether
reimbursements, payments of funds collected in connection with billing services, or otherwise) is
not received by the City, as set forth in Section l0 of this Agreement, Franchisee shall pay to the
City a late payment fee in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount owing for that
quarter. Franchisee shall pay an additional ten percent (10%) owing on any unpaid balance for
each month following the initial thirty (30) day period the franchise fee remains unpaid. In no
event shall the total late payment requirements exceed 60%. This amount is required in order to
defray those additional expenses and costs incurred by City by reason of the delinquent payment.
If a court of competent jurisdiction determines the late fees or other charges provided for herein
exceed the limits permitted by Applicable Law, then: any such fees or charges shall be reduced
by the amount necessary to reduce the fee or charge to the permitted limit.
-25-
SECTION 12.
FRANCHISEE'S BILLING SERVICES AND SYSTEMS
12.l Billine
Franchisee shall provide services at rates it sets, charges to, and collects from Customers.
Franchisee shall provide all Customers with itemized Bills. Franchisee's Bills shall not include
separate itemization of a "Franchise Fee" or other similar designation relating to fees which
Franchisee is required to pay to City. Franchisee shall reproduce and include in any Billing, at
no additional cost, one page informational "inserts" provided by City.
12.2 Payment. Accounting Systems
All payments received by Franchisee shall be appropriately credited to Customer
accounts and segregated from Gross Receipts from other jurisdictions, deposited in a bank
account and accounted for utilizing generally accepted accounting principles.
SECTION 13.
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE
13.1 Suretv
As security for Franchisee's faithful performance of all obligations of this Agreement,
Franchisee shall provide a surety mechanism (the "Surety") in the greater of the two following
amounts: (a) Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000); (b) rwo and a half times the required average
quarterly franchise payment from the prior numbered calendar year. The Surety may be
comprised of either a performance bond and/or an irrevocable letter of credit, in a form approved
by the City Attomey. The cost of the Surety shall be the sole responsibility of Franchisee. The
Surety shall be released within thirty (30) days after both (i) the expiration of the Term; and (ii)
Franchisee's satisfactory performance of all obligations hereunder.
13.1.1 Forfeiture of Suretv
In the event Franchisee shall for any reason become unable to, or fail in any way to,
perform as required by this Agreement, City may declare a portion or all of the Surety, as may be
necessary to recompense and make whole the City, forfeited to the City. Upon partial or full
forfeiture of the Surety, Franchisee shall restore the Surety to its original amount within thirty
(30) days of the City's notice to do so. Failure to restore the Surety to its full amount within
thirty (30) days shall be a material breach of this Agreement.
13.1.2 Use of Surety by City
Notrvithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, thirty (30) days following City
providing Franchisee with written notice of its failure to pay City any amount owing under this
Agreement, either the letter of credit or performance bond comprising the Surety may be utilized
by City for purposes including, but not limited to: (1) Payment of sums due under the terms of
this Agreement, including specifically liquidated damages; and (2) Reimbursement of City's
costs to correct violations of this Agreement.
-26-
13.2 Replacement Letter of Credit
City may draw upon the entire letter of credit (if any) utilized to meet Franchisee's
obligations pertaining to the Surety, and convert it to a cash deposit, if Franchisee fails to cause
the letter of credit to be extended or replaced with another satisfactory letter of credit no later
than sixty (60) days prior to its expiration.
SECTION 14.
INSURANCE COVERAGE
Franchisee shall procure and maintain the following types of insurance, and shall
maintain the following minimum levels of coverage, which shall apply to any claims which may
arise from or in connection with Franchisee's performance hereunder. The insurance
requirements hereunder in no way limit Franchisee's various defense and indemnification
obligations, or any other obligations as set forth herein.
l4.l Minimum Scope of Insurance
Coverage shall be at least as broad as:
1. The most recent editions of Insurance Services Office Commercial General
Liability coverage ("occurrence" form CG 00 01).
2. The most recent editions of Insurance Services Office form number CA 00 0l
l00l covering Automobile Liability, code I "any auto".
3. Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of
California and Employers Liability insurance.
14.2 Minimum Limits of Insurance
Franchisee shall maintain in force for the Term limits no less than:
14.2.1 Comprehensive General Liability
Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) limit aggregate and Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000.00) limit per occrrrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage.
Such limits can be achieved through a combination of primary and excess liability policies.
14.2.2 Automobile Liability
Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) limit aggregate and Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000.00) limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. Such limits can be
achieved through a combination of primary and excess liability policies.
14.2.3 Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability
Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of Califomia
and Employers Liability limits of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per accident.
-27-
14.2.4 Environmental Pollution Control Insurance
Franchisee shall maintain either an endorsement to its general liability policy, or a
separate policy of insurance covering environmental pollution and contamination that names the
City as an additional insured. Said coverage shall be in the amount of not less than Five Million
Dollars ($5,000,000) per occrurence, and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate.
14.3 Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. If,
Franchisee does not have sufficient financial resources to protect the City from exposure with
respect to any deductibles or self-insured retentions Franchisee shall procure a bond guaranteeing
payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.
14.4 Other Insurance Provisions
The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
14.4.1 General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage
City shall be named as additional insureds in connection with liability arising out of
activities performed by or on behalf of Franchisee; Premises owned, leased or used by
Franchisee; and vehicles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Franchisee. The coverage shall
contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City. Franchisee's insurance
coverage shall be the primary insurance for the City in connection with the above enumerated
categories. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City shall be in excess of Franchisee's
insurance and shall not contribute with it. Any failure to comply with the reporting provisions of
the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City. Coverage shall state that Franchisee's
insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom a claim is made or suit is brought,
except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability.
14.4.2 Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage
The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City for losses arising
from work performed by Franchisee for City.
14.4.3 All Coverages
Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended,
voided, canceled by either prty, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days'
prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City.
14.5 Acceptability of Insurers
The insurance policies required by this Section shall be issued by an insurance company
or companies authorized.to do business in the State of Califomia and with a rating in the most
recent edition of Best's Insurance Reports of size category VII or larger and a rating
classification of A or better, unless otherwise approved by the City Administrator.
-28-
14.6 Verification of Coverage
Franchisee shall furnish City with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements affecting coverage required by this Article. The certificates and endorsements for
each insurance policy are to be signed by a Person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on
its behalf. The certificates and endorsements must be received and approved by City before
work commences. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required
insurance policies, at any time.
14.7 Loss or Reduction in Insurance
In the event that Franchisee fails to retain or maintain insurance with the scope and
amounts of coverage required hereunder, City shall have the right to either terminate this
Agreement, or utilize fi.rnds from the Surety to obtain insurance coverage on behalf of
Franchisee.
SECTION 15.
ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, AND TRANSFER;
REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS
15.1 Assiqnment
Franchisee shall not assign its rights, nor delegate, subcontract or otherwise transfer its
obligations under this Agreement (collectively referred to as an "Assignment") to any other
Person without the prior approval by the City Council. The City Council has unfettered
discretion to approve or deny such an Assignment. Should the City consent to any Assignment
request, such Assignment shall not take effect until all conditions relating to the City's approval
have been met.
SECTION 16.
REVIEW OF SERVICES AND PERFORMANCE
16.1 PerformanceHearine
(A) Commencing in or about Jv,ly 2017, and on a biennial basis thereafter,
City may hold a hearing to review Franchisee's Solid Waste Collection efforts, source
reduction, processing and other diversion services and overall performance under this
Agreement (the "Solid Waste Services and Performance Review Hearing"). The purpose
of the Solid Waste Services and Performance Review Hearing is to provide for a
discussion and review of technological, economic, and regulatory changes in Collection,
source reduction, recycling, processing and disposal to achieve a continuing, advanced
Solid Waste Collection, source reduction and recycling and disposal system; and to
ensure services are being provided by Franchisee with adequate quality, effectiveness and
economy. If the number of Customer complaints regarding Franchisee's Solid Waste
Collection are deemed by City to be excessive, City may also, at any time, with at least
ninety (90) days advance notice, hold a Solid Waste Services and Performance Review
Hearing.
-29-
SECTION 17.
CITY'S REMEDIES; DEFAULT AND TERMINATION
l7.l Notice of Default
If the City Administrator determines that Franchisee has defaulted in the performance of
any obligation hereunder, or that Franchisee's perfornance has not been in conformity with
reasonable industry standards obtained in similar cities in Southem California, the requirements
of the City's Municipal Code, the requirements of CalRecycle, or any other Applicable Laws, the
City Administrator may provide written notice to Franchisee of such default. The City
Administrator may, in such written notice, set a reasonable time within which correction of such
default shall be made. Unless otherwise specified, a reasonable time for correction shall be thirty
(30) days from the date such written notice is given.
17.2 Failure to Cure
If Franchisee fails to cure default, to the satisfaction of the City Administrator, all
deficiencies contained in the written notice thereof within the specified time, or if it is not
reasonably possible to correct such deficiencies within the specified time, and Franchisee fails to
commence to correct or remedy such deficiencies within the specified time, then the City
Administrator may refer the matter to the City Council for review, or review the matter himself.
17.3 Review by City Administrator
If the City Administrator reviews the matter and determines that Franchisee has failed to
properly or adequately cure any default set forth above, the City Administrator, in the exercise of
his discretion, may terminate this Agreement, or take such other action as he deems appropriate
to pursue any remedy available to City. A decision or order of the City Administrator shall be
final and binding on Franchisee unless Franchisee files a "Notice of Appeal" with the City Clerk
within five (5) business days of the date the notice of the City Administrator's decision is given.
The City Administrator shall schedule any appeal for consideration by the City Council at the
earliest feasible City Council Meeting following the date a Notice of Appeal is given to City.
17.4 City Council Review
In the event an appeal of a decision of the City Administrator is filed, or if the City
Administrator refers the matter to the City Council without rendering a decision, the City
Council shall set the matter for consideration before the City Council as a regular agenda item.
In reviewing the matter the City Council may consider any information reported by the City
Administrator regarding the deficiencies, and shall give Franchisee, a reasonable opportunity to
be heard. Upon review, the City Council may terminate the Agreement, or to pursue any other
remedy available to City.
17.5 Termination without Rieht to Cure
The above right of termination as a result of Franchisee's failure to timely cure any
deficiency is in addition to City's right to terminate this Agreement without affording Franchisee
an opportunity to cure in circumstances where Franchisee is determined by City to have
-30-
materially breached this Agreement. City shall thus be afforded the right to terminate this
Agreement in the event of any material breach hereof by Franchisee without affording
Franchisee the right to cure as a result of any action, inaction or circumstance which is a legally
defined material breach, or is defined herein as a material breach, and/or under any of the
following circumstances which are hereby specifically defined as material breaches:
(A) If Franchisee practices, or attempts to practice, ffiy fraud upon City.
(B) If Franchisee becomes insolvent, unable, or unwilling to pay its debts, or
upon listing of an order for relief in favor of Franchisee in a bankruptcy proceeding.
(C) If Franchisee willfully violates any orders or rulings of any regulatory
body having jurisdiction over Franchisee relative to this Agreement. So long as City's
rights are not prejudiced during the pendency of any challenge to such orders or rulings
by Franchisee, Franchisee may contest any such orders or rulings by appropriate
proceedings conducted in good faith, in which case no material breach of this Agreement
shall be deemed to have occurred until a final ruling has been rendered.
(D) If Franchisee ceases to provide Solid Waste Handling Services, including
Collection of Solid Waste and/or Recyclable Material, as required under this Agreement
with respect to all or any of the Customers it services under this Agreement for a period
of seven (7) days or more, for any reason not specified as a force majeure event
hereunder.
(E) If Franchisee fails to materially comply with any insurance or
indemnification requirement set forth in this Agreement.
(F) If City is required to pay any fine or penalty, which is not paid on its
behalf by Franchisee or which Franchisee fails, refuses, neglects or is unable to pay or
indemniff City against, relating to any diversion or other requirement of AB 939 andlor
AB 341.
(G) If Franchisee, or any management level employee of Franchisee is
convicted of a Criminal Matter (as defined herein). For purposes of this Section the term
Criminal Matter refers to any felony or misdemeanor offense having any relationship to
either Solid Waste Handling Services or public comrption (including, without limitation,
bribery, conflict of interest related allegations, vote selling, or any similar type charges).
(H) If Franchisee submits quarterly payments to City, which are returned by
the bank due to insufficient funds, on two (2) or more occasions in any consecutive 12
month period.
-3 1-
SECTION 18.
FRANCHISEE'S REMEDIES; ADMINISTRATIVE HEARING
18.1 Administrative Hearing
Should Franchisee contend that City is in breach of any aspect of this Agreement, it shall
give notice to the City Administrator requesting an administrative hearing. The hearing shall
occur as soon as reasonably possible, or on such date as mutually agreed by the parties, and shall
be held before an impartial hearing officer to be determined by the City Administrator. The
hearing officer shall make an advisory ruling on Franchisee's allegations, and suggest a remedy if
a breach by City is determined to exist. The hearing officer's ruling and recommendations shall
become final and binding if the parties so agree in writing within thiny (30) days of the date
notice of the decision is given to both parties. Otherwise, the hearing offrcer's ruling shall have
no further force or effect.
18.2 Other Remedies: Claims
Franchisee shall be entitled to all available remedies in law or equity for City's breach of
this Agreement; provided, however, Franchisee shall not file or otherwise coflrmence any action
against City, in law or equity, in any court, until after an administrative hearing as set forth above
has been completed, and the above noted thiny (30) day period to accept the hearing offrcer's
decision has passed, or either City or Franchisee has given timely written notice to the other that
it will not accept the hearing officer's decision.
18.3 Actions for Damages
As a prerequisite to the filing and maintenance of any action for damages by Franchisee
against City arising out of this Agreement, Franchisee shall present a claim to City, as required
by Government Code Section 910 et seq., within 30 days of the date of the occurrence giving rise
to the claim for damages.
SECTION 19.
CITY'S ADDITIONAL REMEDIES
In addition to any other remedies set forth herein, City shall be entitled to any or all of the
following rights and remedies in the event of a breach of this Agreement by Franchisee:
(A) The right to use Franchisee's equipment for the purpose of Collecting,
transporting, and./or disposing of Solid Waste, including Recyclable Material, for a period
not to exceed six (6) months. [n the case of equipment not owned by Franchisee,
Franchisee shall assign to City, to the extent Franchisee is permitted to do so under the
instruments pursuant to which Franchisee possesses such equipment, the right to use and
possess the equipment. If City exercises its rights under this Section, City shall pay to
Franchisee the reasonable rental value of the equipment for the period of City's
possession thereof (although payment may, if appropriate, occur in the form of a set off
against damages otherwise owed by Franchisee pursuant to the terms hereof);
-32-
(B) The right to license others to perform the services otherwise to be
performed by Franchisee hereunder, or to perform such services itself; and
(C) The right to obtain damages and/or injunctive relief. Both parties
recognize and agree that in the event of a breach of this Agreement by Franchisee, City
will suffer ineparable injury and incalculable damages sufficient to support injunctive
relief, to specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement, and to enjoin the breach
hereof.
SECTION 20.
RIGHTS OF CITY TO PERFORM DURING EMERGENCY
20.1 Provision of Service
Should Franchisee, for any reason whatsoever, refuse or be unable to provide Solid
Waste Handling Services for a period of more than seventy-two (72) hours, and if as a result
thereof, Solid Waste should accumulate in City to such an extent or in such a manner that the
City Administrator finds that such accumulation endangers or menaces the public health, safety,
or welfare, City shall have the right, upon twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to
Franchisee, during the period of such emergency, to temporarily take possession of any or all
equipment and facilities of Franchisee previously used in providing Collection, transportation,
and disposal of Solid Waste and provide, through its own forces or otherwise, Solid Waste
Handling Services which Franchisee otherwise would be obligated to provide pursuant to this
Agreement. Franchisee agrees that in such event it shall fully cooperate with City to affect such
a transfer of possession for City's use.
20.2 Possession of Equipment
Franchisee agrees, that in the event of circumstances described in Section 20.1 above,
City may take temporary possession of and use all of said equipment and facilities without
paying Franchisee any rental or other charge. Upon Franchisee giving City notice that it is able
to resume its normal responsibilities under this Agreement City shall either relinquish possession
of all of the above mentioned property to Franchisee.
20.3
Specifically excluded from the circumstances in which City may possess and utilize
Franchisee's equipment without compensation are circumstances in which Franchisee fails or
refuses to provide Solid Waste Handling Services hereunder for any reason which is not a force
majeure event as defined herein. In such circumstances City's right to utilize and possess
Franchisee's equipment shall be subject to the provisions of the above Section 19.
SECTION 2T.
REPORTS AND ADVERSE INFORMATION
City will require reporting at various intervals by which information important to City
can be complied and analyzed. The frequency and content of the reports called out below may
be changed by agreement of the parties; provided any such change is approved by the City
-33-
Administrator in writing. Quarterly reports shall be submitted within thirty (30) calendar days
after the end of the calendar quarter.
2l.l Ouarterly Reports
Franchisee shall report the following to City on a quarterly basis:
(A) Solid Waste Collected by Franchisee within City Limits for each month,
sorted by type of Solid Waste in tons broken down at a level acceptable to City
segregated from tons collected from other jurisdictions (which at a minimum may
include: refuse, e-waste and universal waste item counts, types of recyclables including
PET, HDPE, mixed plastics, aluminum, cardboard, mixed paper, sand, wood, metal, and
concrete), as well as by customer type (i.e., commercial, roll-off, etc.); the source of the
waste, whether residential commercial, industrial, govemmental or other; the facilities
where all Solid Waste Collected was processed or disposed and in what tonnages and
what categories.
(B) Gross Receipts broken down by customer type (i.e., commercial, roll-off,
etc.); and such other information or reports that the City may reasonably request.
Franchisee shall promptly, upon demand by City, provide true and accurate copies of
landfill tipping receipts, records showing delivery at processing or reuse facilities, and
similar such documents in order to enable City to verify Franchisee's quarterly reports.
2I.2 Annual Reports
Upon the City's request, within 30 days of the end of each calendar year during the Term
and within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term, Franchisee shall submit a written annual
report in a form approved by City, which may include, but is not limited to, the following
information:
(A) A summary of the previous year's activities including, but not limited to,
services begun or discontinued during the reporting year, and the number of Customers
broken down on a monthly basis;
(B) A summary of the total tons of Solid Waste Collected in City in the
preceding year as well as a summary of the total tonnage diverted from the State's landfill
systems during that time frame;
(C) Information and reports required by City to meet its reporting obligations
imposed by AB 939 and the regulations implementing AB 939, in a form and content
approved by the City Administrator;
(D) A revenue statement, certified by the chief financial officer of Franchisee,
setting forth Franchise Fees paid and the basis for the calculation thereof, including
specifically a breakdown of sources of revenue included in Gross Receipts and the
amount of revenue derived from each such source comprising Gross Receipts; and
-34-
(E) A list of the number of Customers that received routine commercial
service, the number of Customers that received Temporary Service, all categorized and
listed by business type (if applicable), and type of Customer (i.e., commercial or
Temporary Service).
(F) All reports and records required under this or any other Section hereof
SECTION 22.
INDEMNIFICATION
22.1 General
(A) Franchisee hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold harmless City,
its elected and appointed boards, commissions, officers, employees, ffid agents
(collectively the "Indemnities") from and against any and all loss, liability, penalty,
forfeiture, claim, demand, action, proceeding or suit in law or equity of any and every
kind and description arising out of, resulting from, and/or in any way connected with this
Agreement including: (l) the negligence or willful misconduct of Franchisee in
performing services under this Agreement; (2) the failure of Franchisee to comply with
the provisions of this Agreement, all Applicable Laws, and/or ordinances and regulations;
(3) the acts of Franchisee in performing services under this Agreement for which strict
liability is imposed by law; and (4) any challenge to the award of, or any provisions of
this Agreement (including any claim that the application of any provision hereof violates
any provision of the California Constitution). The foregoing indemnity and hold
harmless provisions shall apply regardless of whether such loss, liability, penalty,
forfeiture, claim, demand, action, proceeding, suit, injury, death or damage is also caused
in part by any of Indemnities' negligence, but shall not extend to matters resulting from
Indemnities' sole negligence, or willful misconduct. Franchisee further agrees to and
shall, upon demand of City, at Franchisee's sole cost and expense, defend (with attorneys
acceptable to City) City against any claims, actions, suits in law or equity or other
proceedings, whether judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative in nature, arising or
resulting from any of the aforementioned events, and to reimburse City for any and all
costs and expenses City incurs in providing any such defense.
22.2 Hazardous Substances Indemnification
(A) Without regard to any insurance coverage or requirements, and any
general indemnification obligation, Franchisee specifically agrees to defend (with counsel
acceptable to City) reimburse, indemnify, and hold City and its past and present officers,
council members, employees, consultants and agents (hereinafter "Indemnified Parties")
harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, liabilities, damages, demands,
judgments, losses, costs, liens, expenses, suits, actions, afiomeys' fees, consultant fees,
penalties and any and all other losses, damages, fees and expenses of whatever kind or
nature ("Claims") that arise out of or are alleged to arise out of or in any way relate to any
action, inaction or omission of Franchisee that:
-35-
(1) results in any demand, claim, notice, order, or lawsuit, asserting that any
Indemnified Party is liable, responsible or in any way obligated to investigate, assess, monitor,
sfudy, test, treat, remove, remediate, or otherwise cleanup, ffiY Hazardous Contaminant (as
defined herein); or
(2) relates to material Collected, transported, recycled, processed, treated or
disposed of by Franchisee.
(B) Franchisee's obligations pursuant to this Section shall apply, without
limitation, to:
(l) any Claims brought pursuant to or based on the provisions of applicable
Environmental Laws;
(2) any Claims based on or arising out of or alleged to be arising out of the
ownership, use, lease, sale, design, construction, maintenance or operation by Franchisee of any
facility;
(3) any Claims based on or arising out of or alleged to be arising out of the
marketing, sale, distribution, storage, transportation, disposal, processing or use of any materials
recovered by Franchisee; and
(4) any Claims based on or arising out of or alleged to be arising out of any
breach of any express or implied wa:ranty, representation or covenant arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement.
(C) The foregoing indemnity and defense obligations shall apply inespective
of the negligence or willful misconduct of Franchisee.
(D) The term "Hazardous Contaminant" shall mean any "hazardous material,"
as that term is defined under California Health & Safety Code Section 25501(0); any
Hazardous Substance; any Hazardous Waste; any chemical which the Governor has
identified as a chemical known to the State to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity
pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Section25249.8; any crude oil or refined or
unrefined petroleum product; and any asbestos or asbestos containing material.
SECTION 23.
FRANCHISEE'S BOOKS AND RECORDS; AUDITS
23.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records
Franchisee shall maintain all records relating to the services provided hereunder (the
"Records"), for the full Term, and an additional period thereafter of not less than three (3) years,
or any longer period required by law. City shall have the right, upon five (5) business days
advance notice, to inspect the Records. Such Records shall be made available to City at
Franchisee's regular place of business, but in no event outside the County of Los Angeles.
-36-
23.2 CERCLA Defense Records
Franchisee shall maintain data retention and preservation systems which can establish
where Solid Waste Collected in the City was landfilled (and therefore establish where it was not
landfilled) for not less than five (5) years following the termination of this Agreement, and
agrees to notify City Administrator before destroying such records thereafter. At any time,
including after the expiration of the Term, upon request by the City Administrator, Franchisee
shall provide copies of such records to City. The requirements of this Section shall survive the
expiration of the Term of this Agreement.
23.3 Oneoing Compliance Review
City intends review Franchisee's performance on an ongoing basis to ensure compliance
with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Franchisee shall provide any and all
information reasonably requested by the City Administrator in connection with its efforts to
ensure compliance with the terms hereof, regardless of whether such information is specifically
otherwise called out herein as an item that Franchisee is required to maintain and provide to City.
23.4 Discretionar.vAudit
From time to time the City Administrator may request Franchisee to make available any or all of
its records related to performance hereunder available to an independent auditor or examiner, to
be selected by the City, for auditing and examination purposes (a "Discretionary Audit"). City
shall bear the cost of any Discretionary Audit except as otherwise provided herein. Should any
Discretionary Audit reveal an underpayment of any Franchise Fee required pursuant to this
Agreement, the amount of such underpayment shall become due and payable to City not later
than fifteen (15) days after written notice of such underpayment is sent to Franchisee by City,
complete with any additional late charges as set forth herein. If a Discretionary Audit reveals
inaccuracies or inconsistencies in more than five percent (5%) of all Customer accounts, either
with Franchisee's operations or billing systems, or an underpayment of Franchise Fees of more
than thee percent (3%), Franchisee shall bear the entire cost of such Discretionary Audit.
SECTION 24.
RULES AND REGULATIONS OF CITY ADMINISTRATOR
The City Administrator shall have the power to establish rules and regulations respecting
Solid Waste Handling Services, provided they augment and are not inconsistent with the
provisions of this Agreement.
SECTION 25.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
25.1 Force Majeure
Franchisee shall not be in default under this Agreement in the event that its ability to
provide Solid Waste Handling Services or Temporary Services, in compliance with its obligation
to do so hereunder, is temporarily intemrpted or discontinued for any of the following reasons:
riots, wars, sabotage, civil disturbances, insurrections, strikes or other labor disturbances lasting
-37-
five (5) days or less, explosion, natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes, landslides, and
fires, or "other catastrophic events" which are beyond the reasonable control of Franchisee. The
term "other catastrophic events" does not include: (i) the financial inability of Franchisee to
perform; (ii) failure of Franchisee to obtain any necessary permits or licenses from other
governmental agencies; (iii) the failure to obtain the right, or the loss of the right, to use the
facilities of any public utility where such failure is due in substantial part to the acts or omissions
of Franchisee; or (iv) strikes or other labor disturbances lasting longer than five (5) days.
25.2 IndependentContractor
Franchisee is an independent contractor and not an officer, agent, servant, or employee of
City. Franchisee is solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its offrcers, agents,
employees, and subcontractors, if any. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating
a partnership or joint venture between City and Franchisee.
25.3 Property Damaee
Any physical damage caused by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of employees,
agents, or subcontractors of Franchisee to private or public property shall be promptly repaired
or replaced at Franchisee's expense.
25.4 Rieht of Entry
Franchisee shall not have the right, until Franchisee receives permission from the
property owner, to enter or drive on any private street, court, place, ease4ent, or other private
property for the purpose of providing Temporary Services and.ior Solid Waste Handling Services
pursuant to this Agreement.
25.5 Law to Govem: Venue
The laws of the State of Califomia shall govern this Agreement. In the event that any
provision of this Agreement conflicts with the City's Municipal Code, the City's Municipal Code
shall prevail. In the event of litigation between the parties, venue in state trial courts shall lie
exclusively in the County of Los Angeles.
25.6 Amendment
This Agreement is intended to carry out City's obligations to comply with the provisions
of AB 939 and AB 341, as implemented by regulations of CalRecycle. In the event that, after
the effective date of this Agreement, AB 939 or AB 341 is amended, or other state or federal
laws or regulations are enacted and prevent or preclude compliance with one or more provisions
of this Agreement, such provisions shall be modified or suspended as may be necessary to
comply with such state or federal laws or regulations. Except as otherwise expressly stated
herein, no other amendment of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly
executed by the parties.
-38-
25.7 Notices
All notices required or permitted to be given under this franchise shall be in writing and
shall be personally delivered or sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, return
receipt requested, and addressed as follows:
To City:
To Franchisee:
City of Vemon
Attn: City Administrator
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, CA 90058
INAME OF THE FRANCHISEE]
or to such other address as either party may from time to time designate by notice to the other
given in accordance with this Section. Notice shall be deemed given on the date served if served
personally between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. on any regular business day for City's
business offices. If mailed, notice shall be deemed given three (3) business days from the date
esuch notice is deposited in the United States mail in the manner proscribed above.
25.8 Savings Clause
If any non-material provision of this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid or
unenforceable, the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the validity
and enforceability of any of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
25.9 Attorneys'Fees and Litigation Costs
In the event either party brings any action or proceeding to enforce or interpret the terms
of this Agreement, the prevailing party in any such action or related proceeding shall be entitled
to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and other litigation costs and expenses.
25.10 Cit),'s Authorized Agent
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, and excepting amendments
hereto and such actions set forth herein specifically calling for City Council action or approval,
the City Administrator is designated as the City's authorized agent to take any action with regard
to any matter, or enforce any right, set forth herein requiring action by the City.
25.11 Franchisee's Authorized Agent
Franchisee shall, by the Effective Date of this Agreement, designate in writing a
authorized agent who shall serve as the representative of Franchisee in all matters relating to this
Agreement.
-39-
25.12 Waiver
The waiver by either party of any breach or violation of any provisions of this Agreement
shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any breach or violation of any other provision nor of any
subsequent breach or violation of the same or any other provision.
The subsequent acceptance by either party of any monies that become due hereunder
shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preexisting or concurrent breach or violation by the
other party of any provision of this Agreement.
25.13 Entire Agreement
This Agreement represents the full and entire agreement between the parties with respect
to the matters covered herein. Parties, whether written or oral.
25.14 Headinss
The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not
intended to be used in the construction of this Agreement nor to alter or affect any of its
provisions.
25.15 Reference to Laws
All references in this Agreement to laws shall be understood to include such laws as they
may be subsequently amended or recodified, unless otherwise specifically provided.
25.16 Compliance with Law
In providing the services required under this Agreement, Franchisee shall at all times, at
its sole cost, comply with all Applicable Laws, including the laws and regulations of the United
States, the State of California, the provisions of the City's Municipal Code, and any federal,
state, regional or local administrative and regulatory agencies.
[Signatures Begin on Next Page].
-40-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Agreement as of the date stated in the
introductory clause.
CITY OF VERNON
By:
W. Michael McCormick, Mayor
ATTEST:
By:
Ana Barcia, Deputy City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By:
Hema Patel, City Attorney
"Franchisee"
[NAME], LLC.
By:
By:
Its:
-4t-
RECEIVED
ocT 16 2014
RECEIVED
ocT r 6 20t4
CITY ADIVIINISTRATION
CITY CLERKSOIFICE STAFF REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS, WATER AND DEVELOPMENT SERVI
DATE:
TO:
From:
RE:
October 21,2014
Honorable Mayor and Citf Council
41)
Samuel Kevin Wilson, Director of Public Works, Water and Development Seryices
Report on Drought Conditions on the Central Basin Aquifer
Recommendation
No action is required at this time. It is recommended that the attached report be received and
filed.
Background
The State of California is currently experiencing a three year drought. The drought is having a
major effect on the City's water supply. While no water rationing, except for water used for landscape
irrigation, is projected in the foreseeable future, it is still important for the City Council to understand
how the drought is impacting the City's water supply. The Water Replenishment District of Southern
California (WRD) is responsible for maintaining the Central Basin aquifer water supplies from which
the City produces its water. WRD recently made a presentation to the Southeast Water Coalition on
the effects that the drought is having on the region's underground aquifer.
City staffis proposing to make the same presentation to City Council. A copy of the power
point presentation is attached herewith. Staff will be prepared to receive questions from the Council
and the Community.
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
U.S. DroughtMonitor
Callfomia
Septemb€r 30, 201'l
(R.,s!d &bqlmla)
o0 - Amom.[! ory
Dl -HodinhOrcugm
*02-s.mo@fir
IO3-E tmaorcuoil
I Oa - EEptdd O@gil
State of the Basin - Fall 2014
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
Precipitation Last 3 Years
18
15
14
72
o5roc
=*a
occ
6
4
2
Normal Average 14.2" lyear
3 Yr Normal should be: 43"
Actual = 21"
Deficit = 22"
2072/13
Water Year
zotth2
.{nnual Rsinfnll ln \\XD Sentce Arta
Mix of Wet Years
and Dry Years
88 Year Running Average = "14.2'
25
,tDJ20
D
aE
9tt
t0
99999999999E9E966Nb95L2'.Aa{6CC
iC&i.InneA:r)i-ts€Ba
6F6F6F6F6F
ll'altrYca!
State of the Basin - Fall 2014
T_-__
I
I
I
I
I
IT
I It I I
I llr tL_l,l I I ll
;.7 ;1ilJ[-rl
2
WRD Presentation 1011512014
State of the Basin - Fall 2014
Recharge to Aquifers
at Spreading Grounds
3
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
Groundwater Levels in Key We!! 1601T during the Drought
=o
E
E
oEG
o
UJ
o
o3E
=o
()
130
1n
110
100
90
80
70
@
50
40
30
20
10
U
2o11
4State of the Basin - Fall 2014
Spreading Grounds Water Sources
'l Rainfall Normal. 54,000 afy"
(avg last 3 yrs: 14,000 afy)
2. lmported Normal: 21,000 afy.
(avg last 3 yrs: 0 afy)
3. Recycled Water: 50,000 afy.
(avg last 3 yrs: 58,000 afy)
Short -160,000 AF past 3 years.
* WRD replenishes imported and recycled based on
longterm (30 year) rainfall averages. Wet years will
balance out dry years and bring levels back up No
need to buy extra in dry years for this reason.
a
fug*i=.
2913
Date
2015
. \,\
r--
$ 57 Foot DrooI Since zott
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
Groundwater Levels in Key Well 1601T during the Drought
Water for Recha
o
E
o
.E
o
UJ
o
IE;E
ao
o
130
1n
110
100
90
00
70
60
50
40
30
n
10
0
?o11 2915
150
10
130
120
110
't00
90
80
70
60
50
4
30
20
10
0
't935 't940 1945 1950 1955 1960 1965 1970 1975
8O-Year History: Groundwater Levels in Key Well 16017
1980 19Es 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
State of the Basin - Fall 2014
2013
Date
\brlt\tv T\-9--
Yer^
-/
'?ozrr\
J,aeri ,.N
\
Basins would be wors
for recycled wate
e off nor 40 ft lower without
recycled water
5
WRD Presentation 10t1512014
6State of the Basin - Fall 2014
a
a
a
Benefits of Recycled Water for Recharge
lnvaluable supply of local water - more reliable than
stormwater or imported water.
Highly treated and monitored. Approved by regulatory
agencies. Proven effective for GW recharge in the basins.
Pioneered by WRD / San Districts in 1962 (Whittier Narrows).
Nearly 2 million acre feet (650 billion gallons) so far.
WRD was approved by Water Board this year to increase
recycled percentage from 35% to 45%. Drought Relief.
DWR recommending funding to WRD to build connections to
increase recycled water under our GRIP Program.
a
a
What's Being Done in the Short Term?
Conservation is a key measure to reduce water use.
WRD's recycled water permit increase to 45% was a major benefit
to keep water going to spreading grounds during the drought.
WRD's order for 60,000 AF of firm-demand imported water for
recharge in February has not been delivered due to drought and
Quagga Mussel concerns by MWD and County. Strong
discussions to date have not been successfut in getting any water.
WRD constructing additional recycled water turnouts to increase
recycled recharge using State Grant Funds.
WRD closely monitoring groundwater levels in their network of
300+ observation wells. Data available anytime.
Getting word out to well owners to check pump settings and water
levels, and lower the pumps if necessary.
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
State of the Basin - Fall 2014 7
WRD Presentation 10t1512014
8State of the Basin - Fall 2014
WRD Presentation 10t1512014
IState of the Basin - Fall 2014
Pump can be Lowered,
but Costly Effort
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
State of the Basin - Fall 2014 10
a
a
Short Term Options During Drought
Additional conservation.
Continue to work through problems of receiving firm-demand
untreated imported water (Quagga Mussels & State Water
shortage). Need to keep high leveltalks going to try to get water.
Alternatively could purchase treated water instead of untreated.
However, is -$300/AF more expensive, and therefore could only by
213 of our 60,000 AF order. Not a good option at this time.
Continue to maximize recycled water for recharge, but will need to
cut back af 45% cap is reached.
Basin can withstand to 2 - 3 more years of drought before reaching
historic low of 1957. However, producers should be ready to lower
pumps in wells, especially in Montebello Forebay.
What's Being Done in the Long Term?
a Keep Conservation as a Way of Life.
Continue to implement efforts to greatly increase storm water and
recycled water use to eliminate reliance on imported water for
recharge. This effort will insulate our groundwater basins from
issues affecting the Bay Delta and the Colorado River.
Consider having MWD buitd a dedicated 20 mite pipeline from their
water connections to the spreading grounds to avoid past
problems with receiving replenishment water (eg. eliminate historic
infiltration losses in Main Basin, Quagga Mussel issues, channel
clearing delays, evaporation losses).
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
State of the Basin - Fall 2014 11
Summary
The 3-year drought has affected all of California, including the
Central Basin. Willthere be a 4th year? Seasonal cycles are
expected (wet and dry periods).
Natural and artificial replenishment is half of what it should
be these past 3 years, and would have been worse if not for
increased efforts on recycled water recharge.
Groundwater levels have fallen to the low levels seen as a
result of the drought in the 1970's.
lnnovative regionaland local-scale projects are being
developed to help meet the future needs and chaltenges of
groundwater supply in the basins.
Checking wells is important.
Conservation is important.
WRD Presentation 10t15t2014
State of the Basin - Fall 2014 12